a 2 hia 4 Sua ts " 2 — are: tot, “fi ¢ wre fees “ | . 4 : J ay way. ' €) a eS sal “ ¥ Z % ROE ee ee 3 2044 105 170 732 Te a Se TORO Are 2 eee . . gt! taba — d > . . _ . IS in r « ms, tans s HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY GRAY HERBARIUM Received \% Tier: 14 oe Bonar ) } ree ; ae > er — ~ a aa o'5 OF THE ree * > a FS i Wa Gi = : " 2 mA 4 EO ee. ge pa Ee RD SB hos ~ é ‘ a : : Ow. ‘ x ie ee : ms : ia : Pes a - + ~ 3 : a » r»- & : Eye xt ee x ‘es Be: I : z AUN fe es nd L HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY — ROYAL CHARTERS A.D. 1809, 1860 1899 — ESTABLISHED A.D. 1804 EDITED BY THE REV. W. WILKS, M.A. SECRETARY ea. Ae VET. 1902-1903 ed The whole of the Contents of this Volume are Copyright. For permission to reproduce any of the Articles application should be made to the Council of the Society in whom the Copyright vests LONDON Printed for the Royal Morticultural Society BY : SPOTTISWOODE & CO. LTD., NEW-STREET SQUARE, F.C. (Journal of Horticulture.) Star Prrimvtas. ns ey CONTENTS OF VOL. XXVIT. Yee ght PAGE Funecorm Pests oF THE GARDEN. By Dr. Cooxe, M.A., V.M.H. ............... 1, 369, 801 RENOVATION OF Otp Fruit Trees. By Geo. Bunyarp, V.M.H. .................008 46 Nicotrne iN Horricutture. By Mr. Gro. EK. Wiuutams, F.R.H.S. .................. 50 Birps versus GARDENING. By Mr. Cuas. E. Pearson, M.B.0.U. ....... eee ee ees 55 A Care GaRpEN. By Mr. H. M. Arperne, F.R.HLS. .............0082 Peas ceuiiinas wane 61 THe New Som Scrence. By Mr. R. HepeerR Wauuace and Mr. W. Dyke, ee i a cw nin San nas cx dunascweuans ck Ccansemednudaedscebeuiat se conancess 70, 81 Puant Communities. By Professor Carr, M.A., F.L.S........... i ca guauha ee ens erases 86 PrerRGoLas IN ENGuAND. By Miss GERTRUDE JEKYLL, V.M.H. .............ccseeeeeeee 93 Cmeamueae bey Wit. Mapnrce PRicHanp, FRITS. «.........ccecnveccccesenceccsseecens 98 eee Meet Ese RE, J, De WWAN .. .......5cccecenncenecnsevanceccns Bnet SN shai sv gw Dae 124 THe Sycomore Fie. By the Rey. Professor GrorcE Henstow, M.A., V.M.H. ... 128 CuassiIFicaTion BY Evonution. By Rev. Professor HENSLOW ...........0.-seeeeeeee 132 THE ENnciisH or Fiorist’s Ture. By Mr. A. D. Haut, F.R.H.S................ 142 WEEDS OF THE GARDEN. By the Hon. Mrs. Boyz, F.R.H.S. ............. ccc eee eens 163 PELARGONIUM DisEAsE. By Mr. Gro. Masses, F.L.S., V.M.H. ........0...ccceseeeeees 172 FLowers AT GIBRALTAR. By Miss Marton H. MASON _.......c. sc ceceecseceeeeretecens 174 Hoevicuntune ar Carmo. By Mr. Guo. L. MonGan .........cc.ec.sccnenceccccecesesces 178 enna, Bay. By Bev. W. Wrrids) MA. vain ices dence cecesvcccvrdccsascveusdenans 181 THe Work oF THE Narcissus CommitTEE. By Mr. C. Scrase-Dicxins, F.R.H.S. 186 ENTS SM ATOR TICULTURE, 1902 soi co ice ese cone cavanceanevevcaccdechectcdscecasevssnes 190 mT MI BITE HAS vo cancewe a sincdsavanandiciys une caverns cesaeconsausenascesessasan 202 Reports on Tomatos, MicuartMas DatsrtEs, PHLoxes, Poraros, Beans, Impue- crab Vaan Cate danas su rcawumastdss andasdas vid sdutixadcedsdccs acvacunceane 633 Noe sities peiina nda umnvies Ca bwee «nuns opavannses cas sease. 209, 666, 1086 nee ER SE on co fen avcdocensensedacabecuse cacvsuvtecesenussvesacce 216, 672, 1082 INR PEIOT, PUMATOAG OT. oie ce ccc anece: casdaastssanasciedureccanssacencccavecs 220, 678, 1100 I ad wad gas one jarcnn icnedergdicasreenccce-- 276, 720, 1133 TREES AND SHRuBS. By the Rt. Hon. the Haru oF ANNESLEY...........0..:.eeeeeeee 407 ®% Camsatton Disease. By Professor Porrmr, M.A., PLS. ....5-..ccccceceeeeceneess 428 RRR RIN PE oan awe csc dunce en denccewscuwaawieesnecswenckaccectedae anes 431 renee I STE OO oon te tencic dnetacins oncedtesccedctuucsinrecanaraateces 447 Botanic GARDEN aT Maura. By Professor Drxzono, D.L., and Rey. Professor a RN Rr gs cians naclnive wc aa Ca sex anes cdeinadesweapwdesasdese 564 Smaut Fruits in Private Garpens. By Mr. James Suiru, V.M.H. ee ancl) ae Haupy Forms mn Yorxsume. By Mr. A. Gaur, E.BR.T.LS. ....0...c..ccnsscecencssens 587 GoosEBeRRY Miupew 1n Europe. By Myr. E. S. Saumon, F.L.S........ me dedaece erent 596 Roots AND THEIR Uses. By the Rev. Professor GEorcrE HeEnstow, M.A., V.M.H., iv CONTENTS. PAGE INTERNAL Stem Srrucrure. By the Rev. Professor GrorcE Henstow, M.A., V.M.H., ea PPITTTTT TTT eacreccccccencosesecceces Ce ccccccccecevrcccesece eens vat 606 How Frvrrs are MADE. By the Rev. Professor Grorcze Henstow, M.A., LN, | dackuasddyaesnewes beet eee Fruit TREEs mx Pors. By Mr. T. A. H. Rivers, F.R.HL.S. ........-200-. cesccnceeeee . 625 HortTIcULTURE IN Eoypt. By Mr. Lionet Sanpars, F.R.H.S. ............cceceeeeeees 629 Autumn Fruit Show ......... Ee Se ery En eo Soncate Be OR SERS Et RAT . 832 GERMINATION IN AMARYLLIDS. By Mr. A. Worstey, F.R.H.S. ...............00005 os | Lessek Known Japan TREES AND Suruss. By James H. Verrcu, F.L.S......... . 857 MENDEL’s THEORY AND WHEAT Hysrins. By Mr. C. C. Hurst, F.L.S............. 876 SumMeR- AND AuTUMN-FLOWERING Buss. By Mr. P. R. Barr, F.R.H.S. ......... 894 Sm Wm. Jackson Hooxer. By Mr. R. I. Lynen, F.R.HLS. ...............cecccceeres. 908 VEGETATION IN Kasuurr. By Miss E. F. Nok ................ peace wks Spies Ue ices | Som Witp Puants a Source oF GARDEN DisEAsts. By Mr. A. D. Corton, F.L.S..... 935 ABNORMAL Fiowers. By Mr. W. C. Worspeut, F.R.H.S. ..... & ul Ss sll NS 5 a ~ (Zo face p. 96. Fig. 19.—RoveH WoopEn PERGOLA. we + oma ot mad ee ee : any = ‘ ; a haved ‘ oe a> re "Eg aia. Fabs Px ses p= 4 : 7 a ' ; i pater =) Me ‘ , F - 7 ; THE PERGOLA IN ENGLISH GARDENS. | 97 season of bloom might begin with Wistaria, or Robinia hispida, a capital shrub for this use; then in full summer would come white Jasmine and, later, Bignonia radicans. Wistaria, if allowed to grow at will, covers a very large space, but if rather closely pruned it can be kept within bounds and flowers with astonishing freedom. The Ayrshire and rambling Roses are beautiful in their season on a verandah, but they have the disadvantage of being for one season only, and they cover so much space that but little room is left for any other plants. Fic. 20.—ScuHizocopoN soLpANELLoIDES. (Journal of Horticulture.) 98 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. THE GENUS CAMPANULA. By Maurice PricwarpD, F.R.H.S. ‘Read April 23, 1902.] Prruars no family of hardy plants is more generally admired than the Bell-flowers or Campanulas, presumably on account of the elegance and informality of their growth and wonderful freedom of flowering. The greater number of the species are first-rate perennials; there are a few annuals and biennials and one or two greenhouse species. Very little care, however, is required to have most of them in perfection in the ordinary herbaceous border or rockery. An ordinary light garden loam suits them best perhaps, though many will succeed in stiff loam or in the sandiest peat; a little shade in the summer will help to keep the flowers in bloom. As far as I know none of them are sweet-scented to any extent, but on the other hand they have no unpleasant odour. Several of the species are amongst the most useful of cut flowers, but are of such a character as not to admit of being easily packed up. They vary in height—from the giant pyramidalis, six or seven feet, to the diminutive little Alpine cenisia, two inches; but it should be remembered that climate and soil will often double the height of some of the species. For instance, latifolia macrantha, about three feet high at Christchurch in Hampshire, will attain a height of six feet in the northern counties. Some of the species grow well on a wall. June and July are the months when Campanulas light up the garden with their beautiful bells, mostly blue, a colour without them always most wanted in borders in summer. Propagation is generally made by division of the crown in the spring as well as by seed, and also by cuttings of the choicer varieties in the month of May. In rare instances root cuttings may be resorted to. A note before passing to the different species. The small tufted species should never be touched at the root while dormant, as they usually shrink to a very small size, indeed in the winter so much so that it is often diffi- cult to find them, and they do not start into growth again till spring is well in. Most of them are very old plants; new species are seldom brought to notice. Hybrids in the last few years seem inclined to appear, and it may be fairly surmised that the beautiful rose colour of some of the forms of Canterbury Bell (C. Mediwm), a biennial, may before long become fixed in some of the perennial varieties. I have roughly arranged the family into nine important groups, under the following names :— on) . Rotundifolia group. . Muralis group. . Medium group (biennial). . Loreyi group (annual). 1. Pyramidalis group. 2. Latifolia group. 3. Persicifolia group. 4. Glomerata group. 5. Carpatica group. CO cst - And in briefly noticing them I have thought it best to begin with the tall THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 99 ones and pass gradually down to the most minute species; but it must necessarily, from their number, be only a few passing notes. I have also endeavoured to confine myself to those | have personally known and erown, adopting the nomenclature of the collection at Kew. THe TALLER CAMPANULAS. PYRAMIDALIS, the Chimney Campanula.—A well-known species, comparatively hardy in the open gaxden, but usually grown for green- Fic. 21.—CampanuLa PyraMIpDALIs. (The Garden.) house and conservatory decoration, a use it well merits. The massive bold pyramidal racemes are very lasting in character, and are usually pro- duced in July and August. It is said that it acquired the name of the Chimney Campanula from its being often trained round bent stakes, fan fashion, and used as a fireplace ornament in summer. The Compact variety known as the ‘ Zion House’ var. is of dwarfer habit, but useful. The white form is as handsome as the type. (Fig. 21.) VERSICOLOER of Leichtlin.— A nearly allied species or a variety of pyramidalis. The plant produces masses of pale blue flowers with a H2 100 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. darker zone surrounding a whitish centre; the habit is not pyramidal but bushy, three feet high, and I can only liken it when in flower to a gigantic Gilia tricolor. They can be propagated from root cuttings and also by seed. Another method of propagation is to decapitate the crown in the autumn, when in the following spring many shoots will be found coming up, which can be easily separated. LATIFOLIA.—A British hedge plant, very plentiful in Sussex, especially to the west of Steyning. *The garden forms of it seem to be three in number, macrantha, alba, and the variety with whitish flowers and blue centre. The large blue corollas are always admired, and in good rich loamy soil the plant often attains a height of six feet. The finest examples of this species were once shown me in Hertfordshire, where I was called in to see some ‘‘ curious Canterbury Bells,” as the gardener called them. I was greatly surprised to find a vast array of the white variety with the blue centre : it was a splendid sight. I could hide myself amongst them without bending. They were partly shaded by orchard trees (thinly overhead) and were close to the New River bank, which doubtless accounted for their unusual beauty and vigour. Propagation by seed and division. LACTIFLORA.—One of the finest and most distinct of the perennial border species. | When well established it often attains a heighc of six feet. Flowers pale blue, in dense umbellate panicles, The white variety seems to be a dwarfer but still very beautiful plant. Close to this species, and probably a variety of it, comes CELTIDIFOLIA, rather more compact than lactiflora, but with dense broad panicles of rich blue bells. It ought to be found in every collection, as it keeps up the succession, coming in after the greater part of the species are passing over. Both this and lactiflora require to be planted at least two years before they attain their normal dimensions. The foliage of these two species is of a pleasing pale green. BONONIENSIS.—A pretty species of moderate growth, with long profusely flowered spikes of nodding bells, both in blue and white. A really beautiful but little-known species. Height 25 to three feet; pro- pagation by division and seed. ALLIARLAFOLIA.—Flowers white, pendulous on a one-sided spike ; foliage heart-shaped and covered with tomentum. SARMATICA is rather like the preceding species, having pale blue bells with ovate foliage. Both of them grow from two to 2} feet, and are desirable plants in the border. PERSICIFOLIA.—The Peach-leaved Campanula. A very well- known plant, and one of the handsomest species, providing with its numerous varieties some of the most useful and decorative of all the perennials. The varieties are blue and white; single cup; saucer blue and saucer white; double blue and double white; and gigantea alba plena (Moerheimi). The last named is a good Dutch novelty, but I believe equally good forms have been raised by Mr, Ladhams at South- ampton. ‘The snow-white variety named Backhousei was an accidental find of Mr. Potter’s in a cottage garden in Yorkshire. Height two to three feet. This species admits of division in spring or after flowering, THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 101 and appears to do best in rich heavy soils, light soils often seeming to weaken its character, Seed is also produced plentifully in the type. TRACHELIUM (urticifolia), the Nettle-leaved Campanula.— Flowers of various colours, the double white being especially pretty and lasting. Height 24 to three feet. (The Garden.) ALBA. 2.—CAMPANULA SCHEUCHZERI, VAR. 6 2 ‘1G. SPECIES WITH A GENERAL HEIGHT OF Two FEET. GLOMERATA.—A distinct native species, inhabiting our chalky downs, especially on Box Hill, near Dorking, where the height is scarcely above eight or 10 inches. The bells are arranged in an umbellate cluster or head, and in a lesser degree in the axils of the leaves on the stem. It 102 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. is a rampant grower in any soil, but easily kept within bounds by timely division of the root. The garden forms are dahwrica (syn. speciosa), of which there are three distinct varieties, alba, pallida, and azwrea (syn. aggregata). The deep rich bluish-violet colour of dahwrica is most (The Garden.) —CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA SOLDANELLASFLORA. 23. Fia. effective. It should be massed in the border near Crimson Pyrethrums, Hemerocallis flava and Inula glandulosa, which flower at the same time in June; pallida often continues to flower till late in the autumn; alba is much smaller, not much over one foot in! height; azwrea (syn. aggregata) is also a compact-growing variety and a really scarce and beautiful plant. THE’ GENUS CAMPANULA. 103 GRANDIS.—One of the freest growing species, with broad bells, thickly arranged on terminal spikes. The white form is much recom- Fic. 24.—CaMPaNULA THYRSOIDES. (The Garden.) mended. ‘The foliage is similar to that of the Peach-leaved Campanula. Height about two feet ; propagated by division of the root. This species 104 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. should be tried in shady places, where I have often seen it doing well and making a bold show. PATULA.—Flowers small, in loose spreading panicles, blue in colour, but not a perennial in the strictest sense, but it comes up abun- dantly round the parent plant from self-sown seed. Height one to two feet. NOBILIS.—A Chinese species with creeping roots and large nodding reddish bells, spotted on the inside with white. The white variety I Fia. 25.—CamMpANuLA BurGHALTI PALLIDA. (The Garden.) cannot distinguish from Mr. Wilham Bull’s punctata, which is a notoriously shy bloomer in Hampshire. RAPUNCULOIDES.—This is a species which must not be placed in the mixed herbaceous border: it has drooping bells of a good deep blue in long spikes, but the creeping habit of its roots only fits the plant for the shrubbery border or the wild garden. Height two feet or more. RHOMBOIDALIS.—A distinct and lovely Alpine species growing about fifteen inches high ; flowers a good blue, in small loose clusters, half drooping. The foliage is small and slightly hairy. The variety pallida is rare and desirable, but for ten years I have not come across it. SCHEUCHZERI,.-—A variable Alpine species with rich dark blue THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 105 bells and narrow foliage. Height from eight to 15 inches. Flowers much larger than our English Harebell. (Fig. 22.) ROTUNDIFOLIA (syn. linifolia)—The Common Harebell. Too well known to need description, but a charming little plant, seen in multitudes on grassy banks and often attractive even as late as October ; Fic. 26..—CaMPANULA MIRABILIS. (The Garden.) it is lovely in masses in the wild garden. The white form is very pretty but rather difficult to propagate ; we have up to the present been unable to strike it successfully or divide it well. The semi-double form of rotundifolia is in all other respects like the type. HOSTIT is an Alpine form with deep violet nodding bells on slender stems, a beautiful plant, but extremely variable, as I have observed, in its 106 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. native home, where, of course, seed is the only natural way of preservation. The white form of Hostii is beautiful. Height eight inches. SOLDANELLA FLORA is a very rare old variety, seldom met with, having the corolla divided up into narrow fringe-like parts. It is an exquisitely beautiful variety, growing about 10 inches in height. (Fig. 23.) (The Garden.) CAMPANULA ABIBTINA,. 27. Ilia. - - 7 oY . . - ° . THYRSOIDES.— A remarkable biennial species with densely flowered pyramidal spikes of pale sulphur flowers, each plant developing one spike only. I was much struck with this plant on the ascent of the Furkahorn. At 9,000 feet I saw several acres of it, and it appeared to be the only vegetation on one rocky slope—a wonderful sight for the APD EO gee he = —s« Sp as ee el. ee nde ee THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 107 botanist—but the plant is of no real beauty for garden-propagated seed. (Fig. 24.) VAN HOUTTET has very large rich blue pendent bells on spikes of about a foot to 18 inches high, and must be considered one of the best (The Garden.) Fia. 28. —Campanuua ALLIONII. border perennials in existence, moderate in growth and extremely floriferous. It is without doubt a hybrid, but I do not know the parentage. PALLIDA (syn. Burghaltt) is another hybrid with very long grey bells with chocolate-coloured buds. (Fig. 25.) MIRABILIS.—A new species of great beauty, but not a perennial, dying after flowering. Report says that the collector Alboff believed the 108 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. specimens he discovered at an altitude of 10,000 feet in the Caucasus were the last existing plants, but through Herr Max Leichtlin’s exertions it is now pretty well distributed. Habit branching; foliage shining ; flowers blue. It must be propagated by seeds. (Fig. 26.) THE ALPINE CAMPANULAS. ABIETINA.—Cushions of delicate green, flowers rising eight inches on ; 4 GROUND \ (The Garden Fic. 29.—Campanvuxna ALLIONII. naked stems, almost solitary, of a soft grey blue. This species requires frequent division, or else it will be lost. I have found it somewhat shy flowering. (Fig. 27.) ALLIONII.—Uarge solitary erect blue bells, practically resting on the cushions of green. This rare species grows freely in moist well- THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 109 drained limestone soil; propagation by seed, or by cuttings, or by division of the roots in May. A native of the Southern Alps. (Figs. 28, 29.) ALPINA.—Small rosette-like growth, with spikes of rich blue. I Fie. 30.—CampanuLa aupina. (Zhe Garden.) believe this rare species must be classed with the biennials, as flowering seems to utterly exhaust it. (Fig. 30.) BARBATA.—A delicately beautiful biennial. The whole of the 110 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. mouth of the bell is covered with fine hairs, like the mouth of a Goat- sucker. The white form is extremely pretty and easily grown from seed. The plant is very common in Swiss Alpine meadows at an altitude of from 2,000 to 5,000 feet. Height six to 12 inches. CARPATICA.—This is one of the freest and most attractive of the ~ w z Q| z > ) 4 a oe — — (The Garden.) Fie. 31.—CAMPANULA CENISIA. large flowering dwarf Alpine Campanulas, very variable in size and height, but all the forms are first rate. The erect flowers are borne on branching stems, generally at a height of 10 to 15 inches. The white variety is equally good. Pallida is dwarfer and of an azure blue. A variety called ‘ Riverslea’ is a large-flowered spontaneous hybrid, raised from seed saved from a curious form found at Eastbourne by the THE GENUS CAMPANULA. yet late Mr. Robert Parker. The reputed parents, he told me, were carpatica x isophylla alba, and the wide, open, somewhat flattened salver-shaped blue corollas may perhaps be traced to the influence of zsophylla. CHENISIA.—Very small, very beautiful, and, like Hlatines, very diffi- cult tomanage. Sharp gritty loam in a well-drained fissure in the rockery Fic. 32.—Campanuta Evatines. (The Garde.) seems to suit it; its great enemy is the slug. Height two inches, with erect bells. (Fig. 31.) EHLATINES.—A very rare, difficult, and beautiful species growing from four to six inches in height. The flowers, which appear in July and August, are bluish-purple, borne on a branched stem, and the leaves heart- 112 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. shaped, downy, and deeply toothed. It requires a perfectly drained position on the rockery or, better still,on a wall. It may also be grown in rather large well-drained pots, a third of the pot being filled with stones covered with poor gritty loam and a little leaf mould. (Fig. 82.) This plant must not be confused with C. elatinoides, which has an unbranched stem and much smaller very dark blue flowers. Fic. 33.—Campanvuna Exctsa. (The Garden.) EXCISA,.—A rare plant and very distinct on account of the sort of holes cut out of the corolla at the bottom of each lobe. (Fig. 33.) The flowers are lilac-blue and nodaing, each slender stem, five or six inches high, preducing but one flower. It should have the same treatment as Elatines and cenisia. , FRAGILIS (syn. Barrelieri).—A tender species from South Italy with prostrate flower stems growing out horizontally from a perennial woody THE GENUS CAMPANULA. ES crown. It is beautifully grown by many cottagers as a hanging or basket plant, or may be planted out on the rockery in the summer and lifted again in autumn. It would probably make a splendid wall-crevice plant planted vertically. Autumn rains seem to seriously injure it. I believe there is no white form of this lovely plant. Propagated from cuttings. GARGANICA.—Another Italian dwarf-habited bell-flower having Aa Fic. 34._CampanuLa Lanata. (The Garden.) _ tufted growth and trailing flower stems of a deep blue colour with white centre: it is quite hardy in Hampshire. Minor is also one of the best crevice plants I know. Hirsuta (syn. mollis) has grey foliage, with masses of pale-blue flowers resting on the ground. Its white variety is rare and handsome. ; HAYLODGENSIS is a charming hybrid from Hay Lodge, with a I 114 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. good deal of the pumila blood in its veins. Foliage pale green; flowers delicate pale blue. ISOPHYLLA.—A highly decorative but tender prostrate species, said to be found on one rock only on a promontory on the west coast of Italy. I find it hardy only in vertical crevices in a limestone wall- like rockery; autumn rains seem to destroy all its vigour. The late Mr. Atkins used to grow it well on the open rockery in limestone soil at his elevated garden in the Cotswold Hills twenty years ago. The white form has now got extensively into cultivation as a hanging or basket plant, and is absolutely the best plant ever used for this purpose. Amongst isophylla hybrids is Mayi, a very beautiful one brought to our notice two years ago: it appears to be quite hardy. Balchiniana is like the type, but with silver variegated leaves. It is, I believe, the only Fic. 35.—Campanvuta Morerriana. (The Garden.) variegated-leafed Campanula. It was raised from seed by Mr. Mitten, of Hurstpierpoint, from a cross made between the type and its white-flowered form, and this was the only plant that appeared. The stock passed into Messrs. Balchin’s hands for distribution. The whole of the isophylla group are easily struck from the young growing tops. Any light soil seems to suit these zsophylla hybrids, but they must not be considered any hardier than the type. LANATA.—An exceedingly rare species with sulphur-yellow flowers, which, though first described in the Acta of the Hungarian Academy in 18387, seems never to have come into at all general cultivation. It grows to as much as 18 inches in height, and forms a pyramid of slender branches terminating in large bell-shaped blossoms filled more or less like barbata with long hairs. It is a true rock plant, and likes a full exposure to the sun. (Fig. 84.) THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 115 NITIDA.—A distinct little American species, with leaves in small rosettes, and having their edges frilled. The flowers are in spikes and like isophylla in shape. It is found in the blue and in white, and both single and double. Height six inches. Division in the spring is the best mode of propagation. (The Garden.) Fic. 36.—CAMPANULA MURALIS. MORETTIANA.—A very diminutive subject (fig. 85) with erect violet blossoms, one on each stalk. It is a difficult plant, but will thrive fairly well with the same treatment as advised for Hlatines. MURALIS (syn. Portenschlagiana)—This is rightly named the ‘Wall’ Campanula, for no plant will pierce the mortar of an old moist wall better than this. In ordinary garden soil it forms cushions Ir 2 116 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of small toothed foliage of the brightest pea-green, completely covered with pale blue flowers of a most refreshing shade. Height four to six inches; any soil suits it. There is no white variety of this that I am aware of. (Figs. 36, 37.) The variety major (erroneously called muralis bavarica) first appeared in a consignment of muralis from the Southern Carpathians. (The Garden.) Fic. 87.— CAMrANULA MURALIS. [t is larger in all its parts, deeper in colour, and is altogether ah excellent plant. (Fig. 38.) PULLA.—Of very dwarf creeping habit, with a rich deep indigo nodding bell. It grows rapidly in any light soil, but new stock should be struck from cuttings in May, for though the plant is a true perennial the THE GENUS CAMPANULA. mS ke tufts get weak after a time and gradually die out. Height six inches. A native of the Carpathian Mountains. (Fig. 39.) ‘G. F. Wilson’ is a handsome hybrid from pulla. (Figs. 40, 41.) PUMILA (syns. pusilla and cespitosa) is perhaps the commonest of all Alpine Harebells, but delicately beautiful, as it clothes the rocks and Fic. 38.—Campanuha MURALIS, var. Mason. (The Garden.) slopes in shaly soil and stony chippings in all the: Alpine regions at altitudes of 3,000 to 5,000 feet. In England the white form is often met with, but during the whole of my visit to Switzerland in August 1899 I never saw a single white plant of it. It succeeds in any light garden soil. Height three to six inches. (Figs. 42, 43.) 118 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, RAINERI—A rare species with small woolly folage and huge erect flowers, and of a fine blue, quite distinct from turbinata, but often confused with it. Seedlings from it seem to grow much stronger than collected plants ; hence the confusion. Height three inches. (Fig. 44.) (Lhe Garden.) Fic. 39.—-CaMpanuLa PuLLA left) anp C. aBretiIna (right). TOMMASINIANA.—Very distinct indeed ; very small linear foliage, very shiny; stems clothed with tubular lilac bells. A very small grower, but easy to manage in ordinary soil. Often erroneously sent out as Tenoru and as Waldsteinana. TURBINATA.—tThe true form has grey foliage scarcely rising above THE GENUS CAMPANULA. Fic. 40.—Campanuta ‘G. F. Witson.’ (The Garden.) Fic. 41.—Campanuta ‘G. F. Wuson.” (The Garden. 120 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the ground, with large erect violet bells, and is one of the very best species known. Height six inches. Seedlings from it are very variable, and do not perpetuate the true species at all. Pelviformis, with pale almost flat bells, is extremely good, but growing about eight inches high. Aybrida is a good form, very free flowering. Hendersoni is a distinct pyramidal form, somewhat difficult to manage, but cuttings can easily be struck in May. WALDSTEINIANA.—One of the most minute species, but very Fic. 42.—Campanvuna pustnta. (The Garden.) easy to manage in light soil. It has small stiff round grey foliage and light blue flowers, about half an inch in diameter. Propagated by cuttings and division of the little tufts in May. 4ZOYSII.—The smallest of all the tufted Alpine Campanulas, and rather difficult to establish. Foliage pale green, with drooping pale blue corollas, cylindrical in shape. Sharp gritty granitic soil between rocks in THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 121 the sun suits it well, but snails are always on the look-out for such a dainty morsel, and a good look-out must be kept for them. (Fig. 45.) OTHER CAMPANULAS AND ALLIES. CAMPANULA MEDIUM.—The common Canterbury Bell, a well- (The Garden.) Fira, 43.—CAMPANULA PUSILLA (centre), C. mMuRALIS (left). known hardy biennial. The calycanthema, or Hose-in-Hose strain, is extremely beautiful, the rose-coloured variety being especially charming. Genera closely allied to the Campanulas are Platycodon, Wahlen- bergia, Edraianthus, and Adenophora. 122 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 3 Fic. 44.—Campanuna Rarveru. (The Garden. Fre. 45.—Campanuta Zoxsu. (Zhe Garden.) THE GENUS CAMPANULA. 128. The Platycodons are among the most showy of late summer and autumn Bell-flowers. PLATYCODON GRANDIFLORUM (syn. Campanula grandiflora). A Chinese species with white tuberous roots and flowers of deep rich blue, of a somewhat fleshy nature, and very large. Height one to two feet. Album or pallidum is a pale bluish-white variety with blue veins, and is extremely pretty and desirable. There are double and semi-double forms also. Mariesi is a very dwarf form with large erect bells. It is of Japanese origin and grows only about nine inches high. Mariesi macran- thum is a splendid new form raised by Herr Max Leichtlin, 2} feet in height, of firm, erect habit, with very large flowers indeed, and is extremely free-flowering. Awtwmnale is a very scarce tall late form, very desirable, and of a rich deep blue. 124 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. OUTDOOR FIGS IN WALES. By J. DENMAN. THE result of the naturally warm atmosphere of North Wales is that the Fig (Ficus Carica) flourishes and bears fruit abundantly, especially if planted against or in close proximity to a wall. In mentioning walls it is not my intention to depreciate the various other methods of culture generally adopted, because instances have occurred in which the trees have done remarkably well when trained against a wooden or iron trellis. But the fact remains that Figs ripen their fruit better and bear, if possible, in greater abundance when planted against a wall, and as the instances which I have in my mind were cultivated by the latter method we shall ignore other principles and briefly consider— 1. The soil in which the Fig flourishes in North Wales. 2. The method of propagation usually adopted. 3. Pruning and training. - 4. The application of manure and general cultural notes. 5. A brief list of varieties which have been duly experimented with and found to succeed on walls outside in North Wales. SITUATION AND SOIL. As I before mentioned, wall culture suits the Fig best in North Wales, but now comes the question, What aspect secures the best results? Undoubtedly a wall with somewhat of a southern’ aspect is to be pre- ferred, and failing this a south-west exposure. After careful observation I observe that a south wall encourages too rank growth, and, further, the trees are more liable to be damaged by frosts during winter, so that, all points considered, a south-western exposure gives the best results, both as regards the fruit and also the general state of the trees during winter. The Fig is characterised by its luxuriant growth ; especially is this the case if it is planted in rich soil, such as is generally found in gardens. This fact, then, teaches us (a) that the site must be specially prepared, and (b) that the roots must be prevented from extending too much, for if allowed to wander freely they will grow too luxuriantly, to the detri- ment of the crops. In order to check the too free rooting of the Figs, and to induce them to make short-jointed wood, we must have recourse to special arrange- ments. I find that no method secures better results than constructing rough chambers, about three feet to four feet square, in which the roots have sufficient but not too much space to spread. When allowed to grow at will the roots have a tendency to develop strong laterals instead of a mass of fibrils, which so materially helps to produce a satisfactory crop. Some cultivators build brick chambers lined, except at the bottom, with cement ; but this precaution is not only unnecessary, but costly ; therefore after excavating, the inside should be lined with slates, set end on end, and the bottom may be inlaid with rough pieces of slates or tiles. But here a OUTDOOR FIGS IN WALES. 125 double layer should be placed, so that no opening is left for the roots to extend into the cold subsoil. After a suitable site has been selected the next consideration must necessarily be that of a fitting soil in which the Fig will flourish and bear fruit without an over-luxuriant growth. Iam convinced that the principal cause of failure as regards the growing of Figs in Wales and elsewhere may be attributed, not only to an unsuitable situation, but also to giving them far too rich a soil, which over-stimulates them, especially if they should happen to be young. What class of soil is used in the cultivation of the Fig in Wales? Perhaps I shall be best understood if I describe the natural soil which is found here. It is what may be described as a clayey _ loam resting upon a substratum of peat. Now Figs would thrive in this _ soil with hardly any extra preparation ; but to be doubly sure the excavated chambers should be filled with a compost consisting of fibrous loam, old mortar rubble, and road scrapings in equal proportions, a little sand being added to keep the whole mass porous and sweet. ‘The absence of manure will be instantly detected ; but now comes the explanation. It is best to add no manure to the soi except in the form of liquids, applied when necessary, for reasons before stated. I may be too emphatic in advo- cating a poor soil, but after seeing so many trees become worthless through a liberal use of manure I must view this matter in a light which experience has proved to be correct. I hardly need to add that a thoroughly dry bottom is indispensable, and before this end can be attained the subsoil must be thoroughly drained, so that no superfluous moisture is allowed near the tender roots The cultivator who possesses a natural substratum of chalk may be con- sidered fortunate, for success is almost guaranteed under such circum- stances, as it not only supplies ample drainage, but also prevents undue extension of the roots. APPROVED METHODS OF PROPAGATION. Although Figs are propagated from seeds, layers, cuttings, suckers, and by grafting, it is of the three former methods that I shall speak. Propagation from seeds is adopted more with a view to obtaining new varieties than with an intention of continuing the same varieties in their primitive state. Mr. Loudon conjectured that some curious person may yet discover a mode of cutting out the male blossoms without destroying females, in which case the pollen from another variety may be introduced to take effect alone. But as this much-to-be-desired operation has not yet been achieved we shall simply state that in order to procure approved seedlings the seed, obtained from thoroughly ripened fruits, must be sown about February or March in a compost of light sandy loam and plunged in a hot-bed until it germinates, after which the seedlings may be trans- planted into small pots and kept near to the light in order to obtain strong short-jointed plants. Repeated transplanting will keep them in a continual growing state and also ensure perfect health. The one draw- back, as regards propagation from seed, is that the plants will probably not produce fruit for a period of six or seven years; but even this is counter-— balanced by the probability of raising new and improved varieties which will be still hardier than those now in existence. 126 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. As regards the second method under consideration, viz. “ Layering,” it is a species of multiplication much in vogue, and one to be encouraged on account of its simplicity. It is best, if possible, to layer the plants under glass, although [ have seen it practised with success outside. The plants to be operated on should be in pots, and the shoots bent down, a small notch being cut below a joint upwards and pegged down into small pots or boxes of sandy soil, a stake being used to keep the layer upright and to facilitate the formation of roots. When well rooted, the con- nection should be severed and the young plants potted singly in a suitable compost and kept continually growing for the first year. Fruit may be obtained the second or third year from trees raised by this method. Propagation by means of cuttings is, after all, the best and easiest method, especially when trees are required in a short time. The shoots selected should be from eight to twelve inches long, well ripened, short- jointed, &c. It does not matter whether the cuttings are provided with a heel of the older wood or not, but the base must be smoothed over, and the cuttings afterwards inserted singly in 38-inch pots of sandy soil and placed on a moderate hot-bed to root. Supposing they were inserted in March, the cuttings will have sufficiently rooted by the end of the year to fit them for final planting the following spring. Care should be exercised to rear the plants with a single stem until they are about eight inches high, when laterals should be encouraged to ensure a regularly developed specimen. TRAINING AND PRUNING. The usual method of training the Fig in North Wales is either per- pendicular or fan form. Of the two the latter may be considered the better, not only as regards the general appearance of the tree, but in the production of fruit. Great care should, however, be taken to train the trees when young so as to ensure a symmetrical form and a well-clothed appearance towards the base. For this reason the branches should be kept well pinched back before they commence fruiting, and the leaders must not be allowed to make too much headway until the actual appear- ance of the base of the tree has been duly considered. As a rule, free- bearing varieties may be trained to suit the cultivators, but the shy growers and fruit bearers must be carefully and intelligently handled before they can be induced to make satisfactory growth. As regards the pruning of the Fig it may be well to state that in this operation one must be guided more by actual circumstances than a too hard and fast rule. In North Wales, for instance, the method is not the same as that practised in South Wales; therefore I must explain the procedure which it is necessary to follow in order to secure a normal crop of fruit. I mentioned that the operator must be guided by circumstances. Now in order to reduce the risk of killing the trees to a minimum, pruning is best done in summer, because the cutting off of branches when in a deciduous state is attended by profuse bleeding from the wounds, and should frost then occur the tree will in all probability be killed. All that is required whea pruning established trees is to cut out all vigorous shoots that are not required to lay in, also superfluous branches, preferably the older laterals, retaining the younger wood, as it is on such ~ OUTDOOR FIGS IN WALES. 24 that fruit is borne. The fruit-bearing branches should be stopped in August to encourage the ripening of the fruit already formed, and also to induce the formation of fruit for the ensuing season. Tuer APPLICATION OF MANURE AND GENERAL NOTES. As before mentioned, the soil in which Figs are grown must be desti- tute of manure, 7.e. in a solid form; but although I advocate this it must be strictly understood that in order to facilitate the swelling and ripening of the fruit the trees must be supplied with liquid manure, and that, when the fruit has started to swell, administered frequently until signs _ of ripening are perceived. The manure is best when applied in the form of the drainings of dung heaps at the rate of one part to three parts of water. It is seldom that the frosts in this locality register enough to seriously damage the trees, but I know of some instances in which a few specimens were cut down by a hard frost of twenty degrees simply because they had been but recently pruned; therefore this fact points out a moral applicable to all parts: prune Fig trees only in the summer by disbudding super- abundant shoots and suppressing over-luxuriant laterals. ‘ Prevention is better than cure-;’’ therefore I find it best to roughly protect the trees during winter by the simple and primitive method of covering with fronds of the Common Fern (Pteris aquilina), which being light are not so liable to injure the buds by being blown about as would a heavier substance. It must be understood that the less protection Figs have, consistently with safety, the better, as it shades the buds too constantly from the light, the consequence being an unsatisfactory crop of fruit; all that is necessary is to provide against the fluctuating cold and frosty winds of winter, the coverings being left on for as short a period as possible. The following varieties on trial have proved quite hardy and free- bearing when trained on walls outside in various parts of North Wales :— Brown Ischia, a1 medium light brown fruit, the flesh sweet and highly flavoured. Brown Turkey, large, very luscious, very prolific ; the best variety of all for outside culture. . Brunswick, a very large brown fruit, very rich and excellent; a free bearer. Castle Kennedy, large, green, yellow ; hardy but not over-prolific. Reculver, small purple fruit, very hardy. White Marseilles, medium size; flesh melting and juicy; the second best variety for outdoor culture. From the above it may be seen that Fig growing outside in North Wales may well be encouraged. A list of six varieties of hardy fruit affords ample scope for choosing those that are found to succeed best in each locality. As a last word it may be well to state that the less “ coddling”’ given to the trees the better ; simply attend to the main points of culture and leave the rest to nature, and the result will be success in the cultivation of the most delicious fruit extant. 128 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. THE SYCOMORE FIG. By Rev. Professor G. Henstow, M.A., V.M.H., &e. THERE is an interesting fact about the fruit of Ficus Sycomorus, the Alexandrian or Egyptian Fig, which is not generally known, and has some antiquarian interest. I refer to the custom of cutting off the top of the fruit to render it edible; for like the Caprifig, or Wild Fig (Ficus Kia. 46. Carica, var. caprificus), the fruits are infested by a minute wasp (Syco- phaga crassipes, West).* There are not two forms of the Sycomore Fig, but every fruit appears to develop myriads of wasps. * T am indebted to Rey. T. A. Marshall, Botus Fleming, Hatt, Cornwall, for identi- fying the insect, which he regards as synonymous with Blastophaga grossorum of the Caprifig. THE SYCOMORE FIG. 129 I am indebted to the late Dr. E. Sickenberger, Professor of Chemistry and Botany at the School of Medicine, Cairo, for the following particulars, and also for the three instruments used for cutting the Figs, neaspesttod by the figures. “The Sycomore Fig bears fruit three times a year, viz. in May, June, and in ‘ Nitz,’ that is, August and September. The first two have naturally no pleasant flavour. The fruit of May and June are opened by a knife in a circular manner in order to let out the Sycophaga. The fruit which are opened remain small, but become very sweet and of a pleasant taste. Those which are not opened become three to four times larger in size, but are watery and tasteless, being full of Sycophaga. Both of these first two generations of Figs are cut circularly. It is done by boys, - who cut off the ‘eye’ with a kind of tailor’s thimble, made of a piece of twisted ribbon-iron sharp on one edge, or else the iron ends in a bent spathula-like process, something like a curved finger nail. (Fig. 46.*) ®@oe e@ead Fic. 47.—Figs cut open. Natural size. Fic. 48.—Figs uncut. Natural size. The operation is only made upon the fruits which are fit to be picked the following day. “The day after the operation the Fig is quite ‘mature’ and full of living Sycophaga. The male flowers are all aborted, and the female have never any perfect seeds. (Figs. 47 and 48.) “The third generation consists of larger Figs of an agreeable taste and sweet-scented. They are not operated upon, only because in August and September, though the trees are much fuller of fruit than in May and June, the people have so much to do at that time. They. are seldom sold, and only eaten by the owners of the trees, or else they are abandoned to the field mice, birds, and dogs, which latter are very fond of them. These ‘nilg ’ fruits are also full of Sycophaga. * Fig. 46 @ corresponds closely with the description given by Theophrastus and quoted by later writers. The “hook” is fixed in a wooden handle. This specimen came from Damietta; but it is a form which is now generally replaced by bandc. It will be observed that these two are derived from a by converting the hook into a com- plete ring; c only differs from b by being made entirely of iron. ‘ The edge on the left-hand side is sharp, that on the right being blunt, as.it is not used for cutting. K 130 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. “T have never seen a seedling Sycomore Fig in Egypt, nor a fertilised germ. On the other hand, Dr. Schweinfurth has found in Yemen that the country is full of young Sycomores germinating from self-sown seeds ; and he thinks that it is indigenous there, but not in Egypt.” The Sycomore Fig must have been introduced at a very early age into Egypt, for the wood was commonly used for the mummy cases; and the tree itself was adopted in the Egyptian cult as the “ Tree of Life.’ It is figured on the walls of the temple of Thothmes III. at Karnak, being represented as dedicated to Hathor, and is here reproduced. (Fig. 49.) | With regard to the antiquity of this custom of cutting open the Figs, Fic. 49.—The goddess Nuit in her sacred Sycomore bestowing bread and water of the next world. it is interesting to find that the modern practice in Egypt appears to have been customary many hundreds of years ago. Thus the prophet Amos described himself (vii. 14) as “a gatherer of Sycomore fruit” (A.V.), or “a dresser of Sycomore trees’’ (R.V.). But the Hebrew expression balas siqmim is rendered by the LXX. «vifwy cuxdpeura, and by the Vulgate vellicans sycamina. The writers of the Septuagint appear, therefore, to have been familiar with the process as described by Theophrastus, who writes: wezreiy ov covarae ay poy excxreaOi aX? ExovTEec ovuyag adnpove exexrifovaw* a C ay exixviaOi, rerapraia wéxrevac (“ Hist. Pl.” iv. 2). Pliny also writes as follows (‘ Nat. Hist.” xiii. 14): “It bears fruit not upon the branches, but upon the trunk itself. The Fig is remarkable for its extreme sweet- THE SYCOMORE FIG. 131 ness and has no seeds in it; also for its fruitfulness, which, however, can only be ensured by making incisions in the fruit with ‘finger nails’ of iron, for otherwise it will not come to maturity. But when this is done it may be gathered within four days ; immediately upon which another shoots up in its place. Hence it is that in the year it produces seven * abundant crops; and throughout all the summer there is an abundance of milky juice in the fruit. Even if the incisions are not made, the fruit will shoot afresh four times during the summer, the new fruit supplanting the old and forcing it off before it has ripened.” It will be noticed that while these ancient authors thought the “ sweetening’ indicated “ ripening,’’ it is in the sense of being “ edible,’ as no seeds are produced, in Egypt at least, now, any more than as Pliny records. The real purport is to rid the Figs of the Sycophaga, the sweetening being a secondary result. With regard to the etymology of the Hebrew word balas,? I have to thank the Chief Rabbi, Dr. Adler, for the following communication : “Balas [in Arabic and Aithiopic, ‘a Fig’|—‘ cutting in’ or ‘nipping’ into the Mulberry Fig, or Sycomore, in order to hasten their maturing, according to Pliny and Theophrastus—was an employment probably of shepherds (Amos vii. 14). ‘With this verb the roots paratz and parak may be related with the English ‘break,’ as / and ry are interchangeable. Dr. Davies in his ‘Student’s Hebrew Lexicon’ gives a similar interpretation.” t * This seems doubtful. + This word occurs nowhere else in the Old Testament. +t Gesenius in his Lex. Heb., and Bochart in Hieroz. i. 384, ff., Smith’s Dict. Bib. (s.v. Sycamore), vol. iii. 1394, and Pusey on Minor Prophets all follow the old writers, but add nothing new. 132 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS BY EVOLUTION. By Rev. Professor G. Henstow, M.A., F.LS., V.M.H., &e. (Lecture delivered May 6, 1902. ] In a previous lecture on “ The Making and Unmaking of Flowers” (JournAL H.S., vol. xxvi. p. 115) I endeavoured to show how in their evolutionary history flowers had passed from extreme simplicity, as those of a Fir tree, to various degrees of complexity in ordinary flowering plants, often becoming highly “ irregular,”’ a the Salvias. Then by processes of degradation mémy flowers become simpler again, until they may be represented by a single stamen, as in Spurges, or by a pistil only. In the present lecture I propose: showing how these differences re- sulting from evolution provide systematic botanists with the materials for classification. The doctrine of evolution maintains that al] animals and plants now living have been derived from pre-existing ones ever since the first living beings appeared on this earth. How they first came into existence is at A ae unknown and inconceivable. There is no evidence of any kind whatever of any “spontaneous ’”’ generation of living things; and-how “ protoplasm,” or the ‘ physical basis of life,’ as Huxley called it, can have arisen out of inorganic materials is at present unthinkable. Monists, who so name themselves from their idea of there being ‘“‘only”’ matter and force, without any personal mind or other intelligence behind nature, say that if evolution be true, then life mwst have come out of the mineral kingdom. But science knows nothing of such a ‘‘ must” in nature. Observation and experiment are the only means of investigation open to scientists. Inductive evidence and experimental verification are their only methods of proof. Many evolutionists have looked at the lower forms of Alge as ~ possibly representing at the present day the forerunners of plant life in general; but we cannot be certain whether existing forms are ‘‘ primitive ’’ or “ degraded;’’ for even some flowering plants growing in water of a high temperature have acquired a strong resemblance to sea- weeds.* Whichever they are, they have had a world-long ancestral history of which we know nothing. I propose, therefore, to pass over all the lower Cryptogams until we reach the highest groups, such as the Fern family. We must now consider how eyolution works in producing the limit- less numbers of beings on the face of the world. In the first place, it soon becomes obvious that there is not, nor ever has been, any and only a linear series either among animals or plants, but there have been continual branchings off from the main stock, and then successive branchings have again risen from these; so that if all beings were known, past and * Podostemacee. CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS BY EVOLUTION. 133 present, their genealogy would prove to be as elaborate as the branching and twigs of a large tree. Only, instead of reproducing the same form over and over again, as of the flowers of a tree, all the buds of each year in succession must be imagined to be different from those of the pre- ceding year on the same branch. For variations of structure arise in consequence of the seedlings or young animals varying as they grow to maturity. This they do (if they vary at all) on a change of environment or of “the conditions of life,’ as Darwin frequently expresses it. The process we now accept was described by Darwin as follows: “Tf we ask ourselves why this or that character has been modified under domestication, we are, in most cases, lost in utter darkness. Many naturalists, especially of the French school, attribute every modification to the monde ambiant, that is, to a changed climate, with all its diversity of heat and cold, dampness and dryness, light and electricity, to the nature of the soil, and to varied kinds and amount of food. By the term ‘definite action’ I mean an action of such a nature that when many individuals of the same variety are exposed during several genera- tions to any change in their physical conditions of. life, all, or nearly all, the individuals are modified in the same manner. A new sub-variety would then be produced without the aid of natwral selection.” * As soon as the offspring are dispersed—for migration, as a rule, is essential—evolution begins. It is due to these two factors: (1) the direct action of external forces of the environment, such as food, climate, &c¢., or the monde ambiant, upon the organisms, and (2) a responsive power, which the living protoplasm possesses, so as to be influenced by them. The protoplasm and its nucleus then build up cells, the cells form tissues, and the tissues organs in direct adaptation to the new conditions of life. Thus the plant shows differences in roots, stems, leaves, &c. from its parent. In the next place, having acquired new structures, if the plant and its descendants continue to live for several generations under the same conditions and influences, the characters become “ fixed,’”’ as horticul- turists well know, and then they become hereditary, until, of course, fresh changes induce new variations to arise; but they will be, in part, superadded on the modifications of the prévious ones. * An. and Pl. under Dom. vol. ii. p. 271. With reference to ‘ Natural Selection ”’ it is true that Darwin thought that the action of the environment was generally “‘indefinite ”’ and not “ definite,” as described above; by which he meant that all or most of the offspring of a plant or animal would vary in all sorts of ways, or “ indis- criminately ’’ as Romanes called it; so that one, two, or few individuals which were perchance better adapted to the new conditions would survive, while all the rest would perish. ; ; This was called the “struggle for existence, the fittest only surviving.” Unfor- tunately no evidence has ever been forthcoming in nature in support of this latter view ; whereas the former, or the “ definite action” of the environment, is universally true. The real function of natural selection is the bringing about the Distribution of Amimals and Plants. Thus, if the seeds of, say, fifty different plants be sown together, an intense struggle for existence takes place among the seedlings; many of the weaker ones die. In a few years not half that number of species will have maintained their existence. In this struggle for life it is those with the strongest constitutions which are “ best fitted to survive,’’ as they will have ousted the others. That is all natural selection can do; but it takes no part in the origin of new variations of structure, upon which alone varieties and species are based. 184 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Hence those which one calls “hereditary structures’’ are only such as have originated as varietal, but have become fixed in the constitution of the being. It may be somewhat difficult to see this going on in nature, but it may be abundantly witnessed under cultivation, and proved experi- mentally ; but in nature the proof is not less convincing, though it be based on inductive evidence alone. I will now consider the alterations in the structure of flowers brought about by adaptation, z.ec. evolution in detail. We may group them as follows :— 1. Freedom of the parts of whorls precedes their cohesion and adhesion. 2. Freedom, associated with a spiral arrangement of an indefinite or many parts in a floral whorl, precedes their reduction to a definite number (1 to 12) which becomes verticillate in arrangement. 3. An ordinary floral receptacle precedes a receptacular tube, or any lateral expansion of the floral axis. 4. The freedom of the receptacular tube from the ovary precedes its adhesion to the latter. Obs.—Reversion may take place, in which an “ inferior’? ovary may become “ superior.” 5. Regularity of a whorl precedes irregularity. Obs.—Reversions to regularity may take place in irregular flowers. 6. Symmetry * precedes asymmetry by arrest of parts. 7. All arrest of parts is of later occurrence in flowers and often the cause of asymmetry. 8. Enations are of later origin than other parts in the structure of flowers. 9. Unisexuality among normally bisexual'species is’a later production ; though unisexuality was (as far as is known) the primary condition of flowers. These “ principles,’ if we may so call them, must now be considered more in detail. . 1. FrEEpom.—Commencing with the class Dicotyledons, its orders have long been arranged in four Divisions at least. The first is called Thalamiflore. In this the petals are free from one another, and arise directly from the floral receptacle. The corolla and stamens are said to be “ hypogynous,”’ as arising from under the ovary. Ranunculacee has been placed the first in the series. This order illustrates entire freedom among all the parts of the flower. One genus only, Nigella, has its five carpels coherent into a capsular fruit. Some have no corolla at all, as Clematis, Anemone, and Caltha, thereby indicating a more primitive condition. Lastly there are usually many stamens and carpels spirally arranged.t The question now arises, How did a corolla appear ? That petals arose out of stamens is obvious from numerous instances, * “Symmetry” in botany signifies that two or more whorls have the same or multiples of the same number of parts. The term would be more useful in application to regular (radial symmetry) and irregular flowers (bilateral symmetry). + The following are some other orders having the petals free and numerous parts often spirally arranged: Nympheacee, Magnoliacee, Rosacea, Alismacee. CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS BY EVOLUTION. 135 as explained in my previous lecture; as another instance Atragene alpina (allied to Clematis) may be added. In this flower a groove on the filament secretes honey, and a transition from stamens to petals can be easily traced, all being enveloped in the four large purple sepals. In these respects Atragene shows an advance upon Clematis. What brought it about? The theory the present writer would propose is that the developing of the honey-secreting surface on the filaments, and their alteration to petals, are the direct consequence of the irritations set up by the bees which visit this flower for pollen and honey. Protoplasm isa highly “irritable ’’ substance and “ responds ”’ in many ways to external influences, including mechanical weights, pressures, _ tensions, &c., and the theory is based on innumerable coincidences coupled with much eaperimental evidence.* Thus honey-secreting organs are always precisely where the proboscis or tongue of the insect can most easily reach them ; and as in accordance with evolution nothing is ever made in anticipation or for direct use of any other being, we know of no other cause than the actual probing of the insect itself. Thus, we find the sepals producing honey in the Lime, the petals in Buttercups, Columbine, Larkspur, and Aconite, the stamens in Atragene, the carpels in Caltha, &c. But in the great majority of instances, as the proboscis goes down to the receptacle, it is thas which produces glands, as, eg., two in Wallflower, five in Geranium, an entire disk in Maple &c. The formation of honey-secreting glands &c. and the conversion of stamens into petals are, then, the first supposed results of insect agency. The next to be considered is the “ cohesion ’’ which often takes place between the parts of a whorl. It is particularly conspicuous in the corolla; we thus get “tubes”? and ‘bells,’ as in the Primrose and Campanula &c. It is believed that the freedom of parts always pre- ceded such unions; as leaves on a shoot are always free. 2. Primitive flowers, such as the Buttercup, have often numerous stamens and carpels spirally arranged, after the manner of leaves on a shoot. These, as is well known, are arranged in “ cycles”’ or groups of 2,3, 5, 8, &c., and a long spiral of many stamens or carpels of course means several “cycles ’’ of such parts; and the reduction to one or two cycles is one of the commonest features in flowers. In Dicotyledons the whorls are usually in fives or fours, and in Monocotyledons in threes. The number of carpels is usually further reduced. Thus, while a Geranium has 5 sepals, 5 petals, 5 + 5 stamens (2.e. in two whorls), and 5 carpels, a Potato blossom has only 5 stamens and 2 carpels. The reduction of carpels is common with high specialisation. Thus in the two “irregular” flowers of Aconite and Larkspur the carpels are reduced to 8, 2, or even 1; yet both these belong to Ranunculacee. 3. The floral receptacle. is usually only a rather enlarged summit to the pedicel, or flower-stalk, as in a Buttercup. It becomes very large in a Strawberry in order to carry the numerous fruits (achenes). In addition to this terminal expansion it may extend laterally round the pistil in the centre. This is called the “receptacular tube,” and assumes various forms. Its primary function is to secrete honey. This * The reader is referred to The Origin of Floral Structures and The Making of Flowers, by the present writer. 1386 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. may be well seen in the flower of the Raspberry,in which the “tube” is more like a little trough within the. stamens; but in the Cherry or Peach blossom it constitutes the formerly so-called “ calyx-tube,” * and is lined with a honey-secreting surface. As the petals and stamens are thus carried away to some little distance from the pistil, they are called “‘ perigynous,”’ ze. “around the ovary.” In the Rose it appears. to have lost its power of secreting honey, but forms the scarlet hep in the autumn. In some flowers the floral receptacle develops several isolated “ honey glands”’ (five in Geranium), or else a complete ring or cushionlike structure, so that some botanists intercalate the group Dvzsciflore after Thalamiflore ; but this must not be confounded with the receptacular tube, which contains all the fibro-vascular bundles belonging to the sepals, petals, and stamens, whereas a honey-disk is only a cellular out- growth of the superficial tissues containing no such bundles. _ 4, The next step is seen in those flowers in which the Feoupinealay tube is partly adherent to the ovary. This latter is then said to be “half inferior ’’ (such occurs in Saxifraga granulata, Gloxinias, &c.) ;. but if the adhesion be completely to the top of the ovary-—the usual condition— then the ovary is “ inferior,” the calyx-limb, petals, and stamens arising from the top of the ovary. The calyx is then “superior,” but the, petals and stamens are called “ epigynous,”’ z.e. upon the ovary.” This condition is seen in Ivy, any umbellifer or composite &c. Sometimes the summit of the receptacular tube spreads out above the ovary ; it then carries the sepals, petals, and stamens to a distance, and the latter may be called perigynous, with a superior calyx. This condition is seen in Apple, Pear, and Currant. The cause of this adhesion, as well as of the kesojiaaeliah tube itself, is swpposed to be due, primarily, to the irritation of the tissues incited by insects. But the theory awaits confirmation, and also possibly to be supplanted by some better one in the future, if such can. be discovered. All the orders possessing free petals, together with this .receptacular tube, whether free from or adherent to the ovary, form ings division Calyciflore. Next follow all the orders in which the petals are coherent. They constitute the division Gamopetale, i.e. “ petals united.” A few have the ovary inferior, but.in the majority it is superior. | The Composite thus represent the highest type. A floret has. a gamopetalous corolla, coherent anthers, and stamens adherent to corolla. On the other hand, the pistil is reduced to a one-ovuled two-carpelled ovary, and the calyx to a pappus or is wanting. A rudimentary calyx is the ruling condition whenever flowers are densely crowded. 5. Regularity characterises early types of flowers. PA That all irregular flowers have descended from regular ones is to be inferred—first, from such a fact as that Larkspur and Aconite-are the only two genera of the large order Ranunculacee whieh have irregular flowers ; secondly, that plants normally bearing irregular flowers often -produce * It was at one time regarded as being the lower part of the calyx; in some flowers both seem to take part in it. ‘ CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS BY EVOLUTION. 137 regular flowers, especially as terminal ones, under cultivation.’ Such flowers then resemble the normally regular ones Thus Salvias produce regular trumpet-shaped blossoms; members of Leguminosae, instead of having the usual papilionaceous corolla, produce flowers like those of the Rose family &c. Such are regarded as ‘“ reversions.” For theoretical considerations as to how irregular flowers came about, I must refer the reader to what I have said elsewhere. 6. With regard to alterations in symmetry, I have referred to the very general reduction of carpels, so that while the outer whorls may be quinary, the pistil may be, and often is, reduced to two carpels, as in so many of the Gamopetale. | But it often happens that the principle of compensation comes into play, so that while some parts degenerate and vanish others alter in size or form. Thus while in Mulleins (Verbascwm) we find the size of the five stamens decreasing from the front to the back of the flower, in most of the genera of the same order (Scrophularinee), as well as of Labiate, the fifth or posterior stamen has become totally arrested, and the two posterior stamens are with rare exception shorter than the two anterior. Again in the minute yellow disk florets of a Daisy there are both stamens and pistil, but in the larger white ray florets (though the corolla has really lost two petals in the change, the other three being greatly enlarged) the stamens are totally arrested, those florets being female only. _ | 7. As special instances of ‘‘arrest’’ it may be seen how the calyx is more or less reduced or vanishes when flowers are borne in clusters. Such occurs in British Rubiacee, Dipsacee, Composite, Umbellifere, Rhododendrons, &c. On the other hand in the Incomplete it is the corolla which is usually wanting; we then generally find the stamens opposite the sepals, indicating a lost intermediate whorl of petals, as in Nettles, Daphne, &c. Such are believed to have been derived by pro- cesses of degradation from orders having petals. Thus Nettles are allied to Mallows, Daphne to Roses, &e. In Cornflower (Centaurea) the ray florets have their corollas much more greatly enlarged; but this is done at the expense of the pistil as well as the stamens; hence it is neuter and sexless. A similar process is seen in Guelder Rose and Hydrangeas. is The ‘cohort’? or group of orders known as Amentales,* from the general presence of “catkins’’ (amentwm), appears to:represent primitive forms. Alder is the only one which seems to have arranged its bracteoles of the male flower into a whorl; all others have nothing to indicate a calyx except perhaps Poplar. Of these one is inclined to regard Casuarina (the beef-woods of Australia) and our Sweet Gale (Myrica), of which there are several species in South Africa, as representing the earliest types, though the actual links with Gymnosperms are absolutely wanting. All other members of the Incomplete are probably degradations from plants which possessed both calyx and corolla. » * This group includes the following orders: Betulacee (Birch and Alder), latanee (Plane), Myricacee (Sweet Gale and Comptonia), Casuarina (Beef-wood), and Salicacee (Willow and Poplar). re 138 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 8. “ Enation”’ is a word applying to any part of a flower which is developed last, or later than the organ itself which bears it. Thus when the flower of the Toadflax (Linaria) has its corolla nearly complete, the spur is added, so that the corolla at first resembles the permanent pouched form of Snapdragon (Antirrhinwm), until the pouch elongates into the spur. 9. When unisexuality appears in plants whose allies of the same order or genus are all or mostly bisexual, it is a legitimate inference that the former condition is a subsequent occurrence. Thus, in the degraded tribe Poteriee of Rosacee we find Salad Burnet has two sexes, the upper flowers of the head being female, and the lower ones bisexual or male. The causes of unisexuality from bisexuality are obscure and may occur anywhere in the orders of flowering plants. Before giving a list of classificatory terms in the order of evolution it will be as well to state that the botanists are firmly convinced that the flowerless plants were the forerunners of Gymnosperms or “ naked- seeded’ orders. Ferns, e.g., appear to have led off to Cycads; but other groups may have supplied links to existing and extinct Gymnosperms ; but Ineed not repeat what I have said before, only referring the reader to my paper on the ‘‘ Making and Unmaking of Flowers.” We may now tabulate the results hitherto sketched out as representing the probable order of evolution, each group in succession having given rise to the next, though the links may now be wanting. Sub-kingdom—Cryprocams. (Ferns and extinct plants.) Class I.—DicoTyLEpDons :— Sub-class , ; Gymnosperms. _ ‘ : ‘ Angiosperms (Amentales) Divisioni. . . . Thalamiflore m Bi Eo inka E . Disciflore ae eee : : Calyciflore Sub-div. 1. ‘ . Ovary superior fe Os oun : ; » inferior Division iv. . , , Gamopetale Sub-div. 1. ; . Ovary superior . Bh hock ? , » inferior Division vy. . , ; Incomplete (except Amentales) Class Il.—MonocotyLepons :— Divisioni. . ; ; Hypogyne Sub-diy.1 . ; Perianth petaloid and ovary superior “ ys os : ; Glumifere (Restiales and Glumales ; degraded forms), Division ii. . ‘ ; Epigyne Perianth petaloid and ovary inferior. I will now give details of a theoretical origin of Endogens or Mono- cotyledons from Exogens or Dicotyledons. With regard to the number of “aquatic” orders the percentage of those in Monocotyledons is 33, whereas in Dicotyledons it is only 4. CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS BY EVOLUTION. 139 So long ago as 1835 Meyer noticed that the distribution of Mono- cotyledons over the globe is regulated, not by temperature, but by humidity; e.g. in Alabama swamps there are 139 species of Mono- cotyledons, but only 77 of Dicotyledons. One of the most characteristic differences between these two great classes of flowering plants is that the embryo of Hxogens has two cotyledons, that of Endogens having only one; but there are several plants among the former class, the embryos of which have only one, while some of the latter have at least a rudiment of a second. Thus Trapa natans, Ranunculus Ficaria, and Carum Bulbocastanum are examples on the one hand, and Asparagus and Tamus of Monocotyledons illustrate the other. The first-named is an aquatic plant; the ancestors of the second undoubtedly were such; but the third cannot be now grouped with it. Though the cause of a monocotyledonous embryo in Monocotyledon is in this paper attributed to degeneration brought about by water, yet as nature has the power to bring about like results from very different causes, it would be rash to say that the single cotyledon of an embyro of Cyclamen, for example, was due to a watery medium. When, however, we find that the development of the embryo of Carwm Bulbocastanum is precisely like that of Sparganiwm ramoswm,* and that this character is, aS will be seen, associated with so many others to be also found in aquatic Dicotyledons, the presumption is in favour of my contention. Following the development of a seed, the next point is the fact that the primary or tap-root is always arrested in Monocotyledons, though it may be temporarily present as in Maize and the Date; such, however, soon gives place to a succession of adventitious roots Beis 2 from the stems in ascending series. Such is also the case with aquatic Dicotyledons, as the Water-crowfoot (Ranunculus heterophyllus), Water-lilies, Trapa, many aquatic umbelli- fers, Ceratophyllum, &c. Anatomical details follow suit. Thus, while in Dicotyledons the origin of the root-cap is part and parcel with the initial cells at the apex of the root, in Monocotyledons and Nympheacee@ the initial cells of the root- cap are distinct from those proper to the root. The large increase in the size of the central vessels is also a common feature in both. The rhizome of Water-lilies was at one time supposed to indicate an affinity with Monocotyledons ; but other Dicotyledons also agree with it in the general “ dislocation ’’ of the vascular cords so characteristic of the former class. Nelwmbiwm with regular sub-concentric series of cords seems to indicate the transition.tT The next important point is the leaf arrangements prevailing in Endogens, viz. the ‘‘ distichuus’’ or two-ranked, as of Grasses and many Orchids, Gladiolus &c.; and the “tristichous’’ or three-ranked, as of Sedges; while the latter leads us to the ternary arrangement so universal in the flowers. I have elsewhere shown how the pentamerous arrangement prevailing in the flowers of Dicotyledons arises from opposite leaves, through the * Compare the figures by Hegelmaier, Bot. Zeit. Taf. vii. figs. 28-41. t De Bary’s Comp. Anat. fig. 112, p. 255. 140 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ‘‘pentastichous ”’ or five-ranked foliage,* starting from an embryo with two cotyledons. When one cotyledon is wanting, nature appears to have adopted a different method. Thus it has been discovered that in Asparagus and Tamus the first leaf is situate just over the site of the missing or rudi- mentary cotyledon. ‘Then the second and third leaves are in a plane at right angles to that in which the cotyledon and first leaf stand, o vw thus: 0.1 cot. These three appear to lay the foundation of a tri- 2 stichous arrangement, as in Carex, by slightly shifting the positions : 3 the three ranks being at an angular distance of 120°. A 14 6 similar shifting occurs in making the trimerous whorls of : the flower, and we arrive at it thus :— 3 6 1 5 4 2 That nature has the power to “shift’’ the “insertion” of leaves may be seen, for example, in the common Laurel. In the horizontal boughs coming from the side of the bush the leaves are ‘ distichous”’ 1 3 5 pee eae marae 8 but on a vertical shoot issuing from the top of the bush, the leaves are “ pentastichous,” the sixth being in the same vertical line as the first on the spiral line passing through the numbers 6 1 to 6. 5 With regard to the development of the foliage, if we compare 4 that of Victoria regia with Sagittaria sagittifolia, a remarkable 3 similarity will be observed. The first leaves of the former are 2 incompletely developed ; they have no limb at all; that of the next 1 has a lanceolate blade, the third has a hastate, the fourth a sagittate, then comes an orbicular blade; and in Nelwmbiwm a peltate one is finally acquired. Sagittaria begins with a ribbon-like phyllode in deep water; then a spathulate extremity indicates the commencement of a blade. This becomes hastate, then sagittate. The further stages are not reached in that plant ; but the orbicular is found in Frogbit, and hastate-peltate in Caladium. There are several other points of agreement between the morphology of aquatic Dicotyledons and Monocotyledons, which all tend to afford an accumulation of probabilities that this latter class has been descended from aquatic forms of the former. It is quite impossible to say when and from what plants it took place, but it is interesting to see that the late Robert Brown (facile princeps among botanists) actually put Cycads among Monocotyledons in his “ Prodromus.’’ For further details I must refer the reader to my paper elsewhere.T * « The Origin of the Prevailing System of Phyllotaxis,’”’ 7’rans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. i. p. 647. t “A Theoretical Origin of Endogens from eee through Self-adaptation to an Aquatic Habit,” Jowrn. Linn. Soc. vol. xxix. CLASSIFICATION OF PLANTS BY EVOLUTION, 141 P.S.—After the preceding lecture was written I met with a paper on “The Phylogeny and Taxonomy of Angiosperms,” by ©. EK. Bessey, Ph.D., published by the Botanical Society of America, 1897; and it was satisfactory to know that from the researches of Schimper and Lesquereux upon fossil plants of the Cretaceous, Kocene, and Miocene floras of the United States these authors follow almost precisely the same general lines herein suggested by myself as based upon morphology. Thus Dr. Bessey summarises the results as follows (abridged). He places Monocotyledons first because of their simpler structure ; but I regard this as not indicat- ‘ing primitive but degraded features, the result of an aquatic medium. “Tt is probable that Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons appeared at about the same time, namely, early in the Mesozoic or late in the ~ Paleozoic. “The hypogynous Monocotyledons appear to have preceded the epigynous ; and similarly the petaloideous, hypogynous species seem to have somewhat preceded the spadiceous * and glumaceous species. “ Apparently the Thalamiflore and Calyciflore are the two earlier types of the Dicotyledons. “The Bicarpellate [common in the Gamopetale, Labiata, &ec.| and Inferz {inferior ovaries] appear to have developed later than the other types, and to have rapidly increased to the present time. “In the development of the “Bicarpellate, the Polemoniales and Gentiales {with regular flowers} preceded the Personales and Lamiales (with irregular bi-symmetrical flowers]. “*Polypetaly’ appears to have been the common condition in the Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene periods. “The first modification from polypetaly probably was in the direction of apetaly {by degradation], a condition reached by many plants in the earlier periods, but by relatively smaller numbers in the present. “‘Gamopetaly, from small beginnings, has increased rapidly to the present. “Hypogyny has measurably decreased, while epigyny has corre- spondingly increased.”’ The author has given an elaborate scheme as to the distribution of orders on evolutionary lines, but it appears to be rather too speeulative to be altogether trustworthy. | * The Aroidee and Lemnacee@ are undoubtedly degraded aquatic forms y 142 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. By A. D. Hatt. [Lecture delivered May 20, 1902. ] Ir is not the object of the present paper to give any account of the history or origin of the Florist’s Tulip: this has already been done in these pages by the Rev. F. D. Horner (Journat R.H.S. Vol. XV. 1898, p. 99), by Mr. J. W. Bentley in the pages of the Journal of Horticulture for 1894-5, and by Count Solms-Laubach in a short monograph (Weizen und Tulpe, Leipzig, 1899). It will be sufficient here to indicate that the Tulip, when introduced by Gesner into Western Europe in 1559, was already a florist’s flower, with numerous varieties owing their unknown origin to the Turks; that it soon became a favourite flower and many new forms were raised, Flanders rather than Holland being the chief centre of improvement; until about the beginning of the last century the London florists, who had their gardens in the City Road, Camberwell, and other unlikely places, began the creation of the English Tulip as we now know it. It is rather the objéct of this paper to put before the reader the florist’s point of view as to what constitutes a fine Tulip—a simple mystery perhaps, but one that needs a little more study than is given to it, either by the one kind of critic who assures us that our standards are all obsolete nonsense, or the other who tells how he goes direct to Holland for his bulbs, and gets just as good stuff at 10s. a hundred as anything we have to show. The latter gentleman is simply ignorant ; the former is sometimes wilfully so, because he will only look at flowers through the spectacles of a theory: to him we can only say that the Florist’s Tulip is the outcome of some three hundred years’ work of those who best knew and loved the flower. The excellences the florist admires, the standards he demands, represent a tradition, not an external arbitrary dogma, but the accumulated experience of many generations of what will best bring the innate qualities of the flower to their highest perfection. It is easy to raise a cheap clamour against formality and to obtain the approbation of the unthinking public by decrying anything that looks like line and rule in connection with flowers; but taste grows in flowers just as in the greater art of painting. First comes the appreciation of a mass of colour, the trumpet call of so many square yards of red or blue thrown violently at the spectator; the next stage sees the revulsion from the old erudity in an admiration of the flowing curve, the indeterminate outline, the melting half shades, all that is picturesque and quaint and artistic; only ata later stage does one awaken to the sense of pure form, the severer beauty that comes of proportion, and the restraint of the grand style. A show of florist’s flowers, whether they be Roses, or Tulips, or Carnations, is a very artificial affair and easily contrasted to its disadvantage with the beds of a garden, or the trade “ displays’ of masses of inferior examples of the same sort of flower. But to compare the two things is only to confuse the issues ; THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. 143 a show of florist’s flowers is a competition, not a display, and all its arrangements are made to let the flowers be examined nakedly and thoroughly by experts, not to produce an ‘effect ’’ on the casual spectator drifting by. A show is not the best place to enjoy even a florist’s flower, which is at its best at home on the bed; but it is only the stern discipline of showing and the stress of competition which have made the present beauty of our beds possible, for the flower that is never shown moves but slowly and imperfectly along the path of improvement. Of course there are critics who go further and deny the “improve- ment”’ outright: to them a wild Rose in the hedge is more than the finest gold medal bloom that was ever staged; we can only assure such critics that the florist’s work has consisted in taking qualities latent or dimly Fic. 50.—FrarHerep Fiowers. (A) ‘Garrpaupi.’ (B) ‘Lorp STanuey.’ seen in the wild flower, such as symmetry, texture of petal, marking, &c., and pushing them to a higher degree of excellence. CLASSIFICATION. The Florist’s Tulip belongs to the general class of late or May flower- ing Tulips, being in fact only a highly specialised race of the old Dutch Tulip, of which the so-called Darwin and Rembrandt Tulips constitute another strain, originated in Flanders. Like all members of this class, the flower, when it first blooms as a seedling, is almost invariably self- coloured, in which state it is known as a “ breeder ”’ or “ mother ’’ Tulip, probably because of its vigour and rapid increase. At some time or other it may be after a year or two, sometimes only after ten or twenty years, a remarkable change comes over the breeder : the colour previously 144 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. diffused all over the petals becomes concentrated into markings on the edges or centre of the petals, which show a white or yellow ground colour. The flower is now said to be broken or rectified, and remains in this state for the rest of its existence, without reverting to the self-coloured con- dition ; the offsets, also, by which it is increased, partake of the same marked or broken character when they have grown to blooming size. The cause of this extraordinary change, which is without parallel in the floral world, cannot be explained, nor can any reason be assigned for the “breaking’’ of a breeder in any particular year; we know that some varieties break more easily than others, and that a change of situation, particularly to a warm soil, is likely to induce breaking. The older florists only esteemed the broken flowers, ‘conquests’? as they were termed, because of the long time that must elapse before new ones could be acquired; but for many years the breeder has been grown for its own sake, and shown in separate classes. Both in the breeder and rectified states Tulips are divided into three classes, called Bizarres, Bybloemen, and Roses. } | In the Bizarres the ground colour is yellow, the markings—or in the case of breeders the self-colour—range through all shades of brown from scarlet to black. Both of the other two classes possess white grounds, but the marking colour of the Bybloemen is purple, varying from dainty lavender to practi- cally black ; while the Roses, as their name indicates, possess rose mark- ings, of various shades of scarlet and crimson. There still exist varieties with a white ground, and a marking colour indeterminate between Bybloemen and Roses, deep crimson when the flower is young, and dull purple as it ages; but such kinds, however common in the past, are being steadily eliminated. Every seedling raiser is aiming, among other things, at getting as great a diversity as possible, not only between the classes, but inside the limits of each class. Among Bizarres we want to work towards scarlet markings on the one hand, and black on the other; the Roses must be made scarlet, and the Bybloemen as pure a purple or black as can be. It has already been indicated that most Tulips exist both in a breeder and in a “ rectified’ or marked state ; in this latter condition two styles of marking are recognised and distinguished. In one case the marking colour is confined solely to the edges of the petals, in which state the flower is said to be “ feathered ” (see fig. 50). In the second or “ flanted ” state the flower has a beam of colour up the centre of the petal, and running off into the feathering, which it also possesses at the edges (see fig. 51). As feathered and’ flamed flowers exist in each of the three classes, we thus get a second tripartite division, making nine types of flower in all :— Breeder Feathered Flamed Bizarre . : : 4 : : br. biz. fr. biz. . fid. biz. Bybloemen . } : ‘ , br. byb. fr. byb. | fld. byb. Roses. ; : j ; 5 br. rose fr. rose ) fid. rose THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. 145 The usual practice is to show breeders separately, and the rectified flowers in “ stands”’ or “ pans,’’ containing an equal number of feathered and flamed flowers of each class. Thus a stand of twelve must contain two feathered and two flamed Bizarres, two feathered and two flamed By- ‘bloemen, two feathered and two flamed Roses. There must be no duplicates, but the same flower may be shown in both feathered and flamed states. When a breeder breaks it does not necessarily follow that all the bulbs which have been derived from the original seedling will break at the same time, or into the same style of marking; thus it sometimes happens that specimens of a particular flower exist in the breeder state, and broken, both as a feathered and a flamed flower. At most shows blooms will be seen A B Fig. 51.—Fiamep Frowrrs. (A) ‘Dr. Harpy.’ (B) ‘ Lorp STanney.’ of ‘Sir Joseph Paxton,’ ‘Mabel,’ and ‘ Adonis,’ in each of the three possible states, and other sorts show the same characteristics. It must be understood that each seedling, and only the seedling, is an individual; the multitudinous bulbs arising from the first seedling are essentially only parts of that original bulb, and possess the same form, habits, and constitution, despite the seeming great variations of breeder, feathered, and flamed states. PROPERTIES OF THE FLorist’s TUuLip. It now remains to discuss in detail the properties of the Florist’s Tulip, the points which distinguish it from the other races of Tulips, and the features by which it is judged. ‘The three chief points are Form, Purity, and Marking. L 146 JOURNAL: OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Form.—The form aimed at is the perfect cup, a little greater than a hemisphere when young, and not less than “the half of a hollow ball’? when fully expanded in the sunshine. Fig. 51 a and B and fig. 54 A show what is admired, 51.4 being about the shortest, and 54 the tallest, that is desirable. To attain this perfect cup shape the petals must be broad, gently rounded at the top, without point or indenta- tion, and must themselves be portions of a sphere, so as to clip closely together. Long narrow petals cannot form a cup or expand freely without showing gaps, a very bad fault known technically as “ quartering.”’ The gently rounded top is essential to a proper display of the marking ; a Tulip with pointed petals may_be itself heautiful enough, e.g. the well- known ‘ Golden Eagle’; but as the Florist’s is fundamentally a marked Tulip we must choose the cup shape which will best show the markings, and therefore the rounded petal, which is required for the perfect develop- ment of the chosen form. This is the real raison d’étre of the florist’s “laws”: they are not arbitrary conventions, but the formulating of certain principles which will bring out the inherent properties of the flower to their higher pitch of excellence. If the petals individually are not portions of a sphere they cannot fit closely together ; many otherwise good varieties possess the grave fault of throwing the three outer petals away from the inside three and making something like a cocked hat instead of a cup. Fig. 583 B represents an old- time variety, ‘Count’ or ‘Comte de Vergennes,’ beautifully fsathered, but the outer petals are long and spoon-shaped, so that they stand quite apart. A on the same figure represents another excellent feathered flower, ‘ Bessie,’ of a good enough shape when young, but when old or overpowered by heat and sun it has a bad habit of reflexing the tips of the outer petals, as shown in the photograph. Sometimes the petals are too much curved and form an ugly shoulder, instead of springing in a gentle rounded curve from the stem. Fig. 54 8 shows a finely feathered bloom of ‘ Masterpiece’ with this great defect of shape. In some blooms the defect of shape arises in the opposite way : the base is too narrow, and the petals start from the stem like a funnel rather than a wineglass; ‘Annie McGregor’ possesses this defect. Some flowers are too globular, others like ‘ Mabel’ curve the edges of the petals inwards near the top; others again, like ‘ Chancellor,’ may have a good shape but open with difficulty, except in warmth or sunshine. In all these cases the result is similar: the true cup is not found, and the interior is more or less hidden from view. The pericarp should be bold and shapely, the stamens large and conspicuous. ; Lastly, whether dwarf or tall, and the heights range from eight inches to three feet or more, the stem should be sturdy enough to carry the cup nobly erect. Purity.—The great feature which distinguishes the English from the ordinary Dutch and from the ‘ Darwin’ Tulips is their “ purity,’”’ the possession of a clear, stainless circle of ground colour at the base of the flower ; yellow in the case of the Bizarres, white in the Roses and Bybloemen. The older forms of the Tulip, as may be seen in the common garden variety known as 7’. Gesneriana, possess a dark blue blotch at the THE ENGLISH OR FLORISTS TULIP. 147 base of the flower from which the pericarp and stamens spring; and though in many of the Dutch and Darwin Tulips this heavy colour is replaced by a lighter shade, in the English Tulip there must not be any suspicion of stain; the ground colour should be of the utmost clearness and brilliancy, and the filaments of the stamens must also be free from any tinge of blue. The fundamental importance of purity was a doctrine chiefly fought for and won by the southern florists in the first half of the nineteenth century; it had always been desiderated, but their action rendered it indispensable, and many a well-marked favourite had to disappear from the show table, because it would come foul or tinged at the base. At the present time practically none but pure flowers are grown, but some trace of original sin is still to be seen in many white Fic. 52.—Fiamep Fiowers. (A) ‘Greorce Epwarp.’ (B) ‘DucHEess or SUTHERLAND.’ ground varieties, which open with a cloudy yellow base, only bleaching after a few days’ exposure; some Bizarres again show an indefinite green shade or greasiness in their yellow base. A batch of seedlings will always contain a large proportion of impure flowers, which should be at once destroyed, root and branch, without mercy, however excellent the other qualities they show. A want of purity is the great defect of those other- wise excellent breeders, the ‘Darwin’ Tulips; it is true that many of them have rather an ugly square shoulder, but in substance of petal and shortness of cup they are excellent. There are, howeyer, only two varieties known to me, ‘ Loveliness’” and ‘ Zephyr,’ which can be termed pure. The value of purity lies in the great increase of brilliance given to the flower by a wide circle of pure colour at its base; the marking tells better L 2 148 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. by the contrast, the anthers stand out on the clear bright filaments ; even a small base is by no means so effective as a large circle of white or yellow. . Many critics of the fancy object to the importance assigned to purity ; they profess to like a pale blue base at times, at any rate they consider such flowers should be judged on their merits and not disqualified off- hand. But the good is ever enemy to the best ; only the pure flower can show the Tulip at its highest pitch of development ; and in his efforts to realise the ideal he carries in his mind the florist rightly refuses to put up with a quality, which though passable in an individual, would be intolerable in the race. To admit a stained flower would be a defection from the path of perfection in order to reap a temporary advantage, a defection all the more unnecessary because of the numbers of brilliantly pure varieties which exist. And after the eye has become trained among Tulips, and learned to enjoy the contrast offered by the pure base, any stain then becomes intolerable and even violently unpleasant. The photograph of breeders (fig. 55), two pure and two stained, shows some- thing of the superior effectiveness of the clear base, and the flamed flowers (fig. 56), of which a photograph looking right into the bloom has been attempted, will give an idea of how the base sets off the marking. Marking.—Assuming that the form of the flower is good and its purity undoubted, its merit is then judged by the marking, of which, as has already been indicated, two types exist, the feathered and the flamed state. Fig. 57 shows a photograph of a number of finely feathered petals, from which it will be seen that the marking must be confined to the edge of the petals. A good feather should form a finely pencilled edging round the margin of the petal, broader at the top than at the sides. The width of the feather varies in different varieties : it may be narrow or broad, but it should be regular and continuous, should neither ‘‘skip’’ at places, nor run too deeply down the centre of the petal, though a single narrow stripe is sometimes seen. The most common faults in a feathered flower are a want of precision in the markings, the occurrence of scratchy streaks of colour in other parts of the petal, worst of all perhaps is a streak of solid colour running from the base to the edge of a petal. The marking should be firm and boldly pencilled; an undecided flushed outline is a great defect, as also is the occurrence of two shades of colour in the marking, when it is known as “grizzled;’’ a delicately pencilled outline is also preferred to one flatly laid on or “ plated.” ‘Figs, 50, 58, and 54 show finely feathered blooms: in fig. 50 the photograph looks more directly into the blooms ; on the left is rather a heavy plated bloom; on the right the feathering is better pencilled, but rather too light at the tips of the petals. The feathered state is the one most difficult to obtain in a state of perfection, and though the true enthusiast perhaps considers that the flamed state shows the Tulip at its best, a first-rate feathered flower is more taking at first sight, and is very much rarer. While there are many flamed varieties which can be trusted to “come good” year after year, a large collection must often be scanned with great care to get together two dozen feathered blooms fit for exhibition. And here it may be explained that the markings of the Tulip are very inconstant, and even the successive flowers'from the same bulb are subject to great THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. 149 variations from year to year; if a bulb yielding a feathered flower gets at all big and over-vigorous, it is apt to flower too full of colour, and to produce more or less a flamed flower. More often perhaps, ill-defined patches of colour, or a total break in the marking, mar the symmetry of a feathered flower ; one must grow as many bulbs as possible of feathered strains and trust to getting some of them as nearly right as may be. Without doubt correct cultivation will increase the proportion of well- marked blooms; one must aim at getting sound and well-ripened bulbs, avoiding especially the grossness and overgrowth produced by rich soil or manure. Free exposure in the early months of the year, so as to secure a slow growth, seems to aid in producing refined flowers; the strong premature growth, which results from early planting or leaving Fic, 53.—FraTHERED FLowers. (A) ‘ Bessie.’ (B) ‘ Count.’ the bulbs in the ground, generally flushes the whole bloom with un- desirable colour. Most varieties seem to throw fewer and fewer feathered blooms as they age; of some sorts, once famous as feathered flowers, practically only the flamed state is now known; but this is not invariably true, as may be seen in the case of ‘ Count’ or ‘ Comte de Vergennes,’ an old Dutch or Flemish variety known to have been cultivated for more than a century, yet yielding feathered flowers with regularity to-day. Because of this tendency to go flamed and because of their inevitable inconstancy, the Tulip fancier should grow on to blooming size every offset he can find of finely feathered varieties. In the flamed state the flower possesses, in addition to the feathering on the edge, a bold beam of the same colour up the centre of the petal, branching out into pencilled streaks to mingle with the feathering. 150 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. lig. 58 shows a series of well-flamed petals ; the beam should start from the edge of the circle of white or yellow forming the base, as if the base is absent or small the effect of the flower is much depreciated ; the white or yellow ground should also be seen between the foot of the beam and the feathering at the edge of the petals. When beam and feathering meet at the base the flower is said to be “ fast,’’ a common fault when the bulbs are overgrown ; the beam again should not “run out” at the tips of the petals, but should break into fine pencillings which merge into the feathering. Above all, the colouring of the beam should be bold and decisive and well branched, a simple pillar of colour not being esteemed, Figs. 51 and 52 show finely flamed flowers; in fig. 51, to the left is ‘Dr. Hardy,’ to the right ‘Lord Stanley’; in fig. 52 to the left is ‘George Edward,’ to the right ‘Duchess of Sutherland.’ The two latter flowers, but reversed, are also shown in fig. 56, but the foreshortening, due to looking down into a cup-shaped flower, rather obscures the markings in this latter case. The excellence of both feathered and flamed flowers much depends upon contrast between the markings and the ground colour; hence the markings should be decided and the ground colour clear. A dull white or a flimsy translucent petal is a great defect; the finest flowers possess a smooth solid petal, glossy and brilliant. ‘Texture of petal is the quality par excellence of the pure florist; the flowers which show this feature, like the Rose, the Carnation, the Auricula, as well as the Tulip, are the true florist’s flowers. Of course, only a Tulip with a solid petal will last well and keep its shape in hot weather ; many varieties perish at the tips, open too widely, or fall into a loose undecided shape after being a short time open. Breeders are judged by the quality of the petal alone: they must show a good shape and a clear wide base, Their brilliancy of colour and freedom from blemishes, such as frost or hail marks and irregularities: of growth, form the basis on which they are judged. Lastly, in making up a stand, the fancier aims at getting a lot of blooms as uniform in character and as even in size as possible, not mixing big, fully grown, and rather loose specimens with others that are young, compact, and small. He also should aim at contrast—dissimilarity—as much as he can; in a stand of twelve, two of the Bizarres should be of the red sort, and two of the black; one feathered flower should be heavy, the other lightly marked &c. But these are counsels of perfection. 'l'oo often, through the vagaries of the weather and the provoking incon- stancy of the flower, the fancier is reduced to showing what he can scrape together to fulfil the conditions of the schedule, without considering too deeply such fine points as uniformity and dissimilarity, It is this inconstancy of the flower which is apt to disgust the beginner with the fancy. He obtains what is said to be a good feathered sort, and when the flower appears it is worthless and quite out of character, whereupon he rather begins to think he has been swindled. Let him take courage, the bulb itself will probably come right another year ; the offsets in their turn are likely to yield some fine flowers. He must accumulate a stock and cultivate carefully to raise his proportion of THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. 151 refined bloom. All the same, the inconstancy of the Tulip is one of its defects ; one cannot count on any variety coming good year after year, as one can with Auriculas or Carnations, or even Roses. Still, many of the best. varieties are pretty constant, and in time one may reckon on breeding out this tendency to variation in the wrong direction. VARIETIES. An immense number of varieties of the English Tulip have been raised from time to time, and are still grown. Mr. Bentley's catalogue, published in 1894-5, contained descriptions of something like 500 varieties. Many of these are indeed obsolete, but I find that I am growing about 150 varieties, exclusive of seedlings. But the novice who wants Fic, 54.—Frarneney Frowers. (A) ‘Sie Josern Paxvon.’ (B) ‘Masrerprece.’ to form a collection for show purposes or for pleasure should not burden himself with anything like these numbers; the really first-rate ones are few in number, and a better result for all purposes can be obtained by growing only the best in quantity, than by the search after variety or varieties. It is the inconstancy of the Tulip, and particularly of the feathered sorts, which keeps so many varieties in cultivation ; the fancy abounds with kinds which occasionally come beautifully feathered, which are always promising and very rarely performing, and which stave off the execution they deserve, by now and then producing a flower of supreme excellence. ‘his is seen and admired, others beg or buy the sort, and are thus in their turn lured into cumbering their beds with a needless variety. Varieties too grow old, and seem to lose something of the habit of producing “feathers,’’ so that many are grown because they 152 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. once were good, and may recover their early glories. Still the advice I would give a beginner is to stick as much as his human nature will let him to a few good sorts, and not to be tempted to run after others by their occasional appearance in first-class form at a show. Above all he should aim at getting good ‘“strains;’’ despite the inconstancy of the flower, a bulb which has bloomed fine is the more likely to do it again and throw offsets of the same quality. As his numbers increase he can keep weeding out the bulbs growing poorly marked blooms, especially if they come in bad character two or more years in succession, and replacing them with offsets grown on from his best stock. But while numbers are small, it is a good plan to have a waste bed in some out-of- the-way part of the garden, and give the cast-offs a year or two there before they are finally rejected. A little starvation and exposure have sometimes a marvellously refining influence. In the following list only really first-rate varieties are mentioned, which can be readily obtained eithér from the trade or the members of the Tulip Society; and many good ones are omitted either as being insufficiently tested, or scarce and difficult to obtain. ‘The flamed flowers are by far the most satisfactory class, and most of the following can be trusted to come practically perfect every year: Bizarres—‘ Samuel Barlow,’ ‘Sir Joseph Paxton,’ and ‘Dr. Hardy ;’ Bybloemen — ‘Talisman,’ ‘George Edward,’ and ‘Chancellor’; Roses — ‘Annie McGregor,’ ‘ Mabel,’ and ‘ Aglaia.’ Feathered flowers are difficult to secure, especially feathered Roses, but the following are perhaps the best: Bizarres—‘Sir Joseph Paxton,’ ‘Masterpiece,’ and ‘ Lord Frederick Cavendish’; Bybloemen-—‘ Bessie,’ ‘Elizabeth Pegg,’ and ‘Talisman’; Joses—‘ Mabel’ and ‘ Modesty.’ Good breeders are more abundant, but on some soils it is hard to keep up a stock of them, so readily do they break; PBizarres—‘ Sir Joseph Paxton,’ ‘Goldfinder,’ and ‘Sulphur’; Bybloemen—‘ Glory of Stake- hill,’ ‘ Adonis,’ ‘ Elizabeth Pegg’; FRoses—‘ Annie McGregor,’ ‘ Mrs. Barlow,’ ‘ Rose Hill,’ and ‘ Loveliness.’ ‘The following description of the above varieties may be useful; for details of other varieties Mr. Bentley’s list, before referred to, should be consulted. BIZARRES. ‘Dr. Hardy. —A beautifully marked and very constant red-flamed Bizarre; the petals are broad, smooth, and of good substance; the base is large and a fine orange-yellow, the marking colour is a bright red-brown, so that a well-grown specimen has a glow and brilliancy that is still almost unrivalled. It rarely makes a good feathered flower, and is very scarce in the breeder state. The shape is excellent and lasts well. Vigorous and plentiful. (Fig. 51.) ‘Goldfinder’ is a beautiful scarlet breeder, excellent in shape and superb in colour, Unfortunately it breaks very readily, and is then invariably worthless. The most brilliant of all the breeders. ‘Lord Frederick Cavendish.’—The petals are rather long and pointed, and weak in substance. When in condition this variety makes a fine red feathered Bizarre, though the feathering is rather ‘ plated,” and lacks quality. It is inconstant and worthless as a flamed flower, and should not be grown strong. THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. 158 « Masterpiece’ is a very old feathered Bizarre, with a thoroughly bad shape: the three outer petals are apt to have an ugly hump, while the inner ones hook in together. It is also one of the most inconstant Tulips grown, and the grower may be satisfied if more than one in twenty is anything better than ugly. But when ‘ Masterpiece’ is caught right, it is still worthy of its name, so superb is the black feathering on the brilliant yellow ground. Sometimes it can be shown as a flamed flower. It is a free grower, cheap and abundant; and despite all its Fic. 55.---Gnoup or BreEeprers. _ inconstancy and bad shape every one must keep a good stock of it. (Fig. 54.) ; ey ‘ Samuel Barlow’ is perhaps the finest of the flamed Bizarres, for it is larger and more refined in its markings than ‘Dr. Hardy,’ and possesses _ Yather a better shape than ‘Paxton.’ It is a red Bizarre, with finely pencilled red-brown markings on a good yellow ground. The base might ___ be larger and the petals would be better for more substance; still it is a _ noble flower of great size and quality. It is early in bloom, but stands well. It sometimes comes rather too lightly flamed, “short of work,”’ _ and even makes a good “feather,” but as a rule it is a very constant flamed flower. Vigorous, but not very free, nor over-plentiful as yet. Sir Joseph Paxton.’—For fifty years this has been the leading Bizarre, 154 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, good in all three of its states. It makes a fine chocolate-brown breeder, its only defect being that the petals are rather spoon-shaped and narrow at the top. When feathered the marking is dark brown, and beautifully pencilled on a clear yellow ground, but it is as a flamed flower that ‘ Paxton’ is at its best, for the base is large, and the beam both bold and refined. Vigorous and a free grower ; a good strain of ‘ Paxton’ is about the most satisfactory of all Tulips. The petals possess great substance and stand in the hottest weather. (Fig. 54.) ‘Sulphur’ is rather an attractive yellow-brown breeder, with broad solid petals, which make up into a rather triangular shape. The flower is deliciously scented, and when broken is sometimes good in either feathered or flamed state. But it is very inconstant, often shows two colours in the feather, and cannot be trusted. ‘Sulphur’ is an extra- ordinarily vigorous grower, makes huge broad leaves, and increases very fast, being also given in rich soil to such freaks as three flowers on a stem. Other Bizarres that may be recommended are ‘ Lord Stanley,’ which, though rather small, is excellent both in shape and marking, either as a feathered or a flamed flower; and ‘ William Wilson,’ which makes a fine heavily feathered flower of a somewhat ugly shape. Bizarres are more numerous than either of the other classes, and many other sorts are grown which yield good feathered flowers on occasion. BYBLOEMEN. ‘ Adonis.’-—A beautiful dark purple breeder, with a clear wide base, of a fine shape when young, though the petal is a listle flimsy and reflexes at the tip with heat or age.- ‘ Adonis’ breaks well, both flamed and feathered, and is often useful for exhibition in either state, its defects being a lack of brilliancy in the white ground, and a tendency to forget the feathering at the tips of the petals. ‘ Adonis’ is cheap and plentiful, and still the finest dark purple breeder. ‘ Bessie,’ another old flower, is chiefly famous in the feathered state, when it possesses a beautifully pencilled continuous feather of dark purple on a Clear white ground. When flamed it is rarely valuable, and the breeder is unknown nowadays. ‘Bessie’ must be shown fairly young, for it falls nearly flat, and quarters with age or great heat, which also is apt to spoil the texture of the somewhat flimsy petal. At the same time ‘Bessie’ cannot be shown immediately it opens; the base and even the white ground are somewhat yellow at first, and require a little time to bleach. ‘Bessie’ must not be grown too richly, or it will develop an excess of colour. (Fig. 53.) ‘ Hlizabeth Pegg’ is one of the finest Bybloemen, at its best when feathered, but often valuable for exhibition, either as a breeder or a flamed flower. The shape is good, the base wide and of spotless purity, the anthers bold and black. As a breeder it is of a pale lavender, very dainty. in colour; when broken the feathering is a beautiful pure purple colour, of medium depth, and charmingly pencilled. When flamed the beam is light purple, but hardly bold enough. This variety is a little tender, and often crippled by frost at the tips of the petals: it is rather late to bloom and very prolific. There are a good many sister seedlings in cultivation, and the whole batch is hopelessly mixed in the breeder state. They THE ENGLISH OR FLORISTS TULIP. 155 have a tendency to break partially, showing a weak edging of purple on the breeder colour. These should not be immediately thrown away, but tried for a time in an out-of-the-way corner of the garden, for they some- times come right. Some of the breeders break with a dirty brown shade in the beam and are worthless. ‘ George Edward,’ though by no means a new flower, is only just begin- ning to be generally grown. It forms a perfect cup, with petals of great substance ; the base is rather yellow and wants a good deal of bleaching. It sometimes comes feathered, but is best flamed, when the beam is dark, purple and boldly marked. The flower is early and of the largest size, and the constitution vigorous. (Figs. 52 and 56.) ‘ Chancellor’ is only known in the flamed state, but forms one of the A B Fie. 56.—Fuamep Fuowers. (A) ‘DucHEss oF SuTHERLAND.’ (B) ‘GrorcE Epwarp.’ most trustworthy Bybloemen for exhibition. It is vigorous and forms a flower of good size, rather late to bloom, and wanting sun and warmth before it will open properly. Its colour is a lighter purple than either of its chief rivals as flamed Bybloemen, ‘ Talisman’ or ‘ George Edward.’ ‘Glory of Stakehill’ is a large rosy-purple Bybloemen breeder, with a good shape and a wide base, of exquisite purity. It is the best flower of its class, but is getting scarce because it breaks easily ; when broken it may at once be thrown away because it never marks well. ‘ Talisman’ is perhaps the best flamed Byblosmen that is grown, but is also sometimes superb as a feathered flower, and well worth growing as a breeder. The breeder colour is rather a dull slaty purple, but the base is wide and clear and the shape excellent. When broken the feathering is practically black and most delicately pencilled; the beam is 156 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, bold and branching, and the whole flower of full size. ‘Talisman’ is a good grower, vigorous and free, and cannot be too highly praised, both for the fine quality of its marking and its constancy. The Bybloemen forms a good class with a higher proportion of really trustworthy flowers than either of the others. ‘Trip to Stockport’ and ‘ W. Parkinson ’ form fine feathered flowers, not very common as yet; ‘Ashmole’s 112 and 126’ are heliotrope- coloured breeders, opening early and easily, which sometimes make passable broken flowers ; ‘ Duchess of Sutherland’ is a beautifully flamed flower, but defective in shape. ‘ Universe’ is another fine Bybloemen, unsurpassed when feathered right and good as a flamed flower, but not very common as yet. Rosks. ‘ Aglaia’ is a very old sort only known as a flamed flower, of a rather dull dark crimson shade, opening very yellow but easily bleaching. The shape is long and rather loose, the beam is somewhat indefinite and lacks the fine working which is desirable, but good Roses are so few that Aglaia, with all its faults, is still a very useful flower to the exhibitor. ‘Annie McGregor,’ though introduced half a century ago, is still the best Rose in cultivation. It forms a beautiful scarlet breeder with a dazzling white base ; as a flamed flower the markings are rich in colour and beautifully pencilled ; occasionally it comes feathered, but is not first- rate. The petals are stout and the bloom stands well; the only defect is that the cup is rather contracted and narrow at the base. Vigorous, increasing freely, and cheap, ‘ Annie McGregor’ is equally a flower for the exhibitor and the gardener who wants an effective bed. ‘ Mabel’ is a sister seedling to ‘Annie McGregor,’ a pale soft Rose as a breeder, but when broken the markings are darker and have more of a crimson shade. ‘Mabel’ makes much better feathered flowers than ‘Annie McGregor,’ and is equally well marked as a flamed flower. Its drawback, which causes both breeder and flamed flower to be less esteemed than ‘ Annie McGregor,’ is a defective shape; the cup is too long and the petals hook in at the tip. Nevertheless ‘ Mabel’ in either state is among the best Roses we possess. ‘ Loveliness’ is one of the ‘Darwin’ Tulips, but differs from most of that race in possessing a pure white base. It is a charming bright rose in colour, possesses very stout petals, but with something of that ugly square base characteristic of the ‘Darwins,’ and has been known to break well. The broken flower is little known, but the breeder is cheap and common and well worth growing, even for exhibition. ‘Mrs. Barlow’ .is a beautiful soft rose-coioured breeder, with an excellent shape. Unfortunately it always breaks badly and may then be thrown away. ‘ Modesty’ as a breeder is a very delicate rose colour, but is rather scarce in that state. Broken it makes an exquisite feathered flower, the markings being scarlet and prettily pencilled. It is, however, wretchedly inconstant: a very small proportion come right, and when flamed it is worthless. The petal is flimsy, the base yellow and wants bleaching, and the whole flower soon flushes and loses character in heat or sunshine. THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. 157 It should be grown in the poorest possible soil. ‘Modesty’ is one of the most exasperating of flowers; but good feathered Roses are so scarce that one must grow a lot of it on the chance of getting one really first-class bloom. ‘Rose Hill’ is a dark crimson breeder with a wide base, of excellent form and the largest size. In many respects this is the best Rose breeder in cultivation, but it rarely breaks at all well. The Roses are much the weakest of the three classes ; many others are grown and produce good flowers, but speaking generally they are inconstant and weak in shape; among them ‘ Alice’ and ‘Sarah Headly’ are perhaps the most likely to yield a good feathered flower. CULTIVATION. The English Tulip is comparatively easy to grow, and is not very Fic. 57.—PeETAts or FEATHERED FLOWERS. particular either as to soil or climate ; it is an excellent suburban flower, standing smoke well, even the smoke of the outskirts of the great manufacturing towns of Lancashire and Yorkshire, where but few trees survive. Any moderately rich well-worked soil will suffice, but it should be stiff rather than light; indeed it is quite a mistake to suppose the light alluvial sand of Holland is at all the natural medium for the Tulip. The great desiderata in the soil are free drainage and a fair proportion of carbonate of lime; in the absence of either of these disease is likely to set in. Many growers renew the soil of their beds every year, well-rotted maiden loam being sought after for this purpose, but I have not found the change necessary. To revive and enrich an old bed I have scattered over it a few handfuls of guano immediately after lifting. the Tulip bulbs about the end of. June, dug the bed over, and sown 158 | JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Mustard on it. In four or five weeks’ time the Mustard is eighteen inches or two feet high: it is beaten or chopped down and dug into the soil, which is then consolidated by trampling. The Mustard plant soon decays, and by the end of October the soil is in excellent condition and easy to work. In what follows I shall only describe my own routine of cultiva- tion, not that there is anything special about it, but because a concrete case is most intelligible. The beds are marked out by boards set on edge and projecting about two inches above the general soil level: they are dug over in the early autumn and covered up as planting time approaches, so as not to become too wet for that operation. Seedlings, offsets, and other small stuff I plant in October at latest; about November 9 is the orthodox time for planting the general stock, but I generally leave it to the end of the month. The quickest plan of planting a large bed is first to throw out the soil to the depth of four inches from the top of the boards, get the bottom firm and level, and then set the bulbs out. Afterwards the soil may be sifted through a half-inch sieve on to the bulbs, or a handful of soil may be firmly placed on each, then the remaining earth thrown gently over the bed and finally raked level; in any case there should be a depth of four to five inches of soil above the base of the bulb. My own beds measure 30 x 4 feet; saw cuts on the edge of the boards every six inches mark out the ‘“ rows,’’ in each of which seven bulbs are placed at intervals of six inches. Often two bulbs are planted near together in each ‘ hole,’’ for which there is ample room. Itis impossible to keep a large collection true to name, or to get it planted:and lifted with any expedition, except by the aid of a Tulip box and book. The box is a cabinet of drawers, each of which is divided into partitions measuring two inches each way, seven partitions in a row and ten rows to a drawer. As a row of the box thus corresponds to a row on the bed, six drawers will hold the buibs of a 80-foot bed. The collection is arranged beforehand in the drawers ; at planting time each drawer is taken in turn to the bed and the bulbs removed to their corresponding places in the bed; similarly when the bulbs are lifted they are placed straightway in their proper holes in the box. The Tulip book, for which any stout memorandum book will serve, is ruled to correspond with boxes and beds ; for example, on the left-hand page of my own come the names of three rows of bulbs, the corresponding lines on the opposite side being left for comments. The following extract will explain the system :— 79. 1. ‘KK. Pegg’ fr. 64/7 x x x | lightly fld. 2. ‘Heroine’ [x x x fr. 1897] 80/2 _ bad—throw away 3. ‘ Dr. Hardy ’ fid. 2 fair. 4. ‘Talisman’ fld. 114/38 x x x x | to S. heavy, to N. x x x x 5. ‘Dr. Hardy’ fid. x x x x X X 6. ‘Annie McGregor’ fr. x x indefinite 7. ‘E. Pegg’ fr. 64/7 x x x x x x fr. shown No. 79 indicates the position of the row on the bed, the other numbers the position in the row; fr. and fid. are contractions for feathered and THE ENGLISH OR FLORISTS TULIP. 159 flamed respectively: they and the x refer to the nature and degree of excellence attained by the flower in the previous season, and are extracted from the former “ book’’ just as the comment on the right-hand side, inserted when the flowers bloom, will be transferred to the next book. Thus 4 ‘ Talisman’ fid. 114/83 x x x x signifies that in the previous season this bulb of ‘ Talisman,’ then planted third in row 114, gave a very superior flamed bloom. ‘The further record shows that this season it had split into two bulbs, one of which, the northernmost of the two, was heavy in colour; whilst the one to the south maintained the excellent marking. The old growers took the greatest pains to arrange their beds, so that the three classes came in regular succession, and the heights were Fic. 58.—PerTaus or FLAMED FLOWERS. graduated to bring the tallest flowers in the centre of the bed. he effect of the whole bed is certainly richer on this plan, but I find it convenient to grow each variety in a block. This facilitates the selection of blooms to cut for exhibition, and makes it easier to arrange that certain sorts shal] have poorer or richer soil, extra shade or sunshine, according to their constitution. After planting, the beds are left without shelter or pro- tection of any kind until April. The shoots generally peep through early in February, and as soon as they can be seen and the state of the soil permits, the surface is stirred with a pointed stick, or a narrow hoe ‘is worked carefully between the rows. I like to repeat this shallow cultivation whenever the surface gets at all caked by drying after rain ; some growers also draw the earth up by hand round the stems of the Tulips in April. In very dry springs a good watering may be necessary in April or early in May. 160 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. In April, when the buds are well above the leaves, it becomes neces- sary to afford some protection, lest hail or heavy rain damage the bloom, The old growers stretched a light awning of canvas over the bed, but it is better to arrange a wooden framework above the bed to carry a series of garden lights sloping gently from four feet in the middle to three feet at the sides. As the buds get up and begin to open, light canvas is run round the side of the bed as a wind break, and if great heat sets in the glass will want whitening. The Florist’s Tulip is perfectly hardy, but it is only in oxcepilatl seasons that one can hope to obtain a cup-like bloom, some three inches in diameter and standing two feet or so from the ground, in anything like perfection without shelter overhead. This last season (1902) I had nine degrees of frost following rain on May 14; every Tulip, even under the glass, was lying flat on the bed in the morning, and though they got up again, those which had been unprotected were covered with dead spots wherever a raindrop had frozen, and in many cases the rot spread and destroyed the whole bloom. Some growers give all the protection they can as soon as the shoot peeps through; but in the south, at all events, this results in excess of vigour and gross blooms flushed with colour. I can only keep the flowers, especially the feathered sorts, in character by the freest exposure, even at the cost of a certain proportion of crippled blooms, where the bud has been nipped by frost just when it was in the axil of the leaf. In the south the Tulip must have poorish but well- worked and strong soil, and no coddling if the bloom is to retain its refinement. Rich soil and great care in sheltering and protecting result in huge bulbs and leaves, and blooms with eight petals and the like, flushed with colour—* dragons,” as the old growers called them. After the bloom the bulbs are allowed to ripen off, still under the lights to keep off rain, until the leaves have begun to shrivel and dry up. Many growers lift as soon as the stalk can be bent double without breaking, but in the south it is desirable to wait a little longer. The seed-pods should be broken off, as then the growth dies down more quickly. The bulbs are then lifted with a small hand-fork, and each, as it is removed from the ground, is placed in its appropriate hole in the drawer. The stalk should be cut off with a stout pair of scissors about two inches above the bulb; it is not wise to attempt to detach the new bulb from the old growth until the whole is somewhat drier. The boxes containing the bulbs should then be kept in a dry shed, or covered over with news- paper and left under the lights for a few days ; in any case, it is dangerous to let the sun rest on the bulbs before they are dry. Finally, when com- pletely dry, the old growth and dead skins can be broken off, the new bulb cleaned up, and the offsets detached. Some varieties, especially the breeders, increase freely, sometimes splitting into two or even more flower- ing bulbs, in addition to yielding several smaller offsets, which want feeding up for another season before they will reach flowering size, But many of the choicer sorts only yield an offset from time to time, and so cannot be multiplied rapidly. The offsets of all good sorts should be preserved and grown on in a separate bed of rather richer soil, planting them not so deep and earlier than the flowering bulbs. In this way not only is an inerease of stock secured, but a reserve is created wherewith to s a” * - "i THE ENGLISH OR FLORIST’S TULIP. 161 fill the places of bulbs which have lost character, and become too full of colour or otherwise degenerated. When the drawers have been cleaned up and the offsets detached they should be stored in a cool dry place until the time comes round for rearrangement, when one can reject the unworthy and replace them with new stock preparatory to planting again. It will thus be seen that the routine of cultivation is not heavy, and even a large collection is well within the management of an amateur. ‘The planting and lifting are rather tedious, and can rarely be done properly except by the amateur, for few working gardeners can be trusted to keep the bulbs in their proper places. The Tulip has few enemies to contend with : wire-worm is capable of eating out the heart of a bulb, rats and mice sometimes destroy bulbs when out of the ground, and I have had a bed ravaged by an incursion of moles ; but in a general way there are no insect pests to fear. The Tulip disease one hears of sometimes, seems to be a common fungus which starts above ground, where a leaf has been wounded by hail or frost, and by spreading downward results in the decay of the bulb. A con- fined situation and wet undrained ground are the places where it is most in evidence ; it also seems to run’more freely where there is a deficiency of lime in the soil. On cold and especially on sour soils a good dressing of lime or mortar rubbish should be incorporated with the soil before planting, and a dressing of basic slag at the rate of +1b. per square yard will greatly benefit the health of the bulbs. In conclusion, I should like to press the claims of the Florist’s Tulip on the attention of the amateur: the fancy has fallen upon evil days and the old school of growers is sadly diminished, but with the new love of flowers that is springing up, there must be plenty of gardeners to revive so old and distinguished a cult. The days of fancy prices for bulbs are over, a good working collection is easily obtained, and I and the members of the Tulip Society will be only too glad to put intending growers in the way of making a start if a letter be addressed to me under cover of the Royal Horticultural Society. The growth of the Tulip even on a comparatively large scale does not demand too much space ; four beds, each 30 x 4 feet, will easily grow 2,000 bulbs, enough to furnish bloom for exhibition in any company; nor is the flower fastidious about soil, or susceptible to a suburban or even a smoky atmosphere. ‘he charm of the flower, with its traditions and its unique development, is a very special one that grows from year to year; and if its inconstancy and the uncertainty of getting a perfect bloom from the same stock two years in succession are exasperating, yet there are always compensations in the unexpected return of other bulbs to good manners, which gives a touch of excitement to the unfolding of every flower. As to the beauty of a bed of Tulips in full bloom in the sunshine, the feast of colour and of form realised then rather than on the exhibition table, it has once been described by a master hand, and I cannot do better than transcribe the words of Steele, written two hundred years ago :— “ Sometimes I considered them with the eye of an ordinary spectator, as so many beautiful objects varnished over with a natural gloss and stained with such a variety of colours as are not to be equalled in any artificial dyes or tinctures. Sometimes I considered every leaf as an M 162 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. elaborate piece of tissue, in which the threads and fibres were woven together into different configurations, which gave a different colouring to the light as it glanced on the several -parts of the surface. Sometimes I considered the whole bed of Tulips, according to the notion of the greatest mathematician and astronomer that ever lived, as a multitude of optic instruments, designed for the separating light into all the various colours of which it is composed.” WEEDS OF THE GARDEN. 163 WEEDS OF THE GARDEN. By THE Hon. Mrs. Boyue. (E.V.B.) (Lecture delivered June 10, 1902.) I FEAR that to say so may be thought a sign of poor gardening; yet, nevertheless, I have to acknowledge that I admire weeds. There are some indeed whom I love like old friends, whilst the grace and beauty of some never fail to delight me. I do not, of course, mean things like Shepherd’s Purse—interesting as that really is—or Groundsel, or Chick- weed ; although even these have their charm, and Groundsel especially must not be too severely dealt with, since whenever one sees it—as Lord Rosebery pleasantly said at Edinburgh—“ one thinks of one’s canary! ”’ Also when I confess to a love of weeds I do not refer to Stinging Nettles, who come up singly never, but always in tribes and families, always making one think of ruined homes and “dolelful haunts where satyrs dance.” Nor do I love afflictions such as Summer Cress or Hound’s-tongue and others which insist on reappearing summer after summer, in spite of our persistent efforts at discouragement ; nor to Corn- sow Thistle or Dandelion, each exquisitely leaved, but each a worry because they “come” too much. Also I have no regard for “The Bishop’s-weed.”” Why “The Bishop’s”’ it were hard to say. One detects in it nothing especially episcopal. By the confused description in Gerarde’s “ Herbal’’ it would seem to be Hone-wort. In Paxton’s dictionary it is Sison Ammi, from the Celtic szswm, a running stream. This Sison one should call an evil weed were it not so harmless. Any- how it is too tiresome for words. Paxton is good enough to inform the reader that “ the seeds merely require sowing in common garden soil in spring.”” Who would be so rash as to sow it? It suffices to receive a parcel of any kind of plants from the north, and Bishop’s-weed is pretty sure to be amongst the packing, and you are safe to stock your garden with it, without the faintest hope of ever getting rid of it, for the root runs far and deep. The chief interest of garden weeds seems to rest with those that spring up naturally, of themselves; which as it were belong to the soil. They are more in number, I think, than those sown by birds, or in other ways imported. It is not easy, however, sometimes, to know for certain which are true natives of the place. I would like to begin the list of garden weeds which may be supposed to belong naturally to my own little plot in South Bucks by naming my favourite of all the Greater Celandine (in Somerset called the Witches’ Flower), Chelidonium majus. So pleasant to me is this lovely plant that every spring, when the young growth may not at once be visible, I suffer from fears lest the stock is lost; yet in the end there is no disappointment; soon or late the weed I love is sure to reappear. Great Celandine, when it has attained its proper size, is full of grace. M 2 164 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. It is satisfactory all round. It is an “elegant’’ plant in the old true meaning of the word—that is, “‘ made with care and taste, excellent ; highly wrought.”’ Seldom is it seen in groups of more than three or four, oftener it comes singly, and shadowy places seem to be the most agreeable to it. There is just one drawback—the sinister-looking orange-drop that oozes from the end of a stalk when broken. Yet even that ugly drop is possessed of healing qualities. The leaf is boldly and exquisitely cut, and the whole plant bears a sort of stately presence, lowly in stature though it be; an aspect of strength and delicacy combined. Great Celandine is certainly my best-loved garden weed. He is said to be named “ Chelidon,’’ after the swallow, since it first appears with the swallow, and dries up when swallows depart. Our Celandines near the house— they seldom wander far—began to spring this year just as the first swallows arrived. As for the withering away, the plant knows his time, but I do not; since I am absent from the garden from July until autumn. For the Lesser Celandine (Ranunculus Ficaria) I fear I have little fancy. Poets praise it and children love it; therefore not to care for it must surely be my own mistake. Just once or twice I have seen it in the garden nestling among the roots of a Rose-bush, with wide-open petals glistening in the sun, like gold; and then I have almost liked it. It then has somehow seemed to lose its perhaps rather “common ”’ look. Early in February or March, under the old trees of a Lime avenue just outside the garden wall, our little Celandine luxuriates. Suddenly, in April this spring, there appeared one day a purple glow—the purple of wild. Sweet-violets, between the polished leaves and blossoms of the Celandine. The Violets made netted patchwork in the midst, and they seemed to redeem the almost vulgar boldness of the little yellow-flowered plant. A Violet leaned against every other green leaf-disc of Celandine ! Another favourite is a handsome weed that stays with us in beauty from about the first week of December until put an end to by the hot suns of summer. Gardening and botanical authorities have named it for me Helleborus fetidus.. Yet except for a kind of pungent odour in the leaf when crushed, I can discover nothing to warrant the unpleasant name. Had I had the luck to be its godmother, it should have been named something that meant green-flowered, or charming, or “ the plant with sad-coloured leaf.’’ As usual it is next to impossible clearly to make it out in the gardening books, at least in those I have been able to consult. Mostly these descriptions seem to read as though the authors had never beheld the plants they describe ; and when there are illustrations the case is worse; they seem to be coloured to look pretty and—except when photographed—are unnaturally twisted about so as to fit the page. Helleborus fetidus, if thus it must be, seems to have been with us always, more or less. At least I cannot remember when it was not there. It grows only in one special bit of the garden, within the shady angle of an old brick wall. I do not know of the narrow boundary being ever overstepped in the course of these many years past, save once only when one individual seedling contrived to transfer itself from the shady to the sunny side of the old wall. Here it rejoices in the hot south, with equal zest as formerly in the cool shade. Hellebore seems to be not particular about either aspect or soil, thriving, as it does with us, both in deep WEEDS OF THE GARDEN. 165 garden mould and in gravel. Last December the abundant blossoms of our Hellebore weed were conspicuously attractive, and thus they remained unchanged until the first days of April. Kven then the light green panicled cymes, in such good contrast with the dark foliage, retain their beauty, while the flower quietly seeds itself away. Long before the Hellebore has failed, Euphorbia (#. Lathyris, or Cape Spurge) begins to dot the borders here and there with the columnar grace of his tall stem. Euphorbia never comes in such numbers as to require much clearing away. It may not be a feeling of admiration that rivets attention to this curious weed ; it is more perhaps the strange symmetry of the set of its leaves. An equal measure of parts is no unusual characteristic among plants, yet Euphorbia displays this exact symmetry in rather an uncommon degree. The leaves are said to point north, south, east, and west ; and I believe it to be true—at least it is thus with the Kuphorbias in my garden. ‘They may make a mistake sometimes, but as a rule they know the points of the compass. What mysterious magnetism is it that moves these strange leaves ? What secret stirring of the slow white sap ? A fine plant of Euphorbia rises against one of our walls, and has attained already (May 13) a height of three and a half feet, with an exceedingly massive stem. Downwards from the budding summit, where are seven buds instead of the usual four, the colour of the stem is all pure lilac bloom fading palely into green. The leaves—blunted at the end, and each one’s centre broadly veined in dull white—show a kind of careless vigour. This great Euphorbia king seems scarcely to know what to do with his own immense vitality; and before long the firm smooth pillar will be spoilt by the branching out—Brussels-sprout-wise— of little sprigs all the way down. The bud bears in some degree the semblance of a serpent’s head, and so the plant has been called ‘‘ Medusa ”’ or “‘ Medusa’s Head.” And also it is said that a dead plant will come to life again and bloom if placed in warm water. I have not tested the truth of this. If we climb down from these grand incomprehensibles to the earth around them, which in March they have not yet begun to pierce, we find in that early month numbers of the little field Veronica (Veronica agrestis) about the garden, beginning to twinkle in the morning sun. It is not of much account, being so very small. Yet I have seen the furrows of a ploughed field just outside the garden literally blue with it as it lay there in countless multitudes. As the season ripens, Veronica agrestis goes its way and gives no trouble. After this come a few more weeds, both favourites and enemies. In their order of precedence they are these :—Draba verna, Robin-run-the-Hedge, Bryony, Black and White, Enchanter’s Nightshade, Nettles (stinging, white, and yellow), Pimpernel, Fumitory, Corydalis lutea, Nightshade, Convolyulus, Crane’s Bill, Mare’s- tail, &c. Draba verna is a sweet little thing, and even in childhood I had learnt its pretty name. When first it flowers in February, it is like a miniature, so exquisite is the finish of the tiny white flowers set on their slender stalk. Draba verna is very cheerful in itself, and loves best to make its home on some old mossy ledge, perhaps halfway up a western wall. 166 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Such a position has been chosen in our place, and here a numerous family party are established and look the picture of happy well-being. At times, its fancy is to grow in a patch on some sunny bit of lawn where a big tree may keep the grass spare and dry. I have enjoyed the sight of our little plant on the wall all through March and part of April. But towards the end of that month it will have grown too tall and scraggy. It will look gigantic, towering above a new settlement of Forget-me-nots which have taken possession of the moss-grown ledge, crowding over every inch around the Draba roots. These Forget-me-nots are the most wonder- ful lilliputians imaginable. Each flower is almost smaller than the head of the very tiniest minikin pin; yet the six square inches of them gathered together give a perceptible sense of blue to the bit of old wall. The sky- blue is as bright and the starry form as perfect in every detail, as in any of those finer forms of Forget-me-not that set with turquoise the wild margin of an English river. Robin-run-the-hedge, or Goose-grass (Galuwm Aparine, Cleavers), is as tiresome as any of our most unbeloved garden weeds. It begins early, and if let alone would soon smother up everything. The Greeks, I believe, called Goose-grass Philanthropon, because they attributed to a love of mankind its tiresome clinging habit. If this were true, our remorseless pulling up of it would indeed seem hard. A much smaller, more refined Goose grass grows in one—and only in one—little bit of shrubbery amongst Ivy and Kerria and Bramble. This may be Galiwm tricorne (though it answers not in the least to Anne Pratt’s description). It never wanders, and makes a pretty variety mixing with the dark-leaved Ivy. White Bryony (Bryonia dioica) is springing fast in May, already seeking to support itself on Yew hedges, Box, or Laurel. The small green ~ flower comes much later, with all its furnishment of most sentient, most intelligent tendrils. You may almost think you see them, stretching out like hands to clasp and hold a branch or stick or aught else likely to support the tender shoots. Ido not know if ever the question has been decided whether these tendrils twist always from right to left or the other way. Once I made a series of observations; but that is so long ago I forget the result, if any; and it does not matter much. We give our White Bryony leave to clamber where it will; nor is it torn down until the green round berry begins to redden, when, having lost self-control, the plant has lost its charm. Black Bryony (Tamus communis) is rare in our countryside, and we have within the garden only two. These two plants are cared for and cherished, for Black Bryony is handsomer than White. The Black has no tendrils, yet it manages well enough without; and as for its leaf, I know no other leaf so satisfying to the eye as this, in the plain sincerity of its pure outline. Another climber which I think is native to all gardens in every place everywhere—the fatal Bindweed, or withy-wind—would strangle in an unrelenting weak embrace the entire pride of the garden. Only an unsparing vigilance will keep the beautiful destroyer in check. Yet, for me at least, what courage is needed to tear away a thing so utterly lovely as the snow-white Convolvulus-flower of it is! Once I asked my gardener, “Was there any place at all where Bindweed might be in peace, and WEEDS OF THE GARDEN. 167 have leave to live?’’ His reply was curt and decisive: ‘‘There’s NO place.”’ The prettiest weed of the garden, after all—and the sweetest, if you bruise the leaf of it—is the common Crane’s-bill (Geraniwm Robertianum). I find in an old family herbal the remark that ‘‘ very few know it by the name of Crane’s-bill, but every one knows a Geranium.” That was printed in the days when every Pelargonium was a Geranium! Now and then our Crane’s-bill will make some shady garden-corner rosy, or it courts full sunshine hanging from the grey limestone of the rockery. The delicate markings of the small flowers seem as it were “ put in”’ with a touch ; and so elusive is the colour, one knows not if to call it pink or rose-lilac. No highly cultivated florist’s flower could be more alluring in its beauty. How many such indeed are cultivated up to so huge a doubleness and machine-made regularity that a point is reached where all true distinction and character are lost! The flower of many a perse- cuted wild garden weed, in comparison, seems, as one might say, ‘‘ hand- made’’; bears still in the lovely painting and shaping of its corolla the mark of the hand of God. Corydalis lutea flourishes abundantly on our old brick walls, clinging by preference to the western aspect. Few things of the kind please more _ than its sea-green Fern-like foliage, so delicately made yet richly full, as to give the idea of masses of green sea-foam. The little yellow flower- spike is muffled up to the chin in its foamy leaves. Such at least is the fashion of their growth with us. Mixed with lutea is a bunch or two of the white variety. This is not _ native to the garden; it came from a nurseryman’s packet of seed. Ground Ivy (Nepeta Glechoma) is another chief favourite. The name Ground Ivy is often misleading, for we find visitors to the garden often call the Common Ivy that is kept low under our large trees ‘‘ Ground Ivy.” Alehoof is also its ungainly popular name, because formerly used in the refining of ale. Ground Ivy has long been understood to have the freedom of one special spot in the garden. It is allowed to enring our ancient Sumach (hus Cotinus) with a broad band of palest sapphire blue. Before August has clothed the tree in beauty with its own glowing inflorescence, many things besides Ground Ivy are there to dress it or to creep around it. There are Wild Primroses in spring, and self-sown Berberis (Wahomia) decorates the bare stem with little yellow balls. Nightshade (Solanwm Dulcamara), too, winding cautiously about the time-worn trunk and crooked branches, pushing out purple tassels all the way as it climbs, arrives at last, and looks out from the topmost leaves in a shower of purple tipped with gold. Our Nightshade is not, I believe, the deadly Dwale; yet since it has descended now to the lawn from the top of a high wall, where it had flourished formerly for years, there seem to be certain fears about the dangers of its tempting berries. It would be a disappointment if yellow Ladies’ -bedstraw (Galium veruwm) came not in its season, year by year, among the stones around our sundial. The peculiar perfume of it refreshes greatly, more especially if mixed with Honeysuckle. Itis only | in Scotland, I believe, where Wild Honeysuckle blooms quite late within woodland shades, while Yellow Galium—with flowerstalks rising a foot or 168 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. more—blooms upon the sunny banks outside, that one can breathe this sweetness. Galium is far less vigorous of growth here in the south, where, according to Gerarde, “it wanders hither and thither upon the ground, supporting its yellow spikes upon the herbage or stones near at hand.’”’ Red Lamium, always rather coarse-looking, is inclined to be a tiresome weed ; though now and then it is impossible not to enjoy the dash of red given suddenly by a cluster of it at the edge of a border in the grass, or somewhere else where they ought not to be. A short-lived - triumph, to be too quickly ended as soon as the gardeners “ come round.”’ Yellow Nettle, Weasel-snout, or, as in Oxfordshire, “ Dumb Nettle’”’ (Lamium Galeobdolon), steadfastly keeps its place in a little sunless grassy bit at the foot of a north wall under the stable clock. As a garden weed, I think the plant is rare. I might not perhaps have cared much for our Yellow Nettle were it not that many years ago at Cliveden, one day when I was there, the late Duke of Argyll came in at tea time bringing in his hand a Yellow Nettle, which he showed with much satisfaction, having found it in his walk through Cliveden Woods. Knowing his botanical learning, I thought that it must be certainly a herb of note, and thereafter gave it welcome in its own chosen spot amongst a few Archangels (spared for their beauty) and rambling Potentilla. I know not why Dead Nettle is Archangel, except for the purity of its velvet whiteness. In the kitchen garden beside one of the gravel walks little red Pimpernels, or Shepherd’s Clock, gaze up open-eyed at the sun in June. These are lovely and beloved ; but never can I forget the joy and pride of one day finding at the edge of the turnip plot a solitary plant of the azure blue variety (Anagallis cerulea). The root was carefully marked with a stick, but never did it flower again. Weeds belonging to that part of the garden which once was corn- field should not perhaps be reckoned among true garden weeds. Yet one of them, at least, must not be left out. Equisetum, or Mare’s-tail (H. arvense), is possessed of rather a peculiar interest, if it be, as | am told, the only living British representative of the Carboniferous period. No mention of this can I find in any of the books consulted. It is not named by Gerarde or by Parkinson, nor do others say a word. Often have I watched with interest our forests of Equisetum growing up through the hard-rolled gravel, or thronging narrow edges at the foot of a paling that divides us from the field. Of late I observe our mimic Mare’s- tail-forests have diminished, and to-day, at the end of May, the plant cannot be found at all. Last autumn we saw a patch of it, like a fairy Larch forest, near a field footpath in the Highlands. The habitats of Kquisetum lie far apart indeed ! The common Arum maculatwm, the “ Lords and Ladies’’ of lanes and hedge banks, is another protected weed in my garden, although by Paxton’s dictum “it is a very disagreeable flower,”’ ‘and hence they are not favourites.”” The presence of it even in this garden of strict protec- tion is often misunderstood, and I am often made sorry by seeing its ruined leaves in the weed barrow. I think it to be one of the most native of our wild garden friends. Among its many country names are Silly Loons, in Somerset, and Cuckoo Pint. Cuckoo “quart”! might well be named, the great species that grows under Olive trees, and in WEEDS OF THE GARDEN. 169 grassy places in the South of France, and whose giant spathe is like a cornucopia of tissue paper. Some that I once brought home and planted in the garden Apple-border waned away entirely after a few years, while plants of our smaller English species at about the same time became oftener seen. Arums do not get on very well either wild or in the garden. Never have I beheld in the garden a single one of their scarlet fruit-spikes, while in the lanes and hedge-banks rarely does a ‘single spathe escape the busy hands of passing school-children. An interesting little thing was, for I think it is now no more, a minute pale pink Geranium which used to come in dry hot summers on the hard gravel-walks. The height of it would be about half an inch, and the utmost spread of its foliage might almost cover a crown-piece. ‘This mite has, I fear, yielded at last to the roller. Most lovely and most native among all the natural weeds of my garden are the wild White Violets. Against these there is no law. In February and March the whole garden is white with them in every part, and in the grass at the north-east end and under the Apple-trees you would almost think there had been a hail storm, so white and thick the White Violets lie. But it is only Violets and Wood Strawberries that may spread and multiply at will like this. Without question the Violets are native to the place. Wood Strawberries were brought home for remembrance, from the old grey walls of a little church in Hampshire, about a quarter of a century ago. They seed now everywhere and are welcome; and they forget not the old church walls whence came their parent plant, and will climb joyfully all among the Linaria Cymballaria or Mother of Thousands, or Wandering Sailor, to the top of our ivied buttresses, six feet high and more. A little Barren Strawberry, has beenmy pet for years. For many years it has lived close under the house-wall, creeping up supported by Wild Ivy, looking very pretty, with an embroidery of humble little blossoms. And only lately have I learnt that it is no Strawberry at all, but Potentilla Fragariastrum. And so we come to wild things who have made the garden their home, and yet who do not seem to have naturally sprung there; they may have been brought by birds, or have come in a hundred ways. Once, all over the kitchen garden, the Thorn Apple (Datura Stramonium) ran wild. It used to be too plentiful, though now quite lost. I remember how beautiful it was, with its large pale purple blossom, giving place in season to the Prickly Fruit, in its turn opening to scatter abroad its little black seeds. Gradually, as years went on and care took the place of long neglect, it was weeded away off the face of the land, and now—I am sorry ! They say Datwra was used in the incantations and unlawful practices of witches ; also, no doubt in some places, Thorn Apple is—as it is also said to be—a remnant of old ecclesiastical gardening, although introduced from Constantinople, Spain, or Italy, not earlier, I believe, than 1597. Milk Thistle (Cardwus Marianus) is another departed weed from our garden where it formerly used to flourish. This also, with its white streaked leaves,—made lovelier by a holy meaning that tradition gave,— was once a favourite in convent gardens. Wherever it now is found—when not recently introduced—we may be sure its origin in that place is in some way ecclesiastical. Our Milk Thistle has surely gone the way of 170 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Datura, and it will be seen no more in the garden. These beautiful things are shy in their own way, seeming to understand when they are not much wanted. Tansy, with leafage “infinitely jagged and nicked and curled withal like feathers ’’ (so described in Parkinson), has also for reasons of its own quitted the garden; and last June, a patch of it, avoided by the cows, gave the sole touch of fresh green in all our dried-up meadow. ‘The day of a school feast, a party of white-frocked little girls sitting in the midst of this fresh and brilliant Tansy—busy tying up aromatic posies of its emerald sprigs—made a picture to. be remembered long. On the east side of the house close under the drawing-room windows, in a sort of earth hem six inches wide, suddenly appeared one summer a single plant of Claytonia perfoliata, holding the flower-head upright in the middle of its strange little green saucer. Immediately it became a favourite weed. We have had difficulties in the matter of keeping it alive. There was an under-gardener who persisted in mowing it down. It did no harm in the position it had chosen; strict orders had been given not to meddle with the little plant ; yet whenever this unlucky youth’s turn came to tidy up, the Claytonia was sure to be annihilated. Once I hurried to stand guard over my weed—as “ Baggs,’ looking dangerous, came near—and again forbade him to touch it. Yet next morning it was away, as usual. Nothing will cure an unskilled garden labourer’s ardour for destroying the wrong thing. ‘“ Baggs’’ has long been a thing of the past, and Claytonia perfoliata lives and multiplies in peace. Close under an aged Apple espalier, for several years past, has flourished a splendid root of Wild Hyacinth (Scilla nutans). Somehow, although constantly increasing in size and in depth of colour, it has never lost the thin spare character of a true wild flower. Once on a time there came a plant of Tway-blade (Listera ovata). Dog Violets flower here and there like little amethyst gems; and a new variety, very pale in hue, has appeared. In the month of May Wild Hyacinth—blue and white and pink—adopts the garden for its own. In May, . too, Woodruffe makes sweet the air in different parts of the garden. These last are weeds imported from elsewhere. Late in June one becomes aware of the slender eager springing of Avens (Geum urbanwm), wherever there is shade of shrubs or trees. I like to see it—in moderation—and it suits well its pretty names of ‘ Gold- star’ and ‘Erba Benedetta’; though certainly not unlike a tall mistaken Buttercup. With small petals and bunch of brown central stamens it makes but little show. Then there are what may be called national weeds, weedy plants which are mostly only too inherent and native to the soil of every English garden. Of these are the hateful Summer Cress, and Shepherd’s Purse with its little heart-shaped satchels, so neat and tidy-looking in its habit; and Enchanter’s Nightshade—which for all its magic name is a pest and would fain, if we let it, annex the garden altogether—and pink- flowered Willow-weed, which we should make much of were it only rare ; and Coltsfoot, which I love. And in our garden orchard—as indeed wher- ever deep Meadow Grass is growing all over the country in the spring time of the year, come those dear favourites of childhood, the innocent Cuckoo Flowers, or Lady’s Smock (Cardamine pratensis). Besides these WEEDS OF THE GARDEN. | 171 and many more, a host of indistinguishable green things, which, I suppose, have names. ; I can think of no more garden weeds, either pets or enemies, native or imported, unless the various agarics that autumn brings may be so called. They come in shadowy places under trees or in the shrubberies. To me they are full of interest in their quiet way, endless in variety, and some of them marvellously made. We cannot boast any grandly coloured. scarlet and orange species, but in their own varied shades of brown or lilac the beauty of our autumn Toadstools cannot be surpassed. One, like a large dark brown or chocolate Mushroom, was found four years ago between the roots of a great Oak in a meadow near the garden fence. This curious growth seemed something of a mystery, and was despatched to me by post the day my gardener discovered it. It was then, and still remains, as hard as a bit of mahogany. It is as if the spirit of the Oak and his substance had passed into the lowly fungus at his feet. One might almost fancy some occult affinity, in the broad Mushroom-like shape of the old Oak on which it grew. It is said of the various kinds of fungus arboreus, that they have a venomous faculty, and they of the Oak bring death. It might certainly seem that the garden where we have been wandering is but “a dankish untoyled place,’ as old garden books would say, after this long enumeration of its weeds and fungi. Yet I think the Horti- cultural Society might find Huntercombe not so badly kept after all ! It might even be a surprise to see there more flowers than Weeds. 172 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. DISEASED PELARGONIUMS FROM THE TRANSVAAL. By Gro. Masses, F.L.S., V.M.H. In February last the Secretary of the Royal Horticultural Society received from Mr. John Dowie, Fordsburg, Transvaal, specimens of diseased leaves of English and French varieties of Zonal Pelargoniums. The only remark in the letter accompanying the specimens was to the Fia. 59.—-DisEaAsED PELARGONIUM. 1. Leaf attacked by the uredo stage of Puccinia granularis. Nat. size.— 2. Groups of uredospores bursting through the epidermis of the leaf. x 40.—3. Groups of teleutospores bursting through the epidermis of the leaf. x 40.—4. Uredospores. x 400.—5. Teleutospores. x 400. effect that plants grown under giass were more susceptible to the disease than those grown in the open air. Microscopic examination showed that the disease was caused by a minute parasitic fungus called Puccinia granularis, Kalch. and Cooke, a pest allied to the wheat mildew—Puccinia graminis, Pers., and, like the latter, producing different kinds of spores or reproductive bodies during kt ok DISEASED PELARGONIUMS. 173 different periods of its life-cycle. The first or uredo stage appears under the form of minute snuff-coloured groups of spores arranged in miniature fairy rings on the surface of the leaf. These uredospores are produced in immense numbers, and are carried from one leaf to another by wind, and thus enable the disease to spread with great rapidity. Later in the season, just before the leaves begin to fade, the production of uredospores ceases, and a second kind of spore, called a teleutospore, is produced from the same mycelium which earlier in the season gave origin to uredospores. When the leaves decay, the teleutospores or resting - spores lie unchanged on the ground until the following spring, when they germinate and inoculate the young leaves, which in course of time again bear first uredo- then teleuto-spores. ~ Now Puccinia granularis is not uncommon on various kinds of wild plants belonging to the Geraniacee, as Pelargonium aconitophyllum, P. alchemilloides, &c., in Cape Colony, Transvaal, Natal, and Kaffraria, and in all probability the fungus passed from such indigenous species to the imported cultivated forms. The statement that the disease is worse in the case of plants grown under glass than otherwise shows that such conditions of cultivation result in “soft’’ foliage in South Africa as elsewhere. Is it possible to grow plants under glass and yet retain the foliage as firm, crisp, and resistent to fungi as when the same species is grown in the open air? If so, then those who do so will be no more troubled with those destructive fungus epideinics peculiar to plants grown in hothouses, as all such are only rendered possible by the flabby, limp, non-resistent foliage. In other words, all such diseases are purely artificial creations called into being by a combination of conditions, which at one and the same time render the host very susceptible, and the fungus very aggressive. The prime factors in bringing about this condition of things are too much moisture in the air and lack of proper ventilation. 174 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. SOME FLOWERS OF GIBRALTAR AND ALGECIRAS. By Marion H. Mason. We left England on February 1 amidst the gloom and mourning of the day before the Queen’s funeral. A thick fog hid the Essex marshes from sight as we steamed from Liverpool Street to Tilbury, and detained us some hours in the river. So, after a tossing in the Bay of Biscay, it was a pleasant change and contrast indeed to be able to sit on deck in the mild warm air of the Portuguese coast. The voyage is by no means devoid of interest. There are many glimpses of the land, the views of course depending upon which places are passed by day. Cape St. Vincent is most striking, and nothing can be more wonderful than Cintra, with its old palace perched upon the very crest of the sharp ridge of rock, in outline against the sky, with precipices falling straight from it on both sides. Exposed as it is to the full gales of the Atlantic, it is not sur- prising that the King should have desired a more sheltered abode ; though the new palace, built at some distance north of Cintra, and well seen from the sea, might be more attractive. The huge building, looking like an asylum or kindred institution, stands alone, uncompromisingly straight and bare on the low hills facing the sea, without a tree near it. It was like entering another world when on the fifth morning we woke in the Straits of Gibraltar in brilliant sunshine, with blue sea and hills dotted on the Spanish side with white cottages, and rich in colouring on the African side as well. It seems to have been only recently discovered that Gibraltar is an excellent starting point for excursions into Spain as well as Morocco, and it isnow much frequented for that purpose. But otherwise few people stay on the Rock who are not stationed there as officers in the army or navy or some other profession, or who do not come to visit friends or relations thus engaged. The very limited space of the Rock is not an attraction. Moreover a pass is required for all the more interesting parts of the jealously guarded Rock, and it is not a place where one may wander at will in search of flowers or come upon them accidentally in a casual ramble. Comparatively few persons therefore know how interesting it is from a botanical point of view. There are said to be over a hundred kinds of plants which are peculiar to the Rock and to grow nowhere else. As to whether this is so my experience is too limited to enable me to form an opinion; but as far as it goes I have found the Gibraltar flora as a whole to be, as might be expected, midway between those of the south coast of Spain and the north coast of Africa, which are also not very generally well known. Perhaps the most striking flower of the Rock is the huge light blue Scilla perwviana, which was in flower in March. The best and finest grow on the north side of the Rock, above the path to the Galleries. I found it also a little later at Tangier, but it was not yet in full blossom, and neither so fine nor so abundant as at Gibraltar. I afterwards—at SOME FLOWERS OF GIBRALTAR AND ALGECIRAS. 175 the beginning of April—saw it again at Algiers, and there of all shades from light blue to dirty white. It is hardy enough to flower out of doors in the milder parts of England, and I have known it to blossom well in a South Welsh garden ; but there it did not, and was not likely to come up to the size and colour it attains in its native place. A splendid large pink and white Candy Tuft, [beris gibraltarica, grows on the Rock of Gibraltar, a shrubby perennial like that common to English gardens, but larger and finer. It is peculiar to the Rock and found nowhere else. And though others may have seen it elsewhere, I have never elsewhere found such a pure white Periwinkle as in one spot at Gibraltar. A great part of the Rock as well as many places on the Spanish coast and that of Morocco are covered with periwinkles of the same kind as the pale-grey ones of the Riviera. They are rather smaller than the ordinary large blue Peri- winkle (which also grows on the Riviera) and quite distinct from it as well as from the small variety indigenous in England and many other coun- tries. This medium variety is very lovely and of various shades of blue and grey; but I have only found it white this once, and most beautiful it was. Early in February the open ground and rocks at Gibraltar were literally purple with a large species of Romulea, like a big Crocus with an orange throat. On Europa Point it grew not singly, but in crowded clumps—even on the edge of the hard road. Mixed with it on the north front and neutral ground was a much smaller and less striking one, varying in colour from purple to pink. Later I found it near Tangier, but there it was larger and of an invariable bright lilac. These Romuleas are altogether distinct from the pale species which grows in Algeria, and are much handsomer. Early in the year the Rock of Gibraltar is covered with the white paper Narcissus, which is also found in the South of Spain; but I was too late to see anything but its seed. There is the large pink Mint, common to the South of Spain, and many of the same sweet-smelling herbs, though there is certainly an absence of many of those abundant on the shores of Spain and Italy. There is very little, if any, Mediterranean Heath, either white or pink, though both of them grow plentifully in the cork woods of Algeciras just across the bay. Nor did I find much if any Myrtle at Gibraltar, though it grew near Algeciras. Although there seems to be very little “rock fever’? now remaining at Gibraltar, thanks to modern drainage and strict rules as to cleansing of the streets, it cannot be a specially good health resort, considering its very limited area, its crowded town, and the draughts when the wind is in certain quarters. But Algeciras, just on the other side of the bay, and within half an hour by steamboat, seems to have a pure and healthy air. It is sheltered from the west wind by a wall of wooded hills which might almost be called mountains. Hitherto there has been no accommodation good enough to tempt any one to remain there more than the one night necessary for catching a most ill-timed and inconvenient Spanish train ; but a new and luxurious hotel has been lately built, and is shortly to be opened, on the shore outside the town, where those who wish to be near friends at Gibraltar will be within easy reach of them, and those who desire to catch trains without a preliminary ordeal of discomfort may rest in peace. Special provision has been made for those English people who must continue their national habits and pastimes wherever they go, and 176 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. they may indulge in the monotony of golf, lawn tennis, or billiards as at home. But those who like variety in a foreign land will find it in the pretty country, cork woods, and southern flowers and birds. We made a charming expedition one day to some waterfalls in a mountain gorge. Five of us were mounted on donkeys with pack saddles, having cross- horns at both front and back as well as footboards, and seated on ordinary bed-pillows and pillow-cases. The donkeys had no bridles, only a cord round their heads, by which the men who accompanied them might seize them if need should arise. But the donkeys knew their own way and took it, and it would have been of very little use for any foreigner to contend with them. We took three men with us to look after them, and they selected and distributed us among the donkeys as they judged fit. They apportioned me to a little white one, which was evidently accus- tomed to act as leader, and I resigned myself to his care, the others following in single file. Along the rough track we went, up hill, over rocks and stones, through mud and streams, the men shouting “ Arri, bourri!’’ ‘Get on, donkeys!’’ in a mixture of Spanish and Arabic. Heavy rain had lately fallen, and the streams were much swollen and the mud was deep and sticky. Donkeys very much dislike wetting their feet, and always jump a stream whenever they can rather than walk through it, and most beautifully they jump. I have ridden many in many countries, and always found that they jumped much more easily than a horse—so easily and without jerk that one hardly feels it. But wise as my donkey was, he did not know that the rains had converted a part of the track into a deep bog, and here I suddenly found myself stuck fast, unable to move. By dint of much shouting I at last called up one of the men who were attending to the tail of the procession, and by pulling the lees of my steed out one by one, and step by step, I was at last extricated and set on terra firma, but not before more than one of the train had followed me into the bog, and had to be extracted in like manner. We then proceeded quietly for about another half-mile, when, soon after crossing a swollen and muddy stream, I heard shrieks behind me, and looking round beheld, to my horror, my maid and her donkey, to whom I had entrusted my cloak and sketch-book, apparently rolling together head over heels in the stream. The maid, however, managed to jump on to a boulder, but the donkey’s hindquarters entirely disap- peared. I thought he was, if not dead, permanently disabled; but the three men managed, by devoting their combined strength to one leg at a time, to pull him out, and having washed him set him on the further bank, where he continued his journey minus his rider, who could not be persuaded to adventure herself on his back again. Happily the cloak and sketch-book, having been tied to the front horns of the saddle, were not submerged, and escaped without damage. The Waterfalls, which were our destination, are nothing more than a stream broken by rocks and boulders, but most picturesque is this stream, bordered by Oleanders and Wild Rhododendrons. They were of course not in blossom at this early time of year (February), but being evergreen were even then beautiful. The Cork trees are very fine, and the undergrowth chiefly consisted of white Mediterranean Heath in full bloom, and pink, a much earlier variety, of which only a few SOME FLOWERS OF GIBRALTAR AND ALGECIRAS. 177 blossoms were remaining to show what it had been. Yellow Cytisus of several varieties grew in abundance, and besides the usual varieties of pink and white Cistus was the common small one, here yellow instead of white. Ido not mean one of the small yellow Helianthemi, but the shrubby white Cistus, which I have never elsewhere found yellow. If it is a distinct species it is one hitherto unknown to me. Later in the year—on March 29—I spent another day at Algeciras, and went out in the opposite direction to some Fir woods on the level and - below the hills. Here I found the beautiful yellow Anemone palmata srowing on the edge of the woods, and in a neighbouring field in quantities like Buttercups. There was also a pretty blue Squill, and outside the woods were numbers of Lupines, both blue and yellow. Along the dry road sides were numbers of the beautiful little blue Iris Sisyrinchiwm, which I had found in February on the other side of Algeciras. This Iris, one of the most delicate and beautiful of the tribe, seems to like hard, dry, trodden ground and great heat, and its distribution round the Mediterranean is interesting. I have found it also at Gibraltar, in the Algerian Atlas near Tangier, near Malaga, and in Malta and Sicily. It grows among the stretches of stone and ruins at Syracuse, and on what were once the seats of the Amphitheatre at Taormina. But I have never seen it anywhere like what it was near Hammam R’hira in the Atlas, either for beauty or abundance. I have never had the opportunity of looking for it in South Italy, but though well acquainted with the flowers of both French and Italian Rivieras I have never found it there. It seems to require more heat. | The flowers of Gibraltar and Algeciras are certainly both beautiful and interesting. I have mentioned only a few of them, but they deserve more notice than they generally receive. 178 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. THE KHEDIVIAL HORTICULTURAL SHOW AT CAIRO. By Gero. L. Moraay, F.R.H.S. The Annual Exhibition held by the Khedivial Horticultural Society took place in the Society’s grounds at Ghezireh on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday, March 7, 8, 9, 1902, and, as on all similar occasions, was the ‘rendezvous ’’ of all Cairo. The Exhibition was opened by the Khedive himself, who greeted those invited to meet him with his usual courtesy and then proceeded to inspect the Exhibition. The flowers and plants were displayed in the Society’s buildings, whilst the fruit and vegetables were arranged under a large tent. The prizes were afterwards distributed in a special tent most beautifully furnished. The bands of the English Army of Occupation and the Egyptian Army played during the afternoon. A short account of the Exhibition is given, as it may interest friends in England to know what we are doing for Horticulture in Egypt. Comparisons are odious, but it will, of course, be well understood that whilst certain classes of plants which grow so well in England do not thrive well in Egypt, others, especially Palms, Ferns, and the more delicate kinds requiring a more genial climate, do far better than in England. Thus one never sees any good garden Daisies in Egypt, Primroses may be said to be unknown, whilst a bunch of Sweet Peas would be a greater delight to most English residents than a handful of pink Arum Lilies. The finest show of flowers was made by H.H. Prince Hussein Pasha Kamel, the President of the Khedivial Horticultural Society, but they were not for competition. Arranged in a circular group centred by lovely tree Ferns and Palms, they presented a splendid sight, and included fine specimens of Cyclamen, Ranunculus asiaticus, Crotons in variety, Rhododendron ponticum, excellent pots of Caladiwm Leopoldi, and flowers so endearing to the ‘ exiles from home,” as Lilac, Lilies of the Valley, Violets, and Hyacinths, all grouped in a charming way with Maidenhair Ferns. Among the best of the other exhibits were pots of Cinerarias and of Crotons, which were also shown by a native notable; a group of Cacti, Roses, Geraniums, and Pelargoniums successfully shown by Dr. Keatinge, and Banksia Roses and Lupins by Dr. Sandwith (both of these medical men take a very great interest in horticulture), and the Lady Cromer Prize of 1902, presented by H.H. Prince Hussein Pasha Kamel], value £30, for the amateur who obtained the greatest number of points in the classes for Decorative Plants, Flowers in Pots, and Cut Flowers at the three shows held by the Society, viz. the Chrysanthemum Show, Rose Show, and Horticultural Show, was awarded to Dr. Keatinge. 5. Puccetti, a Cairo nurseryman, took several prizes for Carnations and groups of flowers in pots. The Mignonette shown was rather disappointing, being mostly too tall with the flowers not in contact. The Gilliflower also evidently does best in England. Plenty of it was shown, but it was deficient in perfume, and altogether delicate. Phloxes were very numerous and the colours very pretty. Nasturtiums were poor and ragged. Garden THE KHEDIVIAL HORTICULTURAL SHOW AT CAIRO. Wiss, Daisies rarely do well in Egypt, and present very little difference, except perhaps in size, from ordinary field Daisies. One would expect the Coleus to do well here, but the climate is probably too dry. Those exhibited were not nearly up to the standard either in stamina or variety of colour. The baskets of Roses showed that at least that flower can be successfully grown. Indeed, in the Fayoum many square miles are grown with Roses for the preparation of costly essences. Rose-growers have to be careful, however, for the trees are so prolific and, above all, the flowers are so quick in developing and opening that Roses with hard centres are rare. The table decorations were very fair, the first prize being awarded for a display of Lilies of the Valley and Maidenhair Ferns, the lamp shades being green. The second prize was awarded for pink Roses, tied with pink satin bows, the lamp shades also being pink. A table decorated with Nasturtiums also took a prize. Amongst miscellaneous side exhibits were manures, organic and inorganic; basket work done by prisoners, com- prising all kinds of articles, from a big strong sentry box to delicate gilded five-o’clock tea-tables. One enterprising horticulturist showed Beet- roots growing in pearl-glass, supported only by water and a certain fertiliser advertised. With regard to the fruit and vegetables, the exhibits differed consider- ably from those usually shown in England, and one cannot do better than name them. The fruits were :— Bananas.—These were not nearly up to the Egyptian standard, and there was only one exhibit. Cedratos, sweet and bitter Citrons, Limes, and Oranges.—These were without doubt very fine. Some of the Cedratos were eight inches in diameter. The Oranges included Jaffa, Blood, Mandarins, and Narings. One of the Jaffas was 16 in. in circumference, with peel nearly 4 in. thick. Indian Figs, or Prickly Pears, Naphoches, Kista, Carica Papaya, and Aigle Marmelos.—These were generally, except the Figs, little known. Strawberries, Cape Gooseberries, and Medlars might have been better. Guavas were very poor, but probably it was too early in the year fcr them, as they appear in Cairo in the summer months at the same time as the Mango. No Mangos were shown. In summer they are rather abundant, costing from 1d. to 23d. each, and weighing about 4 1b., whilst Guavas usually fetch about 1d. a lb. One good Melon was 18 in. in diameter. Of all fruits Melons can be said to be the best for Egypt. They are in season from May t» the end of August, whilst the Nile banks allow of their being grown. The Water Melon, with pink middle and black seeds, grows to an enormous size and costs about 2d. The other smaller variety is delicious and is about as large as an English Vegetable Marrow and costs about 1d. The vegetables included— Spinach, Herbs, and Salads.—Under these heads several varieties of plants were shown. Arabs live chiefly on vegetables, and almost all kinds of leaves and plants found to be edible are included under the term “Spinach ” or “salad.’’ Of herbs probably Parsley is commonest, but it is not nearly socompact as in England. Bammias were not good, being out of season. N 2 180 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Radishes, Turnips, Parsnips, Beets, Carrots, though much under size, were very good exhibits. The tendency of the Egyptian climate is to make them fibrous and hot to the taste. eh Artichokes were very numerous and excellent. They were just in season at the time of the show, and the exhibits were more numerous. than in any other class. Tomatos in Egypt, although growing so profusely, are not well looked after. The better varieties are entirely absent. The fruit ripens very quickly, but is gathered very indiscriminately. Those shown were dis- appointing, considering how suitable the climate is. Dr. Sandwith alone showed Plum-shaped fruit. Peas.—The exhibits were numerous, but very poor. Most of the pods were almost empty, and shelling was quite out of the question even in the prize winners. This is no doubt the result of the dryness of the climate. Beans.—French Beans were poor, but the Broad Beans were plentiful and very fair. The latter form a staple food of the natives. Leeks.—In this class the home societies could learn something. _ Egypt is the land of the Leek, and some splendid ones were to be seen. The Society of Agriculture showed some three inches in diameter. Celery as here grown is only fit for flavouring soup. That shown was very small and very green, and though very fair for Egypt could not. have been eaten. Salsify, Selq, were very good. Pumpkins and Asparagus not very good. Potatos.—These are not supposed to do well in this country, but those — shown were very good, and made one wish that such could be obtained in the markets. Sutton’s ‘Satisfaction’ took second prize. This was the only intimation throughout the Show of the origin of any of the things shown. Brussel Sprouts, Cabbage, Cauliflowers.—Over the first-named one felt inclined to drop a tear, but the sight of lovely Cabbages (one 1% foot across, with a beautifully solid heart) and some fine Cauliflowers soon dispelled the sadness. : Fennel was excellent for quantity, but for quality only a second prize ~ was awarded. | Ege Plants, so very common in Egypt, and so popular as a food owing to their cheapness, were shown in both black and white varieties. They seem to be little relished, however, by English residents, in spite of the fact that, according to Arabic tradition, the water in which these vegetables have been boiled taken persistently as a medicine will cure any disease except the sickness of death. . After the distribution of prizes by H.H. the Khedive the Secretaries Mr. Wilfred Carey and Mr. G. P. Foaden, were respectively decorated by his Highness with the third and fourth Orders of the Medjinet. THE NARCISSUS- OR DAFFODIL-FLY. 1S1 THE NARCISSUS- OR DAFFODIL-FLY (IMerodon equestris). By Rev. W. Wiuks, Sec. R.H.S. A piscussIoN of intense interest to Daffodil-growers was initiated by Mr. Perey Williams, of Lanarth, at the meeting of the Dafiodil Committee on Tuesday, March 25, 1902. A note on this pest will be found in our JOURNAL, vol. xxvi. p. 249, which summarises practically all that was known about Merodon equestris up to the present. Mr. Williams was led to make his interesting observa- tions by a conviction that the grub makes its entrance through the base of the bulb, and not, as hitherto imagined, by way of the crown. The first introduction Mr. Williams had to the pest was in February 1901. When noticing that some bulbs in one Daffodil bed had weaker crowns than their fellows, he dug down and examined them, and found that the grub of Merodon had bored into the centre of each of the weaker-crowned bulbs. Without disturbing the roots he ‘found he could distinguish the infested bulbs, from the fact that wherever the grub was present the stumps of the last year’s flower and leaf-stalks remained inactive, instead of being replaced by new growth, the weakly growth which had attracted his attention coming, it was found, from the sides instead of from the centre cf the bulb. The grub was generally found near the crown of the bulb, apparently making its way towards the surface, and could frequently be extracted with a pair of small pincers without any disturbance of the bulb. In one or two cases the grub had eaten its way into the neighbouring bulb, but as arule, if the partly eaten bulb was found empty, it was inferred that the grub was in the surrounding earth waiting to hatch into a fly, and in ‘several cases 1t was actually found resting just under the surface. In March two dead grubs were found which had apparently been caught by the frost on the surface. Some bulbs were found where the grub had apparently died young, or ~ had early moved on into another bulb, the base of such bulbs showing a nasty wound, but without freshly decomposed matter and in process of healing up instead. This fact strengthened Mr. Williams’s opinion that the ‘grub enters a bulb from the base and works upwards. Mr. Williams is also of opinion that by examining the base of each bulb and following up any rotten or dark spot the small grubs may be detected. The dark or rotten spot may, of course, be “basal rot,’ but he is confident that it is often the result of the presence of Merodon. For some time Mr. Williams seems to have failed to identify the fly of Merodon. He therefore sent up a specimen of what he thought was it for identification to the British Museum, and received from Mr. E. E. Austen the following interesting note in reply :— The tly you have sent is not a Merodon, but a specimen of the common drone-fly (Zristalis tenax). Merodon and Eristalis are not very similar in appearance, and their respective life-histories and 182 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. habits are altogether different. If you compare specimens you will notice many points of difference in structure. Merodon is a distinctly smaller fly, with a noticeably smaller head; the basal joint (femur) of the hind leg is strongly swollen, and the middle joint (tibia) of the. same leg has a stout spine at the tip, which is very useful as a means of identification. The differences in the veining of the wings are no less marked, though perhaps less easily detected by an untrained eye. The drone-fly is perfectly harmless ; its larve (well known as “rat-tailed maggots’’) live in dirty ditches and similar places.— HK. E. A. A question then arose as to how and when the female fly laid its eggs, and it was suggested that as she hovered over the beds she dropped them on the foliage of the Daffodils, and that the grub, when hatched, followed the tissue of the leaves down to the neck of the bulb, and then skirted round and down it so as to enter at the base. It is known that Bomby- liws, the larvee of which are parasitic in the nests of solitary bees, and Cephenomyia, the grubs of which infest the nasal passages and throat of deer, lay their eggs whilst hovering, and Mr. Williams thought he had seen Merodon dropping them in like manner. In order to test practically whether the bulbs which showed only a small black spot at the base were infected with Merodon or not, Mr. Williams, in the autumn of 1901, sent a dozen such bulbs to me at Shirley, and although I have had many hundreds of thousands of Daffodil bulbs and not a few Merodon through my hands during the last fifteen years, | am bound to confess that when I received these particular bulbs from Mr. Williams I did not consider they had any Merodon about them ; they showed only a small black spot on the base no bigger than a small pin’s head. They were potted and kept in a cold greenhouse and grew, but very weakly, and when they were examined at this meeting on March 25 eleven out of the twelve were found to have three-quarter erown Merodon grubs in them. After the meeting I repotted them, and in May and June the perfect insects appeared. The general appear- ance of the fly, unscientifically described, is that of a small black humble- bee, for which I think any one would mistake it when flying. It has, how- ever, very often, but not always, some bright brown markings on the back and tail, which shine like orange-brown velvet when the sunlight catches it rightly on an insect at rest. But the greatest peculiarity of the fly is the noise which it makes when flying about. I can only describe it as something between a shriek and a whistle ; it is, of course, a small sound in itself, but great in comparison with the size of its author, and you can often hear it at a distance at which the fly itself is unperceived. The common drone-fly (Hristalis) makes no noise when flying, at least so far — us my ear can appreciate, but the sound of Merodon betrays it to me before my eye catches sight of it. The fly when it settles is very easily caught in an ordinary butterfly net, but not so when on the wing. It hides amongst the leaves of the Daffodils, rises on the least disturbance, but as a rule only goes a few yards and then settles again, when the net can be easily thrown over it. The most provoking part of it is the long time it covers; e.g., 1 caught the: first specimen out of doors this year (1902) on May 17, and the last on ~M = e . THE NARCISSUS- OR DAFFODIL-FLY. 183 July 12, when all my bulbs were dug up; but on examining the bulbs carefully I have since found Merodon grubs of all ages, some minute little white specks, others full-grown, and all sizes between; I am entirely at a loss to understand the very great difference in size and presumably in age of the grubs found in the harvested bulbs in the end of July. The full-grown grub is white or cream colour (turning dingy black when at rest), with a very round black noticeable hard spot fora head. It is about three-quarters of an inch long and exceedingly fat, like a miniature roly- poly pudding. In fig. 60 the fly is an exact and lifelike representation, Fic. 60.—MzrRopon EQUESTRIS—FLy anp Grus. (Gardening Illustrated.) but the grub is not so oval-shaped nor the chrysalis so pointed as represented ; they are both much more flat-ended. From my own observation I am convinced that in the majority of cases, if not in all, the grubs work their way down through the neck of the bulb and eat their way straight down the very centre of the heart of thé bulb to the base where they seem generally to make a small hole through, possibly to act as a cloaca, and then they turn upwards to finish their course, emerging again by the same road they entered. I have _ found young grubs embedded in the centre of the bulb-neck, and on <> i ° = cutting open the bulbs they have been as yet perfectly sound and uninjured below. I am therefore strongly of opinion that Mr. Williams 1s mistaken in thinking the grub generally enters the bulb from below. > 2 184 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. In my opinion Mr. Williams is also mistaken as to the method of the female laying its eggs. For in the first place the insect has a very long ovipositor, which one would imagine to be useless for laying eggs whilst flying ; and secondly, I on July 7 saw a female sitting on the edge of a hole, left by the decaying Daffodil leaves, and stretching her ovipositor downwards. From which I infer that the egg is deposited as low down as she can reach amongst the shrinking and dying foliage, and that the grub, hatching quickly, follows the foliage to the neck of the bulb, and then works its way down the inside of the bulb towards the base. This, however, is inference and not observation. I have noticed that when bulbs have been dug up and are stored in quantity a grub will often eat its way out of the side of one bulb and into the side or top or any part of the next bulb that touches it, so that little dependence can be placed on observation of stored bulbs. I have caught a grub with its head buried in the side of one bulb and its tail in the neck of another. There is no doubt whatever but that the fly is very abundant in England now, and there is very little doubt that it was first imported from Holland about thirty years back. Growers of Daffodils do not like to admit they have got it, but I do not believe any garden exists in this country where 1,000 bulbs are grown where you could not find Merodon equestris among them. Whilst the discussion (of which this paper is an outcome) was going on, a great Dutch grower was heard to say that “ he didn’t know what we were talking about. They hadn’t got any Merodon in Holland.’ At which one of the chief Daffodil growers in England was heard to remark sotto voce, ‘‘ Then they must have been doing a wonderful export trade in them lately.’’ And so, as a fact, we have all got Merodon, English and Dutch, amateurs and trade growers alike, some more and some less abundantly, and we should all for our own and each other’s sake strive hard to keep the pest under by catching the flies and keeping a sharp look-out for the grubs when we are cleaning our harvested bulbs. Mr. George 8. Saunders, a member of our Scientific Committee and a well-known authority on all forms of insect life, writes to me thus :— The grub of the Narcissus-fly, Werodon equestris, or M. narcissi, as it is called by some authors, is much better known than the parent fly, but it is very essential to growers of bulbs that they should be able to recognise this fly, for one of the best means at our disposal for destroying this pest is by killing the flies. By the casual observer who is not an entomologist in any way, these flies may be mistaken for small “bumble-bees,” just as their near relatives the common drone-flies are mistaken for honey-bees, for they are very hairy, and banded with various colours just as the bumble-bees are; but they may easily be distinguished from them by their narrower form, and by only haying two pairs of wings, and their antenne or feelers are much shorter. The Narcissus-fly varies very much in colour—so much, indeed, that differently coloured specimens have been described as different species. The head is dark brown or black; the thorax or fore-body is sometimes entirely black, sometimes has a reddish yellow or greyish band in front and behind, and is thickly covered with hairs. The body 1s also covered ay eh THE NARCISSUS- OR DAFFODIL-FLY. 185 with hairs, those on the front portion being black, and those at the tip being grey or reddish yellow. The legs are of moderate length, and are black and hairy. This insect is scarcely half an inch in length, and measures about an inch across the wings when they are spread open. The grubs are about half an inch long; they are of an oval shape and smooth, but the joints of the body are well marked ; they are of a dirty yellowish-white colour. The pupa or chrysalis very much resembles the grub; it is much wrinkled, but there are no definite divisions of the body. Bulbs that are imported are occasionally infested with these grubs, but they may generally be detected by pinching them at the neck, when, if they contain a grub, they will feel soft and spongy. A friend of mine some years ago reported in the Garden newspaper that he purchased an apparently promising lot of 200 Narcissi at a sale, but he found no less than eighty grubs in them. The flies may be found flying about and settling on the bulbs in May and June; * when this is noticed every effort should be made to catch them. Many may be caught in a butterfly net after a little practice; it has been suggested that they may be caught by placing plates filled with treacle, and the edges smeared with honey, near the bulbs. The flies will be attracted by the smell of the honey and get caught in the treacle. It is obvious that nothing can be done to kill the grubs without destroying the bulbs ; that, however, would not matter, for if the grub has so far destroyed the bulb as to make its presence known the bulb is sure to die. Dr. R. Bos, the celebrated Dutch naturalist, suggests as a precaution that all bulbs that are at all likely to be infested should be immersed in water for at least eight days, so as to drown the grubs. I feel rather doubtful of the utility of this measure, as I do not think the water would soak in far enough, and there would probably be sufficient air in the bulb for the requirements of the grub, and at the time when the bulbs are planted the grubs would be so small that they would not have done much damage to the bulbs. If the water in which the bulbs were placed could be kept at a temperature of about 115° Fahr. for twenty minutes or half an hour, the heat would probably kill the grubs withont injuring the bulbs.—G. S. S. * This year (1902) they were abundant in the early part of July.—W. W. 186 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. A NOTE ON THE WORK OF THE NARCISSUS AND TULIP COMMITTEE. By C. Scrase-Dicxins, Hon. See. [Read at a Meeting of the Members on May 20, 1902.) PROBABLY it is not known to most of the present members of the Committee that originally we were formed as a Sub-committee of the Scientific Committee and not of the Floral, but this is the way in which it came about that we were called into existence:—In the year 1884 a Conference on Daffodils was held at South Kensington, under the presidency of Professor Michael Foster, F.R.S., when a resolution proposed by Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., seconded by Mr. J. G. Baker, F.R.S., was wdopted as follows :— “That in the opinion of this Conference uniformity of nomen- clature is most desirable, and that garden varieties of Narcissi, whether known hybrids or natural seedlings, should be named or numbered in the manner adopted by florists, and not in the manner adopted by botanists.”’ In order to carry this into effect a ‘“ Revising Committee’? was appointed who should draw up a list of all the varieties then known, sub- stituting popular names for the Latin or Latinised ones, except in the case of typical forms previously described. The Scientific Committee had had under consideration the question of the alleged doubling of Daffodils in gardens or modern reversions from single to double, and in February 1885 a circular was sent out to a large number of ladies and gentlemen likely to be interested in the subject asking them to become members of “a Sub-committee, which for brevity we will call the ‘ Narcissus Committee,’ . . . formed under the auspices of the Scientific Committee of the Royal Horticultural Society,’ and to undertake work on the following suggested lines :-— ; 1. Collect and sift the evidence offered by various observers as to tle ‘doubling ’’ or “ going single”’ in their gardens. 2. If any cases seem to afford primd facie evidence of “doubling” or ‘singling ”’ in this or that garden, take these as “ experimental stations.” 3. Draw up a List of Regulations for carrying out an experiment, such as— (a) Bulbs im flower this spring to be marked for experiment this summer as single, double, &e. (b) The ground experimented on must be assured to be free from Daffodil bulbs. (c) Precautions for securing that the labels do not get separate from bulbs, &e. 4. It will be as well that the character of the bulbs experimented on, | and the result, should be attested by more than one Member of Committee. Possibly it will be desirable that some of the Committee should go down and plant the bulbs in the experimental stations. ON THE WORK OF THE NARCISSUS & TULIP COMMITTEE. 187 5. Besides the operations carried on at experimental stations in localities said to have the power of doubling, &c¢., some sets of marked bulbs should be planted at Chiswick, under experimental conditions, and possibly in other places, where they can be watched by the Committee. A meeting was held, and experiments were instituted at Chiswick, bulbs being planted in a variety of soils, local and brought from elsewhere, mixed and unmixed, manured and unmanured, under the observation of Mr. J. G. Baker, F.R.S. On April 14, a meeting of the newly formed Committee was held at South Kensington, Mr. H. J. Elwes, F'.R.S., in the Chair, when the list was submitted which had been drawn up by the Conference Committee with popular names substituted for the Latinised ones, including also the names of the older described species. Objection was taken to some division of Triandrus and Calathinus which proved fatal, and this list was never accepted, though the revision of names in compliance with the Conference resolution was taken up and continued by us, and up to the present time the rule has been adhered to in all strictness. In 1886 a preliminary meeting was held to make arrangements for the season, and at the suggestion of Professor Foster, F’.R.S., a notice was drawn up and a routine of business arranged as follows :—‘“'The Com- mittee will meet at 11 o’clock, when a list of the specimens sent in for examination and of questions for discussion will be presented. The Committee will first determine what specimens and questions it will take into consideration, and thereupon be adjourned in order that the members may conveniently and deliberately examine the specimens. At 1.80 p.M. the Committee will reassemble and proceed to the discussion of the specimens, &c., according to the list previously agreed upon... . The Committee will be glad to receive communications or inquiries relating to the natural history and culture of Narcissus, also suggestions for investiga- tion, in order that the work may be made as broad and useful as possible.” The circular also contained directions as to sending flowers and general instructions to be followed. A very liberal response was made to this invitation, and so plentiful was the material sent for investigation that four or five o’clock would arrive with the work unfinished. Consequently it was found necessary to dispense with the midday adjournment and work steadily from the start. It must be remembered that in 1886, though Daffodils were advancing fast in popular favour, not only were the newer seedling varieties little known, but even the type forms were not familiar to the majority of __ nurserymen and amateurs. Such names as Princeps and Maximus were 5 doing duty for a number of relatives besides their own individual selves, and one of the chief points to which the Committee applied itself was the reduction of the confusion in existing names. Moreover, in the case of many garden Daffodils, such as Moschatus, which had been in cultivation for centuries in Holland and in this country, it was not known how far they might be wild varieties, and if so, what were their native habitats. Diligent search made through many portions of Europe by such men as Mr. G. Maw, Mr. Tait, Mr. Wolley Dod, Mr. Barr, and others did much to settle this point, and also resulted in the introduction of new forms for the _ first time—Cyclamineus, Johnstoni, &c., information being communicated 188 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. with great eagerness to the Narcissus Committee, who in turn gave attention to clearing up the natural history of the species, as well as to recognising the merits of new garden varieties. The Committee also undertook to identify any flowers sent for that purpose, and the number received, not only from all parts of the United Kingdom, but also from Holland, France, Italy, Spain, and Portugal, was at times considerable ; there would be piles of boxes, some of them con- taining as many as thirty or forty supposed different forms. As our authority and our decisions seem to have been accepted by the senders of these flowers in nearly every instance, the result was that a great deal of confusion was removed, and the same name stood for the same thing in all these different countries. ‘The number of expressions of gratitude which reached me as Honorary Secretary from those whose flowers had been named showed clearly that this privilege was much appreciated. As regards the new garden or seedling forms, a plan was adopted of selecting carefully only the best, which were “registered’’ as standard varieties under a name appropriated so that it should not be used else- where, and all possible information concerning origin or history was asked for and noted. Unless the information had already been communicated, a ' special form was sent to be filled up by the exhibitor, and in some cases the history had to be traced back to the raiser or introducer, and it was the intention to have a coloured drawing made of each “registered’’ variety had not the number of seedling forms increased so rapidly. The work, therefore, fell under three heads :— 1. Information as to natural history ; 2. Clearing up the confusion of nomenclature ; 3. Selecting and registering standard varieties. During the next few years the market industry in Daffodils as cut flowers was beginning to assume large proportions, hence a_ special importance of the flower which we had in our charge. I do not think it is too much to say that, had it not been for the stimulus given by this Committee, some of the raisers of new varieties who have been the most successful, would not have attempted or persevered in their labours as they have done. The unexpected manner also in which the very diversely formed types of Narcissus—Ajax, Corbularia, Cyclamineus, Triandrus, Jonquilla, Poeticus—have been found capable of being crossed or hybridised, has opened up a wider field of refined beauty than one could have dared to hope for. To return to the history of the Committee. In 1887 a trial was started at Kew, the soil at Chiswick not being considered suitable, of all the white Ajax that could be obtained, in order to test the question how far distinctions which under certain conditions were observable would remain constant when those conditions of climate or soil were assimilated, altered, or removed. It has always been the ambition of the Committee to have the varieties submitted for judgment grown and tested side by side in a similar way, and examples kept for future reference and com- parison, but the inflated money value of bulbs of the finer varieties— which were the chief ones required for the purpose—has rendered this impossible in practice. In the year 1889 the Council granted us power to recommend First- ON THE WORK OF THE NARCISSUS & TULIP COMMITTEE. 189) class Certificates and Awards of Merit, as some difficulty was likely to arise from flowers being brought first before the Floral Committee and dealt with by them without being submitted to us. In 1890 a Conference on Daffodils was held at Chiswick, which marked a great advance in knowledge during the five years, and of which all can read in the Journat of the Society, vol. xii. page 288 et seq. The number of varieties registered up to that time was thirty-nine. With the exception of the year 1895 the meetings of the Committee have been held regularly each spring, and though the nature of the work is changed somewhat (Tulips having been added to our care this year, 1902), the functions now exercised do not differ largely from those of the Fruit and Floral Committees, except perhaps when we make a quasi-scientific excursion into the domains of the Merodon, as was done the other day ; and I feel that there is no longer any need of a special Honorary Secretary or Correspondent. During my fifteen years of office the work has been a source of great pleasure to me, I’ have made many friendships which I value highly, and I have to thank the Members of the Committee most gratefully for all their loyal assistance. In his letter asking me to act as Secretary Professor Foster wrote: “The Daffodil Committee is in great want of a Secretary who will drive it with a firm hand,’ and if under a variety of Chairmen I may have seemed at times to “drive” unasked, it should be remembered that such were the terms of my appointment, and that I have been striving throughout for a uniformity both of policy and method. 190 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE, 1. The Council of THe Royat HortIcuLTURAL Society, sympathising with the efforts of various County Councils, Technical Institutes, Schools, Gardeners’ Mutual Improvement Societies, and other bodies to promote instruction in Practical Horticulture by means of Lectures, Demonstra- tions, &c., and in the hope of rendering such teaching more definite and effective, have consented to hold an Examination in Horticulture on April 28, 1908. 2. The following is an Outline Syllabus showing the nature of the subjects to which it is considered desirable that the attention of Students should be drawn :— ELEMENTARY PRINCIPLES On which Horticultural Practice is based. (1) Soils, good and bad: their Mineral Composition ; Chemical Nature of Fertilisers and their respective values. (2) The Physiological Values of Water, Heat, and Air in Plant Growth. (3) The Structure of Seeds and their Modes of Germination; the Chemical Pheno- mena of Germination ; the Movements of Seedlings and the Uses of them. (4) The Functions of Roots; their Anatomical Structure; Hindrances to Healthy Root-action and their remedies. (5) The Uses cf Stems and Branches; the Anatomical Structure of ordinary Dicotyledonous and of a Monocotyledonous Stem. (6) The Physiological Functions of Leaves, and the Action of Light upon them. (7) The Structure of Tubers and other Subterranean Stems ; the Structure of Bulbs and Buds; the General Phenomena of Vegetative Multiplication. (8) The Physiological Processes undergone in Growth and Development; the Structure of an Active Cell, and the process of Cell-division and the formation of Tissues. (9) The Structure of Flower-buds and of Flowers; the Methods of Pollination, Natural and Artificial. (10) The Process of Impregnation of the Ovule, and the Formation of Embryo and Endosperm. (11) The Classification and Description of Fruits; the Changes and Development during Ripening. (12) The General Characters of the Commoner Families of Plants in Cultivation. (13) The Origin of Species. HORTICULTURAL OPERATIONS AND PRACTICE. (1) Surveying and Landscape Gardening, Elements of. (2) Choice of Site for Garden. (3) Description and use of Implements under each head. (4) Operations connected with the Cultivation of the Land, with explanations and illustrations of good and bad methods; Digging and Trenching; Draining ; Hoeing, Stirring the Soil, and Weeding; Watering; Preparation of Seed oo Bf vy EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE. ol Beds ; Rolling and Raking, Sowing, Transplanting and Thinning; Potting, Planting; Aspects, Positions and Shelter; Staking; Earthing and Blanch- ing, &e. (5) Propagation, Elementary Principles: Cuttings, Buddings and Grafting, Stocks used, Layering, Division, Branch Pruning, Root Pruning; Old and Young Trees and Bushes. Training. (6) Fruit Culture: Open Air and under Glass; Small Fruits; Apples and Pears ; Stone Fruits; Gathering and Storing; Packing and Marketing. General Knowledge of Fruits, and Selection of Varieties. (7) Vegetable Culture: Tubers and Roots; Green Vegetables; Fruits and Seeds ; Rotation of Crops and Selection of Varieties. (8) Flower Culture, Outside and Under Glass. (9) Manures and their Application. _ (10) Improvement of Plants by Cross-breeding, Hybridisation and Selection. (11) Arboriculture: Trees and Shrubs and their Culture. (12) Insect and Fungus Pests; Prevention and Treatment. 3. Students and young gardeners not having had the advantage of attending Lectures, but wishing to present themselves at some one of the Centres for Examination, might with advantage consult some of the following works :— «Primer of Botany,” by Sir J. D. Hooker, K.C.S.I. (Macmillan & Co., 30 Bed- ford Street, W.C.) 1s. *‘Elementary Botany,’’ by Prof. Percy Groom (Bell & Sons, Covent Garden). 3s. 6d. “Elementary Botany,” by J. W. Oliver. (Blackie & Sons, 50 Old Bailey, E.C.) 2s. “Botany for Beginners,’’ by Professor Henslow. (Stanford.) 2s. 6d. “Floral Dissections,” by Prof. Henslow. (Stanford.) 4s. ‘How to Study Wild Flowers,” by Frof. Henslow. (R.T.S.) 2s. 6d. “Structural Botany ”’ (Flowering Plants), by Dr. D. H. Scott. (A. & C. Black, Soho Square, W.C.) 3s. 6d. “Plant Life,’ by Dr. M. T. Masters, F.R.S. (Vinton & Co., 9 New Bridge Street, H.C.) 2s. 6d. “Elements of Agriculture,” by W. Fream, LL.D. (J. Murray, Albemarle Street, W.) 3s. 6d. “Plant Breeding,” by L. H. Bailey. Macmillan & Co.) 4s. “Primer of Horticulture,” by J. Wright, V.M.H. (Macmillan & Co.) 1s. ‘Physiology of Plants,’ by Dr. Paul Sorauer. Longmans, Green & Co., 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.) 9s. “Chemistry of the Garden,” by H. Cousins. (Macmillan & Co.) 1s. “Diseases of Plants,’? by H. Marshall Ward. (S.P.C.K., Northumberland Avenue, W.C.) 2s. 6d. “ Profitable Fruit Growing,” by J. Wright, V.M.H. (Journal of Horticulture, 12 Mitre Court Chambers, E.C.) 1s. 3d. “Art of Budding and Grafting,’ by C. Baltet. (Crosby Lockwood, Sta tioners’ Hall Court, E.C.) 2s. 6d. “ Proning,’ by ll. H. Bailey. -(Mac- millan & Co.) 5s. “Natural History of Plants.’’ 2 vols. By Kerner and Oliver. Son.) 50s. (Blackie & 4. The Examination will be held simultaneously in as many different centres in Great Britain and Ireland as circumstances may demand. The time allowed for the Examination is 25 hours, the hour fixed being generally from 7 to 9.30 p.m. 5. The Examination will for the most part be based on the above Outline Syllabus of “ Elementary Principles of Horticultural Operations and Practice.’’ 6. Three hundred Marks will be given as a maximum. gaining 200 Marks and over will be placed in the First Cuass. Candidates Those 192 JOURNAL-OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. gaining 150 to 200 Marks will be placed in the Smconp Crass, and those gaining between 100 and 150 will be placed in the THrrp Cuass. Candidates failing to obtain 100 Marks will not be classed. 7. The Royal Horticultural Society will award a Silver Gilt Medal to the Candidate gaining the highest number of Marks, and will also send to the Candidates Certificates of the Class in which they shall have passed. 8. County Councils, Lecturers, &c., must send in to the Society the actual number of Candidates at each proposed centre at least ten days before the examination takes place. 9. Gardeners and Students wishing t> sit for the Examination, who have not attended any particular series of Lectures, must send in their name and address, and also the name and address of some responsible person willing to conduct the Examination (see par. 18), to the Secretary, R.H.S., 117 Victoria Street, Westminster, at least three weeks before the date of Examination. 10. Every Student wishing to be examined must, as far as possible, give all the information asked for by filling up a form, which will be supplied on application to the Secretary.* 11. A capitation fee of 3s. will be charged for every Student, in order to partially defray the expenses of the Examination. 12. County Councils, Lecturers, and others desiring to have an Examination held in their neighbourhood must also send in the full name and address (with designation or occupation) of one responsible person for each proposed centre, who will undertake to supervise the Examination in accordance with the Society’s rules. 13. N.B.—The Society is willing to hold an Examina- tion wherever a magistrate, clergyman, schoolmaster, or other responsible person accustomed to Examina- tions will consent to supervise One on the Society’s behalf, and in accordance with the rules laid down for its conduct. THE DUTIES OF A SUPERVISOR. (a) To satisfy himself that the room proposed for the Examination is a suitable one for the purpose, and to see that a sufficient quantity | of foolscap paper, all of one size, is provided for the use of candidates. (b) To satisfy himself that all candidates belonging to his centre have been duly acquainted with the place, day, and hour of Examination. This may be done by communicating with the Lecturer, or with the Secretary of the County Council &e. 2 * A stamped and directed envelope must be enclosed with all communications requiring a reply. Copies of the Questions set at the Examinations 1893-1902 (price 1s., or 5s. a dozen) may be obtained at 117 Victoria Street. EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE. 193 (c) To receive the sealed parcel of papers which will be posted to him from London two clear days before the Examination. N.B.—If the papers do not arrive by the first post on the day of Examina- tion, he should immediately telegraph to the Secretary of the Society, 117 Victoria Street, S.W. Telegraphic Address: ‘ Hor- tensia, London.” {d) To preserve the seals of the parcel wnbroken until he opens it i the presence of the candidates, at the hour fixed for the Examination to commence. (e) To distribute one copy of the Examination Paper to each candidate. It is better that the candidates should be seated not too closely together. {f) The Supervisor will then immediately read aloud the directions printed at the head of the papers, make a note of the exact time, and inform students distinctly of the exact hour at which all papers must be handed in. (g) To see that the following rules are strictly observed :— 1. Two and a half hours are allowed for the paper. 2. Students are not allowed to bring any books, paper, notes, &e., into the Examination Room; nor to ask any questions whatever, save of the Supervisor, who must exercise his judgment as to whether such question is one he should answer or not. 3. Students are not allowed to leave the Examination Room on any pretext whatsoever after the papers have been distributed. In case of unavoidable illness the Student must be content either to hand in what he has already done, or to wait till another Examination takes place. 4, Any Student leaving the room before the full time allowed has expired must first give up to the Supervisor his written papers. 5. The papers of any Students breaking these rules, or found copying, should at once be destroyed. {h) The allotted time having expired, the Supervisor will call on the Students to fold up and hand in their papers, which should then be at once (before leaving the room) tied together securely with string. They should be posted to the Secretary, R.H.S., 117 Vic- toria Street, Westminster, S.W., by the earliest possible post. (i) The Supervisor will, of course, not himself leave the room during the . time of Examination. 4k) The Supervisor is requested to sign the following form and return it with the Students’ papers to the Secretary, R.H.S., 117 Victoria Street, London, S.W. ) bie ue iyyS thts d I hereby certify that the Examination in Horticulture held at; 194 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. : has been conducted strictly according to the rules and regulations of the _ Royal Horticultural Society. ; Supervisor's SUQuaqure so... -csjochs speeds on ba Sere tgp Date *.* The Council of the Royal Horticultural Society reserve to themselves the right to modify the application of these regulations as they may consider necessary, and all disputed questions of interpretation and procedure must be referred to them for final decision. ' SCHOLARSHIPS. Sir Trevor Lawrence, Bart., President of the Society, and Master of the Worshipful Company of Gardeners, very kindly offered a Scholar- ship of £25 a year for two years, to be awarded after the examination of the Royal Horticultural Society in 1894, to the Student who should pass highest, if he were willing to accept the conditions attaching thereto. The main outline of these conditions is that the holder must be of the male sex, and between the ages of 18 and 22 years, and that he will study gardening for one year at least at the Royal Horticultural Society’s Gardens at Chiswick, conforming to the general rules laid down there for Students. In the second year of the Scholarship he may, if he likes, continue his studies at some other place at home or abroad which shall be approved by the Master of the Worshipful Company of Gardeners, and — by the Council of the Royal Horticultural Society. A similar Scholarship was presented by Baron ScHropEr, V.M.H., after the 1895 examination. The Worshipful Company of Gardeners continued this Scholarship to the end of 1896. Another similar Scholarship was given after the 1897 examination by N. N. SHerwoop, Esq., V.M.H., Master of the Worshipful Company of — Gardeners... Another was given for 1898-9 by G. W. Burrows, Esq., a Member of the Court of the same Worshipful Company of Gardeners. | Another was given for 1899-1900 by the Right Hon. the Lord AMHERST, who presents it also through the Gardeners’ Company. Another was given for 1901 by Henry Woop, Esq., and RON. EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE. 195 Another by F. G. Ivey, Esq., Member of the Court of the Worshipful Company. SCHOLARS :— 1894—5-6 . : : . Mr. W.N. Sanps. 1895-6-7 . ; : . Mr. G. F, Tinney. 1897-8-9 . : : . Mr. H. 8. Lanerorp. 1898-9 . ' : . Miss Harrison. 1899-1900 : : ~~ Mr: C.J. GLUBED, (|) SS a 4 . . Mr. B. Smita. 1901 ‘ ‘ . . Mr. Coarues H. Buck. If the Student who is at the head of the examination is for any reason unable or unwilling to accept the Scholarship, it is then offered to the next highest on the list. In case of two or more eligible Students being adjudged equal marks, the Council reserve to themselves the right to decide which of them shall be presented to the Scholarship. bo ra) 196 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. RESULT OF THE EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE, 1902. THE Annual Examination in the Principles and Practice of Horticulture was held on April 23, 1902, when 229 papers were sent in. Three hundred marks were allotted as a maximum, and all candidates who obtained 200 marks and upwards were placed in the First Class. The total number was 97, or about 42°3 per cent. The highest number of marks, 285, was awarded to Miss W. M. Buttenshaw, of the Horticultural College, Swanley, Kent. Those who secured 150 and less than 200 marks were placed in the Second Class. The number was 98, or about 42°7 per cent. Those who obtained 100 marks and upwards were ranked in the Third Ciass. The number was 28, or about 12 per cent. Six candidates obtaining less than 100 marks were not placed. A slight increase in the number of entries has occurred, 225 being that of 1901; but still it falls considerably short of that in 1900, viz., 236. The percentage of the First Class was 48 in 1901, so that it has somewhat fallen; while that of the Second Class has risen from about 38 to 42. The percentage of the Third Class is nearly stationary, having only slightly improved from 11 to 12. The lowering of the percentage of the First Class, as well as only two candidates obtaining more marks than 275, is attributable to the somewhat higher standard in the character of the questions. Some students had evidently prepared themselves for meeting such questions as might be asked upon the revised ‘‘ Requirements.” In the “ Principles’? there were no serious mistakes, but merely varying degrees of knowledge upon the matter treated of in the replies. The answers as a whole were well expressed, showing considerable care in preparation. In the Horticultural practice department the candidates kept well to the questions they had to deal with, except in the one relating to land- scape gardening ; on this subject there is considerable room for improve | ment. It is a subject that might be dealt with in various phases, and some of the candidates were fully alive to the main points they were asked to deal with. Some of the other questions were not so much dealt — with in detailas they ought to have been; owing to this very few obtained the full number of marks. Upon the whole the answers were very satisfactory, and, as the questions were rather more difficult than on previous occasions, the result is quite as good as we expected. Examiners { GEORGE HENSLOwW. | James Dovuauas. RESULT OF THE EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE, 1902. 197 First Class. No. of Marks gained, 1. Buttenshaw, W. M., Swanley College ; 285 2. Moore, Harold, 17 Bit wanda ta Road, Honor Oak, 8. E. 280 8. Crabtree, G. H., Kirklees Park Gardens, Brighouse . 275 Bowden, M. A., Reading College and Lady Warwick Hostel . 270 Brown, W. R., Cally Gardens, Gatehouse, Kirkcudbrightshire 270 English, M. ae College , 270 Huckle, M. “a 53 Birkenhead Avenue, Hiiatestets : 270 4 Humphrey, L. J., Essex County School of Horticulture 270 Smith, S. P., Benson School, nr. Wallingford 270 Turner, J. S., The Gardens, Dochfour, Inverness-shire . 270 Warner, J., The School, Burleydam, Whitchurch 270 { Bebbington, L., The School, Pulford, Wrexham 265 12.4 Butler, E. W., Sealey College 265 tsar F., The School, Eccleston, Chester 265 (Ardington, M., Swanley College 260 ’ | Hicks, eee Ardington, Wantage 260 17. Selden, G. P., Woodhatch House Gardens, Rabat 255 (Donoghue, J., Tranby Croft Gardens, Hull . 250 18.- Learoyd, T. W., The School, Rostherne, Knutsford 250 | Swift, J. W., County Technical School, Stafford 250 Darby, T. W., C.C. Farm School, Old Basing, Basingstoke 245 | Day, William, Long Wittenham, Abingdon 245 Driver, J., School House, Crowton, Northwich 245 Lloyd, G. E., The School, Tattenhall, Cheshire 245 Lowe, J. L., The School, Disley, Stockport . 245 91.< Nicholls, H. R., School House, Warborough, Wallinwtoxd 245 Oddie, E. M., County Oak, Crawley, Sussex . ’ 245 Pollard, G. E. .. swanley College 245 Powell, E. H., Swanley College 245 Smith, F., The School, Worleston, antec ihe 245 etipircian, H., Swanley College 245 | a: C. H., County Technical Beloit Stafford 240 32. - Langmore, E., Reading College and Lady Warwick Hostel 240 Erioss. K., The School, Hale Barns, Altrincham 240 35. Risethvays, IF’, W., County Technical School, Stafford. 235 Bourne, E. B., sealer College 230 [Bi Stanton, Edwinstowe, Newark, Nesta 230 36. Cleeves, Vincent, 6 Garth Hill, Bassaleg, Mon. 230 Schneider, E., Swanley College. 230 Silvers, A. J., Gaukty Technical School,’ Stafford 230 Trollope, T., Middleton Park Gardens, Bicester 230 Anson, W. HL, Churchill, Chipping Norton, Oxon . : 225 Bidwell, L. S., Reading College and Lady Warwick Hostel 225 Bull, H. M., Essex County School of Horticulture . 225 42.\ Butler, R.,Reading College and Lady Warwick Hostel 225 Dobbie, H. B.; Pine Banks, Thorpe St. Andrews, Norwich 225 Draper, M., Swanley College . : 225 Duguid, M , F.R.H.S., Swanley Colleca.. 225 198 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. No. of at Emlyn, E. 8., Swanley College. : ; : ae 225 Heald, C. W., Weaverham, near Northwich . 225 Johns, E. L. M., Reading College and Lady Warwiek Fatale 225 Mallinson, J. W., 9 Waterloo Place, Kew Green, Surrey . 225 49. / Millard, M., Raading College and Lady Warwick Hostel . 225 Pickerill, J., The School, Broom Hall, Nantwich . A SBS Rendle, A., Essex County School of Horticulture . t . 225 Robb, A., Essex County School of Horticulture . . 225 Scott, Kenneth, Essex County School of Horticulture. . 225 Yeates, T., Sutton Courtenay, Abingdon ; ; . . 225 Dutton, C. D., Springhall, Sawbridgeworth . ; : . 220 Hathaway, J., County Technical School, Stafford . ; . 220 59. ~ McKechnie, W. C., The Gardens, Ffrwdgrech, Brecon . . 220 Mitchell, J., The School, Haslington, Crewe . : . 220 Williams, ris The School, Hassall Green, Sandbach . . 220 Bennitt, W. E. , County Technical School, Stafford ee a Dines, J., Bice County School of Horticulture. . 215 Dutton, G. F., Aldersey School, Bunbury, Tarporley. . 215 Graves, W. B., County Technical School, Stafford . ; . 215 Longmire, F., 77 Earlsfield Road, Wandsworth, 5.W. . . 215 McDonald, A. J., King’s Meadows Gardens, Peebles. Se 64.< Nixon, W., Whitley Park Farm, Reading . 215 Perry, A. M., Reading College and Lady Warwick Hostel 7) 215 Schofield, §. ‘H The School, Dean Row, Wilmslow. .- 215 Scourfield, G., gain Gardens, Neath, Glam. . t . 216 Swaine, R., F.R.H.S , Swanley College . : , i » S16 Walters, J., County Technical School, Stafford . d . 215 Whetham, V. 8., Swanley College. . 215 Bartley, J., Cisccatky Technical School, Stafford + Big | Forster, Y. L., F.R.H.S., Swanley College . 210 77.) Moore, H., The School, Wheelock, Sandbach. . . . 210 {Poyer, F, T. P., Swanley College . . ‘ Baldwin, W., Hortinuléded School, Holmes Chapel i . 205 Colvin, J. S., Hampton Hall Gardens, Balbriggan, co. Dublin 205 Cowley, H. _ Awaalloy College . : ‘ . 205 Creasy, B., ‘Bssés County School of Habioaltuts ‘ 5 . 205 Fiske: W., The School, Cranage, Holmes Chapel . . 205 | Hotten, pT sk Bwanlby College. ; . 205 81.< Ingles, M. G., Essex County School of Horieuleeis , . 2054 Thomas, G., Coedmore Gardens, Cardigan. : . 205 Tobin, L., Reading College and Lady Warwick Hostal ‘ . 205 Townend, J. W., The Cottage, Clevelands, Birkdale, Southport 205 Will, H., Readlity College and Lady Warwick Hostel . . 205 Worsfold, H. G., Paddockhurst Gardens, Crawley . ¢ . 205 Young, W. H., Swanley College. 205 Leighton, F., School House, Lydiard iconks Wodbit Basse 200 | Masson, ¢ G., 8 Dunrobin Place, Edinburgh . ‘ } . 200 04. -Mordaunt, G. .. Swanley College. . 200 (Willoughby, J. B., Bennie Cottage, Caaadwapaitie, Tolluross . 200 RESULT OF THE EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE, 1902. 199 Second Class. No. of Marks gained. Cameron, John, Essex County School of Horticulture . x £95 Dent, Thomas, Howbery Park, Walingford . , a, 295 Harding, P., Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel 2} 195 Herman, W., Ewelme National School, Wallingford 4) 095 Hine, T., Coombe Ridge, Kingston Hill. , ; x7 195 Hirst, 8. R., The School, Broken Cross, Macclesfield . 5° 995 Hodgson, G. H., 1 Mayfield Terrace, Gateshead-on-Tyne ¢, 29S Hulme, H., Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel . : 41 195 Judson, H. R., Castle Hill Gardens, Rotherfield . : {7° 295 98 Keene, C. E., County Technical School, Stafford . ; 1. 196 8. Little, H., Essex County School of Horticulture. ‘ ) 195 Manning, §., Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel ’ i £95 Masterton, D., 32 Hay Terrace, Edinburgh . , 3° 195 Parker, R. W., Horticultural School, Holmes Ghesiel , . 195 Percival, C. P., Astbury School, Congleton . 51 £95 Reed, H. T., tet Villa, Clifton Road, Kingston Hill. e495 Walkden, C. H., The Gardens, Virginia Water, Surrey . <) 295 Ward, H., Beas County School of Horticulture. . B95 Willan, is Ivy Cottage, Lymm, Cheshire. by BSG Baligrnsen: T., Horticultural School, Holmes ghee ai Bebe Bayliss, L., ecistoxey National School, Charlbury, Oxon f 296 Clarkson, J.. Hook Norton, Banbury . ; : 4 190 Davies, M., Essex County School of Horticulture . 4 .) $90 Dolman, E. G., Tredegar Park, Newport, Mon. : :, 180 Durham E. icine s End, Bicester . , : 21 890 Fayers, M. A., Upper School Abinger, Daa d . 190 Grundy, S., fe anley College. 3 490 Hancock, T., British School, Wheelock, Cogaisah o) 190 Head, G. H Poltimore Park Gardens, Exeter ; : . 190 Hodgson, J. T,, The School, Elworth, Sandbach . 190 Hulbert, W. C., The Hermitage, Jarvis Brook, Tunbridge Wells 190 118, ) Jolley, E., J Sine Road, Waterloo Ville, Cosham . , .. 190 Jones, D. i Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel ; - 190 Lane, F. G., School House, Kingston Bagpuze : 4 ASO Laugher, H., County Technical School, Staftord . , s, 190 Lester, Thos. J., Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel . 21-190 Martins, A. V., Essex County School of Horticulture. . 190 Mitchell, F., School House, Culham, Abingdon ; rs L9G Oulton, R., Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel . . 190 Parker, J. C., County Technical School, Stafford . ; 190 Pearce, A. J., Milton C. E. School, Milton, Steventon, R.5. O. 190 Smart, A., The Gardens, Lesmurdie, Elgin, N.B. . ; . 190 Smith, W. H., 33 Lancaster Street, Barnsley, Yorks. 330 Williams, M. te Wesley Cottage, Bicester. ; >: 190 Lee, James, The Gardens, Woolton Wood, ositon , 185 449. Russ, H. D., Whitmore Lodge, Worplesdon, near Gulidiace 185 Warburton, W., 45, Cranworth Street, C.-on-M., Manchester. 185 Wilks, Alf., Gacy Technical School, Stafford . : ./ 166 200 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. No. of ey Biddle, J. L., Charlton Lodge, Surbiton Road, Kingston sai 180: Bishop, R., 262 Burrage Road, Plumstead, Kent . Z . 180 Chapelow, H. D., Essex County School of Horticulture . +180 Edwards, A., Park Hall, Spink Hill, Chesterfield . ; . 180 Hart, F. W., County Technical School, Stafford . ; . | 186 'Hogan, D. C., 75 Leyton Road, N.W. . E . | te 146. < Humphrey, H. P., F.R.H.S., 11 Marlboro’ Buide, Bath’ -) 186: Nock, T., The School, facto) Sandbach . . . +180 Sanderson, W., Ardtornish, Morvern, Argyllshire . ; . 180 Smith, B., FRES., Swanley College . : ‘ : . 180 Tunstill, F., The School, Henbury, Macclesfield. . - 180 Willans, E. F., Reading College and Lady Warwick Hostel . 180 8. Jeffery, F. W., ‘Moor Court Gardens, Oakamoor, N. Staffs . 175 Miait, J.-32, we on Lodge, Polmont Station, Stirlingshire . 170 Blanche, E. 26 St. Paul’s Street, Ramsbottom, Lanes . .) ee Cassels, KE. M., Glencairn, 6 Belsize Road, Worthing . > aaa Drummond, D. H., Crowmarsh Gifford, near Wallingford ; + 17 Henderson, A., Essex County School of Horticulture. - >) oe - Hoyes, W., 8 Guat Street, Sheffield . ; 170 Lee, J ieean! 328 Atherton Road, Hindley Green, near Wisas 170: Pawlett, M., Swanley College : .* 17 Sibley, J., The Grove, College Road, Buleish (Sead {) TiG Pilintiseciiiat A. E., Ormond Road, Wantage, Berks . : - 170 Stayner, F. J., The Lilies, Epsom Road, Croydon . . | 2a Hunter, J., 52 Castle Street, Woolton . : - 165 | Mallabar, W., Heathfield Gardens, Gateshead-on- Pynd . 165 170. - ‘Painton, A., Wititarbroske Wallingford . : : : ;) 166 “Smith, W. S., Swanley College’ . a: : . 165 | Taylor, 4 Gaunty Technical School, Stafford . 165 Barwell, B., 73 King’s Road, Kingston-on-Thames . } 160: Braggins, Sanit W., Edith Villas, Tatchbrook Road, Feltham 160 Campbell, D. M., Wells Gardens, Hawick, N.B. . ; 160- Dennis, E., 11 Carter’ s Cottages, St. John’s, Redhill. : 160: 175. Hay, James D., F.R.H.S., Culverlands, Woking . . 160: Hunter, T., The Giiidnad Coombe Cottage, ee ; .. 16G Parker, C. H., Swanley College. . 160 Selsby, J.5., Laxeld: Framlingham . : . 160 Walker, J. H., County Technical School, Stafford ; : . 160 (Godwin, E., 39 Courtenay Street, Cheltenham . ; - 155 184. | Shaw, J., Stoel Cottage, Tottington, near Bury . 155 Burgess, E., The Laurels, Benson, Oxford. : ; . 150 Carr, E. B., The School, Eaton, Congleton . s : . 150 Coward, H. V., 21 Merton Hall Road, Wimbledon. : - 150 Grieve, 8. G., The School, Bridgmere, Nantwich .. . 150 186./ Hoyle, G., Nuffield Board School, Henley-on-Thames . .° 150 Overton, E. A., 5 Crawborough, Charlbury . E ; . 150 Polkinghorne, F. J., The Gardens, Polgwin, Bodmin . -' 15h Scott, E. H., 22 Gladstone Villas, Wallingford. 2 .; 166 Simms, L.; 8 Plantation Road, Oxford . : ; ; ./ 150° RESULT OF THE EXAMINATION IN HORTICULTURE, 1902. 201 No. of Marks gained. 186. Watson, J. W., F.R.H.5., Ane Seid Lea Gardens, Fulwood, Sheffield . : : : ; , . 150 Third Class. Black, W., The Gardens, Ashton Hall, Lancaster . : par EC Blackshaw, W. R., Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel ay 196.4 Cairns, W. J., Heatherwick, Otterburn, Northumberland : *140 Gammon, V., The Gardens, Middleton Park, Bicester . .* £40 Manning, H. P., Essex County School of Horticulture . . £46 201. Yates, H.,387 Cemetery Road, Tonge, Bolton, Lancs’. . 185 Bedwell, W., 1 Loughborough Villas, Carshalton . : . 180 |Byrom, W,, 1 Cam Street, Woolton . i ys EEO 202. | Martin, T., The Gardens, Woolton Wood, Weolton . ' 180 Salway, W. H., 83 Stopford Road, St. Heliers, Jersey ~ . .». L380 206. Woodnutt, W. E., Orchardleigh, Catisfield . ‘ ; . 125 Blackshaw, A., George Street, Altrincham . : : . 120 Bowell, E. C., Blenheim Gardens, Woodstock . . 120 Butt, T., Bournecroft Cottage, Whyteleaf, Surrey . : . 120 907. Goble, W. E., Kingswood Warren Gardens, Epsom : 120 Gray, R., Horticultural School, Holmes Chapel . y 52 Turner, C., Blenheim Gardens, Woodstock . ; ie aS ichthianiton J. B., Horticultural School, Holmes Ghaipal . 120 214. Wright, J., The Garaine: Talbot House, Edinburgh . SOUS St W. J., Swyncombe National School, Henley . .- 110 Fergusson, R. F., 25 Borough Road, Kingston ‘ 110 215. Price, J., East Rindbe: Strathbraan, Shillingford, oveaatesal 110 Robson, i. F., R.H.S. Gardens, Chiswick, W. i 110: ea G. M., Cornwall House, Leopold Road, Wimbledon 105 James, R. H. PG chawys sfa, Dinas Powis, Cardiff . ; 105 219. \ Kneller, Pi C., Laureldean, Petersfield, Hants i 106 Spencer, J., 40 Lower Church Street, Warwick. 272905 223. Luxford, C., 3 James Street, Iffley Road, Oxford . : « 100 202 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. REPORT ON LETTUCE GROWN AT CHISWICK, 1902. TWENTY-SEVEN stocks of Lettuce were received for trial in the Gardens, all being sown in gentle heat, and after hardening off were planted out on a warm, well-manured border on May 16. All the stocks made good growth, and were remarkably well selected and true. The Committee examined the collection on two occasions, viz. on July 11 and 18. F.C.C. = First-class Certificate. A.M. = Award of Merit. 1. All the Year Round (R. Dean).—Foliage pale green, small, com- pact ; hearts small, firm, crisp, and of good flavour. Ran quickly to seed. Ready July 1. Cabbage. 2. Big Ben (R. Veitch).—Foliage large, pale green, lightly suffused with red; hearts large, firm, crisp, and of pleasant flavour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July 10. Cabbage. 3. Big Boston (Masters), A.M. June 20, 1901.—See Vol. xxvi. p. 866. Ready July 9. 4. Bloomdale Reliable (Masters)—See Vol. xxvi. p. 866. Ready July 14. | 5. Bossen’s Giant (R. Dean).—Foliage very large and spreading, deep green suffused with red; hearts large, moderately firm, crisp, and of good flavour. Stood welf without running to seed. Ready July 17. Cabbage. A very late variety. 6. Blonde de Berlin (R. Dean).—Folhage small, very pale green ; hearts small, firm, crisp, and of excellent flavour. Ran to seed very quickly. Ready July 1. Cabbage. Very similar to No. 1. 7. Carter’s Perpetual (Carter), A.M. July 18, 1902.—Foliage large and spreading, pale green; hearts large, firm, crisp, and of excellent flavour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July14. Cabbage. ‘Harbinger Forcing’ is synonymous with this variety. 8. Continuity (R. Dean), AM. June 20, 1901.—See Vol. xxvi. p. 866. Ready July 2. 9. Early Gem (R. Veitch).—Foliage small, pale green; hearts small, firm, crisp, and of fair flavour. Quickly ran to seed. Ready July 1. Cabbage. 10. Emperor William (R. Dean).—Foliage large, pale green, suffused with red at the margins; hearts large, firm, crisp, and of good flavour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July 3. Cabbage. 11. Fearnought (R. Dean).—Very similar to No. 1. 12. Giant Glacier (Atlee Burpee).—Foliage very large and spreading, deep green; hearts large and loose, and of fair flavour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July 17. Cabbage. 18. Grand Rapids (Masters).—See Vol. xxvi. p. 867. Ready July 14. 14. Green Unctuous (R. Dean), F.C.C. July 24, 1883.—Foliage small, dark green; hearts of medium size, firm, crisp, excellent flavour. Stood moderately well without running to seed. Ready July 4. Cabbage. REPORT ON LETTUCE GROWN AT CHISWIE€K, 1902. 203 15, 16. Iceberg (J. Veitch, Atlee Burpee).—Foliage very large, deep ereen, slightly flushed with red; hearts of great size, firm, crisp, and of fair flavour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July 8. Cabbage. 17. Largest of All (Masters).—See Vol. xxvi. p. 867. Ready July 9. 18. Leyden White Dutch (R. Dean).—A very good selection of the well-known White Dutch. Ready July 1. Cabbage. 19. Pioneer (R. Veitch).—Foliage of medium size, very dark green ; hearts of moderate size, firm, crisp, and of good flavour. Ready July 10. Stood well without running to seed. Cos. Requires a little more selection. 20. Satisfaction (R. Dean).—Same as No, 18. 21. San Francisco Market (Atlee Burpee).—Foliage very large and spreading, pale green; hearts large, firm, crisp, and of very good flavour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July 7. Cabbage. 22. Solid Heart (R. Veitch).—Foliage small, dark green ; hearts rather small, very firm, crisp, and of excellent flavour. Quickly ran to seed. Ready July 1. Cabbage. 23. The Empire (R. Veitch).—Foliage large and spreading, deep green; hearts large, firm, crisp, and of good flavour. Ready July 8. Stood remarkably well without running to seed. Cabbage. . 24. Virginia Solid-head (Masters).—See Vol. xxvi. p. 868. Ready July 16. Cabbage. This variety stood longer than any other without running to seed. 25. Welstead’s Selected (Welstead).— Foliage large, dark green; hearts of great size, firm, crisp, and of good flavour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July 11. Cos. A very promising variety. 26. Winter Passion (J. Veitch).—Of no value for spring sowing, as all the plants ran to seed without hearting. 27. Wrench’s Mammoth Self-folding (Wrench).— Foliage of moderate size, very dark green; hearts of medium size, self-folding, firm, crisp, and of good favour. Stood well without running to seed. Ready July 6. Cos. 204 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. REPORT ON PEAS AT CHISWICK, 1902. EIGHTY-THREE stocks of Peas were received for trial in the Gardens, and all were sown on March 14 on ground that had been ridge-trenched and heavily manured the previous autumn. All the stocks were thinly sown and germinated well, followed by a strong sturdy growth, free from any fungoid pests. The Committee met on two occasions to examine the Stocks, viz. July 11 and 18; and on the latter date they passed the follow- ing resolution unanimously: ‘The members of the Fruit and Vegetable Committee desire to express their high appreciation of the very admirable and excellent trial of edible Peas seen by them this year in the Society’s Gardens, which reflects much credit on the Superintendent and his staff.’ F.C.C. = First-class Certificate. A.M. = Award of Merit. 1. Acme, A.M. July 5, 1898 (J. Veitch) —-Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, averaging seven large sweet peas in straight pods. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 8. Height 34 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 2. Alderman, F.C.C. July 10, 1900 (Sutton).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods in pairs, long, straight, handsome, averaging nine large sweet peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Height 6 feet. Ready for use July 11. Seeds wrinkled. 3. Alderman Selected (J. Veitch).—Same as No. 2. 4. Autocrat, F.C.C. July 10, 1885 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL, page 279. Ready for use July 18. 5. Battleship (Carter)—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, short, broad, straight, averaging four large deep green sweet peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 5. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. . 6. Best of All (Sutton)—See Vol. XXVLI., page 278. Ready for use July 11. 7. Brydon’s King (Kent & Brydon).—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, long, straight, handsome, averaging seven large deep green peas ina pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 15. Height 45 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 8. Centenary, A.M. July 5, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 278. Ready for use July 11. 9. Champion Marrowfat, A.M. July 18, 1902 (Dicksons).—Haulm and pods very dark green ; pods in pairs, long, straight, handsome, averaging eight large deep green and very sweet peas ina pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 18. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. A very fine late variety. 10. Chelsea Gem, F.C.C. July 1, 1887 (J. Veitch).—See Vol. XXVL., page 276. Ready for use July 4. 11. Compactum (Laxton).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods in pairs, long, broad, slightly curved, handsome, averaging seven large deep | | | i i | / | ¢ REPORT ON PEAS AT CHISWICK, 1902. 205 green peas in a pod. Good crop. Ready for use July 10. Height 8 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 12. Commonwealth (Carter).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods in pairs, of moderate length and breadth, straight, blunt, averaging six large pale green sweet peas in a pod. Good crop. Ready for use July 10. Height 23 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 13. Conqueror (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 11. 14. Conquest (Dicksons).—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, moderate length, thick, straight, averaging five large deep green sweet peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 10. Height 6 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 15. Continuity, A.M. July 9, 1898 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 18. 16. Daisy, F.C.C. July 11, 1902 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 277. Ready for use July 5. 17. Dicksons’ Harbinger (Dicksons).—Haulm and pods deep green ; pods in pairs, moderate length, straight, averaging six pale green peas in a pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 8. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. A very productive variety. 18. Duke of Albany, A.M. July 5, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 278 Ready for use July 11. 19. Duchess of York, A.M. June 20, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 276. Ready for use July 7. 20. Dr. McLean, A.M. July 18, 1902 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL, p. 278. Ready for use July 11. A very fine selection of this excellent old variety. 21. Dwarf Defiance, A.M. July 5, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL, p. 277. Ready for use July 10. 22. Dwarf Mammoth (Sutton)—Haulm and pods deep green; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, averaging six medium-sized pale green sweet peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 18. Height 3 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 23. Dwarf Gradus (Laxton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 273. Ready for use July 5. 24. Karly Giant, A.M. July 11, 1902 (Sutton).— Haulm and pods deep ereen ; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, handsome, averaging nine large deep green peas in a pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 9. Height 44 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 25. Empress of India (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 276. Ready for use July 9. 26. Ensign (Dicksons).—Haulm and pods very dark green; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, averaging six large sweet peasina pod. Great crop. Ready for use July 18. Height 44 feet. Seeds wrinkled. A very _ promising variety. 27. Edwin Beckett, F.C.C. July 3, 1900 (Beckett).—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, long, broad, pointed, averaging eight large deep green and very sweet peas in a pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 9. Height 44 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 28. Eureka (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 18. 206 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 29. Exhibition (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 16. 30. Excelsior (Sutton)—See Vol. XXVI., page 276. Ready for use July 5. 31. Favourite (J. Veitch)—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, moderate length, broad, straight, blunt, averaging five large deep green peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 17. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. A good late variety. 32, 33. Fertility (Dicksons, Watkins & Simpson).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods in pairs, long, narrow, straight, averaging eight medium- sized green sweet peas ina pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 8. Height 5 feet. Seeds wrinkled. This should prove a good field pea. 34, 35. General French (J. Veitch, Stoward)—Haulm and pods deep green; pods in pairs, moderate length, broad, straight, averaging six large green peas in a pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 7. Height 43 feet. Seeds wrinkled. Requires further selection. 36. Glory of Devon, A.M. July 11, 1899 (R. Veitch)—Haulm and pods deep green; pods in pairs, long, straight, broad, averaging eight large pale green peas in a pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 15. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 87. Gradus, F.0.C. July 1, 1887 (J. Veitch).—Same as No. 28. 38. Green Gem (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI, page 275. Ready for use July 4. 39. Harbinger, A.M. June 20, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL, page 276. Ready for use July 1. The earliest Pea in the collection, and is also one of the best Peas for forcing. 40. Ideal, A.M. June 20, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVLI., page 276. Ready for use July 5. 41. Late Prolific (J. Veitch).—This variety had A.M. July 5, 1901, under the name of ‘ Prolific Late Marrow.’ See Vol. XXVI., page 274. Ready for use July 11. 42. Late Queen, A.M. July 10, 1900 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 279. Ready for use July 18. 48. Little Marvel, AM. July 11, 1902 (Sutton)—See Vol. XXVL., page 275, Ready for use July 4. 44, Lord Roberts, A.M. July 18, 1902 (Sutton).—Haulm and _ pods dark green ; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, averaging six large deep green and very sweet peas in a pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 17. Height 2 feet. Seeds wrinkled, 45, 46. Lord Rosebery, A.M. July 18, 1902 (J. Veitch, Stoward),— Haulm and pods deep green ; pods in pairs, long, slightly curved, averaging six large green peas, exceptionally sweet in flavour, in a pod. IExtra- ordinary crop. Ready for use July 18. Height 5 feet. Seeds wrinkled. A very good late variety. 47. Magnum Bonum (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 11. 48. Masterpiece (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 278. Ready for use July 12. 49. Matchless (Sutton).— See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 11. ‘REPORT ON PEAS. AT CHISWICK, 1902. 207 50. May Queen (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 276. Ready for use July 4. 51. Ne Plus Ultra (Sutton).— A very good selection of this well-known and excellent late Pea. Ready for use July 18. 52. Nonpareil (Sutton)—See Vol. XXVI., page 277. Ready for use July 10. 58. Nonsuch (Sutton).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, averaging six large deep green and very sweet peas ina pod. Heavycrop. Ready for use July17. Height 20 inches. Seeds wrinkled. 54. Peerless, A.M. July 10, 1900 (Sutton).—See Vol. XX VI., page 278. Ready for use July 11. 55. Perfect Gem, A.M. July 5, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 277. Ready for use July 10. 56, 57. Perfection, A.M. July 14, 1897 (R. Veitch, Sutton).--Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, averaging six very large and sweet deep green peas ina pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 8. Height 34 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 58. Prince of Wales (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 277, Ready for use July 9. 59. Prince of Wales (Stoward).—This is quite distinct from No. 58. Haulm and pods deep green ; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, averaging six pale green sweet peas ina pod. Good crop. Ready for use July 18. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 60. Princess of Wales (Stoward),—Very similar to No. 59. 61. Prize-winner, F.C.C. July 5, 1901 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL, page 277. Ready for use July 10. 62. Productive (Sutton).— See Vol. XXVI., page 277. Ready for use July 11. 63. Prolific, A.M. July 18, 1902 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 279. Ready for use July 18. 64. Royal Jubilee, A.M. July 18, 1902 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 279. Ready for use July 15. 65. Royal Salute (Nutting).— Haulm and pods dark green; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, handsome, averaging seven large deep green peas ina pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 11. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 66. Royal Warrant (Dicksons).—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, long, broad, curved, averaging seven large deep green peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 9. Height 5 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 67. Satisfaction (Sutton)—Haulm and pods deep green ; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, blunt, averaging eight large pale green and very sweet peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 18. Height 3 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 68. Senator, F.C.C. July 11, 1902 (Dean).—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, long, pointed, slightly curved, averaging seven large sweet pale green peas ina pod. Enormous crop. Ready for use July 7. Height 34 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 69. Stratagem, F.C.C. July 7, 1882 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVL., page 277. Ready for use July 11. 208 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 70. Sutton’s Perpetual (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 15. ; 71. Sutton’s Seedling (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 275. Ready for use July 5. 72. The Cropper (Watkins & Simpson).—Haulm and pods dark green ; pods in pairs, short, thick, blunt, averaging five large deep green and very sweet peas ina pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 10. . Height 8 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 73. The Gladstone, F.C.C. July 18, 1902 (A. Dickson).—Haulm and pods very dark green; pods in pairs, very long, nearly straight, hand- — some, averaging ten large deep green sweet peas in a pod. Very heavy crop. Ready for use July 15. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 74. The Starter (A. Dickson).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods single, short, thick, slightly curved ; averaging seven large deep green and very sweet peas ina pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 5. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 75. Tit Bits (A. Dickson).—Haulm and pods pale green; pods in pairs, short, thick, straight, averaging five large whitish peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 5. Height 4 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 76. Thomas Laxton Selected, A.M. July, 5, 1898 (J. Veitch).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods in pairs, long, broad, straight, averaging six large deep green peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 3. Height 4} feet. Seeds wrinkled. A very fine early tall variety. 77. Torpedo (Carter).—Haulm and pods deep green; pods in pairs, short, thick, straight, averaging five very large green peas ina pod. Ready for use July 4. Height 4} feet. Seeds wrinkled. 78. Utility (Dicksons).--Haulm and pods deep green; pods in pairs, long, straight, handsome, averaging seven large green peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 10. Seeds wrinkled. 79. Veitch’s Perfection (Watkins & Simpson).—See Nos. 56 and 57. 80. Walker’s Perpetual, F.C.C. August 9, 1881 (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 279. Ready for use July 18. 81. Western Express, A.M. July 11, 1902 (R. Veitch).—Haulm and pods deep green; pods in pairs, long, broad, nearly straight, averaging seven large green peas of excellent flavour in a pod. Heavy crop. Height 4 feet. Ready for use July 7. Seeds wrinkled. 82. Windsor Castle (Sutton).—Haulm and pods dark green; pods long, broad, straight, averaging six large deep green peas in a pod. Heavy crop. Ready for use July 18. Height 85 feet. Seeds wrinkled. 83. Yorkshire Hero (Sutton).—See Vol. XXVI., page 278. Ready for use July 11. COMMONPLACE NOTES. 209 COMMONPLACE NOTES. By Tue Secretary and SUPERINTENDENT. SAXIFRAGAS FROM SHED. A Fellow says he has had great trouble in raising Saxifragas from seed. Possibly the seed was very old, or possibly he did not treat them rightly, for we always find them germinate both quickly and well. First of all (as with everything else) the pots must be clean. It is astonishing how many people calling themselves gardeners are content to use dirty pots. ‘The soil used should be about half leaf-mould and half loam, with a little silver sand, and it should be all well mixed and passed through a fine sieve. Plenty of clean sharp crocks should be used for drainage. The surface of the soil in the pots should be made both firm and level ; then sow the seeds thinly and add a very little fine sand—not enough to cover or for the purpose of covering the seeds, but to keep them from moving about and all floating to one spot when they are watered, which should be done very carefully and gently. The pots should then be placed in a gentle heat with a piece of glass over each pot to prevent undue evapora- tion. Shade should be given whenever the sun is out. As soon as the seeds have come up the pots should be moved at once into a cold frame, continuing to shade lightly, and when large enough to handle they should without delay be potted separately, kept close for a couple of days, and shaded until established, when they may be hardened off for outdoor planting. SuLPHUR ON Hor Pipus. “Is any harm done to Grapes by putting sulphur on the pipes during and after flowering?’’ How hard it is to make folk understand that what may be excellent at one time may be execrable at another, and vice versa! Much harm is often done by putting sulphur on the hot-water pipes while the vines are in blossom; indeed, it is not safe to use it for some time afterwards whilst the skin of the berries is still tender. If used when the vines are in bloom it causes them to set very sparsely, and if used whilst the skin is tender it will often make the bunches rusty. Sulphur on the pipes is at the proper season a good thing, but it should not be used until the berries are half-grown. HYBRIDISATION AND SELECTION. In a former issue we urged the desirability of everybody interested in gardening taking up some one plant or other and endeavouring to improve ee it or get it to vary, and then selecting the best variety over a series of generations until it had become “ fixed.” Numerous i inquiries have been _ sent to us since as to what plants can be suggested for the purpose. The — question is only difficult to answer from the fact that there is hardly a _ plant in cultivation which might not yield rich fruit if thus treated. We _ Suggested as an example crossing our common white Wood Anemone with _ the scarlet and blue forms of Anemone coronaria, and with the scarlet a nemone fulgens, eg the Wood Anemone the fare pAraps so as to 210 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Wood Anemone with the brilliant colour if possible of its more pretentious southern relatives. But let no one mistake. We by no means think that a scarlet or a blue Wood Anemone would be more beautiful or as beautiful as our present white one; we should only like an occasional bunch of scarlet and of blue planted amongst broad sheets of white. Any other plants might be experimented with. For example, why does not some one cross the Red Currant with a Gooseberry so as to make the former sweet, and reverse the cross so as to give a briskness to the ripe Gooseberry ? Why not cross the white form of our wild Fritillaria Meleagris with the yellow ‘ Crown Imperial,’ or with Fritidlaria Moggridgei or F. awrea, or any of the beautiful golden species which are somewhat delicate, so as to give us a really hardy and free yellow one? What young man will set to work on Grapes and see if he cannot puzzle out a combination of parents or series of combinations which should eventually present all northern people with an outdoor Grape with good-sized berry and with Muscat flavour which would ripen in September not only in an exceptional but in any ordinary English summer? Or who will give us a hardy yellow Rhododendron by crossing a white variety of the R. ponticum group with a deep yellow variety of Azalea mollis? Or who will take up and carry on ina slightly different direction the inestimable work which Mr. Fenn has done amongst Potatos? He has given us large mealy and disease-resisting tubers; now let some one give us a series of delicious small yellow-fleshed waxy ones lasting from the earliest ‘ Ashleaf Kidneys ’ well into the following spring, and equally disease-resisting. Some green- house worker should cross Amaryllis (Hippeastrum) with both Clivia and Pancratiuwm and vice versa. By the way, in crossing hardy plants it would as a rule be best to make the hardier of the two the seed parent, but with greenhouse plants it is comparatively immaterial. A lady we know of is endeavouring to cross a white Poppy with Meconopsis Wallichi. She will probably fail; but all honour to those who try, and if now and then they should succeed, happy indeed will they be and will they make others also. GRASS OR CULTIVATED LAND UNDER FRuIT TREES. We are frequently being asked by intending planters of orchards whether it is better to have the land cultivated, or Grass, under the trees. And, again, a correspondent writes that he finds the expense of constantly cultivating the ground amongst his fruit trees so great compared with what it would be under grass, he would therefore like to have our opinion as to whether it would not be better to sow fine Grass seeds over the whole, and thus save the expense of hoeing &c. The answer is a very — emphatic No! All fruit growers who have tried the two methods have found that hardy fruit trees on cultivated land are far more vigorous and healthy and prolific ; they produce larger and better fruit, and are also more free from insect attacks, than trees growing on Grass land. When trees are on cultivated ground they get the benefit of all the rainfall ; and the constant moving of the surface soil during the summer months lessens the drying power of the sun on the land, as will be seen if the loose sur- face soil is moved, a more or less moist soil being found just below owing to evaporation haying been arrested. Further, the constant stirring of COMMONPLACE NOTES. 211 the soil exposes insects and their larvee to the keen eyes of birds, toads, and suchlike, and the attack of such pests must naturally be greatly reduced. On the other hand, with Grass a very large proportion of the rainfall never reaches the roots of the fruit trees at all, and it would be difficult to estimate how much plant food is absorbed by the roots of the Grass; the consequence is that the roots of the trees are driven down- wards in search of food and moisture, and if they come in contact with some unsuitable layer of soil—as they frequently do—canker follows, or stunted unhealthy growth with correspondingly inferior crops. Grass also affords a splendid harbour for insects and their larve, which only wait for a favourable opportunity to attack the trees in legions and play havoc with the fruit and foliage. Many other arguments could be brought forward in favour of cultivated ground, but enough has been stated to show that Grass land is not the most economical for modern fruit culture. WASPS. All fruit growers are only too well acquainted with the ravages of wasps amongst fruit, the damage seldom ending with the wasp, as flies and other insects follow and feed through the holes in the fruit made in the first instance by the wasps, until little is left save the outside skin or husk. There are many methods of keeping down the number of wasps, all more or less unsatisfactory, and there is no doubt that the best means of minimising their evil effects is to destroy all the nests. When the wasp has visited the fruit, and secured all it requires, it always flies in a straight line for its nest, and a sharp-eyed boy will quickly locate all the nests in the neighbourhood by following this line of flight. Having discovered the nests, it is a very simple matter to take some cyanide of potassium and put a little—say half a teaspoonful—into the mouth of the hole leading down to the nest. Most of the wasps that are really troublesome are Vespa vulgaris, and build their nests in the ground, so that there is no difficulty about destroying the nests, as every wasp that passes over the cyanide of potassium is killed by the fumes as it passes in or out of the nest. For this reason we prefer to place the cyanide in the mouth of the hole during the daytime, for when placed there at night when the wasps are at rest much of its strength has evaporated, and is lost before the wasps are active in the morning. There isno danger of being stung if the person destroying the nests walks quietly up to the hole and places the cyanide of potassium carefully in, and moves away again quietly without beating at any wasps that may be buzzing about him. We have destroyed hundreds of nests in this way without once getting stung. Cyanide of potassium is a deadly poison, and should only be used by a careful person, nor should it be left about where children could get at it. It is far more effective and expeditious than tar, gunpowder, or any other means for destroying wasp nests. VINES SCALDED. “T enclose some berries of ‘Muscat of Alexandria’ and ‘Lady Downes’ which always go in this way, whereas ‘Mrs. Pince’s Black _ Muscat’ and ‘Gros Colmar’ in the same house look perfectly healthy. _ Can you tell me what the disease is ?’’—The disease was no disease at ‘ P 2 212 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. all. The berries were simply scalded through faulty ventilation. Either the vinery had not a sufficient number of ventilators or else they were not opened early enough in the morning. ‘ Muscat of Alexandria’ and ‘ Lady Downes’ are both thin-skinned varieties, and scald very easily and quickly. Ten times more harm, we think, is done by undue coddling and shutting plants and houses up too closely than by the opposite treatment. Fruit cannot be well grown, of good flavour, or good colour, without abundance of air, but at the same time a draught is no more good for plant life than for human. | LAWNS AND GOLF GROUNDS. ‘This season we have been greatly troubled by the abnormal increase of Clover. Is it due to the wet spring, or have the manures we have been using favoured its growth at the expense of the Grass? We have used basic slag, bone-meal, sea-sand, soot, Clay’s fertiliser, nitrate of soda, and sulphate of ammonia.’—We think that all the manures mentioned, excepting the last two, would decidedly encourage the growth of Clover. Any one interested in the subject will find some useful remarks on page 852 of our last volume, XXVI. In making lawns &c. care should be taken to get seed free from Clover. All the best seedsmen make special mixtures of such Grass seeds as will be suitable for different purposes and different soils. It is well worth the slight delay entailed by sowing these rather than laying down turf full of all manner of weeds. Many people think April the best time to sow Grass seed, but we like August or early September, as then a really fair lawn may be obtained by the following summer. THE ASPARAGUS BEETLE. In some parts of the country this always too common pest has this year been still commoner than usual, and in places the whole greenness of the foliage has been devoured. The best remedy we know of is to give the beds a good dressing of 2 oz. of kainit and 1 oz. of nitrate of soda to the square yard once a month while the plants are growing, and to syringe the foliage of the Asparagus once a week with a wineglass of paraffin in a gallon of water, taking care to keep it thoroughly well shaken up and mixed together whilst it is being used. It is also better not to mulch the beds with manure in autumn, as this protects the chrysalids and keeps them from the frost in winter ; but mulch with well-rotted stuff in spring just before the growth commences. SWEEPINGS OF PoULTRY-HOUSES. A Fellow writes to know how best to utilise the sweepings of poultry- — houses. It is of course a most valuable fertiliser, and may be used as a surface dressing for indoor or outdoor fruit trees or vegetables. About a pound to the square yard sprinkled over the ground, then lightly raked and watered in the ordinary course of watering, suffices. It is also excellent for mixing with the compost for potting soft-wooded plants. A 7-inch pot full to a barrow load of compost and well mixed up with it will stimu- late growth and produce good dark-coloured healthy foliage. Nothing, again, is better for making liquid manure. Two bushels tied up in a sack and allowed to soak for two or three days in 100 gallons of water will make a splendid stimulant for pot plants or growing crops. ? ? COMMONPLACE NOTES. 213 HEATING BY STEAM. Enquiry has reached us lately as to whether steam could not be used advantageously instead of hot water for heating greenhouses, and on making enquiry ourselves we find that a special boiler for the purpose has been introduced by Mr. Richardson, of Altrincham. The chief point claimed for the system is that the temperature can be regulated to a nicety and also maintained at an almost absolutely constant point so as to avoid fluctuations both above and below the particular temperature desired. A second point claimed for it is that it is very economical cf fuel; and, further, that it is a particularly clean system. A gentleman who has tried it says that in a large Orchid house the temperature was maintained night and day during a very cold spell of frost at sixty degrees regularly and constantly. We cannot speak from our own experience ; we have not yet seen the system working. BEECH-TREE PEstT. In Volume XXVI., at page 851, we asked for information of cases where Cryptococcus fagi had been known to attack Copper Beeches, as there was an erroneous idea abroad that Copper-leafed Beeches were exempt from the pest. A-Fellow, writing from Loughborough, says: “I have three Copper Beeches nearly fifty feet high, and they have all had the pest, but they (as well as the Common Beeches) have been cured by scrubbing them well with Gishurst compound made into a gocd lather. Sometimes a little patch of the pest appears again, but it is instantly got rid of by one scrubbing. I think every Beech tree on the place has had the pest, and all have been cured in this way, as also have some of the finest Beeches J ever saw on an estate in Wiltshire, whose owner was almost in despair about them ; in fact, I have never known it fail if taken in time before the pest gets to the branches, for it generally begins at the bottom and moves upwards.’’ Another correspondent writes: ‘“ Having noticed that a very fine Copper Beech was badly attacked by this insect, which was destroying so many Beech trees in the neighbourhood, I determined to try and saye the tree, if possible to do so. I made a paraffin emulsion by boiling two pounds of soft soap in a gallon of water until dissolved : this I poured into a glazed pan in which I had put one quart of paraffin. I then beat up the mixture with a handful of twigs from a birch- broom until all the oil was thoroughly mixed up. I then poured in twelve gallons of boiling water. A man was then sent up to the top of the tree with the emulsion and a scrubbing-brush, and the stem and the branches near the stem were thoroughly scrubbed down. For five years after this was done the tree, to my knowledge, remained perfectly clean and free from the pest, and, I believe, has remained so ever since.” DIsTRIBUTION OF SURPLUS PLANTs. . Fellows should bear in mind that the Society has never pretended to distribute very rare and valuable plants amongst the Fellows. How could it be done for the subscription paid? All the Society professes to do is to distribute by ballot all swrplus plants instead of throwing them on the _ tubbish heap. Any one knows that if you want to raise a few plants cf 214 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, wny kind from seed and sow a pan with them you probably get a vast number more than you require for yourself, and in all private gardens they are either given away or thrown on the waste heap. It is exactly the same with the Society, We must either throw all surplus plants on the rubbish heap, or we must distribute them amongst those Fellows who care to have any of them. Some few years ago the rubbish heap had them, but when the Society was reorganised it was determined to distribute them by ballot to any who cared for them. Admit that from the point of view of a really first-class garden these plants are rubbish; but is that any reason Why those who care to have some of them should not be allowed to have them? What is rubbish to one is by no means so to another. Suppose you grow a large collection of Chinese Preonies, or of Phloxes, or of German Irises, or of perennial Sunflowers or Asters, &e. After a few years the clumps get too crowded and must be taken up and divided. In all such cases probably not one-twentieth part of the old stool is re- planted, and the other nineteen-twentieths must be either given away or thrown on the waste heap. Generally we find abundance of neighbours and friends only too glad of a part of such waste. Waste rubbish it is to ourselves, but not soto them. Exactly the same with the Society, only that as a rule its stock is far larger than in a private garden, and we are sure that the mass of the Fellows would far rather have a share in such “rubbish” than that it should be burnt on the waste heap, and Fellows who grumble that they do not get valuable plants worth ten times the subscription they pay are manifestly unreasonable. | VARIATION, A correspondent sends us the following interesting note: “ Seeing the interesting discussion on seedling Red Tankard Turnips at the Scientific Committee (pages | and li) reminded me of an experience of my own. I had one plant of Broceoli come quite distinct from any other I had at the time, or have indeed ever met with. It was both whiter and later. I saved it for seed and marked it ‘ Not to be cut,’ but the latter precaution proved unavailing. However, the stem was left, and from it I eventually secured a few seeds. Being well aware how easily the Brassica tribe are intercrossed by insects, before the flowers opened I enclosed the whole plant in lace netting, through which not even a greenfly could pass. As soon as ever the seeds were ripened and gathered I had my misgivings, as they were larger than Broccoli seed usually is, and when they germinated the seed leaves were abnormally large, and the resultant plants were of the most nondescript character and totally unlike a Broccoli, It is highly improbable that the flowers had been cross-fertilised by insects or even by wind-blown pollen, for no insect as big as an aphis could reach them, and the garden being very isolated and having no other Brassicas flowering in it, the pollen would have had at the least a half-mile to journey on the wind, and that through or over the woods which intervene between us and the nearest garden, It was probably a reversion to some very ancient form, and this might have been induced by the fact of the flowering shoots having come from the stem growths and not from the central head of the Broccoli. The comparative freedom of all the garden varieties of the Cabbage tribe from similar reversion is, I think, very remarkable, consider- bs TT. » is a < COMMONPLACE NOTES. 215 ing the frequency with which reversion to type-forms takes place among many popular flowers.” GASLIME FOR CLUBBING. Here is the gist of a letter from a gentleman who once had great faith in gaslime as a preventive of clubbing, and who has used upwards of 400 tons of it in that belief. He now says: “ My experience with gas- lime is that it is of very little value as a manure, and utterly useless to prevent clubbing. I have used it in quantity, but am now convinced that it is not worth the labour bill of carting and spreading. In theory it ought perhaps to stop clubbing, but practical experience is against it, and I have never heard an opinion worth noticing in its favour. Year after year, for five or six years, have I used it, but still there is club root.”” We should be very glad if any one who has in any way found a means of stopping “clubbing” in gardens would communicate his experience, as lamentations concerning its prevalence reach us from all sides. 216 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. BOOKS RECEIVED. “The Book of the Rose.” By the Rey. A. Foster Melliar, M.A. (Macmillan, London.) 6s. 8vo. A second and enlarged edition of Mr. Foster Melliar’s well-known and delightful “‘ Book of the Rose.” No Rose grower should be without it, for it is not only charmingly written and a pleasure simply to read, but it gives full particulars on all Rose subjects, treating of all the various soils and situations, of the methods of planting, of manuring and pruning for various different purposes, of the stocks on which to bud and how to raise them, of insect and fungus pests and diseases. Roses under glass are treated of as well as in the open air; advice and directions for exhibiting &c. Then all the principal and best sorts in existence are admirably described, and all their peculiarities of needs or conduct noted. The book ends with selected lists for various purposes, and a calendar of all the months, and what should be done in each to secure a really lovely and perpetual Rose garden. “ Kuropean Fungus Flora—Agaricacee.’’ By George Massee, F.L.S., V.M.H. (Duckworth & Co., London.) 6s. 8vo. The mycologists (students of fungi) of every European country will have cause to thank Mr. Massee for providing them with what is practically a dictionary of all known European Agarics, of which no less than 2,750 species are here described, 1,558 of them being British. The labour of compiling such a book must have been enormous, and for many years to come it will doubtless form the authoritative text-book of the Agaricacee, and will be a necessary volume of reference to all students of mycology. It should be understood that it is not a book to take up for half an hour’s light reading, but is essentially a book for reference and study. “The Gardener’s Assistant.” By the late Robert Thompson. Revised and edited by William Watson. (The Gresham Publishing Company, Southampton Street.) Vol. VI. Imperial 8vo. 8s. This is the concluding volume of one of the best books ever issued for the use of a working gardener or an amateur. It was a first-rate book when it first issued from the pen of Mr. Robert Thompson, head gardener to the Royal Horticultural Society; and now that it is revised after a lapse of so many years and brought up to date it has, under the editorship of Mr. Watson, of Kew, approached as nearly to perfection as any such work can do. It should be in every bothy and in every gardener’s house, for there are few (if any) such “all-round” men as not to benefit by a study of one part of it or another. The present volume is concerned chiefly with the vegetable garden, concluding with 4 2) il CELA AB teen he = oe? whee (Ve wre —— a | : 1 ? BOOKS RECEIVED. yw by a most valuable calendar of operations in the fruit and vegetable depart- ments. It is in every way equal to its predecessors, and higher praise could not be accorded. “Roses for English Gardens.” By Gertrude Jekyll, V.M.H., and Edward Mawley. (Country Life Office, 20 Tavistock Street.) 12s. 6d. Svo. , Like everything that issues from Cowntry Life, this book is magni- ficently got up, printed with delightful type and on excellent paper, and illustrated with upwards of 200 full-page illustrations, which are in themselves a perfect feast of delight; and being all reproductions from actual photographs, they should inspire beholders not only with enthusiasm but with the determination to make their own porticos, verandahs, pillars, Rose gardens, or Rose arches as beautiful as those depicted.’ There is a chapter on arranging cut flowers which is greatly to be commended to the ladies ; in fact, we strongly recommend every “mere man’”’ to buy a copy of this volume and present it to that lady of the household who undertakes the arrangement of the flowers. The fact that-Mr. Mawley is Hon. Secretary of the National Rose Society is guarantee that the best possible advice is given as to selecting, planting, and pruning Roses outdoors and also under glass. “Gardening for Beginners.” Second edition. By EK. T. Cook. (George Newnes, Ltd., London.) 12s. 6d. 8vo. This work contains 550 pages of instruction and information which we can thoroughly recommend to beginners and “others.” It is eminently practical, and just the sort of book that a young gardener should keep by him; in fact, when in doubt consult “ Gardening for Beginners,’ and you are almost certain to find the advice and direction you require. Lovers of flowers who live in towns will find words to encourage them to try again if at first they don’t succeed ; and with such a list of hardy perennials to select from as that given on page 392 they must be hard to please if they cannot find plenty to their taste. Amateurs frequently fail in fruit culture, just as even professional gardeners will sometimes do in the management of Ferns. The careful following of Mr. Cook’s instructions in either case is sufficient to insure success. The woodcuts and illustrations are excellent. “ Agricultural Botany, Theoretical and Practical.’”’ By John Percival, M.A, F.L.S. (Duckworth & Co., Covent Garden, W.C.) In this work Professor Percival has supplied a much-felt want in pro- viding agricultural students with a text-book on botany suited to their _ particular branch of study, and omitting all such details as interest only the scientific botanist. It is divided into eight parts, which treat of General External Morphology, Anatomy, Physiology of Plants, Classi- fication and Special Botany of Farm Crops, Weeds of the Farm, Farm Seeds, Fungi, and Bacteria. A great part of the book is just as appli- cable to gardeners as to farmers, and invaluable to either. One novel 218 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. element in a book of such serious purpose is the introduction of a great mass of examples or suggestions for experiments, which shall themselves illustrate or prove the thesis under discussion. These we consider would be to the student of the greatest possible assistance if carefully carried out. The cordial thanks of horticultural students, as well as of agricultural, are due to Professor Percival for his book. ‘‘ Garden and Grounds—how to lay out and arrange.’ By T. W. Sanders, F.L.S., F.R.H.S. (Dawbarn & Ward, Farringdon Avenue, E.C.) 6d. In No. 2 of the Country House Series of Practical Handbooks Mr. Sanders has produced a little book which will be useful to those who desire to tastefully lay out or improve their gardens, “‘ whether it be the small plot in the city or the suburbs or the country house and grounds of several acres.’ Plan 2 shows how the most may be made of half-an-acre plot ; while plan 7, consisting of ten acres, is more ambitious and describes a garden of parklike character. In suggesting evergreen and flowering creepers for the house we cordially agree with the author in thinking “ it is of no use spending money and time in laying out beautiful grounds if base and ugly walls meet the eye at every turn.’’ “First Steps in Photo-micrography.” By F. Martin Duncan, F.R.H.S. (Hazell, Watson, & Viney, Long Acre, London.) 1s. This volume is No. 23 in the “ Amateur Photographer’ Library. Mr. Duncan is an enthusiast on his subject, and amateurs intending to take up this interesting branch of photography could not do better than consult the little book before us. All apparatus necessary for obtaining exact photographs of specimens, from the “baby spider” to the “ foot of the bee parasite,’ will be found fully described, and when the amateur has “successfully mastered the first steps and gained some amount of experience and facility,” then the author modestly says “he may with advantage consult the more exhaustive and technical works.”’ “The Book of Vegetables.’’ By George Wythes, V.M.H. (John Lane, London and New York.) 2s. 6d. This is vol. vii. of the “ Handbooks of Practical Gardening,” and is a welcome addition to those already published. A careful selection of the best varieties is suggested, and the cultural directions are given with no uncertain sound. Should this volume fall into the hands of cooks, they — | will find in it much valuable information, and it may perhaps teach them to take a little more care than is customary in the cooking of such common vegetables as Cabbages, Brussels Sprouts, and the like. LIlus- trations of vegetables are nearly always more or less unsatisfactory, and we should feel rather sorry for the gardener who could not grow better Peas than those represented in the frontispiece. But the book is distinctly helpful. ca BOOKS RECEIVED. 219 “A Handy Book of Horticulture.’ By F. C. Hayes, M.A. (John Murray, Albemarle Street, London.) 2s. 6d. A book which should prove very useful to young gardeners. It is written in plain, simple language which beginners can understand, and contains much information necessary to successful flower and vegetable culture. The chapter on hot beds and cold frames, though short, is helpful, while the advice on the best method to make the most of small gardens will be valued by many amateurs. The monthly calendar at the end of the book is excellent. Besides some useful woodcuts, there are several full-page illustrations, among which many will be pleased to see one of the garden at Edge Hall, Cheshire, the home of that veteran hardy plant grower, the Rey. C. Wolley Dod, V.M.H. “Orchard and Bush Fruit Pests, and How to combat them.’ By Cecil Warburton, M.A., F.Z.S. (John Murray, Albemarle Street, London.) 6d. This pamphlet gives the life-history and describes the ravages on fruit trees of such insect pests as the winter moth, slugworms, red spider, codlin moth, Apple sawfly, gall mite, the Raspberry beetle, and others. The method of fighting and destroying these enemies of orchards and bush fruit is clearly described and will be found effective. BAEUv Z pei eeinegk PITS NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH AND SHORT ABSTRACTS FROM CURRENT PERIODICAL LITERATURE, BRITISH AND FOREIGN, AFFECTING HORTICULTURE AND HORTICULTURAL AND BOTANICAL SCIENCE. JuDGING by the number of appreciative letters received, the endeavour, commenced in our last volume, to enlarge the usefulness of the Society’s Journal, by giving an abstract of current Horticultural and Botanical periodical literature, has met with success. It has certainly entailed vastly more labour than was anticipated, and should therefore make the Fellows’ thanks to all who have helped in the work all the more hearty. That anything approaching perfection either in method or execution should have been achieved as yet is not to be expected, but the Editor desires to express his most grateful thanks to all who co-operate in this work for the very large measure of success already attained, and he ventures to express the hope that they will all strictly adhere to the general order and scheme of working, as the observance of an identical order can alone enable the Editor to continue to cope with the work. The order agreed on was as follows :— | 1. To place first the name of the plant, disease, pest, &c., being noticed ; and in this, the prominent governing or index word should always have precedence. 2. To place next the name, when given, of the author of the original article. on 3. Then, the abbreviated form of the name of the journal, &c., in which the original article appears, taking care to use the abbreviation which wiil be found on pp. 222, 223. 4. After this, a reference to the number, date, and page of the journal in question. LIST OF NAMES. 221 5. If an illustration be given, to note the fact next, as “ fig.,” “ tab.,”’ or “ plate.”’ 6. After these preliminary necessities for making reference to the original possible for the reader, the abstract or digest should follow, ending up with the initials of the contributor affixed at the close of each Abstract or Note. NAMES OF THOSE WHO HAVE KINDLY CONSENTED TO HELP IN THIS WORK. Boulger, Professor G. 8., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Bowles, E. A., F.R.H.S. Burbidge, F. W., M.A., V.M.H. Chapman, H., F.R.H.S. Chittenden, F. J., F.R.H.S. Cook, E. T., F.R.H.S. Cooke, M. C., M.A., LL.D., A.L.S., F.R.H.S. Cox; H.’G., PR.H.S. Dod, Rev. C. Wolley, M.A., F.R.H.S. Druery, C. T., V.M.H., F.L.8., F.R.H.S. Farmer, Professor J. B., M.A., F.R.H.S. Goldring, W., F.R.H.S. Groom, Professor Percy, M.A., D.Se., F.L.8., F.R.H.S. Hartog, Professor Marcus, D.Sc., M.A., F.L.8., F.R.H.S. Hawes, EK. F., F.R.H.S. Hay-Currie, C., F.R.H.S. Henslow, Rev. Professor Geo., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., V.M.H. Hodgson, M. L., F.R.H.S. Hooper, Cecil, M.R.A.C., F.R.H.S. Houston, D., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Hurst, Captain C. C., F.L.8., F.R.HL.S. Rent, of. A.1.S., F.R.H.S. Lynch, R. Irwin, A.L.5., F.R.H.S. Massee, Geo., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Mawley, Kd., F.M.S., F.R.H.S. Moulder, Victor J., F.R.H.S. Newstead, R., A.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.H.S. Maal, Geo., J.P. V.M.H.,. F.B.H.58. Percival, Professor Jobn, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Rendle, A. B., M.A., D.Sc., F.L.8., F.R.H.S. Reuthe, G., F.R.H.S. Saunders, Geo. S., F.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.H.S. Scott-Elliot, G. F., M.A., B.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.H.S.,-F.R.G.S. Shea, Charles E., F.R.H.S. Shinn, Cx Hy K.R.H.S. Smith, William G., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.R.H.S. Veitch, Harry J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.H.S. Ward, Professor Marshall, Sc.D., F.R.S., F.R.H.S. Wilks, Rev. W., M.A., F.R.H.S. . Worsdell, W. C., F.R.H.S. 329 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS from which it is proposed to make Abstracts, with the abbreviations used for their titles. Journals, &e. Abbreviated title. Acta Horti Petropolitani ; : : . Act. Hort. Pet. Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales : ‘ . Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. Agricult. Journal, Cape of Good sa > : : . Agr. Jour. Cape G. H. American Gardening ; ; : : : . Amer. Gard. Annales Agronomiques . Ann. Ag. Annales dela Soc. d’Hort. et d’ Hist. Naturelle del’ Herault Ann. Soc. Hé. Annales de la Soc. Nantaise . Ann. Soc. Nant. Annales des Sciences Naturelles . . A ; . ‘Ann. Se. Nat. Annales du Jard. Bot. de Buitenzorg. , : . Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. Annals of Botany . : ‘ . Ann. Bot. Beihefte zum Botanischen Centralblatt . ; . Beih. Bot. Cent. Boletim da Real Sociedade Nacional de Horticultura . Bol. R. Soc. Nac. Hort. Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana . : ; ; . Bol. Soc. Brot. Botanical Gazette . . ‘ : ‘ ‘ . . Bot. Gaz. Botanical Magazine ; ‘ ‘ ’ 4 : . Bot. Mag. Botanische Zeitung , ‘ ‘ . Bot. Zeit. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France . ‘ . Bull. Soe. Bot. Fr. Bulletin de la Soc. Hort. de Loiret . 7 6% bs . Bull. Soc. Hort. Loiret. Bulletin de la Soc. Mycologique de France . .- « Bull. Soc. Mye. Fr. Bulletin Department of Agricult. Brisbane. : . Bull. Dep. Agr. Bris. Bulletin Department of Agricult. Melbourne . ‘ . Bull. Dep. Agr. Melb. Bulletin of the Botanical Department, Jamaica : . Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. Bulletin of Bot. Dep. Trinidad i ; 5 . Bull. Bot. Dep. Trin. Bulletino della R. Societé Toscana Orticultura ‘ . Bull. R. Soe. Tose. Ort. Canadian Reports, Guelph and Ontario Stations . . Can. Rep. G. & O. a oe Centralblatt fiir Bacteriologie . ; : . Cent. f. Bact. Chronique Orchidéenne . : ; ; ‘ § . Chron. Orch. Comptes Rendus . Comp. Rend. Contributions from the Botanical Laborator J; University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia . é : Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. Department of Agriculture, Victoria , . Dep. Agr. Vict. Department of Agriculture Reports, New Zealand . - Dep. Agr. N.Z. Dictionnaire Iconographique des Orchidées_ . ’ . Dict. Icon. Orch. Die Gartenwelt P - : : . Die Gart. Engler’s Botanische Jahrbiicher , 3 3 ‘ . Eng. Bot. Jah. Flora. : : : ; f . Flora. Gardeners’ Chronicle ‘ . ‘ ~ , : . Gard. Chron. Gardeners’ Magazine. : ; ; ‘ ; . Gard. Mag. Gartenflora. ; : . Gartenflora. Hamburger Garten- ‘und Blumenzeitung Hamb. Gart. Blum. Journal de la Société Nationale d’ Horticulture de France Jour. Soc. Nat. Hort. Fr. Journal Dep. Agricult. Victoria ‘ Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. Journal Imperial Department Agriculture, West Indies . Jour. Imp. Dep. Agr. W.I. Journal of Botany . ’ : ‘ ‘ ; 5 . Jour. Bot. Journal of Horticulture . ; ; ‘ , . Jour. Hort. Journal of the Board of Agriculture : , : . Jour. Bd. Agr. Journal of the Linnean Society : ; . Jour. Linn. Soc. Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society d : . Jour. R.A.S. Journal $.E. Agricultural College, Wye . : R . Jour. 8,E. Agr. Coll. Just Botanischer Jahresbericht : : : : . Just Bot. Jah. Kaiserliche Gesundheitsamte . : ; . ; . Kais. Ges. Kew Bulletin . ; ; 3 a hes : F . Kew Bull. Lindenia . : “ : . P ; ; : . Lind. Nature. Nature. Notizblatt des Konigl. Bot. Gart. und Museums zu Berlin Not. Kénig. Bot. Berlin. Orchid Review ‘ . Orch. Rev. Proceedings of the American Pomological Society . . Am. Pom. Soe. Queensland Agricultural Journal . ‘ ; ‘ . Qu. Agr. Journ. JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS. 223 Journals, &e. Abbreviated title- Reports of the Missouri Botanical Garden. : . Rep. Miss. Bot. Gard, Revue de |’Horticulture Belge ] : : : . Rev. Hort. Belge. Revue générale de a : 4 ; : - . Rev. gén. Bot. Revue Horticole . ; ‘ ; ; . Rev. Hort. The Garden . ‘ ; ‘ . Garden. Transactions Bot. Soc. Edinburgh . : : . Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. Transactions of the British Mycological Soe. . ' . Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc. Transactions of the Massachusetts Hort. Soc. ; . Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc. U.S.A. Department of Agriculture, Bulletins . : . U.S.A. Dep. Agr.* U.S.A. Experimental Station Reports. i : . U.S.A. Exp. Stn.t U.S.A. Horticultural Societies’ publications . . U.S.A. Hort. Soc. U.S.A. State Boards of Agriculture and Horticulture . U.S.A. St. Bd.t Wiener Illustrirte Garten-Zeitung . ; . é . Wien. Ill. Gart.-Zeit. Woburn Experiment Farm Report . : , : . Woburn. Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten ; , : . Zeit. f. Pflanz. * The divisions in which the U.S.A. Government publish Bulletins will be added when necessary. + The name of the Station or State will in each case be added in full or in its abbreviated form, le =, Yasis* » : neds 224 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH, EFFECT oF ALKALI ON Roots. Alkali Soils, Effects upon Seedlings of certain Components of. By Thos. H. Kearney and Frank K. Cameron (Some Mutual Relations between Alkali Salts and Vegetation. Report No. 71, U.S.A. Dep. Agr. p. 7; 1902).—In many of the arid districts of the Western United States the soil contains various salts collectively termed ‘alkali’’ by the people of the district. The salts most commonly met with are sodium chloride, sodium sulphate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, magnesium chloride, magnesium sulphate, and calcium chloride. Frequently they form thin efflorescent crusts on the surface of the ground. Soils con- taining moderate amounts of some of these—notably sodium carbonate or “black alkali’’—support little or no useful vegetation. The authors endeavoured to determine the relative harmfulness of each of the commonly occurring salts of alkali lands. Experiments were made with pure salts singly and in mixture with each other, the plants utilised for the work being White Lupin and Lucerne. The primary roots of well-developed plants germinated on damp sphagnum were allowed to dip for twenty-four hours into solutions of various strengths of the different salts, and the limits of concentration of each solution which would just permit the roots to live during that time were determined. The following results were obtained with White Lupins :— Magnesium sulphate . ‘ 7 parts in 100,000. Magnesium chloride. , x If. PX Sodium carbonate Sb 3. m Sodium sulphate : i 58 4 x Sodium chloride ; 116 Sodium bicarbonate . cy ae =a Calcium chloride of ier - From this table it is clear that the basic radicles or kathions of the salts are more active upon plant tissues than the acid radicles or anions. Comparison of the same salts was made in regard to the concentration of each which would prevent any elongation of the roots to take place during twenty-four hours. The following results were obtained :— Concentration preventing growth. Sodium carbonate ; ; ; 260 parts in 100,000. Sodium bicarbonate . ; ; aly. = “ Magnesium chloride. . y 960 _,, o Sodium chloride y ; 2 Zoe ee # Sodium sulphate : : . @e 3 t Calcium chloride . ; » ‘SCC =a ‘ Magnesium sulphate . : SO ss " That the injurious or toxic effect of solutions of these salts is not merely a function of their osmotic pressures is obvious from a comparison NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 225 of the two sets of results given. Marked toxic effects appear long before turgor is reduced or growth checked. By experiments upon the influence of mixtures of the salts it was found that the toxic effect of one salt can be diminished by addition of another to the solution, and the diminution is much greater when a different kind of kathion is added than when a new anion only is intro- duced. The addition of sodium ions to a solution containing magnesium ions generally reduces the poisonous effects of the latter, and calcium ions added to solutions containing sodium or magnesium ions have an extraordinarily beneficial influence, especially when the calcium is added as sulphate. The authors also show that plasmolysis, which is so generally supposed to be due to a reaction to physical stimuli only, can apparently be prevented by altering the chemical nature of a solution without materially reducing its osmotic pressure. The authors conclude that the effect of one kind of ion in neutralising the physiological action of another kind cannot be entirely explained by a consideration of the chemical changes within the solution itself; some of the effects must be in part referred to changes in the protoplasm of the. organisms. When the concentration of the solution of the salts already mentioned was reduced to a certain point the toxic effect disappeared. In solutions diluted still further a stimulating effect was observed, the roots of the plants growing more vigorously than those of control plants grown in distilled water.—J. P. PLANT ANATOMY. Anatomy of Leaf and Axis (Genistez) (Beith. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 6, pp. 8368-417).—Herr Alfred Schroeder (aus Danzig) describes the minute anatomy of the Lipariee and Bossiee in a very detailed and complete manner. They exhibit very marked xerophilous characters. A few possess epidermal papille, deeply sunk stomata, or centric leaf structure. As the details of some sixty-four species are fully given in the paper, it is scarcely possible to make a satisfactory abstract. It seems from the anatomy as if Goodia should be withdrawn from the Genistea. G. F. S.-H. STRUCTURE OF APHYLLON. Aphyllon uniflorum, Structure and Parasitism of. By Amelia C. Smith, B.S. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil., vol. ii., No. 2, 1901, p. 111; pls. 13-15).—The naked Broomrape is typically a North American species, para- sitic on Aster corymbosus. The degeneration attendant upon its parasitic habit is expressed by (a) absence of chlorophyll, (b) degeneration of bract leaves, (c) loss of root-hairs, (d) reduction of the bundle system, and the greater relative development of phloém than of xylem, (e) small size of seed and primitive embryo, and development of this embryo within a mass of precocious endosperm, which completely surrounds the embryo and _ suspensor. _ Parasitic roots form intimate connections with host-roots, but the _ host-roots are not entirely starved beyond the point of attachment. 226 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Stomata are present on bract-leaves, flower-stalk, calyx, and corolla. A well-developed ovarian nectar gland is present. Starch is present in great quantities in roots, stems, leaves, and carpellary tissue.—M. C. C. FUNGI ATTACKING THE APPLE FRUITS. 1. Apple Scab. 2. Apple Rots in Illinois. By G. P. Clinton (U.S.A. Exp. Stn, Urbana, Bull. 67, Dec. 1901, and Bull. 69, February 1902).—In the first of these pamphlets the author describes the results of botanical studies carried out during 1898, 1899, and 1900 on the disease of Apples known as ‘ Apple scab,’’ caused by the parasitic fungus Fusicladiwm dendriticum. Goethe in 1887 suggested that this fungus was a stage in the life-history of a fungus which had its later stage on the dead leaves, and Aderhold in 1894 connected it with a species of Venturia on the dead leaves. The investigation: of the author confirm the view that Apple scab is merely a parasitic summer stage of a permanent saprophytic fungus occurring on the fallen leaves. The Fusicladiwm stage occurs on the leaves and fruits, forming distinct small circular olive patches, and in time causing puckering of the leaves and sometimes death of the cells beneath. Young leaves attacked often turn yellow and drop, but the leaves usually remain attached to the tree until autumn. On the fruit roundish olive rough areas or “scabs’’ are produced, sometimes spreading over a considerable surface. When very young fruit is badly attacked, distortion and interference with normal development occur, and sometimes the little fruits fall. The severity of the attack depends largely upon the weather conditions. In years having wet springs, especially when damp cold weather prevails during the opening of the leaf buds, the disease does most injury. Bordeaux mixture (4 lb. copper sulphate, 4 lb. fresh lime, 50 gallons water) sprayed on the trees soon after the leaves begin to unfold, again soon after the petals fall, and if the season has been favourable to the development of the fungus about two weeks later, has been found an effective means of preventing the disease. The second spraying may be done with a mixture of Paris green and Bordeaux mixture if codlin moth is troublesome (1 lb. of Paris green to 200 gallons Bordeaux mixture). The Fusicladium stage appears soon after the leaves begin to unfold, and may be found until the leaves fall. It can more easily attack the — young leaves and fruits than older ones. It is more abundant on the lower than on the upper surface of the leaves, and especially near the midrib. It attacked the lower leaves more frequently than the upper. On the leaves the mycelium grows between the epidermis and the cuticle, and sometimes between the epidermal cells. It sends up conidiophores which penetrate the cuticle, and from which lanceolate, acute, reddish olive-coloured spores are successively abstricted. Sooner or later the complete collapse of the epidermal cells is caused. In the fruit the mycelium often forms a pseudo-tissue several cells deep before the spores are produced. The fungus was in only one case found on twigs, and that on a tree very badly infected, but all trace had disappeared before the spring. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 227 This stage was cultivated artificially on Apple leaf agar and other nutrient media. The Venturia stage appears on the old leaves which have been infected with scab. The perithecia usually originate in the spongy tissue of the leaf from the mycelial threads which have by this time penetrated more deeply into the dead tissues of the leaf. They appear as small black pustules, scattered as a rule, but frequently in the vicinity of the veins. The author has never found the perithecia on the old fruit and only once on the twigs. In the latter case it is probable that the perithecium had blown into the position taken up. The ascospores from the perithecia were cultivated, and produced characteristic Fusicladiwm colonies and spores on Apple corn meal. The Venturia stage is identical with V. imequalis (Cke.), Ad.: it is considered distinct from the form on the Pear, which was included by Cooke in his Spherella inequalis (see Seem. Journ. Bot. iv. 1866, pp. 248, 249, illus.). The author notes also another ascogenous fungus having perithecia chiefly on the upper surface of the fallen leaves (Spherella pirina, E. & E.) The synonymy and bibliography of the fungus are given in full (pp. 124-137). , In the second pamphlet the author enumerates the various “ rots ’’ to which Apples are subject in Illinois. “Fruit burn,’’ due to sun heat, mostly attacking fallen Apples ; “ brown rot,” due to Momilia fructigena, Pers.; “soft rot,’ due to Rhizopus mgricans, Ehr., like ‘ brown rot,” attacking fallen or mature Apples only as a rule; “fruit blotch,’ due to Phyllosticta sp., apparently a new disease which the author hopes to investigate next year; “black rot,’ due to Spheropsis malorum, Berk. ; and “ bitter rot,’ which forms the chief subject for consideration in this pamphlet. Other rots due to various causes are incidentally referred to. The bitter-rot fungus attacks both green and ripe fruit, and is widely dis- tributed over the world. It is much more frequent in some seasons than in others, and has been known to cause the destruction of an entire crop. The means of prevention suggested are the thorough removal of all in- fected fruit and spraying at frequent intervals after the disease appears, _ but experiments along these lines are in progress. The rot may spread from many starting points, but generally from one or a few places, and forms a brown rotten area }+ inch or } inch in diameter. After a time blackish pustules appear at the centre, which under favourable weather conditions burst and set free the pinkish masses of spores. One characteristic feature of this rot is the shrinkage of the tissues, so that a depression is formed, and another is the peculiar bitter flavour of the rotten part. Experiments proved that moisture was a necessary condition for the bursting of the pustules and the liberation of the spores. The rot usually appears in July (in Illinois), and the spores, which when moist form a somewhat sticky mass, are carried from tree to tree by small pomaceous flies belonging to the genus Drosophila: they never become so dry as to blown about by the wind. The spore develops into the Gleosporium e of the fungus which produces the rot, but during the autumn and he succeeding spring another form of the same fungus develops as a Q 2 228 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. saprophyte on the mummy Apples. These mummy Apples are covered — by the growth of the fungus with a matted mycelium, protected by which perithecia containing asci are gradually developed in a stroma. These perithecia mature the next summer when the ascospores are shed out of the asci. ‘The ascospores are no doubt carried by the pomaceous flies before mentioned, and germinating on the green Apples start the disease again for another year. The author gives an account of artificial cultures on Apple agar, &c., upon which both the Gleosporiwm stage and the permanent stage developed, while the disease was induced in Apples by artificial infection. The parasitic form was described under the name Gleosporiwm fructi- genum by M. J. Berkeley (see Gard. Chron. 1856, p. 245), while the permanent stage is now technically described by the author for the first time under the name Gnomoniopsis fructigena, Berk., who has slightly modified the characters of the genus Gnomoniopsis, Stoneman, in order that this species may be included. Both papers are freely illustrated, figures being given of the diseases. and the fungi producing them.—Ff’. J. C. THe Buack CurRRANT MITE. Black Currant Gall Mite, Eriophyes (Phytoptis) ribis, West- wood, The Life History of the. By Cecil Warburton and Alice L. Embleton (Zinn. Soc. Jour. vol. xxviii. pp. 866-378; plates 33, 34; 1902).—An exceedingly interesting and instructive account of this destructive pest. The new and important facts concerning the life-history of the mite are taken from the summary as follows :— “3, Distribution is effected by (1) crawling, (2) adhering to insects, (3) leaping. “5, The mites are unable to maintain life in the ground, nor do they attack the roots.” As to the distribution of the mites by adhering to insects &c. the writers (/.c. p. 369) say that when the mites were first observed on the outside of the abortive buds one curious point in their behaviour attracted attention, even under the slight magnification of a pocket lens. Though some were actively crawling about, others appeared to be standing on end and motionless, except for the waving of their legs. A series of observa- tions and experiments were undertaken with a view to ascertaining the precise nature and purpose of this phenomenon, with the following results. 4 A migrating mite, after crawling for a short distance in the manner already described, would obtain a firmer hold upon the surface of the bud with its tail-disc and assume an upright attitude (pl. 33, figs. 5, 6, 9; pl. 84, figs. 14, 15). The necessary hold was not always gained in the first attempt, the dise sometimes slipping, and here again the tail-bristles came into play, serving to anchor the animal to the bud and to give a certain amount of prop-like support to its rigid body. The position was not necessarily vertical, but at right angles to the supporting surface, and frequently oblique or even horizontal, and it was remarkable how the vermiform soft-bodied mite would maintain for several minutes an NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 929 attitude apparently so ill adapted to its structure. All the time its four short legs would be waving wildly in the air. A number of mites standing up in this way bore a remarkable resemblance to diminutive hydras with greatly retracted tentacles. After indulging in this performance for a period varying from one to five minutes, the mite would generally relax its rigid attitude, bring down its feet to the surface again, and continue its progress by crawling, only to resume its upright position and grotesque waving of legs a little farther on. This behaviour was highly suggestive of a desire, on the part of the mite, to attach itself to any passing object, and its readiness to do so was easily proved in the most conclusive manner. If touched with a needle- point, it immediately let go its hold on the bud and was carried off on the needle. A camel’s-hair brush or a feather applied to an infested bud was found to be swarming with mites on subsequent examination. In nature the most likely carriers of the mites would, of course, be insects or arachnids. Accordingly spiders and insects of various kinds were either induced to run over infested buds or examined after having been observed to come into contact with them spontaneously, and in almost every instance mites were found attached to their bodies or appendages. The fact was recorded of four different species of spider, of the larva of the Currant moth (Abraxas grossulariata), of the Currant aphis, of the larva of the two-spotted ladybird (Coccinella bipunctata), of the black ant (Lasius niger), and of various insects. So uniform was the result that the investigation into the various creatures capable of distributing the mite was presently discontinued, as it was clear that almost any insect might perform that function, though those which wander widely and especially affect Currant bushes would necessarily be most efficient. Itis probable that the Currant aphis is specially instrumental in spreading the disease. It crawls slowly along, feeling its way with its antenne to which the mites readily attach themselves, and the winged individuals would be extremely likely to convey the pest direct to another Currant bush. . With regard to the other sections of the summary similar information has already been given in the Society’s JouRNAL,* which was apparently _ overlooked by the authors, as no mention is made of the work in the bibliography. The writers further state that if the results thus obtained are trust- _ worthy certain inferences follow with regard to the treatment of the _ disease. The most important are these :— “j. Any treatment of the ground under the infested bushes is - unnecessary, as the mites do not live in the soil.” “2. Spraying in the early spring is only calculated to destroy mites _ which would perish in any case. i “3. The only time when spraying would be likely to prove beneficial | 4s at the end of May and the beginning of June, when it is undesirable on _ account of the blossoms. > “4, The removal of all the new shoots from infested buds at the end of June, if practicable, would apparently clear the plants of the disease. * Newstead, Journau R.H.S., vol. xxv. Pt. III. res cagite 230 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. It is at all events important to remember that at this time the pest is reduced to a minimum.”’ So far, spraying has been found of no avail against this pest. It is hoped, however, that the treatment suggested under 4 may be carried out, but it seems scarcely possible that this method could clear the plants of mites when the complete cutting down of extensive plots of infested bushes has so completely failed even to check the increase of the mites. BR.N. BRANCHES. Branching in Tropical Woody Plants. ‘Ueber die Ver- zweigung.” By M. Raciborski (Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. vol. xvii. p. 1; 31 woodcuts ; 1900).—Concerning the growth and branching of woody plants in Java Raciborski has brought together a number of interest- ing facts, some new and some already known. He discusses in greater detail the periodicity shown in the production of branches, the angular ‘divergence and length of successive branches. In many respects woody plants growing in the perpetually humid tropical climate display in their growth likenesses to our own trees and shrubs ; and in no case is this more marked than in the arrangement of the leaves along the stems, the leaves formed at the commencement and* conclusion of the period of growth often being closer together than those formed in the middle of the same period. Other examples show further analogy in the production of foliage-leaves and scale-leaves ; but most interesting are the cases described in which the close of the period of growth is heralded by the production of smaller opposite foliage-leaves (not scales) in place of the normal alternate foliage-leaves. In reference to the periodicity in the production of branches it is pointed out that three types occur: (1) that in which the branches are less numerous than the leaves on the same stem, because some buds remain dormant; (2) that in which the number of branches is equal to the number of branches on the same stem, because one axillary bud shoots out from the axil of every leaf (e.g. shoots of coffee and man- vosteen) ; (3) that in which the branches on a stem are more numerous than the leaves, because accessory buds shoot forth from the leaf-axils. The exceeding regularity of the arrangement of the successive branches in reference to one another and to the leaves is illustrated by various examples. For instance, in the jujube tree on certain shoots one leaf subtending a branch is succeeded by two leaves without axillary branches, upon which follows another leaf with an axillary branch, then two without, and soon. A similar arrangement occurs in the rubiaceous Randia longispina, which however has opposite leaves, in that one branch-bearing node is succeeded by two branchless nodes; on the horizontal long shoots foliaged branches. are replaced by axillary spines. The climbing Randia scandens has decussate leaves, spineless long shoots, and spine-bearing dwarf shoots; on it two successive branch- bearing nodes are regularly succeeded by two branchless nodes. In the last two sections of the paper it is shown that various types of cymose inflorescence are simulated by racemose monopodial or cymose sympodial systems of vegetative branches. For instance, in a species of NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 231 Casuarina with four leaves at each node only one branch arises at the node, and the successive branches form a 3 spiral. In Strobilanthes Wallichii the two leaves at each node are unequal, and a branch is emitted solely from the axil of the large leaf; the larger leaves and the branches form racemose “ cicinni.”’ In addition to modes of branching simulating those of inflorescences others of an original kind are found. The buds on the under surface (hypotrophic), on the upper surface (epitrophic), on the flanks (latero- trophic), may be favoured in their development, or combinations of these systems of branching may occur. For example, in a species of Uncaria that climbs by means of irritable hooks, which are dwarf branches, the leaves are opposite and decussate; but the hooks arise only in the axils of the leaves on the flanks and lower (outer) face of the long shoots, whereas the leaves on the upper (inner) face subtend no buds. [The eminent utility to the plant of this arrangement is obvious. | The origin of the tier-like arrangement of the branches in Hrio- dendron anfractuoswn (Silk Cotton tree) and other plants is described. As an instructive example of this, and as an example of the familiar group- ing of the leaves of tropical woody plants at the tips of the branches, Alstonia scholaris serves. In this plant during each period of growth only a single whorl of foliage-leaves is produced, and this falls when the succeeding whorl is completed ; and very remarkable is the stated fact that each lateral stem produces only two (rarely one or three) of such whorls of leaves, then ceases to grow, the increase in length being continued by axillary buds, which very commonly sprout forth from the tip of the shoot. Doubtless many interesting new observations on the bhaiahia of hothouse plants in Great Britain could be made by persons interested in the subject.—P. G. ANATOMY OF CERATOPTERIS. Ceratopteris thalictroides, Anatomy of. By Sibille O. Ford, Bathurst Student, Newnham College, Cambridge (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. lxi., p. 95; March 1902).—This plant is an annual aquatic Fern, widely spread throughout the tropics and not uncommon in botanic gardens. It grows very readily from spores and also increases freely by means of vegetative buds, found not only on the sterile, but also on the fertile fronds. It is not without claim to beauty. The authoress in this paper, while gathering together the previously known facts, provides an excellent account, from her own observations, illustrating the most important points by means of fifteen figures in a plate and eight illustra- tions in the text. Interesting facts, apart from the main subject, are sometimes alluded to, as, for instance, that the plant is cooked and eaten as a vegetable by the natives of the Indian Archipelago. Thomae, it appears, had given a description and figure of a petiole containing a single median vascular bundle, while the investigations of the authoress confirm Engler and Prantl, that the number of bundles varies consider- ably with age and development. Even in small petioles measuring only _ 2-3 mm. in diameter a fairly regular ring of bundles was found towards } eg periphery. The single large median bundle described by Thomae is 2932 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. certainly not a constant feature. An interesting circumstance is shown with regard to the stomata, viz. that the guard-cells have a curious beaked projection on the side facing the other guard-cell. As in Salvinia and Azolla the guard-cells are but feebly cuticularised, but in regard to their shape and beak-shaped projection there is a strong resemblance to those figured and described by Haberlandt in Lemna. The lateral roots which arise from the adventitious roots are arranged in two rows, each root arising from a single endodermal cell. According to Poirault these rootlets do not always reach the exterior at once; for, having made their way as far as one of the air spaces of the mother root, they grow for some time obliquely downwards before passing through the cortical parenchyma to the exterior. The authoress, however, did not find any of these in her material. The stem of Ceratopteris differs distinctly from that of Pteris aquilina, Trichomanes alatum, Osmunda regalis, and Angiopteris evecta, though up to a certain stage they are the same. ‘“‘ In Ceratopteris the solid stele divides directly into two, whilst in the Ferns described by Leclere du Sablon (those just mentioned) a ring of xylem is formed by the appearance of pith or phloém in the centre of the solid xylem-strand. No such ring can be detected in Ceratopteris, for the xylem is always present in a central solid mass, and the parenchymatous cells, which may or may not be scattered irregularly amongst the tracheids, can hardly be regarded in the light of phloém or medullary tissue.’’ It is interesting to note that the vegetative buds arise, accord- ing to Heinricher, from a single epidermal cell. He has shown also that the bulbils of some of the Polypodiacee (Aspleniwm bulbiferwm) arise in the same way. King’s view of the origin of the Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons is here quoted in this connection. He pointed out that in the embryo of Ceratopteris both the two anterior quadrants form the first leaf, and that from this the stem arises laterally at a later.stage. The above groups have in his opinion originated independently of each other from the vascular cryptogams, and he laid stress upon this point which he brings forward as a resemblance between Monocotyledons and the Filicinee. In summarising, the authoress points out that the steles in the stem and leaves are markedly bi-collateral. ‘In the stem an outer circle of large steles is found, within which small feebly developed steles are scattered irregularly. The stem of the young plant is monostelic, at a later stage the monostele divides directly into two, and further division of the two resulting steles gives rise to the polystelic condition of the older stem.’’ This paper is of special value from the fact that it deals with a Fern necessarily much modified in correlation with its exceptional — aquatic habit. It takes a definite place in our rapidly increasing knowledge of special Fern structure.—A. J. L. CIRCUMNUTATION. Circumnutation of some Flowering Plants: Comparative Studies. By Elizabeth A. Simons (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. ii., No. 1, 1898, p. 66).—Experiments undertaken to continue and extend those made by Darwin, on Convolvulus sepium, Phaseolus vulgaris, Lonicera brachypoda, Wistaria chinensis, and Humulus Lupulus. Undertaken to fn NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH, 233 ascertain whether under a comparatively bright sky and warmer tem- perature, as contrasted with the atmospheric surroundings of England, circumnutations might be performed more rapidly than in the shortest time limits given by Darwin. Tables devoted to each species record the results, with comparisons of the periods recorded by Darwin. Universally the time was much shorter.—W. C. C. Oak LEAVES AND CLIMATE. Climate and Leaf in the genus Quercus. By Wilh. Brenner (Flora, vol. xc. 1902, pp. 114-160 ; 21 woodcuts).—The genus presents leaves of several types: (1) entire, rounded elliptical, or lanceolate ; (1a) serrate or serrate pungent; (2) filiform-lobate; (8) sinuate-lobate. Different types of texture occur, from papery to leathery, and of anatomical structure: (1) with aquiferous cells occurring in the spongy parenchyma; (2) with great development of the spongy parenchyma; (3) with great development of the epiderm. Branched hairs frequently occur on the underside. The stomates are always simple, and rarely either sunk or prominent. The venation may be: (1) Camptodromal, each rib tapering as it runs arching in towards the next; (2) Craspedo- dromal, nearly straight, running into a tooth or lobe; (8) Brochedo- dromal, losing itself by branching before reaching the periphery. Experiments on seedlings of Q. sessilis, pedunculata, and Suber raised in dry air, in moist air, and under alternating conditions showed an increase of palisade tissue, a tougher, thicker leaf, more branching ribs, and a more entire margin as the dryness increased. Comparison of leaves of given species show differences in form, venation, and anatomy, as they grow in sun or in shade, and these are repeated in specimens from different stations ; notably pungent serrate species tend to become simply serrate, and simply serrate and entire leaves to. become lobed when transferred to more temperate stations. A detailed comparison follows between the species represented in Grisebach’s geographical regions. The author infers that the results point clearly to the con- clusion that the specific variations must be due to the hereditary trans- mission of characters originally acquired in adaptation to the climatic conditions of growth.—M. H. OAK PARASITE. Conopholis americana, Observations on. By Lucy L. W. Wilson, Ph.D. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol. ii. No. 1, p.3 ; 1898; 6 plates). Showing that this plant, resembling Orobanche, is parasitic on the Oak, and may form a fringe of growth round the trunk at a distance of ten or more feet ; that it is perennial for at least eight or ten years, and first affects young roots, usually starving the portion beyond the point of infection ; that the union between parasite and host is a very intimate one, the parasite being developed endogenously within its host, which rises up and encloses it after its germination. Resembles Balanophora and Fafflesia in this respect, rather than Orobanchee, that the irritant action of the parasite causes swelling up of the host root and great multiplication of its sclerenchyma patches. 234 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Each parasitic tubercle consists of bark, sclerenchyma masses, and some cellular tissue belonging to the host, and cellular tissue and bundle tissue, chiefly developed in flower stalks, of the parasite. Stomata present over the flowering shoots, but absent from the leaves, which latter are brownish-leathery when mature, and devoid of palisade tissue. Cells of leaves and young shoots contain refractive bodies, which may be of a glucoside character. The flowers show a small ovarian nectar gland. M.C.C. EFFECTS OF COPPER ON FUNGI. Copper Compounds, Toxic Properties of, with special refer- ence to Bordeaux Mixture. By J. F. Clark (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 1, p. 26; with 7 figs.).—The object was to determine more exactly the con- centration of the various copper compounds required to inhibit germina- tion, or to kill the spores of a fairly large and quite representative selection of fungi. Copper is surpassed in toxic properties by several other sub- stances, but its superiority lies in its cheapness, its adherence to foliage, and its solubility by substances of cell sap, especially that of the parasite. The tables show the results of the toxic effect of sulphate of copper on fifteen fungi, with and without additional substances. With regard to Bordeaux mixture Swingle’s suggestion that the good effect resulted from the fact that the fungi themselves, by secretions or excretions, might be able to aid in the solution of the copper has been proved to be correct. This power is particularly noticeable in fungi. An infusion of Agaricus campestris and infusions and decoctions of various parasitic fungi dissolve copper hydroxid very quickly, and in sufficient quantity to inhibit the germination of any fungus tested. The rapidity with which fungus spores are thus killed varies with the character of the contents and coverings of the spores. The host-plant is also active in dissolving the Cu(OH),. This results from osmosis between the latter when sprayed on the foliage and the juices of the cell sap within the leaf. An important point is that the solution of the copper, whether effected by the host or the fungus spore itself, is possible in the presence of an excess of lime. ‘This excess is apparently somewhat detrimental to the solvent action of the copper, and in this way doubtless serves a very valuable purpose in preventing a too rapid solution. It also protects the Cu(OH), from the solvent action of the ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates of the atmosphere. The umount of copper necessary for the destruction of the spores of parasitic fungi is probably not more than one part of soluble metallic copper to 80,000 — parts water (dew). 7 As the host-plant has a greater or less power of dissolving the Cu(OH), it may injure them, as in the case of Japanese Plums, Peach, &e., when sprayed with Bordeaux.—G. H. Funat in MANURES. Coprophilous Fungi, Researches on. By George Massee, F.L.5., and Ernest 8. Salmon, F.L.8. (Ann. Bot. vol. xv., No. lviii., p. 314).—The authors remark that until recently the systematic side of mycology had received most attention in Britain ; a fact which probably accounts for the NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 235 ot il “8 absence of any specific work on coprophilous or dung-borne fungi, many of which,on account of being the most primitive representatives of their respec- tive groups, are perhaps more interesting from a morphological than a purely systematic standpoint. The absence of any specific work on these Fungi makes this paper extremely valuable. It appears that they do not form a concrete group, and cannot therefore be treated from a comparative point of view ; but they do nevertheless present structural features which claim attention. It is shown for Ascobolus that wholesale diffusion of the spores by wind is out of the question. ‘They are ejected—in common with those of Ryparobius, Saccobolus, Sordaria, and Thelebolus—in an agglutinated mass. It appears that the spores from fungus on a given piece of dung are ejected and alight on surrounding grass, which is then eaten by some animal, and its dung in turn produces more fungi. As a rule the various species are not confined to the dung of any particu- lar animal. Many not unfrequently flourish on the same substratum, - and no fewer than seventy-two species have been recorded as growing on the dung of rabbit. The investigations of the authors have shown that a careful study of the fungi growing on the dung of various animals will in all probability add many species to our mycologic flora. New genera and a number of new species are here described.—R. J. L. Coprophilous Fungi, Researches on. Second paper. By George Massee, F'.L.S., and Ernest $. Salmon, F.L.8. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 61, p. 57; March 1902).—In the first paper allusion was made to the generally accepted opinion that the spores of many coprophilous fungi are capable of germination only after having passed through the alimentary canal of an animal. No direct evidence of this had been recorded, save by Janczewski. He had failed to germinate spores of Ascobolus fur- furaceus on nutrient solutions, but on feeding a rabbit with bread con- taining the spores found that they had germinated when the dung was deposited. In order to investigate this point further the present authors have carried out the following experiments: “ A portion of the intestine of a recently killed rabbit containing dung was tied up at the two ends before being removed from the body. The tied-up portion of the intestine was then removed and placed in a sterilised vessel covered by a bell-jar, the dung being exposed by cutting the skin of the intestine. At the expiration of six days, during which period the bell-jar had not been removed, the dung was covered with a profuse growth of Pilaira wnomala, Schroet., Pilobolus crystallinus, Tode, Mucor Mucedo, l., Chetocladiwm Jonesii, Fres., parasitic on the Mucor, and Coprinus niveus, Pers. A second portion of rabbit-dung obtained under conditions similar to those described above yielded, at the expiration of a fortnight, all the species enumerated above under the first experiment, and, in _ addition, Gymnoascus Reessii, Baran., Humaria granulata, Sace., _ Sporormia intermedia, Wint., and Sordaria decipiens, Wint. A third _ €xperiment conducted with sheep-dung, obtained directly from the intes- _ tine as before, and only removed from it when placed under a bell-jar, _ yielded Pilaira anomala, Schroet., Pilobolus crystallinus, Tode, Cheto- ~— cladium Jonesii, Fries., Ascobolus immersus, Pers., and a Hymenomycete longing to the genus Geotrichwm, Pers. The above experiments con- ucted with all possible care ... prove conclusively that the various 236 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. species of fungi occurring on dung originate from spores swallowed by the animal along with its food.’’ Nearly eighty species are enumerated, and a large proportion are also described. This number includes two new genera and various new species. Several have occurred on the dung of exotic animals obtained through the kindness of Mr. C. Bartlett, of the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park. Under Anixiopsis stercoraria, Hans., it is said that Hansen succeeded in germinating its spores in various media (beerwort, cooked rice, decoction of rabbit-dung) after the spores had been kept for twenty-one years. Two beautiful plates are given, which show that these fungi are exceedingly attractive in the various forms they assume. There are 131 figures, and it is needless to say that the paper is valuable and important on the subject upon which it treats. BR. Dud. Cork Tissugs IN Roots. Cork Tissues in Roots of some Rosaceous Genera. By Martha Bunting, Ph.D. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol. ii., No. 1, p. 54; pl. 10).— Large intercellular spaces are present in the cork region of the herbaceous genera, smaller spaces in the shrubby genera, but absent in the arbores- cent genera studied. A marked characteristic of the herbaceous and shrubby genera is the annular arrangement of the cells of the periderm region. In the arbores- cent specimens the annular arrangement is not a feature. Results obtained from the study of this annular arrangement suggest that each ring corresponds to a year’s growth. In herbaceous and shrubby species a notable feature is the presence of a uniseriate layer of cells in which a lamella of suberin is present in the cell walls ; this may or may not be present in the multiseriate layers. Nuclei have been noted alike in the uniseriate layers on which the cell walls and contents are pigmented and in the multiseriate layers. Observed in some regions in cells of the eighth layer. Starch is present in cork cells of all the rosaceous genera, smaller quantities in the uniseriate than in the multiseriate layers, and in arbores- cent than in herbaceous. Pigment found in all the rosaceous genera investigated. Results of these investigations upon the periderm indicate a possible evolutionary relation of the groups of Rosacee.—M. C. C. CRONARTIUM. Cronartium. On an epidemic of Cronartwwm ribicola (Dietr.) in the — Dahlemer Botanic Gardens. By P. Hennings (Not. Konig. Bot. Berlin, vol. ili. (1902), No. 28, p. 172).—The curious uredine Cronartiwm has attained considerable notoriety of late years owing to its having been shown to be a hetercwecious form—uredo- and teleuto-spores—of one of the several «cidia known as Peridermiwm on Pines. Hennings points out that although Peridermium Strobi is not known to him in the neighbourhood of Berlin, its alternate form Cronartiwm ribicola is common in epidemic form on various species of Hibes, and especially on 2. nigrum, Rh. aurewm, and f. rubrum. : NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 237 After giving evidence that this fungus does not form a perennial mycelium in these Currants, and observing that the Peridermiwm is absent from the Pines near the Dahlemer Garden, he urges the signifi- eance for plant pathology of the fact that the Cronartvwm nevertheless attacks, and maintains itself on, various species of /zbes of the sections Ribesia, Grossularia, and Siphocalyx, e.g. on Ribes nigrum var. hetero- phyllum, R. bracteosum, R. multiflorum, Rk. petreum, R. americanum, R. rubrum, R. floridum, R. sanguineum, Rk. Gordomanum, fh. auwreum var. leiobotrys, R. tenwiflorum, R. Grossularia, Rh. Cynobasti, R. aciculare, R. setosum, R. oxycanthoides, R. subvestitum, Rf. triste, R. rotundifolium, R. hirtellum, R. divaricatum, R. niveum, R. irriguum, Rf. triflorum, R. prostratum. On some of these the fungus is observed for the first time. Hennings regards the explanation of the fact that the Cronartiuwm affects the leaves of different species in different degrees as depending on the varying texture, hairiness, &c. of the leaves; but in view of the recent experiments, which show clearly that the relative immunity from, or predisposition to, epidemics of rust-fungi is independent of the anatomical structure of the grass-leaves concerned, it would seem that this view of Hennings needs critical and experimental investigation. Econoey. Ecological Relations of the Vegetation of W. Texas. By W. L. Bray (Bot. Gaz. xxxii. No. 2, p. 99; No. 8, p. 195; No. 4, p. 262). This valuable paper, extending through three numbers, contains plans and photos. First dealing with temperatures over the numerous subdivi- sions of the country, he points out that while in the south, on the coast, it is tropical, in the north, latitude 32°, there are mountains 9,000 feet in height, and in the extreme north, an elevation of 5,000 feet, so that the extremes of a continental climate exist. With regard to the rainfall, beginning with an average of 30 inches at the 98th meridian, that at the west decreases to 9 inches. The organisa- tion of vegetation with respect to moisture emphasises the zones of precipitation into which the State may be divided, the result being a complete transition from the mesophytic flora on the east to the intensely xerophytic one on the west. Thus Juglans nigra is succeeded by J. rupestris, and Juniperus virginiana by J. sabinoides. The next point is the -prevalent direction of wind, the heated plains being an efficient cause of strong breezes. Their significance is (1) in their mechanical impact; (2) in rapid evaporation ; (3) in erosion and transportation of soils; (4) in their humidity. With reference to light its effect in Texas is seen upon the general dwarfing of the vegetation and in the “orchard tree’’ type of trees. Experiments made with Maize showed that grain sown in Texas produced a much shorter stalk than the same variety in New York. “The sun’s rays are almost at the maximum intensity during the vegetative season, and their intensity is undiminished by atmospheric moisture.”’ Puant Formations.—These are included in (1) grass, (2) woody, (3) succulent, (4) rocks, (5) halophytic. The first is most prominent, as 238 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. “ Texas is thought of commonly as a land of Grasses’ ; but it is xerophytic nevertheless, illustrated by the ‘ Buffalo Grass’ (Bulbilis dactyloides). The author then considers the various plains of Texas and the “ Grass formations connected with them,” with photographic illustrations. Being xerophytic in all species of Grass “ the underground parts are reservoirs of food, and not infrequently of water, protected against the extremes of heat and drought to which the arid soil is subjected.”’ They consist of succulent fibrous roots with a thick zone of mucilaginous or Saponaceous tissue; a woody subterranean tuberous caudex; mucila- ginous bulbs with impervious coats and deep irregular or fusiform roots with hard flinty coats, according to the species, respectively. “Mountains and South Plateau Slope’’ are next considered. With regard to the Grass “ A Summary of the Adaptation Features of this Type of Formation ”’ shows: (1) rapid transitions from active to dormant conditions ; (2) great resistance to extreme dryness and heat (including fires) while in the dormant stage; (8) equally great recuperative power after extreme treatment; (4) large food storage of fats and sugars in portions which retain vitality during dormant periods; (5) the quality of perfect drying im situ, thus not only covering the soil and holding it in place, but also protecting the vital parts. The woody vegetation is then considered, lurgely based on moisture relations. First are the xerophytic types, as Juniperus sabinoides ; the “ Shin” Oak (Quercus breviloba) forms scrub thickets ; and the Quercus virguuana, “ a dwarfed live Oak,” covering lower hill slopes growing on a rubbly soil. Then follows a consideration of the semi-xerophytic forests of the high mountain summits. Of these Pinus ponderosa at 9,000 feet, 50 feet high, is the prevalent species. Pseudotsuga taxifolia, Pinus flexilis, P. edulis, Juniperus pachyphlea, and Oaks of the xerophytic slopes. In the lower canons the above dwarfed arborescent species become large trees of regular symmetrical growth. From the xerophytic and sub-xerophytic the author passes on to the true mesophytic forest and timber formations, as well as the ‘‘ Chaparral.” This is a shrubby formation of warm, temperate, or semi-tropical type, where there is a minimum of rain, a dry air with great winds, much and intense sunshine, and a loose shifting soil destitute of vegetable mould. The vegetation consists of larger species of Mimose@ and forty species of Prosopis. Acacia Farnesiana prevails on the low moister coast prairie clays, and other species of Acacia are prevalent in other districts. After considering different types of Chaparral the author discusses “Formations of Succulent on Water-storage Vegetation.’”’ The contrast between this and the preceding formations is that whereas those types had adjusted themselves to xerophytic conditions by retaining the least amount of sap-bearing tissue, this type has gone exactly to the opposite extreme. This type includes the Cactus, the Yucca, and the Agave vege- tation, together with such ephemeral plants as Sedum, Talinwm, and Portulaca. Next follows a consideration of the rock vegetation of cryptogamous plants. The elements consist of a species of Nostoc, a mat-forming CP Te ORE ye PREY —_ 7 nitthteentarne dia dant: mei NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 239 Scytonema, and several matted leathery lichens. Besides these there are xerophytic forms : ‘Selaginella lepidophylla (a “resurrection plant’’) and S. rupestris are abundant on granite. Lastly xerophytic Mosses and Liverworts occur. Of the halophytic vegetation the following are characteristic plants :— Sporobolus airoides, Sueda suffruticosa, and S. depressa, Spirostachys occidentalis, Larrea mexicana, and F'rankenia Jamesii. The author concludes by considering the changes in prevalent forma- tions due to agencies of civilisation or other causes.—G. H. Errect oF Evectric LIicHt. _ Electro-horticulture. By F. W. Rane (Bull. 87, West Virginia Agr. Exp. Stn. vol. iv., No. 1, p. 8; 1894).—In 1892 a series of experi- ments was inaugurated for testing the relations of incandescent electric light to plants grown in the greenhouse. Previous experiments had all been with the use of the arc lamp (Cornell Hap. Stn. Bull. Nos. 80, 42, and 58). [For effect of gaslight see p. 264.] After enumerating several objections to the are lamp, the author observes that the essential difference concerned in the present paper is that in the are light chemical rays predominate, while in the incandescent light these are only slightly present. Professor Bailey found with the arc that the nearer the plant grew to the naked light, the greater was the acceleration. The plants “ran to seed ”’ before edible leaves were formed, which were smaller and curled. An opal globe secured partially better results. Still better results were obtained by placing the arc ight with a globe outside the glasshouse. In the experiments with incandescent lights, begun in 1892, in each instance the light was suspended from the peak of the house and hung 24 feet above the bed. For seven weeks a 16-candle power was used ; subsequently a rosette of seven such lights was substituted, z.c. equal to 112-candle power. In one house (A) the single light was used continually every night; in the other (B) the plants were treated normally with regard to Lettuces. The average weights of two varieties were in (A) 2 and 1°8 oz. ; in (B) 1°8 and 1°5 respectively. The result of using the seven lights together (7.e. 112-candle power instead of 16). The heights of three varieties were as follows: (A) 13, 10, 9 inches; (B) 10, 6, 7 inches. All the electric light Lettuce was thought to be much more tender than in the other house. The weight of each of the varieties was all in favour of the elestric-lighted plants, viz. one-eighth, one-fourth, one-sixth better respectively. Spinach soon showed the effects as follows: After growing in the two houses (A) and (B) as before, from February 28 to March 21, from seed, in (A) 7% inches, 11 inches, and 9 inches, in three beds. In (B) 4 inches, 4 inches, in twovbeds. A photograph shows the relative heights taken on April 15 as in the proportions of 1 ft. 3 in., 3 ft., 1 ft. 64 in. in house (A). Cauliflowers occupying the same beds as the Spinach had the follow- ing differences in size: (A) 11 inches, 19 inches, 15 inches ; (B) 10 inches, 10 inches. But the author observes, although its growth was taller in the light, it did not produce as fine heads as that in the dark house and shaded portions of the light house. 240 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. With regard to Beets in the light house, greater individual weight was secured in a few instances ; but in the dark house a greater number of average marketable Beets were found. They are not a profitable crop, as they take a considerable time to'mature. In the season 1893-4 other plants were tried, as Peas, Beans, Spinach, Endive, Coleus cuttings, Geranium, Strobilanthes, Echeveria, Heliotrope, Marguerite, Daisy, and Begonia. Peas and Beans germinated from three to four days earlier in the dark house than in the light, but it was found that the soil was moister, not being level, though Beans bloomed four days earlier in the dark house, in six more days the Beans in the dark were bearing freely, while they were blossoming freely in light, but with no marketable pods. In five more days the Beans in the light house began to bear. The Beans under the light were not able to overtake those in the dark house. The difference in moistwre, therefore, had more effect upon their erowth than the difference in the light. The Peas, on the other hand, of the light house, although from three to four days behind in starting, overtook those in the dark and blossomed at the same time. ‘They also gained on those in the dark and produced, on the whole, larger pods. The effect on Spinach, Endive, and Lettuce was to make them run to seed quickly ; the plants in the dark house made normal and solid growth. The question of watering is even more important from an economic standpoint than that of lighting by electricity; but when both are favour- able an ideal condition is approached. Coleus cuttings in the dark house were taller and produced better plants. Their heights were as seven to four; they enjoy a moist soil. Of potted plants Heliotrope blossomed first under light on December 18, and not until January 3 in the dark house. Geranium and others all behaved similarly. (See Hlektro-Kultur,durch elektrische Behandlung,—Auf mehrjdhriger Versuche dargestellt, von Dr. Selim Lemstrém, Professor der Physik an der Universitit Helsingfors (Gard. Chron., July 26, 1902, p. 49).|—G. H. EFrrect oF ETHER. Etherisation of Plants. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 792, p. 144, 1/8/1902).—In an article on the use of the electric light, and of ether in forcing plants, some account is given of the use of ether in forcing plants into flower prematurely, and the various plants with which experiments have been made and the result of the experiments; it is claimed that — plants that have been etherised can be forced at a lower temperature than others, and that various flowering shrubs can be brought into blossom some eight or ten days sooner than would otherwise have been the case. It is admitted that there are certain difficulties and inconveniences in this method of treatment, which no doubt in time will be overcome. G. S. S. Brotoay or ERyYsIPpHEs. Erysiphex, Researches on the Biology of. By F. W. Neger (Flora, xe. 1902, pp. 221-272 ; 27 woodeuts).—This is in continuation NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 241 of the author’s previous paper (ibid. Ixxxviil. 1901); see JouRNAL R.H.S. Vol. XXVI. p. 890). Germination of the Conidia (‘ Oidiwm’’).—This is favoured by light, and the germ-hyphe are heliotropic and grow faster in the light. The behaviour of the conidia of several species germinating on various plants is followed and described. Conidia of “‘ Hrysiphe Cichoracearum,”’ of the same habit, but found on different species, were again sown on a number of species. Infection failed in most cases of genera, or even species of the same genus, other than the original host. Thus conidia from Artemisia vulgaris failed to infect Senecio, Hieraciwm, Lactuca, Sonchus, and even Artemisia Absinthiwm. The Hrysiphe on Senecio vulgaris failed to infect Hieraciwm, and only infected Lactuca muralis in one spot of many dusted with the spores. Thus there would seem to be a physiological racial character, to which the morphology gives no clue, just as Ward has shown for Uvredinee. The conidia are but short-lived, and will not survive the winter. Infection from one season to the next . can only be effected by the ascospores. It is suggested that these have not the same specialisation as the conidia, but that the host which is directly infested by the ascospore impresses its proper physiological character on the conidia throughout the whole conidial cycle. Thus Erikson showed that the uredospores (Puccinia coronata) developed on the Oat will not affect the Foxtail, and vice versa. But infecting the Buckthorn with the teleutospores from the Foxtail, he obtained the Afcidium, whose spores would now infect the Oat, though this does not hold good for all species of Pwecinia. Spherotheca Huwmuli sends haustoria only into the epidermie cells of the Hop, which enlarge enormously. Uncinula Salicis sends merely fine haustoria into the epiderm of the Willow, but large ones are formed by their penetration into the underlying palisade-cells. The conidia of Phyllactinia are not abstricted singly, but form true Oidium-chains. Uncinula Aceris produces two forms of conidia: (1) “ Normal ”’ large, rounded, easily separating, germinating readily ; (2) “starved’’ minute, oblong, adhering in chains, not geriainating.—M. H. FIGs AND CAPRIFICATION. _ The Fig: its History, Culture, andCuring. By G. Hisen, Ph. D. (Washington Gov. Pr. Off., 1901. Illustrated by photos and cuts).— This elaborate work consists of 20 chapters. After dealing with the name and derivation, Fig industry and botany of the Fig, the culture in various foreign countries is described as follows :—Smyrna, Greece, N. Africa, ltaly, Portugal, France, England, Spain, Southern States of N. America, Mexico, California. : _ Chapter IV., consisting of pp. 74-120, deals with caprification, of which an abridged account is appended. + The concluding chapters are concerned with the technical details of cultivation, as climatic conditions, propagation, planting a Fig orchard, © 242 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Chapter XIV. deals with the terms used for describing Figs. Chapter XV. contains a catalogue and description of Figs. | Chapter X VI. treats of the chemical analysis of soils and Figs ; while the remaining four chapters contain statistics of the production and importa- tion of Figs, household recipes, bibliography, and tables of temperature, precipitation, and humidity in the principal Fig regions. Caprification.—The fifth chapter, containing 58 pages, is devoted to caprification as now practised in California with Smyrna Figs only, all other edible kinds, some 100 in number, not requiring it; for although the receptacles contain female flowers in plenty, if not always exclusively so, they mature the fruits without setting any seed at all, as pipless Oranges, seedless Cucumbers, Bananas, &c. Some botanists maintain that caprification, or the fertilisation of the edible Fig with the pollen of the wild ‘ Caprifig’ by means of a minute wasp (Blastophaga grassorum), is unnecessary, they having experimented _ with Figs which do not require it. But experiments prove that for the varieties from Smyrna it is essential. There are two varieties of the latter at least, recognised as ‘ Bulletin’ and ‘ Lobfig.’ The Caprifig contains some 600 wasps, and one tree will be sufficient for 50 Smyrna trees. They should be grown elsewhere than in the orchard and in more shady places. To secure a crop of wasps one to five good Caprifigs are suspended at the right period in a Caprifig tree to start a colony. There are three annual crops called ‘ Profici’ in March or April; the ‘Mammoni’ or summer crops and the ‘ Mamme’ or winter crop. As these may not be always respectively quite ready with the Blasto- phaga, it is desirable to have different varieties of the Caprifig. The crops of the Edible Fig are also three annually, corresponding to those of the Caprifig ; but some trees bear one or two crops only. Shortly before the Fig tree begins to leaf out in the spring small button-like Figs push out from the last year’s wood from the axils of the last year’s fallen leaves. They mature in May or June. ‘This is the first crop, known as brebas (or St. John’s Figs in Malta, as they ripen about St. John Baptist’s day, June 24), The second crop arises from the axils of the present year’s leaves. These form the main crop, ripening in August. The third crop forms in August, ripening in the winter; but it is not greatly distinct from the second crop, both developing from the axils of the leaves of the season. Sometimes the last Figs of the third crop do not fall in the autumn, but in the next spring, just as the first crop. @ In the Caprifig the three crops correspond to those.of the Edible Fig. Like the Edible Fig trees they may bear one or two only of the three crops. At Niles, California, the crops of the Caprifig succeed each other as follows: At the fall many Figs as large as Walnuts are situated at the ends of the branches. They first appeared in July and were caprificated in September. This is the third crop (Mamme). In March following they became mature, and the wasps escaping from them enter the joes new crop (Profici). NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 243 _ The first crop (Profici) began to appear in the previous December, and in March were caprificated by the wasps from the Mamme. In June and July they are ready wherewith to caprificate the second crop (Mammoni). The second crop began to set in June and became mature in August. It is the only crop which does not pass the winter. The purpose of this second crop is to furnish wasps for the third crop (Mamme) and to furnish seeds. In the best Smyrna varieties the various crops of the Caprifig are confined to distinct trees known by the following names. The trees which bear the winter crop called ‘“ boghadhes’”’ are known as “‘orginos boghadhes”’; while those trees which bear the spring crop, or ‘‘ashmadhes,”’ are known as “ orginos ashmadhes.”’ The Caprifigs require the presence of the Blastophaga wasps to enable them to bear seeds; but in order to produce ripe pollen-bearing Figs it seems that the wasps are not necessary. Hence a Caprifig tree may possess two kinds of figs, viz. ‘“polliniferous”’ and “insectiferous.”’ Before caprification the Figs are all alike; but a difference begins to appear after the entry of the wasps. Their presence affects the branches as well as the Figs by inciting them to grow more vigorously, and even the leaves are larger. A single caprificated or insectiferous Fig will give a character to the whole branch on which it grows. The polliniferous Figs remain smaller and more oblong and soon assume a yellow colour and fall off, whereas the insectiferous Fig grows large and turbinate and does not fall. These are the only Figs useful for caprification. They carry three kinds of flowers, male, female, and gall flowers, all in the same fruit. There exists also a Caprifig tree which bears Mammoni which possesses only pistillate and gall flowers, but it is comparatively rare. Through cultivation and selection numerous types of the Caprifig tree have been originated. Thus in California there are about a dozen varieties. The importance of growing several varieties of Caprifigs in one orchard cannot be over-estimated, as it will certainly be found that one variety which will be suitable in oné place will be a failure in another ; besides, some bear only two of the three necessary crops. Home-raised seedlings should therefore be resorted to, as they are likely to produce varieties suitable to the locality where they are to be grown. The principal feature of a good Caprifig orchard is that there should always be Figs of a proper size to receive the wasps wherever they hatch out. With regard to the structure of Figs, the cultivated Figs, as a rule, contain female flowers only, which, not being pollinated, contain no ovules [on ripening, the outer part of the carpel deliquesces into mucilage, leaving a seed-like inner shell, which contains the ovule-skin only.—G. H.] In the Caprifig there are male, female, and gall flowers. The first are always around the orifice, the others being mixed below them. The Mamme or winter crop, as well as the Profici, contain male and gall flowers only. The Mammoni alone possessed both female and gall flowers. The male flower has from three to five petals, no corolla, with three _ 0r more stamens with polliniferous anthers. R2 244 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. In the first crop the stamens attain their full development in June or July, or about two months after the maturity of the stigmas of the female flowers, which therefore cannot be pollinated by the stamens in the same Fig. Their function is to pollinate the female flowers of the succeeding crop. The pollen of the Profici is very abundant and of a pale yellow colour. The Edible Fig does not, as a rule, possess any male flowers at all. The anthers in the male flowers are not always properly developed. This is especially the case in seedlings raised from Smyrna Fig seeds which originated from a pollination with the Caprifig. Such seedlings — do not all possess male flowers; those that do are more or less similar to the Caprifig flowers, the anthers frequently being as well developed as in the real Wild Fig. Female flowers and fertile seeds occur only in the second crop or Mammoni, but very rarely is there more than one or two seeds to a Fig. The female flower has from three to five sepals, no corolla or stamens. The ovary is ovoid surmounted by a style with two stigmas, one being longer than the other. _ When the male flowers of the Profici are mature, female flowers of the second crop of the Smyrna Figs are prepared to receive the pollen. This is in June or July according to climatic conditions. The gall flowers in all Caprifigs are female flowers of which the pistil is modified in anticipation of the reception of the egg of the wasp. They néyver produce seed. The sepals are smaller and more unequal in size, the ovary is more globular in shape, the stigma funnel-shaped, and ‘the stigmatic surfaces rudimentary. On the other hand the cause of the inability of the wasp to breed in common Edible Figs is due to the fact that they contain only flowers having pistils unsuitable as breeding-places for the wasps, not being modified as of gall flowers, and being apparently degenerate in form. With regard to male flowers in Edible Figs it is the rule that there are none, female flowers occupying the whole of the interior surface. A variety which regularly produces seed is ‘ Croisie,’ cultivated at ‘Croisie on the coast of Brittany. A somewhat similar Fig is cultivated at Cherbourg, but the male flowers are degenerated. They are believed to be highly developed ‘Caprifigs which have become edible. One instance only is known of male flowers in an Edible Fig in California. It occurred in a box of Figs from Cordelia, in Solano County, of a large yellow variety. The zone of male flowers produced an — ‘abundance of pollen. It is thought to be peace identical with the Croisie. Seedlings have been raised from Smyrna Figs, which must be con- sidered as improved Caprifigs—i.e. improved by being raised ain seed of Smyrna Figs. Edible Figs possessing male flowers are inferior from a horticultural point of view, The Erinocyce Fig was first described by Pontedera. It is characterised as standing halfway between the Caprifig and the Edible Fig. Its first NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 945 crop possesses male flowers as well as gall flowers with wasps. This crop is not edible. The second crop contains perfect female flowers. Solms-Laubach states that this second crop or Mammoni possessed both female flowers with perfect embryos and gall flowers with wasps. [One of the Figs grown at the gardens of the Royal Horticultural Society at Chiswick is called ‘ Pingo de Mel.’ It contains male flowers, but there is no pollen. The remainder are, in shape, all gall flowers, but of course without the Blastophaga. The origin of this Fig has not at present been traced beyond its having come from Portugal.—G. H.] With the exception of the Smyrna Figs all other cultivated sorts bear no seeds. Being entirely female and never caprificated they mature without them, like certain Cucumbers, Bananas, Pears, Oranges, &c. The Smyrna Figs, however, cannot ripen without also containing fertile seeds. They contain no male flowers ; hence caprification is essential. The Smyrna Figs were first imported into California in 1880, but for ten years not a single ripe fruit was borne. They were tried in various districts, bore abundance of Figs with flowers, but they invariably fell. Experimenting in 1882, by introducing pollen when the female flowers were receptive, numerous fully mature and perfect Smyrna Figs were obtained. In 1900 several thousand Smyrna Fig trees were caprificated in the Roeding Orchard, near Fresno. The result was that some six tons of dried Figs of the true Smyrna varieties were produced. In 1901 30,000 Caprifigs were used. There exist now in California some five or six different varieties of the genuine Smyrna Figs and some nineteen different kinds of Caprifigs. The remainder of this chapter on caprification is devoted to a descrip- tion, with figures, of the Blastophaga, and an account of its life-history, practical caprification, and its effects. A few words on the importance of seeds in dried Figs are added, showing the superiority in flavour of Figs in which the oily embryo has been developed, as this imparts an aromatic and nutty taste. It is only during the process of drying that the aromatic taste of the secd is per- meated through the pulp of the Fig. Smyrna Figs when dried are there- fore more highly flavoured than any other Figs. Paragraphs follow upon the kinds of Figs which should be caprifi- cated, where it is practised, on the different species of Blastophaga in different species of Figs. This fourth chapter then concludes with historical notes on caprifi- cation.—G. H. (See also p. 309.) FUNGICIDES AND INSECTICIDES. Fungicides and Insecticides. Various authors (Mass. U.S.A. Hatch Exp. Sta., Bull. No. 80, pp. 1-15; 1902).—The following mixtures are selected from a number of others the preparation of which may be of some service to English horticulturists. It should be borne in mind, however, that fungicides and insecticides may vary in their effect under ertain climatic conditions. It is important, therefore, that all the formulas or mixtures recommended by other countries should be tested 0n a small scale before making wholesale applications. 5 a> ) A : ». 246- JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. FUNGICIDES. Bordeaux Mixture. 4 lb. copper sulphate (blue vitriol). 4 lb. lime (unslaked). 25-50 gallons water. Dissolve the copper in hot or cold water, using a wooden or earthen vessel. Slake the lime in a tub, adding the water cautiously and only in sufficient amount to insure thorough slaking. After thoroughly slaking, more water can be added and stirred in until it has the con- sistency of thick cream. When both are cold pour the lime into the diluted copper solution of required strength, straining it through a fine- mesh sieve or a gunny cloth, and thoroughly mix. The standard mixtures are : (a) 25 gallons (full-strength solution, or 4-4-25 formula). (b) 50 gallons (half-strength mixture, or 4-4-50 formula). It is then ready for use. Considerable trouble has frequently been. ‘experienced in preparing the Bordeaux mixture. Care should be taken that the lime is of good quality, and well burned, and has not been air- slaked. Where small amounts of lime are slaked it is advisable to use. hot water. The lime should not be allowed to become dry in slaking, neither should it become entirely submerged in water. Lime slakes best. when supplied with just enough water to develop a large amount of heat, which renders the process active. If the amount of lime is insufficient, there is a danger of burning tender foliage. In order to obviate that, the mixture can be tested with a knife-blade or with ferrocyanide of potassium (1 oz. to 5 or 6 oz. of water). If the amount of lime is insufficient, copper will be deposited on the knife-blade, while a deep — brownish-red colour will be imparted to the mixture when ferrocyanide of potassium is added. Lime should be added until neither reaction occurs. A slight excess of lime, however, is desirable. The Bordeaux mixture is best when first prepared. Stock solutions. of lime and copper can be made and mixed when required. The following, known as the 6-4-50 formula, is in very general use :— 6 lb. copper sulphate. 4 |b. lime. 50 gallons water. Bordeaux Mixture for Peach Foliage. The Bordeaux mixture as ordinarily applied frequently injures to some extent the foliage of the Peach &c., causing a shot-hole effect on — the leaves. This injurious effect has been shown to be largely obviated — by the use of the following : 3 lb. copper sulphate. 6 lb. lime. 50 gallons water. This is known as the 8-6-50 formula. Some experimenters have also — recommended the following for Peach foliage : (a) 2-2-50 formula (Cornell Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. 180). (b) 83-9-50 formula. The latter contains three times as much lime as copper sulphate. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. D4 CoprpER SULPHATE SOLUTION. (Strong Solution.) 1 lb. copper sulphate. 25 gallons water. Applied only on trees without foliage. CorpPrER SULPHATE SOLUTION. (Weak Solution.) 2-4 oz. copper sulphate. 50 gallons water. For trees in foliage. PoTASSIUM SULPHIDE. 3 oz. potassium sulphide. 10 gallons water. Valuable for Goosebery mildews Kc. Potassium PERMANGANATE. 1 part potassium permanganate. 2 parts soap. 100 parts water. Recommended in France for black rot and mildew of the Grape &c. Tron SULPHATE AND SULPHURIC ACID. Water (hot), 100 parts. Tron sulphate, as much as will dissolve. Sulphuric acid, 1 part. Prepare solution before using. Add the acid to the crystals and then pour on the water. Valuable for treatment of dormant Grape vines affected with anthracnose, application being made with sponge or brush. CORROSIVE SUBLIMATE. (For Potato Scab.) 2 oz. corrosive sublimate. 15 gallons water. Dissolve the corrosive sublimate in two gallons of hot water, then dilute the 15 gallons, allowing the same to stand five or six hours, during which time thoroughly agitate the solution several times. Place the seed Potatos in a sack and immerse in the solution 14 hour. Corrosive sublimate is very poisonous; consequently care should be taken in handling it; nor should the treated Potatos be eaten by stock. The solution should not be made in metallic vessels. ForRMALIN. . (for Potato Scab.) 3 0z. formalin (40 per cent. solution). 15 gallons water. _ Used for the same purpose as corrosive sublimate, but not poisonous. Immerse the seed Potatos for two hours. 248° JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. INSECTICIDES, Resin Lime Mixture. 5 lb. pulverised resin. 1 lb. concentrated lye. 1 pint fish or other animal oil. 5 gallons water. Place the oil, resin, and one gallon of hot water in an iron kettle and heat till the resin softens, then add the lye and stir thoroughly ; now add four gallons of hot water and boil till a little will mix with cold water and give a clear amber-coloured liquid; add water to make up five gallons. Keep this as a stock solution. For use take— 1 gallon stock solution. 16 gallons water. 83 gallons milk of lime. t+ lb. Paris green. The object of this preparation is to obtain an adhesive material which will cause the poison to adhere to smooth leaves. It has been highly recommended by the New York State (Geneva) Experimental Station. - Lime, SALT, AND SULPHUR. (Oregon Formula.) 50 lb. unslaked lime. 50 1b. flowers of sulphur. 50 1b. common salt. Slake the lime in enough water to do it thoroughly ; add the sulphur and boil for an hour at least, adding water if necessary. Then add the salt and boil 15 minutes more. Add water to make 150 gallons and spray hot through a coarse nozzle. Limgz, SALT, AND SULPHUR. (Marlatt’s Formula.) 30 lb. unslaked lime. 30. 1b. sulphur. 15 lb. salt. 60 gallons water. Boil with steam for four hours and apply hot. Insect PowDER. (Pyrethrum.) Mix with half its bulk of flour and keep it ina tight can for 24 hours; — then dust over the plants, or— Er 100 grains insect powder. 2 gallons water. Mix together and spray. Ivory Soap. 1 bar ivory soap (10-cent size). 15 gallons water. Apply warm, as it thickens on cooling. Recommended for rose mildew, red spider, plant lice, &¢.— fi. N. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 249 CARBON BISULPHIDE INSECTICIDES. Insecticide, Carbon Bisulphide as an. By W. E. Hinds (U.S.A. Dept. Agr., Far. Bull. No. 145; pp. 1-28; 1902).—This paper gives the principal facts concerning the use and effect of carbon bisul- phide, together with an historical account of its uses in economic zoology. The chemical side of the subject is treated of in an appendix setting forth the properties and behaviour of the liquid under various conditions. Carbon bisulphide is a colourless watery liquid formed by the union of two elementary particles of sulphur with one of carbon (charcoal). Its chemical symbol is CS,. It is made on a large scale by passing the fumes of burning sulphur over red-hot charcoal. The resulting vapours are condensed to a liquid form by cooling, and the impurities are re- moved therefrom. It is very volatile. The rapidity of evaporation depends mainly upon the area of the evaporating surface and the temperature of the hquid and the air. When perfectly pure the liquid has an acrid taste, with an odour somewhat resembling ether or chloro- form. The ordinary commercial article has, however, a rank feetid odour that is extremely offensive, and is liable to stain articles treated with it. The vapour is 2°63 times as heavy as the air, and although it diffuses quite rapidly it tends to work downwards more strongly than upwards ; it would therefore be more dense at the lower levels. Both the vapour and the solution are powerful disinfectants, and meats are said to keep in an atmosphere of it for months. The liquid boils at a temperature of 115° F. EFFECTS OF INHALATION OF THE VAPOUR. The gas is highly poisonous, producing giddiness, vomiting, conges- tion, coma, and finally death. These, of course, are its extreme effects. The operator should not, however, enter a room which is heavily charged with the vapour. _ Carbon bisulphide is applicable only where the vapour can be more or less confined, and is used chiefly for root-feeding insects, and for insects affecting stored grain and wearing apparel. For use against the Phylloxera and other root-feeding insects the following information is given :-— Diffusion of the Vapour in the Soil.—Upon being introduced into the ‘soil at some depth below the surface the liquid evaporates as it does in the open air, only much more slowly. The vapour tends to diffuse through all the air spaces of the soil. It thus produces an atmosphere — which is fatal to all insects living within its reach. The rapidity of evaporation, the extent of diffusion, and the persistence of the vapour in the soil vary widely in soils of varying characters and conditions, so no one rule of application can be employed in all cases, and it thus becomes necessary to understand the influence of various factors that proper allowance may be made for them and the destruction of the insects attained without injuring the plants. Moistuwre.—Carbon bisulphide evaporates most rapidly in a warm, dry, ‘Sandy soil, and the persistence of the vapour is also shortest in such soil. Tn fact it diffuses so rapidly that most insects will survive an ordinary ¥ dose ; and if the dose is increased so as to kill the insects, it is likely to 250 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. kill the vines as well. The treatment cannot be successfully applied on such a soil in its dry condition. On the other hand, diffusion is slowest in heavy wet clay soil; and when such soil is saturated with water it is almost entirely prevented. Moisture lowers the temperature and decreases the permeability of the soil; it also prevents the evaporation of the liquid, and thus retards diffusion. Between the two extremes there is a medium condition of moisture which is most favourable for treatment. | Character of Soil.—Sandy soil permits an even but too rapid diffusion of the vapour. Rocky soils are not of even texture, and naturally the © vapours follow the lines of least resistance. Heavy clay soils, when very dry, are usually much broken by cracks and fissures, which may run from the surface to a considerable depth. Through such fissures the vapour escapes rapidly without permeating the soil to any extent, and its in- secticidal value is therefore slight. But when such a soil is well moistened it is even in texture and very favourable to treatment. Depth of Soil.—The depth of the soil is an important factor in determining how much carbon bisulphide must be used for a given area. If the soil is shallow and the subsoil very dense and imper vious, it is evident that much less liquid will be required to produce a death atmosphere than will be needed in a soil of much greater depth. In soils of the same character and condition the amount needed will be proportional to the permeable depth of the soil. In heavy, compact soils increase the number of injections and diminish the dose ; in light, deep, permeable soils decrease the number of holes and increase the dose. Amount to use.—In field experiments with the Grape, using plain carbon bisulphide in “ quite fresh”’ soil, vines were found to withstand 105 c.c. of carbon bisulphide (4°4 oz. nearly), divided equally among three © holes placed about 16 inches from the base of the vine and at a depth of about 20 inches; but 180 c.c. (74 0z.) proved fatal to the vines. In a warmer, drier, more shallow soil a dose of 90 c.c. per vine, similarly placed, proved fatal. After considerable rain, when the ground was quite wet, a vine withstood 260 c.c. of carbon bisulphide, and some vines are said to have withstood 400 e.c. Conditions favowrable to Treatment.—The treatment should never be applied for some time after ploughing or cultivating, as a firm, compact, moist surface is much more favourable to the retention of the vapour. For the same reason about fifteen days should be allowed after treatment before cultivation is resumed. If the soil is either very wet or very dry, treatment should be withheld. To be in the most favourable condition for treatment the soil should be quite moist and moderately permeable, with a firm even surface, well compacted by rain, and having a depth of at least eight inches. Extent of Diffusion.—The extent of diffusion of the vapour determines. the distance apart at which the injections must be made in order to reach all parts of the soil evenly and effectively. This varies considerably with the amount of the dose, the temperature and humidity of the soil, and other conditions. It has been found more satisfactory to employ small and frequent doses than a few'large ones. A dose of five or six grams (4 to } oz.) is believed to be thoroughly effective NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 251 through a radius of from 12 to 20 inches, though it may penetrate much farther than that. The general rule is to make three injections per square metre (1} square yards nearly) in light soils, and four injections in heavy soils. The arrangement of the holes must necessarily vary more or less, according to the system of planting. They should be at regular intervals, however, so as to cover the ground evenly, and never nearer than a foot to the base of the vine. It must be remembered that to be effective all the ground must be treated, and not merely those places where the presence of the enemy is proven by its injuries. Repeated Treatment.—On account of the liability of injuring the vines it has been found best to make the treatment in two small applications, separated by an interval of from six to ten days. This decreases the density of the vapour, but continues its action for a much longer time. It removes the danger of injuring the vines, and gives even better results upon the insects than would be obtained by one large dose. The total amount of carbon bisulphide to be used should be divided into as many equal parts as there are injections to be made. The holes for the second treatment should be intermediate between those of the first. Depth of the Holes.—The depth of the holes depends somewhat upon the depth and permeability of the soil, the average depth being about a foot. A depth of 16 inches is desirable upon déep or very permeable soil. Season of Application.—Treatment may be applied at any season of the year; but as it is followed by a slight check in growth it should not be applied either at the flowering or fruiting season, as the check would injure the crop most at those seasons. The injury to the vines results from the killing of the tender fibrous feeding roots. It would therefore be better to apply the treatment before these roots have started much— that is, early in spring—or after they have become hardened—that is, after fruitage in the fall. The condition of the soil usually favours the Spring treatment, and the condition of the insect is said to make it more susceptible at that time. Spring, therefore, appears to be the most favour- able season. Amount to use per Acre-—Two entirely different objects may be had in treatment. First, to stamp out entirely and surely all traces of the pest upon its first appearance in a vineyard, or when desiring to reset, regard- less of the life of the vines ; second, to control the pest in such a way as to prevent its multiplication while continuing the culture of the vineyard. The first is called the extinction treatment; the second, cultural treat- ment. The method of application is the same in each case, but the amount of the dose differs. To secure extinction it is usual to apply about 300 grams (10 oz. nearly) per vine, using 150 grams in each of two applications ten or twelve days apart. This is said to kill ninety-nine out of every hundred vines. In cultural treatment the amount of the liquid to be used varies according to the conditions previously described, from 140 to 265 lb. per acre. Instruments for Application.—One of the principal difficulties in the first use of carbon bisulphide was to force the vapours to the desired depth. When first used below the surface it was poured into holes _ formed by driving an iron bar with a maul. The demand for a more _ convenient, accurate, and rapid working instrument was soon met by the 252 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. invention of the pal-injector by M. Gastine. This instrument was later improved by M. Vermorel, and it fills the need admirably. The carbon bisulphide is placed in a large chamber, from which an outlet leads down through a series of valves, so adjusted that the amount of each discharge can be exactly regulated as desired, and open near the tip of a pointed bar. The instrument is forced into the ground by the handle and the pressure of the foot upon a spur to a depth of about a foot; the central plunger is then pressed down and the desired amount of liquid is dis- charged ; the instrument is withdrawn and the hole closed with the foot, or, as it is usual in extensive work, another workman follows with a rammer, with which the holes are closed and the soil at the same time is firmly compacted. It is said that two men working together in this way can make between 2,000 and 3,000 injections per day. One acre will require on the average from 10,000 to 12,000 holes. Many of the foregoing statements regarding the treatment of Phyl- loxera apply equally well to the treatment of other insects living under ground. Treatment for Root Maggots.—Carbon bisulphide has been more or less successfully used for the Cabbage-root maggot ever since Professor A. J. Cook experimented with it with such success that he began to recommend it. There is no doubt that its efficacy varies considerably with the nature of the soil, and there is equally little doubt that many of the failures which have been reported in its use have been due very largely to improper or too tardy application. If the liquid comes in contact with the roots, it will undoubtedly prove fatal to the plant, but a considerable amount of the vapour will do no harm. If the remedy is delayed until the plants are badly wilted, it is very likely they will not recover, even though the enemy be killed, but their death cannot fairly be attributed to the carbon bisulphide. Some growers who have tested it thoroughly state that it will work on clay or sand without injuring the plants. It has been found fatal to the pupe as well as the larve. Mr. M. V. Slingerland, of the Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station, investigated the subject in 1894,* and his “ experiments demonstrated that when: properly applied the substance was sure death to the insects and did not injure the plants.” Whatever the instrument used, the treatment should be made in practically the same way. The hole should start three or four inches from the stem of the plant and run down obliquely to a point a little below the roots, where the liquid is deposited. The hole is then closed with earth and compacted by pressure of the foot. The dose required — varies from a teaspoonful for large plants (four teaspoonfuls=one table- spoonful=}4 fluid ounce approximately). One injection will be sufficient if made in time, but if delayed too long nothing can save the plants. ‘The conditions of the soil noted under Phylloxera treatment will have practi- cally the same influence in this case. DESTRUCTION OF ANTS. ! Carbon bisulphide is the best remedy known for the destruction of ants, which are frequently great nuisances to farmers and gardeners. * See Bull. No. 78, Cornell University Experiment Station. . NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 253 With a little careful observation most of the common house ants, except the little red house ants, can usually be traced to their homes out of doors. The only effectual way of stopping the annoyance or injury from these insects is to destroy the queens living in the nests which they never leave. Method of Treatment.—The treatment consists in making one or more holes in the nest with a stick, and pouring into each hole one or two ounces of carbon bisulphide. The hole may. be closed immediately by stepping on it, or, as many writers suggest, the vapour may be exploded at the mouth of the hole with a match in order to drive the fumes deeper in the chamber. If the latter method is adopted the hole should be covered with fresh earth immediately after the explosion in order to put out the fire and confine the fumes. [If this is not done a large portion of the gas will be burned and the efficiency of the treatment be lessened thereby. Right at this point an added word of caution must be given. After the explosion the vapour continues to burn with a colourless flame. It is therefore invisible, but its presence may be easily perceived by hold- ing the hand over the opening or blowing into it. This point should be carefully noted, for if the operator, thinking the fire had ceased and desiring to make an examination of the insects doubly certain, should attempt to recharge the hole from a can or a bottle an explosion would surely follow, with possible fatal results. Explosion does not appear to add to the efficacy of the treatment and is not at all necessary. If it is not attempted it may be well to cover the nest with a wet blanket, which will greatly aid in confining the fumes. If any considerable area is infested, as is often the case in lawns, the holes should not be more than 1} ft. apart each way, and after the close of the application the surface may be thoroughly watered, as the wet surface will add to the efficiency of the treatment by preventing the rapid diffusion of the fumes into the air. OTHER SUBTERRANEAN USBEsS. The vapour of carbon bisulphide applied at the rates previously recommended is said to have a marked action against certain cryptogamic parasites of plants, though its influence in this direction does not appear to have been much studied. It is also said to be fatal to the nematode worms, which are frequently injurious. In greenhouses these would seem to be particularly susceptible to effective treatment. The vapour of carbon bisulphide is fatal to animal life of all forms if inhaled in sufficient quantity. Within recent years this chemical has come into quite exten- sive and successful use against a class of small mammals which are common nuisances, if not actual pests, in many parts of the country, and particularly in the West. To Prof. EK. W. Hilgard, of the University of California, is given the credit of being the first to employ this remedy against ground squirrels and gophers. It is a matter of common know- ledgé that this agent is by far the safest and most efficient known for the destruction of prairie dogs, gophers, pocket gophers, ground squirrels, wood chunks, moles, and other pests having similar burrowing habits. The subject is quite an extensive one, and as it is now being given con- _ sideration by the division of Biological Survey, and does not properly come = 254 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULLTURAL SOCIETY. within the province of the division of entomology, further comments here are unnecessary. DESTROYING BORERS IN TRUNKS OF TREES. A great deal has been written in favour of this use of carbon bisul- phide. It is apparent that only the large borers which work in the trunks and lower branches of trees will be good subjects for this treatment. There are usually but few of these in each trunk, and the outlets of such burrows as contain active borers are usually marked by the sawdust and castings which the borers throw out therefrom. Only these burrows should be treated. Clean-cut empty holes in the trunk indicate that the insect has become adult and left the tree. It is therefore a useless waste to inject the liquid into such holes. In Peach, Plum, Apricot, and Cherry trees (all stone fruits) an abundant exudation of sap through the outlet of the burrows causes a ball of gum, mixed with castings, to collect around the hole. This should be scraped off before the treatment is applied. Method of Treatment.—Having cleaned out the mouth of the hole as well as possible, inject a small quantity of carbon bisulphide and close the hole tightly with a little grafting wax. This will quickly kill the borer. The saving of time alone will fully pay for the small amount of carbon bisul- phide required. The liquid may be conveniently applied by means of a spring-bottomed oil-can. TREATMENT OF STORED PRODUCTS. Agricultural products are frequently brought together in storehouses, mills, &c. in immense quantities, and when allowed to stand for some time, as is often the case, become particularly favourable material for the © nourishment and multiplication of a large number of insect species. To exterminate these necessitates the treatment of an entire room or building. The Fumigation of Buildings.--Carbon bisulphide is used in fumi- gating milling establishments, warehouses, storage rooms, grain elevators, stores, houses, barns, &ec., for the -destruction of insects affecting stored cereals and vegetable products, manufactured food products, dried Tobacco and its various products, drug-store insects, and household insects which may be sufficiently numerous or injurious to warrant such treatment. Besides being efficient for the destruction of such insects, it will also kill other animals, such as rats and mice, which it may reach. The most | favourable time for application may vary somewhat, as will be shown — by the individual life-histories of the insects treated. It would require too much space to mention all the minor details. Preliminary Investigatwon.— When a fumigation of this kind is under- taken, preliminary investigation should be made which should make clear the nature of the pest, its habits, its injury, and as much of its life-history as may be necessary to show whether one time will be more favourable to treatment than another. The building or room should be examined, its tightness ascertained, and its floor area and cubic contents computed. Objections to treatment and unavoidable dangers should be considered. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH, 255 Tn short all the pros and cons should be carefully weighed before treat- ment is determined upon. Preparations for Treatment.—The building should be made as tight as possible. If glass is out it should be reset, doors and windows should be made to fit snugly, and a special examination should be made for eracks and leaks around the floors and lower walls. The place should be thoroughly swept and cleaned, and a coat of whitewash may sometimes be desirable. The material infested may be exposed, and, if movable, placed on the floors. Shallow tin pans or plates make good evaporating dishes. The larger the evaporating area the better. There should be about one square foot of evaporating surface to every 25 square feet of floor area, and each square foot of evaporating surface should receive from 4 to 1 lb. of liquid. These figures are, of course, only suggested and approximate. Pans should be placed as high in the room as possible, since the vapour is so heavy that it settles most heavily to the lower parts. Care should be taken, when placing the pans, to see that they are nearly level, though ordinarily no particular harm will be done if some of it is spilled. It should not be found necessary to lose time in adjusting such things after the application is begun. If there are special places—difficult of access for treatment with the pans—cotton waste, bundles of rags, or the like may be saturated and thrown into these places. Everything should be done to avoid unnecessary delays and to facilitate the rapid exposure of the liquid. If the liquid is bought in large quantities, small receptacles may have to be provided for transferring it to the pans. THE EXPOSURE OF THE LIQUID. As many men may assist in the exposure as can work to advantage. Before the cans or drums are opened the men should be cautioned as to the nature of the liquid, the danger from fire, and the necessity for rapid work. If more than one floor is to be treated, begin at the bottom and work upwards. Carefully close and fasten all windows and outer doors, except one through which exit is to be made when the operation is com- pleted. Pour out the liquid as rapidly as may be done, giving each pan about its predetermined amount, and then get out quickly. Close the door and keep it locked for twenty-four hours at least—longer if possible. The best plan usually is to apply the liquid after work-hours but before dark Saturday evening, and leave the building closed till the following Monday morning. Ventilation.—Doors and windows are then opened wide at least one or two hours before it is time to resume work. The vapours disappear rapidly in the open air, and after an hour there will ordinarily be no danger in entering and but little trace of the disagreeable odour. Slight traces of the odour will probably linger in the corners and places where the air does not move freely, but these gradually disappear. Precautions.—Attention has been called to the dangers from fire in the presence of carbon bisulphide vapour in the air, but special reference should be made to it in connection with the treatment of buildings. It is customary to mention the danger of bringing a lighted cigar or any _ such thing into the presence of the fumes. The application should always 256 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. . be made in daylight, as no artificial light of any kind is allowable. Even electric lights may not be used, since when turning them on or off there is aways danger of producing a spark, which would prove disastrous if the vapour should be present in the proper proportion. Heated steam pipes constitute another danger to be guarded against, and they should be allowed to cool before the application is made. Electric fans must not be run, as they very frequently give off sparks. It is safer to have no heat of any kind in the building while the exposure is being made; and it is a matter of courtesy, as well as a precaution, to warn the owners of adjoining premises of the nature of the work being done, and of the need for care if the vapours should penetrate to their rooms to any extent. It would be an added measure of safety to have a watchman to guard the premises from the time the application is made until ventilation is complete. TREATMENT OF SEEDS. Many kinds of grain and garden seeds are subject to the attack of insects. Contrary to the assertions of many seedsmen, such insects do injure the germinating power of the seed. Even if the embryo itself escapes attack, which is by no means always the case, the supply of the reserve food material upon which it depends wholly for its start in life is more or less consumed by the pest, and the vitality of the young plant is pro- portionally weakened thereby. The principal seeds attacked are Corn, Wheat, Rice, Peas, Beans, and Cow-peas, while vegetable Peas suffer more or less. Experiment has not yet shown any insecticide equal to carbon bisulphide for the destruction of all these seed insects. Method of Treatment.—Seeds designed for treatment with carbon bisulphide should be placed in barrels, bins, or rooms, care being taken especially to have the receptacle tight around the sides and bottom. The cubic contents of the receptacle should be computed and carbon bisulphide applied at the rate of from 1 to 1} lb. for each 1,000 cubic feet of space, which is the capacity of a bin or room ten feet each way. A barrel will require a larger proportional amount unless it is very tight. The liquid is placed on the top of the seed in shallow pans or _soup plates, about a teacupful being placed in each. A small bin or barrel may be covered sufficiently tight with heavy blankets or oilcloth. The receptacle should be kept tightly closed from twenty-four to thirty-six hours with perfect assurance that the germinating power of the seed will not be injured. Rye, Millet, Barley, and Crimson Clover are most liable to injury, and should receive the minimum of treatment. Fumigation Houses—In the large seed-growing districts special houses — are constructed for this work. The following description of the house and the manner of treatment is given by Professor A. J. Cook : *—‘‘ The - house is made air-tight ; even the door is made very close-fitting, and it is made still closer by pasting paper over the edges upon closing it, after filling the house with sacks of Peas. An air-tight flue at one end opens at the very top into the building and at the bottom out of doors. A sort of chute with an adjustable air-tight valve is arranged for the turning on of the liquid. The liquid is turned on until the odour shows that the vane * Bull. No. 58, Michigan Agr. Exp. Sta. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 257 is pouring out at the bottom of the flue. Then of course the air has been forced out by the vapour, when the valve is closed. It is left closed for three days; then the doors are opened that the vapour may escape, when all the weevils will be dead. As a rule seed pest enter the seeds in the field. Treatment therefore is more effective if made as soon as possible after harvesting.”’ TREATMENT FOR CLotHES Motus. The various insects which infest clothing, furs, &c., may be more conveniently and surely destroyed by an application of carbon bisulphide than by anything else. Moth balls, camphor, &c. may do some good by deterring the females from depositing their eggs upon articles treated therewith, but they have no killing power whatever, andif the eggs have already been deposited the young larve will feed after hatching as though there were no moth balls or camphor present. Carbon bisulphide, howeyer, will not only keep the adults away, but it will also destroy all stages of the pest infesting the goods. When woollens, furs, and the like are stored away for the summer, they may be placed in a tight paper- lined trunk, a large packing box, or such receptacle. When all are stored away place on top a shallow dish holding a few ounces of the lquid, spread some newspapers over the top, and cover tightly. If the box is tight no further attention will be required, but if not it will insure safety to repeat the dose every few weeks through the hot weather. It is an excellent plan to provide a large tight packing-chest having a small sponge, bunch of cotton waste, or some such thing on the inside. The chest may then be kept tightly closed and carbon bisulphide may be poured through the hole upon the absorbent as may be necessary. Plug the hole with a cork and all is secure. The cost of such an arrangement will very soon be saved by the convenience and security of the protection thus afforded. Carpets, rugs, robes, &c. can be easily rid of all pests by a few days’ exposure in such a box. The disagreeable odour is much less persistent in the goods than is that of moth balls or tarred paper. If pure carbon bisulphide is used, it will not stain or injure the most delicate articles.— fF. N. INTERNAL PHLOEM. Gelsemium sempervirens, Structure and Development of Internal Phloém. By Caroline B. Thomson, B.S. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol. ii., No. 1, p. 41; pl. 9).—Detailing result of observations made during the winter of 1897-8. The internal phloém arises primarily as four longitudinal strands, an integral part of leaf-trace bundles. The origin of internal phloém simultaneously with the protoxylem and — phloém, so that the leaf-trace bundles are bicollateral from the rst. _ The internal phloém patches are bounded internally by a two-celled phloém sheath. They grow centrifugally by means of a medullary cambium, the inner and older layers in time becoming crushed and obliterated. Death of the pith occurs early in the first year. Continued disintegration of pith and 8 258 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. growth of internal phloém results in filling up the pith cavity with the latter. | The internal phloém, which runs into the petiole, constitutes there a bicollateral bundle system, but at the base of the petiole it descends through the xylem as two strands; from this point upwards the primitive collateral bundle system prevails. No internal phloém in root, or lower portion of hypocotyl, nor in the cotyledons. Internal phloém is an acquired characteristic of the plant, probably developed in these long and sometimes twisted stems to supplement the external phloém.—J. C. C. LEAF-TRACES. Leaf-traces, Persistence of. By Sir W. T. Thiselton Dyer, K.C.M.G., C.1H., F.R.S. (Ann. Bot. vol. xv., No. lviii., p. 428).—This is, the first of a series of morphological notes proposed by the author. He observes that interesting specimens frequently come under notice in a large botanical establishment like Kew which, when relegated to their places in a vast museum collection, do not attract the attention they deserve. Those here in question rarely afford the bases for extended research, yet deserve detailed notice, as they often illustrate important theoretical points that may be useful to teachers for lecture illustrations. The present note answers to more than this, and besides being of import- ance to the phytolithologist is of interest to all who are concerned with wood structure. It is remarked as apparently not generally known that when leaves are more or less persistent the leaf-traces are continued to them through successive annual zones of wood. ‘This fact results in curious structure which so far as the author is aware, is peculiar to Araucaria amongst Conifers, and he further on observes that ‘‘ the per- — sistence of leaf-traces affords apparently a decisive character for assigning fossil coniferous woods on which they occur, at any rate to the Araucarinee.”’ It is pointed out that in Pinus a structure may be found which at first sight is similar, but here the “traces ’’ penetrating the annual rings are not mere leaf-traces, but are the fibro-vascular cylinders of limited branches. Three beautiful photographs are reproduced, two. of them showing the above-mentioned structure of Pinws, and the third that of Araucaria with the leaf-traces traversing successive annual rings and perforating a ring cut through tangentially.—A. J. L. INTRA-OVARIAN GERMINATION. Melon, Precocious Germination in a. By Sir W. T. Thiselton- Dyer, K.C.M.G., C.LE., F.R.S. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 41, p. 149; March 1902).—An exceptionally remarkable case of the abnormal germination of seeds within a fruit is here fully treated, and also illustrated by means of a plate, showing the fruit cut open, with numerous well-developed seedlings in situ. On the following plate it is conclusively shown, by three drawings of the removed young plants, that they do arise from seeds, and have not originated from intra-ovarian buds. The author writes: “The Melon figured in pl. viii. was kindly sent to me in July 1898 by General the Right Hon. Sir Dighton Probyn. It had been grown at NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH, 259 Sandringham in the gardens of H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, now H.M. the King, and when cut open on the table at Marlborough House the interior was seen to be filled with well-developed seedlings, as shown in the figure. The specimen was so striking that it was eventually pre- served in spirit and placed in the Kew Museums.” Further examples exhibiting the same condition were supplied from the same source, and these were submitted to careful examination by Mr. Horace Brown, F.R.S., who was working in the Jodrell Laboratory. He found that “ the cotyledonary leaves of several plantlets measured 15 inch long and 1} inch across, and were of a light green colour. The hypocotyls were about 2 inches long and } inch in diameter. The roots were well developed, with secondary root fibres up to } inch in length. . . . In one instance a tap root was found to have actually penetrated the solid parenchyma of the pericarp to a depth of about 4 inch, considerable force being required to withdraw it. . . . Penetration of the pericarp by the roots seemed to have occurred only in exceptional cases ; for the most part they ramified amid the placentas and the broken-down ovarian tissue, from which they seem to have derived their nourishment. ‘he dry weight of the plantlets far exceeded that of the seeds from which they were produced. . . . The dry weight of one of the plantlets was 0°1929 gram, or about twenty times the weight of the seed from which it sprang. .. . | think the amount of chlorophyll present must be very small. It does not give a strong coloration to the alcohol in which the plants are immersed, and what little green there is fades rapidly on exposure to light.” The author writes: ‘ Whether the small amount of chlorophyll present in the Melon seedlings was effective functionally to an appreciable extent may be doubted. The chemical changes which took place in the interior of the fruit would be accompanied by the evolution of carbonic acid, which would probably be present in any part of the internal cavity not occupied by fluid in greater proportion than in atmospheric air. But the illumination of the seedlings would be too feeble to allow of its being fixed and decomposed. On the whole the nutrition of the seedlings closely approached that of a saprophyte. What is, however, noteworthy is that it must have been practically anaérobic. At any rate, it is evident that the working up of the disintegrated tissues of the parent Melon into new living tissue required a minimum amount of oxygen.” Mr. A. Mackellar, who grew the Melons, wrote Sir William that “no doubt the cause of the seeds germinating and growing in the Melons is the unusual length of time the Melons have kept fresh. I have seen seeds germinated in a Melon before, but not so far developed as in this case.’’ The author of the paper refers to the precocious germination of seeds in the Orange and other species of Citrus, and in the Papaw (Carica Papaya). We ‘Observes that in the vast majority of cases seeds remain dormant for a considerable time after maturity, and says that this is no doubt an adap- ve character which has been acquired in order to facilitate their disper- to considerable distances. “It might be expected, therefore, that in the case of gregarious plants, whose seeds grow where they fall, pre- Gocious germination might occur. It is actually met with amongst the Dipterocarpee ; Blume figures a case in Dipterocarpus retusus. It is ially characteristic of the Mangroves (Rhizophoree).” The case of 8 2 260 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Bertholletia, described by Mr. Watson in the “ Annals of Botany,’ is also alluded to in this connection.—R. I. L. MycorHIZOID STRUCTURES. Mycorhizoid Structures in Marchantiacez. By M. Golenkin (Flora, xc. 1902, pp. 209-220; pl. 11).—This occurs in Marchantia palmata, M. paleacea, Preissia commutata, Fegatella conica, Targionia hypophylla, Plagiochasma elongatum (from Java); but not in Mar- chantia polymorpha, Lunularia, nor eighteen other species, including Ricciee. It is “ endotrophic,”’ and forms in Preissia and Marchantia two dark violet cords of oval section, one on either side of the central groove, respecting the lower epiderm and the branching green cells. The distribution differs in the other species. The affected cells are traversed by numerous hyphe, and never contain starch or chloroplasts, though they retain protoplasm and nucleus. The hyphe grow through the cells of the non-lacunar tissue, infecting the youngest ones about 5 mm. from the growing point. None enter the air chambers, and the stalk of the inflorescence also escapes infection. Attempts to cultivate Preissia and Fegatella species from bulbels and spores on sterilised earth gave weakly plants (soon killed by parasitic fungi), or none. The strongest wild specimens producing female fruit were always infected. The Marchantias, however, were in some cases free from mycorhiza and yet flourished, though they gave no inflores- cences ; this, however, frequently occurs in cultures. [The description of these observations and experiments is lacking in detail; thus we find no account of “ control experiments’ on Preissia and Fegatella in ordinary soil.] Itis suggested that the function of the mycorhiza is to resist drought. The fungus could not be identified. It is compared with the symbiotic fungi of Neottia to the prothallus of Lycopodiwm.—M. H. SECRETION IN NECTARIES. Nectaries, Mechanism of Secretion in Extra-floral. By Haupt Hugo (Flora, vol. xc. 1902, pp. 1-41).—-A very interesting account of these organs studied in a limited number of European plants. Secre- tion commences automatically at a certain age and when the air is sufficiently moist ; its continuance depends partly on the presence of the excreted sugar becoming concentrated and exercising osmotic attraction. But as the removal of the nectar does not invariably (as hitherto believed) arrest the secretion, the starting mechanism must be renewed. In other cases the removal of the nectar is followed by a secretion of mere water, — the nectary thus becoming a water-gland (hydathode). This proves that. the secretion is in part due to internal pressure. In some few cases only — (Vicia, Euphorbia) light—the less refrangible rays—has a direct influence on the secretion, as well as an indirect one through the illumination of other parts of the plant. Secretion never begins below a minimum temperature proper to the plant, though already active nectaries will continue to secrete more slowly when the temperature falls below this. The arrest of the secretion with the age of the organ is sometimes accom- panied even by resorption of the nectar; in Vicia and Huphorbia darken- ing alone will determine this. Nectaries capable of absorbing their own NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH, 261 nectar can absorb also syrup artificially supplied. The internal pressure of the secreting cells is very high; and as they only begin to plasmolyse in 10 per cent. solution of KNO3, it must equal at least thirty atmospheres. Some interesting anatomical details are given, for which the author claims no novelty any more than he does for the view that the function is protective, attracting ants from the flowers &c. to the herbaceous parts, which they largely preserve from caterpillars &c.—M. H. DIGESTION IN NEPENTHES. 7 Nepenthes, Proteolytic Enzyme of. By Prof. 8. H. Vines, M.A., D.Sce., F.R.S. (Ann. Bot. vol. xv., No Ix., p. 563).—An enzyme is a soluble ferment, and one that is proteolytic decomposes proteids. The author returns to the subject of the digestion of Nepenthes in order to bring to notice a paper of considerable importance, by the late Georges Clautriau, which is not easily accessible to English readers. Clautriau is believed to have been the first to investigate the physiology of the pitchers in the native habitat of the plant. ‘The acidity of the liquid was the subject of special attention, and he found that it was caused not only by the introduction of any foreign body, but also by mechanical stimulation, such as a vigorous shaking of the pitcher, open or unopened. This is interesting because Nepenthin— the name proposed by Professor Vines for this enzyme—is active only in presence of acid; indeed the digestion of Nepenthes, the author remarks (contrary to the view held by Clautriau), is very much hastened by the addition of hydrochloric acid, or organic acid like citric acid. Clautriau observed that living insect larve, especially those of the mosquito, are to be found in the pitchers, and he rightly argued that this could not be accepted as evidence of digestive inactivity, but rather that it is evidence of the special adaptation of the larve for such a situation, just as parasites may be adapted to the digestive canal of an animal. Clautriau expresses a doubt as to the presence of enzyme in the liquid of unopened pitchers, but the author’s experience entirely confirms the statement of Gorup-Basanez that this liquid is very active when acidified. The really important difference of opinion between Clautriau and the author is as to the nature of this proteolytic enzyme. ‘The former regarded it as a pepsin, that is, an enzyme acting on the higher proteids in an acid medium, giving rise to peptones, but incapable of decomposing protcids into non-proteid substances. Prof. Vines, on the other hand, has found that the enzyme is a trypsin, and has endeavoured to prove that digestion proceeds to the further stage of _ producing substances characteristic of tryptic digestion. Sufficient has been _ said to show the interest of this paper, but further remark must be made in order to point out Professor Vines’s suggestion that all known proteo- _ lytic enzymes of plants are tryptic. This suggestion, he thinks, may be expanded into the proposition that tryptic digestion is a property of all _ living organisms, and that it is the more primitive form of the digestive -process.— fF. I. L. On PROTHALLI. _ Ophioglossum pendulum and Helminthostachys zeylanica, | On the Prothalli of. By William H. Lang, M.B., D.Sc., Lecturer in 3) 262 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Botany at Queen Margaret College, Glasgow University. With Plates L., IL, and III. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 61, p. 28; March 1902).—* The difference of opinion which exists among investigators who have studied the Ophioglossacee as to the phylogeny of this small group of vascular Cryptogams is wellknown. Paleobotany has not afforded decisive indica- tions of connecting links with either the Filicineous or the Lycopodineous phylum, and comparative study of the existing forms is alone available in the solution of the problem.” This study the author has entered upon in the present paper, where only the evidence of the gametophyte is considered. It appears that he himself was the first to describe the prothallus of Helminthostachys zeylanica. (See Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. xviii. 1901, p. 405.) The prothallus is therefore known of all three genera which compose the sub-order Ophioglossacee, viz. Ophioglossum, Helmin- - thostachys, and Botrychiwm. Writing of Ophioglossum pendulum the author says that “after a year and a half the largest prothallus consisted of but three cells and were still partially enclosed in the exospore. A most remarkable circum- stance in connection with the prothallus of this Fern, and also of Helnuinthostachys, is the possession of a symbiotic fungus which grows within their tissues. In the latter case it dies about the time that the sexual region begins to elongate. It will be interesting to gardeners that in each case the prothallus is subterranean, that of Helminthostachys growing at a depth of two inches. The author remarks tbat the prothalli of the three living genera of the Oplioglossacee, while differing in details, present essential points of agreement with one another. He does not think that there is relationship with the Lycopodiales. ‘It does not appear too much to say that while some general resemblances standing in relation to similar modes of life can be traced there are no characters, the morphological value of which is attested by constancy through obviously allied groups, indicating affinity between the two. On the other hand, important points of difference exist in the type of symmetry, in the sexual organs, and in the embryogeny. . . . It would appear that the available evidence points to the origin of the type of prothallus found in the Ophioglossacee from forms not unlike the gameto- phyte of the existing Marattiacee, though possibly belonging to a more primitive group.” This important paper is illustrated by seventy figures. Bol D NAVEL ORANGES. Orange, Pleiotaxy of Gynecium in. By Sir William T. Thisel- — ton-Dyer (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 61, p. 154; March 1902).—This note is of considerable interest in view of the present sale in the markets of the ‘Californian Navel Orange,’* a peculiar variety of firm flesh and distinctive flavour, possessing a conformation at the top of the fruit which justifies the title. This variety is alluded to, but the note refers, in the first place, to an abnormal fruit sent to the author and illustrated on Plate IX. “In this case the axis has been prolonged and has given rise to another series of carpels, forming a smaller fruit, which is entirely * The original tree from which the whole of the trees in California have been derived is said still to exist in the Botanic Gardens at Washington. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 2638 immersed in the external one. A similar state of things to that now described is said to be characteristic of the so-called Californian Navel Orange. This apparently originated as an isolated sport, as the trees in California are said to have been all propagated from one which is still preserved at Washington.” Fruits of the Navel Orange were recently brought to the present writer, who found that the additional carpels were quite at the top of the fruit, not actually protruding, but showing suf- ficiently to be suggestive of term applied fora name. The author of the note says that “A. P. de Candolle regarded the rind of the Orange as developed from the torus or receptacle, which is usually regarded as an axial structure (‘Organographie,’ vol. i1., p. 41), and Masters (‘ Teratology,’ p. 75) favours this view. In the case now figured the external rind had been removed before it came to my hands. The carpels are united below to the prolonged axis, but are separated above to leave an open pit, at the bottom of which is the secondary fruit. The ventral surface of the carpels is clothed with the characteristic glandular ‘rind.’ This is shown in section in fig. 5, where the glands are unusually prominent and crowded together in groups with little intervening tissue. In such a position the ‘rind’ could hardly be an axial structure. The secondary fruit is shown in section in fig. 6, except that the number of carpels is fewer than ordinary; there is no deviation from the normal structure. Fruits with one series of carpels may be regarded as reductions from a more generalised multiseriate type. The interest of a case such as I have described is the proof that a tendency to revert to the more generalised type may still be latent.’—JLr. J. L. VARIETY OF MetTHops OF OPENING OF CAPSULES. Orchid Capsules, Opening of (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xi., ht. 7, pp. 486-521; 2 plates)—Herr Arthur Horowitz gives an account of the mechanism of the opening of these fruits. The following types are distinguished. 1. Thuna Marshalliana. Constrictions appear along the middle of the carpels through this part ceasing to develop and a longitudinal slit appears. 2. Many European forms open in three longitudinal slits on account of the strains set up by the difference in contraction of the strongly thickened midribs of the carpels and of their slightly thickened placental portions. In the latter the rows of cells run horizontally and not vertically. | 3. Papliopedilum, &c., differs in having one or two special rows of cells which facilitate the splitting. 4. Also similar, but with several rows of cells (Bulbophyllum sp.). 5. Special rectangular masses of thin-walled cells separate the inner epidermis from the sterile valves and assist in the opening. (Calogyne sp., Hipidendrum sp.). 6. Strong fibre cells, which are unable to contract longitudinally, are formed on both sides of each of the six vascular bundles. Thus slits appear at each of these rows of fibre cells (Plewrothallis). Hygroscopic hairs on the inner surface of the placental region appear to distribute the 264 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. seeds by rapid twisting and turning movements. These hairs are figured on plate 2. Ga: Sikh INFLUENCE OF GASLIGHT. Plant Growth, A Study of the Effect of Incandescent Gas- lighton. By L. C. Corbett (West Virginia Agr. Exp. St., Morgantown, W. Va. Bull. 62, p. 79; 1899). After referring to previous observers the author considered that the quality and imtensity rather than the manner of making the artificial light should be investigated. Hence he commenced in 1895 to test the influence of the Welsbach incandescent gaslight upon various plants growing in greenhouses. Experiments were continued up to 1899. In no case was the artificial light found to be a satisfactory substitute for daylight. Lettuces were first grown in two houses, some under normal con- ditions, the others subjected to incandescent light at night only. Two methods were tried—raising plants in pots and transplanting them to the stage (the house), and sowing the seed. These latter grew too tall with- out making a sufficient spread of leaves to give the greatest weight for the area occupied. Photographs and nine charts illustrate two important factors in the behaviour of the plants: the plants near the light—eight lights being all at one end—show a much greater growth than those near the other end of the house. A less marked variation is shown in the curve of growth of the plants in the normal section made at the same time. ‘The light house thus shows in a marked way the influence of the lamp upon the plants near by as well as suggesting the range of its influence. The advantages of the light were corroborated by weights. Thus the weight of 400 plants in the light area was 68°56 lb., and in the normal 49:°428 lb. The plants had been under the influence of the light forty- six nights. During that period the lamps were turned on at 5 o’clock P.M. and extinguished at 7.15 next morning, thus making 655°5 hours that the plants were actually exposed to the stimulus of the light, against 448°5 hours that they were in normal conditions. Hence the plants exposed to the gaslight exceeded those normally grown by 38°7 per cent. of the total weight of the plants in the normal house. To test the rapidity of growth the auxanometer was used, with the result that during twenty-four hours was the more rapid rate of growth of the light-house plants. The light plant was found to grow 1} inch more in eight days than the normal plant. With regard to the most active period of growth for the plant in the — light section, it began at 11 p.m. and continued to 9 A.M.; while during the same space of time the normal plant gave an active growth period beginning at 4 A.M. and continuing until 11 a.m. Hence in the case of the light plant the period was ten hours, while in the normal house the period was seven hours. : With regard to Radishes grown between the rows of Lettuces a very slight advantage as to the size of the roots appeared as the result of the incandescent light. As to Spinach no plant used responded more to the stimulating influence of the gaslight. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 265 Not only was light growth stimulated in the manner shown by the chart, but a marked tendency to run to seed became noticeable in all plants near the light. Sugar Beets show interesting results. It has been well known that in the United States Sugar Beet grows much more profitably in high latitudes, where short growing seasons are the rule, and where the sun shines with great intensity for days uninterrupted by cloud or fog. ‘The result of the experiments showed that while the size and weight of the roots under the gaslight were less than under normal conditions, the foliage was greater under the gaslight. But when analyses for sugar were made the percentages were greater for the roots under the light in the proportion of 6°10 to 5°53. The author adds an interesting section upon the range of the influence of the incandescent gaslight and of the are light. It was noticeable in his experiments that the maximum of influence was not upon the plants erowing nearest to the light, but at a short distance from it. This is explained by the way the lhght is distributed from the glowing mantle, for the angle covered by the gas lamp is not only much greater than for the electric light, but the distribution of the light from the latter is more localised, and is more intense than is the case with the Welsbach. The greatest quantity of light is given off from the electric light within the area 115 to 24 feet from the perpendicular; while the ight is much less intense from the Welsbach, and is given off over a belt covered by 85 to 17 feet from the perpendicular (7.e. through the light itself), 12 feet being the place of maximum intensity of the light. The range of the Welsbach lamp is from 12 to 16 feet for the greatest stimulating influence, with a marked influence up to 24 feet.—G. H. STRUCTURE &c. OF POLLEN. Pollen-tube, Development of, and Division of the Generative Nucleus in certain Species of Pinus. By Miss Margaret C. Fergusson (Ann. Bot. vol. xv., No. lviii., p. 193).—This is a valuable study by the authoress, and incidentally an important véswmé of the work done by others in a field of investigation which has waited, to a large extent, for modern means of research, and in which, at least for other genera, much, no doubt, remains to be done. Three plates with fifty-one figures are given and some sixty-one papers are cited. Among the facts stated in the summary are the following: The structure of the pollen-grain agrees fully with that given by Strassburger, 1892. The pollen-grain germinates very soon after pollination, and the vegetative nucleus immediately passes into the tube. During the first season the pollen-tube grows very slowly, and it may be broad and irregular in outline or it may branch freely. Shortly before fertilisation the generative cell, followed by the stalk cell, moves into the pollen-tube. The generative cell, as the other cells of the pollen-grain, is never limited by a well-defined cell-wall, and consists at the time of its division of an irregular protoplasmic body, in the upper part of which the nucleus lies. In the division of the generative nucleus the spindle is extra-nuclear and unipolar in origin. The nuclear mem- brane persists along the upper part of the nucleus until the early stages in the formation of the daughter-nuclei. This division takes place a little 266 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, more than a year after pollination and from a week to ten days before fertilisation, about thirteen months elapsing between pollination and fertilisation. The Pines studied were Pinus Strobus, P. austriaca, P. rigida, P. resinosa, and P. montana var. uncinata, the above applying to all these. The authoress remarks that nuclear phenomena are found to vary so much, even within the limits of a given genus, that it no longer seems safe to consider the details of development in a single plant as typical of a large group of plants. No generalisations, therefore, are made for the Abietine@. Conclusions could not even be drawn for the genus Pinus without hesitation, for ‘there may still exist within the genus individuals which are, in certain aspects of nuclear activity, a law unto themselves.’”’ One of the most interesting statements made is that nothing suggestive of spermatozoids can be found in Pinus. It is inter- esting in recollection of the fact that spermatozoids have been declared by Dr. Hirase for Ginkgo (Salisburia), and that they have been found in Cycas and Zama of the allied but more ancient natural order, the Cycadacee. Theyare so large in Zama that, according to Webber, they may be seen by the naked eye.—R. J. L. PoLLEN CELLS. Pollinium and Sperm-cells in Asclepias Cornuti. Decaisne, The Development of the. By C. Stuart Gager, Cornell University. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 61, p. 123; March 1902).—The flower of © Asclepias, we read, has always been of interest to botanists. “In 1831 Brown, who separated the Asclepiadew as a natural order of plants from the Apocynee of Jussieu, made the first serious study of the pollinia. His first paper on this subject appeared in 1809, but he failed to observe the grains of pollen, and thought that the pollinium consisted of one individual cavity filled with minute granular matter mixed with an oily fluid.” The views of Link, Treviranus, and Ehrenberg are then quoted. “Tn 18833, as a result of further researches on the Asclepiadee, Brown describes the pollen mass on several species of Asclepias, particularly in A. phytolaccoides and A. Curassavica, the figures being drawn by Bauer. He then without doubt considers the cells of the pollinium as true pollen grains.’”’ The modern literature on the subject is completely reviewed by the author, and he gives his own work on the archesporium, the tapetum, the primary pollinium cells, and their first and second divisions, the origin of the sperm cells, and the germination of the pollinium cells, in full detail. It is interesting to note that “a rather vigorous circulation of protoplasm was noticeable in freshly germinated pollen-tubes.” In the summary it is stated that “ the individual cells of the pollinium of A. Cornuti are true pollen grains which never become free. . . . The outer membrane of each pollen grain is composed of the wall of the mother-cell (which does not dissolve) plus the cross walls formed by the two divisions of the mother cell. Each pollen grain possesses an inner membrane, which it develops about itself. The generative cell divides, before the formation of the pollen tube, into two sperm-cells, each of which travels down the pollen tube, passing the vegetative nucleus on the way.’ A paper by Corry and two others by Fry and by NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 267 Strassburger are referred to. The author says that “the above three papers leave the identity of the pollen grain and its ontogeny an open question, since the peculiarities of the division are so different from those heretofore observed in other types, and have led many to believe that a shortening of the process takes place in the members of this genus. It would remain an open question until it was proved that all the divisions concerned, up to and including the formation of the sperm cells, are exactly the same in all essential points in Asclepias as those which occur in other Angiosperms. This identity is established for the first time by the developmental history as traced in the foregoing paper.”’ Thirty-seven good figures are provided.—A. I. L. Stupy OF PoLYGALA. Polygala polygama and P. paucifolia, Comparative Struc- ture of the Flowers, with Review of Cleistogamy. By Chas. Hugh Shaw, Ph.D. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol. ii., No. 2, 1901, p. 122; pis. 16, 17).—Polygala polygama develops, in addition to the evident and the subterranean types of flower, a third type—the aérial cleistogamic— which may be found abundantly in midsummer. The last are morpho- logically intermediate between the former two types, and furnish a connected series between the conspicuous and subterranean flowers. The shoots bearing aérial cleistogamic flowers are more or less geo- tropic. The chasmogamic flowers very largely fail to mature seed. The cleistogamic produce seed abundantly. The five sepals are present in all types of flower. Only the anterior petal is found in the subterranean flowers, and the same, with two others, appear in the aérial cleistogamic. Eight stamens are generally present in the aérial cleistogamic, but more or less reduced; and in the subterranean blooms from three to seven are found, still more reduced. The pistil of the subterranean flowers is greatly reduced, that of the aérial cleistogamic intermediate between the former and the chasmogamic flower: a well-developed nectary in the chasmogamic flower, only traces in the aérial cleistogamic, wanting in the subterranean form. Stomata present on all parts of the evident calyx. In extreme abundance on the outer surface of the sepals in aérial cleistogamic, and on the calyx of the subterranean flowers, in a rudimentary condition. The microspores of the evident flowers undergo a great increase in size at the time of flowering, which is true to a less degree of the micro- Spores of the two other types of flowers. The walls of the microspores are very thick. A canal is present in the pistil leading from the ovarian cavity to the exterior. - Glandular hairs, found sparsely on the ovary of the evident flowers, present in great abundance on that of the subterranean, pointing to some kind of specialisation. The chasmogamic flowers of P. paucifolia exhibit a condition of initial gynandry, combined with the complete coalescence of stamens and ‘petals. 268 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. The hypothesis that cleistogamic flowers are developed to preserve the species when the others fail, is unsatisfactory, because these are produced — every year abundantly. The hypothesis that this development is due to lack of light is probably partially true, but insufficient, as cleistogamic flowers are pro- duced in abundance during sunny midsummer. The cleistogamic flowers develop seed more rapidly than do the conspicuous ones. It is believed that the purpose of their existence is the economical and speedy production of seed.—M. C. C. . DIGESTIVE PROCESSES. Proteolysis, Tryptophanein. By S. H. Vines, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., P.L.S. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 61, p. 1; March 1902).—The unity of all life is strikingly shown in the similarity of the digestive processes in plants and animals. In plants it is most generally associated with the utilisation of reserve materials, but is occasionally met with in connection with the absorption of food from without, when it is a process precisely similar to the digestive processes of the higher animals, though somewhat simpler in its details. Even in the first case above mentioned, of intra- cellular digestion, the process agrees very closely with that of many of the humbler animals. To this preface, given for the sake of those whose physiology may not be quite recent, let us add that by proteolysis is meant the digestive breaking up of proteids, and that tryptophane is a substance formed in the breaking up of the proteid molecule into non-proteid sub- stances and is characteristic of “ tryptic’’ digestion. Ina former number of the annals the author gave evidence to prove that the proteolytic enzyme of Nepenthes, as well as those of the Pineapple and of the Papaw, are essentially tryptic in their mode of action. Here the author writes : ‘‘ I propose in the present paper to give a more complete account of my observations on bromelin and papain, and to describe further experi- ments which I have made with the enzymes of the Fig (Ficus Carica, L.), of the Coconut (Cocos nucifera, L.), of germinating seeds of the Bean (Vicia Faba, L.), and of the Barley (Hordewm vulgare, L.), of Yeast (Saccharomyces Cerevisia, Meyn), and of the Bacteria of putrefaction, as also with animal pepsin. I will so far anticipate as to say at once that in all these cases, under appropriate conditions, I have succeeded in find- ing tryptophane among the products of digestion of fibrin and Witte- peptone.’ The experiments are described in considerable detail and many points might be abstracted. In his conclusion the author writes: “ The additional instances that I have now given of the production of trypte- phane, selected as they are from various classes and from different parts of plants, bear out my previously expressed opinion that the proteolytic enzymes of plants in general are essentially ‘ tryptic.’’’ An observation made by the author bears strongly, in this case at any rate, against certain views of the purpose of poison in plants,-and his view to this effect must be quoted: “I would add a few words regarding the observation that hydrocyanie acid promotes proteolysis in certain cases. I regard this as a matter of some importance, as it may, if followed up, throw light upon the physiological significance of this acid in plants. Its general occurrence NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 269 in certain families has long been known, and it was assumed by a too facile cecology that its importance lay in the protection which it was assumed to afford, by reason of its poisonous properties, against the depredations of animals. It is only recently that the matter has been seriously investigated.’—AR. J. L. THE GENUS PYTHIUM. Pythium ultimum, n. sp., Observations on the Biology and Cytology of. By A. H. Frow, D.Sc, F.L.S. (Ann. Bot. vol. xv., No. lviii., p. 269).—Pythiwm is a genus of considerable interest to gardeners. When seedlings are found to damp off, or even soft cuttings, it is very likely that the trouble is due to a Pythiwm, encouraged by too much moisture. The whole story is most interestingly told and clearly explained by Professor Marshall Ward in his “ Diseases of Plants,’ and he alone in this country appears to have paid attention to the genus. In the present paper we have a further important study devoted to the life- history, cell structure, and development of ‘a new species, which is fully deseribed and illustrated. Unlike Pythiwm de Baryanum, the common species, it appears to be purely saprophytic, and was found in rotten Cress seedlings grown for the purpose of obtaining Pythiwm material. Since this new species cannot attack a living plant it is not in itself a foe to be understood and guarded against; but the paper dealing with it, accom- panied by many illustrations, is valuable for a study of the genus. It is allied to Peronospora, and relatives account for many of the diseases to which plants are liable.—R. J. L. HAUSTORIA. Rhinanthacez-Haustoria (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 7, pp. 487- 485; plate)—Herr Adolf Sperlich gives a detailed account of the anatomy and contents of the absorbing suckers on the roots of Melampyrum, Tozzia, Alectorolophus, and Pedicularis. Melampyrum pratense, sylvati- cum, and nemorosum are shown to be both saprophytic and parasitic, the haustoria of the same plant being attached to both dead organic matter and living roots. The hyaline tissue of the haustoria is formed from divisions of the pericambium and endodermis. Tracheids are not always present, and are frequently wanting when the haustoria are attached to dead material. The haustoria (Melampyrum) possess differentiated rows of tracheids, which are in connection with strands of irregularly thickened cells which penetrate the host-root. The end cells of these Strands are often elongated, like the hyphe of a fungus mycelium, and grow through the host. The contents of the haustoria consist of albuminoid crystals in the nuclei of the cortex and hyaline tissue, of bodies resembling (as regards constitution) the “ bacteroids” of legu- minous root-tubercles, of starch, of amylodextrin, of (probably) glycogen, of Rhinanthin, of phosphoric acid, and of nitrates. The hyaline tissue is rich in albuminous matters. Similar results were obtained for Tozzia, Alectorolophus, and Pedicularis. The author concludes that both nitrates, phosphates, and also organic food material are obtained by the hausioria. 270 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. The hyaline tissue is regarded as a reserve tissue, in which also building material is formed.—G. F’. S.-H. VARYING SENSITIVENESS OF Roots. Roots, Rheotropism of. By F. C. Newcombe (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 8, p. 177; with 15 figs.).—After an historical review and the methods adopted in the experiments, the author enumerates “ plants unsuited to experiment,” in that when grown in moving water their roots grow straight downwards (geotropically), unaffected by the pressure of the current. Many roots also show contortion. Of thirty-two species of nine families tested for rheotropism, fourteen were insensitive to the water stream ; the rheotropic species were eighteen of six families. This result proved that rheotropism is not a general phenomenon, especially with normally aquatic plants. ‘It would seem to be of distinct dis- advantage for such plants to be rheotropic in their roots; for only by insensitiveness to the flow of water can the roots the most quickly find the solid substratum.” Under rheotropism the roots turn up in opposition to the direction of the current. Of plants insensitive the author mentions Alliwm Cepa, Nasturtium officinale, Quercus alba, Cucurbita Pepo, Citrullus vulgaris, Phaseolus sp. Then follow descriptions of plants having “a low degree of sensitive- ness’’ and “plants with a high degree,”’ of these a dwarf Maize, Wheat, Rye, Barley and Oat, Pea and Buckwheat, Mustard, Cabbage, Brassica campestris, and Radish. (The paper is to be continued.)—G. H. EvoLutTion oF MALE AND FEMALE ORGANS. Sexual Organs, Homology of, in Development of Male and Female. By K. Goebel (Flora, vol. xc. 1902, pp. 279-305).—The author describes the cell divisions that form the nucule of Characee, compares them with the quadrant divisions of the antheridium, and points out that the sterile “ Wendungszellen”’ at the base of the oosphere are clearly its coequivalents, like the “ polar cells”’ of Metazoa and of some Fucacee, but aborted [a view put forward by the abstractor in ‘ Some Problems of Reproduction ”’ in Quart. J. Micr. Sci. 1891, not quoted by the author]. The function of these sterile potential cells is probably nutritive. In Marchantiacee the primordial cell of the antheridium divides by vertical partitions into quadrants, each of which again divides tangentially into an outer wall-cell and an inner spermatogenous cell. In Jungermannice the first division is followed by a symmetrical division of either half into two: (1) a smaller cell which produces part of the wall ; and (2) a larger cell which again divides to form a second wall-cell and a spermatogenous cell. Goebel regards cell 1 as equivalent toa quadrant cell of the Marchantiacee, which is sterilised. This process goes further in the archegonium of both groups, the first division separating a quarter wall- cell from an unsterilised one which gives rise to the remaining wall-cells and the axial row (oosphere and canal- and cap-cells). The first division thus homologises with that of an antheridium one, (vertical) half of which is sterilised from the outset, while the other half may be compared NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 271 with half the Jungermannian antheridium. Similar considerations apply to the homologies of Leaf-mosses. He cites rather incomplete observa- tions of Lindberg of antheridia with a necklike prolongation on the female plants of the dicecious Moss, Hypnum (Brachytherium) erythro- rhizum, and a similar account by Janczewski of antheridia prolonged into a neck with canal-cells in Catharinea (Atrichum). He regards the neck-canal- and central-cells of Pteridophytes as together equivalent to the spermatogenous cells of Pteridophytes. The main differences between the evolution of male and female organs are due (1) to the abeyance of divisions in the female; (2) to the sterilisation of cells in the female; (3) to the differentiation in size and function of sister-cells in the female, often involving changes in space-relations.— MV. H. SIEVE-TUBES. Sieve-tubes of Pinus, Histology of. By Arthur W. Hill, M.A. (Ann. Bot. vol. xv., No. lx., p. 576).—The first mention of the sieve-tubes of Gymnosperms was made by De Bary in 1877, who described and figured those of Encephalartos and Sequoia. Those of the Conifere have since been examined and described by several botanists, but the conclusions at which they arrived do not always agree, and a good deal of uncertainty has existed in consequence on questions concerning the development and the character of the means of communication between adjoining sieve- tubes. The present research was therefore undertaken, first, with a view of finding out which of the views (here related in a valuable historical account) really agreed with the observed facts; and secondly, whether by the use of Gardiner’s methods any fresh light could be thrown on the development and structure of the sieve-plate. As to the first point it is found that the results obtained by Russow harmonise in the main with those brought forward, for he saw that the mature sieve-plate is traversed by callus-rods which enclose strings of slime. “The callus has been thought by some writers to be the most important and essential part of the sieve-plate, for the rods of callus were considered as the actual con- necting elements ; but it seems to have been established beyond a doubt from the present researches that the slime-strings, which were first noticed by Russow, afford the true and only direct means of inter- communication between adjoining sieve-tubes. It remains then to be seen if explanation can be offered to account for the presence of the callus- rods, and whether any function can be assigned to these conspicuous and invariable associates of the slime-strings.” The slime-strings of Angio- sperms have always been regarded as important factors in the translocation of elaborated food materials, and there is no doubt, the author says, that the smaller ones of the sieve-plate of Pinmws perform similar functions. Premising this, the explanation above alluded to is interesting, for it is likely that the callus which swells so easily may be a kind of spongy lining to the canals of each slime-string, and may regulate when necessary the dimensions of the pores of the active sieve-plates. These slime-strings of the mature sieve-plates, it may be observed, result from the conversion of the protoplasmic threads of the developing sieve-plate, so all-important for _ the transmission of stimuli from cell to cell, as well as for the passage of 272 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. water and substances in solution. There is much of interest in this paper to which no allusion can be made. It is well and clearly illustrated by the author’s drawings, and forms a valuable contribution to histological botany.—A. J. L. SILVER Fir ‘ WITCH-BROOM’ FUNGUS. Silver Fir ‘Witch’s Broom’: Life History of the Fungus which causes it. By Ed. Fischer (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xi. pp. 821-348 ; 4 figures ; 2/1901).—An important contribution to the life-history of ‘witch’s broom’ canker of Silver Fir. This disease, almost as destrue- tive to timber of Silver Fir as the Peziza canker is to the Larch, is produced by the action of a parastic fungus—Acidiwm elatinum—well known and described in the text-books since De Bary identified it in 1867. AXcidiospores are produced on the ‘ witch’s brooms,’ and infection of healthy Silver Firs by these has been often attempted, but without success, so that it was generally supposed, as De Bary suggested, that the fungus was one of the heterceecious Uredinee and completed its life-history on some other substratum than the Fir; in other words, that it resembled rust or mildew of Wheat. IE. Fischer, of Bern, who is experienced in the ways of Uredinee, found opportunities of examining the development of ‘ witch’s brooms’ in certain tree nurseries. Suspecting the existence of another host-plant, he examined plants attacked by Uvredinee in or near the nurseries; amongst others Stellaria nemorwm was found with uredospores and teleutospores of Melampsorella caryophyllacearum, DC., which has no known A%cidiwm stage. As the result of experimental infections in 1901, Fischer succeeded (1) in infecting young twigs of Silver Fir by the basidiospores (sporidia) produced from teleutospores off — Stellaria nemorum, and in obtaining the early stages of ‘ witch’s broom’ canker ; (2) in infecting Stellaria by ecidiospores from Silver Fir, and — producing the Melampsorella. Successful infections were obtained on Stellaria nemorum, S. media, and S. Holostea. Tubeuf, of Berlin, recently announced the infection from the same source of Stellaria media, S. nemorum, S. graminea, and Cerastiwm semidecandrum. Melampsorella is known on species of Stellaria, Cerastiwm, and other Alsinee, but whether infection of Silver Fir takes place from all these host-plants remains yet to be decided. The Silver Fir in Britain is generally a park~ tree, but in Germany &c. it is a forest tree, so that the discovery is important. The author suggests the removal of Stellaria spp. and other host-plants of the uredo- and teleuto-spore stages from nurseries where young Silver Fir is grown; in this way the source of infection—teleuto- spores—will be destroyed.—W. G. S. Sorts AND PLANTs. Sudetic Alps, Plant Formations of (Bezh. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 6, pp. 418-435).—Herr M. Zeiske (Cassel) gives a brief but interesting account of the various formations, which he places as follows :— 1. Stone Lichen formation. Lecanora, Lecidella, Parmelia, Gyro- phora, Stereocaulon, and other Lichens on bare rock. | NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 273 2. Rock Moss formation. Wet or damp stone covered by Mosses such as Grimmia sulcata, Racomitrium, and Gymnomitriwm species, &c. 8. Humus-covered rocks. Avrabis alpina, Saxifrages, Woodsia, Allosorus crispus, &e. 4. Grass and moors of the higher summits. Grass-formation. Nardus stricta and Festuca ovina; moors of Calluna vulgaris, Vacciniwm Vitis- Idea, with Helianthemum Chamecistus, Carex hyperborea, and other characteristic plants. | 5. Meadows of which some are richly manured, whilst others are of natural herbage on stony and barren places. Characteristic plants are Hieracium auwrantiacum, &e., for the first, and H. nigrescens, &e., for the second variety. 6. Bush or shrub formations. Prunus Padus v. petrea, Rubus Ideus, &e.; Daphne Mezerewm, Pinus montana v. Punulio, &e. 7. Streamsides and spring swamps. LHpilobiwm anagallidifoliwm, &e. 8. Peat Mosses and moors. Hmpetruwm nigrum, Carex limosa, ke. 9. Overflowed Mosses, &e. Hypnwm arcticum, Fontinalis, Lemanea sudetica, &c., attached to the bed of the stream. The author also clearly points out the connections between the various formations and the manner in which they overlap.—G. F’. S.-H. ANATOMY OF UTRICULARIA. Utricularia, Researches on the Anatomy and Development of the Bladders of. By Hans Meierhofer (flora, vol. xe. 1902, pp. 84-113; pls. 2-10).—The anatomy of these curious organs is very fully described. The development of the bladders was traced on the winter shoots (propagula) and the growing points of the summer stem. Hach may be compared to a hand with the fingers apposed ; the hollowing of the palm and the elevation of the sides make it cup-shaped; and then the distal half turns in and forms the valve, which closes against an ingrowth from the wrist end. From development and comparison with other organs in different species it is certainly a modified leaf-lobe, or in a few cases a modified leaf.—M. H. Root GrRowTH. Vicia Faba, Studies on Growth and Cell Division in the Root. By Blanche Gardner, B.S. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil., vol. i., No. 2, p. 150; 1901 ; pl. 18).—'These studies were originally undertaken to determine the growth of the root under varied environmental conditions, but during the progress of the work several additional interesting lines of study have - Suggested themselves, as (a) Daily periodicity of growth in roots. (b) Relative growth of roots in different chemical solutions. (c) Cell division. A synopsis would require the use of the tables and three plates of. diagrams in illustration.—WM. C. C. ELECTRICAL TEST OF SEED VITALITY. Vitality of Seeds, Attempt to estimate the, by an Electrical Method. By Augustus D. Waller, M.D., F.R.S. (Ann. Bot. vol. xv., ry 274 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. No. lviii., p. 427).—For all practical purposes of horticulture the experi- mental method of sowing is no doubt the only one by which we should care to know anything of the vitality of seeds, but this electrical method is certainly one which appeals very strongly to the mind. This paper is under the head of “ Notes,” and is abridged from the paper in Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. lxviii. 1901, p. 79. Dr, Waller has been engaged in verifying whether ‘“ blaze currents’’ may be utilised as a sign and measure of vitality, but without lmitation apparently to vegetable life. He has selected as a test case the vitality of seeds, and has chosen the Bean (Phaseolus) for convenience. By “blaze current”’ (a new term) is meant the galvanometrical token of an explosive change locally excited in living matter, and if this “blaze current’”’ is in the same direction as the exciting current it is, in Dr. Waller’s experience, proof positive that the object under examination is alive. The magnitude of the “blaze” reaction corresponds largely with the degree of vitality and to some extent is a measure of it. A boiled Bean gives no ‘blaze current”’’ in either direction, and the comparison between the reactions of fresh seeds and the same seeds killed by boiling is unmistakable and invariable.—R. J. L. Uss oF WATER-EXCRETION. Water-excretion, the Significance to Plants of Organs effecting. By Wladimir Lepeschkin (Fora, vol. xc. 1892, pp. 42-60).— The function ascribed to these organs was that of preventing the injection of the intercellular spaces with water by root pressure during closure of the stomates, such injection being considered deleterious and inter- fering with the free interchange of gases in plant assimilation. In the author’s first series of experiments he found that injection was rare, at most partial, and did not increase beyond its first appearance, when the water pores had been removed by cutting off the margin of the leaf, and after the wound had healed by cork and the vessels (which bled at first) closed by gum. In his second set of experiments he injected leaves with water under the air-pump, and found that their power of carbon assimilation was unchanged, the increased permeability of the saturated surface probably counterbalancing the diminution of the air surfaces within. He concludes that hydathodes have rather an inherited than a functional significance.—M. H. GENERATIVE PRocESS OF ZAMIA. Zamia, Spermatogenesis and Fecundation of (U.S. Dep. Agr (Bur. Pl. Ind.), Bull. 2, pp. 7-92; pls. 7).—Mr. Herbert T. Webber gives a very complete account of the development, shape, and fertilisation phenomena in Zamia floridana, DC., and Z. pumila, L. Pollen i blown by the wind, enters between the scales, and is caught and drawi into the pollen-chamber by a special mucilaginous fluid. There are twe small prothallial cells, or probably three, of which one is afterward “resorbed.”’ The first prothallial cell protrudes into the second till th latter appears to surround the former (cf. Conifere). Bodies resemblin centrospheres (blepharoplasts) are formed in the cytoplasm. ‘They ar at first. very small, and a few radiating filaments converge to them NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 275: These bodies increase in size, are surrounded by a membrane, and become vacuolated; their kinoplasmic radiations take no part in spindle forma- tion ; they eventually break up into numerous granules. The cilia-bear- ing band of the spermatozoid is formed from the blepharoplast. The entire spermatid cell becomes a spermatozoid. The above-mentioned band is a helicoid spiral of five or six turns. The pollen tubes appear to produce part of the fluid in which the spermatozoids swim. The mature spermatozoids are very large, being visible to the naked eye. The cytoplasm of the spermatozoid unites with that of the egg-cell, and their nuclei also unite. The paper is of great interest to students of the nucleus, cytology, and centrosomes. The figures are exceedingly good; there is also a biblio- oraphy.—G. F’. S.-H. | a ly }] <0 \ T 2 276 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ABD RAGS FROM CURRENT HORTICULTURAL PERIODICALS: Abnormalities, Some Plant. By G. H. Shull (Bot. Gaz. xxvii. No. 5. p. 3843).—The following are described, fasciation in Hrigeron canadensis and Echiwm vulgare, a double-bladed leaf of Pelargonium to which the petiole bore two perfectly formed blades united along a single vein, having their undersides opposed to each other. A leaf of Hicoria having a deeply lobed terminal leaflet, possibly due to the presence of a gall; abnormal forms of the petals of Sweet Pea; ditto of the sepals of Clematis Jackmanni showing cohesion, &c.; foliaceous sepals of ‘ Star of India’ Clematis.—G. A. Acacia spp. Experimental Stations. 1. Wairangi. Report by E. Clifton (Dep. Agr. N.Z., 9th Rept. p. 153; 1901).—The Wairangi station is the property of the Government, and embraces an area of 1,800 acres. The land was considered of the poorest description, and was originally commenced as a plantation for cultivating the Wattle for tanning and bark. Unfortunately, at that time, the particular variety of Wattle, or Acacia, the Acacia decurrens, was not recognised as the most valuable and suitable for that district ; in consequence about 400 acres were sown with mixed seed, in which that of the comparatively worthless Acacia dealbata predominated. The bark of this variety not only contains a much less percentage of tannic acid, but the tree itself returns a much less weight of bark than Acacia decurrens. The purchasers show the difference in the actual price obtained from them: decuwrrens sold at £715s.; dealbata, or Silver Wattle, at £4 5s. Settlers now quite realise the importance of sowing the seed of the decwrrens. In warmer districts, on the better land, the Golden Wattle (Acacia pycnantha) may be profit- ably grown. It produces the greatest percentage of tannic acid. Here it is caught by the frost, and does not grow to more than a large shrub. It is inclined to retain a large number of branches. The stems are seldom clear ; the bark is more difficult to remove, and the process is more costly. , Bu ING Acanthus arboreus. By C. Sprenger (Gard. Chron. No. 797, p. 221, fig. 70; 5/4/1902).—This fine species was first sent to Europe by Professor Schweinfurth from Arabia Petrea, and it appears to be one of the finest plants in the flora of that country. It is also found in parts of Egypt, and has proved to be hardy at Naples during last winter an¢ is now in full flower there: it does not suffer from a slight frost, but the leaves fall, and the stems dry up at a temperature below 25 Fahr. It is an evergreen very spiny shrub growing to a height of nine or ten feet. The flower heads are long and cylindrical, the flowers are of a waxy white colour at the base and purple or carmine elsewhere. It 1 easily grown from seed, and should do well in a succulent house; it requires as much light as possible.-—G. S. S. ABSTRACTS. 277 Acclimatisation Experiments. By Prof. G. Roster (Bull. R. Soc. Tose. Ort. 2, 8, 4, pp. 35, 67, 103; February, March, and April 1902).— These were conducted in the Garden Ottonella on the island of Elba. The garden is subjected to strong easterly winds, being more protected from the westerly winds blowing from the sea. The mean annual temperature of the island is 15°8°,-that of winter 8°7°. Rain is scarce, having a mean annual fall of 600 mm., but so distributed as to leave a long period in spring and summer of absolute dryness modified by abun- dant dews. The prevailing winds in spring and summer are the N.W. and S., in winter the N. and EK. As the soil of the garden is naturally hard, compact, stony, and poor in humus, containing a large proportion of silica, resulting from the disintegration of quartz and other rocks, it becomes necessary to mix good arable soil, leaf-mould, sand, and manure therewith, if Palms, Vines, and other plants are to be grown at all. The question of the mechanical and physical properties of the soil playing a more important 7dle in the acclimatisation of plants than the chemical and petrographical properties do is next discussed, especially the vary- ing power which different soils possess of inducing the circulation of heat, moisture, and gases; e.g. lime and magnesia appear to possess an influence in diminishing the ealorific conductibility of the soil. Peaty soil exhibits the most, and sand the least, constant temperature of all. In this garden summer is found to be the best season for planting, as in autumn very heavy rains and gales prevail. Experience shows that young plants flourish better than old ones when planted out, especially Palms and other plants, which are used to a warm temperature. Giving artificial shelter to the plants is a mistake and unfair to acclimatisa- tion tests. The wind is the great enemy of the Garden Ottonella. The plants which suffered from the mechanical action of the wind were the Palms: Seaforthia elegans, Ptychosperma Alexandre, Chamedorea, Howea, Rhopalostylis ; and Musa Basjoo (especially), M. paradisiaca, M. sapientum, and M. Hnsete. Of those which proved indifferent to winds were: Phenix, Pritchardia, Brahea, Washingtonia robusta, Cocos sp., Jubea spectabilis, Sabal, Latania borbonica, Livistona, and all the Cycads. Those whose young leaves and shoots are affected by the salt winds are: Spireas, Tecoma grandiflora, Mina, Bosea Yervamora, Cuphea jorullensis, Bougainvillea glabra, Brugmansia swaveolens, Mackaya bella, Pleroma vimineum. Cactacee, Amaryllidacee, and Liliacee proved to be refractory to both violence and saltness of the wind. Those which, ‘after three or four years’ introduction, suffer from sun-heat, are : Chamedorea (especially), Howea, Rhopalostylis, Seaforthia, Ptycho- sperma, Caryota. Those which resist it are: Phanix (especially), Jubea spectabilis, Cocos sp., Pritchardia filifera, Washingtonia robusta, Brahea, Chamerops, Rhapis flabelliformis, Rhapidophyllum Hystrix, Nannor- rhops Ritchieana, and all the Cycads. Cocos Weddelliana is very delicate and sensitive. Others which are sensitive are mentioned, such as Musa, Coffea, Hoya, Pleroma, Dracena, Mina. The Palms most resistent to drought are: Jubea spectabilis, Phenix sylvestris, Brahea Roezli, Chamerops hunvilis, Nannorrhops Ritchieana. Cycads do not require much watering, except when forming young leaves. Cacti, Liliacee, Amaryllidacee require some watering in summer. Acacias withstand 278 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. drought remarkably well. Then follows a list of plants which have done especially well; of those which hardly flourish at all, such as Bamboos and most Australian Palms; and of plants which have perished from cold or unknown causes.— W. C. W. Aconite, Winter, Smut attacking. By William Carruthers (Jour. R.A.S. vol. lxii., p. 248, 1901).—An example of smut Urocystis anemones was sent from Cambridgeshire. It had attacked winter aconite (Hranthis hyemalis, Salisb.). This Urocystis has been observed on other plants of the order Ranunculacee.’—R. N. Adonis, Perennial. By G. Reuthe (Garden, No. 1588, p. 191; 22 /3/1902).—There is not a single species or variety of Adonis that. does not deserve to be cultivated. So states the writer of this article, and he proceeds to describe the perennial ones and to give much useful cultural and general information concerning them.—J#. T. C. FEranthus ramosus, Cogn. (Cogniaux in Dict. I.on. Orch., Myranthus, pl. 2; 2/1902).—A curious species introduced from Mada- gascar in 1901 by M. Peeters, of Brussels. Flowers pendent, olive green. C. C. A. Ethionemas, Perennial Species of. By G. Reuthe (Gard. Mag. No. 2527, p. 212; 5/8/1902).—A descriptive account of the few species of ’ ABSTRACTS. | ; 303 mental orchard attached to the station in controlling insect pests and studying their habits. It also gives a plan of the experimental orchard. ee dC: Economic Plants of Samana, Historical Notes on. By W. Harris (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam., new series, vol. vill. part 9, p. 129; part 10, p. 154; part 10, p. 161).—The author gives an account of the trees as. mentioned in 1622 by Dr. Heylin. In 1672 Rd. Blome gave an account of the fruits, herbs, and roots. Then follows an account of the Pineapple, probably brought by the Spaniards from Tropical America, though it appears on the coat of arms as if it were a natural product. Various accounts written in the seventeenth century are quoted, as well as later reports on the varieties cultivated in Jamaica at the present time. The best methods of cultivation are also described. In the second article Bananas are considered; the varieties are named. In the third the Mango is treated of. The author gives some account of the ne y; varieties, and their order of merit.—G. H. Edgeworthia chrysantha, Flowers of. By Gustavo Mattei (Bull. and rare biological history. Hach flower passes through two quite distinct stages: a first stage, in which it is fertilised exclusively by bees of medium size, including the common hive bee ; and a second stage, in which Sphingide, especially Macroglossa stellataruwm, are the sole ferti- lisers; these latter only visit curved and whitish flowers. During the first stage the anthers of the superior whorl have not dehisced, while at the second stage this has taken place, and the style is less bent and more elongated.— W. C. W. Edible Fungi. ‘La Vente des Champignons sur les Marchés des différentes Villes d’Kurope.” Par M. Emile Perrot (Buil. Soc. Myc. | Fr, xviii. fase. 2; 1902).—This purports to be a record of the various... species of edible Fungi which are offered for sale in the markets ‘of the - different cities of Europe. Also of the regulations in force for general protection, with suggestions as to the means which should be generally adopted for public protection, and measures for general instruction in popular mycology, and a knowledge of edible and poisonous species: The countries which are included in this memoir are Germany, ‘Austro- Hungary, Belgium and Netherlands, France, Britain, Italy, Russia, and Switzerland: In some countries twenty or thirty species are recorded, or even more, whilst in Great Britain it is stated that the only species is Psalliota campestris (the equally common Psalliota arvensis being for- gotten), and, rarely as an exception Lepiota procera, Tricholoma per: sonatum, some Morels, and a large quantity of. Truffles imported from France.—M. C. C. Embryo Sacs, On the Development of. By R. E. B. McKenny, B.Sc. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. ii. No.1, 1898, p. 80; plate 11).—Plants of Scilla hyacinthoides, var. .cerulea, S. campanulota, Lilium: tigrinum, and L. candidunm furnished the material for study. The writer has 304 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. observed most of the stages as described ‘by Mottier during spindle formation. At no period in the cell history is a centrosome visible. MC. & Entomology, Economic, in Ohio. By F. M. Webster (U.S.A. Stn. Hort. Soc. Ohio, pp. 117-140 ; 1901).—Among other insects men- tioned in this report the Willow and Poplar curculio (or weevil) (Crypto- rhynchus lapathi), an insect common in Europe, Siberia, and Japan, is noted as a new pest in Ohio, attacking Willows, Poplars, and Birches. The following interesting note also appears: “It is rather strange, but nevertheless true, that a species of insect will seem to take on a new food habit over the entire country at about the same time. . . . The Colorado Potato beetles this summer took to Tomatos, not only in Ohio, but in other States and in Canada. - We have known that they would attack the Tomato, but last year there seemed to come over them a sudden mania in that direction, as if the fact had been telegraphed all over the country. . . . One of our common cutworms attacked Carnations in greenhouses. . . . When I came to report the matter as out of the ordinary, as indeed it was, I found the complaint was almost general, and everywhere equally unusual,.’’—F’. J. C. Entomological Notes and Inspection Report for 1901 of Illinois State. By S. A. Forbes, State Entomologist (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901, pp. 142-154).—The Cankerworm.—The cankerworm has made such steady and rapid increase in this State and elsewhere that special investigations have been made with reference to it and with a view to discovering the best means of combating it. As the author points out, giant Elms of many years’ growth—the pride of the owners and an ornament to the town—may be injured beyond remedy or completely destroyed by these insignificant insects if they are allowed to work unhindered for two or three years. The loss thus inflicted is not a pecuniary one merely, for the value of an old Elm is not to be counted in dollars and cents. A clue to the control of the cankerworm is to be found in its life- history and in the peculiar character of the female moth. The eggs are laid as a rule in March or April in irregular masses, commonly concealed under pieces of loose bark and the like, and they hatch from about mid- April to the end of May. ‘They reach full size in three or four weeks. Then they enter the ground to the depth of two to five inches, change to the pupa state, and come forth as,an adult moth in the following spring or earlier. The male moth is a rather thin-winged delicate-looking creature, while the female is wholly without wings. Two remedies are available, the one applying to the orchard and the other to the large shade trees. In the orchard a thorough spraying of arsenic or Paris green will destroy the cankerworm. ‘Two sprayings may be necessary, as the eggs do not seem to hatch all at once. The first should be applied shortly after the opening of the leaf buds and the second in about ten days. For large trees bands impassable by the female should be placed around the trunks early in spring, the object being of course to prevent the mother moth from going up the tree to deposit eggs. The band may be ABSTRACTS. 305 six inches wide and made of heavy wrapping paper smeared with a thick layer of printer’s ink or of tar thinned with oil. GREEN FRutIt Worms. These are light green caterpillars marked with three cream-coloured stripes, and attack young Apples when about the size of a Pea, often eating a large part of the fruit away. They will also attack Pears, Plums, Currants, &c. One caterpillar will spoil several Apples one after the other, doing this work in May and early June. The parent moths fly only at night and are attracted by lights. The insects pupate under ground, the eggs being laid in early spring and hatching in a few days. They are subject to poisoning with the arsenical spray, but after they have begun their attacks upon the fruit it would seem that they can only be reached by jarring the trees and catching the insects on sheets or screens. A NEW Apple INSEcT. This new discovery, which has been given the name of the Apple flea-weevil (Orchestes pallicarnis), is a minute black beetle—one of the snout-beetles; that is, having the front of the head drawn out into a slender beak, somewhat like that of the curculio. It jumps like a flea by means of powerful hind legs. Its complete life history is not known, but it evidently passes its whole life cycle on the tree. The beetles when they come out feed upon the under surface of the leaf, eating round holes. THE PEAR-LEAF BLISTER IN NURSERIES. The author wishes to emphasise the fact, which seems not generally known to nurserymen and orchardists, that this mite (Phytoptus pyri) may be destroyed in winter either by spraying infested nursery stock with kerosene in some suitable form or by fumigating the trees with hydro- cyanic acid gas. ‘The microscopic mites pass the winter alive among the scales of the buds of trees infested the previous year.— VY. J. °M. Epiphytes. , From a lecture given by R. A. Rolfe, A.L.S. (Orch. Rev. p- 102; April 1902).—One of the most instructive and interesting papers ever published in this work. Itis a pity the whole lecture as given to the Kew Gardeners’ Mutual Improvement Society is not given. The notes are so full of interesting matter in respect to epiphytal plants.—H. J. C. Eremophila calycina. By 8S. L. Moore (Journ. Bot. 469, p. 28 ; 1/1902).—Description of a new. species, allied to H..Duttoni, collected by Mrs. Capt. Grey near the head of St. Vincent’s Gulf.—G. S. B. Eremurus robustus. By C. Crusius (Die Gart. p.157; 4/1/1902). EHremurus robustus, collected at first by the Russian botanist P. P. Semenow in the Himalayas at an altitude of 2,000-3,000 metres, and described by Dr. Regelas Henningia robusta. Full particulars of culture, with illustration.—G. R. Erythronium obtusatum, un. sp. By L. N. Goodding (Bot. Gaz. x 306 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. xxxiii. No. 1, p. 67).—Closely related to EH. grandiflorum, but has pale yellow and purple-tinged flowers.—G. H. Erythroniums. By 8. Arnott (Gard. Mag. No. 2520, p. 99; 15/2/1902).—The Dog’s Tooth Violets are described, and interesting his- torical notes are added in connection with the type species LH. Dens-canis, one of the oldest of English garden flowers, and still unrivalled in beauty among the many new species that have come to us from Western America during recent years. The list of species seems to be complete, and the article embodies a great deal of information about these beautiful bulbous plants.— W. G. Eucalyptus Gunnii, var. montana. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7808).—Nat. ord. Myrtacea, tribe Leptospermee. Native of Tasmania and Victoria. It was discovered by Sir J. D. Hooker in 1840. It was called Cider-tree from the agreeable sap.—G. H. Eucalyptus pastoralis. By 8. L. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 469, p. 27; 1/1902).—Description of a “ White Gum” from Adelaide River, North Australia, collected by Rev. T. 8. Lea in 1886.—G. S. B. Eugenia Banksii. By J. Britten and S.L. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 469, pp. 26, 27; 1/1902).—Description of a species collected at Endeavour River, Queensland, by Banks and Solander, to be figured in plate 122 of Mr. Britten’s ‘“ Illustrations of the Botany of Captain Cook’s Voyage.”’ GSea. Euphorbia jacquinieflora als Winterbliiher. By G. Besoke (Die Gart. p. 175; 11/1/1902).—The best of this genus as a winter blooming plant and especially as a pot plant. The showy flowers are bright antimony-red-coloured.—G. R. Exacum Forbesii. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 789, p. 98; fig. 32; 8 /2/1902.)—This new species is a native of Socotra, and is a perennial ereenhouse shrub, of bushy habit, about a foot in height: it bears racemes of purple blossoms 4 inch in diameter, with prominent yellow anthers. It obtained an Award of Merit when exhibited by Messrs. Veitch & Co. at the Royal Horticultural Society on January 14.—G. S. S. Exorrhiza Wendlandiana. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7797).—Nat. ord. Palme, tribe Arecea. Native of the Fiji Islands. It was discovered by Dr. Seemann in 1861. It flowered at Kew in February 1901. Its height to base of leaves is 16 feet, but attains 60 feet in its native country.—G. H. ! Experiment Station Work (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Farm., Bull. 144, pp. 1-22).—Experimental work in various directions result here in: 1st, a plea for rotation of crops on scientific grounds, the practice being apparently not universal in America. 2nd, a recommendation for certain soils of Thomas or basic slag. 38rd, a suggestion that much better com- ABSTRACTS. 307 mercial results would follow the use of glass for forcing Lettuces for the New York market in North Carolina instead of the plant-cloth at present universal. 4th, an article showing that it appears to be more advan- tageous to the trees to irrigate South Arizona orchards in winter than in summer, while the practice possesses this great advantage, that in the former season water is plentiful and can be administered in really satisfying quantities, while in summer the available supplies are at best scanty; and 5th, a tabulated comparison of the results of scientific hybridisation and selection among native varieties of Grape, undertaken with the view of producing or preserving kinds which shall be desirable in themselves and adapted to resisting disease and adverse conditions of climate. ‘We SEP ee Farmyard Manure. By Malpeaux and Dorez (Ann. Agr. pp. 353- 356; August 1901).—A discussion of the relative advantage of ploughing in the manure at once, or after leaving it spread on surface for some time. The balance is in favour of quickly ploughing in the manure. OOF: Farmyard Manure, Fermentations of Nitrogenous Matters in. By Dehérain and Dupont (Ann. Agr. pp. 401-427 ; September 1901). An important paper of some length which requires to be consulted en bloc.—C. H. H. Fasciation in Sweet Potato. By Henry S. Conard, A.M. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol.ii., No. 2, p. 205; 1901; pl. 19).—The common Sweet Potato as grown about Philadelphia produces fasciated vines very plenti- fully. It has been suggested that an excess of nitrogenous fertiliser (ammonia) in the soil seems to increase the amount of fasciation. At any rate, the evidence seems strong in favour of the view that fasciation in this plant is connected with high nutrition. Along with the ordinary fasciations there appear in the Sweet Potato, as in other fasciated races, various peculiar malformations, such as spht or dichotomous branching, split fasciations, and especially that remarkable condition which has been termed “ ring fasciation.”’ Then follows a detailed description of ring fasciation as it has occurred in Peperomia, as described by H. de Vries ; and also in Veronica longifolia. Also two doubtful cases of ring fasciation in Sempervivuwm, and two fasciated Sweet Peas reported by C. P. Qualch.— WM. C. C. Female Flowers of some Juglandacex, The. By G. Karsten (Flora, xc. 1902, pp. 816-333; pls. 12).—The species studied were Juglans regia, J. cordifornis, J. ngra, Pterocarya fraxinifolia, Carya amara, C. tomentosa. Two embryo sacs are often found, both fully developed, one behind the other, separated by vegetative cells. There would appear to be an abundant “sporogenous ”’ tissue. The pollen tube enters the nucellus by the outer integument. J. nigra and regia are remarkable for the equivalence in size of the synergids and oosphere, the tardy union of the polar nuclei (possibly sometimes not effected, and one only mating with the male nucleus), the abundant sporogenous x2 308 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. tissue. He recalls the close analogy between Gnetwm and Angiosperms: demonstrated by recent observers ; and, with Eichler, places Juglandacee among the lowest of the latter, perhaps on a level with Piperacee. Mri Fern-prothallium, an Alga-like. Note by A. P. W. Thomas,. University College, Auckland, N.Z. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 61, p. 165; March 1902).—‘ The prothallium (of Schizea bifida) is quite unlike the ordinary types of Fern-prothallia, and is strongly suggestive of an Alga. A good specimen has the form of a soft-looking, round green cushion,,. from a quarter to half of an inch in diameter. LHrect green filaments can be seen projecting above the general surface even with the naked eye... . Filamentous prothallia are already known in T'richomanes, and, as is’ well known, small more or less filamentous prothallia occur in many Ferns when spores are sown too thickly. But these starved filamentous. prothallia bear male organs only. The prothallia. of Trichomanes are- incompletely filamentous. . .. The prothallia of Schizea, however, are completely filamentous throughout, not only the antheridia, but also the archegonia being produced on filaments.’”’ The author describes his. observations at some length.—R. I. L. Fertiliser Analyses, Autumn, 1901. By B. W. Kilgore, State- Chemist, Illinois (U.S.A. St. Bd. North Carolina, vol. xxiii., No. 2, Fe- bruary 1902).—A short paper on fertilisers used by farmers on fall crops for comparison of the relative values. The following are amongst the. substances mentioned and described: “ Water-soluble Phosphoric Acid,’” “‘ Reverted Phosphoric Acid,” ‘“ Water-soluble Ammonia,’’ and ‘“ Organic: Ammonia.’” The ammonia included under the last heading is such as that in cotton-seed meal, dried blood, fish scrap, &c. These materials. are insoluble in water, and before they can feed plants they must decay and have their ammonia charged by the aid of the bacteria of the soil to. nitrates, similar to nitrates of soda. They are valuable then as plant. food in proportion to their content of ammonia. A table of valuations. for 1901 is given.—V. J. M. Fig, the Cultivation of. By Numa Schneider (Rev. Hort. pp. 148- 145; March 16, 1902).—General culture and descriptive list of ten varieties recommended.—C. TJ. D, The Fig. By R. H. Priceand.E. A. White. (Bull. No. 62; 12 photo. plates. Texas Agric. Hap. Stn., 1902).—Very little has been done in Texas along the line of commercial Fig cultivation, the Fig being only grown as yard or lawn trees. In some sections of Texas attempts have been made to dry the Fig, but owing to the unfavourable climatic conditions at those places this has been unsuccessful. The authors treat: briefly of the early history of the. lig, its varieties included under three classes : Caprifigs, Smyrna Figs, and Adriatic. Figs. They are also arranged under the three colours > brown, yellow, and black, with descriptions of each variety. ABSTRACTS. 309 This brochure also deals with propagation, soils and fertilisers, plant- ‘ing, cultivation, insects and diseases, pruning, eee marketing, canning, and evaporating.—G. H. Figs, Fertilisation or Caprification of. By H. Hitier (fev. Hort. pp. 85, 86; February 16, 1902).—A description of the life-career of Blastophaga grossorum as followed by Dr. Trabut and explained by M. Bouvier to the Société Nationale d’Agriculture. The wild Fig bears three crops in the year. In each one the fruit is inhabited by Blasto- phaga, thus: (1) A summer generation, developed in the spring and maturing in June; (2) an autumnal one, which is developed during the summer ; and (8) a winter one, starting late in autumn and maturing in the early spring. The winter Figs contain only female flowers with a short style, and in which the ovum is replaced by a male or female Blastophaga, which passes the winter in this retreat and develops com- pletely. The vermiform males issue first and make their way to the fruits containing the still captive females, which eventually after fecunda- tion escape and take flight to the spring Figs, within which they deposit an egg against the embryo ovum. ‘This egg hatches and the seed embryo forms the food of the young Blastophaga. On quitting the summer Fig the females traverse the male flowers then open near the orifice of the fruit, and transfer subsequently the pollen to the female autumn flowers, which are thus fertilised. In the Mediterranean region, where the wild Fig grows, the autumn Figs cannot set or ripen without being fertilised, and as these cultivated Fig trees only bear female flowers they must perforce be fertilised from some outer source, 7.e. by the wild Figs and the agency of the Blastophaga. Hence the method pursued, which is extremely ancient, and is called “ caprification.”’ As the Blastophaga has been introduced into California and acclimatised there, the difficulty of fertilisation no longer exists, and a large trade in Smyrna Figs has been established.—C. T. D. (See also p. 241.) Flower Buds. By E. 8. Goff (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., Wisconsin, Report, 1901, pp. 304-316; 16 figs.).—The investigations recorded in this report were carried out with a view to discovering (1) the time of flower formation in the Currant, Gooseberry, and Cranberry; (2) the variation in the period of flower formation between different varieties of Apple growing in the same orchard ; (8) the influence of irrigation upon the formation of flower buds in the Apple in time of drought ; and (4) the extent to which flowers are formed the season before their expansion in those fruit plants in which no flower buds can be distinguished in autumn. The author found that the flowers were beginning to be formed within the bud of the Pomona Currant by July 8, in the Black Currant by August 8, and on October 30 the White Currant showed many flowers, but little differentiation of parts. In the Downing Gooseberry flowers were well started by August 30, while on October 30 the ovules had begun to form. (The weather was warm and unusually dry, so that the formation of flowers was possibly hastened.) 310 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. In the Cranberry the young flowers were not observed until September 16, while by October 10 the calyx and corolla were distinctly visible. It has been previously proved that flowers may be formed in the buds of the Hoadley Apple until frost sets in (see Reports of Wisconsin Exp. Stn., 1899, pp. 289-303, and 1900, pp. 266-285), but the investigations on other varieties seem to show that there may be considerable variation in the period at which the Apple flowers begin to form. It was found that abundant watering during a period of extreme drought and heat did not perceptibly influence the time of appearance of the first flowers in the Gideon Apple, although these did not appear until eight weeks after the watering had commenced. Nor did the . watering perceptibly affect the percentage of swelled buds that formed flowers. It did, however, affect perceptibly the percentage of buds that swelled, and also the amount of growth beneath the buds on the fruit spurs. The tree that was not watered promises to bear the better crop. The author found that, notwithstanding the fact that no flower buds can be distinguished in autumn in the Quince, Raspberry, Blackberry, and Grape, yet the flowers are really formed during the season before their expansion. EJ, Flower Growing in South New Mexico. By Francis E. Lester (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. New Mexico Bull., 40, November 1901; 9 plates).— A message of hope from a garden enthusiast to fellow-sufferers from the. climate of South New Mexico, where it seems to be commonly reported that flowers will now grow. The author of this essay apparently makes them grow, and gives photographs of garden groups and of single blooms to illustrate his triumphs. The chapter of accidents taught him to sow annuals in the autumn, and loving care and a habit of introducing chiefly garden counterparts of native wild flowers have done the rest. YL Bs Sine 2 Fritillaria askhabadensis. J. G. Baker (Gard. Chron. No. 798, p. 237, fig. 74; 12/4/1902).—This Fritillaria is interesting as being a second species of the sub-genus Petiliwm, of which hitherto only one. species was known (‘The Crown Imperial’): it differs from our old favourite by the flowers being smaller and the segments of a different shape. Their colour is a pale yellow slightly tinged with green. This species is a native of the Trans-Caspian province of Russia, and was found near the town of Askhabad in calcareous soil at an elevation of about 8,800 feet.—G. S. S. Frost, Effects of, in the Winter of 1900-1901 in the Botanic. Gardens at Montpellier. By M. Daveau (dun. Soc. Hé. p. 156; Oct. 1901).—We are surprised to hear that the following were amongst. others killed by minima not exceeding 22 deg. Fahr. at four feet from the ground at Montpellier: Frankenia levis, Lavatera arborea*, Rhodo- dendron ponticum, Alyssum spinosum, Solanwm jasmvinoides *, Cistus salvifolius. Those marked * survived in a neighbouring garden where. the minima were lower, but of shorter duration.—C. W. D. Fruitarians and Chinese, Nutrition Investigations among. sy M. E. Jaffa, M.S. (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Off. Exp. Stn., Bull. 170; > =_ i =. ABSTRACTS. 311 1899-1901).—A rather inconclusive report on the probable sufficiency and advantages of a purely fruitarian or vegetarian diet. The first series of investigations was made with a family belonging to the stricter sect of fruitarians, that is, rejecting not only milk and eggs, but all cooked food and all cereals, and living entirely on fresh and dried fruit, olive oil, honey, and nuts. By chemical analysis this dietary is shown to be seriously deficient, according to the received American standard, in protein, carbohydrates, and fuel value; but as the only family under observation consisted of two under-sized women, taking only lght exercise, and of three children, and as all these seemed to enjoy ordinary health, it would be hardly fair to conclude either that the undeveloped condition of the youngest child was due to insufficient nourishment, or that the foods provided would be enough for a man taking severe exercise. The cost of living under the above conditions works out almost exactly at what has been proved to be the average expenditure per day of the ordinary American in comfortable circumstances, even including the cost of the fuel he needs to prepare his food, whereas the fruitarians devoured theirs raw, and it must be remembered that this was in California, where fruit is plentiful, and in late summer, when it is at its cheapest. The report further gives the result of careful analyses of the food values of three different groups of Chinese settled in America and answering to our professional class, artisan class, and labourer class. The inquiries were started under the usual impression that Chinese - live almost exclusively on rice ; but as on investigation it turned out that though some of their foodstuffs were national and unknown to Americans, the diet of these emigrated Chinese, at all events, was almost identical in cost, variety, and proportion with that of the corresponding classes in America, these results also seem to point no particular moral.— MV. L. A. Fruit Culture. By W. Munson (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Maine Bull. vol. i. No. 1; March 1902).—Pruning—tTrees on a warm southern slope, freely exposed to the winds, require much less pruning than do those in a cool sheltered location which is lacking in sunshine. Plenty of light is essential to the production of highly coloured fruit. If the trees have been long neglected and require heavy pruning, do not remove all the wood the first year. Removal of a portion of the top, and so distributing the food gathered by the roots to a smaller number of branches, tends to produce rapid growth and a renewed vigour of the tree. The removal of too much at one time will start the growth of water-sprouts and defeat the very purpose in view. The time of year at which the cut is made has little effect on the readiness with which the wound heals. Wounds should be covered immediately with a coat of paint to keep out moisture and spores. The best season for pruning in Maine is said to be on warm days from January to May. Regrafting.—Young trees may be retopped by grafting in a single season, a tree eight or ten years old in two years, and one of twenty or more years in three seasons. The best method of top grafting is not to make a few limbs the basis of the new top, but to remove a larger number of small limbs ranging from one to two inches in diameter. The split should be made in a horizontal position, so that the scions should not be 312 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. one above the other. Grafting wax: 41b. resin, 2 1b. beeswax, 1 lb. tallow. Spraying calendar and formulas. Farm statistics of the State. — CO. Fruit Culture at our State Farms. By 58. C. Voller (Qu. Agr. Journ. ix. pp. 548-551; December 1901; 4 plates).—This communica- tion is chiefly concerned in describing the methods of pruning fruit trees as adopted at the state farms, with sixteen different figures from photo- — graphs of trees before and after pruning.—M. C. C. Fruit Industry of California, Statistics on the. By E. &%. Holmes (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. (Di. Stat.), Bull. 23; 1901).—This industry started by the Franciscan monks at their mission stations has increased to about 16,000,000 trees in bearing, 14,000,000 non-bearing, acreage undar fruit 610,000 acres. Of this area 157,000 acres are under Grape, 116,000 Prune, 80,000 Peach, 40,000 Apricot, 53,000 Orange, 80,000 Olive, 23,000 each Almond and Apple, 22,000 Pear, 8,000 Cherry, 4,500 Fig, 20,000 Walnut. These fruits thrive well in most parts of California. Next to Grapes, Prunes are more extensively cultivated than any other fruit. The yield is very heavy, trees in full bearing yielding annually from 150 to 300 1b. of green fruit each. Apples thrive pheno- menally well along the coast where the temperature is not too high, in the mountain countries. Oranges and Lemons are profitably grown -along the foot hills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains from San Diego to Tehama County, a length of over 700 miles and a width of three to thirty miles. Statistics follow as to the number of bearing and non-bearing trees in each county, also shipments by rail and sea. About 520,000 tons of fruit were shipped by rail and sea in 1900.—C. H. H. Fruit Packing. By H. T. Martin (Gard. Mag. No. 2530, p. 262, 26/4/1902).—A series of notes (continued in the following number) upon the proper mode of packing fruit, a very important matter to most gardeners. The instructions given appear to be thoroughly practical and clearly stated, and include remarks upon all fruits grown in English gardens. Wood wool and paper shavings as packing material seem to be most favoured by the writer for the packing of soft fruits excepting Straw- berries, for which he uses the soft leaves of Malva crispa, grown specially for the purpose.—W. G. Fruit Soils and Fruit List of Virginia. By Wm. B. Alwood (U.S.A, Exp. Stn. Virginia, Bull. 98).—Blacksburg, Montgomery County, Virginia. Apples, Pears, Quinces, Peaches, Plums, Cherries, Blackberries, Raspberries, Currants, Gooseberries, Strawberries, and Grapes, comparing varieties as to colour, quality, season, use, origin, as to suitability in five different districts, with remarks.—C. H. H. Fruit Trees, Propagation and Planting of. By W. L. Howard (U.S.A. St. Bd. Missouri Bull. vol. i. No. 11; 1902).—Good description of raising Apple seedlings and root grafting, also cleft grafting and budding, well illustrated.—C. H. H. — ABSTRACTS. 313 Fruit Trees, The Summer Pinching of. By Alger Petts (Garden, No. 1586, p. 285; 12/4/1902).—There is a great difference of opinion upon the subject, while it is doubtful if many amateurs understand the principles and also the practice of this operation, so important to the fruit-grower.—H. T. C. Fruit Trees, Training of. By George Bellair (Rev. Hort. pp. 129- 131; March 16, 1902).—Four woodcuts and an interesting article illus- trating mode of pruning and treatment for trellis training on several systems.—C. T. D. Fruit Trees, Reportson. By S.H. Fulton (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Mich., State Agr. College, Hort. Dep., Bull. 194, December 1901).—A series of notes on new varieties of fruit trees and bushes which have been tried on the station grounds, with results also of experiments in remedies for some of the diseases to which fruit trees are liable, as, for instance, that 1 oz. of liver of sulphur to three gallons of water was used to prevent mildew in Gooseberries, the first application being made on May 1, and followed by others at intervals of ten days till the fruit ripened. A series of experiments in spraying Peach trees for leaf-curl with copper sulphate solution in different strengths and at different dates showed that it made no difference whether the trees were sprayed in autumn or early spring, but spraying after April 26 was less and less efficacious. The strength tests showed no difference in effect betweon mixtures of 1 1b. copper sulphate to 200 gallons of water and 1 lb. sulphate to 20 gallons. | One year’s experiments also showed no difference between trees pruned in spring or autumn or early winter. The best English Gooseberries for home and market are given as ‘ Chautauqua,’ ‘Columbus,’ ‘ Keepsake,’ and ‘ Lancashire,’ and the best American ones as ‘ Downing,’ ‘ Pearl,’ and ‘Red Jacket.’ ‘Cumberland’ is said to be a new variety of Rasp- berry, in all respects worthy of the high praise which has been given to it. ‘Garden Royal’ and ‘Hubbardston’ are specially recommended among Apples, and ‘Paragon’ almost enthusiastically among Chestnuts. * Montreuil,’ a little-known variety of Duke Cherry, is pronounced unsurpassed for culinary purposes, while ‘Tartarian’ among Bigarreaus is mentioned as one of the most profitable market varieties grown. Mi, bre i: Fruits and Seeds, Statistical Information concerning the Production of, in certain Plants. By John W. Harshburger, Ph.D. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. ii. No. 1, p. 100; 1898).—Consists mainly of tables showing the number of perfect fruits and of abortive fruits, in a series of examinations on Arisema triphyllum, Rhododendron nudi- florum, Cornus florida, Staphylea trifolia, Hibiscus Moscheutos, Xanthium canadense, Yucca filamentosa, and Pimpinella integerrima. The relative ratios established in these tables between the perfect and abortive seeds and fruits give some idea as to the success of the act of pollination and fertilisation.— MV. C. C. Fumigation in Orchards and the San José Scale. By F. A. Sirrine (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., New York, Bull. 209; December 1901).—It 314 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. seems from the experiments recorded in this pamphlet that there is no danger to trees by fumigation with potassium cyanide except when done in bright sunlight, when the léaves had begun to expand, or when the charge of chemicals was too great. Black folding tents gave the best results. Such tender trees as the Peach, so long as they are dormant, can be safely treated with 25 oz. of KCN (98 %) per 100 cubic feet for a period not exceeding 80 minutes. The results also show that fumigation may be depended upon to exterminate the San José scale on medium- sized orchard trees in small areas; 40z. KCN per 100 cubic feet is sufficient, but more should usually be used. The author recommends the following proportions for use :— 1 part by weight of potassium cyanide. i. , volume of sulphuric acid. 2 s s water. The paper concludes with descriptions of apparatus used, details of fixing tents, and reccords of experiments showing the time taken for chemical action to take place under varying circumstances between the sulphuric acid and potassium cyanide. The paper is well illustrated with plates and figures showing details of construction of the tents and means of employing them, &c.—F’. J. C. Fungicides, Effects of, on Foliage. By S. M. Bain (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Tennessee Report, 1901, p. 9).—The botanist at the above station has been investigating experimentally the effects of fungicides on foliage, and a full report on the subject is promised. In the meantime it is said that while Peach foliage showed itself very sensitive to the poisonous effects of Bordeaux mixture used alone a subsequent spray of milk of lime prevented all bad effects, and probably a reversing of the order of applications would be followed by even better results.—M. L. H. Fungicides, Insecticides, Spray Calendar (U.S.A. Exp. Sin, Mass., Bull. 80; 3/1902).—This bulletin contains recipes for making spray solutions, recommends them for use against the attacks of various pests, and gives a calendar showing the time to spray for each particular purpose. Very useful for the locality in question.—F’, J. C. Fungi, Economie and other. A collection prepared for distri- bution by Flora W. Patterson (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bull. 8, 1902).—This is a list consisting of 548 members of parasitic fungi, for the most part with enumeration of their hosts and localities, to facilitate the exchange of specimens between the different bureaus and stations in the United States.—M, C. C. Fungi of the Netherlands (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 8, pp. 523-541).—Herr C. A. T. A. Oudemans (Arnheim) gives a list of the ‘ungi discovered, and, in addition, a Latin diagnosis of seventy-five new species, which are here described for the first time. These consist of Mucronella (1 sp.), Clavaria (2 sp.), Lycoperdon (1 sp.), numerous Ascomycetes, Spheropsidee, Melanconiee, Mucedinee, Dematiea, Stilbea, and Twhercularice.—G. F. S.-H. ABSTRACTS. 815. Fungi: Index Bibliographique. ‘“ Des Principaux Mémoires de Mycologie parus en 1901” (Bull. Soc. Myc. Fr. xviii. fase. 2; 1902).— A very useful enumeration of the books, memoirs, and contributions to the study of mycology, which were published during the year 1901. M..C>C, Galanthus Alleni. By W. Irving (Garden, No. 1581, p. 157).—A description, with illustration, of this rare and handsome Snowdrop, which was sent to Mr. Allen, the well-known Snowdrop enthusiast, from Austria in 1883 by Herr Gusenus.—#. T’. C. Genistas. By G. G. (Gard. Mag. No. 2518, p. 69; 1/2/1902).— A descriptive account of a few species that can be grown in the open air in these islands, but which are not hardy in all parts. Half a dozen species are described, and the list might be extended to include the pretty G. radiata, G. sagittalis, and G. virgata from Madeira, the last-named being the only species that will thrive and flower well under the shade of trees, and is especially valuable as flowering in late summer when so few open-air shrubs flower. It is also known as G. elata.—W. G. Germination, Influence of Manures on. By G. W. Hicks (Ann. Agr. p. 885 ; August 1901).—Chloride of potash and nitrate of soda used at one per cent. mixed with soil injured germination considerably. Phosphatic and calcareous manures are much less harmful, and if not in too large a quantity have no action. Chemical manures should not come in contact with the seed. Manures are most harmful to the young stems coming out of the seed before they emerge from the soil. It seems probable that no manure used in agriculture aids germination.—C. H. H. Ginseng Culture. By the Editor (Qu. Agr. Journ. x. pp. 121-122 ; February 1902).—The cultivation of Ginseng (Panax Ginseng) for its root is recommended for tropical or subtropical countries. An authority quoted states : “ My lowest estimate on an acre planted in Ginseng, and allowed to grow for five years, at the price it is sold to-day, is £7,000 for roots alone, besides the seed crop.” —WM. C. C. Gladioli, Culture of. By Rev. H. H. D’ombrain (Garden, No. 1585, p. 222; 5/4/1902).—-The experience of one who has grown the ganda- vensis section of Gladiolus for forty-five years, who considers their culti- vation a puzzling matter, and who proceeds to give much sound and interesting information on the subject.—ZH. T. C. Graft, Curious Result of a. By H. Danthenay (Rev. Hort. pp. 16-18 ; January 1, 1902).—One woodcut depicting two neighbouring Apple trees at Bougival, with adjoining branches inarched either naturally by contact or artificially, not recorded which. Subsequently to the union one of the trees when in full leaf and fruit was snapped off at the ground line (probably at the original grafting point) ina storm. It was raised and supported on a flat stone beneath the trunk, and not only did it not flag, but it retained its foliage and its fruit continued to grow, though it was solely dependent upon the roots of the other tree and the 316 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. nourishment derived through the one connecting branch. For fifteen years since the two trees have flourished, the rootless one bearing foliage to its base and behaving in every way as a perfect tree.—C. 7’. D. Grafting Experiments, Note on some. By R. H. Biffen, M.A., Cambridge (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi., No. 61, p. 174; March 1902).—This note is suggestive to gardeners, who have many opportunities of making similar experiments. The author writes: ‘“ The following results are the outcome of a series of experiments to test the possibility of obtaining improved varieties of cultivated plants by employing the process of graft- ing. The experiments of Daniel seem to show conclusively that the stock and scion mutually affect each other, and that in some cases, at all events, the changes so induced become hereditary (Daniel, Ann. d. Sct. Nat. 1898, p. 1). So far my experiments have not been carried on for a sufficient time to reach this stage, but as they confirm several other points brought out by Daniel and introduce new ones they are of interest.’ The author details his methods and says that the most successful grafts were obtained by using seedling plants, with from three to six leaves, both for stock and scion. Experiments with Beets, Trope@olum majus and T. canariense (properly called 7’. peregrinwm), Radishes, various Cruciferae, and Leguminose are described, and it is then said that ‘this series of experiments confirms Daniel’s results that the effect of grafting is often to dwarf the plants, retard their flowering season, and in some cases render them far more liable to the attacks of animal pests. None of them, though, show any visible signs of the scion and stock affecting each other. This, however, is well shown in a series of Potato grafts. The operation was performed by paring off a thick piece of skin containing an eye or a shoot an inch or two long from one Potato and binding it tightly over a Similarly shaped pared patch on another tuber; all the other eyes were then destroyed, leaving only the scion to develop. One set of Potatos (A) had thin smooth green skins and numerous deeply sunken eyes, while the other (B) was readily distinguished by its thick rough brown skin and its few shallow eyes. A was grafted on B, and B on A. The resulting crop of tubers was the same in each case. From one and thé same plant tubers of type A and B were obtained (often with their characteristics much exaggerated; e.g. the russet skin cracked so as to resemble a truffle on the eyes exceedingly deep &c.), and tubers one end of which resembled A, the other B. In many cases there was a sharp constriction between the A and B ends, but in some the yellowish-green skin gradually passed over into the rough corky skin, and the tubers were regular in shape. In every case the ‘rose-end’ (distal end) of the tuber was of the A type, and the heel (proximal end) of the B type. Tubers in which the two types were blended never occurred.’”’ If halved trans- versely each portion was thus indistinguishable from one of its parents, and both parents were represented by each tuber. These results are so remarkable that interest in further experiments can but be aroused. RR. I. Le Grafting Experiments, New. By H. Lindemuth (Gartenfloras p. 12; 1/1/1902).—Solanum erythrocarpon was grafted on Solanwm ABSTRACTS. oir Lyeopersicum and the grafted specimens grew more rapidly and luxuri- antly than ungrafted specimens. The author has observed the same with Physalis grafted on the Potato, Arabis albida on species of Brassica, and Solanum auriculatum on S. tuberosum. Certain plants, he maintains, can be more rapidly obtained and more beautiful and luxuriant specimens procured by grafting them from seeds or ordinary cuttings. * The Wallflower was grafted on Red Cabbage, dbutilon Thompsoni on Althea narbonensis, Abutilon Thompsont on Sida Napea, and Petunia hybrida on Nicotiana glauca.—ZJ. P. Grafts, Heterogeneous. By Raymond Roger (Rev. Hort. pp. 166, 167; April 1, 1902).—A number of grafts between quite different orders are quoted, e.g. Haricot Bean on Ricinus, Sunflower on Melon, Cabbage on Tomato, Potato (Topinambour) on Cherry, Chrysanthemum on Tomato, Coleus on Achyranthus, Aster on Phlox, Cineraria maritima on Tomato, Coleus on Tomato, Maple on Ash, &c., in all of which the junction was sound and durable. M. Daniel, the authority for these, considers the generic affinities to be of less importance than analogous size, vigour, and vegetative habits or anatomical character, analogy of tissue, and similarity of alimentary needs. The possibility is suggested of such grafts affecting the seed of stock and scion, and thus leading to unexpected variations.—C. T. D. Grafting Monocotyledons. By Raymond Roger (Rev. Hort. pp. 387-35; January 16, 1902).—M. Lucien Daniel has succeeded in erafting on Vanilla and Philodendron. Success depends upon the extent of contact surface, which must be large and obtained by very oblique severance.—C. T. D. Grape-growing for Everybody. By E. A. Riehl (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901, pp. 136-142).—The author in his short article treats the subject from a popular point of view, and wishes every one to try Grape-growing. He advocates the planting of young and thrifty vines not over one year old, and says they should be cut down to the ground first season, half the wood being cut away second season. Spraying with Bordeaux mixture and autumn pruning is also described.—V. J. M, Grape Fruit Rots. By Henry Tryon (Qu. Agr. Journ. x. pp. 211-- 214 ; two plates; March 1902).—The Dematium fungus rot is attributed to the attacks of Hxobasidium vitis or Dematiwm pullulans. This disease differs from sun-scald in the fact that the berries are never fissured, their contents shrinking instead of increasing in volume. It may occur on any part of an affected bunch, and not on its exposed face only. The diseased berries contrast with those surrounding them, which remain green and intact, by exhibiting a reddish-brown coloration, with the surface puckered with conspicuous folds, indicating a shrinkage of their contents. The berries longest affected become of a deep chocolate hue. At the same time the main axis and branches constituting the bunch become brown or shrunken. This disease was first described in Australia by D. McAlpine in 1896, and then called by him “ Aureo-grape rot’’—and attributed to Awreo- 318 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. basidium vitis var. tuberculatum—but now regarded as an Hxobasidiwm, and a stage of the development of Dematiwm pullulans.—M. C. C. , Grapes, Coulure or Non-setting of. By E. H. Rainford (Qu. Agr. Jour. x. pp. 41-42; 2 plates; January 1902).—Coulure appears under two different forms, one, the failure of the flower to set the fruit in all or part of the cluster; another, in which the fruit sets and in- creases in size, shortly to fall off the bunch in greater or less quantities, as the attack may be severe or mild. The causes of this serious defect are two, constitutional and accidental. Constitutional coulure is attributable either to defective sexual organs of the flower or to degeneration of the plant. The cause of this class of coulure is, apparently, cultivating the vine in badly drained land. Accidental coulure is caused by (1) adverse meteorological conditions at flowering time, (2) too great a vigour of vegetation, (8) fungus attacks of the flower and immature berries. Fungus attacks may be by anthracnose or oidium. In the latter case treatment with sulphur and lime is recommended. In the case of coulure due to abnormal climatic conditions nothing can be done but to take it as philosophically as possible.—M. C. C. Grasses, Ornamental, for Bouquets. By Jules Rudolph (Rev. Hort. pp. 95-97 ; February 16, 1902).—Six woodcuts, with an interesting descriptive list of decorative species suitable for association with flowers in floral arrangement, especially in a dried state, and therefore permanently useful.— C. T’. D. Gunnera, Contributions to our Knowledge of the Genus. By Hans Schnagg (flora, vol. xc. 1902, pp. 114-160 ; 28 woodcuts). A very full and conscientious study chiefly of the anatomy of this interesting and isolated genus. The ovule becomes completely adnate to the walls of the ovary, and the micropyle closed by the dovetailing of the cells that bound it when young. The nuclear divisions in the embryo-sac are irregular and multiple after the first four have been formed in the usual order. Two of these nuclei pass to the upper pole, one dividing to form the small synergids, the other simply enlarging to form the oosphere. Several—as many as five are figured—fuse to form - the endosperm-nucleus. Endosperm formation is not parietal, but limited to the basal part of the embryo-sac, and possibly the antipodals (6-7) take part in it. The enlargement of the embryo-sac with its contents determines complete absorption of nucellus and integument. The reserves in the endosperm are aleurone-grains, each nearly filled by a large cubical crystal. Despite the enormous differences of size of the vegetative organs in the several. species of the genus there is no general corresponding differences in the absolute size of their histological elements. But G. chilensis has much the biggest vessels.—M. H. Habenarias, Hardy. By G. R. (Die. Gart. p. 3830; 12/4, 1902). Of this genus of hardy terrestrial Orchids twenty species are described and cultural notes given.—G. R. ABSTRACTS. 319 Habenaria Lugardii. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7798).— Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Ophrydee. Native of Bechuanaland. It bears two large orbicular leaves and racemes of white flowers, having spurs some 8 inches in length. It flowered at Kewin February 1899. Gi. Hi. Hzemanthus diadema. By A. V. D. H. (Rev. Hort. Belge, xxvili. No. 1, p. 18; with col. pl.).—It bears a large umbel 8 inches across in full flower of scarlet flowers.—G. H. Hazels, The Witch. By D. K. (Jowrn. Hort. p. 180; Feb. 27, 1892).—Four kinds of this genus (Hamamelis) are described, and as they flower in winter their bright yellow at that season is attractive and ornamental.—C. W. D. Heating Greenhouses, Early Treatises on. By W. Roberts (Gard. Chron. No. 791, p. 121; 22/2/1902).—In this article the history of heating plant houses is dealt with, and the author quotes a number of books &e. which appeared at the end of the eighteenth and the begin- ning of the nineteenth century, in each of which apparently a different system of heating was advocated. One of the earliest papers in which heating greenhouses is mentioned is one published in the ‘‘ Philosophical Transactions.” in 1694; but it seems that as late as 1721 glass was not used in the construction of greenhouses.—G. S. S. Helenium Hoopesii. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p. 109; 1 wood- eut; March 1, 1902).—Highly recommended as a robust hardy garden flower, large yellow multi-rayed stars, floriferous, about three feet high. SE a 9 8 Helianthus, Floral Transformations of. By J. Fr. Favard (Rev. Hort. pp. 189-142; March 16, 1902).—Seven woodcuts, mainly illustrating distinct varieties of H. cucwmerifolius, single, semi-double, double, and dwarf. An interesting series.—C. T. D. Helichrysum, Some African Species of. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 784, p. 4, fig. 1 ; 4/1/1902).—In the Gardeners’ Chronicle of Nov. 10, 1900, a new species belonging to this genus, named H. Gulielmui, by Prof. Engler, was figured. Prof. Engler in his paper mentioned another species (without naming or describing it) as allied to H. formoswm. This is supposed to be the species now figured, which, however, is appa- rently not a new species, but a variety of H. Gulielmi.—G. S. S. Helichrysum Volkensii. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 794, p. 169, fig. 50; 15/3/1902).—This African species is a native of the Kilma-njaro Mountain, where it grows in “the highest zone of vegetation’: it is a plant of shrubby habit, the stems and branches densely covered with white shaggy hairs. The flowers are about 1} inch in diameter, the outer bracts are bright rose-coloured, the inner ones white. It was flowered by Mr. Gumbleton.—G. S. S. Hellebores. By J. W. Barr (Journ. Hort. p. 205; March 6, 1902),— A portrait is given of Helleborus colchicus. The stalked Hellebores of the 320 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. H. orientalis type, known as Lent Roses, are noted, and the best mode of cultivating them, which was especially studied by Mr. Peter Barr in his Tooting nursery, is described. Their botanical names are difficult to assign and not trustworthy, as a large proportion of the best varieties are hybrids.—C. W. D. Hemigenia Pritzelii. By S. L. Moore (Journ. Bot. 469, pp. 28, 29 ; 1/1902).—Description of a new species, E. Pritzel’s No. 196, allied to H. rigida, from the Darling Range, in Wellington District, West Australia. G. 5a Hibiscus Scotti. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7816).— Nat. ord. Malvacee, tribe Hibiscee. Native of Socotra. This is a small tree with large yellow flowers, with a crimson base to the petals.—-G. H. Hieracia of Chili (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 8, pp. 552-558).— Herr IF’. W. Neger (Munich) gives an interesting sketch of the distribution and also new descriptions of four Chilian species of this genus. G. F. S.-H. Hop and its English Varieties, The. By John Percival (Journ. R.A.S. vol. lxii. pp. 67-95 ; figs. 1-22 ; 1901).—The author deals with the. structure and varieties of the Hop, and gives a number of excellent photographic illustrations. The only two distinct species of Hops known are the Japanese Hop (Humulus japonicus, Sieb. et Zucce.), a native of China and Japan ; the other, our ordinary Hop (Humulus lupulus, L.), is a. native wild plant distributed all over Europe. The former is of no value for brewing purposes, but is grown as an ornamental climber in gardens. The seedlings of few plants vary so much as those of the Hop, and this in spite of the fact that it is a species which has not been subject to hybridisation. The varieties discussed are : ‘ Hobbs’s Early’ (density=6); ‘Prolific’ (density about 6); ‘Meopham’ (density=5); ‘ Henham’s Jones’ (density=7); ‘Brambling’ (density=7); ‘ White’s Early ’ (density=7) ; ‘Amos’s Early Bird’ (density about 8); ‘ Bennett’s Early Seedling’ (density=6) ; ‘ Rodmersham or Mercer’s Hop’ (density=75-8); ‘Cobb’s Hop’ (density=7); ‘ Canterbury White Bine ’ (density about 7); ‘Cooper’s White’ (density=63-7) ; ‘ Fuggle’s Hop’ (density=7); ‘Old Jones’s Hop’ (density=7-8). The term “golding”’ or “goldings”’ is gene- rally applied by Hop merchants and factors to the best class of Hops such as the ‘ Canterbury’ and ‘Farnham Whitebines’ &c. The “ density” of a Hop, taken in conjunction with the shape of its bracts, is the best means for distinguishing and classifying the different varieties.—R. N. Horse-chestnuts, Asculus and Pavia. By W. J. Bean (Gard. Chron. No. 795, p. 187; figs. 57, 58, 59,and 60 ; 22/3/1902).—Descriptions are given of nine species which are in cultivation, three of which are figured. It is said that all the species are “noteworthy for their beauty of foliage, standing perhaps pre-eminently in this respect as a genus of hardy trees.’ All are gross feeders and like a rich moist soil. They are best propagated from seed. The common Horse-chestnut is by far the best as a park or avenue tree, as none of the others in this country ABSTRACTS. 221 approach it in size. AY. indica has very striking foliage, the leafstalks are a rich red colour, and the leaflets are sometimes a foot in length, and vary from seven to nine in number. 4. parviflora has long slender racemes of small pinkish white blossoms, with darker stamens which are nearly twice the length of the flower.—G. S. S. Horticulture in Maryland (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Maryland, vol. iv. ; 1901).—A perusal of this report gives an excellent idea of the general state of horticulture in Maryland, U.S.A., and especially of the supervision exercised over the nurseries in the district in order that the dissemination of insect pests and fungoid diseases should be checked. Local inspectors are appointed in each district who report to the chief of the department any outbreak of disease, &c., among plants, who at once investigates the matter and initiates measures towards its suppression. Some of the subjects dealt with at the annual meeting are noted under their proper headings.—F’. J. C. Horticulture, Laws relating to (U.S.A. St. Bd. Agr. Missouri; March 1902).—Purposes of the fruit experiment station.—Appointment of manager and inspector (must be scientists and graduates of some scientific college).—Board of Trustees.—Request by five residents for manager and inspector to examine cases considered infectious and dangerous to the neighbourhood.—: Duty of manager on receipt of petition to go to locality, give aid and instructions as he may think best for the prevention, cure, or eradication of the diseases or insects with which he may find the plants infected, and request said petitioners to report to him, in writing, the result of the treatment prescribed.—Proceedings when trees &c. are found to be diseased, and the disease or insects are lable to spread, order if cannot be cured to dig up and burn at cost of contingent fund of the said experiment station.—The manager or inspector has the right to enter and inspect fruit trees and plants on any premises.—Protection of fruit trees entering the State from another country or State.—All trees, bushes, scions, cuttings, and buds to be inspected by a State or experiment station entomologist.—C. H. d. Hunnemannia fumariefolia. By M. Micheli (Rev. Hort. p. 112; March 1, 1902).—Woodceut and coloured plate depicting a very beau- tiful Poppy-like flower with finely cut foliage. It is a native of Mexico, and though an old plant as regards introduction appears to have dropped undeservedly out of cultivation. Evergreen and all but quite hardy. Blooms freely from June to frosts, and flowers very persistent. Sow seed in autumn or spring, preferably in the open, with winter pro- tection ; nearly related to EH’schscholtzia. Both description and illustra- tion fully justify cultivation.—C. T. D. Hybridisation, Experiments in Plant. By C. C. Hurst (Orch. fev. p. 45, February 1902).—A clear and interesting practical illustration showing clearly how Mendel’s law might be applied in the production of species.—H. J. C. Y 322 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Hybrids, Maize, especially Xenia. By C. Correns (Bot. Zeit. No. 1, pp. 10, 11; 1902. Review of monographs in Bibliotheca Botanica, published by Chr. Luerssen, Stuttgart, 1901, Part 53; 3 plates). The reviewer points out that further experiments by the author demon- strate that Mendel’s law becomes extremely difficult to establish generally, a practical infinity of exceptions occurring owing to patent and latent varietal peculiarities and liability to vary anew. A difficulty is also found in defining what is a character, and the author’s opinion is that it is as yet too early to accept the Mendellian law as a branch of exact science.—C. 7. D. Hybrids, Pea.—On the Mode and Period of Separation of Characters in Hybrids of the Pea Family. By C. Correns (Bot. Zeit. Nos. 5, 6, pp. 65-82; March 1902).—A comprehensive exposition of the Mendellian theory of character separation, and discussion of varying views of himself and Strasburger.—C. T. D. Hydrosimetes, The: An Apparatus for Supplying Plants with Water under Constant Pressure. By J. W. Moll (flora, xe. 1902, pp. 384-342; 2 cuts)—The working of this apparatus can only be understood by reference to illustrations ; its utility to the physiologist is obvious.—M. H. Hypericophyllum : A Revision of the Genus, with Notes on certain allied Genera of Composite. By N. E. Brown (Jour. Linn. Soc. vol. xxxv. p. 120, with a figure of H. scabridwm).— There appears to have been much confusion with the species belonging to this genus, and the identity of the genus itself, owing to the scarcity of material. From careful examination of the specimens at Kew, the author proposes to restore the four genera, Jawmea, Pers., Espejoa, DC., Chety- menia, Hook. and Arn., and Hypericophyllum, which had for some time been united with the genus Jawmea, Pers., to their former position, and a key is given to their distinctive characters, and a brief description is given of each of the five species of Hypericophyllum.—G. S. S. Impatiens grandiflora. By Sir. J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7826).—Nat. ord. Geraniacee, tribe Balsamunee. Native of Madagascar. It is by far the largest-flowered Balsam discovered. It flowered at Kew in 1900. ‘The leaves are 6 inches long and bullate. The flowers from 25 to 3 inches long, bright rose-red with crimson stripes.—G. H. Impatiens psittacina. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7809). Nat. ord. Geraniacee, tribe Balsaminee. Native of Burma. It is a compact plant, growing to 24 feet in height, very floriferous, the flowers, lilac with a crimson spur, “ resembling a cockatoo.’”’ It was raised from seed and flowered at Kew in 1900.—G. H, | Incarvillea Delavayi. By S. Arnott (Jowrn. Hort. p.146 ; Feb. 13, 1902).—'This is said to be quite hardy and perennial in Dumfries, and it is very easily raised from seed, which it ripens plentifully.—C. W. D. ABSTRACTS. B20 Indigofera, Notes on. By D. Prain and E. Baker (Jowrn. Bot. 470, pp. 60, 67 ; 2/1902; and 471, pp. 186-144; 4/1902).—An attempt to elucidate the synonymy, pre- and post-Linnean, of the indigo-yielding species.— G. S. B. Influence of different Kinds of Manure on the Quality of Starch. By Ch. Guffroy (Ann. Agr. p. 442; September 1901). C. ki, Influence of Light, Altitude, Moisture, and Temperature on the Growth of Plants. By M. Charabot (Ann. Agr. p. 888; August 1901).—Richness in scent of Lavender increases with altitude, dependent on more light, drier air, and lower temperature ; the first two factors act in the same direction, the last has a contrary action. Dry air favours the formation of scent, while it makes the chlorophyll action more active. Cer yr Insecticides and Fungicides: Chemical Composition and Effectiveness of certain Preparations. By J. K. Haywood (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Farm. Bull. 146, pp. 1-15; 1902).—This paper is a digest of a somewhat elaborate study of the various insecticides found in the American markets, clearly setting forth the desirability of ascertaining the composition and value of such compounds before purchasing.—F. N. Insecticides, Nature and Use of certain. By J. L. Philipps and H. L. Price (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Virginia, Bull. 97).—These poisons are divided into food or internal poisons, coutact poisons, tracheal poisons. Of the mineral food poisons Paris green is the best known of arsenical poisons (an aceto-arsenite of copper, with about 58 per cent. arsenious acid). Safest to add lime in, say, twice the volume to avoid possibility of burning foliage. Used at the rate of 1 lb. to 100 gallons for Apple, 1 lb. to 800 gallons for Peach. London purple, a by-product in manu- facture of aniline dyes, varies in composition, is an arsenite of calcium used in like proportion as Paris green with twice the weight of fresh slaked lime. There are several other forms of arsenic used. Among the best are green arsenoid, or Scheele’s green, an arsenite of copper, with about 62 per cent. arsenious acid, used as Paris green: being more finely divided and bulkier remains in suspension better, and costs less. Arsenate of lead, no fear of injuring foliage, but costs more than Paris green (73 oz. acetate of lead dissolved in one pailful of warm water, in wooden pail, 22 oz. arsenate of soda in a second pail: when dissolved pour together into 100-gallon tank of water and stir briskly). Nitrate of lead may be used instead of acetate of lead, thereby saving in cost, yet equal in value. Of vegetable poisons hellebore is employed: 1 oz. to 1 gallon water, or sprinkled diluted with equal parts of lime or flour and dusted on the foliage whilst wet. Used for Gooseberry and Currant caterpillars. Of the contact poisons paraffin has been used alone for San José and other bark lice, also mechanically mixed with water at 20 per cent., but it was considered that soap solutions were superior. Paraffin emulsion: 4 1b. whale-oil soap dissolved in 1 gallon of water, x2 324 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. add 2 gallons paraftin, churn whilst hot; will keep indefinitely if sealed ; for use dilute with 10 to 25 parts of water for aphids and tender cater- pillars. Soap wash: 1 lb. whale-oil soap in 10 or 20 gallons of water. For scale insects, 1lb. to a gallon water. Apply warm (135° Fahr.) during dormant season. Soap wash at 1 lb. to 12 gallons of water on Peas took at rate of 12 lb. soap per acre to spray. | Alkali wash: Potash solution in dormant season. Destroys eggs of aphis. Use at strength of three degrees on a Beaumé acid spindle. Sulphate of copper: 2 lb. to 50 gallons of water. Good winter wash for orchard trees. Tobacco decoction: 5 lb. tobacco stems or leaves boiled in each gallon of water, diluted five to ten times for aphis. Tracheal poisons include: Pyrethrum, using 1 oz. to a gallon of water, or dusted over plants mixed with two to four times its bulk of flour or lime; tobacco fumigation; tobacco vapour; carbon bisulphide; and hydrocyanic acid gas.—C. H. H. Iris Kempferi. By Otto Bailiff (Journ. Hort. p. 323; April 10, 1902).—Plant in spring in rich soil well exposed to the sun, and saturated with water all the growing time. Seedlings do far better than divisions. Selected names are given. They do very well in Cheshire planted in ornamental ponds of which the water level is constant, with a few inches of water over the crowns all the year.—C. W. D. Iris pelogonus, n. sp. By L. N. Goodding (Bot. Gaz. xxiii. No. 1, p. 68).—Its nearest ally is I. missouriensis, differing in size, colour, and width of leaves, &c.—G. H. Iris spuria in Lincolnshire. By E. A. Woodruffe-Peacock (Jowrn. Bot. 471, pp. 101, 102; 3/1902).—A record of this species apparently wild at Huttoft, known for at least a century.—G. S. B. Iris, Winter-flowering. By Jules Rudolph (Rev. Hort. pp. 48, 44; January 16, 1902).—With woodcuts of J. reticulata and I. persica and cultural instructions. Potted October-November and kept in frames; matted in severe frosts. When buds appear transfer to greenhouse, when they flower in eight to twelve days. After flowering, when frosts are over, plant out, and lift in July for replanting in autumn. C,. lanka Irrigation in the United States. By Professor Elwood Mead (U.S.A. Dept. Agr. (Office Exp. Stn.), Bull. 105; June 1901; illustrated). A comprehensive pamphlet on the above subject, being the testimony of Professor Mead before the U.S. Industrial Commission. “ His testimony presents a review of the irrigation situation in the U.S., including not only the arid region of the West, but also the humid section of the South and East, where in two States alone more land has been brought under irrigation during the past five years than in any single State in the arid region during the same period. “The practical aspects of extending public aid to irrigation, either ABSTRACTS. 325 through the State or national Governments, is also dealt with briefly but in some detail.” The connection between the irrigation question and the State and national legislation gives this testimony much importance.— CU. H. C. Jarring for the Curculio on an extensive Scale in Georgia, with a List of the Insects caught. By W. M. Scott and W. F. Fiske (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bull. 31, N.S., pp. 24-86 ; 1902).—The curculio here treated of is a species of weevil. There is no British representative that is in the same way injurious to fruit. The “jarring ”’ operations were carried on by eleven gangs of five hands each. Each gang was supplied with an outfit consisting of two sheets stretched over ight wooden frames, six by twelve feet in dimensions, and a pole eight feet long padded with rubber on one end, which served as a “ bumper.”’ With eleven pairs of sheets about 40,000 trees were treated in a day. It required sixty hands to operate the eleven pairs of sheets, and the cost for labour amounted to $25 per day. The results were highly satisfactory, reducing the curculio attack to about four per cent., while the fruit in an untreated orchard amounted to about 40 per cent. of the entire crop. A list of 825 Species of insects is also given.—R. N. Jasminum Maingayi. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7828). Nat. ord. Oleacee, tribe Jasminee. Native of Penang. It flowered at Kew in 1901. The leaves are 8-4 inches long, entire. It has terminal cymes of rather large white flowers, the segments of the corolla being from eight to ten.—G. H. Johnson Grass. By Carleton R. Ball (U.S.A. Dept. Agr. (Bur. Pl. Ind.), Bull. 11, 1901 ; illustrated).—This report deals with the plant known as ‘Johnson Grass’ (Andropogon halepensis), which, while some- times used as a hay and fodder crop (chiefly in the Southern States), becomes a serious pest in grain fields and Cotton plantations. It is chiefly troublesome in Texas (where a law against it is in operation), New Mexico, Arizona, California, &c. Its origin, distribution, dissemi- nation, control, and methods of eradication are fully dealt with. CoH C, Kalanchoé somaliensis. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7831).—Nat. ord. Crassulacee. Native of Somaliland. It flowered at Kew in 1901. The inflorescence is a branching panicle with white flowers, the tube of the corolla being 24 inches long.—G. H. Lachnanthes tinctoria, Nomenclature of. By J. Britten (Jowrn. Bot. 469. pp. 23-5; 1/1902).—A demonstration that this plant is correctly known as Gyrotheca tinctoria, and that it was introduced by Fraser in 1788.—G. S. B. Lelia x Lindleyana purpurea, Cogn. (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., Lelia, pl. 104 ; 2/1902).—A remarkable variety imported by M. Madoux, of Anderghem, from Santa Catherina, Brazil, and first flowered in 1901. It is generally supposed to be a natural hybrid between 326 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Brassavola tuberculata and Cattleya intermedia. This is partially con- firmed by the unequal pollinia of the hybrid, z.e. four large and four small, in two series. In that case the hybrid should be called Brasso- Cattleya x Lindleyana (see Orch. Rev. 1902, p. 83). The sepals and petals of this rare variety are green, spotted with purple rose; lip rich crimson purple with pure white base.—C. C. H. Lezlio-Cattleya x Bowrialbida (Oakes Ames in Amer. Gard. xxiii. p. 12; 4/1/1902).—A new hybrid raised by Mr. E. O. Orpet, of South Lancaster, Mass., between Lelia albida and Cattleya Bowringiana. Intermediate in structure, inclining generally to ZL. albida; flowers lilac- red; lip darker, with three orange-yellow keels on a creamy ground colour. Cr Coase Larix Kempferi. By Alessandro Pirotta (Bull. R. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 1, p. 15; January 1902).—This plant is remarkable for seeding freely and giving rise to great numbers of young plants all round the parent tree. It is a native of Northern China. Several dozen planted in a shrubbery at Mt. Mottarone, 1,800 métres high, passed through one of the severest winters in good condition. It appears able to adapt itself to any kind of soil, and would probably be found highly useful, in view of the great germinative power of the seeds, for clothing hillsides where man’s labour is of but small avail. It is the most ornamental of all Larches, of moderate vigour and pyramidal form ; the leaves are longer and broader than in the common species. The cones are erect, about 7 cm. long and 6 cm. broad, with scales diverging like those of an Artichoke head, to. which, on a smaller scale, it bears no slight resemblance. The seeds,. along with their wings, are exactly the same size as the scales. It was introduced into Europe in 1856 by Robert Fortune, but was first made. known to Europeans by Engelbert Keempfer about 1700. According to. Fortune, the tree is often met with in Chinese gardens, usually in a dwarf condition ; and about 1854 he found some specimens in the neighbourhood of a Buddhist monastery, in the western part of the maritime province of Che-Kiang, lying directly south of Shanghai. These specimens possessed stems about 35 to 40 metres high, with a diameter, 60 cm. from the. ground, of 1} metre.—W. C. W. Leaf Mosses, The Biology of. By Friedrich Stolz (Flora, vol. xe. 1902, pp. 305-815, posthumous, edited by K. Giesenhagen, of Munich). The regretted author died on an Alpine expedition. His completed ‘Druckreife ’’ MS. has been lost, and the present article is founded on the figures and on notes)—Water passing up the stem of Polytrichwm. follows the capillary spaces within the sheathing bases, and from these passes to the leaf tips by the slits between the vertical lamella, which act like the slit of a pen. Internal conduction is very incomplete and slow.. When the leaf is dry the margins close in over the lamellw, and the leaf is vertical, closely appressed to the stem; when wet the margins unfold, the base of the leaf bends away downwards at a sharp angle, and becomes conyex above from base to tip, the laminz being passive. during the process. Stolz has worked out the mechanism in detail and. ABSTRACTS. S27 studied the effects of elycerine and alcohol, which are curiously different, though both are dehydrating media.—MV. H. Liatris pyenostachya. By Carl Riide (Die Gart. p. 169 ; 11/1/1902). The illustration shows a large group on the Margaretheninsel at Buda- Pest (Hungary), well and rightly recommended as one of the best perennials for a fairly moist spot. The colour of the flower is violet, disposed in spikes flowering downwards, and not upwards, as in most spicate flowers.—G. Rf. Lilacs, New Hybrid. By Louis Henry (Rev. Hort. pp. 40, 41; January 16, 1902).—Coloured plate of S. Bretschneideri and S. Josikea, with description. Two distinct forms derived from same parents by inverse crossing.—C. T. D. Lilium giganteum. By. E. Jenkins (Garden, No. 1585, p. 220; 5 /4/1902).—Possibly of no Lily grown to-day are particulars of practical cultivation more widely welcomed than of this fine species, and the con- ditions upon which much of its successful flowering depends are here detailed. Aspect is taken as being the most important of the primary considerations. A position reached by the morning sun as late as possible is best. —H. T. C. Lily, Fertilisation of. By M. Jules Burvenich (Rev. Hort. Belge, xxvil. No. 12, p. 266).—The writer observes that many Lilies fail to set seed though artificially pollinated, as, e.g., Lilium crocewm ; but when it was pollinated by pollen brought from some distance success followed. Ge Hi. Limnocharis emarginata, Embryological Study of. By J. G. Hall (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii., No. 8, p. 214; pl. 9).—The author traces the development of the ovule from its first beginning as an excrescence from the wall of the carpel, as in Butomus, with complete development. Rach stage is figured.—G. H. Liparis tricallosa. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7804). Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Epidendree.—Native of the Malay Penin- sula and Sulu Archipelago. It was discovered by Mr. Burbidge. The sepals are lemon-yellow, the petals and striations of the lip are lake-red. It first Howered with Mr. Bull in 1879.—G. H. Lycaste brevispatha. By R. A. R. (Orch. Rev. p. 118; April 1902 ; fig.).— Historical and other interesting particulars are enumerated. Ja ae Pi Lythrum rivulare. By E. Koehne (Jowrn. Bot. 470, pp. 68, 69 ; 2/1902).—A suggestion that this species is a form of Nesea sagittifolia, with a synopsis of the eight known species, all South African, of the section Salicariastrum of the genus Nes@a.—G. S. B. Macaroni Wheats. By M. A. Carleton (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. (Bur. Pl. Ind.), Bull. 3 ; December 28, 1901; 12 plates; 1 map).—A full and instructive account of the efforts which the Department has been making 328 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. since 1864, but more particularly for the last three years, to introduce the cultivation of certain varieties of hard Wheat into America. The name of Macaroni Wheats has been fixed upon to denote the kinds with which they have been experimenting, and which are all varieties of Triticum durum, Triticum polonicum, and Triticum turgidum. They were introduced principally from South Russia, but some came from Algeria and Chile, and one variety, that known as Wild Goose Wheat, is said to have originated with a few grains found by a hunter in a wild goose’s crop in Canada. The cultivation of it there has spread so that three and one-third million bushels have been shipped from Canada to Marseilles between March 1, 1891, and the date of this bulletin, to be used in the manufacture of macaroni. The problems which the Depart- ment set itself to solve were, first, to find a class of Wheat suitable for cultivation over portions of the American great plains which from drought and the alkaline nature of the soil were obviously not adapted to ordinary bread Wheats, and then to provide a ready market for the unusual crop thus produced. A careful comparison of soil, climate, and rainfall revealed that almost identical conditions with those of large portions of the great plains prevailed in East Russia, from the latitude of Kazan to the Caspian Sea, but ex- tending eastward even beyond the Siberian boundary into the Khirghis Steppes; this being precisely the region from which the macaroni manufacturers of Italy, France, and Spain draw their immense supplies © of hard Wheat necessary for the successful preparation of the semolina to be afterwards converted into macaroni, spaghetti, &e. As an experimental proof of the accuracy of the comparison, it is stated that since 1864, when some of the variety known as Amantha Wheat was imported by the Department and distributed in Texas and Dakota, it has been seen that hard Wheat would flourish and resist what would have been absolutely unfavourable conditions to ordinary bread Wheats. These early efforts at its introduction proved fruitless, however, as it seemed impossible to obtain a market for the crop. American bakers had not learnt to make bread of it ; American millers and elevator men refused to handle it together with other kinds ; the native macaron makers had not yet discovered the reason of the inferiority of their manu- facture to the foreign article to be in their use of soft Wheat; and no market abroad had yet been opened up. All this, however, the Department has set itself to alter, while en- couraging the growth of the Wheat in a belt of country stretching south- wards through North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma, and ‘Texas. Already the native macaroni manufacturers are using it; millers and elevator men are adapting themselves to it ; and in time, with the help of the American consuls in France and Italy, the Department expresses the hope that American hard Wheat will almost entirely oust the Russian and Canadian exports.—M. L. H. Mahogany. On the occurrence of the meliaceous genus Pseudo- cedrela (Harms) in the Togo region &. By H. Harms (Not. Kénig. Bot. Berlin, vol. iii. (1902), No. 28, p. 167).—The only species (P. Kotschy, Schweinf.) so far known to the author comes from Abyssinia &c., and ABSTRACTS. 329 from the incomplete material to hand he thinks the Togo plant is the same. But the most interesting part of the paper is comprised in notes on other kinds of Mahogany-yielding trees in Africa. The best-known African Mahogany is furnished by Khaya senegalensis (Juss.) of Senegambia and West Africa, and the author thinks the species of Khaya yielding East African Mahogany may be different. But there are several other Swietentoidee in Africa which furnish Mahogany woods, of which Entandrophragma angolense (Welw.), DC., E. Candollei (Harms), and E. Casinurianuwm (Wild. et Dur.) of the Cameroon and Congo regions are mentioned, as well as Wulfhorstia _ spicata (DC.) in South-west Africa, and W. ekebergioides (Harms) from the Zambesi. A still incompletely described form from Usamtara appears to be another Entandrophragma, and attention is drawn to the importance of obtaining specimens. In conclusion the author describes a new species of Khaya, A. eury- phylla (Harms) from the Cameroons, making a third Mahogany of this genus, the other two being K. senegalensis (Juss.) and K. anthotheca (Welw.), the latter from Angola. In reading this paper one is struck with the importance of having more complete information regarding these African Mahogany trees, as also with the increasing tendency to widen the connotation of words like “Mahogany,” “ Cedar,’ &c., in different countries; in Australia, for instance, the word “ Mahogany ”’ is applied to timber of various species of Eucalyptus, trees belonging to the Myrtacee, a natural order of quite different affinities from Meliacee, much as “Cedar” is applied to wood from certain Conifers (Juniperus Cedrus), as well as to that from Cedrela (Meliacee).— H. M. W. Maize: A Study of the Fertile Hybrids produced by cross- ing Teosinté and Maize. By John W. Harshberger, Ph.D. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol. ii., No. 2, p. 281, pl. 22; 1901).—The Teosinté is described to be known in Mexico under that name, and botanically as Euchlena luxurians. It is grown as a fodder plant in most warm countries, seldom flowering when planted in Europe. Professor Segura, director of the School of Agriculture, City of Mexico, has carefully cultivated the plant, and obtained seeds, by hybrid- ising with the common Maize, which correspond with those of Zea canna, so called by Watson, which latter is therefore a hybrid between Huchlena luxurians, otherwise EHuchlena mexicana, and the common Maize. The question is raised, whether Zea Mays is a true species, or a cultivated race or variety of Huchlena mexicana. Or, is Indian Corn a species of Huchlena closely related by consanguinity to Huchlena mexicana? These questions can only be answered by the discovery of the wild plants concerned in the problem of the origin of Maize. M. C. C. Manures, Chemical.—Do they exhaust the Humus of Soils ? By K.de Vries, of Groningue, Holland (Ann. Agr. p. 448; September 330 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 1901).—Heer de Vries says it is a mistake toconsider that farmyard manure is the origin of humus to the soil, nor does the exclusive use of chemical manures fatally impoverish the stock of organic matter in the soil. C.. Hois Manures, Chemical, Value of. By F. Shrivell (Jowrn. Hort. p. 80; Jan. 23, 1902).—Abstract of a lecture given at Bristol :—For fruit phos- phates mixed with dung give the best results ; for herbaceous borders and lawns about 14 1b. of basic slag mixed with 9 lb. of kainit to each hundred square yards put on the borders in autumn, on the Grass in spring.—C. W. D. Manures in the Garden. By W. Y.N. (Garden, No. 1584, p. 206; 29 /3/1902).—Happy indeed is the gardener who is able to get a good supply of animal manure; but many are not in that position, and are obliged to resort to artificial manures. These practical notes upon the various artificial manures most generally used, their values, when they should be applied, &c., should prove of use.—#. T. C. Masdevallia elephantieeps. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7824).—Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Hpidendree. Native of New Grenada. It has been cultivated at Kew for twenty years, and is remarkable for the fetid odour of the flowers. These are 3—4 inches long, with a coriaceous perianth, green suffused- with purple.—G. H. Meehan, Thomas. Anon. (Journ. Bot. 469, pp. 88-41; 1/1902).— Life and portrait.—G. S. B. Megaclinium leucorhachis. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7811).—Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Epidendree. Native of Lagos. The dilated flattened rachis of the inflorescence is about 9 inches in length. with distichous small yellow flowers. It flowered at Kew in 1902. Ga. Melaleuca spicigera. By 8. L. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 469, p. 25; 1/1902).—Description of a new West Australian species.—G. S. B. Meliosma myriantha. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 785, p. 30, fig. 9; 11/1/1902).—This plant has been recently introduced from Japan. Though in no way allied to the Spireas, the branching panicles covered with innumerable small blossoms give it much the appearance of a member of that genus. It may prove hardy in sheltered positions, and is likely to take a prominent place in greenhouses.—G. S. S. Minkelersia biflora. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7819).— Nat. ord. Leguminose@, tribe Phaseolee. Native of Mexico. It flowered at Kew in 1900. The leaves are trifoliate. The flowers are 14 inch long, pale red-purple. The tips of the keel petals are spirally coiled as in Phaseolus.—G. H. | Mistleto. By Oct. Bruneel (Rev. Hort. Belge, xxviii. No. 1, p. 5). This is an account of the history and customs of England, &c., in ABSTRACTS. oOL connection with this plant. It was known to Theophrastus, and entered into the religion of the Druids in Gaul and Britain.—G. H. Montrichardia aculeata. By Sir Jj. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7817).—Nat. ord. Avoidee, tribe Philodendree. Native of West Indies and Amazon River. This is a noble aroid forming thickets in moist places near the sea. It is 8 feet high at Kew, and flowered in 1900 and 1901. The leaves are a foot long, hastate, with pale yellow midribs and nerves ; the spathe and spadix are pale yellow.—G. H. Moschosma riparium. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 791,. p. 122, fig. 35 ; 22/2/1902).—This labiate shrub is a native of South Tropical - Africa. It has very numerous small cream-coloured flowers in erect panicles, and would be useful in stoves or warm greenhouses during the winter.—G. S. S. Moss. Ephemeropsis Tjibodensis, Goeb., Diagnosis of. By Max Fleischer (Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. vol. xvii. p. 68; 2 plates ; 1900). 5. Moss Flora of Hartz Mountains (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 6, pp. 859-367).—Herr L. Loeske publishes a list of localities of the rarer Mosses and Liverworts discovered by him in a fortnight’s excursion from Goslar to Thale.—G. F. S.-E. Mosses of the Baden Black Forest (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 8, pp. 546-551).—Herr Th. Herzog (Freiburg i/B.) gives a general account. of Mosses and their distribution in the valleys of St. Wilhelm and Oberrieder.—G. F. S.-E. Mountain Districts in Landscape Gardening. By W. Lange (Die Gart. p. 301; 29/3/1902; with illustrations of rock formation useful for the building of rockeries).—Sketches from the Granitic Brocken, the sandstone rock of the Regenstein, both of the Central German Harz Mountains are given.—G. R. Musa oleracea. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7802). Nat. ord. Scitaminea@, tribe Musee.—Native of New Caledonia. It is unique in having a large underground tuber, replete with starch, which is eaten by the natives. It has “eyes” like a Potato, so can be propagated by division. The inflorescence has long bracts, glaucous purple externally, and red within. It flowered at Kew, 1900.—G. H. Nemesia, African. By Ph. L. de Vilmorin (Rev. Hort. pp. 14, 15 ; Jazuary 1, 1902).—Woodcut and coloured plates showing very pretty forms, with cultural directions.—C. T. D. Nephrolepis exaltata Piersoni (Amer. Gard. xxiii. pp. 151, 153 ; figs. 34, 835; 8/3/1902).—A new and handsome Fern, which originated in 1899 with Mr. F. R. Pierson at Tarrytown, N.Y., as a sport from the well- known Boston Fern, N. exaltata bostoniensis. The pinne of the main rachis are subdivided into perfect miniature fronds. 332 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. It has all the vigour and hardiness of the Boston Fern, and is at the same time much more graceful. It is interesting to note that the sport first showed itself at the base of the frond only, but three years’ isolation and selection served to increase it, until it now covers the whole frond except at the apex.—C. C. H. Nymphea, Hardy. By Max Hesdérffer (Die Gart. p. 387; 19/4, 1902; with illustrations)—All the best hardy species and hybrids are mentioned, and specially the French hybrids are for their vigour and hardiness recommended.—G. Rf. Odontoglossum x Duvivierianum burfordiense. By R. A. Rolfe (Orch. Rev. p. 59; February 1902).— Interesting particulars of this rare natural hybrid are recorded.—H. J. C. Odontoglossum grande Pitteanum (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Odontoglossum ; pl. 184; 2/1902).—A remarkable form which appeared 1899 with Mr. H. T. Pitt, of Stamford Hill. The chocolate brown mark- ings of the type have completely disappeared, leaving the flower two delicate shades of yellow and brown with white lip.— C. C. H. Odontogilossum x Rolfez (Orch. Rev. p.57; February 1902; fig.). Interesting historical particulars are given of this choice and beautiful hybrid Odontoglossum.—H. J. C. Odontoglossum x Wattianum Hardyanum. By R. A. Rolfe (Orch. Rev. p. 62; February 1902).—Interesting particulars are here given of the plant exhibited by Baron Sir H. Schréder at the R.H.S. Meeting on January 14 last ; the distinguishing features from the original are clearly pointed out.—H. J. C. Oncocyclus (Iris), New Hybrids of. By Dr. Attilio Ragionieri (Bull. R. Soc. Tosc. Ort. 4, p. 114; April 1902).—In the spring of 1895 pollen of O. susianus was transferred to the female organs of O. atro- purpureus, this method of procedure being adopted for the reason that the former plant hardly ever sets perfect seed in the writer’s garden. The excellent crop of seeds produced by the fine capsule were sown in the autumn. In the succeeding spring of 1896 not one of the seeds had apparently germinated. The seedlings did not appear until the spring of 1897, when it was found that the young leaves sprang from smal underground rhizomes, the result of a purely hypogzal germination of the previous year. ‘The writer remembers to have read of a similar phe- nomenon occurring in the case of certain Liliums in England. Of ten plants thus obtained six eventually flowered, the first flower appearing in 1900; the other varieties flowered in 1901. The characters rendering them superior to their parent are the following :—Flowering occurs 10-15 days earlier under the same. conditions of soil, position, &c.; they are more resistent to disease and produce a greater abundance of flowers. The genus as a Whole does not like much manure, flourishes rather in sandy soils and the detritus of old ruins. Excess of moisture, especially in a stagnant condition, should be avoided. Culture in the open air, against ABSTRACTS. Bisiss a wall exposed to the south or east, is preferable. The writer finds it beneficial to take up the rhizomes as soon as the leaves wither, and keep them until October in a dry but not too warm room. The outer segments of the flower are recurved, furnished with hairs towards the base, with a large black-purple spot in the centre, the ground colour being grey, veined, and punctated with dark purple. The inner segments are erect, of a fine bright rose colour, veined, and punctated with a deeper rose. The petaloid segments of the pistil possess the same colour distribution as the outer perianth segments, but with a deeper tone. In its dimensions and appearance the plant holds the mean between O. susianus (than which it is slightly smaller) and O. atropurpureus.—W. C. W. Onion Culture. By W.H. Jordan and F. A. Sirrine (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., New York, Bull. 206 ; 12/1901).—The experiments were conducted with a view to finding out the value of commercial fertilisers in Onion culture. The manures were applied at the rate of 0, 500, 1,000, 1,500, and 2,000 lb. per acre. The result is thus stated :—‘ The crops were limited more by other conditions than by the extent of the plant food supply. With the best conditions of season and water supply the smallest amount of fertiliser supported the maximum crop.” Again: “The use of quantities above 500 lb. per acre was attended by danger of financial loss.” —F’. J. C. Onions, Commercial Fertilisers for. By W. H. Jordan and F. A. Sirrine (New York Agr. Exp. Stn., Bull. No. 206, December 1901).—The fertiliser used annually for three years contained 4 per cent. nitrogen, 8 per cent. phosphoric acid, and 10 per cent. potash. The fourth year the potash was changed to 5 per cent. The quantities used each year on the five plots were: none, 500 lb., 1,000 1b., 1,500 lb., and 2,000 lb. per acre respectively. It was found that the best economic results were obtained by an appli- cation of 500 lb. per acre.—J. P. Orange Conference (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jamaica, ix. Parts 1 and 2, pp. 1-25).—This conference was arranged by the Board of Agriculture on December 4, 1901, His Excellency the Governor presiding. The subjects for discussion were on the various phases of the growth of the Orange. The following points were discussed. Mr. W. Fawcett, Director of Public Gardens, took a survey of the various organs, roots, stems, leaves, _ flowers, and fruit. Mr. Levy discoursed on varieties. The propagation and treatment were dealt with by Hon. T. H. Sharp. These papers were followed by a discussion dealing with such points as nursery treatment, drainage, tillage, pruning, irrigation, and insect pests, with the remedies for each species respectively.—G. H. Orange in the Southern United States, On the Selection of Stocks for the. Anon. (Agr. Jour. Cape G.H. vol. xix. No. 13, pp. 831- 836; 1901).—This article is an extract from the Report (U.S. Depart- ment of Agriculture, Division of Pomology, Bulletin No. 4. Washington, 1891) on the Relative Merit of various Stocks for the Orange, with notes on mal di goma, and the mutual influence of Stock and Scion.—R. N. 334 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Orchard Management, Weak Places in. By — Morrill (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901, pp. 111-118).—Some useful hints are here siven to those interested in the planning and management of orchards. Care in planning at the beginning is specially advocated. The author concludes with some remarks on such troubles as the San José scale and aphis.—V. J. M. Orchard Notes. By C.F. Austin (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Alabama; December 1901).—Observations as to the prevalence of Apple leaf rust (Restelia) on a large number of varieties of Apple, Red Astracan and Gravenstein included among those free from rust in that season. Spray thoroughly with Bordeaux mixture: 6 lb. copper sulphate, 6 lb. fresh lime to 50 galls. water, had no effect upon the disease. List of varieties most attacked by green aphis, as in the case of rust; the varieties that are resistent to the attack of the insect are becoming fewer every year. The indications are that there are no varieties that we can say are per- fectly resistent to the attacks of this insect. The growing of Apples is a very difficult problem so far South, and without spraying a great percentage of the Apples are more or less rotten before they are ripe. Trials of Cherries, Japan Walnuts, Peaches of different races (Persian, Punto, North and South China, Spanish). Times of blossoming of Peaches and Plums follow. Example of record :— | NovTEs ON THE BLossoMING oF Pius, 1901. | | ES eee - 1 : - Condition of Varieties March 4 | March 9 | March 15 | March 26 | April 6 April 11 crop in 1901 gh. an aS Leta ea 1 55 na Burbank Buds Buds | Full = Fallen — = — | Very light (Japanese) show | opening; bloom | / white | Chas. Downing — -— Buds Buds | Nearly Blossom | Full (American) swelling opening; full falling | bloom 0. Fe Orchard Soils, Preparation and Management of. By Dr. W. K. Jacques (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901, pp. 128-136).—Tbis paper deals with the choice of sites for orchards, preparation of the soil, conservation of moisture, &ec. In the author’s view the site of an old forest is an ideal place for planting an orchard. Fruit trees growing on poor land cannot resist disease like those having the benefit of a rich soil, says the author. The paper cannot fail to interest those in a position to choose from different sites for the planting of an orchard.—V. J. M. Orchid Growing in Belgian Leaf Soil. By G. (Garden, No. 1586, p. 248 ; 12/4/1902).—Many Orchids thrive better in this soil than in any other. The new hybrid Phaius, for instance, grows in it in an extra- ordinary way. This new compost for Orchids is discussed in a practical manner.—EH, T’. C., Orchids, Leaf-mould for. By W. H. Young (Gard, Mag. No. 2524, p. 159; 15/3/1902).—The advantages and disadvantages of ABSTRACTS. S35 using leaf-mould in the culture of Orchids is discussed by the writer, a practical Orchid grower. He describes his successes and candidly acknowledges his failures, due, as he says, to mistreatment. This seems to be a subject worthy of extended experiment, as it appears to be such a rational system of culture if the imitation of natural conditions of growth in native habitats is the proper course to follow in cultivation. Those who have seen tropical Orchids growing wild can attest the fact that decayed vegetable growth usually accumulates about the finest-developed plants. Carefully conducted experiments in this direction would be of great value.—W. G. Orchids, Nomenclature of Hybrid. By L. Cappe-France (Orch. Rev. p. 88; February 1902).—Numerous queries in respect to the classi- fication of hybrid Orchids being raised, it is also interesting to note the facts given of the variability of the hybrids in the third and fourth degrees—hybrids between hybrids. It is a further proof that ‘‘ Mendel’s law’’ cannot be applied on the lines laid down to Orchid hybrids. In Orch. Rev. p. 107, April 1902, other particulars on this subject will be found.—H. J. C. Orchids: their Culture in Leaf Mould. By L. P. De Laughe- Vervaene (Gard. Chron. No. 785, p. 26; 11/1/1902).—In this paper the author discusses the requirements of Orchids as regards air and moisture, the amount of nourishment they should derive from the material in which they are grown, and the values of the composts in which they are usually grown. He condemns these as failing in the purpose for which they are used, and describes his method of growing the plants in leaf mould.—G. S. S. Orchids, Variation of Secondary Hybrid. By C. C. Hurst (Orch. Rev. p. 74; March 1902).—The writer endeavours to bring the numerous varieties of the same secondary cross within the scope of ““Mendel’s law’”’ in a most instructive manner.—H. J. C. Osmundaceex, Anatomy of. By J. H. Faull (Bot. Gaz. xxxii. No. 6, p. 381; plates, 14-17).—The author describes the minute ana- tomical structure of the stems of several species of Osmunda and Todea, dissenting from the view that the family is anomalous in its vascular structure ; but different species exhibit degenerations from the type. Ga. Paint in the Garden Landscape, Green (Garden, No. 1583, p. 185 ; 22/3/1902).—Green paint to the ordinary workman means a hard bright crude colour, the harder and brighter the better. Such a colour is not only unpleasant in its own vulgar garishness, but is painfully un- becoming to any foliage that is brought nearit. This article, whilst con- demning green paint of this class, gives a useful solution to the paint problem.—E. T’. C. Pansies, A Pleafor. Anon. (Journ. Hort. p. 364; April 24, 1902).— We have a full page of Pansy flowers. Open but sheltered situations and 336 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. light rich soils are essential, and they cannot be well done without skilled attention.—C. W. D. Palms: On the Sowing of Seeds. By D. Gauthier (Rev. Hort. pp. 116, 117; March 1, 1902).—-Directions for sowing various species and their subsequent treatment.—C. 7. D. Parasitic Flowering Plant. Rhopalocnemis phalloides, Jungh. A morphological-systematical (sic) study. By J. P. Lotsy (Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. vol. xvii. p. 78 ; 12 plates; 1900).—An account of the histology and morphology of the flowers of this balanophoraceous plant, and an emended description of the plant.—P. G. Paris Green Analysis. By L. L. Van Slyke and W. H. Andrews (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., New York, Bull. 204; 12/1901).—The presence of water-soluble compounds of arsenic in Paris green is seriously objection- able owing to the fact that soluble arsenic compounds injure foliage. The standard suggested in America is, ‘‘ It shall not contain arsenic in water-soluble forms equivalent to more than 3} per cent. of arsenious oxide.’”’ The other substances estimated were total arsenious oxide, copper oxide, and arsenious oxide in combination with copper. The general result of the analysis showed a very good quality on the American markets, the average water-soluble arsenious oxide being only 1°28 per cent. and the arsenious oxide in combination with copper 55:98 per cent. Py Soa Passiflora ambigua. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7822). Nat. ord. Passifloree, tribe Passifloree. Native of Nicaragua. It flowered at Kew in May 1901. It may possibly be a hybrid. The flowers are 5 inches in diameter. The sepals are pale pink and the petals white dotted with rose-purple. Corona is nearly 2 inches long, red banded with white, the filaments being violet.—G. H. Paths, Garden (Garden, No. 1588, p. 265 ; 26/4/1902).—It is seldom that one does not see something connected with garden paths that is open to criticism. The proper width of paths with regard to position and sur- roundings, their drainage, flagged paths, &c., are described and suggestions made in connection therewith.— LH. 7. C. Pea, The Sweet. By R. Dean (Garden, Nos. 1580 and 1581, pp. 150, 159).—The history of the Sweet Pea from 1817, when the first striped variety appeared, and on the raising and introduction of new varieties. The garden culture of the Sweet Pea is also detailed, such items as sowing, watering, &c., receiving special attention. A selection of twelve of the very best varieties is given.—H. T. C. Peach Culture. By R. Morrill (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901, pp- 93-108).—An interesting paper on this subject, chiefly from a com- mercial grower’s standpoint. ‘The author emphasises the fact that a proper balance must be kept between root and top of tree. A Peach tree has a tendency to grow more top and produce more blossoms and Peaches ABSTRACTS. 337 than it can support without devitalisation. The balance must be pre- served by careful culture of the soil without mutilation of root at the proper time, and the tree should be trimmed severely. A tree carefully cultivated, fertilised, thinned, and trimmed never suffers from June drought and will stand the cold weather better. The author deplores cultivation and pruning out of season.— V. J. M. Peach Mildew (Spherotheea pannosa). William Carruthers (Jour. R.A.S. vol. lxii. p. 247 ; 1901).—Reported from Kent. It is related to the Hop mildew. ‘Sprays used for Hop mildew would destroy that on the Peach tree, but the solution should be weaker, or it would damage the more tender foliage of the Peach.”—AR. N. Peaches: Imperfect Fertilisation. By F. C. Stewart and H. J. Eustace (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. New York, Bull. 200, pp. 89-93; 4 plates ; 1901).—It has been observed that imperfectly fertilised Peaches may attain considerable size and remain hanging on the trees till September. In such cases this trouble may be mistaken for the “‘ little Peach ”’ disease by persons unfamiliar with the latter. However, in the “little Peach ’”’ disease the pit is of normal size and provided with a well-developed kernel, whilst in cases of imperfect fertilisation the pit is abnormally small and has no kernel, or at least only a partially developed one. ‘This difference will enable any one.to distinguish readily between the two troubles.— MV. C. C. Peaches, A New Strain of. By C. Sprenger (Bull. R. Soc. Tose. Ort. 4, p. 101; April 1902).—The Peach was introduced into Italy and cultivated in the first century of the Christian era. Neither Cato, Varro, nor Cicero mentions it, but we know something of it from Pliny and Columella. Nectarines, or hard Peaches, seem to have been first intro- duced : they are to-day very common in South Italy, Sicily, and Sardinia. The very fine Neapolitan Peaches have existed in Naples since Pliny’s time, and have always kept constant when grown from seed. The writer thinks that the famous Chrysomela of Pliny’s time was not a Quince but a true Peach. The true Peaches, with sweet soft pulp, easily separating from the stone, came from South France, where the original forms were first introduced from their native land, Asia. France is the home of the true Madeleines. It is not certain where Nectarines originally came from, perhaps introduced by the Saracens who settled in Palermo in 831. The writer several. years ago came across a new variety or race of Nectarines in Palermo and South Italy which is very perfect and otherwise interesting, and will be called ‘ Nubian,’ as he is convinced that the Saracens brought it from Africa. The pulp does not very easily separate from the stone, but is exquisite, juicy,’and refreshing, and ripens rather late. He has introduced it into Florence.—W. C. W. Pear ‘Comtesse de Paris.’ By C. Jokisch (Gartenjflora, p. 42; fig. 7; 15/1/1902).—A good dessert winter Pear, of medium size, lasting till January. The tree is hardy and forms a good pyramid.—ZJ. P. Pear, Cross-fertilisation of. By W.S. Ross (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Zz 338 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Illinois, 1901; pp. 409-412).—A careful paper fully describing this sub- ject. Mention is made of ‘ Keiffer,’ ‘Garber,’ ‘ Le Conte,’ ‘Conklin,’ and ‘Duchess.’ For practical purposes the ‘Garber’ and ‘ Duchess’ are recommended for cross-fertilisation.—V. J. M. Pears with Salmon-coloured Flesh. By Charles Baltet (Rev. Hort. pp. 106, 107; March 1, 1902).—A description of several varieties. ‘Prince Imperial,’ ‘Calebasse Tongard,’ ‘Georges Délébecque,’ ‘La Vendéenne,’ ‘ Madame Verté,’ ‘ Colmar Dumortier,’ ‘Madame Hutin,’ and ‘ Josephine de Malines’ are selected from others as the best.—C. T. D. Pelargoniums, New, large-flowered. By Max Biirger (Garten- flora, p. 57; pl. 1495; 1/2/1902).—Five new Pelargoniums are figured and described.—J. P. Pentstemons. By C. Wolley-Dod (Gard. Mag. No. 2,520, p. 100 ; 15/2/1902).—Following a paragraph on the origin of the florist’s Pent- stemon, Mr. Wolley Dod gives a special note on the beautiful P. Menzvesi, undoubtedly among the finest of the species suitable for border culture. It is one of the shrubby section, but, unlike the rest, is less capricious in this country if grown in a light soil. It certainly is a plant that should be taken in hand by the hybridist, as from its constitution and habit the crossing might result in a new race suitable to this country and climate. A good illustration of a well-developed plant of P. Menziesw is given. W. G. Persimmon, The Japanese (Diospyros Kaki). By R. L. Watts (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jamaica, ix. Parts 1 and 2, p. 26).—This is an abstract from “ Bulletin on Persimmons: Agricultural Experiment Station of Tennessee.’’ The author deals with its native distribution and distribu- tion by cultivation. It has been much improved by the Japanese, and many varieties have been produced, the fruit varying very greatly in shape and colour. The flavour also varies considerably. He then discusses the uses of the fruit, the cultivation, transplanting, pruning, and thinning. 6 « 4 Petroleum and other Insecticides, Further Notes on. By E. P. Felt (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Div. Ent. Bull. No. 81,N.8., pp. 49-51; 1902). A short report on some further experiments with crude petroleum. No suggestions are given likely to be of service to horticulturists in this country. An abstract on these experiments was given in a previous number of this Journal.— R. N. Phylloxera of the Vine. By F. T. Bioletti (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Sin., California, Buil. 181; 5/1901; 4 figs.)—This bulletin gives a brief de- scription of the insect and the injuries it causes and suggests remedies. (1) Treatment of the soil with carbon bisulphide.. (2) Submersion of the roots for about a week at first and later for thirty-five to forty days while vines are dormant. (8) Planting in sand. (4) The planting of “resistent’’ vines—the most important method. ABSTRACTS. 389 The following table gives the resistance offered to phylloxera by yarious vines, 20 being the highest and 0 the lowest (the most susceptible), Species (Wild Vines) Cultivated Varieties and Hybrids Vitis rotundifolia. ‘ 2 . 19* Gloire de Montpelier (Riparia) we V. vulpina (riparia) . ‘ ; ~y 8 Riparia x Rupestris, 3,300 ; i Lo V.rupestris. : : : wo Rupestris Martin. } : y IS VY. Berlandieri . : ‘ Q at LZ Rupestris St. George d d W/TL6 V. estivalis. 4 : ' aoe Riparia x Solonis, 1,616 . : Htlo V. Labrusca : 3 aig): Solonis . ‘ ‘ : : mui V. californica . : : : Poe Lenoir . ‘ : F , ale | V. vinifera 0 | Isabella . y \ : ; Meat: * Of no use for grafting V. vinifera vars. upon. BP ed ae Che Philodendron ealophyllum. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7827).—Nat. ord. Aroidee, tribe Philodendree. Native of Brazil and Guiana. It is remarkable for the deep brilliant carmine colour of the interior surface of the spathe, which is edged with white. It flowered at Kew in 1901.—G. H. Photography, The Importance to the Landscape Gardener. By ©. C. Schneider (Die Gart. p. 194; 25/1/1902).—The author recom- mends the fixing of beautiful spots in nature of the forest, stream, valley, and mountain by photographic sketches, to be imitated or reproduced in parks and gardens. Still better, however, for the experienced landscape gardener is also a good knowledge of drawing or sketching in conjunction with photography. Some artistical sketches are given of a Birch group, with stream; a corner of the park at Buch, near Berlin; a cascade in the Thuringian Forest; and a corner of a Roman ruin in the park at Schonbrunn, near Vienna.—G. R. Pickling Olives. By F. T. Bioletti (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., California, Bull. 187 ; 12/1901).—Experiments on pickling Olives in various ways are detailed in this bulletin. The process recommended is that of steeping the fruits, which should be only just changing colour, in a 2 per cent. solution of potash lye, avoiding any exposure to air during this prelimi- nary process, then placing successively in 2 per cent., 4 per cent., and 8 per cent. solutions of brine, allowing each to act for 48 hours to 72 hours, and finally storing in barrels filled to the bung with 12 per cent. brine.—F’. J. C. Pine Cone, Morphology of. By H.C. Cowles (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 2, p. 157; pl. 8).—The author discusses the disputed nature of the so-called carpellary scale and comes to the conclusion it is an outgrowth from the chalaza of the ovule, so that “the microsporangial and mega- sporangial cones are strictly homologous, and in the latter the sporophyll enlarges or remains small just as the chalazal development of the mega- Sporangium with a scale is less or more pronounced.—G. H. Plant Cytology, Current Problems in. By J. M. Macfarlane Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil., vol.ii., No. 2, p. 188; 1901).—This address treats Z 2 340 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the subject under the following heads :—Morphological Cytology, Nuclear Substance, Physiological Cytology, Evolutionary Cytology, Experimental Cytology, Ecological Cytology, and Taxonomic Cytology.—M. C. C. Plant-drying, Instructions for. By C. Curtis, F.L.S. (Gard. Mag. No. 2527, p. 216; 5/3/1902).—This subject is not altogether foreign to horticulture, as it is often useful to know how to dry plants in a proper way suitable for herbaria. Mr. Curtis has been a practical plant collector in many countries, and knows by experience how valuable is the knowledge of how to do the process properly. In this article he gives minute details of his method, and one can see that he is anxious to tell all he knows about the matter. Many gardeners travel, and if true to. their calling they will instinctively desire to collect specimens of plants. they do not know, and in this article they will find all the information they require about the proper way of proceeding.—W. G. Plants used by the Indians of Mendocino County, California. By V. K. Chesnut (Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium, vol. vii. No. 3; U.S. Dep. of Agric., Div. of Bot. ; 1902).—This is an account of some 400 plants, with Latin and Indian names, used by the natives, and the purposes to which they are applied. It is interspersed with numerous photos of plants, of natives collecting them, &c., as well as some of their manufactures, as baskets and works of art; also of the methods of grinding and preparing acorns for food, and are of liliaceous edible bulbs. The work concludes with a classified: list of economic plants. ranged under a large number of headings.—G. H. Platyclinis filiformis, Benth. (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Platyclinis; pl. 1; 2/1902).—An “inconspicuous” but graceful species from the Philippines, introduced by Mr. Bateman in 1841. Flowers pale green, minute, borne in long pendent racemes.—C. C. H. Platyclinis glumacea, Benth. (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Platyclinis ; pl. 2; 2/1902).—This species was discovered in the Philip- pines by Cumming in 1889, and first flowered in Europe by Messrs. Loddiges in 1841. Flowers small, in pendent racemes, white shaded pale yellow, sweetly scented.—C. C. H. Plectranthus Mahonii. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7818).—Nat. ord. Labiate, tribe Ocimoidee. Native of British Central Africa. It flowered at Kew in November 1900. The flowers are very numerous, violet blue.—G. H. Plum, The Beach, viewed from Botanical and Economic Aspects. By Prof. J. M. Macfarlane (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol. ii., No. 2, p. 216; pls. 20, 21; 1901).—The Beach Plum (Prunus maritima) is abundant along the coast regions of the Eastern States, from Virginia to New Brunswick. Grows ordinarily to a height of 5 or 6 feet, occasionally from 10 to 12 feet. Important lines of variation shown by the fruit in (a) colour, (b) weight, (c) size and shape, (d) consistence, (e) taste, (f) time of maturation. ABSTRACTS. | 341 Features specially commending it for cultivation are its constant growth amid loose open sand, and in proximity to or in immediate contact with the sea. Along the sea front many thousands of quarts are gathered annually, which are used in part as a delicious table fruit, but in larger part are converted into jelly preserves. A considerable trade in the fruit exists along the Cape Cod and Plymouth coasts. By judicious cultivation and selection it is certain that many and finer varieties might be secured, since the plant in the wild state has already developed so favourably. ° Experiments are still in progress towards the solution of these problems.—WM. C. C. Plums, A Chat about. By E. Bartrum, D.D. (Gard. Mag. No. 2515, p. 20; 11/1/1902). *. Bartrum commences an interesting article (continued in No. 2516) upon Plums, a subject with which he is evidently thoroughly well acquainted. He bases his comments upon the Chiswick Reports, which he critically discusses, and various useful hints occur in his remarks, and particularly in regard to the value of certain sorts in small gardens or in localities near towns. A separate paragraph is devoted to the Bohemian Plum ‘ Reine Claude’ or ‘Comte d’Althann,’ a dessert Plum of high merit, which from one of its names is apt to be confused with the older ‘Reine Claude de Bavay,’ which is quite distinct from the Bohemian. Notes on American Plums are given, and also on Damsons.— W. G. Plums, Japanese. By W. Watson (Garden, No. 1585, p. 221; 5/4/1902).—Japanese Plums have been brought into notice by our American cousins who grow them largely. When they were first tried in the United States they were condemned on account of the tenderness of the tree and the poor quality of fruit. It is clear that the evidence was insufficient, and luckily it was not considered conclusive. Probably we shall find the objections against them in this country to be unfounded. They possess some characteristics which the best garden Plums do not, productiveness, freedom from disease, &c. and the best of them compare well in quality with the common Plums.—E. T. C. Plums, Varieties and Culture. By Arthur Bryant (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901 ; pp. 181-186).—F rom this paper it would seem that the cultivation of Japanese and native varieties has b2en very great in the United States. The most formidable obstacles experienced in Illinois State have been the curculio and rot. For the former the author recom- mends spraying, also spreading sheets under the trees and jarring the insects off ; for the latter disease spraying with Bordeaux and thinning -of the fruit at an early date.—V. J. M. Podocarpus, Gametophytes and Embryo of. By W. C. Coker (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii., No. 2, p. 89, pls. 5-7).—The author treats of the pollen sac, grain and tube, the female prothallium, archegone, and embryo, as well as the affinities of Podocarpus,. with literature. G. A. $42 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Polyanthus, The Gold-laced. By R. Dean (Garden, No. 1582, p. 177, 15/3/1902).—How very difficult it is to raise a really fine variety of the Gold-laced Polyanthus from seed is well known to those who are in the habit of raising seedlings. Although it is possible to raise a. thousand seedlings from the best blood, not one may be up to the mark of quality of, say, ‘Cheshire Favourite.’ The characteristic qualities of the Gold-laced Polyanthus are given, as well as names of some of the best varieties and cultural instructions.—£. T. C. Poppy, Harlequin. By. F*” W. Oliver (Gard. Chron. No. 797, p. 223, fig. 71; 5/4/1902).—A description is given of curiously coloured flowers of a Poppy (Papaver Rheas) : some were of the usual red colour, some were white, and two were red and white. These flowers were half red and half white. ‘One outer petal and the adjacent halves of the inner ones were red, the other outer petal with the halves of the inner ones adjacent to it were white.’’ The seeds from these flowers were sown, but the plants from them all bore red blossoms.—G. S. S. Poppy, Hybrid (P. Moneti) (Rev. Hort. p. 150; April 1, 1902).— An accidental hybrid between P. Rheas and P. glauwcwm noticed by M. Claude Monet in his garden. Described as nearer to P. glawcum, and very ornamental. Three varieties have been obtained: P. Monett- genuinum, P. M. hirsutwm, and P. M. rheoides.—C. T. D. Porphyra, An Account of the Species of, found on the Coast of North America. By Henry T. A. Hus (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 8rd series, Bot. vol. i1., No. 6, pp. 178-240; 3 plates, 28 figures).— The work here presented was done in the botanical laboratory of the University of California, under Dr. Setchell, by Mr. Hus, now an instructor in the Hortus Botanicus at Amsterdam. The subdivisions of this thoroughly careful paper on this genus of seaweeds are as. follows :—History, morphology, distribution, description of species, key to Pacific Coast species, economic uses, method of mounting specimens, and list of publications and exsiccate cited. Fifteen species. are described, six of which were first described by Setchell and Hus. OC. Sas Potato Crop. By O. M. Morris (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Oklahoma, Bull, 52; December 1901).—This is a small pamphlet on the commercial industry of Potato-growing actively carried on in the valley of the North Canadian River, in Pottawatomie County. The soil is sandy and admirably adapted to this crop. The report deals with planting, cultivation, harvesting, yields, and variety tests, &c., the paragraph devoted to keeping Potatos being specially interesting. Otis, Potato Diseases and Pests. By C. D. Woods (U.S.A. Hap. Sin., Maine, Report, 1901, pp. 49-64).—In the first of the articles referred to under the above title the results of spraying Potatos with Bordeaux mixture during 1901 are given. The Bordeaux mixture had the follow- ABSTRACTS. 343 ing composition: Copper sulphate, 5 lb.; fresh (unslaked) lime, 5 Ib. ; water, 50 lb. The following table clearly demonstrates the benefit derived :— Yield of Potatos Pounds per 4 Acr Bushels per Acre 2 ) | & og | ce Sontag Small Rotten | aa | Small Rotten North part unsprayed | §53 96 101-1 164 | 32 34 Adjoining rows sprayed . 957 95 — | 819 | 32 _- South part unsprayed : 330 94 81 1 a 27 Adjoining rows sprayed. 738 go [a Seo | 30 — The relative values of ready-made commercial and freshly prepared Bordeaux mixtures were compared, and it was found that so long as the solution of the former contained as much copper as the latter it was equally effective. The second article emphasises the value of spraying for the suppression of insect enemies of the Potato, early and late blight and other leaf diseases of the Potato, describes the necessary apparatus, and gives formule for the making of the necessary spraying solutions. Da: ie sere Potatos: Experiments with Fungicides. By Chas. D. Woods (U.S.A. Hap. Stn. Maine, Report for 1901, pp. 49-57).—Spraying experi. ments with Bordeaux mixture were successfully carried out, and demon- strated the value of Bordeaux mixture when applied on a large scale, not only in diminishing the blight, but increasing the yield of the crop. The money value was represented by the investment of 10s. as the cost per acre with a return profit of £8 per acre as compared with unsprayed sections.—MV. C. C. Potato Worm (Gelechia operculella, Zellr.). By W. T. Clarke (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Stn., California, Bull. 185; 10/1901; 10 figs.).—The grub of the “ Potato worm’”’ causes great injury to Potato and Tobacco crops in the field and in store in California and in other parts of America, Australia, New Zealand, &c. The moth, which is a small greyish insect, lays its eggs in the eye of the Potato in the storeroom. The larva is hatched in about a week and bores into the Potato. It is a pinkish white grub with darker thorax and head, about 4 in. long when fully grown. It pupates in about six weeks from hatching either in the mouth of the burrow or in some crack or cranny near where the Potatos are stored, spinning a cocoon and covering it externally with dirt, &c. It remains in the chrysalis stage about two weeks. Eggs are also laid outdoors on the Potato plant. The larve then bore down into the plant, feeding just beneath the epidermis. Fungus attacks follow in the wake of the insect, and the stem succumbs to the combined onslaught. The life-cycle is completed in California in about 66 days. Experiments are recorded which show that the Potatos may be infected in five ways :— 1. By infection of the stem. 344 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 2. By direct infection of the tuber in the hill through incomplete covering. 3. Direct infection after digging by the moth laying its eggs on the Potatos. 4. Indirect infection after digging by the larva finding its way into the Potato from the stem. 5. Infection in the sack or bin. The remedies suggested are :— 1. Destruction of the food plants, which include many of the Solanaceae, e.g. Solanum nigrum. 2. Light trapping—the moth is easily taken at light. . Destruction of infested stalks. . Careful hilling. . Avoidance of exposure during digging. : 6. Exposure of the Potatos to the fumes of carbon bisulphide in the storeroom. Two other Potato pests in California are incidentally mentioned, viz. flea beetle (Hpitrix subcrinita, Lee), and the ‘‘yellow ground cricket ”’ (Stenopelmatus).—F’. J. C. Or he CO Primula cortusoides. Anon. (Jowrn. Hort. p. 278; March 27). There is a large portrait of P. cortwsoides var. amena grandiflora lilacina. These large-flowered forms are generally referred to P. Szeboldi, which as a species is doubtfully distinct from P. cortusoides. The varieties are well recommended for open border cultivation, under which they will spread into large free-flowering breadths, quite hardy and perennial, but requiring a dressing of soil both in autumn and spring, otherwise the points of the shoots get detached and perish on the surface of the soil. Cr WT Primula sinensis. A. Henry (Gard. Chron. No. 800, p. 269, figs. 84 and 85; 26/4/1902).—The wild form of this plant has only hitherto been found in one locality, namely, in the gorges of the Yang-tse, near Ichang. The wild form was introduced into cultivation by seeds — sent home by Mr. Pratt: its habitat and mode of growth are very different from what is found in the cultivated forms. The wild plant grows on ledges in limestone cliffs where there is practically no soil or moisture. These ledges are often hundreds of feet in length, and when the plants are in flower are strikingly beautiful. he cultivated plant was introduced from Canton, but there is no history of its origin in Chinese writings. Ch, Saree Pruning and Planting, Methods of Free (U.S.A. Hxp. Stn. [thode Island, p. 288; 1901).—Photographs of Apple trees treated as follows :— 1. Trimmed to whips and cut back to about three feet in height. 2. Trimmed to whips with the leader left untouched. 3. Branches cut back, one half leader left. 4. Untrimmed., No. 8 is considered best, and it is recommended to leave all sound | roots and shorten back the tops: this helps to bring about a proper ABSTRACTS. 345 balance between root and leaf, and also improves the subsequent cha- racter of growth of the tree. The experiments show that under favourable conditions a tree will adjust itself to almost any kind of treatment and still make a good tree. Oa iH. Prunus Pseudocerasus Watereri and P. serrulata Hisakura. By E. Koehne (Gartenflora. p. 2; pl. 1495; 1/1/1902).—A coloured plate and short description of these two ornamental Cherries from Japan. The former has semi-double pale Rose flowers resembling those of P. Pseudocerasus fl. ros. pleno (Cerasus Sieboldi, Carr. fl. ros. pleno) but larger. LP. serrulata Hisakwra has slightly smaller, paler, rose- coloured, semi-double flowers, and the young leaves are green.—J. P. Promenza stapelioides, Lindl. (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Promenea; pl. 1; 2/1902).—A native of Brazil. Flowers green dotted with purple brown ; lip blackish purple.—C. C. H. Promenza xanthina, Lindl. (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Promena; pl.2; 2/1902).---Introduced from Rio de Janerio by Gardner - in 1837. Flowers clear citron yellow with small red dots at the base of column and lip. A pretty little species.—C. C. H. Ruellia Lorentziana. By Ed. André (Rev. Hort. pp. 186, 187; March 16, 1902).—Coloured plate and description. Very pretty Lilac flowers ad la Salpiglossis [on a small scale—C. 7. D.] in lax panicles. Native of Uruguay. Temperate house, or in the open in summer. Culture easy.—C. T. D. Railway Embankments, Floral. By H. Correvon (Rev. Hort. pp. 114, 115; March 1, 1902).—An interesting article on the utilisation of railway slopes and stations for floral decoration, with special reference to the Railway Banks Floral Association in this country, of which Miss Willmott, of Warley, is honorary treasurer.—C. 7. D. Ranunculus, Alpine Species of. by C. Wolley Dod (Gard. Mag. No. 2526, p. 196; 29/3/1902).—A selection is made in this article of the best species for the garden from a genus largely abounding in weedy plants. The term “ Alpines”’ does not necessarily mean dwarf plants, as fi. aconitifolius and f. platanifolius, both growing knee-high, are in- cluded. The useful information that Mr. Wolley Dod always gives in his writings makes this a very readable article, as this garnishing gives a new interest to these simple mountain flowers.— W. G. Rates of Charge, Changes in the, for Railway and other Transportation Services. By H. T. Newcomb (U.S.A. Dept. Agr. (Dw. Stat.) Bull. 15, 1901).—A report on changes in the rates of charge, touching incidentally on the charges for the transportation of agricultural products to the principal markets and seaports in the Western States and on the Pacific Coast.—C. H. C. 846 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. “ Rejuvenated” Stems in Aged Willows, The Production of. By Dr. G. Tischler (Flora, vol. xe. 1902, p. 278; 4 woodcuts).— When the heartwood of a Pollard Willow rots the splintwood survives ; but this, too, may die in strips owing to damage to the bark &c. The cambium of a strip of living splint-wood forms a callus, and extends its crescent wings year by year till a circular stem, distinct from the old trunk, is evolved from the original strip, connecting the head and the roots. The figures are very interesting, and might well be reproduced here.—M. H. Ribes, Some New Species of Pacific Coast. By Alice Eastwood (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 8rd series, Bot. vol. i, No. 7, pp. 241-254; 2 plates, 10 figures).—An interesting contribution to the literature of a difficult genus. Nine species hitherto unnamed are described and illus- trated. A key to all the Pacific Coast species, fifty-seven in number, closes the paper.—C. H. S. Rose Fungus. Phragmidiwm subcorticatwum. By William Car- ruthers (Jowr. R.A.S, vol. xii. p. 248; 1901).—“ The diseased twigs of a Rose tree from Cambridgeshire were found to be distorted from the presence of the ecidium form of the rust Phragmidiwm subcorticatum. The different stages of the rust all develop on the same host, and the fungus can be destroyed by spraying the plants with a solution of copper sulphate. The diseased twigs and leaves should be gathered and burned.” R. N. Rose, H.T., ‘ Baldwin’ (syn. ‘ Helen Gould’) ; Rose, H. T., ‘ Miss Alice Roosevelt’; Rose, T. ‘Ivory’ (Amer. Gard. xxiii. pp. 167, 169, 170; figs. 87-40; 15/3/1902).—Excellent photographs of these new American Roses.—C. C. H. Roses, Pruning. By J. H. Pemberton (Gard. Mag. No. 2524, 15/3/1902).—This matter at first sight may appear to be commonplace, but when it is dealt with by a master in the art of Rose culture the subject commands close attention. Mr. Pemberton classifies the garden Roses and describes how they should be pruned, and specialises various sorts that require different treatment in this direction from the rest. Abstaining from pruning altogether is recommended in some sorts, such as ‘La France,’ and this may appear to be unusual practice until one reads the results obtained. The proper pruning of Roses, as in other flowering shrubs, is still an art about which we have yet a good deal to learn, though a matter often considered of small importance by even practical gardeners. ‘The subject is continued in the following number (No. 2525, p. 178).—W. G. Rose ‘Sarah Nesbitt’ (Amer. Gard. xxiii. pp. 6, 7; fig.1; 4/1/1902). A sport from ‘Mrs. J. P. Morgan’ having the same origin as ‘ Mrs. Oliver Ames,’ though quite distinct. A pale creamy-pink Tea Rose with pink tip and yellow base.—C. C. H. Rubus, Ornamental Species of. By W. T. (Gard. Mag. No, 2528, p. 142; 8/3/1902).—The few species of Bramble cultivated ABSTRACTS. 8347 solely for ornament are described, the finest by a long way being R. deliciosus, which is illustrated. The writer is well acquainted with the subject, and describes clearly the various kinds and their particular value at various seasons and in different positions in the garden.—W. G. Rubus palmatus. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7801). Nat. ord. Rosacee, tribe Rubee.—Native of Japan and China. A very elegant species, with white elliptic-shaped petals. It flowered with Messrs. Veitch & Sons in 1899. It is now 20 ft. high at Kew.—G. H. Saintpaulia ionantha. By Ed. André (Rev. Hort. pp. 184, 185 ; April 16, 1902).—Coloured plate illustrating three pretty varieties: alba, rubra, and violacea; rubra is nearer mauve than red.—C. 7’. D. San José Seale, Spraying Experiments for. By W. E. Britton (U.S.A. Hap. Stn., Conn., Bull. 186; 2/1902; 2 figs.)—This pam- phlet gives an account of spraying, with kerosene and water, crude oil, and Babbitt’s lye (1 lb. to 4 galls.), Peach trees in foliage. It was found that crude oil with a specific gravity of 48° Beaumé and a kerosene and water mixture containing 20 per cent. kerosene were both effective in destroying scale on dormant Peach trees, and did not harm the trees, while the scale was kept in check on trees in foliage by an application of kerosene and water in mixture containing 15 per cent. kerosene. The - most effective time to spray trees in foliage was in July. Crude oil and water and common soap and water (1 lb. to 8 galls.) both caused injury to the foliage.—F’. J. C. San José Scale Investigations. By V. H. Lowe and P. J. Parrott (U.S.A. Hap. Sin., New York, Bull. 202; 12/1901).—It was found that in winter, spraying with crude petroleum emulsion ccntaining 25 per cent. of petroleum or more, seriously injured Peach trees, while Apple and European Plum trees were uninjured except by 40 per cent. and stronger emulsions, and Pears and Cherries were uninjured either by emulsified or undiluted petroleum. In spring spraying (before the buds burst) the Plum trees were seriously injured by the undiluted and slightly by the 60 per cent. emulsion, Peach trees by the 40 per cent., Pears and Cherries uninjured. Twenty-five per cent. emulsion did not kill the scales, but 40 per cent. killed them both in winter and spring. Hydrocyanic acid at ‘3 gram of cyanide per cubic foot of air space was required to kill the scales in December, but in June they could be killed with gas at ‘18 gram. Apple, Pear, Plum, and Cherry buds are uninjured by the stronger gas, while Peach buds were slightly injured, but quite uninjured with gas at a strength of °22 gram. Two plates illustrating the tent used for fumigating are given, and numerous tables showing the result of the use of insecticides are set out. Among other insecticides worthy of trial whale-oil soap and crude petro- leum compound ; lime, sulphur, and salt wash ; and kerosene-lime emul- sion are suggested.—F’. J. C. Saxifraga oppositifolia and allied Species. By G. R. (Garden, 348 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. No. 1584, p. 205; 29/3/1902).—This group of the Saxifrage family is widely distributed and found almost everywhere on the higher points of European and Asiatic mountains, but especially on the Alps. The various positions in which these plants naturally grow and other interesting information concerning their habitats are given, and the treatment best suited to their success under cultivation.—H. T’. C. Seale, The San José, and the Administration of the Crop Pest Laws of Virginia. By W. B. Alwood (Third Rep. of the State Ent. and Path. p. 49, pls. ii., i1.; 1901).—The author gives an account of the entire scope of work and investigations undertaken under the Crop Pest and San José Laws of the State of Virginia.—R. N. Seale, the San Jose, in Japan, A Preliminary Report on. By C. L. Marlatt (U.SA. Dep. Agr., Bull. 81, N.S., pp. 41-48 ; 1902). From the author’s observations made in Japan it seems tolerably certain that this pest is of comparatively recent origin in Japan, and that it has been probably introduced from the United States of America.—R. N. Scapanize of East Indies (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xi. ht. 8, pp. 542- 545).—Herr Karl Muller (Freiburg-im-Breisgau) gives a full account of the distribution of the Scapanie brought by Drs. Levier and Hartless from India. Two new species are also described, viz. S. Leviert and S. Hartlessit.—G. F. S.-E. : Schizocodon soldanelloides. Anon. (Journ. Hort. p. 348; April 17, 1902).—A life-size portrait of a fine specimen is given on page 347. Now that this neat little plant has been in cultivation in England for about fifteen years, and may be imported direct from Japan tor twopence a plant, we may expect to learn more of its successful culti- vation. Up to this time success with it has been exceptional and rare. C. W. D. Schomburgkia Thomsoniana var. minor. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Lot. Mag. tab. 7815).—Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Epidendree. Native of the Cayman Islands, West Indies. There are two varieties: one, atropurpurea, With large cream-coloured and purple flowers, the lip with a deep purple throat; and minor, with canary-yellow flowers 2 inches across and only the tip of the labellum being purple.—G. H. Scolopendrium, var. Drummondze superba. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 784, p. 5,fig. 8; 4/1/1902).—This very interesting and ornate variety originated as a seedling from S. vy. crispuwm Drummonde, found wild near Falmouth. ‘This variety far exceeds all others in its fimbriate and plumose character ; it is also singular in producing prothalli at the tips of the filaments.’ A specimen was exhibited recently by Mr. C. T. Druery, and obtained an Award of Merit from the Floral Committee of the Royal Horticultural Society.—G. S. S. Senecio magnificus. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7808). Nat. ord. Composite, tribe Senecionide.—Native of Australia. It is a tall glabrous under-shrub, with rather coriaceous leaves; oblanceolate in ABSTRACTS. 349: form, about 6 inches in length, the heads in loose corymbs, nearly 2 inches across; golden yellow.—G. H. Senecio precox, Water Storage and Conduction in. By John W. Harschberger, Ph.D. (Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. vol. ti. No. 1, p. 81; pls. 7, 8).—The anatomical peculiarities described show that as regards the roots and the stem Senecio precox is well protected against the dry season, and can lay up a store of water in the pith for use during the period of drought. Hence the plant is well adapted to grow under the condition of climate presented in the valley of Mexico. The Cacti of Mexico and other succulents of that region secure immunity from drought by consolidation and by reduction of transpiration surface, as does like- wise this plant the Tree Groundsel.— WV. C. C. Shot-hole Fungus on Cherry Fruit Pedicels. By IF. C. Stewart and H. J. Eustace (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. New York, Bull. 200, pp. 85-87, 1901).—The Shot-hole fungus (Cylindrosporiwm padt), so destructive to the foliage of Cherries and Plums, has been discovered attacking the fruit pedicels of Cherries. This discovery is of scientific interest, but it has little or no practical bearing on the control of the disease.—M. C. C. Shrubs, Moving small. By J. Clark (Garden, No. 1581, p. 162).— Some of the most difficult plants to move in a young state are Arbutus, Hollies, Magnolias, Cedars, Sequoia gigantea, Libocedrus decurrens, &e. All these require to be shifted every year for the first few years, and if this is done each autumn they will suffer little if at all. Other valuable information is given.—E. T. C. Shrubs, The Pruning of Hardy Flowering. By W. Dallimore (Garden, No. 1585, p. 223; 5/4/1902).—Shrubberies of a few years ago required quite a different treatment from the up-to-date shrubbery or col- lection of shrubs of to-day. Then shrubberies were composed of a few things early ; the plants used were those which caused least trouble. Now it is different. Broadly speaking, four kinds of pruning should be prac- tised—shortening branches, thinning, disbudding and removal of seed heads, and root pruning. The writer proceeds to discuss the best methods adapted to the various groups.—E. 7’. C. Shrubs, Pruning Flowering. By Alger Petts (Gard. Mag. No. 2523, p. 144; 8/3/1902).—If there is one subject more than another that gardeners least understand and practise, it is the pruning of hardy flowering shrubs, and yet it is of much importance in the proper management of a garden. This state of affairs is set forth by the writer in a way that must appeal to those who have always followed the wrong practice in shrub pruning. There can be no general rule for pruning, as different species require different treatment in this direction, and Mr. Petts explains why such as Forsythias, Deutzias, Kerrias, Chimonanthuses, and various other shrubs should be pruned immediately after flowering, and not in autumn and winter, as is usually the case. It is a subject that should be studied by all who have the management of shrubs, and particularly in the London and other public parks, where ignorance of rational pruning is most apparent.—W. G. 350 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Sobralia virginalis lilacina, Cogn. (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Sobralia; pl. 84; 2/1902).—A_ beautiful variety introduced from Colombia by M. Patin for M. Peeters, of Brussels. Differs from the type in having a delicate lilac tint around the front lobe of the lip. Or C0 Soil, Natural Fertility of. By J. J. Willis (Gard. Mag. No. 2516, p. 82; 18/1/1902).—The writer of this article discusses the question of natural soil fertility from a scientific standpoint, and explains clearly how soils in a primitive condition become gradually more fertile by the influences of atmospheric changes, and by the decay of organic compounds which combined with inorganic constituents render natural soils fertile for the support of vegetation.— W. G. Solanum Xanti. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7821).— Nat. ord. Solanaceae, tribe Solanee. Native of California. It is remarkable for the extraordinary variability of the leaves. The flowers are of a pale purple colour in an umbellate cyme.—G. H. Sonerilas, Floriferous. By F. Rehnelt (Die Gart. p. 825; 12/4 1902; with illustrations)—On the Continent these pretty stove plants are at the present time in great favour. Formerly grown under hand- lights in hothouses, far finer plants are now grown without these lights. Specially recommended are Sonerila Hendersoni argentea, S. mar- garitacea, S. orentalis, and several hybrids.—G. R. Sphzrotheca mors-uve (Schw.) or Gooseberry Mildew : Its Occurrence and Distribution in Russia. By P. Hennings (Garten- flora, p. 170; 1/8/1902).—This destructive Gooseberry parasite is common in North America, and has been met with in Ireland. (See Salmon, JourNAL R.H.S., 1900, pp. 189-142.) The author received specimens from near Moscow and considers it indigenous in Russia.—J. P. Spinach. By E. D. 8S. (Journ. Hort. p. 162; Feb. 20, 1902).— Notes are given concerning this crop. In light dry soils Tetragonia expansa, called New Zealand Spinach, makes a good substitute; also Beta marituma, called Spinach Beet, may be gathered all the year round. A bed of Chenopodium Bonus Henricus (‘Good King Henry’), hardy and perennial, is always useful for early gatherings.—C. W. D. Spirzea Millefolium. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7810).— Nat. ord. Rosacea, tribe Spireee. Native of California. It is remark- able for emitting an odour of creosote. It grows to 38 feet in height at Kew, and flowered in the open air in 1901. The flowers have a white corolla, § inch in diameter, being crowded in terminal panicles.—G. H. Spraying for Horticultural Diseases in the United Statgs (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901, pp. 7, 191, 219, 3885, 387, 390, 451, 485, &e.; tabs., plates, &c.).—Quite a large amount of information on this subject has been collected together in this volume as a result of research and experiments of an extensive nature. Directions, formula, a ee ar Pe eee Le Lk NE LPT ee) ee 8 i ABSTRACTS. 351 important details, and illustrations of apparatus are to be found by those interested in the subject. It is impossible in a short space to do justice to the articles, but each one will be dealt with briefly. DIRECTIONS AND FORMUL. This paper, prepared under the direction of the chief in horticulture of the State of Illinois, explains five points which must be kept in view for successful spraying:—(1) Pure materials; (2) proper preparation of mixtures ; (3) proper method of application; (4) time of application ; (5) good judgment. Paris green is regarded as the most important insecticide for destroying chewing insects, and it should be a dry and wholly impalpable powder of a bright light emerald-green colour. Bordeaux mixture being a complex and insoluble compound of lime and copper suspended in water, care must be taken to get the proper combina- tion as regards quantities especially. An excess of uncombined copper sulphate is very injurious to the foliage. The author recommends it being tested before use. Upon this point the author has given careful and elaborate tables referring to some dozen mixtures. As to the application considerable pressure and a fine nozzle should be used, held a short distance away from the leaves and fruit ; just sufficient to cover with fine “ dew drops’’ and no more should be applied. As to the time of application this depends upon the tree to be treated, and reference should be made to the list given; but the chief point to bear in mind seems to be to spray in time; a very few days’ delay may mean ruin. Insecticides of course act in two ways: (a) As a poison to be eaten along with the plant; (b) by contact with the insect. Fungicides also act in two ways: (a) by contact with mycelium; (b) by destroying the germinating tube of the fungus before it penetrates the skin. SPRAYING FOR Bitter Ror. This paper is the result of experiments which have been made by Professor Blair to determine various questions. A good illustration is given of a convenient spraying outfit being used in an orchard. The spraying should take place early in June. Bordeaux mixture having the undesirable effect of staining the fruit, ammoniacal carbonate of copper is recommended, and its composition and preparation are carefully described. The spray should be fine and misty until the fruit is entirely covered, but in no case make such a heavy application that the liquid runs off, thus leaving many places unprotected. EXPERIENCE WITH THE Dust SPRAY. The dust spray has the advantage of being less expensive than a liquid one, for it is easier prepared and quickly applied. Another advantage is that the same care need not be used in using the exact proportions and in the mixing, for with the dust spray the same mixture can be used for Apple, Peach, Plum, and all other fruit trees and bushes. The machine is always ready for business and does not require an expert to keep it going. Asa result of actual experiments it would seem. that the method was. successful with winesaps and the blooms and fruit of Apple and Peach trees generally, and the foliage was in no case injured, 352 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. but less success was obtained against the scab and bitter rot. The author, Mr. A. A. Hintley, is very confident of the ultimate success of this method of spraying. SeconD Broop or Copiry Morn. The author of this paper, Mr. John W. Lloyd, regrets that spraying is not commonly done for the second brood, which attacks the fruit in July and August after the Apples have attained considerable size. No matter how thorough the spraying for the first brood, some of the worms are sure to escape. These develop into moths which lay eggs for the second brood ; and since one moth may lay from fifty to 100 eggs it would take only a few moths to make a numerous second brood. A second paper by the same gentleman goes more fully into the subject and gives tables showing the results of experiments. He arrives at two conclusions: (1) That the spray protected the Apples from attack, i.e. it killed the worms before they entered; (2) it killed many worms after they had entered the Apple, and thus prevented them from going to the interior. ‘The paper is concluded with a remark that further experi- ments are needed to determine what material will be best to use, and at what strength it may be applied. It is claimed that arsenate of lead will not injure foliage, no matter how strong a mixture is used. SoME SPRAYING LESSONS DEDUCED FROM THE SEASON OF 1901. This season having been a “ record breaker”’ as to extreme heat and drought, the author of this paper, Mr. A. V. Stubenrauch, of the Illinois University, points out that several lessons have been learnt, especially in the way of spraying. Mr. Stubenrauch believes that the development of the art and science of spraying is undoubtedly the most important advancement that has been made in modern horticultural operations. It is the one thing that has made possible the present system of commercial orcharding in the States. Since it is impossible to isolate infected orchards and trees, the spray pump is the only salvation, and makes it possible to control diseases and insects. The word “ control’ is emphasised, for it is pointed out that it is impossible to eradicate any of the diseases and pests which now afflict our trees and fruits. The paper goes on to say that to spray properly is expensive, but it is a profitable investment. To spray improperly is time and money wasted, and is therefore extravagant at any price. To spray properly requires painstaking care and the closest attention to every detail of the work. IMPORTANT DETAILS OF SPRAYING. Professor Stubenrauch has made this paper perhaps the most valuable of the series, covering as it does sixteen pages and including nine beautifully produced plates. The paper opens with a reiteration of the importance of spraying and necessity for care in every part of the process, good apparatus, pure materials, and patient and intelligent attention to every detail. It is admitted at once that it is an expensive operation. An interesting account of fungi is given and a particular description of the Apple bitter rot fungus, followed by a description of the mixtures to be applied and the correct mode of application. Full details are given ABSTRACTS. 353 of the composition and effect of the various well-known spraying mixtures : e.g. Paris green, Bordeaux mixture, ammoniacal copper carbonate. The plates show: (1) bitter rot spores as seen under the microscope, (a) before, and (b) after germination ; (2) proper and improper spraying ; (8) Apples properly and improperly sprayed; (4) leaves properly and improperly sprayed, the other plates showing the appearances of the various mixtures, &c. Ve. J. M. Spraying the Orchard. By Wm. B. Alwood (U.S.A. Hap. Stn., Virgima, Bull. 100).—Spraying is not usually necessary for diseases in young orchards during the first four or five years, but after this, spraying ought to begin. Alkali wash is recommended to be used in alternate winters. Weak solution of copper sulphate is a good fungicide, and cheaper, though not so cleansing. To renovate an old orchard, cut out the dead wood and thin the trees, to admit air and sunlight; in order to avoid too severe a shock the thinning out may be extended over two years. Before spraying, scrape the trunks and barks with a triangular scraper. Spray for the first two winters with alkali, at a streneth of 8 degs. Beaumé, applied from the ground to the ends of the branches. In summer wash with weak Bordeaux mixture. First spraying of dormant trees (March 17).—Ninety-three very large trees, 30 ft. high, with an equal spread of branches, took 825 gallons of weak solution of bluestone, three men and team five hours. Cost: 13 lb. bluestone at 45 cents, 59 cents; one half-day team, 75 cents; half- day for three men $1.50, $2.84; a fraction over 8 cents per tree. Second spraying (April 28).—Buds opening; sprayed with Bordeaux mixture, 400 gallons. Cost: 82 lb. bluestone=$1.44; 40 lb. lime, 40 cents ; eight hours for three men, $2.40; eight hours for team, $1.20. Total, $5.44; a fraction less than 6 cents per tree. Third spraying (May 12).—Bloom fallen. Bordeaux mixture and green arsenite, 8 oz. to 50 galls. Bordeaux; ten hours three men and team, 400 galls. Cost: Bluestone and lime as above, £1.84; three men, $3; team, $1.50; poison, 4 lb. 50 cents. Total, $6.84 ; about 74 cents per tree. These trees in good years have borne over thirty bushels per tree. Cost of the three sprayings $15.12 cents, or 16,2, cents per tree. SPRAYING THE YOUNG OrRcHARD—6038 trees, eleven years old. First spraying (March 13).—Trees dormant. Weak solution of blue- stone, three men and team, eight hours; 825 gallons solution. Cost of labour and material, £4.19; a fraction under 47, cent per tree. Second spraying (April 26). Buds just opening. —450 gallons Bordeaux. Time of three men and team, ten hours. Cost: Three men, $3 ; team, $1.50; 26 lb. bluestone, £1.62 ; 45 lb. lime, 45 cents. Total, $6.57 ; a fraction over a cent per tree. Third spraying (May 16, 17). Bloom fallen.—Bordeaux and green arsenite, 8 oz. to 50 gallons Bordeaux. Time, seventeen hours; three men and team, 850 gallons. Cost: Men, 5.10; team, $2.55; bluestone, $3.06; lime, 85 cents ; poison, £1.08. Total, 612.64, or a fraction over two cents per tree. AA 354 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Total cost of three applications, $23.40, or 3,5, cents per tree by student labour ; if by trained labour the cost would be one-third less. Many of these trees bore five to eight bushels of Apples. The time to spray.—First application, dormant season. To clean the trees of Lichen; to destroy hibernating insects in form of egg, larve, or pup ; and, as a fungicide against Apple-scab (Lusicladiwm dendri- ticum) and brown rot of stone fruit (Monilia fructigena) &e. 1. The alkali wash by cleaning the bark also renders it less liable to attack by the canker-producing fungi, and less opportunity for insects and fungi to find lodgment on the trunks and limbs. 2. The alkali wash destroys the eggs of Aphis mali and Mali folie, which are found on the twigs in winter and attack the young foliage as soon as it appears, and are very difficult to treat after the leaves become curled. It also destroys the woolly aphis (Schizonewra lanigera), which hibernates in wounds and under cracks in the bark; and the larve of the codlin moth (Carpocapsa pomonella), which commonly hibernate under cracks in the outer bark. 8. As a direct fungicidal application to destroy pathogenic forms like the scab fungus and spores of the brown rot fungus, the winter treatment is excellent. The scab fungus hibernates on the twigs of Apple as delicate strands or threads (mycelium), and the alkali wash helps to destroy this growth. The spores of brown rot which adhere to the limbs and trunks of Plum, Peach, and Cherry trees are destroyed by this wash. (The mummied fruit should be removed from trees.) For these fungi the weak solution of copper is a good wash, but alkali is believed to be even better. Time of applying winter washes.—Any time that suits the grower during the dormant period; in calm mild weather it is customary to spray in February or March before the buds push. For San José Scale.—One pound soap to a gallon of water. The soap wash cleans the trees beautifully. Winter washes, when orchard is in good condition, are usually not deemed necessary oftener than once in every two or three years, unless it is to keep down aphids or scale insects. Second spraying.—The first Bordeaux and poison spray is to peer the development on Apple, of scab, orange rust (Gymnosporangiwm macropus), the brown spot of leaf (Phyllosticta pirina); and on stone fruits, the leaf curl of Peach (Haxoascus deformans), leaf spot (Septoria cerasina), and the brown rot of fruit. Among the insects poisoned on Apple are the tent caterpillar (Clistocampa americana), bud moth (Temeto- cera ocellana), occasionally canker-worm (Anysopteryx spp.), and both pome and stone fruit weevils (Conotrachelus nenwphar). Apple scab grows out at once when the buds open on the young leaves and upon the fruiting stems, and the young fruit as soon as set, and may in this manner largely destroy the crop before it reaches the size of full-grown Cherries. The brown spot of the leaf begins at the same time from spores on old leaves. It is surprising how quickly insects yield at this stage, while if left until their ravages are noticeable the treatment seems to give little relief, as the insects, when half-grown or nearly mature, yield much less readily to poison. il ete ee ek i a a Ee, bd ABSTRACTS. 355 The time to apply the first spring spray.—Begin when the fruit buds have pushed out so as to part the thick scales, partially disclosing them- selves, and the whorl of leaves which surround the cluster of fruit buds are appearing. Cease when the trees open their blossoms, because it may kill bees, and spraying is itself inimical to pollination. If aphids or scale insects, soap washes are best. One pound good whale-oil soap to six gallons of water. Third application—Second Bordeaux and poison spray.—Same as previous application for same fungi and insects with the addition of the codlin moth (Carpocapsa pomonella), which is the most serious insect pest attacking apple orchards. Time of treatment.—Immediately after the bloom falls, whilst the - calyx lobes are turned back exposing the eye, as the parent codlin moth deposits her eggs usually upon the young fruits soon after the bloom falls. The larve find their way into the eye of the fruit aid commence their depredations. One object of spraying at this period is to lodge poison in the eye and destroy the larve before entering the Apple. The fruit develops rapidly at this period, and in a few days, the poison penetrating to the eye, becomes less certain, and consequently spraying will be less efficacious against codlin moth. If this spray is washed off by a sudden storm before the Bordeaux has *« set,”’ the spraying should be repeated. Black rot (Spheropsis malorum), bitter rot (Gleosporium fructigenum), or brown spot on the leaf should be sprayed for at their first appearance. Showery weather interspersed with hot sunshine favours the spread of fruit rots. WASHES FOR DORMANT SEASON. Alkali wash.—6 |b. potash to 50 gallons of water, 3d., on a Beaumé acid spindle (acid spindle for testing gravity costs 2s.). Sulphate of copper solution. 2 lb. in 50 gallons. Stronger solutions are unnecessary and wasteful. Dissolve 40 lb. in a 50-gallon cask and use 25 gallons of the solution to each 50 gallons of wash (an ordinary wooden pail holds 24 gallons). Make stock solution a day or two in advance. Soap washes for dormant plants may be used very strong without injury. For scale insects 1 lb. soap to one gallon. Bordeaux washes.—The great fungicidal wash, only the most minute quantity of copper possible is necessary to produce the required effect. 1} lb. lime decomposes the copper sulphate and neutralises the sulphuric acid of 1 lb. copper sulphate. Formula.—Copper sulphate ! - Alb. - Unslacked lime , ne Water. ; : . 50 gallons. In one tub slack 50 lb. lime, strain at once into a 50-gallon barrel and fill with water. Keep barrel covered to prevent evaporation and to prevent trash getting into it: this will keep good indefinitely. When Bordeaux mixture is wanted use five gallons of each to make 50 gallons of wash. Stir stock solutions before mixing. Run water into Cap 356 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the spray barrel and when about half full put in the ingredients and stir as the barrel fills. The Bordeaux stays in suspension better when handled in this manner than if mixed full strength and the water then added. The arsenite should be carefully mixed into a thick paste and then thinned and added to the wash. Paris green or green arsenite at 8 oz. to 50 gallons, for Peach half this strength. London purple varies in strength, but is one of the best to stay in suspension: it should be used with an excess of lime to prevent burning. The best pumps are manufactured by Morell and Morley, Benton Harbor, Michigan ; The Deming Company, Salem, Ohio ; Gould’s Manu- facturing Company, Seneca Falls, N.Y.—C. A. H. Stanhopea Reichenbachiana, Roezl. (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Stanhopea; pl. 3; 2/1902).—A large and beautiful species dis- covered in 1874 by Roezl (probably in the Andes of Colombia). Flowers. white shaded yellow and dotted with rose; the flowering season is in winter, and, contrary to many other species of the genus, the flowers last. a long time.—C. C. H. Stapelia bella. By A. Berger (Gard. Chron. No. 792, p. 187, fig. 40; 1/8/1902).—The origin of this new species is not known; it has hitherto been cultivated under the name of S. glawea, from which, how- ever, it appears to be quite distinct. The structure of the flower is curious, as may be seen from the figure, which gives a diagram of the details of the blossom, as well as a general view of the plant in flower. A description of the plant is given.—G. S. S. Strawberry-growing on S.-E. Coast of Queensland. By James Pink (Qu. Agr. Jowrn. ix. pp. 551-554; December 1901).—This is simply a description of Strawberry culture and harvesting in the Wellington Point and Cleveland District. Ten years ago Strawberries could not be made to grow at any price, but industry and perseverance have again illustrated what Queensland soil is capable of producing when cultivated by intelligent men. In the course of the present season more than fifty tons of Strawberries have been sent from the above district to the Sydney and Brisbane markets and to the jam factories, and sold at a remunerative price to the growets. This district having proved pre- eminently suitable for Strawberry culture, there is little doubt that in a few years it will be able to supply all the Strawberries required for jam- making in Australasia. —M. C. C. Strawberry, The. By W. J. Allen (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. p. 1544, December 1901).—An exhaustive article on this most popular fruit, dealing with the soil, situation, preparing the soil, manuring, planting, culti- vation, irrigation, perfect and imperfect blooming varieties, and diseases. The following are the varieties on offer in New South Wales at the present day: ‘Bidwell,’ ‘ British Queen,’ ‘ Captain,’ ‘ Commander,’ ‘Comte de Paris,’ ‘Counts,’ ‘ Countess,’ ‘Crimson Cluster,’ ‘Crescent Seedling,’ ‘ Caroline,’ ‘ Duke of Athol,’ ‘ Duc de Malakoff,’ ‘ Dr. Hogg,’ ‘Duke of Edinburgh,’ ‘Early White,’ ‘ Eclipse,’ ‘ Edith Christy,’ ABSTRACTS. 357 “Empress Eugénie,’ ‘ Elton,’ ‘ Enchantress,’ ‘ Frogmore,’ ‘ Gandy,’ ‘Garibaldi,) ‘Grove End Scarlet,’ ‘ Glenfield Beauty,’ ‘ Hautboys,’ ‘James Veitch,’ ‘Jubilee,’ ‘Jesmond,’ ‘ Keen’s Seedling,’ ‘ La Chalon- naise,’ ‘ La Grosse Sucrée,’ ‘ La Marguerite,’ ‘ Lee’s Prolific,’ ‘ Léonée de Lambertyne,’ ‘La Constant,’ ‘La Grosse Suéve,’ ‘ Melon,’ ‘ Mikado,’ *Myatt’s Pine,’ ‘ Myatt’s Surprise,’ ‘ Monarch,’ ‘My Favourite,’ * Marshal,’ ‘ Milner’s Perfection, ‘ Mammoth,’ ‘ Noble,’ ‘ Oscar,’ «Pauline,’ ‘ Pink’s Prolific,’ ‘Pioneer,’ ‘ President,’ ‘Princess Alice Maude,’ ‘Red Chilian,’ ‘Rifleman,’ ‘Roi Albert de Saxe,’ ‘ Royal Sovereign,’ ‘Sensation,’ ‘ Sharpless,’ ‘ Shuckless,’ ‘Sir Joseph Paxton,’ ‘Stirling Castle Pine,’ ‘ Superba,’ ‘ Trollope’s Victoria,’ ‘ The Creswell,’ and ‘ White Chilian.’—H. G. C. Strawberry and Vegetable Notes for 1901. By L. R. Taft and M. L. Dean (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., Michigan State Agr. College, Hort. Dep., Bulls. 195, 196; January 1902).—Bulletin 195 isa critical catalogue of all the new varieties of Strawberry produced in America, followed by tables of the results of observations as to the possession of qualities desirable in a Strawberry by these and a number of older varieties. These results are given by means of dates and marks, placed respectively under the headings of “ Bloom”’ (i.e. date of), “ First ripe,’ “ Last ripe,’ “ Vigour,” ‘“ Hardiness,” “Per cent. of bloom killed by frost,’’ «« Size,’ “ Form,”’ “ Colour,’ “ Quality,” and “ Firmness.”’ It appears that in Michigan ‘Clyde’ is the best all-round early Strawberry. ‘Gladstone’ is the first ripe, and bears longest. ‘ Parker Earle’ is the latest bearer and ‘George’s Triumph’ is the best all- round late variety. Bulletin 196 in the same cover gives similar accounts of new varieties of Beans, Cauliflower, Cabbage, Lettuce, Peas, Sweet Corn, Potatos, and Tomatos, which were principally grown from seed supplied by American seed growers, whose names are given. Among Lettuces the writers recommend ‘Hamilton Market’ and ‘Early Curled Simpson,’ with ‘Grand Rapids’ for forcing. ‘Giant Glacier,’ ‘Golden Queen,’ and ‘ Crystal Palace’ are said to be choice varieties ; and among the larger kinds we are told that there are few better sorts than ‘ Leviathan,’ ‘Maximum,’ and ‘ New York.’ Peas that they recommend for market-garden purposes are ‘ Scorcher,’ ‘Prolific,’ ‘Early Market,’ and ‘ Earliest of All,’ though for quality ‘Gradus’ or ‘Thomas Laxton’ is superior. As main-crop varieties are suggested ‘Hosford Market Garden,’ ‘Master,’ and ‘American Wonder,’ with ‘Stratagem’ and ‘Champion of England’ as standard late varieties. ‘Monarch’ and ‘Blue Imperial’ are promising new late sorts. ‘Michigan ’ is said to be the leading white early Potato, followed by ‘Acme,’ ‘ Andes,’ and ‘ Cole.’ ‘Daughter of Rose,’ ‘Ohio,’ and ‘ White Ohio’ are good second early kinds; and among desirable late varieties are ‘Carman,’ No. 1 and No. 3, and ‘ Sir Walter Raleigh.’ For a succession of good Tomatos are given ‘ Earliana,’ ‘Early Michigan,’ ‘Noble,’ ‘Rosalind,’ and ‘Success,’ with those of the Ponderosa type as later varieties.—M. L. H. 358 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Stuart, The late Dr. Charles. By R. D. (Journ. Hort. p. 171; Feb. 20, 1902).—-A brief notice of his useful work amongst florist's flowers, especially in new varieties of Viola.—C. W. D. Stylidium gypsophiloides. By 8. L. Moore (Journ. Bot. 469, pp. 27, 28; 1/1902).—Description of a species, E. Pritzel’s No. 116, from the Murray District, West Australia.—G. S. B. Sugar Beet, influence of Environment on. By Harvey W. Wiley (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Bur. Chem., Buil. 64).—Contains records of careful chemical analysis of the proportion of sugar in sample Beets taken from crops grown at experimental stations in various districts of America. The crops were all produced from a single packet of Austrian Kleinwanzlebener Beet seed imported for the purpose of establishing, as far as possible, what climatic and cultural conditions were most favour- able to the production of a Beet containing the highest possible propor- tion of sugar for commercial purposes. Each table of analysis contains headings for ‘‘ Number of Beets examined,’ “ Dates of examination,’ “ Weight,’ “Sugar by polarisa- tion,”’ “Sugar in Beet,’’ and “ Purity,’’ and is accompanied, whenever possible, by a table drawn up at the nearest weather bureau giving the meteorological data of the district. Further on these facts are all collected in an ingenious series of charts by means of variously produced lines crossing or corresponding with each other. The experiments have so far only been carried ‘on for one year, and are necessarily to a certain extent incomplete and inconclusive. Even those facts which have been arrived at seem only in some cases to reveal the existence of new problems, but it seems possible to conclude already theat— 1. Low temperature and high sugar go together. 2. Short days and low sugar go together. 3. Altitude as it affects temperature has an evident effect upon the production of sugar in the Beet, as has also 4. Rainfall, though in this case it is not greater or less amount which is important so much as its even distribution during the season of actual growth, and its reduction during the period of ripening.—M. L. H. Sugar Beets, Influence of Manure upon. By W. H. Jordan and G. W. Churchill (New York Agr. Bull. No. 205, December 1901).— The experiments, extending over four years, were undertaken to test the accuracy of the statement that Sugar Beets are of inferior quality when grown on land heavily manured in spring with stable dung. Comparisons were made of. the quality of several varieties of Sugar Beets grown with no manure, 1,000 lb. artificials, and 40,000 lb. to 80,000 lb. stable dung per acre respectively. All three methods gave Beets of high quality, those on the stable dung plots being slightly better than those manured with 1,000 lb. of commercial fertiliser per acre.—J. P. % ABSTRACTS. 359 Sugar Cane (Jour. Imp. Agr. Dep. W.I. vol. iii. pp. 29-73).—Very valuable papers are given on experiments with seedling and other Canes, and also on the differing effects of different manures on different varieties of Canes. Those interested in the growth of Sugar Cane will find much practical assistance. Pages 78 to 85 contain a very valuable essay by Mr. Howard on fungoid diseases which attack Cane cuttings. He finds that the non-germination of the cuttings is almost invariably caused by an attack of Thielaviopsis ethaceticus, a fungus which generally commences at the cut end of the cuttings, and often destroys them while in transit. He recommends the immediate destruction of all rotten Canes by burning and immersing the cuttings immediately they are made in Bordeaux mixture for six to twelve hours, and then when they are dry tarring the ends with a mixture of half a pint of either methylated spirit or kerosene to a gallon of tar.—W. W. Syringa oblata. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7806). Nat. ord. Oleacee, tribe Syringee.—Native of North China. It is closely allied to S. vulgaris, and is perhaps only a geographical variety. It flowers, however, twelve days later, and the leaves turn a dark russet- red colour in autumn. It was introduced into Europe by Fortune. It flowered at Kew in 1901.—G. H. Tamarisks, The. By W. Goldring (Garden, No. 1588, p. 272; 26/4/1902).—As an inland plant the Tamarisk is not commonly planted, owing probably to the wrong impression that seaside plants will not flourish away from the sea. This article disproves such a fallacy and gives cultural directions. The various species and varieties are described. a ia ong A Tea, Commerce and Adulteration of (Bull. R. Soc. Tose. Ort. p. 94; March 1902).—Chief reason why trade with China is decreasing is. that the cultivators in the English and Dutch colonies supply better goods and at more suitable prices, and send the Tea direct from the ports of origin to the European retailers without it having to pass through the hands of dealers, who are largely concerned, as is the case in the various Chinese ports, in the adulteration of the product. In China the adultera- tion consists in impregnating the boiled Tea (7.e. Tea deprived of its aromatic and extractive principles) with starch glue mixed with catechu earth (an extract from a Chinese Acacia) and in sprinkling the leaf thus impreg- nated with dust and fragments of Tea.—W. C. W. Textile Plant, A new (Apocynum venetwm) (Rev. Hort. p. 7 January 1, 1902).—Native of Siberia (south), Turkestan, Asia Minor, Northern India, Indo-China, Manchuria, and Japan. Described as furnishing a very strong fibre from its stems, easily extracted, stronger than flax, long, flexible, white, and silky. Used for cloth, cordage, and suggested for banknote paper.—C. T. D. Thuyopsis Novelties. By C. Ansorge (Die Gart. p. 856; 26/4/1902). Seeds gathered fourteen years ago from plants of Thwyopsis dolabrata have been the means of raising a number of fine specimens; 360 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. > four of them are not alone quite different from the parent plants, but — differ also among themselves so as to be like four different forms, with marked vigour of stem. The raiser (Mr. Ansorge) believes the variation is entirely due to climatic influences. These seedlings have never suffered from the effects of the severe German winter, though the ordinary plants are often killed during very cold winters.—G. f. Tibet or High Asia, The Flora of: being a Consolidated account of the various Tibetan botanical collections in the herbarium of the Royal Gardens, Kew, with an Exposition of what is known of the flora of Tibet. By W. Botting-Hemsley, assisted by H. H. W. Pearson (Jour. Linn. Soc. vol. xxxv. pp. 124-265, with a map).—In this interesting paper an exhaustive résumé is given of our present knowledge of the flora of this part of Asia. A history is given of the journeys of the various travellers who visited this district, and gave any information concerning the plants growing there. The boundaries and physical characteristics of Tibet are then described, and the climate is dwelt on at some length, though it is admitted that the data are very incomplete. Short itineraries of the various travellers are then given, with notes on the flora and fauna. These are followed by a classified list of all the plants in the joint collections, with their localities and the works in which they are described. Considering the size of the area (about 20 degs. of longitude by 10 degs. of latitude) from which the plants were obtained, the number contained in the combined collections is very small, only 283 species being enumerated: these belong to 119 genera and 41 natural orders. The Cruciferae, Composite, and Gramine@ are far more largely represented than any other order, for they contain 42 genera, which are very evenly divided between them, and 109 species, of which 53 belong to the Composite. It is curious that only one fern and no plant belonging to the Orchidacee should have been found. The flora, owing to the altitude of the district and its dry ungenial climate, is a very peculiar one: there are very few annual plants, and it is mentioned that “a very large proportion of the species are perennial herbaceous plants, having long, often very long, thick tap roots, almost no stem, which may be either unbranched bearing a single or compound inflorescence, or very shortly branched, bearing several inflorescences, a rosette of leaves when unbranched, commonly lying flat on the ground, and an almost sessile inflorescence nestling in the centre of the rosette of leaves.’’ When the stems are branched the leaves are usually very small and numerous. It appears that the tallest plant met with in these regions is Clematis orientalis, which grows to the height of one foot. Some very interesting tables are given comparing the Tibetan and Himalayan floras together. The paper concludes with a very complete bibliography and index. GS Tigridias : Their Culture. By G. B. Mallett (Garden, No. 1582, p. 174; 15/3/1902).—There are about eight distinct Tigridias, which, although much alike in form and habit, differ in size and colouring. These Tigridias are fully described in this article, and their cultural requirements are given.—H. T. C. & ABSTRACTS. 361 Tillandsias. By E. Jahn (Die Gart. p. 291; 22/3/1902; with illustrations) —An interesting article on Epiphytic Tillandsias, being compared to the northern Lichens, preparing the ground for other plants, mostly Orchids, by deposits of humus. In Europe they are cultivated in hothouses, excepting the North American Tillandsia usneoides, which is quite hardy here.—G. Rf. Tomatos, Forcing Dwarf, under Glass. By I. Wm. Rane (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. New Hampshire ; 1901).—A variety called ‘ Dwart Champion’ averaged twenty-eight fruits per plant, average weight of fruit per plant 5}1b., average weight of individual fruits 3 oz. For dwarf Tomatos trained with one stem the best distance seems to be 18 inches each way. Night temperature not less than 60°, with 70° or more during the day.—C. H. H. Tomato Blight. By N. A. Cobb (Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. p. 410, April 1902).—Two additional blights of the Tomato have recently been called into notice in this State. One of these, the Septoria leaf-blight, is of a serious nature, and it had been hoped that it would have been kept out by the Vegetation Diseases Act. It is not possible to decide how it had been introduced. Attention was first called to its existence in New South Wales during the summer of 1901. To the second disease the name Tomato rosette has been applied provisionally. The Tomato leaf- blight (Septoria) has been studied, and found to be comparatively simple in its history and amenable to treatment with fungicides. When the fungus causing the disease occurs on the stalks the spores are not so large as when borne on the leaves, so that it may be assumed that the fungus is less at home on the stalks than on the leaves. Various remedies for the treatment of the disease are given. The rosette of the Tomato disease is of widespread occurrence. lt seems only too probable that it may be found wherever Tomatos are grown regularly in any considerable quantity. The losses due to the disease are usually confined to the few isolated cases to be found in most gardens at one time or another, and it is worthy of notice that this disease is much worse in some seasons than in others. The disease is exceedingly easy to describe and recognise. It is characterised above all by the appearance, par- ticularly in the middle of the season, of rosettes of small deformed leaves at the end of the various branches of the half-grown vine. A vine that up to the middle of the season has appeared at any rate to be fairly healthy begins to lose its normal properly shaped leaves, and to produce, more particularly at the ends of the branches, dense tufts of small and deformed leaves, among which may be seen here and there a tiny and also deformed fruit. After the foregoing description of the leading characteristics of the disease it is needless to describe the minor ones, for the reason that up to the present there is no other malady of the Tomato with which the rosette can be confused. There seems to be little or no danger from infection, there being no decisive evidence that the disease spreads from plant to plant. As the cause of. the disease still remains in obscurity, no precautions can be recommended that are based on a satisfactory knowledge of the disease. This much can be said, 362 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. that such plants never produce satisfactory fruit, and they should therefore be pulled up and destroyed as soon as recognised.—H. G. C. Tradescantia Laramiensis, n. sp. By L. N. Goodding (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 1, p. 68).—This is related to 7. scopulorum, the flowers being lighter in colour. It is pubescent.—G. H. Trees, Scientific Methods of Transplanting (Gard. Mag. No. 2528, p. 149; 8/3/1902).—An extract from the Scientific American, in which common-sense methods of tree moving are explained. Though differing somewhat in detail, the methods advised agree with those that have been followed in this country for generations. The article is, how- ever, worth reading by all interested in the subject.— W. G. Trees, New, of N. America. By C. 8S. Sargent (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii., No. 2, p. 108 seqq.).—The following are described: Prunus tarda, Crategus Bushu, C. edita, C. fecunda, C. Georgiana, C. sordida, C. sera, C. corusca, C. Ellwangeriana, C. gemmosa, C. blanda, C. Ravenelu, C. lacera, and C. floridana.—G. H. Trees, New, of N. America. By W. W. Ashe (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 8, p. 230).—The following are described: Fraxinus catawhiensis, Tilia eburnea, Crategus cibilis, C. altrix, C. obtecta.—G. H. Trees, Determination of Age of. By Raymond Roger (Rev. Hort. pp. 21-24 ; 8 woodcuts; January 1, 1902; and pp. 72-74; 2 figs. ; February 1, 1902).—T wo interesting articles dealing with the ring forma- tion, the reason of its marked character, seasonal effects upon it, and accidental disturbances.—C. 7. D. Trevoria Chloris. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7805). Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Vandee@.—Native of the Andes of Colombia, The spike is pendulous, few-flowered ; the sepals are broadly ovate, green ; the petals very narrow, pale yellow; the whole flower being 2 inches across.—G. H. Trichopilia crispa marginata, Warner (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. Trichopilia ; pl. 2; 2/1902).—A large-flowered variety with a large irregular white border round the sepals and petals and a fine regular white margin round the lip. First appeared in 1862.—C. C. H. Trimming and Pruning Trees and Shrubs. By J. V. N. Standish (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Illinois, 1901 ; pp. 277-280).—In this short paper the author shows the necessity of knowledge, skill, and judgment in pruning. The pruner should know something of vegetable physiology and the habits and growth of trees. Many trees may be killed by injudicious pruning. ‘The author proceeds to give some valuable hints, e.g. limbs must be cut off close to the body; prune trees in June and at no other month: cover the wound, if large, with coal tar or paint. The paper certainly well repays perusal.—V. J. M. : ABSTRACTS. 863: Tristania Brownii. By 8. L. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 469, pp. 25, 26; 1/1902).—Description of a species collected by Banks and Solander at: Possession Island, North Australia, and by Robert Brown at Prince of Wales Island.—G. S. B. Tropzolum tricolorum. By C. Rimann (Die Gart. p. 364; 8/5/1902; with illustration).—This beautiful old greenhouse climber is here warmly recommended.—G. Lf. Tuberoses. By B. D. (Journ. Hort. p. 84; Jan. 23, 1902).—These flower only once, and where hothouses are not available they should be planted early in April, and never deluged with water, or they will not flower.—C. W. D. Tulip Bulbs attacked by the Fungus Botrytis parasitica. William Carruthers (Jowr. R.A.S. vol. lxii. p. 247; 1901).—This fungus. forms grey velvety patches, consisting of upright brown branching filaments with heads of whitish spores. ‘The diseased bulbs should be burned. . . . A correspondent in Hertfordshire wrote that he had cured bulbs attacked by a similar fungus by immersing them for some weeks in a powdered. mixture of French chalk and copper sulphate called ‘ sulphosite.’ The cure seems to have been as effectual as it was simple.’ hi. N. Tupistra grandis. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7829).— Nat. ord. Liliaceg, tribe Aspidistrez. Native of the Malayan Peninsula. The inflorescence is a dull spike; the flowers purple, with a white style bearing a peltate-formed stigma, with a furrowed surface and crenulate margin. It flowered at Kew in 1899.—G. H. Vaccinium, Horticultural Status of the Genus, By W. M. Munson (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Maine, Report for 1901, pp. 113-160).—The genus includes about 125 species of wide geographical distribution. North America proper about twenty-five species; Mexico and Central America as many more. The Himalayan region is particularly rich in species, but, with few exceptions, the genus is unrepresented in the southern hemisphere and in the lower regions of the tropics. In America the fruit must have been used extensively by the Indians in colonial times, though there are but few records of such use. Until very recently no attempt has been made at improvement by cultivation. The most widely distributed species is V. Myrtillus, and the berries are of considerable importance for food in Germany, Siberia, and with the Indians of the Rocky Mountains. V. wliginoswm is the next most widely distributed species, and has large juicy black fruits, which are . eatable but not agreeable in flavour as ordinarily found. Of V. Vitis-Idza the berries are made into preserve, and form an important article of commerce in the seaports bordering the Gulf of Bothnia, whence they are sent to the South of Europe along with Cranberries. The berries of V. ovalifoliwm are used largely by the natives of the North-West. Of all the American species used for food the most important are, perhaps, 364 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. V. corymbosum, pennsylvanicum, canadense, and vacillans. The first of these is the “High Bush Blueberry” or “ Huckleberry”’ of the middle West. The shrub grows rapidly, is easily transplanted, and is the natural starting point in attempts to add the “ Blueberry ”’ to the list of cultivated fruits. During the last few years it has received considerable attention as a garden fruit, especially in New England. Among the plants which lend tone to the landscape in October and November by reason of their bright foliage many of the species of Vaccinium may be included, the brilliant red crimson and orange colours often persisting much longer than the bright-hued leaves of a majority of other plants. Of the ornamental species none are more strikingly beautiful late in the autumn than V. corymbosum: the bright scarlet and crimson effects, rivalling the Sumach in brilliancy, are unsurpassed. As an ornamental plant the species deserves a place in every garden. Other species are also named, with notes as to their appearance, habits, and value as ornamental plants. The following are recommended for ornamental planting :—V. corym- bosum, beautiful in flower ; fruit attractive ; bright scarlet and crimson effects in autumn, rivalling the Sumach. V. pennsylvanicum and V. canadense, bright, but early dropping its foliage. V. staminewm, early deciduous, but attractive in bloom, and all summer, by its graceful habit ; thriving in any good garden soil, and suited for densely shaded situations. V. hirsutum, like corymbosum in brillianey. V. Vitis-Idea and uliginosum, effective as edging for shrubbery border, while Douglas characterises V. ovatum as one of California’s most beautiful hedge plants. Information is then given as to propagation and cultivation, in some cases by cuttings and in others by seedlings. The progress of cultiva- tion since 1868 indicated that the work has been taken up systematically, and is still in progress. _ The extent to which the Blueberry industry has already attained is notified by the fact that one person in 1887 states that he ships an average of 1,000 bushels a year from his farm in New Hampshire. He estimates that as many as 20,000 bushels are sent annually along one branch of the Boston and Maine Railroad. In §.-E. Maine there are about 150,000 acres known as the “ Blue- berry Barrens.’’ About 40,000 acres of these barrens belong to Mr. William Freeman, of Cherryfield, who may be regarded as the pioneer in the Blueberry industry of America. Then follow the details of Mr. Freeman’s methods of harvesting and marketing the fruit, and also of packing and canning, as adopted in Maine. There were in 1900 seven factories in Maine which engaged in canning Blueberries. The total canned product of the Blueberry barrens in 1899 was about 50,000 cases, valued at about $2.20 per case. In Michigan large quantities of fruit are shipped every year. The paper concludes with scientific botanical descriptions of all the most important species, in many cases with figures illustrating the habit of the species, and a copious catalogue of the. monographs and current literature on the subject.—M. C. C. Vegetables for Exhibition. By E. Beckett (Garden, Nos. 1580- ABSTRACTS. 365 1586).—A practical and useful article which deals at length with the culture of vegetables. All those most generally cultivated are treated, and sound information is given with reference toeach. The best methods of preparing vegetables for exhibition are also given.—H. T’. C. Verbenas from Seed. By W. 8S. (Jowrn. Hort. p. 192; Feb. 27, 1902).—This mode of cultivation is recommended as far less troublesome than that by cuttings. The variety of colour obtained is greater, and the colours mostly blend well.—C. W. D. Viburnum Opulus roseum. By Carl Ride (Die Gart. p. 159: 4/1/1902; with illustration).—Well recommended for heavy dry soil, but flowering much freer in rich and light soil.—G. Ff. Villaand Front Gardens. By C. Hinze (Die Gart. p. 349; 26/4, 1902; with several artistical illustrations).—The author, who evidently is well versed in the art of landscape gardening, gives some useful hints how even the smallest front garden can be properly laid out and planted in an artistic and natural way, and in addition enumerates a number of plants adapted for planting in sunny and shady positions in towns and suburbs of towns.—G. Rf. Vine Erinose. By F. T. Bioletti and E. H. Twight (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., California, Bull. 186 ; 11/1901; 4 figs.)—Hrinose in Vines is due to the attacks of a mite (Phytoptus vitis) on the leaves, which it punctures and so injures, causing damage especially to young Vines. ‘The disease is characterised by swellings on the upper surface of the leaves and corre- sponding depressions on the lower surface. These depressions become coated with a thick felt-like growth, at first white, then rusty, and finally dark brown. This felt-like growth consists of abnormal outgrowths of the epidermal cells of the leaf, and was at one time thought to be a fungus, and described under the name of Hrinewm. The four-legged larve (which later acquire six and finally eight legs) pass the winter under the rough bark of the Vine or among the bud scales. Sulphuring is recommended as a remedy.—F’ J. C. Viticulture : The Propagation and Cultivation of the Vine in South Africa. By J. P. de Waal (Agr. Jowr. Cape G.H. vol. xix. No. 13, pp. 887-850; vol. xx. No. 1, pp. 42-53).—The author deals with his subject under the following heads :—Varieties of American vines recommended for cultivation: their propagation, pruning, handling and treatment oi cuttings; sale and transport; establishment of vineyards with grafted American stocks; and the nursery grafting of American stocks ; the selection and preservation of scions for grafting; the prun- ing and training of the vine; pruning and cultivation of vineyards ; manuring ; irrigation; drainage, &c.—R. N. Vitis (?) Voinieriana. By Ch. Baltet (Rev. Hort. Belge, xxviii. No. 1, p. 3).—This is remarkable for its superb quinquefoliate leaves, each leaflet being 8 by 45 in. It is a native of Tonkin, where it covers ““The Pagoda of Birds.” —G. H. 366 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Viscum cruciatum. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7828.— Nat. ord. Loranthacee, tribe Viscee. Native of Spain, N.-E. Africa, and Syria. It is parasitic on Olive-trees, Crategus, Populus alba, and Pinus Pinaster. The fruit is of a dull red colour.—G. H. Wall Gardening at Gunnersbury. By J. Hudson (Garden, No. 1580, p. 140; 1/3/1902).—A most interesting account of how a wall which was quite bare in March was covered with flowering and foliage plants by September of the same year. A list of the principal plants made use of is also given, together with illustrations of the wall in the above- mentioned months.—#. 7’. C. Warm Water for Watering Plants. By Jules Burvenich (Rev. Hort. Belge, xxviii. No. 1, p. 17).—He recommends using water of a temperature 50°-55° C. (120°-130° F.) as being very useful when the plants raised in pots are enfeebled by some injurious matter in the soil, produced by the presence of organic acids, such as ulmic and humic. Under the influence of these acids rootlets turn brown, lose their activity, the leaves become yellow, &c. After repotting the pots should be plunged into the warm water for several weeks. This is followed by excellent results. A complete re-establishment of the plant will be secured.—G. H. Water-lilies from Seed. By Geo. Moulder (Jowrn. Hort. p. 356 ; April 24, 1902).—It is perhaps not generally known that the hardy Water- lilies of various colours are easy to grow from seed out of doors, and flower the first year. The tender kinds are mostly as easy, but require warmth to germinate ; these, too, flower in a year. Full directions are here given for planting the seed and rearing the plants. Fresh seed is essential to success.—C. W. D. Water-melons. By F. W. Rane (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., New Hamp- shire, Bull. 86; Nov. 1901; 14 figs.).—This pamphlet recommends more extensive culture of the Water-melon outdoors in New Hampshire (lat. 44° N.). It attributes want of success in growing the crop to improper culture, and states that the best kind of soil is a rich warm sandy loam, well supplied with humus, A southern slope is best. The result of a variety test with 51 varieties is given, together with a classification of the varieties, based on the colour and shape of the fruit. It is stated that ‘‘a Melon weighing between twelve and twenty-five pounds and con- taining black seeds is generally preferred.” The Cucumber beetle seems to be the worst pest Melon growers have to fear.—F’. J. C. Wheat Culture, Experiments in. By Luther Foster and W. H. Fairfield (U.S.A Hap. Stn. Wyoming, Bull. 48, May 1901).—This bulletin gives the results of various experiments in Wheat culture, which, begun in 1891, are still continuing. These experiments included :— Variety tests. Inter-tillage versus field culture, showing so far that the beneficial results of the former do not compensate for the increased expense. ABSTRACTS. 367 Quantity of seed per acre. Subsoiling versus ploughing, showing subsoiling to be distinctly beneficial, and lasting in its effects. Wheat after Alfalfa, produced eight to ten dollars more an acre than when following Potatos and Grain. Profits of Wheat growing, giving as an average profit for the State of Wyoming for three years ten dollars per acre. Treatment for smut, giving three methods, viz.— (1) Corrosive sublimate : dangerous. (2) Copper sulphate: cheap, simple, and effective. (3) Formalin, 1 lb. to 50 or 60 gallons of water: effective. On nd, Wistarias. By W. Goldring (Gard. Mag. No. 2516, p. 36; 18/1/1902).—The writer gives a full descriptive account of the species and the history of their introduction, the varieties of each, noting the finest for general culture and the various ways of using them in the garden. The soils most suitable for Wistarias and methods of propaga- tion are mentioned, and excellent illustrations are given of the Chinese Wistaria as a house or wall climber.— W. G. JOURNAL. OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Vor. XXVIT. 1902. Part II. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. my wt. ©. Cooxs, M.A., LL.D., V.M.H.,A.L.8., F.R.ELS. (Part II. with three coloured plates. | EVENING Primrose LEAF-SPOT. Septoria dinothere (West.), Pl. IIL. fig. 55. The living leaves of the Evening Primrose are subject to the attacks of this parasitic fungus, not only in most parts of HKurope, but also in North America. | The spots are rather small, rounded, at first pale greenish, then more or less brown or bleached, margined by a vinous red band. They occur chiefly on the upper surface, to the number of from six to ten, whilst a quantity of dot-like receptacles are to be seen collected towards the centre of the spots. The sporules are long and thread-like, mostly curved, and contain a row of little nuclei (85-40 x14), and the spots are traversed by the mycelium. | It is generally thought that in these leaf-spot diseases spraying with Bordeaux mixture may be of service. At any rate the spread of the disease may be checked by persistently destroying diseased leaves. Sace. Syll. iii. 2782; Grevillea, xiv. 101. Although the above is the only parasite upon Ginothera which has yet appeared in this country, there are other species known, especially in North America, such as A’cidiwm Pecku, and Alcidiwm CUinothere, Puc- emia Ginothere, and Pucciniastrum Ginothere, Uronvyces Ginothere and Uromyces plumbarius, in addition to a rot-mould, or Peronospora. As B 370 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. these have not crossed the Atlantic, a favourite cottage flower flourishes with us comparatively unharmed. FucusiAa DISEASES. Although the Fuchsia is largely grown in this country, its enemies are very few, and, so far as we are aware, none of a fungus origin have as yet been found, although a leaf-spot is known in France. Hovuseteex Rusr. Endophyllum Sempervivi (A. & 8.) This peculiar parasite is somewhat intermediate in its character Fria. 97,—Endophyllum Sempervivi, attacking Sempervivum monticolum. A, Entire plant; B, C, Leaves. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) between a uredo and a cluster-cup. The envelope which encloses the spores is immersed in the substance of the succulent leaves, and bursts irregularly to discharge the spores. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN, 371 The teleutospores, as they are termed, are for the greater part rounded or obovate (25-35 x 20-32 ,), with the surface warted and of a brownish- yellow colour. They germinate after the manner of those of Pucciuua. The species is known over the greater part of Northern Europe. Sace. Syll. vii. 2675; Gard. Chron. May 22, 1880, p. 660, with fig. ; Cooke M.F. 200; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1686; Plowr. Br. Ured. 229. X320- Fic. 98.—Endophyllum Sempervivi, D, Section through affected leaf, magn. ; EH, Section through pustule, magn.; IF’, Spores, magn. HoNEYSUCKLE LEAF-SPOT. Phyllosticta Lonicere (West), Pl. ILI. fig. 56. The Honeysuckle may claim to be a garden flower, and is certainly a favourite in cottage gardens. ‘The leaf-spots are rounded and pallid, with a brown margin, and the perithecia are caw 9 small, appearing like very minute dats upon the spots. The sporules are rather large for the genus to which they belong, and are narrowly sq ewes with two nuclei (10-14 x 24-35 yw), and colourless. The spot is known also in France, Belgium, Germany, Austria, Italy, Portugal, and the United States of North America. Sace. Syll. iii. 90; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1358. A similar leaf- Spot with large brownish spots, and very minute sporules, P. nitidula, is found in Algeria, whilst another species with greyish spots, P. Caprifolii, occurs in Italy, France, and Siberia. Species with two-celled sporules are known, one in France and one in Italy, as well as another in Belgium. Two species with thread-like sporules are also known, the one in Switzerland and the other in Portugal. B® 372 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. HONEYSUCKLE CLUSTER-CUPS. Aeidium Periclymen (Schum.). Although the cluster-cups are usually found upon uncultivated plants, it is not an uncommon British parasite, and is one of those species to which no Uredo or Puccuua has been affiliated. The spots on the leaves are roundish, or oblong, and yellowish, whilst the cups are clustered together on the spots. The cups are somewhat cylindrical, with a fringed white margin. The ecidiospores are roundish, sometimes angular by compression (16-28 , diam.), delicately warted, and orange in colour. The species is recorded also in France, Belgium, Germany, Switzer- land, Italy, and Siberia. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2809 ; Cooke M.F.196; Plowr. Br. Ured. 264. Anotner species (44. lonicerinum) is reported to be found upon the living leaves of a species of Honeysuckle in Asiatic Siberia. HonEYSUCKLE Bruack BuotcH. Lasiobotrys Lonicere (Kunze), Pl. III. fig 57. This is a peculiar parasite which has been known in this country for many years on living Honeysuckle leaves, although not likely to give much trouble in gardens. The leaves are spotted with several roundish black shining blotches (2-5 m. diam.) An external stromatic cup, which ruptures irregularly, encloses a number of black receptacles or perithecia (50 , diam.) densely clustered together. Each of these perithecia contains a number of club-shaped asci, or membranous sacs, which include the sporidia, eight of which are enclosed in each ascus. These sporidia are shortly fusiform and colour- less (8-10 x 4-5 x), which are set free by the irregular splitting of the perithecia. The pustules are sometimes quite round, black, shining, and convex, so that they appear to be superficial, like little spots of pitch on the leaves. It is recorded for France, Belgium, Germany, Italy, Algeria, and Siberia. It is so rare on Honeysuckle in gardens that the effect of fungicides has not been determined, but they are scarcely to be relied on for so deeply seated an endophyte. Sacc. Syll. i. 121; Cooke Hdbk. 1909. Although the powdery mildew (Microspheria Ehrenbergu) has been found on Honeysuckle leaves on the Continent, we have no record of it in Britain. PESTS OF COMPOSITE PLANTS. It seems rather remarkable that so large an order of plants as the Composite, containing many garden flowers, should be so conspicuously free from the atttacks of fungoid parasites. Who shall explain wherefore PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 3738 Puccinia Helianthi (Schum.), which is so universal in North America on Sunflower and Jerusalem Artichoke, has never made its appearance in this country, although it has been reported in Europe. Why are Dahlias so impervious to attack, and a host of smaller annuals, Asters, Coreopsis, Marguerites, and the plebeian Marigold, go almost free? Kven the cultivated Cineraria, which is popular enough in all conscience, has never received a check in this country, although it has been threatened abroad. CHRYSANTHEMUM LEAF-SPOT. It will be well to be guarded against the occurrence of leaf-spot on Chrysanthemums, as some three or four exotic species are already known. The purple spot (Phyllosticta Chrysantheni), with small simple sporules (4-5 x 23-3 »), has, up to the present, only been found in Canada. The ringed brown spot (Septoria Chrr seni nbaiy with long thread- like sporules (55-65 » long), has apparently been confined to Italy. This is the most essential to be watched of all, since it is European. The black spot (Cylindrosporiwm Chrysanthemi) is very destructive in Canada, and has large, sooty, indefinite spots, with fusoid conidia (50-100: x 3-44 ,:). When the leaves are attacked they soon turn yellow and shrivel, and the flower buds do not expand. Mass. Pl. Dis. 292. CHRYSANTHEMUM OIDIUM. Oidiwm Chrysanthemi (Rabh.), Pl. III. fig. 58. This effused white mould is found on the leaves of Chrysanthemum, but fortunately it has not hitherto been sufficiently common to cause alarm. The thin white mealy patches are without definite form, and consist of a creeping mycelium from which the fertile threads arise. These are at first just like simple threads, with cross divisions, separating them into joints ; but at length the upper joint enlarges and becomes elliptical, and when mature falls away as a conidium or sporule, capable of germination, to be followed by the next joint and the next, and so on in succession until a large number of conidia are produced and thrown off, as in other species of Oidiwm. The conidia are rather large ties x 20-25 ) as compared with other species. It may be assumed that such remedies as are successful with Oidiwm Tuckeri on the vine would be applicable here, and of these the application of sulphur is most to be commended. The above-named mould appeared in this country for the first time in 1884, and is known also in France and Germany. Sace. Syll. iv. 199; Gard. Chron. Nov. 29, 1884, fig. 118; Zb. 1901, p. 351. CHRYSANTHEMUM Rust. Uredo Chrysanthemi (Arth.), Pl. III. fig. 59. When this rust was first observed on the leaves of Chrysanthemum in , 1897 it was believed that it would be discovered to be the Uredo form of Puccuma Hieracii, and hence was called Uredo Hieracii; but it has since 374 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. been shown that it must be regarded as a distinct species, for which no teleutospores have yet been found. The pustules of the Uredo occur on the under side of the leaves, which soon split irregularly and discharge the powdery snufi-coloured spores, and these readily disperse themselves over the surface of the leaf. The uredospores are somewhat elliptical, with a rough surface (17-32 x 16-36 p), and irregular in size. ! This pest at one time threatened to spread over France and this country, and produce havoc amongst Chrysanthemums, but has since been brought under control. Spraying with potassium sulphide solution is recommended, especially upon apparently clean leaves, while rusted leaves should be carefully removed. Paraffin has also been recommended in dilution. It should be remembered that uncultivated composite plants are, of all others, most susceptible to the attacks of rust and brand, and it is in that direction that danger les. Gard. Chron. Oct. 8, 1898, with figs.; Mass. Pl. Dis. 241: Journ. B.H.S. xxvi. 1902, p. 915. Great trouble in the United States in growing. Asters on account of fungoid disease. (Jowrn. R.H.S. xxvi. 1901, p. 581.) Corn FLower Ruwst. Puccinia Centauree (DC.), Pl. III. fig. 60. During the past year or two Corn flowers in cultivation have been seriously attacked by this rust, which has long been known on unculti- vated species of Centawrea. We have nothing to do with the A#cidiwm here until it is proved to be distinctly related to the rust on Cyanea. The Uvredo appears on the stem and leaves in elliptical pustules, which are longer on the stems, soon fissured, and exposing the snuff-coloured uredospores which are almost globose (22 » diam.), and we could detect no roughness on the surface. ‘The colour was pale brown under the microscope, and certainly not, as some have stated, chestnut brown. It is the custom in these latter days to lump together a number of the species of rust found on composite plants under the name of Pwuccinia Hieracivi, and this among the number. For the present we prefer to call it Pwecinia Centaurea. We can only suggest the spraying of healthy plants, or those but slightly affected, with the potassium sulphide solution and burning badly diseased plants out of the way. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2210; Plowr. Br. Ured. 186; Cooke M.F. 68, 207; Journ. f.H.S. xxvi. 1901, p. exxv. SENEcIO Rust. Coleosporium Senecionis (Pers.), Pl. IIL. fig. 61. A common bright orange rust is to be found every season on the under side of the leaves of the Common Groundsel and other indigenous species PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 375 of Senecio. Occasionally the same species makes its appearance in gardens on the leaves of cultivated species of the same genus, such as Senecio pulcher and S. sarracenicus. Theorists tell us that the ecidiospores of this pest are produced on the leaves and twigs of certain conifers, which, not being garden flowers, may here be excluded. Even the believers are a little sceptical, for Plowright says: “I have had so many failures in infecting Senecio vulgaris with the zcidiospores from Fir trees that I think there must be more than one species.”’ The pustules of the Uvedo are reddish yellow, soon becoming paler and powdery. Uredospores shortly catenulate, or growing in chains, then separating, elliptical, ovoid (20-40 x 14-26 yw), warted, orange. After- wards teleutospores are said to be produced in other darker-coloured pustules. Teleutospores cylindrical (110 u long), for the most part divided transversely into four cells of an orange-red colour. We can suggest no remedy, except prevention, by keeping all wild species of Ragwort at a distance and destroying infected plants, as the garden forms are not apparently so susceptible to the disease. Universally diffused through Europe. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2633; Mass. Pl. Dis. 261; Cooke M.F. 97, 218, fig. 145, 146 ;. Twbeuf. Dis. 374, fig.; Plowr. Br. Ured. 240. Recently Acidiwm Cinerarié has been detected in Austria on leaves of Cinerara. Prarmica Dor. Schizothyriwm Ptarnuce (Desm.) Plants of Achillea Ptarmica are to be met with in old-fashioned gardens, and the green leaves are lable to the attack of a special fungus. The leaves and stems are at first dotted over with the small black points of Leptothyrium Ptarnuce. These minute black receptacles con- tain a number of oblong sporules, with an apparent central division (10 x 6-7»). This is regarded as an early and imperfect condition of a more highly developed parasite, which resembles it in size and appearance, and often grows in company with it. This latter, or Schizothyriwm, came over from France with imported plants many years ago. ‘To the naked eye they look like fly spots, causing no discoloration of the foliage. The receptacles are flattened and open on the upper surface, enclosing minute ovoid sporidia (10 » long), enclosed in asci, closely packed side by side in the interior. It has evidently a perennial mycelium, since the dots or receptacles will continue to appear on the same plant year after year for many years. The plants are stunted, but not much disfigured by the parasite. The disease is known in France, Belgium, Germany, Finland, and Siberia. Sacc. Syll. i. 8379, 11. 5559. 376 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. LoBeuiA Dor. Phoma devastatrix (B. and Br.), Pl. III. fig. 62. For the first time, in 1856, the clumps of Lobelia in gardens were attacked by a minute parasite, which was so destructive that it secured for itself the specific name of “ the destroyer.”” It is seldom that the fungi of the group to which this pest belongs make any attack upon living plants, being largely restricted to dead stems and dead leaves and twigs. The dots or receptacles, which, with their mycelium, represent the entire fungus in this instance, are scarcely visible to the naked eye. They consist of a minute globose body, like a pin-point, or a small black dot, containing a number of colourless sporules, which are long and narrow (8-10 yx), rounded at the end and furnished with two or three nuclei. Fortunately in this case it took the form of an epidemic, which gradually passed away, and for many years not an example has been seen. For a deep-seated disease like this there is no effectual remedy and no protection, except to root up bodily all the plants which are, or are likely to become, infected and burn them. This disease appeared afterwards also in the United States. Sacc. Syll. iii. 791 ; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1221. About a dozen other RE. on Lobelia are recorded, most of them in North America. PRIMROSE PARASITES. The Primrose family seems to be rather susceptible of fungoid diseases, although perhaps their virulence is not upon an equality with their number. The most dangerous, the rot-mould, has never established itself as a pest, and the commonest are the leaf-spots. Most species of Primula appear, however, to be lable to attacks from the rusts and smuts. PrimuLA LEAF-SPOT. Phyllosticta primulecola (Desm.), Pl. IV. fig. 64. This endophyte is not a very common disease of the leaves of Primula vera and Primula elatior in France and Belgium, whence it probably extended to Britain. Discolorations sometimes seen on leaves of culti- vated Primulas, which do not perfect themselves, may belong to this species. The spots are white, circular, and rather large on both surfaces, with a tawny margin. Sometimes the spots are naked, but at other times are dotted with the minute blackish receptacles, which are then very numerous, and, especially towards the centre, just visible to the naked eye. The sporules developed within the receptacles are exceedingly minute, and are extruded in considerable numbers when mature (4-5 x 2-3 y). Sace. Syll. iii. 808 ; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1849; Grevillea, xiv. 74, No. 483. ScotcH LEAF-SPoT. Ascochyta Primule (Trail), Pl. IV. fig. 65. This second leaf-spot has occurred in Scotland on Primula vulgaris, and is exactly similar in external appearance to the foregoing. The Pi Ns —. se BONEN FE ae ee ROLF S A bs ie PESTS—FLOWER GARDEN. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. i sporules, however, are larger (5-6 x 24 pw) and divided by a transverse septum into two cells. Sacc. Syll. x. 5969 ; Grevillea xv. 1887, p. 108. Witp Primrose LEAF-SPOT. Septoria Primule (Buck), Pl. IV. fig. 66. We have included also this leaf-spot, which was found on the leaves of uncultivated Primroses near Bristol, and, apparently, has not been recognised elsewhere. The spots are conspicuous chiefly on the upper surfaces of the leaves, and are somewhat rounded and pallid, with a brown border. ‘The peri- thecia are dot-like, and are scattered over the spots, which are scarcely to be distinguished from the other two forms of leaf-spot. The sporules are very different, for in this instance they are long and threadlike (45-50 w long) and apparently nucleate. It has never been shown that there is any connection between these three genera of leaf-spot fungi, and it is scarcely probable, since any genetic connection would probably be with fungi of a higher order, and, presumably, of the Spheriacee. Grevillea, xiv. 1885, p. 40; Sacc. Syll. x. 6889. PRIMROSE SMUT. Urocystis primulicola (Magn.), Pl. IV. fig. 75. In some of its features this smut bears slight resemblance to the Violet smut, but it differs in that it attacks the fruit, so that all the seed capsules are filled with smut instead of seeds, and unless eradicated will continue to appear year after year. Its first appearance in this country was recorded in the autumn of 1884 upon Primula farinosa, although it is said to have been seen as far back as 1867. The glomerules of spores are roundish or irregular, and are composed of from seven to ten teleutospores, which are normally globose, but become angular by compression, of a dark-brown colour, and smooth (9-15 uw). The outer circle of sterile and pale-coloured spores is nearly of the same size and shape. Germination takes place after a similar manner to that of the Violet smut. A short thick process or promycelium is thrust out, and this bears another generation of smaller and secondary spores at its extremity, and these again can produce their like. These secondary spores are engaged in the dissemination of the species. This is a deep-seated endophyte, not to be dislodged when once it takes possession of a plant. It has been found in Silesia, Saxony, and Italy. Sacc. Syll. vii. 1899; Gard. Chron. Aug. 80, 1884, fig. 52; Plowr. Br. Ured. 289. PRIMROSE CLUSTER-CUPS. AHoadim Primule, DC. These cluster-cups, on the leaves of Primula of various species, might have. been included with the rust, only that the habit is so different as to ; 378 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. appear like a different disease, and the ordinary observer might well be puzzled. There is no doubt of its being a prelude or an early stage of the rust; but it may appear without the rust, and the rust may be seen quite independently of the cluster cups. The cups are usually clustered together on the under surface upon discoloured spots, which are also distinctly indicated on the upper sur- face. The cups are rather urn-shaped, partly immersed, with a white fringed margin. The ecidiospores, at first globose, are soon angular, with a roughened surface and yellow (17-23 x 12-18 p). Of course, as usual, produced in chains within the cups. The area of distribution is the same as that of the rust. Hitherto cluster-cups have not generally been regarded as trouble- some garden pests, so that picking off and burning diseased leaves has been considered sufficient to prevent spreading. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2170; Cooke M.F.p.199; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1681; Plowr. Br. Ured. p. 159. PRIMROSE Rust. Puccima Primule (DC.), Pl. IV. fig. 70. This is one of the species of rust which passes its three stages of cluster-cups, Uredo, and Puccinia upon the leaves of the same plant. Doubtless it is more often met with on wild than on cultivated plants, but its existence is not therefore to be ignored. The pustules of the uredospores are aggregated together in some- what orbicular spots, soon splitting the cuticle and setting free the powdery uredospores, which are rounded or ovoid (19-22 ) and minutely rough on the surface, of a pale-brown colour. The pustules are found on the under surface, as well as those of the teleutospores, which latter are scattered or sometimes gregarious, and darker in colour. The teleuto- spores are somewhat elliptical, with a central division into two cells, the upper of which is rounded at the apex and the lower a little narrowed into the very short stem (22-830 x 15-18 yp), externally smooth, brown, with the outer coat thickened at the apex. Its distribution is recorded for France, Belgium, Switzerland, Ger- many, and Finland, as well as Britain. All the rusts are difficult of treatment, and seldom can be checked to any considerable extent by the use of fungicides. Efforts should be directed rather to check dispersion and extension. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2170; Cooke M.F. 204; Hdbk. No. 1471; Plowr. Br. Ured. 159. PRIMROSE SIMPLE BRAND. Uromyces Primule (DC.), Pl. IV. fig. 69. Found on the leaves of Primula integrifolia and Auricula, and the theorists have, singularly enough, united this species, as well as Pucciua Primule, with the Primrose cluster-cups (d’cidiwm Primule) as the Aicidiospore form. Hence the one Avcidiwm must be held to be respon- sible for two species of teleutospores. In the present endophyte the teleutospores are elliptical or ovoid (20-35 x 10-20) and warted, with a hyaline papilla at the apex and a PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 379 short deciduous pedicel at the base. The teleutospores differ from those of Puccinia in being one-celled. The colour is also brown. The uredospores are supposed to be unknown, although the pustules of the teleutospores are said to be sometimes intermixed with the cluster- cups. Never having seen them in this connection, we cannot vouch for the authenticity of the assertion. This endophyte has been recorded, not only in Britain, but also in France, Germany, Austria, Italy, and Asiatic Siberia. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2007 ; Cooke M.F. 227. PRIMROSE WHITE Moutp. Ovularia interstitialis (Cooke), Pl. VI. fig. 67. Under the name of Peronospora interstitialis this mould was first made known by Berkeley in 1875 from specimens obtained from Scotland, but at the time he seems to have had a suspicion that it was not a true Peronospora, since confirmed. It was afterwards quoted as Ramularia interstitialis ; but that even is scarcely tenable, and we substitute the above. It occurs in yellowish patches on the under side of the leaves, in the spaces between the veins, rarely occupying any extended surface. The threads are short and flexuous, apparently unbranched, with a few pro- jecting spicules in the upper portion to support the conidia, which are elliptical and either apical or lateral (which Berkeley calls “ oblique’’), but there is no evidence of septum (15-175 x 6-7). We believe it to be the same species as Ovularia primulana (Karst) found in Finland, also on the leaves of Primula vera (Sacce. Syll. iv. 737). This is the kind of parasite which is likely to be amenable to the influence of fungicides, and has none of the pertinacity, or the resting spores, of the rot-moulds. Sacc. Syll. vil. 867; Berk. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1875, No. 1455; Gard. Chron. May 1, 1886, fig. 124; Grevillea, ii. 188. Primrose WuHiTE Movutp. Ramularia Primule (Thum.), Pl. IV. fig. 68. The spots in this disease are circular or somewhat angular, and of a pale ochraceous colour, without a definite margin, upon which the mould is seated in tufts on either surface. The threads are rather long (50-60 x 5 1), without septa or divisions, but very rarely at all branched. The conidia are cylindrically fusiform (20-80 x 3-6) and sometimes uniseptate, or with one transverse division, and uncoloured. Our own measurements are somewhat different (25 x 5). Would be submissive to spraying with dilute Bordeaux mixture. This mould has been recorded in Italy, Austria, and Siberia, as well as in Britain. Sacc. Syll. iv. 1040; Sacc. F. Ital. t. 985. A black mould (Cercospora Primule) seated on whitish-grey spots of the leaves of Primula elatior has occurred in France. The tufted threads 380 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. are short and olive, whilst the conidia are long and narrow (60-100 x 4 ), attenuated upwards almost to a point, and divided transversely by eight or nine septa. PRIMROSE RoOT-MOULD. Peronospora candida (Fckl.), Pl. IV. fig. 70*. Although of rare occurrence in this country, the above rot-mould has made its appearance on wild plants, without visiting and inflicting damage on cultivated species, except on rare occasions. White mouldy spots appear on the under side of living leaves, which are conspicuous by their snowy whiteness, although not very dense. Slender erect threads arise from the creeping innate mycelium which are many times branched in the upper portion in a forked manner. The final branches are short and spreading, acute at the tips, and bearing singly the elliptical conidia, which are comparatively small (22-26 x 16- 30 w) and hyaline. Within the substance of the petioles and stem the mycelium produces the usual resting spores, which have a yellowish and afterwards a bright brown and rather thick integument (80 x 33,). These bodies provide for the rejuvenescence of the parasite in the spring, by remaining at rest through the winter. The production and development of these resting spores have already been described in the introduction (ante, p. 2). The distribution of this parasite is narrow, only Germany and Belgium having been recorded in addition to Great Britain. It has never been sufficiently prevalent or destructive to have been experimented on with fungicides. Sacc. Syll. vii. 860; Gard. Chron. May 1, 1886, with fig. ; Cooke M.F. 2837; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1786. CYCLAMEN LEAF-SPOT. Two kinds of leaf-spot have been described on the leaves of Cyclamen, but neither of them has as yet been decidedly recognised in this country. The French leaf-spot, Phyllosticta Cyclaminis, is manifested by some- what circular brown spots over which the minute perithecia are scattered, and the sporules are small, narrowly elliptical (6-8 x 2), rounded at the ends, and colourless (Bull. Soc. Myc. de France, 1898, t. xiv., f. 4). The other species, which we may call the “Concentric Cyclamen Spot,’’ forms rather large and irregular smoky spots, with a rufous margin, the surface being concentrically lined (Septoria Cyclaminis). It was first described in the ‘‘ Flora of Algeria.’ The sporules are long and threadlike (25-80 x 1!u), divided by three transverse septa. This species has occurred in Italy as well as Algeria. As far as we are aware, these are the only fungus parasites which have been described as troubling the Cyclamen. AuricuLA Brown Movutp. Heterosporium Auricule (Cooke), Pl. IV. fig. 71. About the year 1888 this parasite was first brought to our notice, flourishing upon living leaves of Awricula, and then threatening to PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 381 become troublesome ; however it scarcely seems to have appeared since, or during the past three or four years. The leaves are disfigured by smoky patches on the surface, with a minutely velvety appearance, caused by the threads of this mould, which are erect, slender, and unbranched, but somewhat flexuous, and at length septate and olive. The conidia are terminal, sometimes briefly con- catenate, narrowly elliptical, at first continuous, then one or two septate (25-35 x 10) the surface rough with minute scabrous points or warts, but with a rather thicker and darker epispore than in the allied species. It has not yet been recorded elsewhere. Two or three other species of this genus are known in Britain, and all of them have proved to be destructive pests, such as Heterosporiwm echinulatwm on Carnations, and Heterosporiwm gracile on Iris. The only remedy suggested in these cases has been spraying with ammoniacal copper carbonate solution, and clearing away all dead leaves. Grevillea, xvi. 109. SoLDANELLA Rusv. Puccinia Soldanelle (DC.) In this instance, as the endophytes are rare, we may include all the stages which occur upon the leaves of Soldanella alpina under one notice. _ The cluster-cups (4/cidiwm) are scattered over the lower surface of the leaves, and do not present any remarkable difference in appearance from the same kind of endophyte on other plants. The xcidiospores are sub- globose or somewhat angular, with a finely granulated surface, and are of a yellow colour (20-26 x 17-20). The pustules of the Uredo are developed on the upper surface, and are minute, gregarious, and brown, when ruptured encircled by the remains of the cuticle. The uredospores are rounded, ovoid, or elliptical (20-32 x 20-30 1), with a rough surface. The teleutospores are produced in the same or similar pustules, and are ovate, somewhat irregular and somewhat apiculate at the apex, brown at first, with a short pedicel, the surface reticulated finely. The entire fungus is reported from France, Germany, Switzerland, and Italy, but we are not aware that any form except the Mcidium has been found in Britain. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2181; Cooke M.F. 195; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1608; Plowr. Br. Ured. 159. A Soldanella leaf-spot (Septoria Soldanelle) with dark spots and thread-like sporules (20-30 x 1 ,) has been recorded as oceurring in Italy. GENTIAN Rust. Puceima Gentiane (Straus.), Pl. LV. fig. 63. Although Gentians are known to have been affected by ten separate diseases, only one of these has at present been detected in this country. In 1885 the above-named parasite first appeared in a bed of Gentiana acaulis in a public garden, where it was previously unknown. It com- 382 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. menced on some imported plants, and threatened to involve all in destruction. Various experiments were undertaken to check the disease, but proving fruitless the whole of the affected plants were uprooted and destroyed. The lower leaves are first attacked and become of a sickly colour. The pustules soon appear upon the leaves, and these split irregularly at the vertex and expose the spores. The earliest to make an appearance are the uredospores, which are almost globose (22 x 16 ») and rough externally. The teleutospores soon follow, which are intermixed with the uredospores in the same pustules, and are larger, of a darker colour, divided transversely into two cells. In form they are somewhat elliptical, each cell being almost triangular, like inverted cones attached at their bases, the lower cell with a colourless stem, which finally disappears (28-38 x 20-26), the surface quite smooth. This pest is reported to be very common in Russia, and not unknown in other parts of Europe. As remarked above, all efforts to save infected plants by spraying with fungicides proved to be ineffectual. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2153; Gard. Chron. Sept. 19, 1885, fig. 82; Grevillea xiv. p. 39; Plowr. Br. Ured. 147. PERIWINKLE Rwvst. Puccinia Vince (Berk.), Pl. IV. fig. 72. This is a very tenacious species, since when it once attacks a plant it seldom leaves it, making its appearance on the under surface of the leaves. A complicated biology is attributed to it, which recognises wcidiospores without cluster-cups, but produced in flattened pustules, of a dark brown colour containing globose spores, which are colourless and echinulate (10-12 ,» diam.) There are also two kinds of uredospores, the primary ones produced early and elongated, the secondary later on and nearly globose. The teleutospores are developed normally in small pustules, although an Italian author attempted to establish the fact that there are two kinds of teleutospores, and therefore must be two species of Pwccinia, one of which was to be called Puccinia Vince and the other Puccinia Berkeleyi. The teleutospores are elliptical, divided in the centre, and slightly constricted, the upper cell thickened at the apex, the lower cell some- what attenuated downwards into a long peduncle, which soon falls away. The final spores are rather large (88-56 x 17-28 ,). Recorded for France, Germany, Portugal, and Italy. Sace. Syll. vii. 2241, 2495; Gard. Chron. July 25, 1885, p. 108, figs. 22, 23; August 20, 1887; Cooke M.F. 108, 205, fig. 182; Plowr. Br. Ured. 161; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1478. Leaf-spots and a rot-mould are known on the continent of Europe on the Periwinkle. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 383 ConNvoLVvULUS ANTHRAOCNOSE. Marsonia Ipomee (C. & M.), Pl. IV. fig. 738. The cultivated species of Convolvulus and Ipomea do not appear to be susceptible to fungus parasites in this country, although some half- dozen species are recognised abroad. The above-named was first discovered on the stems of [pomaa in 1887, and occasionally on the leaves. The pustules were densely collected on the stems of living plants, elevating and splitting the cuticle in an irregular manner, then becoming dark-coloured, like the pustules of a Uredo. The conidia, or sporules, ooze out in tendrils, especially when moist, and are narrowly oblong or cylindrical, blunt at the ends, and divided in the middle by a transverse septum (10-15 x 3 yp), entirely colourless. At first the conidia are produced upon short spore-bearers, which proceed from a cushion-like base, but they soon break away, and form a gelatinous mass. The. majority of the species of Glg@osporivwm and Marsonia are very destructive and persistent pests, against which fungicides have proved of little avail. Destruction of infected plants seems to be the only safe remedy. Sacc. Syll, x. 6900; Grevillea, xvi. 48. Rivea CHAIn Mou p. Oidium erumpens (C. & M.), Pl. IV. fig. 74. It was in the autumn of 1887 that the leaves of Rivea hypocrateri- formis, under cultivation, were found to develop, on the under surface, little tufts of a whitish mould, which soon gave a sickly complexion to the foliage. The tufts, which broke through the cuticle, were rounded and convex, of a greyish colour, becoming darker with age. The threads composing the tufts were rather robust, and divided in the upper portion, which soon became torulose, or beadlike, and then the cells separated as globose conidia, or nearly globose (7 x 5 w), and became sprinkled over the leaf. This mould is more tufted and less diffuse than in most species of Oidiwm, but the structure is the same. No opportunity occurred for experiment, but it is possible that an application of sulphur would be the most effective. There is no record of this species anywhere other than in Great Britain. Sacc. Syli. x. 7091; Grevillea, xvi. 49. Numerous parasites are recorded in North America as attacking the different species of Phlox, but hitherto none have given any trouble in this country. HENBANE ROT-MOULD. Peronospora Hyoscyami (De Bary), Pl. VI. fig. 78. This pest has assumed additional importance since it has made vigorous attacks upon Tobacco plants under cultivation, both in North - America and Australia. 3 3884 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. In this country its activities have been chiefly confined to the Henbane, but it evidently is on the alert for all Solanaceous plants. The mycelium is abundant within the tissues of the plant before the mould makes its appearance on the surface. The fertile threads are rather robust, branching frora five to eight times, in the upper portion in a forked manner, with the branches spreading -apart, and attenuated up- wards, the final branchlets separating at a very obtuse angle, being short and rather conical, each apex bearing a single spore, or conidium, of an elliptical shape (13-24 x 13-18 ,) with a tinge of violet. Resting spores are probably produced on the mycelium, but at present there is no evidence. It is uncertain whether the conidia only germinate, or whether they produce zoospores. Hitherto the species is recorded for Britain, Germany, Australia, and North America. The only treatment suggested is spraying with dilute Bordeaux mixture. Massee Pl. Dis. 81, 357; Gard. Chron. February 7, 1885, fig. 38; Sacc. Syll. vii. 877; Grevillea, 1.139; Mass. B.F’. 126. Another species (Peronospora dubia) is recorded on Hyoscyanwus in Austria. PETUNIA WHITE Mou.Lp. Ramularia Petwme@ (Cooke), Pl. IV. fig. 76. At present this mould must be considered as scarce, it having been found only once or twice in this country on the leaves of Petwnia. The spots are large, occupying nearly half the surface of the leaf, somewhat circular in form, with a pale ochraceous tint. The conidia are produced in considerable numbers at the apex of rather short undivided colourless threads, which are more or less clustered on the spots. The conidia are cylindrical, rounded at the ends, at first continuous, but at length divided by a septum across tbe centre (20-22 x 4 y). Wherever it has occurred this parasite has proved to be very destructive, the spots sometimes extending over the entire leaf. No explanation can be offered for its sudden appearance in the south of Britain, but it is known that the moulds of this genus are very erratic, and, as a rule, destructive. In the event of picking off and burning the diseased leaves not being effective in checking the disease, it is recommended that diluted fungicides should be applied, and for this purpose weak Bordeaux mixture may be tried. Sacc. Syll. x. 7294; Grevillea, vol. xx. 1891, p. 8. Other ordinary leaf-spots have been recorded on leaves of Petunia abroad, such as Phyllosticta Petunia and Ascochyta Petume. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 385 LAVENDER LEAF-SPOT. Septoria Lavandule (Desm.), Pl. IV. fig. 77. Parasites of Labiate plants under cultivation as garden flowers are very limited. It is now many years since we found Lavender plants with a great number of the leaves attacked by this endophyte, which is not uncommon in France, but which we have not met with again. The bleached spots are small on both surfaces of the leaves, mostly rounded, but sometimes irregular, limited externally by a raised purple line. They do not generally exceed one eighth of an inch in diameter, but several spots are often seen on the same leaf. On the upper surface of the spots a few black dots are to be discerned, which are the receptacles or perithecia of the fungus. The sporules, or conidia, are long and thread-like, straight or curved, and very narrow (25-35 x 2 ) ultimately; when fully matured they are expelled through a pore at the apex of the receptacle. This species has been found also in France, Italy, and Madeira. Sacc. Syll. ii. 2914; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1340; Grevillea, xiv. 1038, No. 528. Lavender is also lable to a sickening disease, or “‘ wilting,’ but the cause has not been ascertained, and no fungus been found. PESTS OF THE SCROPHULARIACEA, It is a singular fact that no important parasite has yet been recorded in Britain for the numerous Scrophulariaceous plants in general cultiva- tion, although many are known abroad. The destructive rot-moulds (Peronospora) are represented by at least four species, which attack Antirrhinum, Digitalis, and Veronica, but only Peronospora grisea has been met with on uncultivated Veronica, and Peronospora sordida on Verbascum, in this country. The three diseases which produce leaf-spot on Mimulus, and the four on Pentstemon, have, with one exception, never invaded our shores, whilst Calceolaria is still unharmed, and therefore, on the whole, we must be regarded as peculiarly fortunate. The exception is in the case of Phyllosticta Pentastemonis (Grevillea, xiv. 90) which has produced leaf- spot on one or two occasions in this country. There is also a leaf-spot (Septoria Pentastemonis) with small round white spots on leaves of Pentstemon, known in North America. A new fungus disease on Antirrhinuwm majus of the kind known in America as Anthracnose, produced by Colletotrichwm Antorrhini (Stew.), is recorded recently as causing elliptical or circular sunken spots on the leaves of that plant in the United States (Jowrn. R.H.S. vol. xxvi. 1901, p. 194). DISEASES OF ENDOGENOUS FLOWERING PLANTS. For the sake of reference we have kept these diseases together, as they affect plants mostly of outdoor culture, reserving others, which require warm houses or stove treatment, for separate notice hereafter, with other C 386 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. hothouse plants. Hence Orchids and other exotics will find no mention here. Liny LEAF-SPOTS. Fortunately Lily leaf-spot has not been detected in this country, but it is not uncommon abroad. One species (Phyllosticta Lili) has pallid spots with a broad rufous margin and small pale brownish sporules (4—5 x3 ») on Laliwm suparoaite in Canada. Another (Phyllosticta liliicola) has no definite spots, but the receptacles are scattered, and the sporules are larger (10 x3 ). Itis found on Liliwm candidum in Italy. In another species on Martagon Lily (Cylindrosporiwm inconspicuum) there are irregular and indefinite brown spots, and the sporules are long and threadlike (60-100 x 3} ,), with from three to five transverse divisions. At present confined to Switzerland. Liny Cuuster-cups, Pl. V. fig. 81. The cluster-cups of the Lily of the Valley (#cidiwm Convallari@) are credited with attacking the leaves of Liliwm canadense in Belgium and the United States. Another species (4/cidiwm Safianoffianwm) occurs on leaves of Martagon Lily in Siberia. These are named incidentally, as some one of them may at any time pay a visit to our shores. Lity Branp. Puccuua Liliacearuwm (Duby), Pl. V. fig. 84. A disease which affects indiscriminately a large number of Liliaceous plants, but fortunately not common in this country, and never recognised until within the last few years, it having been found chiefly upon Ornitho- galum. It forms unsightly pustules on the leaves, enclosing the very dark, almost black, teleutospores. There is said to be an A’cidiwm which is the prelude to this brand; but it has not been seen in Britain. The pustules are grouped together, and are for a long time covered by the cuticle, which is at length ruptured longitudinally. The teleutospores are oblong, divided in the middle, and a little attenuated towards each end, of a comparatively large size (40-70 x 22-85 4), dark brown, and externally smooth, on rather long deciduous pedicels. It is known in France, Germany, Austria, Italy, as well as in Great Britain. Should this pest make its appearance all the affected leaves should be stripped off and burnt, so as to destroy the teleutospores and prevent the spread of the disease to other plants. Sace. Syll. vii. 2314; Gard. Chron. July 28, 1888, fig. 2; Plowr. Br. Ured. 196. Linty Stmpte Branps. Uromyces sp. ‘These, which we call simple brands, have a similar life-history to the two-celled brands of the genus Puccinia, but the teleutospores have only PESTS—FLOWER GARDEN. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 387 one cell. Of those which occur on the foliage of Lilies there is one species which is found in Germany on Liliwm canadense, and called both Uromyces Lilit and Uromyces Liliacearum, which has since been included as a variety of Uromyces Hrythronw, a conclusion the accuracy of which we venture to doubt. Another species on leaves of Liliwm has been called Uromyces Raben- horstii, and is also found in Germany. ‘This has also been attributed by Saccardo as a form of Uromyces Erythronu. In both these species the teleutospores, which have been communicated to us, differ from each other and from the typical form of those in Uromyces Erythronii. The last species is probably distinct : it occurs on Liliwm canadense leaves in the United States (Uromyces Lilu, Clint.), but hitherto we have not seen it, and should scarcely venture an opinion. The teleuto- spores are rugulose (386-37 x 20-25 1). Liny DIsBAseE. Botrytis elliptica (Berk.), Pl. VI. fig. 80. The history of this disease seems to have been most mysterious throughout, since it was several years after its first appearance before any light could be thrown upon its cause. It was in 1881 that specimens were sent to the Rev. M. J. Berkeley in such a condition that he was able to detect a small white mould as the probable cause of the mischief, which he called Ovularia elliptica (Gard. Chron. Sept. 10, 1881, with figure). Afterwards, by some means, it acquired the name of Botrytis elliptica. Attention being called to it again, it was made the subject of refer- ence in 1888, when it was figured again (in Gard. Chron. Aug. 18, 1888, fig. 21), and then for a time was permitted to rest, but not for long, since Marshall Ward, in i889, under the name of Botrytis, evidently introduced the same mould into his account of the Lily disease, and figured it as a species of Botrytis. This may, or may not, be the same mould as the Botrytis parasitica (Cay.) on Tulip stems, alluded to by Massee, but of which no description is given. Then Saccardo intimates that the Polyactis cana, which he calls Botrytis canescens, attacks the immature fruits of Lilies. Last of all we find the name of the mould buried altogether, and the disease attributed to Sclerotinia, a kind of Peziza, or Ascomycetous fungus, which, at the same time, it is confessed, has never been seen, and the existence of which is only suspected. A rather curious episode in “imaginative mycology,’ which is seeking to supplant the old-fashioned “‘ science of fact.”’ Under all these circumstances we prefer to retain the name of Botrytis elliptica, and not travel into the region of romance. This disease attacks most species of Lilies. Rust-coloured patches come upon the leaves and buds, as if they had been burnt, if the buds are not completely destroyed; the flowers become imperfect and distorted, and the whole plant has a blighted appearance. | The threads of the mould arise from the creeping mycelium, and are C2 388 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. somewhat branched in the upper portion, the ends of the branches having — Pear-shaped swellings, each bearing about a dozen conidia, each conidium— attached to the swollen end by a minute peg-like stalk. The conidia are egg-shaped and colourless (20 x 14 ,). Beyond Great Britain the area of distribution is not ascertained. No remedies have been suggested, or tried, beyond destroying infected plants and bulbs, so as to prevent the formation of sclerotia, which are the resting stage of the mycelium, and its consequent diffusion in the succeeding year. Sace. Syll.iv. 752; Grevillea, vol.x. 1881, p. 51 ; Gard. Chron. Sept. 10, 1881, fig. 66; Aug. 18, 1888, fig. 21; Marshall Wore Ann. Bot. Nov. {ye ~ ~~ ais _ * 3 “ ~~ ~ — Fie. 99.—Borryris species. 1. Flower-bud of Lily attacked by the fungus. Nat. size. 2. Fruiting branch of the fungus: x 50. 3. Head of fruiting branch: x 500. 1888, p. 819 ; Diseases of Plants, p. 117; Massee Pl. Dis. p. 161; Journ. R.H.S. vol. xxvi. 1901, p. 372, fig. 190; ibid. vol. xxvi. 1901, p. cxxix. JAPAN Ltuy DisEAse. Rhizopus necans (Mass.), Pl. VI. fig. 82. This is a disease affecting the bulbs of Liliwm speciosum and Lilium auratum raised in Japan for exportation to Europe, and hitherto only affects imported bulbs. At first a slight discoloration at the base of the bulb is discovered when the bulb is cut open. This extends until the entire bulb becomes discoloured, and afterwards soft and rotten. Diseased bulbs which have become rotten show a white weft of mycelium, from which numerous clusters of the fungus, resembling miniature pins with black heads, stand erect. ‘l'hese are the conidial or summer fruit. The globose conidia PESTS—GARDEN FLOWERS. eae = = PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 389 (5-6 » diam.) being enclosed in the black heads, resting spores are produced within the tissues of the decayed bulb. This fungus belongs to the Mucors, which produce resting spores, after an act of conjugation, and the species are generally saprophytes, living at the expense of decayed matter. Those who are responsible for the conclusion have probably sound evidence for regarding this as the cause and not the effect of the disease. We have not heard of any experi- ments to show that sowing the Rhizopus on healthy bulbs will produce the disease. | Naturally there is no remedy for rotted bulbs, and the only safeguard is in prevention, and the destruction of diseased bulbs. Kew Bulletin, 1897, p. 87, plate; Mass. Pl. Dis. p. 57, cuts, 351 ; Journ. R.H.S. vol. xxvi. 1901, p. 376. TuLiIp SMUT. Ustilago Tulipe (Heufl.) This smut has appeared on the leaves of Tulips in France, Germany, and Austria, but not as yet in Great Britain. The pustules are elliptical and convex, scattered over the leaves, and soon splitting longitudinally, exposing the sooty spores, which appear to be quite black in the mass. They are globose or irregularly rounded (16-20 » diam.), smooth, with a thick coat. Externally with much the same appearance as the smut on Ornithogalum. Sacc. vii. 1640. Tunie Moun. Botrytis parasitica (Cavy.) We are informed that cultivated Tulips are often killed by the attacks of a mould which forms olive-brown velvety patches on the stem, leaves, and flowers, which answers to the name given above. The threads are grey, erect, with the basal joint inflated. Conidia ovate, large (16-20 x 10-18 ,), disposed on minute branches in an umbellate manner. Later on smooth lentil-shaped sclerotia appear on the outer parts of the bulb, sometimes so numerous as to form a black crust. Cav. App. Pat. Veg. p. 10, t. 6, figs. 1-4; Mass. Pl. Dis. 158; Sacc. © Syll. x. 7167; Jowrn. R.H.S. xxvi. 1901, pp. 48, 198. Tuxtie BRAND. Puccinia Tulipe (Schr.) There are said to be two species of brand which affect Tulip leaves, of which the above is one, which is known in Germany and Austria. This is one of those species for which neither cluster-cup nor uredo is known. The pustules are minute, rounded, or elliptical, and densely aggregated together, or confluent, dark brown. The teleutospores are broadly ellipsoid, rounded at both ends, with a thick spore-coat, or epispore, which is densely warted (80-44 x 21-32 »). The spores appear at first to be involved in a hyaline mucous envelope. The short pedicel soon vanishes. Sacce. Syll. vii. 2847. 390 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Sprxy Ture Branp. Puccinia Prostii (Moug.) This is the second, and older species, which is known on Tulip leaves in France and Italy. This also has neither affiliated cluster-cups nor uredo. . The pustules are oblong, convex, brown on both surfaces of the leaves, either scattered or rather crowded, at length ruptured. The teleutospores are ellipsoid and, of course, uniseptate (60-66 x 34-36 ,), considerably larger than in the preceding, everywhere covered with long colourless acute spines. The general colour of the epispore cinnamon brown, with a hyaline pedicel or footstalk. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2580. ORNITHOGALUM BRAND. Uromyces Ornithogali (Wallr.), Pl. V. fig. 83. The species of Ormithogalum, Gagea, and Erythronium seem to be specially favoured in this country by the absence of parasites, which are sufficiently common abroad, to the extent of some eighteen or twenty species. The leaves of Ornithogalum and Gagea are alike subject to the above brand, which is only known in the teleutospore form. The pustules are elliptic and bullate, mostly scattered, soon splitting and discharging the powdery nearly black spores. The teleutospores are ovate, or pear-shaped (26-50 x 17-26 uw), narrowed into the pedicel at the base and rounded above, with a minute hyaline wart-like apiculus. The surface is smooth, rarely otherwise, and of a pale or chestnut brown colour. It occurs in France, Germany, Hungary, and Portugal. Sacc. Syll. vi. 2015; Plowr. Br. Ured. 142; Grevillea, vii. 138. A corresponding species (Uromyces Erythronii) is found on EHry- thronium and other Liliaceous plants nearly throughout Europe and in the United States. (See fig. 100 on opposite page.) Puccinia Liliacearum occurs in Britain on Ornithogalum umbellatum, and another species, Puccinia Kalchbrenneriana, at the Cape of Good Hope, and Puccinia Lojkaiana in Italy, the Tyrol, and Hungary, all wpon Ornithogalum. ORrNITHOGALUM Buack Moun. Heterosporium Ornithogali (Klot.), Pl. V. fig. 85. In the majority of instances the black moulds are truly regarded as saprophytic, living upon and at the expense of dead vegetable matter ; but there are decided exceptions to this rule in entire genera, such as Cercospora and the present Heterosporiwm, which seem to be entirely parasitic. The latter genus was named by Klotsch more than half a century ago, but was not clearly defined until 1877 with this as the typical species, The leaves become spotted with sooty-looking minutely velvety PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 391 spots, caused by the dark threads and mycelium of this mould, and soon decay. The threads grow in tufts, and are long and flexuous, with thin walls, pale brown, septate, and occasionally branched, bearing at their apex the conidia of variable size and form, some being elliptical and continuous, others two-celled and longer, whilst others are cylindrical, with rounded ends and two or three divisions (80-80 x 10 ,»), externally rough with minute points and slightly coloured. When mature these conidia will germinate freely from every joint. Spraying with potassium sulphide is stated to check the disease. To prevent spreading, diseased leaves should be burnt. Sacc. Syll. iv. 2806; Cooke Jowrn. Q.M.C. 1877, t. 25, f£.18; Gard. Chron. June 1877, fig. 168; Grevillea, v. 123. Fic. 100.—Uromycres Eryruronu. 1. Portion of a leaf showing clusters of the fungus. Nat. size. 2. A single group of the fungus fruit known popularly as * cluster-cups ”: »« 100. 3. Uredo, or summer-spores: x 400. Teleuto- or winter-spore: x 400. Sguri~tt BRAND. Uromyces Scillarum (Grev.), Pl. V. fig. 86. This parasite is very common on the leaves of the Wild Hyacinth, and probably has thence found its way into gardens, where it attacks the leaves of Muscari botryoides and other species. | The attacked leaves are blotched with paler spots, upon which the 392 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. pustules soon appear, at first covered by the cuticle. The paleness is caused by the internal mycelium which pervades the tissues. The pustules are small and numerous, generally arranged upon the spots in concentric rings, or parts of rings, with a tendency to coalesce. The spores are soon exposed by rupture of the cuticle, when they are powdery and of a chestnut-brown colour. The uredospores are at present unknown. The ieleutospores are subglobose, or rather Pear-shaped (19-30 x 14-24 «), and sometimes irregular by compression, quite smooth, and of a pale brown. The epispore, or spore coating, is of equal thickness throughout, and not thickened at the apex, as in many other species. There is a short hyaline stem, which soon disappears. Its area of distribution, outside this country, includes France, Germany, Austria, Hungary, Greece, Italy, Egypt, and South Africa. . It is possible that spraying with one of the fungicides may be of a little service, but the perfection and dispersion of the spores should be prevented by picking and destroying infected leaves. Sacc. Syll. vu. 2014; Cooke M.F. 218; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1548; Plowr. Br. Ured. 141; Grevillea, vii. 188. Buack Smut. Sclerotuma bulborwm (Wakk.), Pl. IX. fig. 185. A pest under the name of “black smut’’ has appeared around Haarlem, where it has been very destructive to Hyacinth culture. It is not a “smut’’ according to our acceptation of the term, but a Sclerotium. It makes its appearance after flowering, causing the leaves to turn yellow and fall off. No external mycelium is to be observed, except at the base of the leaves. The bulb is completely permeated with mycelium, and black irregular nodules appear on the surface, mixed with some that are softer and paler coloured. - These are the “ sclerotia,’’ or nodules of compact mycelium. These nodules are like resting spores, and must pass through a period of quiescence, so that they will not germinate until the following spring. If the bulbs are potted, and watered copiously, at the period when their activity should commence the sclerotia will germinate and produce the little Peziza cups, resembling those produced from the sclerotium of the Potato. To this Peziza-form Wakker has given the name of Sclerotuua bulborum. The sporidia are binucleate (16 x 8 p). There is one peculiarity about these sclerotia, that when cultivated in a nutrient solution they will form a mycelium and produce secondary sclerotia. It is needless to say that when once a bulb is attacked remedy is hopeless. Onion bulbs are also liable to attack. Gard. Chron. May 12, 1894, p. 592; Mass. Pl. Dis. 880. HyactntH YELLOW DISEASE. Pseudomonas Hyacinthi. A disease affecting Hyacinth bulbs has been described under the name of “ yellow disease,” which appears on them in the autumn, filling the — PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 3938 vascular bundles with a yellow slime. This mucus is said to contain immense quantities of a bacterium, to which at first the name of Bacterium Hyacinthi was applied. . Whilst these little bodies are embedded in the slime they remain motionless, but when removed from it they soon exhibit a lively motion, and begin to divide. In the spring they appear in the vascular bundles of the leaves. Gard. Chron. May 12, 1894, p. 592; Jour. #.A.S. xxvi. 1901, p. 222. Another disease attacks principally the flowering parts and is attended by the production of a foul-smelling mucus. Upon making a close examination Dr. Heine discovered that the mucus and the tissues were full of bacteria, quite different from those of the “yellow disease,’’ and was called Bacillus Hyacinthi septicus. It is reported that when healthy plants are inoculated with this the evidence of infection is manifested within twenty-four hours. When cultivated on Potato it formed a yellow slimy layer, and in a few days gave off a strong offensive smell. Gard. Chron. May 12, 1894, p. 592. Tubeuf contends that a common large Peziza, which grows on manure heaps (Peziza vesiculosa), attacks Hyacinths and other plants in gardens and kills them. Mass. Pl. Dis. 162. CoNVALLARIA Brown Spot. Septoria brunneola (Fries), Pl. V. fig. 87. This leaf-spot is found, not uncommonly, on living or fading leaves of Lily of the Valley, but not often in fruit, so that the spots remain sterile and harmless. It is believed, however, to be only a prelude or early stage of a more highly developed fungus (Spherella brunneola). Brown irregular spots on the leaves, which at length acquire a blackish colour, precede the receptacles of the Septoria, which latter subsequently appear as little dots clustered upon the spots. The sporules are long and threadlike, without division (75-100 x 2 1). This parasite is known also in Sweden, Italy, and Moravia. Sace. Syll. 8118 ; Journ. R.H.S. xxvi. 1901, p. exl. _ConvaLuaRiA Rep Spor. Phyllosticta cruenta (Fries). Another leaf-spot has been found in Britain on leaves of Solomon’s Seal, forming oblong blood-red spots with a pallid centre, upon which the receptacles are scattered. The sporules are somewhat sausage-shaped, rounded at the ends, and curved (14-16 x 53-6} 1). This spot has also been found in France, Belgium, Germany, Italy, Portugal, Siberia, and North America. Sace. Syll. iii. 824; Grevillea, xiv. p. 74, No. 487. 394 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. LILY OF THE VALLEY CLUSTER-CUPS. AHedium Convallarie (Schum.), Pl. V. fig. 81. The Lily of the Valley is very rarely attacked by this parasite in Britain, although it is occasionally seen; but on the Continent it has the reputation of being a destructive pest. | No Uredo form or teleutospores have yet been anes to this species of cluster-cup. The cups are clustered together on paler spots of the leaves, chiefly on the upper surface, and the white fringed cups are filled with bright orange zecidiospores, presenting under the microscope the most elegant appear- ance. ‘The ecidiospores are globose, minutely warted (20-25 yu diam.) It is to be hoped and anticipated that remedial measures will not be called for. The area of distribution includes Belgium, Germany, diene Finland, and North America. Gard. Chron. July 5, 1884, with figs.; Grevillea, xiv. 2; Sacc. Syll. vii. 2945 ; Plowr. Br. Ured. 264. Snowprop WHitEe Moutp. Botrytis galanthina (B. & Br.), Pl. VI. fig. 88. This mould appears to have first been made known in 1878, when it was detected on the bulbs of Snowdrops, attacking the outer coats and destroying them. At first it threatened to become very destructive in the North, but has never given much trouble in the South. The threads of the mould are shortly branched in the upper portion turning brownish. The branches are somewhat thickened upwards, bear- ing the obovate spores in clusters about the apices, each spore or conidium being seated upon an elongated spicule. The conidia are hyaline and subglobose or obovate (15-18 x 10-11 1). The mould attacks also growing plants, as soon as leaves and flowers appear above ground, stopping the flowering and the proper development of the leaves. Then a delicate white mould is seen to cover the leaves and spathes. Later on numerous minute black sclerotia are formed in the tissues of the decaying leaves and the outer bulb scales. Some impetuous author has called this fungus Sclerotinia galanthina before a single cup of the Peziza has ever been seen, or existed, except in his own fertile imagination. We do not intend to follow him into fairy- land, but adhere to the Botrytis until it falls away. Massee calls the mould Botrytis cinerea, and the Peziza Sclerotinia Fuckeliana.* (See fig. 101.) e | Ann. Nat. Hist. 4th series, xi. p. 846; Grevillea, ii. 189; Gard. Chron. Mar. 2, 1889, p. 275; Mass. Pl. Dis. 159; Sacc. Syll. iv. 705. Crocus Wuire Mou cp. Botrytis Croci (Cke. & Mass.) This mould was found upon the dead leaves of Crocus in the autumn of 1887; but it is just possible, acknowledging its relationship, that it * Journ. R.H.S. xxvi. 1901, p. 41, fig. 4, and p. xxxvii; also 1902, xxvi. p. 71, fig. 306. es a. ae y PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 395 Fie. 101.—Borrytis GALANTHINA, A ParastrE on SNowprops. 1. A young Snowdrop badly diseased, nat. size. 2. Fruiting branch of the Botrytis, or summer form of the fungus, x 350. 3. A Snowdrop bulb with sclerotia, nat. size. 4. Isolated sclerotia, nat. size. 5. A sclerotium bearing a crop of Botrytis, the spring following its formation, x 10. 6. Botrytis conidia germinating, x 400. 7. An organ of attachment of the Botrytis, x 400. 8. Chains of conidia, of unknown use, formed on mycelium of the Botrytis, x 400. 396 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. may not hesitate to attack living plants in the same way as the Snowdrop species. It forms dark smoky tufts, which sometimes unite in a larger effused mass. The threads are comparatively thick and rather closely jointed, attenuated upwards towards the apex, where they are slightly and sparingly branched, downwards of a pale olive colour, but uncoloured in the upper portion. Conidia elliptical, hyaline (15-18 x 8-10 ,), collected together at the tips of the threads, or of the branches, in small glomerules or clusters of from three or four to seven or eight conidia. In this respect the present species appears to be rather peculiar, since the head or glomerule of conidia in most cases contains a large number of individuals. It has to be discovered whether this species is capable of prov iding itself with sclerotia and of developing therefrom the customary Sclerotiuua. Grevillea, xvi. 10; Sacc. Syll. x. 7165. CopPpER WEB. Rhizoctonia crocorum (DC.) Amongst the diseases to which the Crocus, especially the Saffron Crocus, is subject is one which has long been known under the name of ““copper web.” ‘This is due to the presence of a parasitic fungus which lives and thrives at the expense of the Crocus corm. The fungus was classed amongst the Truffles by Duhamel in 1728 and afterwards figured by Bulliard under the name of Tuber parasiticum, which was afterwards changed by Persoon into Sclerotwwm croceum; but it was De Candolle who finally raised it to the dignity of a genus and called it Rhizoctoma. This singular parasite consists of Sclerotia-like tubercles united by byssoid filaments going from one to the other and forming a sort of sub- terranean web or net. It is by means of these filaments, which are attached to the rootlets of the plant or which creep over the surface of the bulbs after having pierced their integuments, that the parasite appropriates their nutritive juices after the manner of the ‘“ Dodder,” and induces, if not direct death, at least a weakly development. It was doubtful for a long time whether any real fructification was produced ; and even now it is uncertain, although Broome found, on what he considered the same web on Mint, not only the hard warts, but little tawny tufts of a looser texture covered with globose or ovate spores. It seemed evident that the tufts and warts were forms of each other, but whether the spores were the true fruit, or only a secondary form of fruit, has not been determined. Journ. L.H.S., vol. v. 1850, p. 28. Narcissus BRAND. Puccinia Schroeteri (Pass.), Pl. V. fig. 89. The leaves of Narcissus have recently been found in this country to be affected with a disease which apparently originated in Italy and atfter- wards extended into Germany. The spots are large and oblong, with a tawny violet border ; the pustules — are produced on these spots, and either solitary or a few together, either covered with, or girt by, the remains of the ruptured epidermis. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 397 No Acidium or Uredo has been found associated with this disease. The teleutospores are somewhat elliptical, from golden yellow to chest- nut brown (38-60 x 24-27 ,), obscurely reticulated, either rounded at both ends or with the base somewhat attenuated into the very short, thick deciduous peduncle, with a central partition dividing the teleutospore into two nearly equal cells. Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. vii. 255 ; Sacc. Syll. vii. 2579. The attack of Fusariwm bulbigenum on Narcissus bulbs (Grevillea, xvi. 49) has not been repeated. A form of leaf-spot (Septoria Narcissz), with the receptacles scattered over the tips of fading leaves, has not yet been observed out of Italy. Irts Rust. Uredo Iridis (Thum.) This rust is believed to be common in gardens on the leaves of various species of J7is and to be quite distinct from another Uredo which furnishes the uredospores of Puccinia Iridis (DC.) This Uredo is supposed to have neither Acidiwm nor Puccinia associated with it. The pustules are linear-ovate, and sometimes confluent, on both sur- faces of the leaves, covered at first by the cuticle and then exposed by rupture, of a chestnut-brown colour. The uredospores are almost globose, rarely somewhat Pear-shaped, externally rough, brown (80-35 x 20-25 1). Dr. M. Foster says “it does not readily attack the broad-leaved Mediterranean forms, but I am inclined to think that almost every species would take it.” Sace. Syll. xi. 1299; Plowr. Br. Ured. 257. There is supposed to be another species in North America (Uredo iridicola) on the leaves of Iris versicolor, with rough globose uredospores (25 » diam.), of which we know nothing, and it may be the Uredo Iridis of Schweinitz. Iris BRAND. Puccima Iridis (DC.), Pl. V. fig. 91. It is difficult to follow the mutation of names, but this we believe to be the same fungus which Berkeley called Puccinia truncata. It is found on the leaves of many species of Iris, besides I. fwtidissima and I. germanica. The uredospores are found in crowded pustules, at first covered, then exposed, of a rusty-brown colour, crowded together, and either sub- globose, elliptical, or ovoid (20-85 x 16-26 «), externally rough, and ochraceous. The teleutospores occur in linear, elongated, strizform pustules, which are blackish to the eye; the spores are two-celled, club-shaped, with the apex rounded, or rather obtuse, or acuminate, with the spore-coat thickened at the apex, constricted in the middle at the septum (80-55 x 14-22 yn), smooth, pale brown, with a hyaline pedicel (12 x 5 4). 398 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. This species is known in France, the Ardennes, ae Switzer. land, Italy, and Siberia. No associated cluster-cups are known. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2284 ; Cooke M.F’ p. 208 ; Habk. No. 1466; Plowr. Br. Ured. 190. Cluster-cups (Hcidiwm Ividis) are known in North America on leaves of Iris versicolor. Iris LEAF-BLOTCH. Heterosporiwm gracile (Wallr.), Pl. V. fig. 90. One of the most persistent and troublesome of Jris diseases is this mould, which appears at some seasons with astonishing vigour upon the leaves of Iris germanica and other species. The upper portion of the leaves turns brown and decays or rots, and some plants are soon killed; large dark spots, becoming black, rounded, or elliptical, from half to one inch in length, with a brown border, appear on the brown parts, or on the still green leaves, velvety with the parasitic mould. In other cases the spots are smaller and more numerous, with a narrow brown margin, and simply bleached or dead tissue, on which are sprinkled a few tufts of the mould. The mould consists of rather short and thick jointed threads in small © tufts, and of a sooty brown colour, bearing singly, or nearly always, the conidia of variable size, some of which are elliptical and without division, whilst others are elongated, and once or twice divided transversely into cells (85-70 x 14-20 p), and also of a smoky colour, the surface rough with minute points. This disease seems to be known in France, Germany, Italy, the Cape of Good Hope, New Zealand, and North America. If not too firmly established, syringing with one of the copper solu- tions may be of some service; but the conidia germinate freely at every joint, and if not destroyed will quickly spread the disease. Gard. Chron. June 9, 1894, p. 718; Sacc. Syll. iv. 2808; Jowrn. ft.H.S. xxvi. 1901, p. 450. Irts Bune Scan. Mystrosporium adustum (Mass.), Pl. V. fig. 92. Bulbs of Jris reticulata have lately been affected and frequently destroyed by the incursions of a black mould, previously unknown, and which forms black crust-like patches on the outer sheath, gradually speading to every part. There is a profuse dark mycelium, from which arise the short branches bearing the large and much-divided conidia. These latter are elliptic- oblong or ovate, with obtuse ends, and from five to seven transverse septa or divisions, which are again subdivided by longitudinal septa in a muriform manner, ‘The divisions are often oblique, and sometimes with- out longitudinal divisions (45-60 x 20-22 ,), smooth, dark brown, and semi-translucent, produced at the tips of the threads, or at the ends of | short branches. Soaking the bulbs for two hours in a solution of one part formalin to PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 399 three hundred parts of water will destroy the fungus, so long as it is external and has not penetrated deeply into the bulb. Mass. Pl. Dis. 825, 441. Leaf spots of six different kinds are recorded on J7is leaves in different countries, but none of them have yet been reported as British. GLADIOLUS SMUT. Urocystis Gladioli (Smith), Pl. V. fig. 94*. This smut, which in some respects resembles that of Colchicwm, attacks the corms of Gladiolus, forming the spore masses within the corms. These are in rounded balls, or glomerules (40-50 » diam.) The teleutospores, or central fertile spores, are rounded on the outer side, but angular by compression elsewhere: they are dark brown (4-6 1) and smooth. Externally in the glomerules are a series of colourless sterile spores or conidia, as in most other species of Urocystis, and in this case they are very numerous and evenly distributed. The glomerules, or spore masses, have somewhat the appearance of large spores, divided in different directions, but in reality they consist of an agglomeration of smaller spores, closely compressed together into a ball, the inner ones being coloured and capable of germination, the outer series uncoloured and sterile. When fully matured the component cells separate under pressure, but the true function of the sterile cells has not been determined. It might be advisable to immerse any suspected corms for a time before planting in Condy’s fluid; but it is hopeless to expect any remedy when the corms are seriously attacked. Known also in France and Germany. Gard. Chron. Sept. 30, 1876, p. 420, fig.; Grevillea, v. 57; Sace. Syll. vii. 1900; Mass. B.F’. 187; Plowr. Br. Ured. 287; Cooke M.F’. 282. _ Gladiolus leat-spot (Septoria Gladtolr) and Gladiolus rust (Puccini Gladiolt) are at present unknown in Britain. CoLcHICUM SMUT. Urocystis Colchici (Schl.), Pl. V. fig. 94. This is a disease of Colchicwm which has long been known and too prominent in its manifestations to escape notice. The growing leaves are the subject of attack, and these are distorted and disfigured by the long and ugly pustules formed by the pest. These are large, thick, swollen, or bullate, at first covered by the epidermis, but at length ruptured and fringed with the remains of the torn cuticle, exposing the black, sooty- looking mass of complex spores. The glomerules, or clusters, are nearly globose (20-33 x 16-20 .), with the central spores few and chestnut brown, compressed at the points of contact (10-15 »). The sterile spores of the circumference are pale, some- times in two strata, and also compressed where they come into contact (7-11 » diam.) When mature the spores are sprinkled about over the 400 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. foliage in an unsightly manner. The disease is liable to attack species of Scilla and Muscari if found in proximity. Spraying the plants early with Condy’s fluid has proved to be preventive. Known in Italy, Belgium, and Germany. Sacc. Syll. vii. 1895; Mass. Pl. Dis. 227, 404; Cooke M. F. 282; Mass. B.F. 186 figs. 86, 87; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1589; Plowr. Br. Ured. 286; Gard. Chron. Sept. 30, 1876, fig. Colchicum leaf-spots are also known in Italy and France. CoutcHicum Rust. Uromyces Colchici (Mass.) Pl. V. fig. 93. At present this is solely a British product, and has for three successive seasons completely destroyed a bed of Colchicum speciosum, and has latterly attacked plants of C. bavaricum and C. autwmnale growing in the neighbourhood. The parasite attacks the leaves, commencing at the base of the leaf- sheath, and gradually extending towards the tip of the leaf. The oldest - leaves are the first to be attacked, The pustules are large for the genus, and often elongated on the sheaths, whilst upon the leaves they are lable to be collected in circular groups. ‘They remain for a long time covered by the cuticle, which is finally ruptured to set the teleutospores free. Teleutospores broadly elliptical or subglobose, with the apex slightly prominent, epispore, or spore coat smooth, dark brown, and as much as 2 pu thick (28-38 x 21-28 ,.) seated upon a hyaline persistent pedicel. Cluster-cups or Uredo unknown. No remedy has been proved to be successful. Grevillea, xxi. 6; Mass. Pl. Dis. 226, 406. : The species of Veratrum are very subject to parasitic diseases in North America. DRACONTIUM CLUSTER-CUPS. Acidium Dracontu (Schwz.) These cluster-cups are found in gardens on the leaves of Arwm tri- phyllwm, and were first made known in the United States. The spots on the leaves are pallid and broadly extended, sometimes occupying nearly the whole leaf. The cups are rather large and distinct, being scattered without order over the spots, and not clustered as in Aicidium Ari. The wcidiospores are subglobose and of orange-brown colour, somewhat angular by compression and minutely rough (15-16 « diam.) It is scarcely probable that remedies will have to be sought after for this species, as its appearance will now be problematical after so many years of absence. Cooke Hdbk. No. 1611; Sacc. Syll. vii. 2962; Plowr. Br. Ured. 266. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 401 The ordinary Arum cluster-cups found on the leaves of wild Arum maculatum, and another species (A’cidiwm aroidewm) which occurs in Natal, are apparently quite distinct. FERN DISEASES. The diseases of hardy Ferns under cultivation in this country are very few and unimportant, although several are recorded abroad. DAMPING OFF. Pythiwm intermedium (De Bary). _ The “‘ damping off”’ of the prothallia of Ferns is possibly sometimes due only to an excess of moisture ; but an actual disease has been recog- nised in the United States, and there is no reason why it may not make its appearance amongst us, as the fungus itself is,of European origin. The affected prothallia become quite soft and limp, and darker in colour than the healthy ones. species. In structure Pythiwm resembles a Mucor, and produces resting spores as the result of conjugation, similar to the rot-moulds. Bull. U.S.A. Hap. Stn. Cornell Univ. 94, p. 247, pl.; Bot. Zeit. 1881; Sacc. Syll. xi. 1400; Mass. Pl. Dis. 350. FERN Rust. Uredo filicum (Desm.), PLJY. fig. 79. There are two orthree kinds of Fern rust known, but only one species appears to be known in Britain, and that is not uncommon in gardens and greenhouses, especially on Cystopteris fragilis, appearing on the under side of the fronds, which consequently assume a sickly appearance. The pustules are rounded or irregular, and scattered over the under surface of the fronds in bright yellow spots. The uredospores are powdery, and are of two forms, the one ovate or elliptical and spinulose above, but smooth below (22-35 x 13-20), the other somewhat angular with a thick smooth outer coating (26-38 x 18-29), and both of a bright orange colour. Ferns on which the rust makes its appearance should be isolated, and the diseased fronds cut off and burnt, whilst the plants so left should be sprayed with Condy’s fluid. It is distributed through Belgium, Germany, Finland, Austria, Bohemia, Italy, South Africa, and North America, and appears to be the same as Uredo Polypodu (Pers.) Sacc. Syll. vii. 8096, xi. 1804; Cooke, M.F.112; Proc. Amer. Acad. 1894, p. 396 ; Cooke Hdbk. No. 1569; Plowr. Br. Ured. 256. Uredo Aspidiotus in the United States appears to be different, as also Uredo Pteridis in California, and Uredo Scolopendri in Germany and the Netherlands. D — 7 An allied species of fungus is responsible for the ‘damping off”’ of »" seedlings of crucifers, whilst some authors regard them as the same ° 402 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, FUNGICIDES are mixtures which are applied to diseased plants either to prevent or | mitigate the ravages of fungoid parasites—if in a fluid form by sprinkling, ~ spraying, or sponging the foliage ; and if in powder by dusting it over the plants or the soil, as the case may require. FLuID. Ammoniacal Carbonate of Copper.—Mix three ounces of sulphate of copper, and three ounces of carbonate of soda, with one quart of concentrated ammonia, and as soon as all action ceases dilute with twenty-two gallons of water. Some persons advocate the dilution with twenty-eight gallons of water as being less injurious when applied to fruit. May be used in greenhouses, and is especially useful in epiphytic diseases, such as Rose mildew, Hop mildew, and other Hrysiphei and surface moulds, like Ordiwm. Arsenical Solwtion.—One ounce of arsenic dissolved in a little alcohol” and mixed with 100 gallons of water. This is recommended in America for spraying Carnation rust, but it must not be used on fruit trees or plants, on account of its poisonous nature. Berichonne Mixtuwre.—Dissolve six and a half pounds of sulphate of copper in four gallons of hot water. In another vessel dissolve seven and a half pounds of carbonate of soda. When cold mix the two solutions and add onespint and three quarters of liquid ammonia. Dilute with water to make forty-four gallons. Similar in use to ammoniacal carbonate of copper. Bordeaux Mixture.—Sulphate of copper sixteen pounds dissolved in twenty-two gallons of water. Thirty pounds of lime dissolved in six gallons of water. When the lime-and-water is cold mix the two solutions together slowly and thoroughly. The above is the original formula, of which the following is a modi- fication :— Sulphate of copper six pounds, dissolved in four gallons of hot water. Four pounds of lime dissolved in four gallons of cold water. When the solutions are cold mix thoroughly, and when desired for use dilute to twenty-two gallons with cold water. Air-slaked lime should never be used, since it injures the foliage. This is considered to be the cheapest and best all-round fungicide ; indeed general testimony is that “it is the most effective fungicide known.”’ Condy’s Flwid.—See Potash Permanganate. Hau Céleste, or Blue Water.—Dissolve one pound of sulphate of copper in three or four gallons of warm water. When completely dissolved, and the water has cooled, add one pint of liquid ammonia, then dilute to twenty-two gallons. The concentrated liquid should be kept in a keg, or some wooden vessel, and diluted when required for use. PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. 408 The following is a modified formula :— Sulphate of copper two pounds, carbonate of soda two and a half pounds, ammonia one and a balf pint, to twenty-two gallons of water. Dissolve the sulphate of copper in two gallons of hot water; in another vessel dissolve the carbonate of soda in a similar manner; mix the two solutions, and when all chemical reaction has ceased add the ammonia and dilute to twenty-two gallons. Gastine Mixture.—Dissolve in one pint and three quarters of liquid ammonia two or two and a half ounces of carbonate of copper. ‘l'o be diluted when required for use to twenty-two gallons by the addition of water. Gishurst Compound.—A well-known preparation which is useful in some cases and has been recommended. Tron Mixtwre.—Prepare a solution by dissolving two pounds of sulphate, of iron in five gallons of water and apply by sprinkling. Another form: Water fifty gallons, sulphuric acid one pint, iron sul- phate twenty-five pounds. Pour the sulphuric acid upon the iron sulphate, and then add by degrees the fifty gallons of water. A metal vessel must not be used in the preparation, as it would be acted upon by the sulphuric acid. This mixture may be used with great advantage where a disease has previously existed, to destroy the resting spores. In spraying fruit trees &c. it should be done in the winter, otherwise the foliage would be com- pletely destroyed. Jeyes’s I’ wid.— Watering with Jeyes’s fluid in the proportion of one ounce to a gallon of rain water is beneficial in sterilising the soil, which should be thoroughly wetted and allowed to remain a week before any- thing else is planted. Liquid Grison is prepared by boiling six pounds of sulphur and three pounds of lime in six gallons of water, until the whole is reduced to two gallons. Allow it to settle, pour off the clear liquid, and bottle it until used. For use mix one part of the liquid with one hundred parts of water. Paraffin.—A wine-glassful to two gallons of water has been used with effect to check the spread of the Chrysanthemum rust, and would doubt- less be applicable to other rusts. Potash Permanganate.—This is the well-known fluid called “ Condy’s fluid.”’” It is more economical to buy the potassium permanganate, in the form of crystals, which dissolve readily in water. The solution _ should be pale-rose colour. It has proved effectual in arresting the spread of rust, and was employed successfully to Hollyhock seedlings when the brand was in full activity. Rusted Carnations may be sponged with it. Potassium Sulphide.—Dissolve one ounce of potassium sulphide, popularly known as “liver of sulphur,” in a quart of hot water, then make it up to two and a half gallons with cold water. Useful to check p 2 404 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the spread of an epidemic, and proved successful against Chrysanthemum rust. Sulphate of Copper Solution.—Dissolve one pound of sulphate of copper in twenty-five gallons of water, and spray with the solution. POWDERS may be applied by dredging from a flour dredger, or pepper pot, or enclosed in a canvas bag. David’s Powder.—Dissolve four pounds of sulphate of copper in as little water as possible. Slake fifteen pounds of lime in the smallest amount of water necessary, then mix the two preparations thoroughly and let the compound dry, after which it is crushed and sifted and applied in the form of powder. Sulphatene.—Mix two and a half pounds of anhydrous sulphate of copper with fifteen pounds of finely powdered sulphur and ten pounds of air-slaked lime. Apply in powder. Sulphur.—This is used as a dry powder in the condition known as ‘flowers of sulphur.’’ It is most effective against the fungi which are epiphytic, in which the mycelium is entirely superficial, forming a dense white felt on the surface of the leaves, as in the Hop mildew, Rose mildew, and Pea mildew. Sometimes finely powdered quicklime may be mixed with the sulphur. EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. TO VI. (The magnified portions are x 320 diameters, unless where otherwise stated.) Fie. 1.—Phyllosticta helleborella, Sace.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; 8, sporules x 2.—Septoria Hellebori, Thum.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; 8, sporules x 3.—Comothyrium Hellebori, C. & M.—a, sporules x 4.—Ramularia Hellebori, Fckl.—a, threads and conidia x 5.—Peronospora Ficarie, Tul. Hyphe and conidia x 6.—Plasmopara pygmea, Ung. Hyphe and conidia x 7.—Urocystis Anemones, Pers..—a, glomerules of spores x _ &.—Acidium punctatum, Pers. Two cluster-cups enlarged.—a, wecidiospores x 9.—Gleosporium Aquilegiea, Thum.—a, conidia x 10.—Ascochyta Aquilegie, Roum.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; b, sporules x 11.—Phyllosticta Peonie, 8. & S.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; )b, sporules x 12.—Cronartium Peonie, Cast.—a, column enlarged ; 6, sporules x ; c, sporules germinating x 13.—Cladosporiwm Paonia, Pass. Hyphe and conidia x 14.—Botrytis Peonie, Oud. Clusters of conidia mm situ x 15.—Peronospora arborescens, Berk. Portion of thread with conidia x 16.—Cercospora Reseda, Fckl.—a, hyphe and conidia x 17.—Phyllosticta Viola, Desm.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; 5), sporules x 18.— Septoria Viole, West.—a, section of perithecium enlarged ; b; sporules x 19.— Urocystis Viole, Fisch.—a, glomerule of spores x 20.—Pucciivia Viole, Schum. —a, uredospores; b, teleutospores x 21.—Aicidium Viole, Schum.—a, cluster-cups; 6, ecidiospores x 22.—Puccinia egra, Grove.—a, ecidiospores ; 6b, uredospores; c, teleutospores x PESTS OF THE FLOWER GARDEN. | 405 Fic. 23.—Ramularia lactea, Desm.—a, threads and conidia x 24.—Peronospora Viole, DBy. Hypha with conidia x 25.—Alternaria Viole, Gall.—a. conidia; b, germinating x 26.—Cercospora Viole, S.—a, hyphe and conidia x 27.—Phyllosticta Dianthi, West.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; ), sporules x 28.—Ascochyta Dianthi, A. & S. With sporules x 29.—Septoria Lychnidis, Desm. With sporules x 30.—Peronospora parasitica, DBy. Hypha with conidia x 31.—Septoria sinarum, Speg.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; b, sporules 32.—Marsonia Delastrei, De Lacr.— b, conidia x 33.—Ustilago violacea, Pers.—a, anther ; b, spores x 34.—Sorosporium Saponarie, Rud.—a, glomerule of spores x 35.—Puccinia Dianthi, Nssl.—a, uredospores ; 0, teleutospores x 36.—Puccinia Silenes, Schr.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospores x 37.— Uromyces Dianthi, Nssl.—a, uredospores; b, teleutospores x 38.—Macrosporiwm nobile, Vize.—a, conidium x 39.—Heterosporiwm echinulatum, Berk.—a, threads with conidia x 40.— Bacterium Dianthi, Ar. & B.—a, sporules x 2,000 41.—Phyllosticta destructiva, Desm.—-a, section of perithecium enlarged; b, sporules x ‘42.—Puccimia malvacearum, Corda.—a, teleutospores x 43.— Colletotrichum Althee, South.—a, conidia x 44,.—Melampsora hypericorum, DC.—a, uredospores; b, teleutospores x 45.—Fusariwm Pelargonii, Cooke.—a, conidia x 46.—Glaeosporium Pelargonti, C. & M.—a, conidia x 47.— Uredo Trop@oli, Desm.—a, uredospores x 48.— Uromyces Anthyllidis, Grev.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospores x 49.—Septoria rosarum, West. With sporules x 50.—Actinonema Rose, Lib. With sporules x 51.—Phragmidium subcorticiwm, Sch.—a, uredospores; b, eleutospore x 52.—Peronospora sparsa, Berk. Portion of thread with conidia x 53.—Botryospheria diplodia, Moug. With asci and sporidia x 54.—Spherotheca pannosa, Lev.--a, conidia; b, conceptacle; c, ascus and sporidia x 53.—Septoria Ginothere, West. With sporules x 56.—Phyllosticta Lonicere, West.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; b, sporules x 57.—Lastiobotrys Lonicere, Kunze. With asci and sporidia x 58. — Oidium Chrysanthemi, Rabh.-—a, conidia x 59.— Uredo Chrysantheni, Arth.—a, uredospores x 60.—Puccinia Centaurea, DC.—a, pustule on stem enlarged; b, uredospores x 61.—Coleosporium Senecionis, Pers.—a, uredospores x 62.—Phoma devastatrix, B. & Br.—a, receptacle enlarged ; 6, sporules x 63.— Puccimia Gentiane, Sw.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospores x 64.—Phyllosticta primulecola, Desm.—a, section of perithecium enlarged and sporules x 65.—Ascochyta Primule, Trail. With section of perithecium enlarged; and a, sporules x 66.—Septoria Primule, Berk. With section of perithecium enlarged; a, sporules x 67.—Ovularia interstitialis, Berk. Threads with conidia x €8.—Ramularia Primule, Thum.—a, threads with conidia x 69.— Uromyces Primula, DC. With teleutospores x 70.—Puccima Primule, DC. - a, uredospores; b, teleutospores x 70*.— Peronospora candida, Fckl. Resting spore x 71.—Heterosporium Auricule, Cooke.—a, threads with conidia x 72.—Puccinia Vince, Berk.—a, uredospores; 6, teleutospore; c, xcidiospore germinating x 73.—Marsonia Ipomee, C. & M.— a, conidia x 74.— Oidium erumpens, Cooke.—a, tuft enlarged; b, conidia x 75.— Urocystis primulicola, Magn.—a, glomerules x 76.—Ramularia Petunie, Cooke.—a, threads with conidia x 77.—_Septoria Lavandule, Desm.—a, section of perithecium enlarged; 8, : sporules x 2 78.—Peronospora Hyoscyami, DBy. Portion of thread with conidia x; a, = | conidium germinating x Z 79.— Uredo filicum, Desm.—a, uredospores x 80.— Botrytis elliptica, Berk. Portion of thread with conidia x 406 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Fie. 81.—2cidium Convallarie, Schum.—a, xcidiospores x 82.—Rhizopus necans, Mass. Tuft x 5 83.— Uromyces Ornithogali Wallr.—a, pustules enlarged; b, teleutospores x 84. — Puccinia liliacearum, Duby.—a, teleutospores x 85.—Heterosporiwm Ornithogali, Klot.—a, threads with conidia x 86.— Uromyces Scillarum, Grev.—a, teleutospores x 87.—Septoria brunneola, Fries.—a, sporules x 88.— Botrytis galanthina, B. & Br. Apex of thread with conidia x 89.—Puccinia Schroeteri, Pass.—a, teleutospores x 90.—Heterosporium gracile, Wallr.—a, threads with conidia x 91.—Puccima Iridis, DC.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospores x 92.— Mystrosporvwm adustum, Mass. Conidia x 93.—Uromyces Colchici, Mass.— a, teleutospores x 94.— Urocystis Colchici, Rabh.—a, glomerules x 94*.— Urocystis Gladioli, Smith. Glomerule with spore .x ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 407 ON ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS IN THE GARDENS AT CASTLEWELLAN, CO. DOWN, IRELAND.* By the Right Hon. THE Hart or ANNESLEY. [July 8, 1902.] I HAVE derived myself such an infinite amount of pleasure from the collection, the culture, and the possession of beautiful and new and rare plants that I was very glad to receive an invitation from our excellent Secretary to contribute a paper on ornamental trees and shrubs, to be read before the Royal Horticultural Society. Considering that we have now about six thousand members, I hope that it may be a means of increasing the knowledge and the love of numbers of plants which, though at present rare in most gardens, are both ornamental and easy of cultivation. The plants I shall mention are all grown in my own garden, and are hardy with me, the definition of the word “ hardy ’’ being that they remain in the open air through the winter without protection of any sort. I have been endeavouring for many years to introduce, and to accli- matise, a number of exotic plants which are generally said to be tender, or half-hardy ; and I believe that there are many of these which from sheer ignorance we put under glass, and give hothouse treatment to, when in reality they would do quite well in the open air if they were tried under favourable circumstances. . | may instance as an example the common Aucuba japonica. Whenit was first introduced it was kept in heat, and not for a long time was it put out in the open; as we all know now, it is quite as hardy as the Laurel. I propose to speak chiefly of things which are half-hardy or green- house plants, but which I have found after many years’ trial do perfectly well with me out of doors. If I can, by mentioning their names with a few words of description, induce any of my hearers to give some of them a trial in their gardens, I think it may perhaps be of use. When we think of the numbers of fine things which may now be brought to us so quickly, so easily, and so cheaply from all parts of the world by our big ocean liners, why should we be satisfied with the ancient Laurels and Portugals and Aucubas, which are often the principal ornaments of our shrubberies and pleasure grounds? There are so many plants, both beautiful and desirable, that are worth mentioning that I fear, having regard to the shortness of the time at our disposal, that the lecture may almost degenerate into a sort of catalogue. When I told my gardener * The illustrations are from plants photographed in the gardens at Castlewellan. 408 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. that our Secretary had asked me to make these observations before the Royal Horticultural Society, he promptly presented me with a list of 300 different plants in the garden, any one of which he said it would be a shame to omit! However, out of the 1,600 varieties which are in the plant list of my garden I must try and select the most desirable ones. One word about the garden where these things are grown. It ison one of the foot hills of the Mourne Mountains in the county of Down, about three miles from the Irish Channel, thus benefiting by the mild influence of the Gulf Stream: it faces east and south, and is surrounded by old forest trees, so that it is well sheltered. We suffer little from frost; ten degrees is the average ; once, in the hard winter of 1895, we had fifteen degrees. The rainfall is about thirty-two inches ; the subsoil is gravel, and as it lies on rather a steep hill there is perfect drainage—a great advantage for tender, as indeed it is for all plants. If I were asked the country from which we obtain the greatest number of our choicest hardy plants I shouldname Japan ; and I believe there are still many beautiful things there which are not known at all in our gardens. For instance, has any one ever seen here— DISANTHUS CERCIDIFOLIA, with leaves blood-red ; or RHUS TRICHOCARPA, with scarlet and orange leaves; or PICRASMA QUASSIOIDES, with leaves changing from orange to scarlet ; or ILEX SUGHEROKT, with fruit of a bright scarlet ? They are in no catalogues that I have seen, either in this country or on the Continent, and I have tried in America without success ; not even in the beautifully illustrated catalogue of the Yokohama Nursery Company are they to be found ; and yet from the description in Professor Sargent’s book they are very much to be desired. One of the principal points to be attended to in beautifying a garden is the contrast of colour, of brilliant colour if you can manage to get it; and the plant from Japan which of all others I find most useful in this respct is the Acer japonicum poly- morphum atropurpureum (it is a pity it has such a long name, but we can follow the example of the ladies and call it the Red Maple). Those who have seen the Canadian forests in the fall of the year, when the Sugar Maples are first touched by the frost, will tell you how glorious colour can be; but I have never seen even there anything more magni- ficent than this Japanese Maple when it turns scarlet about a week or so before the leaf falls off. If you get a large plant of it between you and the sun at that time, it is so brilliant and intense a scarlet that a soldier’s coat would look dull and colourless beside it. In the early spring the foliage is bright blood-red, and as the sun increases in power it changes to a dark purplish green where the rays strike. It is perfectly hardy, and the severest frost has no effect on it. Notwithstanding all these good qualities, how is it that you hardly ever see it even in the best gardens ? At Kew, even, there are very few plants of it. There is a story of Dr. Johnson being asked by a lady how he came to spell a word wrongly in his dictionary, and he replied, “ Ignorance, madam ; pure ignorance!” I must suppose that it is only from ignorance of the beauty of the Japanese Maple that it is not to be found in every garden, as it surely ought to be. o ~=wT] @ytew i - : ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 409 It has only one fault: it will not strike from cuttings. To increase it you must propagate it by layering, or budding, or grafting. I have done so by the hundred, and now my difficulty is to find places to put them ; for the colour effect of a large well-grown plant is so striking that it must stand absolutely by itself on the grass. For culture it requires to have the longest shoots shortened at the end of January to induce a dense habit of erowth, and the soil we find best is plain loam, with a little spent Mushroom manure and leaf soil added. JUNIPERUS SANDERI.—A dwart bushy variety, with bright green foliage, introduced by Mr. Sander from Japan. It is a slow grower, and is not yet in commerce. It will be probably some years before it is sent out. MUSA BASJOO.—A hardy Japanese Banana: it has been planted out with me about four years, and makes leaves four feet long and twenty inches in breadth. It has not fruited yet, but it is something to have a Musa which will live at all in the open air. BROUSSONETIA PAPYRIFERA, a shrub or small tree allied to the Mulberry, with pointed leaves, somewhat egg-shaped, and deep scarlet fruit. The Japanese use the young shoots for the manufacture of paper, which is of a whitey-brown colour and exceedingly strong. It is of rather luxuriant growth, and makes a handsome specimen. It is quite hardy here, and has attained a height of six feet. AKEBIA (UINATA.—A Japanese climbing plant. Its branches hang down in graceful festoons from the trees to which it is attached attracting attention by the fragrance of their dark purple-brown flowers. BERCHEMIA RACEMOSA.—Another climber from Japan, a very fast grower, with red bark. POURTHI4(4A VILLOSA.—A small graceful tree with oval sharp- pointed leaves and bearing clusters of white flowers. The foliage turns to a beautiful scarlet colour in the autumn. It is about eight feet high. HOVENIA DULCIS.—A Japanese shrub of fast growth, having large leaves and handsome white flowers. HRIOBOTRYA JAPONICA.—A fine evergreen shrub with leaves nearly a foot long by six inches wide, the Japanese Medlar. With me, although it is twelve feet high, it has not fruited yet. KADSURA JAPONICA is a fast-growing twining plant with dark green glossy leaves and white flowers. RHUS TOXICODENDRON, or Poison Ivy.—A very beautiful climbing plant, somewhat like Ampelopsis Veitchii, but smaller and more delicate in the foliage, which turns a reddish yellow in the autumn. Professor Sargent says “it is one of the common plants in all the central parts of Hondo and Yezo, where it grows to its largest size and climbs into the tops of the tallest trees.’ It is so exceedingly dangerous and poisonous that I doubt whether it ought to be allowed in any garden, at least where ladies and children can have access to it. After touching the leaves in a short time the victim becomes aware of irritation in the eyelids, 410 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. which rapidly increases till it is almost intolerable. They become so swollen that they are almost closed. The rest of the face becomes gradu- ally involved, the eruption and swelling always moving from the forehead downwards. Blisters form upon the surface and weep copiously like those of eczema, the glands of the neck become enlarged, and there is much difficulty in eating or even speaking. Last autumn we had the usual harvest service in the church, and the ladies and children helped to decorate it. Unfortunately they chose the Poison Ivy to adorn the pulpit, from the beauty of its colourmg; one after another they all became ill, some more and some less. The German governess was confined to her bed for more than a week and suffered terribly. One lady consulted a specialist for skin disease, and she was told she had blood poisoning, and sent to Harrogate for three weeks. The specialist wrote to me to say that blood poisoning often was caused by bad drains, and strongly advised that they should be tested. I did not quite know what to think about it, when one day three under-gardeners were laid up with it, though very slightly. That settled the matter: it was Rhus Toxicodendron, and not blood poisoning at all! I heard a story of a lady living in the country who suffered from eczema and blood poisoning every autumn—so bad was it that her husband thought the house unhealthy and decided to leave it and take another, which he did. However, his wife was so fond of a fine plant of Rhus Toxicodendron which they had in the garden that she moved it to the new house, and it was not till some time after that she discovered that it was the cause of her illness. It is well to note that this Rhus has been sent out by some nurserymen as a variety of Ampelopsis japonica under the name of A. Hoggi; therefore any one having a plant under that name should be very careful not to touch it. It is curious that some people are not affected by it, but it is so terribly painful that I do not advise any one to experiment much with it. I have had the only plant that people could easily get access to in my garden burnt. Mrs. Tweedie in her travels in Mexico mentions that she was confined to her bed for fifteen days from Poison Ivy. She says: “ The parasite in hot climates grows rank, generally in damp shady barrancas, where it spreads prolifically. It is most poisonous when in bloom. Then the pollen flies, and you may be poisoned without touching the plant. The Indians live in constant dread of approaching the creeper. The poison raises large lumps, red and swollen like bites ; pus forms, and a kind of blood poisoning attended by pain and danger sets in.” IDESIA POLYCARPA.—A handsome Japanese iree with large heart-shaped leaves on bright red stalks. It requires careful pruning to keep it in shape, as it is rather a straggling grower. (Fig. 102.) RAPHIOLEPIS OVATA.—A dwarf evergreen shrub with sweet- scented white flowers, something like Hawthorn, and bluish berries. It is from Japan, and grows four feet high. RHUS VERNICIFERA.—A tree growing in Japan to thirty feet in height. It has leaves like the Walnut, only elongated, and is interesting, as it is from it the Japanese derive their celebrated lacquer. HALESIA HISPIDA, or PTEROSTYRAX HISPIDUM, has large leaves, eight inches long and four wide. The flowers are white and ~ £ Lovey Ercwinle Ce Fic. 102.—IprEsIa POLYCARPA: a Sy i > Ps J .. ‘* ss a N , . “Ss PirrosrpoRuM CoLENSOI. Fie. 103. ~ oe 7 Lonoon Ercwiic Co Fia. 104.—Prirrosporum Mavyt. LoNoon Ercnine Co 105.-- PuacrantHos LYALuo. ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 411 borne in drooping clusters in July. It is a strong grower and requires liberal treatment as regards soil, as it forms plenty of fibrous roots. Two years ago I had to move a plant eighteen feet high. It carried a ball of over a ton in weight, and is now quite healthy in its new quarters. SCIADOPITYS VERTICILLATA.—The Umbrella Pine of Japan, one of the most distinct and beautiful of all the conifers. It is most dis- tinct, and too well known in our gardens to need description. When in perfect health the leaves are deep green, but very often there is a tinge of yellow. It is said to be aslow grower; however we find it makes a foot of growth in the season; it has produced cones for several years past. The soil should be peat and leaf soil in equal parts, with perhaps a very little loam. MAGNOLIA HYPOLEUCA is one of the largest and most beautiful of the deciduous Magnolias. In the early autumn, when the cones of fruit which are sometimes eight inches long and brilliant scarlet in colour stand out on the branches, it is the most striking feature of the forests of Hok- kaido. The leaves are fourteen inches long and eight broad, and on young and vigorous trees sometimes twice that size. On the upper surface they are ight green and almost silvery beneath. It is used in Japan for all sorts of objects which are to be lacquered, especially sword-sheaths. With me it has not flowered as yet. In some parts of Japan it grows to the height of 100 feet. It was introduced into this country by Mr. Veitch not many years ago. VITIS THUNBERGII I have grown for twenty-five years. It is one of the finest climbers I know, and for covering large wall spaces is unsur- passed. The leaves become a deep crimson in autumn, interspersed with shades of purple and yellow. I believe that it is a distinct plant from Vitis Coignetie and the better variety of the two. ARDISIA JAPONICA.—A dwarf evergreen shrub bearing clusters of white flowers early in June and red berries in autumn. BERBERIS THUNBERGII.—A dwarf spreading Japanese variety, of bushy habit, most valuable for the brilliant scarlet colour of its leaves and berries in autumn. I notice that it is very much brighter in colour in some years than in others. LESPEDEZA BICOLOR, also called Desmodium penduliflorwm, a deciduous dwarf shrub of neat, graceful habit. The flowers, Pea-shaped and rosy purple in colour, are lavishly produced on the long pendulous panicles for several weeks in the autumn. CLEYERA JAPONICA TRICOLOR.—A handsome variegated evergreen shrub; leaves dark green with white margin tinged with rose. Said to be a greenhouse plant. I have grown it in the open for many years with success. It is very brittle, and liable to be broken by heavy snow. RETINOSPORA TETRAGONA AUREA.—This is, in my opinion, one of the most beautiful plants in the garden, but to attempt to describe its habit and foliage is difficult. The colour is a rich, one might almost say, ruddy gold mixed with bright green and yellow. I have a plant 412 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. about five feet high, and never pass it without stopping to admire it. It is a very slow grower. RETINOSPORA FILIFERA AUREA.—A golden shrub with long pendulous threadlike branchlets. It appears to be a somewhat dwarf form of &. filifera. CERCIDIPHYLLUM JAPONICUM, introduced into this country about ten or twelve years ago, grows in its native land to 100 feet high : it is very hardy and grows rapidly. In its young state it is fastigiate in habit and is valuable for the colour of its leaves, which when they unfold in early spring are bright rosy red. CHISALPINIA JAPONICA.—A low spreading shrub with most delicate and graceful foliage, introduced about twenty years ago, the branches covered with very sharp hooked thorns. With me it is ten feet in diameter, and only two feet high, the wood somewhat brittle and easily broken. DAPHNIPHYLLUM GLAUCHSCENS.—A _ strong - growing vigorous evergreen with large glaucous leaves and dense habit; the flowers are small and inconspicuous, and are succeeded by small purple berries. It makes a very fine specimen standing by itself on the grass. A quick grower, eight feet high, with a circumference of forty feet. DAPHNIPHYLLILUM JEZOENSE is a dwarf variety, of bushy habit, about a foot and a half high. DAPHNIPHYLLUM MACROPODIUM VARIEGATUM.—A distinct shrub, the variegation creamy-white. QUERCUS BAMBUSAFOLIA.—An evergreen Oak which has graceful pointed leaves of an olive colour, which, as its name implies, are much more like a Bamboo than an Oak. STUARTIA PSEUDO-CAMELLIA.—A deciduous shrub with white flowers, not unlike those of Carpenteria californica; a very free grower. ENKIANTHUS JAPONICUS.—A small hardy deciduous shrub whose leaves turn in the autumn to a most splendid scarlet colour, more brilliant than almost anything else in the garden. CLERODENDRON TRICHOTOMUM.—A handsome hardy Japanese deciduous shrub bearing red and white flowers in September. PITTOSPORUM TOBIRA.—The native name of a Japanese ever- green shrub with dark green smooth leaves and very fragrant white flowers. BAMBUSA METAKE is well known now in our gardens, being one of the most commonly cultivated sorts, owing to its fine bold growth and its extreme hardiness. ABIES VEITCHII.—The best of all the Silver Firs, introduced from Japan in 1860. The foliage is bright silver underneath, and when moved by the wind is very beautiful. It is quite hardy. ABIES FIRMA,.—A fast-growing Fir with fine deep green glossy leaves. Introduced about thirty years ago. Ne ah OE _———— —<—_—— Tee as ee Se ee ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 413 ABIES MARIESIT.—From Japan in 1879. My plants are too small to have shown their character yet. PINUS THUNBERGII—A fast-growing Pine of stately propor- tions. It is the tree chiefly used by Japanese gardeners for topiary work. ILEX LATIFOLIA.—From Japan in 1840. It has large light green serrated ovate leaves. A handsome shrub, more like a Laurel than a Holly. I have had it out about twenty years. STYRAX JAPONICUM.—A small tree bearing in autumn sweet- scented white flowers with yellow stamens ; the flowers, being borne under- neath the branches, are completely hidden from the view. OSMANTHUS ILICIFOLIA, O. AUREA and ARGENTEA, O. MYRTIFOLIA, O. PURPUREA.—AIl, with pretty serrated leaves and small sweet-scented flowers, are quite worth growing. I have one five feet high and thirty feet round; a dense mass shaped exactly like a plum-pudding. HAMAMELIS ARBOREA.—A deciduous Japanese shrub of spreading habit; grows about five feet high. It flowers in January. The flowers are of a curious shape, with yellow petals and claret-coloured stamens. OLEA FRAGRANS.—A pretty bushy shrub of compact growth with yellowish-white flowers borne in July. ACANTHOPANAX RICINIFOLIUM.—A very distinct small tree from Japan, introduced 1884, with heart-shaped leaves and prickly stems ; crows fourteen feet high. I have grown the above forty-eight plants from Japan for many years in my garden without any protection whatever, and I think it would be difficult to surpass them by those from any other single country, either for their interest or their beauty. Next to Japan I think we get more good things from Australia than from anywhere else; all of the following forty-nine plants from that country grow with me with singular luxuriance, and it is a great advan- tage that they are nearly all evergreen, as owing to our abominable custom of going to London in the summer we are never in our gardens in the most enjoyable season of the year, when the plants are at their best, but see most of them in the winter. First, both for number and beauty, come the Pittosporums. I grow twenty varieties, all perfectly hardy except P, EHUGENIOIDES.—A fine plant of this, ten feet high, was killed to the ground in the long frost of 1895. The namesare P. Buchanani, P. Colensoi, P. coriaceum, P. crassifolium, P. erioloma, P. eugenioides, P. e. variegatum, P. floribundum, P. lucidum, P. tenuifolium, P. macrophyllum variegatum, P. Mayi, P. nigrescens, P. phillyreoides, P. Ralphu, P. rhombifolium, P. rigidum, P. Tobira variegatum, P. undulatum. Of these P. Colensoi is by far the most beautiful, both from its colour and its graceful habit. It sometimes loses a few inches of its topmost growths from severe frost, but it should be pruned over just before the spring, which improves it and keeps it dense. It is curious how little these Pittosporums are known or grown. We were honoured by a visit a couple of years ago from eighty members of 414 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. | the Royal Arboricultural Society of Scotland, and I do not think a dozen © of them had ever seen one before—at least they asked their names. (Figs. 108, 104.) P, MAYT is one of the most vigorous growers, and is very hardy; in fact, we put it in the most exposed places, where other things will not grow. It is not known from what country it comes, but I should think almost certainly from Australia or New Zealand. It is eighteen feet high with us, and fifty-seven feet in circumference. (Fig. 104.) LEPTOSPERMUM BULLATUM.—A graceful New Zealand plant with white flowers, growing to ten feet in height. L. STELLIGERUM and L. LAAVIGATUM grow to six feet high. JAMBOSA AUSTRALIS.—A very fine evergreen shrub from New South Wales. It is like a Myrtle, but the leaves are larger and stouter ; the colour is a darker green. The flowers are plentiful and pure white, succeeded by purple fruit. It is a fast-growing, vigorous shrub, and is never browned by frost or east winds lke the Myrtle. It is known in Australia as the Brush Cherry. LEUCOPOGON RICHEI.—A dwarf shrub from Australia bearing white flowers in spring: it does best in peat leaf soil and sand, and requires a sheltered position. Height three feet. ACACIA BAILEYANA.—tThe Silver Wattle tree. A most graceful tree of quick growth. It is considered one of the most beautiful trees in New South Wales. TECOMA AUSTRALIS.—A very elegant climber of neat habit. It bears a profusion of white and purple flowers. TRISTANIA CONFERTA.—The Brush Box of New South Wales, a dwarf shrub having curiously frilled white flowers. It grows best in peat and sand, and requires a warm position. OXYLOBIUM CALLISTACHYS.—A plant of upright habit bear- ing yellow flowers in terminal spikes. It grows five feet high. SOLLYA HETEHEROPHYLIA.—The Australian Bluebell creeper. It has ovate lanceolate leaves with tubular blue flowers. Thrives in peat and sand. MELALEUCA HYPERICIFOLIA.—An evergreen shrub from New South Wales. It has brilliant scarlet flowers in July, and is of a free-growing bushy habit. HUCALYPTUS.—I cannot do much with the Eucalyptus. Twenty- four years ago I planted nineteen varieties of them: of these I find that EK. coccifera, EL. cormgera, and EH. wrngera are quite hardy. The latter [ have fifty feet high, but most of them grow so fast that they are very liable to be blownover by storms. They require shelter to do any good, and this it is sometimes difficult to give. EMBOTHRIUM COCCINEUM.—When in flower few hardy plants can surpass this handsome evergreen in beauty. It is from South Ainerica, and bears masses of red flowers about midsummer. CALLISTEMON SPECIOSUS.—The Bottle Brush tree of West ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 415 Australia. Flowers in July and August. The flowers, which are plenti- ful, are said to be scarlet, but I think they are more of an Indian red. There is a fine tree in the garden at Tresco Abbey about twenty feet high, and when it is in full flower it is well worth a journey to the Scilly Isles to see. CORREA VIRENS.—A small evergreen from South Australia with greenish tube-shaped flowers, sometimes called the native Fuchsia, from its likeness to the blossoms of that flower. It flowers very freely here out of doors. CLIANTHUS DAMPIERI from Australia. A low-growing climb- ing plant with clusters of red flowers. It does best on a wall in peat, sand, and loam. LEPTOSPERMUM LAIVIGATUM.—A light graceful shrub from tropical Australia, called there the Sandstay, from its arresting drifting sand in the deserts. It flowers at midsummer and grows six or eight feet high. DRIMYS AROMATICA.—A small dark green compactly growing Tasmanian bush with white flowers. The leaves on being crushed have a strong and very pleasant aromatic perfume. ‘The fruit is used as a sub- stitute for pepper. GREVILLEA ROSMARINIFOLIA.—An evergreen shrub with greyish-green foliage from Tasmania. It has very bright crimson flowers in April. ASTER ARGOPHYLLUS.—tThe Musk plant of New South Wales, with grey green leaves and white flowers. The leaves when bruised have a very strong musky perfume. ATHROTAXIS LAXIFOLIA.—A very handsome and distinct Tasmanian evergreen tree, with small scale-lke leaves of a deep green colour. It is very rarely seen in gardens. ATHROTAXIS SELAGINOIDES.—From the same place. A larger tree of very dark-green colour, of stronger growth and more erect habit. With me it has attained the height of eighteen feet. ACACIA MELANOXYLON.—An evergreen from South-eastern Australia with yellow flowers in May. Known as the Blackwood tree. In its native country it attains a height of eighty feet. OZOTHAMNUS ROSMARINIFOLIUS.— An _ upright-growing greyish-green shrub from Australia. When it flowers (about midsummer) it resembles a mass of snow. It requires a sheltered position. CALLICOMA SHRRATIFOLIA.—A pretty evergreen shrub from New South Wales. It bears yellow flowers in June. From New Zealand I may mention about two dozen plants which do well out of doors with me :— PAGUS CLIFFORTIOIDES isa remarkably graceful evergreen tree from the South Island, where it grows to a height of fifty feet. It has very small heart-shaped leaves of a brownish colour, but the singular thing about it is that some of these turn to a brilliant scarlet, and being 416 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. scattered singly all over the tree produce a most curious and pretty effect. I imported this from New Zealand in a Wardian case some years ago, and I believe it is a rare tree in this country. It is about six feet high, and is very ornamental indeed. CORYNOCARPUS LALVIGATA, the Karaka of New Zealand.— It attains sixty feet in height; a very handsome tree with large glossy light green leaves and white flowers. The wood is used by the natives for their canoes. ENTELEA ARBORESCENS.—An ornamental shrub with ae heart-shaped leaves and erect spikes of white flowers. It requires a good rich loam. NOTOSPARTIUM CARMICHAELIA.—The New Zealand Pink Broom. When in flower, in August, few hardy plants surpass this in beauty. Last autumn it was a perfect sheet of bloom of a most brilliant mauve colour. It requires to be sheltered from strong winds, and if planted in peat, leaf soil, and loam soon becomes a good-sized bush about six feet high. OLEARIA HAASTII.—This is now common. It bears its white flowers in such profusion in autumn that it makes a very fine mass of colour. It is eight feet high and fifty-two feet round. A most vigorous orower. OLEARIA MACRODONTA has large and deeply indented leaves. It flowers so profusely at midsummer that the branches are bent down with the weight of the flowers. It is a very quick grower. OLEARIA STELLULATA.—From Tasmania. Flowers in spring ; has greyish leaves and Daisy-like flowers. OLEARIA FORSTERI.—A fine evergreen, with white flowers ; the leaves are a yellowish green. It grows to a height of ten feet, and is . often injured by frost. OLEARIA NUMMULARIFOLIA.—A dwarf variety with small yellowish-green leaves and white flowers. MYOSOTIDIUM NOBILE.—The New Zealand F orget-me-Not does well here in the open. The large glossy deep green leaves and . bright blue flowers which are borne in autumn are very handsome. PLAGIANTHUS LYALLII. A beautiful semi-evergreen shrub from New Zealand growing eight feet high. The flowers are white, with yellow stamens, and are borne in autumn. (Fig. 105.) EDWARDSIA GRANDIFLORA.—The New Zealand Laburnum is ten feet high, and the same in circumference. The flowers, which are in clusters, are bright yellow and very showy, in shape like a lobster’s claw. COROKIA COTONEASTER.—A dwarf bushy shrub, three feet high, with very small leaves and wiry stems; the flowers are bright yellow. It is deciduous, and in winter becomes a dense mass of a dark purple colour. It is very distinct, and quite unlike anything else in the garden. It should be by itself on the grass. Oe en a ree, mn NP ete ay ere Se Tee SD ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 417 ACIPHYLLA SQUARROSA, commonly known as the Bayonet plant, is another curious New Zealander. It is a mass of light green spikes, the points as sharp as needles. It sends up flower stems four to five feet high. | ARISTOTELIA RACHMOSA.—A very fast-growing tree with leaves six inches long and four across, of a yellowish-green colour above, the under side light purple. VITEX LITTORALIS.—An evergreen shrub with trifoliate leaves. The young shoots are liable to get blackened by frost. CORDYLINE INDIVISA VERA.—A splendid foliage plant, which has almost gone out of cultivation in this country. The leaves are over three feet long and four inches across, dark green above, with the midrib and secondary nerves bright orange, under leaf glaucous. I procured some seed from New Zealand, and my gardener was fortunate enough to raise sixteen plants; a thing which Mr. Burbidge informs me has not been done in Europe for the last forty years. Hitherto we have kept it under glass in winter, but I have now planted out several large plants per- manently. Iam unable as yet to say that it is hardy here; it is hardy at Scilly. LIBOCEDRUS DONIANA.—A small dense growing conifer with light green Selaginella-like foliage. The Senecios are dwarf shrubs from two to five feet in height, of fine light-coloured foliage. They make a good contrast when planted near eroups of darker evergreens ; they require a light well-drained soil. SENECIO FORSTERI.—An evergreen with white flowers and very bold deeply serrated leaves, of a green colour above and silvery white on the under side. It requires shelter. (Fig. 106.) SHENECIO GREYII.—A dwarf shrub with yellow flowers and silvery foliage, quite hardy here, and what gardeners call a good doer. Excellent on rocks. SENECIO ROTUNDIFOLIUS.—A strong-growing shrub with large handsome leaves of a dusty grey colour edged with white. It has a broad spreading habit of gowth and requires shelter. SHENECIO ELHAAGNIFOLIUS.—An upright strong-growing shrub, ten feet high, with leaves light green above and white underneath. SENECIO COMPACTUS.—A dwarf form, growing nearly two feet high, with grey leaves edged with white. The flowers are in clusters and bright yellow. PLAGIANTHUS BETULINUS.—The Ribbon tree of New Zealand, a very curious and graceful plant, having long slender pendulous branches. It is a very fast grower, and does well here. Height fourteen feet. HYMENANTHERA CRASSIFOLIA.—A low-growing and spread- ing shrub from New Zealand with leaves like the Dwarf Box, the flowers yellowish and insignificant. It has quantities of small white berries during the winter. : E 418 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. MUEHLENBECKIA COMPLEXA.—A twining climber from New Zealand with foliage very distinct both in shape and colour. It forms a dense prostrate bush, the flowers small, fruit transparent and waxlike. PSEUDOPANAX CRASSIFOLIUM.—A New Zealand shrub with thick fleshy leaves twenty inches long and half an inch broad, dark green in colour, with a midrib of bright orange. DACRYDIUM FRANKLINII.—The Huon Pine of Tasmania, a tree of pendent spreading habit with foliage of a dull green colour and very distinct appearance. It is said to grow to 100 feet in its native place. DACRYDIUM CUPRESSINUM requires a sheltered situation. From California I have about a dozen plants ; a very handsome one is Castanopsis chrysophylla, the Golden Chestnut: it grows thirty feet high in the Cascade Mountains ; with me it is rather a spreading bush, the ovate leaves are light green above, and the under sides are covered with bright yellow powder. Plant it if possible on a height, so that you can see the colour of the under leaf. UMBELLULARIA CALIFORNICA.—A very nice evergreen, _ valuable both for the beauty of its leaves and for their fragrance; when bruised they emit a most aromatic and powerful perfume. BERBERIS FREMONTII.—From the Southern States of America. A hardy evergreen shrub of very neat habit and delicate appearance. The leaves are of a glaucous blue colour: it is one of the handsomest and most distinct of the Berberis. It requires a light peaty soil, and it has but one fault—it is a terribly slow grower. ABIES CONCOLOR, var. ARIZONICA.—This is the latest in- troduction of the Abies. The bark is exactly like a Cork tree, but whiter in colour. The plants are so small one cannot say much about them as yet, but they appear like Abies concolor violacea. (Fig. 107.) PINUS TUBERCULATA.—A most singular Pine: it produces cones in clusters along the main trunk, as well as on the branches, and they remain on the tree for years before dropping. The foliage is bright green and six inches in length. CHANOTHUS CUNEATUS, from California, is a fast-growing shrub with small light-green leaves and clusters of pale blue flowers. It grows eight feet high. CHANOTHUS AZUREHUS.—From Mexico. Flowers early in summer. Height nine feet. CHANOTHUS GLOIRE DE VERSAILLES is a very fine variety. HETEROMELES ARBUTIFOLIA.—A synonym for Photinia, the Californian Maybush. A handsome small-growing evergreen with serrated leaves ; flowers white, petioles and young branches bright red. NUTTALLIA CERASIFORMIS.—The earliest plant in thejgarden. In February, often in deep snow, it begins to show its delicate pale green leaves. The flowers are small and white. It is very hardy, and will succeed in almost any soil or position. Fic. 106.—SENeEcto ForstTeERI. ‘9 ie Sy) _ Lovo Ercmna Ce Kia. 107.—ABIES CONCOLOR VIOLACEA. . 3 LoNooN Ercole Cd Fic. 108.— ABIES BRACTEATA,. Fic. 109.—Cupressus LAWSONIANA. ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 419 DESMODIUM ARGENTEUM.—A fast-growing deciduous shrub with silvery trifoliate foliage and long spikes of oo flowers. It is very distinct and handsome. ABIES BRACTEATA.—This stately Californian Fir does very well with me, though it is said to be difficult to grow in some places. It is a fast grower, making about twenty inches annually. A specimen fifteen years old is now twenty-three feet high and feathered down to the ground. The young growth has never been injured by spring frost. (Fig. 108.) ABIES AMABILIS.—A very fine Fir with dark green foliage, silvery underneath. | FRAXINUS VELUTINA, from Arizona, is a graceful quick-growing deciduous tree, only lately introduced. GARRYA THURETI.—A handsome dark-leaved evergreen, a hybrid from Garrya elliptica, a well-known Californian plant, generally erown on a wall. It has catkins ten inches long. Colour of leaves ereyish green. : From Chili we have fifteen good things. One of the best is Tricwspr- daria hexapetala, which is better known as Crinodendron Hookerianum. It erows to about five feet high, the foliage dark green, the flowers a rich crimson on long peduncles. This isa beautiful plant when in flower, and we used to keep it in the house in winter, being afraid of losing it; but we have had it in the open for many years now. It flowers regularly and is perfectly healthy. FABIANA IMBRICATA.—An erect evergreen Heath-lke shrub pro- ducing white flowers in June. It does best in a sheltered position. PHILESIA BUXIFOLIA.—A small dark-leaved shrub bearing flowers somewhat like Lapageria rosea. It should have peat and leaf soil, equal parts, in a damp shaded border. MITRARIA COCCINEA.—A dwarf evergreen shrub producing most brillant scarlet flowers in succession for several months; quite hardy ; it forces well. We always have some large plants in 12-inch pots to flower in the orangery in March. BERBERIDOPSIS CORALLINA.—A very pretty climbing ever- green. The flowers are crimson, in drooping racemes. EUCRYPHIA PINNATIFOLIA.— One of the finest of the autumn- flowering shrubs. It has a profusion of large pure-white flowers with yellow anthers. It grows to a height of eight feet here. ABUTILON VITIFOLIUM.—A quick-growing evergreen plant with large Vinelike leaves and light blue flowers. It is very showy during the summer, CESTRUM PARQUI.—A late autumn-flowering shrub ; the flowers in spikes, about six inches long, are of a creamy-white colour. HUGEHNIA UGNI.—A dwarf evergreen from South Chili with dark green leaves and edible purple fruit. LARDIZ ABALA BITERNATA.—A womwlerfully vigorous climber E 2 / 420 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. with very handsome large glossy dark green leaves and clusters of white and purple flowers. DESFONTAINIA SPINOSA.—A very fine evergreen, sometimes called the Chilian Holly, the leaves being very similar to the common Holly. It produces its flowers very freely from July well into November. They are tubular and of a crimson and yellow colour. The soil and climate here seem to suit it well. The largest plant is eleven feet high and fifty feet in circumference. It is planted in peat and loam. Young plants a foot or two high flower freely. It is most easily raised from cuttings. RHAPHITAMNUS CYANOCARPUS.—A distinct prickly ever- green shrub from Chili. The flowers are produced in May, and are of a beautiful pale blue colour. It has dark blue berries in autumn. It grows to a height of seven feet and must have shelter; if exposed to the east wind the bark is liable to crack, and then the branch withers and dies. Although I have had it out of doors five or six years, I should only call it half-hardy. PSORALEA GLANDULOSA is a tall-growing bush of open habit with bluish flowers borne in spikes nine inches long. It is fourteen feet high. It flowers in autumn and remains in flower for a long time. LIBOCEDRUS CHILENSIS.—A very fine and distinct evergreen tree ; the leaves, of a light glaucous green, are scale-formed and compressed. The whole effect of the tree is very delicate and graceful. It grows with me to about fifteen feet high. PODOCARPUS CHILIANA, better known as P. andina, the Plum Fir, is a distinct and beautiful evergreen conifer, the leaves being linear and flattened, dark green above and slightly glaucous beneath. It grows here to twenty-five feet high. From China I have nineteen plants worth noticing. GLYPTOSTROBUS (for TAXODIUM) HETEROPHYLLUS is a most beautiful and graceful deciduous shrub of pyramidal form, with light green folage, changing to yellowin autumn. It grows to ten feet in height in China; with me it is five feet high; and when in leaf it looks more like a huge Fern than a shrub. Mr. Veitch tells me he thinks that this is the rarest coniferous shrub in British gardens. More is the pity, for it is certainly one of the most beautiful. It is never injured by frost. SCHIZANDRA CHINENSIS.—A quick-growing wall climber, rather like Rhus Toxicodendron, whose leaves change to a most brilliant scarlet and yellow in autumn. ACTINIDIA KOLOMIKTA.—A very good twining plant with heart- shaped leaves, five inches long, which change in autumn to white and red. LARIX KABEMPFERI,.—A very fine Larch with leaves much larger and handsomer than the common one. In spring they are of a beautiful soft light green colour, and in autumn a golden yellow. I have a very old one which has a spreading habit, and is only eleven feet high, while its cir- cuimference is ninety feet. It is perhaps a layered plant. CHPHALOTAXUS FORTUNET.—-A fine bush about six or eight feet ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 421 high, with foliage like a Yew, only light green in colour. It bears great quantities of fruit something like an Olive but smaller. CUNNINGHAMIA SINENSIS.—A broad-leaved Fir which grows to 50 feet high; but in this country, unless it is placed in perfect shelter, the foliage becomes a rusty brown. It is hardly worth growing. MARLEA PLATANIFOLIA.—A fine-foliaged shrub of slow growth. Its fine Plane-like leaves render it one of the most effective of dwarf-growing shrubs., It requires shelter. TRACHELOSPERMUM JASMINOIDES (formerly called Rhyn- chospermum).—This is an old occupant of our stoves and greenhouses, but it does perfectly well in the open air if planted against a wall, producing in abundance its white sweet-scented Jasmine-like flowers during the summer. SPIRAIA CANTONIENSIS is a graceful bushy shrub, something like a Willow in habit, and having white flowers. It is a very quick erower and easily propagated. CEDRELA SINENSIS.—The Bastard Cedar. A fast-growing hand-. some tree. Its wood has an aromatic scent. CARYOPTERIS MASTACANTHUS. A free-flowering dwarf shrub of bushy habit. It grows four feet high. The flowers, which are borne on the points of the shoots, are blue. It is valuable on account of its flower- ing very late in the year. NANDINA DOMESTICA.—A very pretty shrub which is common both to China and Japan. It has white flowers and berries like Peas. It grows with me five feet high, and is not injured by frost. It is so pretty and distinct in appearance that every one should have it. The flowers are creamy-white. The newer variety, N. purpurea, is a decided acquisition. LAGHRSTROEMIA INDICA ALBA.—An upright-growing de- ciduous shrub, six feet in height, bearing in April spikes of pure-white flowers. fs ILLICIUM RELIGIOSUM.—A neat, compact, dwarf evergreen shrub of a light green colour. The seed is burnt as incense by the Chinese in their temples. It grows two feet high. I have had it planted out in peat, loam, and leaf soil, equal parts, for four years, and it appears to be quite hardy. It bears creamy-white flowers. CLERODENDRON FAITIDUM.—A dwarf shrub bearing large heads of rose-coloured flowers in August. LONICERA FRAGRANTISSIMA.—A spreading bush with light green leaves growing about four feet high and producing white sweet- smelling flowers in March. HOLBOELLIA LATIFOLIA.—A beautiful evergreen climber from China, with large leaves and sweet-scented flowers. XANTHOCERAS SORBIFOLIA.—A handsome shrub having white flowers blotched with purple, something like those of a Lilac. TRACHYCARPUS EXCELSUS, formerly known as Chamerops, 422, JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. comes from China and Japan. It is a very distinct, striking-looking Palm, and is quite hardy here, growing to about nine feet in height. SPIRAA ARGUTA (the Meadow Sweet).—A distinct and grace- ful variety producing long slender sprays of white flowers. From Mexico I have nine plants. The most remarkable are :— PINUS MONTEZUMA, named after the last of the Incas.—It is very striking in appearance from the size of the needles, which are ten inches long, of a bluish-green colour. It is a strong grower, making shoots from eighteen to twenty-four inches long, and as it is supposed to be delicate it is very difficult to get in this country; in fact, no nursery- _ tan seems to have it. When I first got it I nursed it very carefully, bringing it up under glass in the winter. I have had it out now for several years, and it seems to be as hardy as any other Pine. Mr. Veitch does not agree with this, as he says that “in the south and west of England it leads a struggling existence owing to the climate.”’ CHOISYA TERNATA.—A compact-growing shrub with smooth shining leaves of a bright green colour bearing white sweet-scented flowers in July. Planted against a wall it is quite hardy here, and grows to about eight feet high. When standing on the grass in the open, how- ever, it is affected by the cold in a severe winter, and turns yellow, but it recovers again next summer. I have never had it killed or permanently injured. ; SENECIO GIESBRECHTI.—A large-leaved plant of a deep green colour with handsome toothed or indented leaves and purple stem. MAURANDIA ERUBESCENS.—A climbing plant with light green leaves and rose-coloured bell-shaped flowers about two inches long. FURCRAA BEDINGHA USII.—A Yucca-like plant which re- quires a very dry sunny position. It is a strong grower and soon makes a handsome specimen. PINUS CEMBROIDES.—A Mexican Pine of dwarf bushy habit. It is quite hardy. It bears large edible seeds which are much used by the Indians. It does not succeed very well in this country. I have only two plants from Patagonia which are worth mentioning. ESCALLONIA PTEROCLADON.—A variety of an upright habit of growth and a free flowerer. It flowers twice a year, and after the spring flowering it should be cut hard back to shape it, otherwise it will grow loose and straggling. The flowers are small, of a pink and white colour. It grows here to a height of twelve feet. FITZROYA PATAGONICA.—A distinct and handsome conifer, with long weeping branchlets, of a deep-green colour. It requires occasional pruning to remove straggling branches. Height twelve feet. Ten plants from the Himalayas and Nepaul comprise :— BERBERIS NEPALENSIS.—A very handsome shrub of fine bold habit of growth, of a light colour and with serrated leaves. It is eight feet high. SARCOCOCCA HOOKERIANA.—A dwarf evergreen shrub from the Himalayas, with brilliant green leaves and pale yellow flowers. ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN, 423 NEILLIA THYRSIFLORA.—An upright deciduous shrub bearing racemes of white flowers early in summer. It is six feet high and comes from Nepaul. JUNIPERUS RECURVA.—A distinct-looking variety, of grey- green colour and pendulous habit. It is liable to the attacks of red spider, and should be therefore placed in a damp situation in a low sheltered part of the garden with a moist subsoil; it has grown here to a height of thirty-three feet, with a circumference of 100 feet. It isa fine thing, both on account of its colour and its habit. PICEA MORINDA, or SMITHIANA.—The Himalayan Spruce, a yery beautiful conical-growing tree having dense foliage of a light green colour ; the tassel-like branchlets, hanging vertically, give it a peculiarly eraceful appearance. It grows in Bhotan at an elevation of 10,000 feet. It is very vigorous and healthy in its growth here. ARUNDINARIA SPATHIFLORA.—A most graceful and beautiful Bamboo from the Western Himalayas, where it grows at a height of from 7,000 to 10,000 feet, its only drawback being that it is semi-deciduous. ARUNDINARIA FALCATA grows in the Himalayas up to 12,000 feet. . DIOSMA GRACILIS.—A compact upright shrub growing four feet high with white flowers and leaves like a heath. It flowers early in spring. The leaves when bruised have a most pleasant perfume. I had my doubts about this being hardy, but it has been out several years now. Large plants of it. It comes from the Cape. CESTRUM AURANTIACUM.—A pretty evergreen from Guatemala, » bearing orange flowers in August. BENTHAMIA FRAGIFERA.—A fast-growing evergreen shrub from Nepaul with pale green leaves. Very handsome when in fruit. CAMELLIA THEIFERA, the Tea plant, has been out here fou many years, but I cannot say that it grows vigorously. I don’t think it gets sun enough in our climate to do it justice. MARGYRICARPUS SETOSUS.—A_ dwarf-growing shrub from Peru with small white berries. It is best as a rock plant. AMORPHA FRUTICOSA.—A fast-growing shrub of upright habit from North Carolina. The flowers of a purple colour are borne in termina] spikes of about a foot long in July. AMORPHA CANESCENS.—Of a dwarfer habit. The flowers are of a bluish-purple colour. AZARA MICROPHYLLIA.—A fine evergreen shrub from Valdivia with small dark-green glossy leaves. The yellow flowers, which are pro- duced on the under side of the branches early in spring, have a strong spicy fragrance. Fifteen feet high. PIPTANTHUS NEPALENSIS.—A rampant-growing evergreen with yellow flowers. The seed pods are like the Laburnum. The seeds are fertile. MAGN OLIA CONSPICUA, the Yulan of China, is a fine tree with 424 + JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. a profusion of large white flowers in spring. Here it is seventeen feet high and sixty-four feet round. MAGNOLIA SOULANGEANA has flowers of a deep purple colour. It flowers later than WM. conspicua. MAGNOLIA TRIPETALA.—The Umbrella tree of Pennsylvania. Flowers white; leaves grow to large size; does best in deep moist soil. MAGNOLIA HYPOLEUCA, from Japan, has not flowered with me yet. The leaves are over a foot long, of a dark green colour and silvery underneath. MAGNOLIA STELLATA.—Also from Japan. Its flowers are snowy white. The flowers of all,the Magnolias are sweetly scented. INDIGOFERA GERARDIANA has graceful feathery foliage with pink flowers. It is the most hardy of the tribe. It comes from India. ESCALLONIA MONTEVIDENSIS.—A fine evergreen with leaves of a light green colour and pure-white flowers in clusters borne in October. Eight feet high and the same in diameter. Grows luxuriantly here. ESCALLONIA PHILLIPIANA.—A fine deciduous shrub from Valdivia with rich green leaves slightly serrated ; flowers white, in July. ESCALLONIA ORGANENSIS.—A beautiful evergreen, from the Organ Mountains, with dark green glossy leaves and pink flowers. Five to seven feet high. — LYONIA PANICULATA.—A dwarf deciduous shrub from North America, four feet high, bearing small white drooping flowers in the summer. LEMBOTROPIS SHSSILIFOLIA.—A slender flowering shrub from Southern Europe, with yellow flowers borne in May very profusely. CLETHRA ARBOREA.—A handsome evergreen from Madeira producing spikes of white flowers in September. It loses some of its leaves in the frost, but breaks out again in the next summer. BUPLEURUM FRUTESCENS.—A spreading evergreen bush with slender wiry shoots. It comes from Spain and flowers in autumn. ELAGAGNUS ANGUSTIFOLIA VARIEGATA.—A neat-growing bushy evergreen from South Europe with small green and white leaves ; very hardy. HLAVAGNUS FREDERICI.—A most distinct and brilliant varie- gated form, also quite hardy. GLEDITSCHIA TRIACANTHOS.—The Honey Locust of the Southern States of America. A medium-sized tree having fine Fern-like foliage. DEERINGIA CELOSIOIDES VARIEGATA is a very hand- some, loose-growing, variegated shrub from New South Wales. As a wall-climber it is very ornamental. VACCINIUM PENNSYLVANICUM.—The leaves turn to a brilliant scarlet in the autumn. ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 425 RHAMNUS CROCEA is a shrub from California having bright shining leaves and scarlet berries. WIDDRINGTONIA WHYTET from the Kilimanjaro Mountains, in Central Africa, is an upright-growing tree with foliage somewhat like a Larch. It is of too recent introduction to say much about it yet. AMPHIRHAPIS ALBESCENS.—A low spreading bush about four feet high with whitish purple flowers. The leaves have a strong, un- pleasant perfume when touched. ANDROMEDA CASSINEFOLIA.—A dwarf shrub from Northern Europe, one of the most lovely of all flowering plants that I know. It bears trusses of white flowers, exactly like Lily of the Valley, in May and June. It is deciduous. PICEA PUNGENS KOSTERI.—This is, I think, the best of the Piceas. Its foliage, of silvery blue colour, is more glaucous than any of the others I have seen. We grow thirty-nine varieties of Bamboos altogether, but they have been so admirably described by my friend Mr. Mitford in “The Bamboo Garden ”’ that any one who is interested in them has only to consult that work to find all the information that can be required. I cannot help saying, however, that the introduction of the Bamboo in quantity of late years, for which we are largely indebted to him, has been the very greatest addition to the beauty of our gardens that has occurred in my time. HIMALAYAN RHODODENDRONS are most valuable when planted out, because they flower so much earlier than the hybrids. The finest of all is undoubtedly R. NUTTALLII.—It is a very straggling grower and a shy flowerer, but for size, shape, and colour there is nothing to compare with its great yellow and white bells. Iwas told when in India that the reason it is so scarce is that it is not safe to go into the country it grows in fora European, and the authorities do not like to order natives to take the risk of doing so. It is a native of Bhotan. fh. FULGENS and Rk. BARBATUM are the best for brilliant scarlet and crimson colour: they flower in April. ft. NIVEUM, a bright mauve in colour, is also fine. It flowers at the same time. But perhaps the most useful of allis R. Thomsonit. It is twelve to fifteen feet high here, and the same in diameter. One plant had 335 trusses on it, with from five to eight flowers in a truss. Nothing can be finer than the bell shape of the flowers and their deep crimson colour. fi. Aucklandu, R. argenteum, R. campylocarpum, and R. campanulatum are good also. All these have been grown out of doors for the last twenty years, and have not suffered the least from frost. I have never been able to understand why some people write so violently against the practice of grafting Rhododendrons. I can only say that for many years we have grafted from 800 to 1,000 every year; that we have them now from six inches to fifteen feet high ; and that we find no fault with them what- ever. There is only one thing to remember, and that is to keep the place where the scion is inserted below the surface of the soil, so that the stock 426 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. may not shoot; but if it does, nothing is so easy as to rub the shoots off. Grafting is so much easier and quicker than layering, and so much more satisfactory in every way, that I don’t see how the two methods can be compared. THE INDIAN AZALEAS are most useful for making masses of brilliant colour out of doors: they were kept under glass for years, until they got too big for the houses ; then we tried them out, a few at a time; and as they were never injured, we have them now in quantity out of doors. They look best when planted in large loose clumps. They flower in May. ‘The following are the names of those we find quite hardy here. Azaiea ‘Duc de Nassau,’ A. indica alba, A. ‘ Criterion,’ A. Iveryana, A. ‘Stella,’ A.‘ Flag of Truce,’ A. ‘Madame de Verschafelt.’ The flowers are brighter in colour than when grown under glass. MENISPERMUM CANADENSE.—A deciduous and very curious wall climber. The leaves are blotched with white in a manner so exactly like the droppings of a bird that I was obliged to examine it closely before I was satisfied that this was not the case. CUPRESSUS BENTHAMT, a very elegant and fast-growing variety of upright and graceful habit, from Mexico. GENISTA PUNGENS, a handsome dwarf Broom. Early in spring it is quite covered with bright yellow flowers. HEDYSARUM MULTIJUGUM.—A straggling growing shrub from Mongolia with Pea-shaped purple flowers. FEIJOA SHELIOWIANA.—A new fruit tree from Brazil: it has only been lately introduced into our gardens. The fruit is like a small oblong Melon, and has a pulp of a pure-white colour which is deliciously scented, something like a Pine-Apple. ‘The flower is very pretty, the petals white and mauve, and the stamens a brilliant Turkey red. It is nearly five feet high, and has not flowered with me yet. As it does not flower in the South of France till late in the autumn, I should doubt whether it will be of much use here except under glass. Of the illustrations not noticed before, CUPRESSUS LAWSONIANA (fig. 109) is probably the best known and most universally popular conifer in British gardens. It comes from Mount Shasta, and was introduced by Messrs. Lawson in 1854. The plant in the illustration is one of those first sent out, and is now about sixty feet high. CUPRESSUS LAWSONIANA LUTEA (fig. 110).—A yellow variety of the above, and equally hardy. CUPRESSUS MACROCARPA LUTEA (fig. 111).—The original comes from Monterey in California; and this golden variety, from its rapid growth and brilliant yellow colour, is one of the very best of late introductions. Under favourable conditions its growth is so quick that it is liable to become top-heavy and to be blown over by a gale. ABIES NORDMANNIANA (fig. 112).—A most stately Pine from the Caucasus, introduced into our gardens about 1848. Although the particular specimen photographed is in perfect health, yet fully ninety 4 : Sa wa: x Aes pie ae le Fie. 110.—Curressus LAwsoNIANA LUTEA. a Th e* LoNoon ErcniNc Co Fic. 112.— Apres NoRDMANNIANA. ia. 113.—CUPRESSUS NOOTKATENSIS LUTEA. ORNAMENTAL TREES AND SHRUBS AT CASTLEWELLAN. 427 per cent. of this Pine have fallen victims to disease here; in fact, we have quite given up planting it on that account. 3 CUPRESSUS NOOTKATENSIS LUTEA (fig. 118).—The original was introduced about.1850 from Alaska, and is perhaps better known as Thujopsis borealis. This yellow form is a most desirable tree from its luxuriant growth, the young leaves changing from green to a greenish yellow. It is a garden variety introduced about seven years ago. I have now mentioned many of the most interesting of the plants which we find hardy in the garden here. Of course we cannot compete with Cornwall and the isles of Scilly, with their semi-tropical climate ; but for a garden which is 300 miles further north than Cornwall I think I may say that we can grow a fair number of half-hardy and tender plants. 428 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ON A DISEASE OF THE CARNATION CAUSED BY SEHPTORIA DIANTHI (DESM.). By Professor M. C. Porrrr, M.A., F.L.S. For the past four years I have had under continuous observation a leaf and stem disease of the Carnation, caused by Septoria Dianthi. As this fungus has not hitherto been recorded as occurring in Britain, a short note of the manner of attack would seem desirable. The Carnations affected by the disease were observed in an old garden in one of the moated houses to be found in Warwickshire. The moat, being always full of water, naturally insured a certain amount of humidity in the atmosphere, and provided suitable conditions for a con- A B N i y Fic. 114.—Leaves of Carnation attacked with Septoria Dianthi. _A, B, upper and lower surfaces of the same leaf. a, the only portion still remaining green; 0, the pycnidia. Nat. size. tinuance of the fungus. When I first noticed the Septoria it was impossible to trace the source from which the Carnations had been obtained or to gain any idea as to the length of time the disease had been prevalent in the locality. Apparently its presence had not been noted. The disease may be recognised by the discoloration of the affected parts, which are of a light straw colour and of a dull surface, without the ordinary glaucous appearance of the leaf. The discoloration is not confined to small patches, but extends from the point of attack towards the tip, along the whole surface of the leaf. The tissues also are much shrunken, and the leaf often curled longitudinally. (Fig. 114.) The =“ Te DISEASE OF THE CARNATION. 429 fungus is most commonly seen upon the older leaves, but it is by no means rare to find the younger and more vigorous leaves attacked as well as the leaves and nodes of the flowering stem. On the diseased areas, on both sides of the leaf, numerous small black pycnidia are present, plainly visible to the naked eye, and from these the spores escape by means of an apical pore. The pycnidia (fig. 115) vary in size, some measuring 200 » x 1404. They are embedded in the leaf, being formed in the respiratory cavity below a stoma, and are at first spherical, but as they mature they become flask-shaped; the apical pore then projects above the epidermis. The peridium of the \ Hh ae Lay on “aM “ “al Fic. 115.—Longitudinal section of a leaf of Carnation with pycnidium of Septoria Dianthi. The epidermis is not shown. Zeiss Obj. D, Oc. 4, paraffin sect. pycnidia is black, and composed of a layer of two or three cells in thick- ness, and immediately inside the peridium is a series of short parallel hyphe from which the spores are abstricted. The pycnidia have been observed at all seasons of the year. The spores (fig. 116) are colourless and very long, 32 « x 4°3 » when measured in water directly after issuing from the pycnidia, straight or slightly curved, and sometimes divided by a transverse septum. ‘hey issue from the pycnidia as a viscid mass, and are rapidly dispersed in water. The spores germinated readily in a hanging drop or on nutrient gelatine, protruding a long germ-tube. I have also followed the germina- tion upon a Carnation leaf. When the spore is sown in a drop of water on a young and vigorous Carnation leaf still attached to the plant, the germ-tube is similarly protruded, and has been observed to enter the leaf through a stoma. Fig. 116 represents a few cells of the epidermis stripped from a leaf twenty- four hours after sowing. ‘The spore has germinated and the germ-tube is seen entering the leaf through a stoma. At the spot where the spores are sown, the discolouration due to the action of the hyphx becomes apparent in about fourteen days, and gradually spreads in all directions, but more especially towards the apex of the leaf. Sections across the 430 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. area Of discolouration showed the hyphe ramifying in and among the cells, and the whole leaf between the apex and a little below the point of infection was permeated with the hyphe and killed. The pycnidia first appear some three weeks after sowing. I have frequently produced this disease at definite spots by artificial inoculation from the spore, the disease appearing only at the place where the spores have been sown. In rainy weather drops of water collect upon the leaves, especially at any bend of the surface and at the axils, and it is just at such places that the fungus is ordinarily to be found. Artificial infection can easily be effected by sowing the spores in a drop of water thus naturally ace ‘aaa ix a Fre. 116.—Cells from the epidermis of Carnation leaf upon which a spore has germinated. The germ-tube is seen entering a stoma. A, spores. Zeiss Obj. D, Oc. 4. collected upon the leaf. In young leaves, however, water will not readily lie upon the surface, but if the bloom is rubbed off by gently brushing with a wet camel-hair pencil a drop of water will then adhere to the leaf in which the spores can be sown. My infections were made, with material brought from Warwickshire, upon plants in my own greenhouse in Neweastle; and it is quite clear that the disease is very readily communicable from one plant to another. It has wrought considerable havoc in the old garden from which I first obtained my specimens, but so far I have not found it in any other locality in England. This fungus causes great damage to Carnations in North America, and is also known as a troublesome pest in Kurope (especially France, Italy, and Portugal), South Africa, and Australia. ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 481 ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE, KENSINGTON. JUNE 24 and 25, 1902. Tue Earl and Countess of LUchester had most kindly offered their beautiful gardens and park at Kensington High Street to the Society for a Rose Show, to be held on the two days immediately preceding the Coronation, and on the morning of Tuesday, June 24, everything promised a most successful gathering. The weather was simply perfect, and though _ it was a little early for the Roses, and the spring had been unfavourable, still there was no lack of the Queen of Flowers; and the other depart- ments of the Show, which included everything besides Roses, were full to overflowing with masses of glorious blooms, equalling, if not surpassing, those seen annually at the Society’s Show in the Inner Temple Gardens. The judging was carried through most smoothly and expeditiously. At 1.30 one hundred and ninety of the Council and Committees of the Society and the invited guests sat down to luncheon, and all was going merrily as a marriage bell, when, suddenly, a sort of chill swept through the whole assembly, and the sad news passed rapidly from mouth to mouth: “‘ The King is dangerously ill, and the Coronation is indefinitely postponed.’ It is impossible to describe the effect produced. It is true the sun still shone gloriously, and the flags still floated in the gentle breeze, but it seemed as if a sudden darkness and blight had fallen upon everything. People spoke with bated breath ; many hurried off immediately, being unwilling to join in anything partaking of a pleasure gathering, whilst they knew not from minute to minute whether the King were yet living or had passed away ; for the announcement of the serious operation necessary was quickly followed by a rumour that it had ended fatally, and everyone was sorrowing for and with the Queen our Patron. Happily, authentic word was soon brought from the Duke of Connaught, who was lunching at Holland House, that the worst reports were far from true, and that the King, although of necessity in imminent danger for some days to come, had passed through the operation even better than any had dared to hope, and was going on from hour to hour as well as the surgeons in attendance could desire. On receipt of this better news it was decided to go on with the Confer- ence and Show, but the whole life and enjoyment was gone from it, and it was impossible to prevent the Conference falling very flat, everyone’s hopes and fears and thoughts being centred in the suffering King. The attendance of visitors to the Show in the afternoon was of course very small, as it was also on the second day, notwithstanding that the more hopeful news was again confirmed in the early bulletins posted at the Palace. It was felt that when the head of the nation lay in such a critical condition it was not a time for revelling of any sort, even though it were Bi the innocent enjoyment of revelling in flowers. 2 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Fie. 117. Tuer Rr. Hon. tHe Earn or IncHESTER, MEMBER OF CoUNCIL. ? (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 4338 The Show must then be confessed to have been to some extent a failure, not in itself (far from it), but from the unavoidable circumstances that enveloped it. The following is a report of the Show and Conference :— JUDGES OF THE ROSES. Classes 3-6. Classes 15. C. E. Cant. | Rev. F. R. Burnside. A. Dickson. W. F. Cooling. A. Turner. Y Ge Paul Vaio. Classes 7, 8, 13. Classes 16, 17, 18. E. B. Lindsell. W. J. Jefferies. K. Mawley. Rey. F. Page-Roberts. J. H. Salter. | Chas. E. Shea. Classes 9-12. | Classes 19, 20, 21. F. Cant. J. Bateman. J. Harkness. H. P. Landon. A. E. Prince. | A. W. Paul. Classes 14, 23, 27. | Classes 22, 24. J. Burrell. R. Irwin Lynch. O. G. Orpen. Mrs. Mawley. A. Tate. : Miss Willmott, V.M.H. Classes 25, 26. Rey. A. Foster-Melliar. G. Nicholson, V.M.H. Rey. J. H. Pemberton. Mrxep VARIETIES. Class 3.—24 single blooms, distinct. Amatewrs. First Prize, Silver Cup, presented by the Rt. Hon. the Earl of Ilchester ; Second, £3. 1. A. Hill Gray, Esq., Beaulieu, Newbridge Hill, Bath. Class 4.—12 single blooms, distinct. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver Cup; Second, £1. 10s. 1. Rey. F. R. Burnside, Gt. Stambridge Rectory, Rochford. Class 5.—6 single blooms, distinct. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1; Second, £1; Third, 10s. 1. T. B. Gabriel, Esq., Elmstead, Woking. 2. R. W. Bowyer, Esq., Hertford Heath, Hertford. 3. G. W. Cook, Esq., Muswell Hill Road, Highgate, N. Class 6.—6 single blooms of any one variety of H.P., H.T., or H.B. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1; Second, £1. No awards. F “a ~ - ee CE i hi (aumpnoywoy fo puso) ‘ASAOFT ANVTIOFT JO LNOUT ISV GAT,—'STT “PT Rover etre Peer ere mH H eS — oO io) nN 4 < jae =) al ra =) a an H faa} eo) aa 4 —< be o) sa i) a0] BH = io) | Bs 6 7, io =) © & 434 a a eT ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 485 Class 7.—48 single blooms, distinct. Open. First Prize, Silver.Cup; Second, Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 1. Messrs. Frank Cant & Co., Braiswick Nursery, Colchester. 2. Messrs. D. Prior & Son, Myland Nursery, Colchester. Class 8.—24 single blooms, distinct. Open. First Prize, Silver cup; Second, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 1. Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, Berks. 2. Messrs. R. Harkness & Co., Hitchin. TEAS AND NOISETTES. Class 9.—18 single blooms, not less than 12 varieties or more than 2 trusses of any one variety. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver Cup and Veitch Memorial Medal; Second, £2. 1. A. Hill Gray, Esq., Newbridge Hill, Bath. Class 10.—12 single blooms, not less than 9 varieties or more than 2 trusses of any one variety. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver Cup; Second, £1. 10s. No competition. Class 11.—6 single blooms, not less than 4 varieties. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1; Second, £1. 1. T. B. Gabriel, Esq., Elmstead, Woking. 2. R. W. Bowyer, Esq., Hertford Heath, Hertford. Class 12.—6 single blooms of any one variety. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal and £1; Second, £1. 1. A. Hill Gray, Esq., Newbridge Hill, Bath. Class 18.—18 single blooms, distinct. Open. First Prize, Silver Cup; Second, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 1. Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, Berks. 2. Messrs. D. Prior & Son, Colchester. OTHER Rosss. Class 14,--36 bunches (consisting of not less than 5 trusses of each) of Garden Roses, distinct. Including China, Moss, Polyantha, Provence, and other summer-flowering Roses and their hybrids, and all those mentioned in the National Rose Society’s ‘Catalogue of Garden Roses,” and also all Teas and Noisettes not included in the National Rose Society’s List of exhibition Roses ;”’ all Singles, however, excluded. To be staged in 36 glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Open. - First Prize, Silver Cup, presented by SHouto Harz, Esq. Second, Silver-gilt Flora Medal; Third, Silver Flora Medal. 1. Messrs. Frank Cant & Co., Braiswick Nursery, Colchester. 2. Messrs. G. Cooling & Son, Batheaston Nurseries, Bath. 3. Messrs. B. R. Cant & Sons, The Old Rose Gardens, Colchester. Class 15.—18 bunches in not less than 12 varieties (consisting of not less than 5 trusses of each) of Garden Roses, distinct, including China, FY ee ee ee JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 436 SR 6 en eS — %, o oe ee 2 ee ’ - - ‘ Liege OS : 2 tres (U0) SLaUepAv) *ASMOFT ANYTIOF[T—GIT “PIT « ’ pe ae eae Ae ar ue ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 437 Moss, Polyantha, Provence, and other summer-flowering Roses and their hybrids and all those mentioned in the National Rose Society’s “ Cata- logue of Garden Roses,” and also all Teas and Noisettes not included in the National Rose Society’s List of Exhibition Roses ;”’ all Singles, however, excluded. To be staged in 18 glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Amateurs. First Prize, Silver Cup and Veitch Memorial Medal; Second, £2. 1. O. G. Orpen, Esq., Hillside, West Bergholt, Colchester. Class 16.—9 bunches (consisting of not less than 3 trusses of each) of Rugosa varieties and its hybrids, distinct. To be staged in 12 glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Open. First Prize, Silver Flora medal; Second, Silver Banksian Medal. 1. Messrs. G. Cooling & Sons, Bath. Class 17.—6 bunches (consisting of not less than 3 trusses of each) of Bourbon varieties and their hybrids, distinct. To be staged in 6 glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water ; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Open. First Prize, Silver Flora Medal; Second, Silver Banskian Medal. No awards. Class 18.—9 bunches in not less than six varieties (consisting of not less than 5 trusses of each) of Sweet Briar varieties and its hybrids. To be staged in nine glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Open. First Prize, Silver-gilt Flora Medal; Second, Silver Flora Medal. 1. Messrs. B. R. Cant & Sons, Colchester. 2. Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, Berks. Class 19.—12 bunches (consisting of not less than 5 trusses of each) of Single Roses, distinct. To be staged in 12 glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water ; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Single Roses have only one row of petals. Open. First Prize, Silver Flora Medal; Second, Silver Banksian Medal. 1. Messrs. B. R. Cant & Sons, Colchester. 2. Messrs. G. Cooling & Son, Bath. Class 20.—9 bunches (consisting of not less than 5 trusses of each) of Chinas and their hybrids, distinct. To be staged in nine glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water ; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Open. First Prize, Silver-gilt Flora Medal; Second, Silver Flora Medal. 1. Messrs. Frank Cant & Co., Colchester. Class 21.—12 bunches (consisting of not less than 5 trusses of each, not disbudded) of hybrid Teas according to National Rose Society’s list, distinct. To be staged in 12 glasses or jars not exceeding 3 inches JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 438 fy nee 4 | NI i et a le oie (a791w0LY O S4aWapLVP) ee ee ‘ASNOFT ANVTTIOFT TO WANUOD V—0ZI ‘OL l | : / ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 439 diameter at the top; all stems to reach the water; each variety in a separate glass or jar. Open. First Prize, Silver Flora Medal ; Second, Silver Banksian Medal. No competition. Class 22.—Collection of Species staged as far as possible in bunches of 5 trusses of each as above, but the 5 trusses not actually obligatory. Open. First Prize, Silver Cup: Second, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 2. Messrs. Paul & Son, The Old Nurseries, Cheshunt. Class 23.—New Roses of any Class not yet put into commerce ; not less than 3 blooms or trusses of each. Open. The National Rose Society offers a Gold Medal in this Class ; other Medals or Certificates according to merit. Gold Medal, Messrs. Frank Cant & Co., Colchester, for H.T. ‘Lady Roberts.’ Gold Medal, Messrs. Paul & Son, Cheshunt, for Weeping Rugosa alba. Class 24,.—A bowl or vase of Roses ranged for effect. Rose foliage only to be used. Wire supports allowed, but the less they are in evidence the greater the merit of the arrangement. Amatewrs. First Prize, £2; Second Prize, £1. 10s. 1. O. G. Orpen, Esq., West Bergholt, Colchester. 2. Miss B. Langton, Raymead, Hendon. Class 25.—A representative Group of Roses placed on the ground (inverted pots &c. may be used as usual for elevating separate plants) in a space not exceeding 400 square feet, including as far as possible H.P.’s, Teas, Noisettes, H.T.’s, Bourbons, Chinas, Garden, Climbing and Moss Roses, Species and Hybrids, in pots, or cut flowers in plain glasses, vases, or jars, and not in exhibition boxes. The foliage used with cut blooms must be that of the variety itself and no other, but Ferns, Palms, Grasses, &c., in pots, may be used as edging and background. Open. First Prize, R.H.S. Gold Medal and £10 Silver Cup, presented by the National Rose Society ; Second, Gold Medal ; Third, Silver-gilt Flora Medal. 1. Mr. Chas. Turner, Royal Nurseries, Slough. 2. Messrs. Paul & Son, The Old Nurseries, Cheshunt. Class 26.—As in Class 25, but in space not exceeding 200 square feet. First Prize, R.H.S. Silver-gilt Medal and £5 Silver Cup presented by the National Rose Society ; Second, Silver Cup ; Third, Silver-gilt Banksian Medal. 1 Mr. G. Prince, Longworth, Berks. Class 27.—24 Climbing or Pillar Roses in bloom in not less than 12 varieties,jor more than 2 plants of any one variety; exhibited in pots to show character and habit. Ovyen. First Prize, Silver Cup; Second, Silver-gilt Flora Medal. No competition. LTURAL SOCIETY. r ; JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICU 440 ( ainyynay opT fo you . nor ) C ISQOF]T AINVTTIOFT aduyy) HOLAgG aHT— Tél ‘DLT ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE, 441 JUDGES OF PLANTS OTHER THAN ROSES. ORCHIDS. | Rev. G. Engleheart, V.M.H. Messrs. H. J. Chapman. Mr. C. EK. Pearson. Jas. Douglas, V.M.H. J. Gurney Fowler. FoutaAGE PLANTS. H. Little. Messrs. W. Bain. FRUIT AND VEGETABLES. C. R. Fielder. Messrs. T. Challis. | J. Hudson, V.M.H. W. Crump, V.M.H. R. Wilson Ker. G. Norman, V.M.H. ee eee | FLOWERING PLANTS. GROUPS IN OPEN AIR. | Messrs. bi Eee Messrs. John Jennings. EE: J. McLeod. | og: ee H. B. May. Jas. Smith, V.M.H. | MISCELLANEOUS. HERBACEOUS Rock PLANTS AND | Messrs. C. Dixon. ALPINES. | K. Molyneux, V.M.H. Messrs. E. Beckett. | J. W. Odell. W. H. Divers. | Owen Thomas, V.M.H. AWARDS GIVEN BY THE COUNCIL AFTER CONSULTATION WITH THE JUDGES. The order in which the names are entered under the several medals and cups has no reference whatever to merit, but is purely accidental. The awards given on the recommendation of the Fruit, Floral, and Orchid Committees will be found under their respective reports. Gold Medal. To Martin R. Smith, Esq., Hayes (gr. Mr. C. Blick), for Carnations. To Messrs. Sander & Sons, St. Albans, for Orchids, new and rare plants. To Messrs. J. Veitch & Sons, Ltd., Chelsea, for greenhouse plants, Bamboos, and Aquilegias. To Mr. James Cypher, Cheltenham, for decorative plants. To Messrs. B. R. Davis & Sons, Yeovil, for Begonias, To Messrs. T. Rivers & Son, Sawbridgeworth, for fruit trees in pots. To Messrs. R. Wallace & Co., Colchester, for Lilies, Peeonies, Calochorti, and Irises. To Messrs. W. Cutbush & Sons, Highgate, for flowering plants and clipped trees. Silver Cup. To Sir F. Wigan, Bart., East Sheen (gr. Mr. W. H. Young), for Orchids. To Messrs. Cannell & Sons, Swanley, for Cannas and Aquilegias. To Messrs. Barr & Sons, Covent Garden, for hardy flowers and pigmy trees. (a701U0.1YD (SHOUdPLDY)) ‘aSQOF, AINYTTIOF ‘NEGIVS) ASHNVdV(? NI HOalUgq— ZZ “Sy va H ea} i oO Oo 72) 4 =< — =) EH = a) oO H H falar © jaa) _ < 4 oe) on 4 es) H Fy © = =< Z em a) eo) = 442 ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 4438 To Messrs. J. Carter & Co., High Holborn, for Gloxinias and vegetables. To Messrs. Fisher, Son, & Sibray, Ltd., Sheffield, for stove and green- house plants. To Messrs. J. Hill & Son, Lower Edmonton, for Ferns. To Messrs. G. Bunyard & Co., Maidstone, for fruit trees in pots and cut flowers. To Messrs. J. Charlesworth & Co., Bradford, for Orchids. To Messrs. J. Cheal & Sons, Crawley, for flowering shrubs. To Mr. Amos Perry, Winchmore Hill, for hardy flowers and aquatics. To Messrs. J. Waterer & Son, Bagshot, for Rhododendrons and Kalmias. To Messrs. Blackmore & Langdon, Tiverton-on-Avon, for Begonias. To Messrs. Dobbie & Co., Rothesay, for Pansies and Aquilegias. To Messrs. T. Cripps & Son, Tunbridge Wells, for Japanese Maples. Silver-gilt Flora Medal. To Jeremiah Colman, Esq., Reigate (gr. Mr. Bound), for Orchids and stove plants. To Messrs. J. Laing & Sons, Forest Hill, S.E., for miscellaneous plants and shrubs. To H. B. May, Esq., Upper Edmonton, for Ferns and flowering plants. To Mr. John Russell, Richmond, Surrey, for hardy trees and shrubs. To Messrs. H. Low & Co., Bush Hill Park, Enfield, for Orchids and miscellaneous plants. To Messrs. W. Fromow & Sons, for Japanese Maples and Liliums. To Mr. M. Prichard, Christchurch, Hants, for hardy flowers. To Messrs. J. Cowan & Co., Gateacre, Liverpool, for Orchids. To Messrs. Stanley Ashton & Co., Southgate, for Orchids. To Messrs. Sutton & Sons, Reading, for Gloxinias. Silver-gilt Knightian Medal. To Mr. §. Mortimer, Farnham, Surrey, for Tomatos, Melons, and Cucumbers. Silver Flora Medal. To Messrs. J. Peed & Sons, Norwood Road, 8.E., for Gloxinias and Begonias. To Messrs. Kelway & Son, Langport, for Peonies and Delphiniums. To Messrs. Jones & Son, Shrewsbury, for Irises and Sweet Peas. To Messrs. G. Jackman & Son, Woking, for herbaceous and Alpine plants. To Messrs. T. 8. Ware, Ltd., Feltham, for herbaceous and Alpine plants. To Messrs. Reamsbottom & Co., King’s Co., Ireland, for Anemones. To Messrs. B. 8. Williams & Son, Upper Holloway, for hardy flowers. Silver Banksian Medal. To Messrs. Paul & Son, Cheshunt, for herbaceous flowers. To Mr. H. J. Jones, Lewisham, for Begonias and Pelargoniums. To Mr. R. C. Notcutt, Woodbridge, for Arctotis grandis. To Mr. A. W. Wade, Colchester, for hardy flowers. 444 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) Fic. 123.—JapANESE GARDEN, HonuAnp Hovse. ee ee ee ee ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 445 To Mr. W. Iceton, Putney, for Lilies of the Valley and flowering plants. To Mr. C. Aubrey Watts, 30 Mark Lane, E.C., for Lilies and Sweet Peas. To Mr. W. J. Godfrey, Exmouth, for Oriental Poppies. To Percy Waterer, Esq., Fawkham, Kent, for Sweet Peas. To Mr. R. Sydenham, Tenby Street, Birmingham, for Sweet Peas. THE CONFERENCE ON ROSES. The following was the programme for the Conference :— 1. Opening Address, by the Very Rev. the Dean of Rochester, V.M.H. 2. Professor M. J. Gérome, of Versailles, on “ M. Crépin’s Arrangement of the Genus Rosa.” 3. Mr. J. G. Baker, F.R.S., V.M.H., on “ Two very distinct New Roses from the South-West United States.” 4. Monsieur Viviand-Morel, of Lyons, on ‘The Production of New Hybrid Roses.”’ 5. Miss Anne Dorrance, F.R.H.S., of Dorranceton, U.S.A., on “ Rose Forcing in America.’ 6. Monsieur Maurice de Vilmorin, F.R.H.S., Paris, on ‘‘ Wild Asiatic Roses.”’ 7. Miss Jekyll, V.M.H., on ‘“ The Beautiful Use of Roses in Gardens.”’ 8. Mr. Wm. Paul, V.M.H., on “ Ever-blooming Roses for Garden Decoration.”’ 9. Mr. George Nicholson, V.M.H., on “ Recently Discovered Chinese Roses.”’ 10. Mr. Edward Mawley, V.M.H., on ‘“ The Sensitiveness of Cultivated Roses to Changes of Weather.” 11. Rey. J. H. Pemberton, M.A., on “ Hybrid Teas.” 12. Mr. George Paul, J.P., V.M.H., on ‘“ Exhibition Roses.’ 13. Mr. Frank Cant, F.R.H.S., on “ Decorative Tea Flowering Roses and how to grow them.” 14. Mr. George Mount, F.R.H.S., on “ The Cultivation of Rasen under Glass.”’ 15. Mr. James Hudson, V.M.H., on “ Roses in and about London.”’ 16. Mr. Alex. Dickson, F.R.H.§S., on “ Hybrid Teas.” 17. Mr. Osmond G. Orpen, F’.R.H.8., on “ Tea Rose Trifles.”’ The following Rosarians had also been invited to take part in the pro- ceedings, and we were glad to see several of them present. Professor L. Bailey, Cornell University, U.S.A. Professor Francois Crépin, Brussels. Professor Sergeant, U.S.A. Monsieur J. Gravereaux, L’ Hay, Paris. Mr. C. E. Cant. Mr. W. F. Cooling. Rev. H. Honywood D’ombrain, M.A., V.M.H. Rev. A. Foster-Melliar, M.A. Mr. George Gordon, V.M.H. Mr. W. Botting Hemsley, F.R.S. Dr. Henry. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 446 ii a ROSE SHOW AND CONFERENCE HELD AT HOLLAND HOUSE. 447 Sir George King, K.C.1.E., F.R.S., V.M.H. Mr. E. B. Lindsell. Dr. Maxwell T. Masters, F.R.S. Rey. F. Page-Roberts, M.A. Mr. A. E. Prince. Mr. A. Tate. Miss Willmott, V.M.H. In opening the Conference the Very Reverend the Dean of Rochester, President of the National Rose Society, said :— My lords, ladies, and gentlemen, by an opportune and happy arrange- ment, for which we are indebted to the Royal Horticultural Society, the Fig. 125.—TuHr Very Rev. 8S. Reynotps Hour, D.D., DEAN or RocHesteER. (Journal of Horticulture.) Queen of Flowers, with her lovely ladies in waiting and chief officers of her court, has come to London in honour of the Coronation of the Queen of England. ‘here is a charming resemblance between these royal sisters—both beautiful and alike beloved. None doubt their royal supremacy. I can just remember a time when the Champion of England rode forth and threw down his glove as a challenge to all comers who should deny the claims of the rightful heir to the throne. In this case either Queen is ‘ monarch of all she surveys ; her right there is none to dispute.”” For a combination of all that is excellent in a fower—form, colour, and fragrance—the Rose “ brooks no rival near her throne.’’ She receives universal homage. I know that the King himself has ordered many thousand plants of one variety, ‘ Hermosa,’ for the royal garden 448 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. at Windsor, and from peer to peasant, millionaire to mechanic, she reigns in loving hearts. Hewers of wood and drawers of water grow Roses in perfection as well as the lord of the forest and the lady of the lake. She is as bountiful as beautiful, and no other flower competes with her in abundance or endur- ance. Hasily forced under glass, we have Roses al fresco from May to December. I have been credibly informed that on more than one occa- sion at Christmastide the royal table at Sandringham has been decorated with the Rose of which I have spoken, ‘ Hermosa,’ gathered in the open ground. And where shall we find such variety in form, from ‘ Perle d’Or’ to ‘Paul Néron,’ ‘Cécile’ to ‘Ulrich Brunner,’ ‘ Aglaia’ to ‘ Maréchal Niel,’ or in colour from ‘ Niphetos’ to ‘ Prince Camille de Rohan ’ ? You will forgive my enthusiasm. I could not say less, and 1 must not now say more, because we are met, not for Mere verbiage, the tinsel clink Of compliment, for eulogies and admirations of our queen, but that we may extend her dominions and offer her a more intelligent and worthy service. We have before us a programme for which we have again to thank the Royal Horti- cultural Society, and which seems to be exhaustive, on those subjects which are most deeply interesting to us who love the Rose, and they give us information from those experts who are most capable of instructing us on the genealogy, the habits, and successful culture of the flower. You have the list before you, and I need hardly remind you that it includes the names of those rosarians who have been our chief benefactors in the introduction of new Roses and in their cultivation under glass and in the garden. I must no longer detain you. As Chaplain-in-Ordinary to our (Queen I have said grace before meat. Let us enjoy the feast. ‘“ May good digestion wait on appetite, and health on both.” ON M. CREPIN’S CLASSIFICATION, 449 ESSAY UPON A SYNOPTIC TABLE OF THE SECTIONS OF THE GENUS ROSA ACCORDING TO THE CLASSIFICATION OF M. GCREPIN. By M. J. Gérome, Professor of the Ecole Nationale d’ Horticulture, Versailles. , For convenience of study the multitude of botanical species of Roses have been divided into a certain number of sections, more or less distinct. The number of these sections, their limitations, and the species included in each have varied according to the point of view adopted in the classifica- tion by different botanists, and also according to the nature and value of the original characteristics which they have taken as the basis of their method and system. The species cultivated in gardens belong to almost all the sections of the genus ; it is therefore desirable that the horticulturist should be able to see his way without much trouble amongst this genus, the complete study of which is very difficult. Amongst the best known classifications, the most recent are those of Mr. Baker and M. Crépin, the latter being the most generally adopted. That of Mr. Baker, of the Kew Herbarium, was published in the Gardener's’ Chronicle, Vol. xxiv. p. 199. His work includes an analytical key of the groups and an enumeration of the species and subspecies. The classification made by M. Crépin, Director of the Botanical Gardens at Brussels, was published in 1889 in the Journat of the Royal Horticultural Society, Vol. xi. p. 217, and it has since been republished with certain modifications in the Jowrnal des Roses, 1891, but in neither publication does M. Crépin give an analytical key or a synoptical table of the sections, both of which are really necessary to enable the reader to notice quickly the characters common to certain groups as well as those which are peculiar to each. This omission I endeavoured to supply for the use of the students at Versailles, and it may be of sufficient interest to include it in the Conference Report. Before giving this synoptical table it will be as well to notice the cha- racters on which Mr. Baker bases his classification. They are :— 1. The leaves: from the point of view of their form (simple or com- pound) and of the greater or lesser number of leaflets. 2. The stipules: whether present or absent. 3. The styles: whether combined in a column and prolonged beyond the dise, or free amongst themselves and not prolonged beyond the dise. 4, The stipules: their different conditions, almost free and quickly falling, or adnate (7.e. to the petiole) above the middle, persistent, &c. 5. The thorns: with regard to their position, whether in pairs at the base of the leaves, or scattered and numerous, passing gradually into very small thorns and bristles, or scattered and comparatively few and of the same size. Also with regard to their very different shapes, long and thin, short and thick, straight, hooked, or bent. G 450 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 6. The fruit: whether hairy or glabrous. 7. The leaves : whether wrinkled or leathery or glandulous, or not pre- senting any of these characters. The majority of these characteristics have also been employed by M. Crépin, but he has in addition made use of certain other very impor- tant ones, derived from the reproductive organs, which modify Mr. Baker’s classification considerably. The new points which M. Crépin has taken into account besides the preceding are :— 1. The method of the insertion of the ovaries upon the receptacle. 2. The size of the dise (the circular portion, flat or conical, situated round the orifice of the receptacle and extending as far as the base of the sepals). 3. In the group of Roses with free styles M. Crépin distinguishes between those whose styles project above the disc and those which are enclosed (the stigmas overlapping the orifice of the receptacle). 4, The position of the sepals aprés l’anthése (that is to say, after the opening of the corolla) ; they may be reflexed, horizontal, or erect ; their duration, whether they fall or remain adhering to the receptacle which they crown. 5. The number of the leaflets of the average-sized leaves of the flowering branches. 6. The shape of the flowers and of their bracts. 7. In one particular species the type is tetramerous : that is to say that there are four parts to the calyx and the corolla, whilst there are five in all the others, the flowers being pentamerous. A glance at these different characteristics easily shows that the two classifications of Mr. Baker and M. Crépin are very different, and that the latter has taken into consideration those parts of the flower and fruit which are less likely to vary. The following table is made for the purpose of showing M. Crépin’s classification in such a way that eye and mind alike may grasp it both as a whole and in detail, and be able to judge rapidly of the resemblances and differences of the various sections. In every case this arrangement proves that in order to arrive at a eorrect decision one must first of all know what are the most important characteristics of the group which should be investigated, and also arrange them in the order of their relative importance. As will be seen from examining the table, I have only had in view the determination of the sections of the genus fosa, for a table of the species would have entailed a work of such dimensions as only a ‘“rhodologue”’ could make ; it is to be hoped that such a work, limited to Roses of interest to gardeners, may soon be published, as it would be of creat assistance to both amateurs and professionals. The species used as examples in each section are those most com- monly grown ; it is by no means intended to be a complete list, such as might be found in more extensive works. A word of explanation may be useful here on the subject of the arrangement of the sections into two groups of unequal importance, the one containing ten sections, the other only six. ON M. CREPIN’S CLASSIFICATION. 451 Sections I. to X., which are bracketed together, may be considered as consisting of Roses which display the normal characteristics of the genus, whilst Sections XI. to X VI. consist of those which separate them- selves from ordinary Roses by distinguishing characteristics. It will be noticed that Section XI. consists of one species having tetramerous a ||| | H Sag 4) he We Fic. 126.—Witp Form or Rosa r1npica. (Gardeners? Chronicle.) flowers ; in the others, the number of the leaflets (of the average-sized leaves in the majority of Roses not exceeding from five to seven) is either decreased to three leaflets, as in Section XIV., or increased from seven to nine in Sections XII. and XIII., and from eleven to fifteen in Section XV. Section XVI. consists of a simple leaf, quite exceptional in the genus, and having no stipules. Some of these Roses are still further distinguished by the size of the disc, and by the manner in which the ovaries are inserted in the receptacle. G2 452 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. In concluding this note it will be of service to summarise in what the classification of Mr. Baker differs from that of M. Crépin with regard to the allocation of the species to the different sections. To begin with, Mr. Baker includes in a single section, under the name Systyle, Sections I. and II. of M. Crépin. From a horticultural point of view this is of no great importance, as Rosa stylosa is almost destitute of ornamental interest. Mr. Baker places M. Crépin’s Section III. (the Teas and Bengals) with the Canine, because he has taken no account of the free exserted styles which are distinctive of Rosa indica (fig. 126) and R. semperflorens, whereas the Dog Roses have free icluded styles. He couples R. levigata with R. Banksie, whereas it differs from the latter in having leaves composed of three leaflets, and its sepals erect instead of reflexed. Mr. Baker’s group of Viliose is merged by M. Crépin with the Canine, the only difference being that the thorns are stronger, which is a characteristic of little moment. Amongst the Cinnamomee Mr. Baker has included the types which M. €répin has used in making the following distinct sections : 1. The Caroline (Section VII.), whose sepals are horizontal instead of being erect. 2. The Microphylle (Section XV.), on account of the ovaries being always inserted on a mound at the bottom of the receptacle. 83. The Sericeg, on account of their tetramerous flowers. On the other hand, many species placed by Mr. Baker among the Pimpwellifolie are transferred by M. Crépin to the Cinnamomee (Section VIII.). Those which are described as of these two groups are very distinct on account of their thorns and their inflorescence. Mr. Baker has included the yellow Roses (lutea and sulphwrea) with the Rubiginose, from which they differ both in their colour and in having their sepals erect instead of reflexed. MA . aa : 3 ( \\ mY) i) 1st GROUP. ON M. CREPIN’S CLASSIFICATION, 453 Synoptic TABLE OF THE SECTIONS OF THE GENUS ‘ Rosa. Styles coherent Inflorescence often many-flowered ; stems sarmentous, climbing, or ? . exserted above the Sy ge : atta’ * I. Synstyle. dise in a slender Examples: R. arvensis, sempervirens, moschata, multiflora, column about the anemonefiora, Lucie, Wichuraiana, Watsoniana, setigera. same length as the | Inflorescence generally few-flowered ; stems slightly sarmentous. interior stamens. Example: R. stylosa. Il. Stylose. Exserted above the disc, about half the length of the interior stamens; sepals reflexed; inflorescence generally several-flowered . III. Indice. Examples: R. indica (Tea Roses), semperflorens (Bengal). cj . . . =e 4 { Inflorescence many-flowered in a false umbel; stipules free, — . tee 2 caducous; sepals caducous before the maturity of the recep- ls| ic tacle Maes IV. Banksie. iS ias 2 Example: R. Banksie. z “ / Inflorescence one-, rarely several-flowered ; stipules adnate, the upper - not dilated; thorns intermixed with prickles and pedicellate an . = glands; sepals caducous before maturity of the receptacle, the = < ; exterior strongly appendiculate laterally. ~ a = A so V. Gallieze A A : ; a cS) Example: R. gallica (Provins, Centfeuille). <2) nm Lol ca . ; a a Inflorescence usually several-flowered; stipules adnate, the upper =. D larger than the lower; thorns very rarely straight, not inter- o . * ° ‘ MN mixed with prickles and pedicellate glands. VI. Canine. : | Examples: KR. canina, ferruginea, rubiginosa, tomentosa, oa villosa, micrantha, &e. n a F Ovaries inserted exclusively at the bottom of the receptacle; in- RD aa florescence usually several-flowered; stipules adnate; stems 23 | erect; leaves 7-9 foliate; thorns straight or hooked, regularly Be in pairs under the leaves, very rarely all alternate. _ n VII. Caroline. Examples: R. carolina, humilis, &e. Inflorescence usually several-tlowered, rarely many-flowered ; stipules adnate; stems erect; thorns straight (rarely hooked or arched), usually regularly in pairs under the leaves, very rarely wanting or alternate. J , . . VIII. Cinnamomee. Examples: R. cimnamomea, rugosa, alpina, axa, &e. Inflorescence nearly always one-flowered, ebracteate ; stipules adnate, all narrow, auricles suddenly dilated and divergent; middle leaves usually 9-foliate ; stems erect ; thorns straight, scattered, | intermixed or not with prickles . IX. Pimpinellifoliz. included, with stigma covering up the orifice of the receptacle. Example: R. pimpinellifolia. Inflorescence often one-flowered, ebracteate ; flowers yellow; edge of receptacle surmounted by a thick ring of hairs; stipules adnate, the upper a little dilated, auricles divergent; thorns alternate, intermixed or not with glands . ; X. Lutese. Example: R. lutea, sulphwrea. Sepals erect again after flowering, and persistent ; stems erect. crowning the receptacle during maturation, 2nd GROUP. 454 Flowers tetramerous; styles free, exserted; inflorescence one-flowered; sepals erect Flowers pentamerous, styles free, included. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. again after flowering, persistent upon the receptacle; stems erect; thorns straight, regularly in pairs under the leaves . P ; ; i XI. Sericese. Example: R. sericea. Middle leaves 7-foliate; sepals again erect, entire, persistent; ovaries inserted ex- clusively at the bottom of the receptacle; inflorescence one-flowered, ebracteate ; upper stipules with auricles very dilated and divergent; stems erect; thorns slender, straight, alternate, intermixed with numerous prickles. Example: R. minwtifolia. XIL. Minutifoliz. Middle leaves 9-foliate; sepals reflexed, entire, caducous ; disc very large; stamens very many ; inflorescence several-flowered, with large and incised bracts; stipules shortly adnate, deeply pectinate; stems erect, somewhat sarmentous; thorns hooked or straight, regularly in pairs below the leaves, intermixed or not with prickles . ; ; : XIII. Bracteatze. Examples: R. bracteata, clinophylla. Leaves trifoliate, sepals again erect; disc large; stamens many; inflorescence one- flowered, ebracteate ; stipules nearly free, at last caducous; stems long and sarmentous, climbing or creeping ; ‘ : . XIV. Levigate. Example: R. levigata (Rose Camellia). Middle leaves 11-13-15-foliate ; sepals again erect, persistent, the extremities strongly appendiculate ; ovaries inserted exclusively upon a projection at the bottom of the receptacle; inflorescence usually several-flowered ; stems erect; thorns straight, regularly in pairs, below the leaves. . XY. Mierophylle. Example: R. macrophylla. Leaf simple instead of being composed of several leaflets, exstipulate (the single species of this section has formed the genus Hulthemia, a name but little used in horticulture) ’ XVI. Simplicifoliz. Example: R. berberifolia. . : | | ROSES FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN UNITED STATES. 4! a 4 Or ON TWO NEW BOSES FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN UNITED STATES. By J. G. Baxur, F.R.S., V.M.H. THE two Roses of which I exhibit drawings came from the south- ‘western United States, and have only been discovered lately. Amongst well-known European types their nearest alliance is with FR. spinosissima. The following descriptions will show their leading characteristics :— Rosa Minutiroui1A.—Engelm. in Bull. Torrey Club, Vol. ix. pp. 97, 127; S. Wats.in Proceed. Amer. Acad. Vol. xx. p. 846. Stems erect, much branched, two to four feet high ; prickles very unequal, dense, the largest slender and nearly straight, } inch long, passing down gradually into copious small, slender, straight aciculi. Leaflets usually five, the end one suborbicular, ¢ inch long and broad, deeply incised, firm, nearly glabrous on the upper surface, densely pubescent beneath, with a strong rib running into each tooth; rhachis pubescent, not glandular; stipules narrow, adnate, not at all gland-ciliated, with a small deltoid free tip. Flowers solitary; peduncle short, pubescent, not hispid. Calyx tube small, globose, densely prickly; sepals lanceolate, usually simple, } inch long. Petals bright red, about as long as the sepals. Styles free, villose. Fruit globose, 4 inch diameter, crowned with the persistent sepals. (Fig. 127.) Hab. Coast hills of Lower California. Parry; Anthony ; Pringle ; Palmer, 619. Rosa stTeLLATA.—Wooton in Bull. Torrey Club, 1898, p. 152, tab. 835; Crépin in Bull. Herb. Boiss. Vol. vi. p. 725. Stems short, slender, much branched ; prickles unequal, stramineous, deflexed, nearly straight, the largest } inch long, with copious aciculi between. Leaflets three, nearly sessile at the apex of the petiole, obovate-cuneate, ; inch long, firm in texture, deeply toothed at the tip, glabrous on both surfaces ; rhachis glabrous, not at all glandular ; stipules adnate, with a large free tip. Flowers solitary; peduncle short, not at all hispid. Calyx tube globose, aciculate ; sepals simple, lanceolate, + to 4 inch long. Petals bright red, longer than the sepals. Styles hairy. Fruit small, globose, aciculate, crowned with the persistent sepals. (Fig. 128.) Hab. New Mexico: White Mountains, Lincoln County, 6,000 ft., Wooton, 193; Organ Mountains, Dofia Ana County, 5,200 ft., Wooton, 126. 456 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Fic. 127.—Rosa MINUTIFOLIA. — a iA ROSES FROM THE SOUTH-WESTERN UNITED STATES, Fic. 128.—Rosa sSTELLATA. 457 7 458 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. THE COLLECTION OF ROSES AT L’HAY, NEAR PARIS. Monsteur J. GRAVEREAUX, the happy owner of what is probably the largest and most complete collection of Roses in the whole world, sent to the Conference the list of Roses growing in his garden at L’Hay in 1902. It forms a large octavo volume of 232 finely-printed pages, inter- spersed with many full-page illustrations. The type, the printing, and the paper of this volume are simply perfect, and Monsieur Gravereaux is not only to be congratulated on the possession of such a unique collec- tion of plants, but also to be thanked for having printed such a carefully- arranged list of his possessions, numbering 6,781 different species and varieties of Roses! The list is arranged in three main parts or divisions. The first part consists of the wild Roses of the world, with their varieties and hybrids, and is broken up into sixteen sections, representing the Crépin-Gérome arrangement, which will be found on pp. 453-4. Nine hundred and sixty-nine different Roses are treated in this first part. The second part consists of garden Roses, and includes all the varieties, both old and new, which Monsieur Gravereaux has been able to collect. No less than 4,689 varieties are catalogued; the name of the raiser or introducer is in almost all cases given, and when possible the date of each variety being first sent out, together with its colour. The third part is devoted to more or less Climbing Roses, of which 781 varieties are included. There is also a list of a large number of wild Roses which are on trial, their position having not yet been definitely determined ; and a further short but most interesting chapter on Roses for Perfumery, describing the instruments and methods employed in distillation, &c. And the volume concludes with two admirable indices, the purely botanical species, and their varieties, being kept distinct. The best thanks of all Rose-growers are due to Monsieur Gravereaux for this magnificent ‘“ List of Roses grown at L’Ha*.’’ The volume has been deposited in the Society’s Library, where all who are interested in. Roses may consult it. ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 459 ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. By Miss ANNE Dorrance, F.R.H.S. Ir is, perhaps, impossible for me to express the pleasure with which I accepted the invitation of the Council of the Royal Horticultural Society to make an effort to add to the pleasure of this Conference—to attempt to add to its knowledge is quite beyond my power. I have chosen as my subject Rose-forcing in America for several reasons, among which may be. mentioned my lack of experience with out-door Roses, and the fact that we must all look to England for them. Her Roses and the work of her rosarians stand so near the ideal that I think we practically consider them synonymous. But, having accepted, I hope to offer something of my branch, though a very small and humble something, so microscopic that it hardly seems worth while. Whether your beautiful Roses are due to climatic conditions, or to something in your hearts, as your prince of rosarians has said, I know not. If it be climatic, we of the eastern part of America are lost; if it is in the heart we can take courage, for we have a goodly share of that, and, erowing upon what it feeds on, it is becoming more and more of a factor. Who can look upon a Rose without feeling its power? Who can live among Roses without coming completely under their sway, captivated by - their beauty, perfection of form, colour, fragrance, and size ? In America the art of forcing flowers of any sort is scarcely more than a hundred years old—a day, to a nation which has just celebrated the thousandth anniversary of her Alfred; but to a nation whose whole life is summed up in but few years more than the aforesaid one hundred, quite remarkable indeed do the strides seem. The bulk of Rose-forcing is done by those who make it not only their life work but also their means of live- lihood. Consequently they enter upon it with all the alertness, eagerness, and energy which in this age of strenuous living go to make up success. In the recital of it all I shall try not to include the aphis. The following quotation from the opening address of the president of the Society of American Florists at its annual meeting a year or two ago may serve to throw some light on the subject :—‘‘ In the western part of the country the population has increased over 400 per cent., while the increase of glass devoted to floriculture is over 1,100 per cent.” Of course, by no means is all this given over to Rose-forcing. In 1800 there was but one establishment devoted to commercial horticulture, a fact explicable by the youth of the nation, when every man was needed for the development of the country, for actual hardships and labour, when patriotism was shown by the giving of life to one’s country on the field of war, not only with other nations of the world, but also with the savage aboriginal tribes. During this transition from colonial to national life many of the pleasures and graces were laid aside, but not forgotten, to be taken up again at the earliest possible moment when stern necessity gave way. In Philadelphia, the first capital of the country, we find the 460 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. earliest attempts at forcing flowers. It was the centre of wealth for the land, consequently of all the refinements which wealth legitimately brings. Attracted by this, the gardeners coming from the old world settled there and brought with them their beauties. The Philadelphia climate was not so rigorous as that of New York city and of Boston. Boston followed Philadelphia’s lead as methods of heating became more complete ; ranking next came New York city, developing more slowly, but progressing further. The marked period of growth began about 1825 and has led to the establishments of to-day, so that at one and the same time we are able to find ranges of greenhouses varying in size from a “lean-to’’ on a New England farmhouse (reminding one of certain Nottinghamshire houses long since made famous), to houses containing many hundred thousand square feet of glass. Some Rose-growing establishments produce cut flowers for the wholesale market, while others, and not among the smaller, grow nothing but plants for the retail trade. Using the Parcel Post as their 5 ein. Mixtures. | | = RAT a 4G Ps. Fic. 129.—-Tur First GREENHOUSE ERECTED IN AMERICA. carrier, some of the latter sell plants for a few cents each, all they are worth, but making it possible for many to have Roses in abundance, who could not, were they dependent on those firms who supply only such plants as must be sent by goods train. The first greenhouses in America were high-walled hotbeds, with a great number of windows for side light, or these might be dispensed with. Through the courtesy of the Department of Agriculture of the United States | am able to reproduce from the “ Year-book ”’ for 1899 a drawing of the first greenhouse in America. (Fig. 129.) Small glass, single thickness, was used ; this was butted in glazing after the edges had been dipped in copal varnish, and laid in putty to make a tight joint. The next step was the lean-to house, with the roof very slanting, thus giving more light and more roof area. All kinds of plants were grown in these houses at the same time. In place of the benching as now used, there was a staging reaching from the walk in the front of the house up to the roof; on the different steps were placed the plants, all in pots, and usually a‘ Lamarque’ Rose was planted at the back of the house we ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 461 and trained over it. The rafters were 2-inch by 12-inch plank ; the glass was 6 in. by 8 in. Compared with the houses of to-day, these were like dark cellars. About 1880 came the “ Madison period,’ when the Roses sent from that New-Jersey town and its neighbours were the wonder of the American Rose world. It was there that the three-quarter span house was first built, with its larger glass and glass area, though still far from what builders of to-day consider fine houses. One range erected in 1880 is described as glazed with single-thickness glass 10 in. by 12 in., rafters of 3-inch by 4-inch hemlock timber, on which were nailed 24-inch pine strips to elazeagainst. Since then rapid strides have been made ; 16-inch by 24-inch elass or larger, double thickness, is used, lapped or butted, and laid in putty, or one of the patented compounds which are supposed to take its place. The rafters are of iron, as light as is compatible with rigidity, and to carry the weight of snow put upon them by the blizzards to which all parts of the country are subject. The sash-bars are made from 14-inch cypress timber, having a groove on each side running the full length of the bar = -Condensation Groove - Fie. 130.—Srcrion or SasH-BarR, SHOWING CONDENSATION GROOVE. to carry the condensation to the eaves and keep it from falling on the plants, thus avoiding all drip. (Fig. 130.) A house 20 ft. by 150 ft., newly builé and planted, is indeed a thing of beauty. Unusual are the few houses which are now being built 50 ft. to 60 ft. wide and 300 ft. to 600 ft. long. They are the freaks of to-day, as the normal house of to-day was the freak of yesterday. The benching of the houses has developed in an interesting manner. Following the staging referred to above, came the raised benches of the Madison period. ‘Tall houses necessitated benches on stilts in order to bring the plants near enough to the glass to get the full benefit of the light. The back bench was at least 6 ft. from the ground ; the next not so far by 18 in., separated from the first by a plank walk of 20 in. or 2 ft. the third bench is lowered by about the same distance as between the first and second, and separated from the second by a 12-inch footpath. At the front of the third bench comes a walk sufficiently wide so that a wheel- barrow may be run through, then a low bench directly under the eaves. These benches were so built that they sloped several inches, with the result that the rows of plants at the high side of the bench were always dry, while those at the other side were always too wet. In a house of this description there was ventilation at the ridge and at the front side. In the ridge-ventilation sashes of small size were superseded by larger ones 462 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of 16 ft. by 30 in., hinged either on the edge away from the ridge, or at the ridge and on the long span. The front ventilation was secured by putting a sash for the tier of glass between the eaves and the water-table. One or two of the disadvantages of this style of house were the expen- sive repairs required, especially in maintaining the benches and plank- walks, the amount of water used rotting out the supports and causing decay of the side-walls; the front and back benches were so near the glass that the buds touched it before they fairly showed colour, and were in consequence deformed. To obviate this difficulty and yet keep one long span, a house was designed which might almost be called a hybrid between the three- quarter and the even span. This house differs largely in the benching, having the walks next the side-walls, thus giving more head room. There are three benches, separated by two walks. Convenient as these houses are, they have one great drawback: it is impossible to use a wheelbarrow in them. The benches may be all raised or solid, as pleases the builder, or the back bench may be raised, the middle solid, and the front sunken. The raised benches are built of hemlock timber, 5 in. or 6 in. deep, and raised on 2-inch by 6-inch pieces, to a height convenient for working. The solid benches are enclosed by 8-inch hemlock planks, wired together at given distances to prevent spreading from the weight of the soil, or the walls may be made of brick or concrete, making practically a long box, determined by the length of the house and the width desired. Into this broken stone is piled to give drainage, to a depth of 1 ft., then a light covering of ashes from anthracite coal to give an even surface. The bench is now ready for the soil. The construction of the sunken bench is very similar, only that a trench of 18 in. is dug and walled up in the same manner after the drainage stones have been put in place. This bench does not give such good results as the others. It is so low that it is shaded during the short winter days by the house in front and by the woodwork of the house itself. (Fig. 131.) The even-span houses vary greatly in size and methods of benching. They are usually fitted with two side benches and one or two middle ones, dependent upon the width of the house; these may be raised or solid. When there are two middle benches they are separated by a footpath. In one form of the even-span several houses are built side by side and not separated by partition walls. The front and back spans of these houses have walls to the ground; the other spans of any given number are held in position by special devices, as the ‘‘ Garland iron gutter,” or something similar. Having touched very cursorily on the several usual types of houses, it may prove of interest to turn to the latest developments in greenhouse con- struction. Not long since it was my good fortune to spend a number of hours with Mr. Paul M. Pierson, manager of the greenhouses on that model estate, the Briarcliff Farms, thirty miles north of New York city, The establishment consists of a number of houses, most of them 50 ft. by 300 ft., some planted with ‘American Beauty’ Roses, some with Carnations ; such a house contains 7,000 Rose plants. In the latter part of April the bushes testified as to the number of blooms which had been cut, while the Roses in the vault told of the fine quality which always ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA, 463 characterises Mr. Pierson’s Roses. The benches were all raised and of the usual form. ‘There are four tiers of ventilators: two on the roof spans, hinged at the ridge ; one in each of the walls, hinged at the eaves. More attractive than any of these was a short house, 28 ft. wide, built as an -Einp View or Mopirinp #-spAN Housi WITH LONG SPAN TO THE SOUTH. 131. Fia. experiment. The size of the plants, ‘American Beauty,’ prohibited a photograph of this interior, but it was possible to get an end view of the exterior (fig. 132). This is a patented construction, Mr. Pierson’s own invention, and a very pleasing one. The house is much lighter than the 464 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. others, a result obtained by the use of iron sash-bars instead of wooden ones, thus dispensing with the comparatively heavy structure needed with the latter in the houses of to-day. The bars and glass are bent at the eaves, thus doing away with that angle, and leaving no place for icicles Fie, 132.—Enp View or Curvep GLAss-HOUSE ON THE Brrarcuirr Farms, ScarporoucH, New York. to form; consequently there is no breakage. The glass is 24 in. x 380 in., set the 80-inch way. ‘The sash-bar is protected by patents, and is a half- circle of iron with wood inserted to glaze against, the wood being held in place by brass screws. The channel between the under edge of the ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 465 wood and the iron tubing carries off the condensation to the water-table. When the house was being built the question arose as to whether the iron bars would hold the cold, and make the house freeze over; but Mr. Pierson says that, on the contrary, the iron seemed to hold the heat from within, and start the snow and ice after a heavy storm, so that the roof on this house was always the first cleared. The following quotation from a letter of the Floral Exchange, speaks Fic. 133.—Interion or tHe Mammorn House or tut Froran ExcHance AY EpGrny, PHILADELPHIA. for itself and gives another point of view, from people who have had splendid success with large houses :—‘ We find that our wide house, 54 ft. by 300 ft., has been the most profitable on the place, both as to number and quality of flowers and ease of working it. The past winter has given it a very severe test, and the few weak points we found will be avoided in the house we are now building, which will be still wider than the one put up last year. ‘This house will be 63 ft. 2in. wide on the square section, but the ends being cut off ‘bias’ will measure 89 ft. In this house we do H 466 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. not use the long struts shown in the other plan, but have seven lines of posts, making the house stiffer. All fittings are bolted through the pipe instead of trusting to set screws. The sash-bars are full 35 ft. long, with only a cross section of 12 in. by 2? in., very light for that length. We use angle-iron purlines 2 in. by 2 in., and no rafters of any kind. Glass is 16 in. by 24in., put 24-inch way, and the house is as light as a bright day. . . . You will please note that the Roses are planted in the field, and a strip of wood 2in. high marks the edge. We used a horse and harrow to get the ground in shape. For our present house we have manured the whole plot, ploughed it up, and harrowed it to a level before the car- penters began work. In the house we put up last year we had ‘ Golden Gate,’ ‘ Brides,’ ‘ Bridesmaids,’ and ‘ Beauties,’ and all did well. We are cutting, on an average, 20,000 Roses a month from that house. The new house is for ‘Queen of Edgely,’ and will house 10,000 plants.’’ (Fig. 133.) Many important problems must be decided in choosing the position for a range of houses. Some of the chief are :— lst. The necessity for securing as much sunlight as possible. So many schemes are there for doing this that one is almost tempted to believe that there are more ways than one for the sun to shine. Some advocate putting the short span to the south, some the reverse. A very good way, and one which has proved itself satisfactory, is to have the cross house run due north and south, with the houses opening off, due east and — west. Thus there is very little shadow from the cross house, only that cast on the house to the eastward. The individual houses in the range are set far enough apart so that their shadows at their longest do not reach the house behind. 2nd. The ease of obtaining fuel, of which an unending supply is needed, for in the large places the fires are not out from year’s end to year’s end. Anthracite coal in one of its marketable forms is the best, for there is no smoke-deposit as there is from bituminous. Furthermore, the ash from anthracite is very useful in crocking pots and in making a foun- dation to set pots upon, holding moisture and being a dainty for which the roots eagerly seek. The ash from bituminous coal is poisonous to Rose plants. ; 3rd. The relation to the market, which to the commercial Rose- grower is a very important point, and, with its corollary, the means of transport, is often the deciding factor. The development of the manner and method of heating, from the time when manure and straw mats furnished the heat, till to-day, is very great. All heating comes under the head of steam or hot water, but there the similarity seems to cease, so complicated and so varied are the systems. Theories are rife, and, as is often the case, practice in many instances cives the lie to theories. Granted that the houses are built in good form, situation, exposure, piped for heat and water, the next step is to make ready for the planting. Preparation for this has been going on for a long time, if the range be not a new one: either in the propagating house, where the cuttings are rooted, or in the “ Wardian case,’ where the secrets of the grafting process are unfolded. We assume all to be in readiness now. If the houses are ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 467 not new it is customary to burn flowers of sulphur in each house before it is planted, to kill any germ-spores left from the preceding year. ‘Then the ground under the benches is thoroughly sprayed with Bordeaux mixture to make the cleansing as complete as possible. All this is done from a conviction that it is better to keep the plants in healthy growing condi- tion by providing a suitable environment than to try to cure some pre- ventable fungous disease later on. The next step is to carefully cleanse the benches and give them a coat of whitewash, to which has been added thirty pounds of flowers of sulphur to each bushel of lime. When this is first put on it is bright yellow, but it becomes a clear white on drying. A thin covering of straw is laid on the benches to keep the soil from sifting out. Now all is ready for the soil; whence does it come, where and how? The Rose-grower may be fortunate enough to have the soil near at hand, so that a short waggon haul is all that is required. Perhaps the best Nature could do was to make a fine deposit some eight or ten miles away, so that a railroad haul is added to the waggon work. The soil unloaded, it is stacked,—two-thirds soil and one-third good cow manure. Some growers recommend only one quarter manure, while others recommend one half. It is cut down at once and well mixed if it be spring-laid soil ; if autumn-laid, it stands over winter without being cut down. Just here is one of the puzzles of American Rose-growers. ‘There isa difference between autumn- and spring-stacked soil, whether mechani- cal or not no one knows. It is probably due to the alternate freezing and ° thawing of the winter season. Spring-stacked soil is more satisfactory. Unfortunately, spring at times takes matters into her hands and rains steadily for weeks, so that if dependent on spring-stacked soil the planting is seriously delayed. After the benches are filled with soil a sprinkling of air-slaked lime and ground bone is put on. About 100 pounds of bone are used to 150 ft. of house 20 ft. wide. Artificial manures, save bone and hard-wood ashes, are not used to any great extent. In the early spring a light coating of wood ashes is put on, giving the soil a greyish colour. After the middle of January liquid manure is given once in ten days, and later in the season once each week. If the feeding is not given in this form a top-dressing of well-rotted cow manure is put on when needed. This has the disad- vantage of bringing many angle-worms into the house, as well as a great deal of litter and dirt. The liquid manure is made in a tank built for that purpose. Its sides are sloping and lined with bricks which have been coated with cement to make them watertight. At a point about two-thirds of the length of the tank the side-walls are carried out to form projections about 8in. wide, and reaching to within 1 ft. of the centre of the tank. When the work is finished there are practically two tanks with a sluice-way between, whose dimensions are 2 ft. by 8 in. by the depth of the tank. Hach side of the sluice-way is covered with wire screening, and the intervening space filled with straw. In this way all the solid matter is kept from the pump. ‘The larger end is filled with manure, proportionately one load of stable manure, one of cow, and one half-barrel of hen manure. Sheep manure may be substi- tuted for the hen. Water is run in at this end and soaks through to the smaller end. Some growers suspend a bag of soot in the water-end of H2 468 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the tank. When pumped through the pipes the liquid is the colour of strong coffee. Whence come all the plants, sufficient to fill a range needing one or two hundred thousand plants ? Heretofore it has been customary to plant with young stock every year, on the theory that one winter’s forcing sapped the strength of the plants and gave the best blooms that the plant was capable of. Now there is a tendency to carry them over for two and even three years. The propagation of such a number of plants is in itself no small item either of time or labour. A small house having a northern exposure is set apart for this purpose; this has one bench run- ning its entire length, boarded in underneath that the temperature may be evenly maintained. The bench, carefully cleansed after the manner of the large houses, is lined with slate and filled with clean, sharp, river-sand to a depth of about three inches. The temperature of the sand is kept from 65 to 70 degrees Fahr. Every precaution is taken to keep out the cutting bed fungus, a most unwelcome guest. In case of an attack, 1 part of mercuric chloride to 1,000 of water could be used. Personally I know nothing of this remedy except that it will kill plant life, the only question being whether it will not kill too much. The sand, thoroughly wetted, pounded and settled, makes a firm resting-place for the cutting after it has been made. ‘The cutting should have at least two eyes. When the cuttings are made they are set in the sand with about one inch between them in the row and two or three inches between the rows. They are flooded into position and then watered as needed. At the end of three or four weeks they are ready to be taken out of the sand. The length of time depends on the variety. When sufficiently rooted they are potted in 21-inch pots, with finely-screened fibrous soil. In six to eight weeks they are ready to be shifted into 34-inch pots, with some manure and ground bone. In six weeks more they are ready to be planted in the benches ; they are there kept in a growing condition, carefully disbudded, until they are good-sized plants. The first few weeks they are only allowed to mature the best buds, the “ seconds” and “ thirds’’ being cut off. For grafting, Manetti is the most generally used stock in this country. Experiments are being made to see if one of our native varieties will not serve us better. The suckering of the Manetti is one of its worst faults, and if this energy could only be put into the right channels everyone would be very much better satisfied. According to reports made at the last meeting of the American Rose Society, as yet nothing has been found. ‘The modus operandi is as follows :—The Manetti, on its arrival from English or Scottish shores, is carefully looked over and potted into 24-inch pots. It is then placed in a cool dark house and kept at a temperature of 40-45 degrees Fahr.; when the roots have started well the temperature is gradually raised to the growing point. The grafting is done with whip-grafts, except where the stock is so large that the scion cannot be made to fit, when cleft-grafting is resorted to. Then the next step is putting the plants into “ Wardian case.” For this several false ends are made, so that it may be divided into as many individual cases as are required, thus making it possible for each grafting of plants to have a compartment to itself and be treated satisfactorily. As there are ques- ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 469 tions of the »ros and cons of grafted versws own-root stock, so there are questions of the treatment of the plants in the case. Following are two sets of rules :— Rules of John H. Dunlop of Toronto :— First seven days keep the case closed tight; but if the moisture is too great, or if there is too much condensation, give a small crack of air. It is important to shade from sun. Kighth day give 4 in. air. | 16th day increase to 4 in. Sth-12th day increase to 1 in. | eran *:; ianede Pass V4 12th—14th ” ” ” 2 ” 18th ”? 9 ”? 8 ” 15th . s ae Gs | 19th ,, give full air. At the expiration of three weeks, or as soon as the plants become accustomed to the full air, they are taken from the case and thereafter treated as all other young plants are. While in the case the temperature should be 82 to 84 degrees Fahr. In watering when needed, dribble on with a hose, taking care that the foliage is not wet. Rules of “ Ribes,’’ taken from the Florists’ Review :— “Success can be had under ordinary circumstances by keeping the temperature of the frame at 60 to 64 degrees Fahr. for the first eight or ten days, or until the majority of the scions are united. Some propagators use a higher temperature with good success ; but for ‘ Brides’ and ‘ Brides- maids’ this is sufficient. During this period it is a good plan to open up the frames for a few minutes morning and evening to change the air ; it does no harm unless left open too long. As soon as uniting has taken place, air can be given gradually, and the temperature reduced until it reaches 56 degrees. This will require about five days, when they can be removed from the bench. While the plants are in the frames they require very little water until the air is admitted.”’ Verily there is the difference of the whole pendulum swing between these. In this case no opinion has as yet been handed down. The strong point in directions for planting grafted stock, namely, “ to plant so that the union between the stock and scion be without fail under the soil, so that the scion may also strike root,’’ seems almost to reduce the question to absurdity and only to complicate matters needlessly. It is a question for older heads than mine and wiser to settle. I have recently heard the man who forces the best roses in America say that for exhibition-flowers, own-root stock is better, but for a quantity of saleable flowers grafted stock is more satisfactory. This man believes it more profitable to have four or five first-grade Roses than one special. The report of the foreman of a place near Chicago having 150,000 Rose plants is that ‘grafted ‘Maids’ have done better than own-rooted stock, but some stock propagated in January and February 1900, carried practically dormant to the spring of 1901 in 38-inch pots, has given remarkably good results when it had once started. The only advantage of grafted plants is to get new blood and to effect a sort of rejuvenation of the stock.’’ Manetti is not affected by eelworm, and this is another very strong reason for the use of grafted stock by those growers whose plants are much injured by that pest. May to July is the time for planting those houses which are to 470 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. bloom the next winter. For summer blooming the planting is done in March or April, in order that the plants may be well started and have made good growth when the time for cutting has come. Given the houses, well planted in good season, soil and stock, the duties of the grower are ready to be taken up. With the exception of the twelve hours when the nightman is in charge, each grower is entirely responsible for the soil-conditions, water, temperature, and continued good health of the plants, and for the production of blooms of proper quantity and quality. This is for a given amount of glass, the usual method giving each man about six thousand square feet; in some places, however, one finds a much closer division of labour—a man for weeding, for tying up, for hose work, for cutting the Roses: in short, a man for each separate piece of work ; a system through whose long division responsibility has been entirely lost, as well as that interest and competition which arise when each man has his own house or houses, backed by the ambition to make his ‘ Liberty,’ ‘Meteor,’ ‘ Brides,’ or what may be, the best on the place. Each variety has its own temperature, the day being about ten degrees higher than the night. The changes are made gradually at both times. In order to keep the temperatures within their ranges, the night fireman makes trips through the range every two hours, changing his pipes and pushing his fires or shutting them down as is required. The day fireman pulls the fires, and wheels the ashes made in the preceding twenty-four hours. He keeps his fires in accordance with directions from men in the houses. It may be interesting to give a brief outline of the daily routine in the greenhouses. The day begins at seven in the morning, unless a shift has come on at some unforeseen hour tomakeashipment. ‘The first thought is the temperature, that the houses have been properly kept during the night, which is ascertained by means of registering thermo- meters. The temperatures must be rising, so that the reduction caused by watering will not chill the plants. Following’ this the cutting is carefully done, counted, and registered on a sheet of paper ruled for that purpose, which is returned at the end of the month, that a record of the standing of each house may be made at the end of the year, and the amount of loss estimated. The Roses are carried to the grading-room and left in pots of water. The next work is the watering, if needed, or the syringing, if the day be propitious, for the red spider loves his deeds of darkness and fears only cold water. The remainder of the morning, if bright, is spent in spraying with some one of the fungicides, otherwise in tying up the bushes, cleaning the soil and working it, picking leaves, or some similar work. If necessary a second cutting is made before noon. I'rom twelve until one is the dinner hour, after which work begins again with a repetition of the morning’s work, save that of watering, syring- ing, or spraying. At five or a quarter past all hands are called to the packing-room to make the shipment which will reach the market the next morning. Before this may be described we will have to see what has become of the Roses which have been left in the grading-room at different times during the day. One or two women, as may be needed to handle the Roses, now take them in charge, carefully grading each bud : ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 471 by bloom, as to colour, size, shape, substance, and perfection of form ; by stem, as to length, straightness, foliage, and then making the necessary correlation and putting each into its proper grade according to the following scale :— Grading Scale for Teas and Hybrid Teas (except ‘ Cusin’ and its sports). First, above 10-13 inches. Second _,, 6-10 ,, Third, all under 6 __,, Special, above 20 inches. Fancy » 15-20 ,, Extra » 18-15 ,, Grading Scale for ‘ Cusins,’ its sports, and Hybrid Perpetuals. *Fancy- ,, 15-20 ,, Second ,, 6-8 Ri Special, above 20 inches. First, above 8-13 inches. Extra ,» 13-15 ,, Third, all under 6 se, Grading Scale for ‘ American Beauty.’ Special, above 38 inches. _ First, above 138-23 inches. Fancy » 02-38 _,, . Second ,, 8-18 ,, Extra 98-82 © ,, Third, all under 8 ) After this is done the Roses are plunged up to their heads in cold water and put into a dark cooling-room for at least twenty-four hours to harden. The advantage of this can only be realised by experiment, and if our garden Roses were so treated we should have greater satisfaction from them. Dependent upon distance from market, the packing is done. Also upon this is regulated the development of the bud before cutting. In those places where shipment is simply a drive of an hour, Roses can be left on the plants longer than when a railroad journey of twelve or more hours must be taken. In the former case the Roses are laid in large baskets which have been lined with paraffined tissue-paper. When shipped by railroad a more complicated performance is gone through. Wooden boxes coming in the form of ‘shooks’ are made up into various sizes; a convenient size is 12 in. x 48 in. x 5 in. inside measurements. These boxes are lined with old newspapers, then with paraffined tissue; on this bed the Roses are laid. The higher grades are separated by strips of the waxed paper between the rows, and wedged into place by sticks a trifler wider than the box, thus preventing any shifting. Broken ice is put in the boxes to keep the temperature down as low as possible and prevent undue opening of the buds. Each box holds from 200 to 400 Roses, accord- ing to variety and grade. When the lids are nailed on, the boxes are tied up in twos, making packages of thirty-five or forty pounds; they are a bit awkward, but do perfectly well for long distances. This takes from _an hour upwards, according to the size of the shipment, and ends the day’s work, save for the temperatures taken by the foreman and his report to the night watchman. This sketch is hardly complete without the tale of the constant warfare waged by the grower against insect and fungus foes. In the morning, provided the day is sunny, so that the plants will dry, the first foe to be met and conquered is the red spider. Water is the only weapon which will dislodge it from its foothold, and it must be syringed- 472 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, on under great pressure. If the plants have had a dose of the dreaded ‘black spot’ a still harder fight has to be made. The leaves are picked and carefully burnt; care is taken that the foliage is not wet on dull days, and every effort made to keep the plants in as healthy condition as possible. As a preventive, and to kill whatever spores there may be around, on clear mornings a spraying is given with some one of the copper solutions, as the modified ‘eau céleste’ or the ammoniacal solution of copper carbonate. Many formule are given and all advise the use of the commercial copper carbonate, but we have found it better in every way to make our own salt, precipitating from aqueous solutions of sodium carbonate and copper sulphate, carefully washing out the sodium sulphate and dissolving the copper carbonate in ammonium hydroxid, 26° Baumé. This stock solution, securely corked, will keep indefinitely. Greatly diluted it is sprayed on the plants with a knapsack pump, or, best of all, one of those pumps now on the market in which the spray is driven out by compressed air. For mildew the standard remedy is flowers of sulphur, applied either on the plants themselves by means of a powder-gun, or mixed with water it is painted on the heating pipes for vaporisation. The sulphur is some- times vaporised over an oil stove, a most unsatisfactory method and dangerous, as the sulphur is apt to catch fire and cause great damage. A troublesome kind of invader is the green fly—the aphis—which the ant so carefully treasures. It yields only to nicotine. Heretofore, stems fresh from the stripping room of the tobacco factory were used. They were burnt in a metal “smoker,” but not allowed to blaze, and drawn through those houses which were planted with varieties sufficiently sturdy to with- stand the heat and dense smoke of the burning stems. In those houses containing the more delicate varieties, the stems were laid in every way imaginable (trying to make the best of a poor arrangement) on the benches and under them, in wire-net baskets for ease in renewing them. At the present time it is almost impossible to get good stems, as they are leached to extract the nicotine used in the manufacture of the preparations which are gradually supplanting them. ‘These do away with much of the dis- comfort and disorder attendant upon the use of stems, and of the danger from fire from the superheated “ smoker.’’ The various liquid extracts are not satisfactory ; the strength of the solution becomes so concentrated on standing thatit gives an unduly strong fumigation, resulting in disaster in the hands of heedless employés. The soap-forms are made for spraying, with the disadvantage that it is not always possible to wet the plants when the aphis is worst. As satisfactory a preparation as is made at present is that sent out by the Scaboura Dip Company of St. Louis under the name “ Nikoteen Aphis Punk.’ A stick of punk is a strip of paper dipped into the nicotine solution of proper strength, dried, rolled, and packed in boxes containing one dozen sticks. The sticks are lighted and, smouldering in the house, give off a pungent, penetrating odour which seems to be the sure death to the aphis for which all stony-hearted Rose- growers are seeking. Smoke from the aphis punk does not injure in the least the most delicate Roses. An illusive microscopic pest is the eel- worm, which enters the plant from the soil. The only remedy is burning the infected plants and removing the adjacent soil. For the thrip, which deforms the bud and is so hard to reach, pyrethrum powder is burnt. ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 473 The experiments which are being carried on are most interesting when they are known. The unfortunate part is that one rarely hears of them being performed on other than the home range. It would be well if Rose-growers could imbibe a little of the scientific spirit and let all who love the Rose know what each and everyone is doing, realising that strength lies in numbers. The three important questions which are now perplexing American Rose-growers are grafted stock versws own-root stock, replanting or carrying over the old plants, and the sterilisation of the soil. I have already spoken of the grafted stock question. Re- garding the carrying over of the old plants, with or without moving them, all that can be said is that it is done, and that each grower follows his own method. Certainly ‘ Brides,’ ‘ Bridesmaids,’ and ‘Golden Gates’ are further ahead in the early winter of the second year than plants of that year’s propagation, in the quality and quantity of the bloom. ‘Golden Gates’ carried over for the third year have proved fairly satisfactory, breaking well when moved and bent, or cut down to hard wood. The results when cut back have been more satisfactory. Some erowers, in carrying over, withhold the water until a complete check has been given and the leaves are gone. Some lift the plants from one bench to another, cutting back severely to keep the equilibrium between the roots and the foliage. Some do not entirely withhold the water, but allow the plants to get on the dry side, strip off the leaves, and cut back to hard wood. Last, but not least, from the furore which its sponsors have made over it, comes the sterilisation of the soil. This, 1 am under the impression, originated in New Jersey. It is the panacea for eelworm. It does not seem to occur to its promulgators that the fearful heat and live steam to which the soil is subjected in the sterilising machines of various forms, kills all those wonderful little plants which make the nitrogen available. Then, too, after the soil has been carefully baked and sterilised the proper proportion of manure is added, and why does this not inoculate the soil and so undo whatever may have been gained by the sterilisation process ? Nothing of importance has been done with sub-irrigation in the growing of Roses. In building last summer we were belated in some mysterious fashion, so that two houses, each 21 ft. x 150 ft., were not finished until after frost, consequently we are trying an experiment on a rather larger scale than we should have from choice. Early in August last we planted in the field the ‘Brides’ and ‘ Bridesmaids’ intended for the houses. They received good cultivation and made fine growth. The houses were finished in November, so that one was planted the first week, the other about the twentieth. The plants put into the first house were survivors of fairly heavy frosts, but still had some good bottom shoots. These, however, did not grow. The growth all winter was very slow, and now (March 24) they have just begun blooming, but with splendid bottom shoots. The second house was filled with plants taken from the frozen ground with balls of ice on their roots. These were started much more slowly than the plants in the first house, but now equal them. When ‘ Madame Caroline Testout,’ ‘Souvenir du Président Carnot,’ 474 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. » ‘Kaiserin Augusta Victoria’ &¢. are grown for summer blooming, for which they are best fitted, they are given a rest of six weeks. This is done soon after Christmas. Water is withheld, the temperature gradually lowered ; after the leaves have fallen the heat is entirely taken off. At the end of the rest they are slowly started for the summer blooming. In America, Roses were first forced in the early fifties, and the variety was ‘Hermosa.’ The following story, interesting because of its con- nection, is told by Mr. Ernst G. Asmus, our foremost Rose-grower, who has seen the whole development of the art ; in fact, at his door might be laid the greater portion of the whole, and to his kindness is largely due whatever there may be of interest in this paper. He was a boy in a florist’s establishment on Broadway in New York city and overheard this conversation between his employer and a customer: “ Just think of it, we are going to have Roses for New Year’s day!’ The eyes sparkled with the anticipation of that triumph. New Year’s day came and with it the Roses, not more than six ‘ Hermosa’ buds, barely showing colour, with stems about three inches long; but Roses they were, and taking into consideration the difference in equipment of that day and this, the achievement was equally creditable, if not more so than the marvellous displays which the same season produces to-day in New York. Following ‘ Hermosa’ came‘ Safrano.’ Its tiny buds and stems of four or five inches, with an occasional ten or twelve inches, were an advance. Everything that showed colour was a Rose ; no disbudding was done, no long stems demanded, which mean the loss of many buds. Foliage was not very necessary. The florist had for his formal bouquets Stevia, Camellia, Begonia sprays, Bouvardia, Heliotrope, Neapolitan Violets, wires and ‘‘ wooden toothpicks’’ without number. Of what avail were stems and foliage under these circumstances? Foolish indeed the man who disbudded his plants or cut them unmercifully and so destroyed future Roses. The next Rose was the ‘Boston Tea Rose,’ known to you as ‘ Bon Silene.’ It gained its sobriquet because it was grown in Boston, and was so dubbed at a fair held in New York city for the benefit of the sufferers in the Franco-Prussian War. It was a great advance over its predecessors and created a tremendous excitement among Rose-lovers. Following this came ‘ Niphetos,’ which was considered a great acquisition ; its size earned it the name of enormous. Never had such a Rose been seen. With these two Roses ‘Isabella Sprunt’ was grown. Soon after came ‘ Catherine Mermet’ and ‘ Perle des Jardins.’ At this time Hybrid Perpetual Roses were forced more than any other class. The method of doing this is very interesting. The plants were in houses which we, to-day, should call hotbeds, so crude were they. When cold weather was at hand the sash was removed and the plants allowed to freeze, thus giving them the rest they required. Soon after Thanksgiving Day the sash was put on and the plants given a heavy top dressing of manure to bring and keep up the temperature. At night the sash was covered up with braided straw mats to help keep the cold out. After a snowfall all hands were piped out, and quick hard work it was to get the snow off and lose as little heat as possible. The following varieties were the forcing Roses of the period ,—‘ Magna Charta,’ ‘Mme. Alex- ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. AT5 andre Bernaix,’ ‘ Beauty of Stapleford,’ ‘ Duke of Connaught,’ ‘Anne de Diesbach,’ ‘ Anna Alexieff,’ ‘Comtesse de Brabantane,’ ‘Mme Charles,’ ‘Mme. Falcot,’ ‘Ma Capucin,’ ‘Mme. Welche,’ ‘ Charles Rovolli,’ and ‘La Sylphide. ‘Anne de Diesbach’ took the place of of ‘American Beauty.” ‘Mme. Falcot’ is now being grown in Philadelphia and the Roses called “ débutante buds.’’ From the period beginning in 1880 pro- eress was very marked in houses, methods of heating and culture, and in varieties. The first Rose of this new time was ‘ General Jacqueminot.’ Together with this ‘ Ulrich Brunner,’ ‘ Cornelia Cook,’ and ‘Souvenir d’un Ami’ were grown. ‘La France’ was one of the remarkable Roses and was considered a great advance. It is grown now only to a very limited extent, as its constitution has become so weakened that the stems cannot support the heads. Soon after 1883 John Henderson introduced ‘Papa Gontier,’ which was received with joy. In 1885 there came from the gardens of George Bancroft that Rose which, under the care of experts, has become the pride of American Rose-growers. It was unwittingly renamed ‘ American Beauty’; it is ‘Mme. Ferdinand Jamin.’ To-day some Rose-forcers claim that the Rose has varied so much under cultivation that it is itself a distinct variety and is worthy a name of its own. Introduced in 1885, it was not until 1890 that she was grown to any extent, for she was coy and had to be petted and courted with all the wiles that man could summon before she smiled and gave her wonderful blooms on stems without end. So well does she grow that at the March 1902 Show of the American Rose Society a prize was offered for ‘ American Beauty’ Roses with stems not less than 5 ft.; the winning Roses crowned stems over 9 ft. long, straight and covered with fine foliage. Under the reign of ‘American Beauty’ all other Hybrid Perpetuals save ‘General Jacqueminot’ and ‘Ulrich Brunner’ gave way; ‘American Beauty’ having the great advantage of blooming constantly. ‘Catherine Mermet’ was grown very extensively until her daughter ‘ Bridesmaid’ supplanted her in 1892. ‘ Bridesmaid’ was introduced by Frank Moore of Chatham, New Jersey, on whose place it originated. It has given such general satisfaction that new Roses are often advertised as the pink or yellow ‘ Bridesmaid.’ It is a very satisfactory Rose, save that occasionally the stems cannot support the heads, and a weak neck throws a Rose into the second grade whatever may be the perfection of its bloom and the length of its stem. American. Rose-growers owe much to ‘ Catherine Mermet ’ not only for the best pink Rose but also for the best white, the ‘ Bride.’ As all brides precede their maids, so this one should come first, as it sported in 1885, and was then introduced by John N. May, who bought it from its originator. ‘Bride’ was the first American sport to prove itself of any value as a standard variety. There are other competitors for the two places men- tioned above, but as yet these two stand supreme in their class. Unfor- tunately, in the heat of summer the buds open before they are fully matured and are very tiny. Contrasted with these are the unsuccessful sports from ‘Catherine Mermet.’ In 1891, the Waban Rose Conserva- tories, near Boston, introduced one which they called ‘Waban.’ Intro- duced with blare of trumpets, this Rose took the course of the proverbial 476 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. rocket. ‘Maid of Honour,’ a sport from ‘ Bridesmaid,’ is another failure because of its predisposition for mildew. It was first named ‘Clara Barton,’ but its name was changed to avoid confusion with a Hybrid Tea having first claim to that name. Previous to all of these were two sports from ‘ Bon Silene,’ ‘ Flag of the Union,’ and ‘American Banner’; they were great failures, for the American people, proud though they be of the Stars and Stripes, like self- coloured Roses. ‘Madame Cusin’ has been and still is one of the standard forcing Roses. The thorns are somewhat poisonous, and have been its greatest drawback. Generous with its blooms, it has been equally generous with its offspring, and has given us one valuable forcing variety and two still waiting to be proved. The first sport is ‘ Mrs. J. Pierpont Morgan,’ and was introduced by J. N. May in 1895. It is much darker than its parent, and has a rather purplish tinge ; it is equally prolific. Two others, one a child, the other a grandchild, are yet to be mentioned. The child, ‘Sara Nesbitt,’ originated on the place of Benjamin Dorrance in 1899; it is smaller than its parent; its white petals are tipped with pink, so that in appearance it is like a beautiful shell or the dainty attractiveness of the apple blossom. It is a remarkable keeper, frequently lasting a week in the living-rooms of a dwelling, and growing more beautiful as the petals open out and allow full development of the centre. The grandchild, ‘Mrs. Oliver Ames,’ a sport from ‘ Mrs. Morgan,’ originated in 1901 near Boston with a Mr. Montgomery. It is not necessary for me to speak of this Rose, for recent report states that it has been on the R.H.S. tables for your inspection, sent over by J. N. May, who is introducing it. Other sports from ‘Madame Cusin’ have been registered but nothing has been heard from them. Several years ago, at the place of John Burton near Philadelphia, originated ‘American Belle,’ a sport from ‘American Beauty,’ pink in colour, with smaller foliage ; with this, however, nothing was done. A year or two ago a similar sport appeared for the Floral Exchange of Philadelphia, which was named ‘Queen of Edgely.’ This Rose is being wonderfully well treated by its introducers, but has never been put on the general market. It has also been seen in England. ‘Golden Gate’ has given us ‘ Ivory,’ a sport which is said to have the characteristics of its parent. It is to contest with ‘ Bride ’ for the title of “best white Rose ”’ ; it will find a foeman worthy of its steel. It is this year being distributed from the place of the American Rose Company, of Washington, D.C., where it originated two years ago. The American Rose Society has given it its first silver medal for Roses of American origin which show merit. Another sport which the American Rose Company has recently registered is ‘ Miss Alice Roosevelt,’ from ‘ Madame Abel Chatenay.’ ‘Lady Dorothea,’ a sport from ‘ Sunset,’ originated with J. H. Dunlap, of Toronto, in 1895. It is not quite so large a flower as its parent, nor is the plant so strong a grower. The colour is better, deep peach pink on the outside of the petals, delicate soft pink on the inside; the foliage is a deeper red than ‘ Sunset.’ The following are miscellaneous sports which are of American origin ; ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. A7T7 some have been very valuable and still are so for other than forcing pur- poses, some are still to be proved :— ‘Setina,’ a sport from ‘ Hermosa,’ which originated in 1859, and was introduced by Peter Henderson & Co. ‘Tsabella Sprunt,’ a yellow Tea, for many years a most valuable forcing variety, a sport from ‘Safrano,’ originating with the Rev. Dr. James Sprunt, of Kenansville, in 1865. ‘James Sprunt,’ a climbing sport from ‘ Agrippina,’ originated with the Rev. Mr. Sprunt in 1850. It is not so free a bloomer as its parent. ‘Vick’s Caprice,’ a variegated sport, pink and white, from ‘ Arch- duchesse d’Autriche,’ originated in 1889 with James Vick, of Rochester, New York. ‘Rainbow,’ 1891, striped white and red sport from ‘Papa Gontier,’ originated with John Sievers, of San Francisco, California. ‘Ruby Gold,’ originating with T. O’Connor, of Providence, Rhode Island, in 1892, is interesting because of its history. Mr. O’Connor grafted ‘ Catherine Mermet’ on ‘ Maréchal Niel,’ and from this graft came ‘ Ruby Gold.’ ‘Climbing Perle des Jardins,’ a sport from ‘Perle des Jardins,’ originated with John Henderson, of Flushing, New York, in 1890. ‘Sunset,’ another sport from ‘ Perle des Jardins,’ is a rich salmon shade with pink centre, a good forcing Rose, and was introduced by Peter Henderson & Co. ‘ White Cochet,’ a sport originating in 1896 from ‘ Maman Cochet.’ ‘Admiral Dewey,’ a flesh-coloured sport from ‘Madame Caroline Testout,’ originated in 1899 with J. H. Taylor, of Bayside, Long Island. In the class of seedling Roses the list is unfortunately short. We have not our Dicksons, Pauls, and Bennetts yet, but we are working, and work, sooner or later, brings success. The heart and enthusiasm are here, and time will tell which are the prizes, and, alas! which are the failures. On almost every range can be found a spot devoted to the Lares and Penates of the place, the ripening hips, the seedpan, and the seedling Rose plants. Great indeed is the interest and anticipation which crosses the blooms, watches the development of the hip, the germination of the seeds in the pan, and reaches its climax in the first glimpse of colour and the counting of the petals. Perhaps the most important Rose which has come from America is the ‘Noisette.’ The credit for this has always been given to the Noisettes of Charleston, South Carolina, but as authorities differ I shall quote from ‘“‘The Rose,” by H. B. Ellwanger, which book is the standard American treatise on Roses :—‘“ The Noisette or Champney Rose (Rosa moschata hybrida) is of American origin. From the seed of the White Musk Rose fertilised by the Blush China (Bengal), John Champney, of Charleston, South Carolina, raised a variety, which was called ‘Champney’s Pink Cluster.’ A few years later Philippe Noisette, a florist, also of Charleston, raised from the seed of ‘ Champney’s Pink Cluster’ a blush variety, which he sent to his brother, Louis Noisette, of Paris, France, under the name of ‘ Noisette Rose,’ not giving credit to Mr. Champney as the originator of 478 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the class, which bas ever since borne the wrong title of ‘ Noisette Rose.’ Louis Noisette received it about the year 1817.”’ * The most prominent American seedling to-day is ‘Golden Gate.’ This was introduced by Dingee and Conard. It was raised by Mr. Jones of New Orleans about 1888; its parentage is very uncertain, probably ‘Cornelia Cook’ fertilised by the pollen of ‘ Niphetos,’ ‘Safrano’ or ‘ Duchess of Brabant.’ This is largely speculation from characteristics shown in forcing. ‘Cornelia Cook’ was long a favourite white Rose. A seedling of ‘Devoniensis,’ it was introduced by A. Cook of Baltimore, Maryland, in 1855. It held its place as the best white forcing Rose until ‘ Bride’ supplanted it. ‘Souvenir de Wooton’ is a free-flowering, crimson, fragrant seedling of ‘Bon Siléne’ x ‘ Louis van Houtte.’ It was raised by John Cook of Baltimore. ‘Mrs. Robert Garrett’ is another seedling of John Cook’s, whose parentage is ‘Mme. Caroline Testout’ x ‘Sombreuil.’ It blooms freely with large pale pink flowers. Mr. Ccok has also sent out ‘Baltimore,’ a pink seedling of the ‘Testout’ order. Ido not know the parentage of this Rose. In 1854, ‘ Cloth of Gold’ produced a seedling, ‘ Isabella Grey,’ which is said to have been one of the parents of ‘ Maréchal Niel.’ ‘ America,’ a Noisette, originated by C. G. Page in 1859, is a pale yellow with large full flowers; it is not so free a bloomer as its parents, which are ‘ Solfaterre’ and ‘ Safrano.’ ‘Harrison’s Yellow’ was originated by the man whose name it bears in 1830. It is golden yellow, medium size, semi-double. It is supposed to be a hybrid of ‘ Austrian’ x ‘Scotch.’ From the nurseries of Ellwanger and Barry, of Rochester, New York, have come many Rose treasures, not the least of which is ‘ Marshall P. Wilder,’ originated in 1884, a seedling of ‘General Jacqueminot.’ It is too well known to need any description. ‘Rosalie,’ another of the Ellwanger and Barry seedlings, is from ‘ Marie van Houtte’; flowers deep pink and of good substance. ‘ Jubilee,’ a brilliant crimson Rose, introduced in 1897 by M. H. Walsh, of Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, is from ‘ Victor Hugo’ x ‘ Prince Camille de Rohan.’ ‘Marion Dingee,’ a free-blooming, glowing red seedling from ‘ Duchess of Edinburgh’ x ‘ Caserta,’ was introduced in 1892. Other Roses, perhaps the most remarkable of any which have come from America, are the Wichuraiana Hybrids which have recently been sent out by W. A. Manda of New Jersey. In 1897 he sent out ‘ Manda’s Triumph,’ pure white ; ‘South Orange Perfection,’ white with pink edges ; ‘Universal Favourite,’ deep pink. These Mr. Manda improved in ‘1899, giving us hardy climbers or trailers which are practically evergreen : ‘Gardenia,’ very large single flowers, soft cream-colour; ‘Jersey Beauty,’ flowers unusually fine and very sweet; ‘Evergreen Gem,’ flowers white, * The Rose: a Treatise, dc. By H. B. Ellwanger. Revised edition. New York: Dodd, Mead & Co. 1893. Pp. 54-56. ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. | 479 double, with distinct Sweet-brier fragrance. All are very vigorous srowers, with splendid foliage. ‘Dorothy Perkins’ is a Wichuraiana Hybrid x ‘Mme. Gabriel Luizet.’ This originated at the nurseries of Jackson and Perkins, of Newark, New York. Its habit is similar to ‘Crimson Rambler.’ It received much favourable comment at the Pan-American Exposition. The bloom is a clear shell pink, does not fade for a long time, and then into a deep rose ; and it is fragrant. Concerning the following varieties the record is so incomplete that that I am unable to class them either as sports or seedlings :— ‘Brighton Beauty,’ 1891, a bright red free-flowering Hybrid Tea, originating with Richard Bagg. ‘Belle Américaine,’ Hybrid Perpetual, with small, deep pink, well- formed flowers, originated with Daniel Boll of New York, in 1837; ‘Mme. Boll’ originated with the same man in 1859; it is carmine rose and belongs to the ‘ Baronne Prévost’ type. ‘Mrs. Degraw,’ Bengal, originated with William Burgess, of Glen Cove, Long Island, in 1885. It resembles ‘ Apolline’ in growth ; rich glossy pink, prolific, continuous bloomer, and fragrant. ‘Pearl River,’ large, ivory white, originated with Dingee and Conard, in 1890. ‘Anna Maria’ originated with Mr. Feast in 1843. Its blooms are pale blush in colour, changing to white. ‘Caroline Allen’ originated also with Mr. Feast in 1843. © ‘Queen of the Prairies,’ which Mr. Feast put on the market in 1843, is rosy red, a white stripe frequently showing on the bloom. It is a large flower. In the same year another ‘ Prairie Nose’ was put on the market by Mr. Feast : it was named ‘ Superba.’ Its colour is pink, fading to blush, small and full as to flower. ‘Baltimore Belle,’ Prairie, introduced by Mr. Feast of Baltimore in 1848; pale blush changing, to white. ‘Dinsmore,’ a Hybrid Perpetual similar to ‘Mrs. Charles Wood, was introduced in 1886. It is scarlet-crimson, large, double, and fragrant ‘Mrs. William C. Whitney’ was introduced by J. N. May in 1894 It is a Hybrid Tea, clear deep pink in colour. ‘Beauty of Greenmount,’ a rosy-red flower, originated with James Pentland, of Baltimore, in 1854. With the same man originated also ‘Dr. Kane,’ sulphur yellow, large free flowers, but difficult to grow. Mr. Pentland’s gardener gave us a Bourbon Rose, ‘George Peabody,’ probably from ‘ Paul Joseph,’ a rosy-crimson medium or small-sized flower, full and fragrant. In 1850 Joshua Pierce, of Washington, D.C., sent out two Roses, both ‘Prairies’: one, ‘Mrs. Hovey,’ blush, changing to white, re- sembling ‘ Baltimore Belle,’ which Mr. Feast sent out in 1848, but hardier ; the other, ‘Triumphant,’ rosy pink flowers of medium size, and double. By way of recapitulation, the following varieties are the most generally forced Roses in America to-day :— ‘Bride,’ ‘ Bridesmaid,’ ‘Golden Gate,’ Teas of American origin. ‘Mme. de Watteville,’ ‘Mme. Hoste,’ Mme. Cusin,’ Teas of French 480 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. origin, with the sport of the last named, ‘Mrs. J. Pierpont Morgan,’ which is of American origin. ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ Tea of German origin, a fine white Rose for summer blooming, but worthless in the winter-time. The best red forcing Rose has been ‘ Meteor,’ an English Rose, raised by Bennett. -‘ Liberty’ is now trying hard to supplant this Rose. During the winter months ‘ Meteor’ is very apt to turn blue, and gives a large number of so-called bull-heads, black buds which do not open. ‘ Liberty ’ does not do this. ‘ Meteor’ is a fine summer-blooming variety. ‘ Liberty,’ a Dickson Rose, which has been grown but three years, is rapidly forcing itself to the front rank, adding to its many good qualities the charm of fragrance. It is nearer the ever-blooming ‘ Jacqueminot ’ than any Rose we have had yet. ‘Mme. Caroline Testout,’ a hybrid Tea of French origin, is very good during the summer and early winter, but needs a rest during the winter. ‘Souvenir du Président Carnot’ is one of the best of the summer Roses. It is a Hybrid Tea of French origin, and needs treatment similar to ‘ Testout’ and ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria.’ In addition to the above should be given the following list of Roses which can be successfully forced, but which are not so often grown. The list is taken in part from the first bulletin of the American Rose Society, p. 8, ‘The Forcing of Tea and Hybrid Tea Roses under Glass,’”’ by Ernst G. Asmus. ‘Maid of Honour,’ ‘Ma Capucin,’ ‘ Perle des Jardins,’ ‘ Sunset,’ ‘ Bon Siléne,’ ‘ Safrano,’ ‘ Niphetos,’ ‘Mme. Abel Chatenay,’ ‘ Papa Gontier,’ of the Teas. ‘American Belle,’ ‘Souvenir de Wooton,’ ‘ La France,’ ‘ Duchess of Albany,’ ‘Mme. Augusta Guinoisseau,’ ‘Admiral Dewey,’ ‘ Mrs. Robert Garrett,’ of the Hybrid Teas. Mention at least must be made of the success with which ‘ Crimson Rambler’ plants are forced, and the great pleasure a well-formed and weil- grown plant gives, not only to the one who has succeeded in forcing it, but to the one who sees the finished work. It is worth while to devote a few words to the disposal of the blos- soms after they reach their destination. The development of the large commission houses has been gradual. In early days the retailer dealt directly with the grower, paying a definite sum for each week’s output, or buying on commission. Gradually, as the number of growers increased, and as they could not all make personal contract with the retailer, the commission man came into being. This took place some time in the eighties. The method was more or less satisfactory according to the ability and honesty of the man. The Roses were shipped for sale on a commission of 15 per cent. on the gross sales, the shipper standing the loss from all causes. Returns were made weekly, payments monthly. All went famously until a large house failed, whereupon the growers made a stand for daily returns and weekly payments. They carried their point. As time went on the wholesale value of the individual Rose decreased, a matter of vast importance to the grower, but which did not seem to make a proportionate difference to the commission man. Consequently several of the largest growers banded together, formed a joint-stock company, and ROSE-FORCING IN AMERICA. 481 sold their own produce. The history of this company, dating from its in- ception in 1895 to the present, is very interesting. Each stockholder paid, in addition to his stock, a deposit of one cent per square foot for all the glass from which he was cutting flowers and shipping to that market, and further paid a commission of 10 per cent. on the gross sales. ‘The deposit was recoverable with 5 per cent. interest if at any time the connection with the company as selling agent were broken. The first year the flowers were pooled, a very fair arrangement, putting all on an equal basis. The second winter they were sold on their merits, a scheme which did very well for the man who grew good flowers and lived near enough to the market to insure fair play ; this, of course, did not give satisfaction. Now each grower employs his own salesman, who attends to all details of sell- ing; each man further pays the company a commission of 5 per cent. for guaranteeing and collecting all accounts. After the dividends have been paid the remaining earnings are divided among the consignors pro rata, so that, for the year just preceding this, one of the large growers estimates that it cost him less than 5 per cent. to market his product, without mentioning the satisfaction attendant upon being master of his own business. This New York Cut Flower Company handles the best Roses that go into New York city each year, and by its orders flowers of all kinds are shipped to the large cities in the United States and in Canada, quite a contrast to the old days when 15 per cent. commission was the law and the commission men were lords of the jungle. The financial year of a commercial Rose-growing establishment runs from July to July, from planting season to planting season. The American Rose Society stands for the desire on the part of all Rose-lovers in the United States and in Canada to do their best for the Rose, to increase her following, and to have the finest Roses, forced and garden, and to help others to do the same. It is a young society, having been reorganised in 1899. It endeavours to carry out its aim in three ways: by the banding together of those who love the Rose, amateur and professional ; by the dissemination of literature which treats of the Rose and its culture ; and by holding two shows annually, one in March for forced Roses, one in June for garden Roses. There have been published four bulletins containing articles written by authorities, the last one being devoted to the diseases of the Rose. The shows have been held regularly, and have proved a source of inspiration and pleasure. In conclusion I wish to express my indebtedness to many of my confréres, to some of whom IJ have already made acknowledgment; to others too numerous to mention, but equally appreciated ; and finally to my father, Benjamin Dorrance, through whose success and by whose knowledge I have been led to enter the ranks of the Rose-growers, through whose inspiration I hope to reach higher levels, and who has been my valued critic in the writing of this paper. 482 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. SOME WILD ASIATIC ROSES. By Maurice L. DE Viumorty, F.R.H.S. THE introduction into European gardens about a century ago of several Asiatic Roses was a decisive step in the way of the renovation and improvement of our Rose collections. The Tea-scented or Indica Rose, the Ltosa semperflorens, the dark- coloured Rosa chinensis, the Moschata, have been the means of the creation of several series of new and beautiful shades of colour, and: of the perpetual bloomers; while the double Rosa lutea, or Persian yellow, the Rosa sulphurea. are supplying new and rich tones. Are we to look to the opening of the present century for a similar transformation by the crossing of some of the present varieties with the Rosa rugosa, a species inferior to none in respect of the size and con- tinuity of the flowers, beauty of the foliage, and hardiness? We may, indeed, hope to see some achievements in that line, when we consider some of the results obtained by the hybridisers of different countries, and, for instance, some Roses recently originated in the garden of my respected friend, M. Gravereaux, at L’ Hay. But my subject is to speak of the wild Asiatic Roses, and I have to adhere to the schedule. This is comprehensive enough, and I must leave much of the subject untouched. All the wild Asiatic Roses are not yet introduced into cultivation, although some new ones are coming, as Mr. George Nicholson is soon to explain; all the introduced ones are not in my garden, and on some of my Asiatic Roses there is no present matter for remarks that would interest amateurs. I shall accordingly speak of only some few species which are peculiarly familiar to me and worthy of cultivation. The introduction of the Musk Rose (/osa moschata) into the gardens of France is said to date from the last years of the sixteenth century, and this well-known Rose has been naturalised in the countries that encircle the Mediterranean Sea. But the type that is most familiar to us comes from India and Persia. The varieties I have raised from Chinese seeds are, in my judgment, superior to that type. The shoots are somewhat shorter, more numerous, curved, and bear an abundant and rich foliage ; more rounded, consistent and glossy, than in the Indian plant. The flowers are somewhat larger and more substantial, and the dark tint of the foliage makes them appear of purer white. This variety is as hardy as the Indian type, possibly hardier, and will succeed in sunny posi- tions in the South of England. It blooms and seeds after three or four years. (Fig. 134.) The Rosa Soulieana of Crépin is closely allied to the Moschata so far as the structure of the flower is concerned. In both cases the bud is of a pale yellow colour before it opens, the flower turns promptly to a pure white, and the styles are pressed into one narrow column, but the general aspect is totally different. With its thick branches, bearing a number of ——— SOME WILD ASIATIC ROSES. 483 134.—Rosa MOSCHATA, VAR. DENSA. F ia. 484 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. rather short, very prickly branchlets, and the leaves of a dull green, the plant bears all the appearance of a very bushy Dog Rose. It flowers late but profusely. The corymbs of the white flowers, not larger than the Roses of the common Brier, mixed with the yellowish buds, make it beautiful for some time. It then passes through an unattractive period. The petals generally adhere too strongly to the receptacle and wither on the fruit. This, however, is soon passed, and in the autumn the bush is gay with a mass of small orange berries. The creeping Japanese Rose (Wichuraiana) is well known and appreciated as a pillar rose. Of its horticultural hybrid products I have not to speak. I only mention the result of an experiment to ascertain how long the screen of its drooping shoots could practically be. I planted & row near the top of a 6 to 8 feet deep trench, one side being a vertical wall edged by somewhat overhanging stones. In these conditions the | shoots reached the bottom of the trench the second year after planting, but on account of the prevailing winds they were continually thrown back over the wall, and some artificial devices were needed to attain the desired effect. Of the Roses in the Jndica group I express, with many others, the wish to see some day true native plants from countries where they grow uncultivated, particularly the several types of the series: Rosa indica fragrans, I. semperflorens, . chinensis. I have not succeeded with attempts to grow the Rosa gigantea of Collett in the open, even against walls in my garden in Central France. The plant thrives in one or two places on the French Riviera. Interest- ing crossings are being made by M. Cayeux at the Botanical Garden of Lisbon. We must now join the larger battalion of the corps of the Asiatic Roses, the Cinnamomee, and it is not possible to pass further without saluting that grand Rose, the Rugosa, one of the finest, if not the finest, of all the Wild Roses. It is second to none of the hardy Roses for the size of its flowers, and the richness and the design of its foliage ; and if it is beautiful when the summer brings back the time of its long blos- soming season, it is equally worth admiration when autumn colours the large fruits with scarlet and the foliage with gold-and-fire touches. A closely allied species, but much smaller, Rosa coruscans (Link), is well worth cultivation. The foliage is very abundant, and its form is still more elegant; the pink flowers are comparatively very large and the fruits very fine. I should suggest to cut back its branches halfway, and the oldest ones even shorter, to procure their renewal ; but I think Rugosa will be finer without any, or with a very discreet, pruning. The Begyeriana, » native of Persia and Turkestan, is not commended by its size, and still less by the odour (a decidedly bad one) of its flower. The undue spreading of its bush is obviated by grafting it on the stock of the Dog Rose. The plant will then bloom from July to the cold days of October. The small, round, red fruit early drops the remains of the calyx, and its appearance gains thereby. The black fruited variety is curious. o Rosa macrophylia of Lindley is one of the most remarkable species of the genus and one of the most variable. The type, as figured in the rp? yd tok ———s.. | SOME WILD ASIATIC ROSES. Fic. 135.—Rosa MACROPHYLLA, LINDL., VAR. CRASSEACULEATA, 485 486 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. monograph of the Roses by Lindley, is a tall bush, moderately prickly, with long leaflets of a bluish dark green, with medium-sized pink flowers. In the collections of M. Alphonse Lavallée, under the name of Rosa Fic. 136.—Rosa MAcropHytisa, LINDL, VAR. CRASSEACULEATA. Korolkowi, 1 found a still taller variety, with large, round, straight, almost thornless shoots, and an ample glossy foliage nearly as large as is found in the 'Tea-scented Roses. The flower is comparatively large, but the SOME WILD ASIATIC ROSES. 487 shade is of a lighter pink. ‘The fruit is very large, sometimes two inches long. ‘The variety is well worth cultivation. . But the following varieties are still more curious and attractive, in my opinion. The first was reared from seed coming from Se’ Tchuen.’ It is a bush with few, strong, diffuse branches, covered all over with enormous spines, very close together, sometimes an inch long, and shaped Fic. 137.— Rosa MACROPHYLLA, LINDL., VAR. ACICULARIS. like a blade, bearing a small point in the middle. The flowers are rather large and pink. (Figs. 135, 136.) The second variety is from Yunnan. Its shoots are, on the con- trary, very slender and gently curved, with acicular spines at the base and scarcely any along the stems. The foliage is elegant, the leaflets being long and narrow. ‘The flowers are rather numerous, drooping, borne on very slender and long peduncles. ‘Their size is not large, as the corolla is little more than half an inch across, but the colour is a dark red; and the calyx, with the long and narrow blades of its divisions, spreads out star-like two inches wide. The panicles of flowers are very nice in a small bouquet. (Figs. 137, 138.) 488 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. : s Fic. 138.—Rosa MACROPHYLLA, LINDL., VAR. ACICULARISe SOME WILD ASIATIC ROSES. 489 Fic. 139-—Rosa macropHyiia, LINDL., VAR. RUBROSTAMINEA. 490 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. The last variety is Tibetan. It is an early-flowering plant; the branches are spreading; the foliage abundant, although the leaflets are rather small. The flowers, two inches in diameter, are of a fine red colour or carmine-pink ; the filaments of the stamen are red also, and the anthers orange-coloured: the whole bears an unusual appearance. The fruits, very long and numerous, are quite ornamental in the autumn. Were it not for M. Crépin’s authority 1 should have doubted this strange plant being a Jlacrophylla. (Fig. 189.) Webb’s Rose (f. Webbiana, Wallich) is also a very nice and vari- able Rose. The plant I received first from the Himalayas bears, according to the description, light-rose flowers borne on a_ hispid receptacle ; but I obtained two other distinct forms from Chinese seeds. One is a very compact bush, the branches bearing a quantity of small, curved, extremely thin ramifications, with rather long, fine, and pointed ivory-white spines, and abundant but very small leaves ; with a quantity of small whitish-rosy flowers, crowded together at the extremity of the branches. The fruits, very small also, are smooth. The other form has flowered this spring for the first time. Itisa vigorous bush with abundant foliage, and in that way superior to the type. The flowers are also larger and of a vivid pink colour. As is the case with the preceding variety, the fruits and peduncles are smooth. There remains for me to speak of a very curious and interesting Rose, the Rosa sericea, known for its strange anomaly of presenting flowers with four divisions instead of five in the calyx and the corolla. The first seeds I had came to me from the much-regretted botanist the Abbé Delavay, then living in Southern China (Yunnan). The first packet bore the inscription, ‘‘ Rose with decurrent prickles,’ the second only ‘* White-flowering Rose.”’ From that second packet a Rose issued which only produced flowers after ten years. The flower is white when completely opened; after some hours the expanding flower is pale yellow. In this variety the branches are arched, the bark very smooth and orange-brown, and the prickles are straight and rather few. It is the reverse in the Rose with decurrent (underhanging) prickles. In that variety the base of each leaf is accompanied by two long parallel blades, which bear a very curious appearance, being vastly different from the customary shape of spines. In some _ branches, however, instead of being one or two inches long, they are nearer to the usual form and mingled with acicular spines. The thorns when young are of a fine red colour, and when the young shoots are lighted up by the sun from behind, the prickles, being somewhat transparent, shine like jewels. The Sericea flowers very early ; in some plants the fruit is formed and red by the beginning of July. ‘The two above-mentioned varieties from Yunnan have red fruits. ‘The seeds received from Se Tchuen gave a majority of plants with yellow fruits. The bushes from that province have generally very long and elegant shoots. The foliage of this Rose is extremely nice, the leaves being composed of numerous little leaflets of a very pleasing and fine green. Few scaly buds are visible in this species, their place being marked by two opposite leaves, a notable addition to the mass of the foliage. (Fig. 140.) - SOME WILD ASIATIC ROSES. 491 Fic. 140.—Rosa sericea, Lindi. on 492 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, Unlike the Webbianda, which is a mountain species, and should be protected from too burming exposure and from drought, the Sericea seems to enjoy the full sunshine in a soil retentive enough to preserve some moisture, It is quite hardy also, and will quickly form bushes five to six feet high and very compact, Ibis one of the most interesting of the Asiatic Roses, vom most of the preceding Roses which cannot be found in nurseries, | could easily save some seeds for amateurs who would like to try their cultivation, hoping they will take as much pleasure as [ have done in those fine children of a remote country, > USB RRNARAAINE ANH =! OOP) Oe Steyn Sem RM Py ite es CATA R Sead aN oy: e* ee oe ee NEW HYBRIDS TO AIM AT, AOD NEW: HYBRIDS TO AIM AT. By Monsieur Viviann-Mongn, “Ip is the deal who need killing,’ said some romantic person of Casimir Delavigne, one of the last classics. Without knowing it, perhaps, this critic, under this funereal but original form, meant to say that every- thing has its time and that the expression of an idea goes on modifying itself continually, so that it is unwise to tie oneself entirely to things of the past. Old ideas give rise to new ones, and they in their turn produce others. This is the great law of Progress already pointed out by Pascal in the following phrase: ‘ Himmanity is a man who lives for ever and always learning.’ Nevertheless for man, whose life is short, progress is slow. One generation evolves an idea, another studies it better, and the following reaps the full benefit of it. The preceding may serve as an introduction to the paper 1 have been asked to write upon the production of new Roses; for any intelligent gardener who will resolutely strike out on new lines, different from those pursued by our forefathers, is certain to secure excellent results, This is not the place to write the history of the variations, as beautiful as they are striking, which Rose-fanciers have cansed the most beautiful flower made by the Creator to assume —a volume would not suffice! On account of the general law, that the different species reproduce themselves from seed without any great variation, since a single cross hardly mixes their characters, Roses were in past ages, for the most part, such as they had been in form since the period of their creation, In the forests, on the hillsides, amongst the underwood on the mountains, wherever in fact they existed in a wild state, the single Roses remained single. On introducing the most beautiful of them to our gardens sundry of them soon began to double, triple, and quadruple the number of their petals under the influence of a higher cultivation. hese were increased and there were several dozen varieties, very remarkable, no doubt, but for the most part differing little from each other, This is all that the gardeners of past ages have left us. During the last century a new departure was taken, which altered the condition of things. On the discovery of the laws governing natural fertilisation we have established, though still in a somewhat superficial way, the theory of hybridisation. At the same time great travellers have introduced new species and races, with a lengthened season of blossoming, and of vigorous growth. The crossing of the Muropean Roses with those of India produced the infinity of varieties which may now be found in all gardens. It is for the most part to successive crossing and recrossing of Roses, and to the produce of their offspring, that the progress realised in the production of new varieties is due. But it appears that the source of novelties threatens soon to give out 494 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. unless the hybridisers seek a less beaten track than the one they have been exploiting for the last half-century. It is to the investigation of this new path that we wish to encourage all Rose-growers. Have you noticed that several classes of beautiful Roses, after having produced several fine improvements, have suddenly come to a stop as if they had become sterile? Beluze has only given us one single ‘ Souvenir de la Malmaison’; and no one has followed him. You may say that Fic. 141.—Rosr Armée Visert. (The Garden.) this Rose is perfect; if so I cannot agree with you. But do you not see that it is by no means easy to find a ‘ Malmaison’ as pink as ‘La France,’ as velvety as ‘ General Jacqueminot,’ or pure white like ‘ Aimee Vibert ’ ? (Fig, 141.) And if one could add to it a scent like that of the Provins or the Teas, would not that be a decided improvement ? But from whence sprang the ‘Malmaison’? That is the question. oe ee le NEW HYBRIDS TO AIM AT. J 495 It is necessary to discover the ancestry of this Bourbon, and I do not think it will be impossible if we look back. Monsieur J. B. Guillot discovered the marvel which we call ‘ La France.’ This accomplished nurseryman, who has enriched our collections with some superb varieties, has left a good disciple in his son, Monsieur Pierre Guillot. Can he not create for us other varieties of the same ancestry, but of different colaurs ? | The elder Monsieur Pernet found us ‘Baroness Rothschild,’ and happily, by a sport from it, ‘ Merveille de Lyon.’ But we should like to see a scarlet or golden-yellow ‘ Baroness.’ Is the mould in whieh this superb Rose was cast broken up? Is its mother-parent unknown ? Monsieur Levet produced ‘ Paul Neyron,’ but we should be pleased if this immense Rose had been willing to give us some offspring. If it were not for the fact that in most cases the production of new varieties is owing to chance, it might be possible to experiment again by crossing anew the same Roses which had already given such exceptional results—vyeritable chiefs of the line—without any great number of descendants. It will doubtless be said that one is never certain of the results which will be obtained from hybrids or their descendants. This is often probable, but not always certain. However, let us leave the well-known Roses tani which, nevertheless, there is aah to be said) and go on to the well-defined types, from which it appears to me that we have not yet obtained all the improvements possible. In the study of hybrid Roses several alternatives present themselves,* amongst which the following are the principal :— 1. The product of the cross between two species may be absolutely sterile. 2. The product of the cross between two species may be sterile with its own pollen, but may be fertilised by one of its parents, or occa- sionally by both of them, or again by a variety which is entirely foreien to them. 3. A species which is sterile with its own pollen may fertilise, cr be fertilised by, another species, or a variety of mixed descent. About 1880 Monsieur Hardy, head gardener at the Luxembourg Gardens, hybridised two interesting Roses, Rosa berberifolia, Pallas, and ft. clinophylla, Thory. This cross gave a singular result, of which I shall speak somewhat at length. Rosa clinophylla, Thory (syns. Ff. involucrata, Roxb., Rk. Lindleyana, Tratt.), is a species from India and China, and belongs to the section Bracteate. It was figured by Redouté and in the Botanical Register. ftosa berberifolia, Pallas, is such a peculiar species and so different from other Roses that several authors have thought that it ought to be placed in a different genus. Thus Dumortier made from it the genus Hulthemia, Lindley that of Zowea, and Bunge Rhodopsis. This species is a native of Persia and Chinese Tartary. It is found in * Under the title of Hybrids, 1 mean the product of the crossing of any two species, and not the special section generally known under the name of Hybrid Perpetuals. To me the Bourbons, the Noisettes, the Polyanthas, «c., are also Hybrids. 496 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. abundance near Hamadan and in the fields at the foot of the Elvend Hills. It there grows to a height of three feet. Its branches are slender. Its leaves are sessile, narrow, simple, oval, and serrated at the tips, covered with a fine down, without thorns and without stipules. Its flowers are solitary, the fruit fluffy, almost round, and covered as far as the sepals with fine unequal thorns. Sepals downy and entire. Petals of a rich yellow, with a crimson spot at the base. } Rosa Hardw was described for the first time in 1836 by Cels (‘Annales de Flore et de Pomone,’ p. 372), by Paxton in 1848 (Maga- zine of Botany, x. p. 195). It has only retained the flowers of R. berberifolia. Tt is a small bush, growing two or three feet high. Its branches are spreading, slender, flexible, reddish, shghtly velvety, armed at the insertion of each petiole with two twin thorns with a single one under- neath them, forming a triangle. The deep-green leaves are composed of six or seven lanceolate and narrow leaflets, sharply serrated. The flowers are single and numerous, larger than those of /. berberifolia, with golden-yellow petals, the base covered with a purple spot larger than in KR. berberifolia. These flowers are occasionally in bunches of two or three, but more generally they are solitary. The peduncle is short and slightly mossy ; the calyx is globular and bristling with numerous fine thorns. The stamens are very numerous and of a beautiful yellow, a little lighter than the petals. Hosa Hardii was put into commerce in 1836 by Messrs. Cels fréres. This Rose of Hardy’s, which is spotted with purple like a Custus ladaniferus, is sterile ; moreover it has a single flower like that of its two parents. ‘The presence of the spots at the base of the petals is an interesting fact from a horticultural point of view. Do you not see the means offered by this peculiarity of adding this characteristic to some of the finer varieties with double flowers? To ask the question is to answer it. And why should not this simgular peculiarity be fixed? M. Pernet- Ducher, in a hybrid of which I shall speak later, obtained a single- flowered Rose which, instead of purple spots, showed a pure white star at the base of pink petals. Hyprips or Rosa lutea.—This yellow Rose, with its brilliant colour, has been the subject of numerous attempts at crossing, of which most have given only negative results.* Monsieur Alégatiére and numerous other hybridisers were completely stranded when attempting to use this Rose as the seed-bearing parent. ‘he reverse cross, on the other hand, appears to have some happy surprises for anyone who will try it afresh with various seed-bearing parents. Already M. Pernet-Ducher the younger, with ‘Soleil d’or,’ has shown the direction to be taken. In 1894 M. Pernet showed at the Bureau de |’Association Horticole Lyonnaise two hybrid Roses about which I published the following deseriptionT :— Hybrids of the Yellow Rose.—The beautiful Roses of hybrid origin which adorn our gardens do not always offer a well-marked scientific * Rosa Harrissoni passed with certain people as a hybrid between R. lutea and hk. pompinellifolia, See the Journal de la Société Nationale d Horticulture de France, L901, p. 884. + Lyon-Horticole, 1894, p. 266. NEW HYBRIDS TO AIM AT. 497 interest. Their parentage is generally not certainly known. ‘They are “crossbreeds ”—quadroon bastards—whose exact position in the Rose world is uncertain. ven if one can say of some of them that they are the result of one known variety crossed with another, it means little, as the father and mother are generally hybrids themselves, whose origin is lost in the darkness of mixed generations. It is then with real satis- faction, which all who are interested in the subject of hybridisation will doubtless share, that I proceed to make known a hybrid Rose whose father is known to be of a type not hitherto made use of, a type quite pure, with marked characteristics. This hybrid is due to our able colleague Mon- siéur Pernet-Ducher the younger, a rosarian at Lyons, one of the luckiest raisers in our country, to whom we owe some very fine varieties, especially amongst hybrid Teas—the section of the future. The hybrid I speak of, obtained by Monsieur Pernet the younger, takes two forms: one a single flower, which all botanic gardens and lovers of scientific curiosities ought to possess ; and the other a double flower, which is worthy to contribute to the ornamentation of our gardens. The following is the origin of the hybrids in question :—'The pollen parent is the Rose known under the name of ‘ Persian Yellow’; the mother is the variety ‘Antoine Ducher.’ The ‘ Persian Yellow’ Rose, im- ported from Persia in 1833 by Willock, passes as a double variety of the Yellow Rose (ose lutea) cultivated for more than three centuries under different names.* ‘The ‘ Yellow Rose’ type, which has often been con- founded with the ‘Sulphur Rose,’ presents a fixed variation, to be found in collections under the name of the ‘Capucine Rose’ (/?. punicea, Mill.). All gardeners know this variation. I say variation and not variety, as it is not unusual to find both sorts of flowers on the same bush. I will not give here the scientific description of Hosa lutea and its derivatives, ‘Persian Yellow’ and ‘ Capucine,’ which those who are interested in the matter can find in all the books. I will only point out that amongst the characters which allow it at first sight to be distinguished from all other species are that the colour of the bark is of a fallow brown and shining, the flowers numerous but solitary, giving out a smell of bugs, which is any- thing but pleasant. The Rose ‘ Antoine Ducher,’ which has served as the seed-parent to the two plants about which I am now speaking, is in itself a Hybrid * The following are the chief synonyms of this species published by Pronville :— R. lutea. Dovon. Pempt. 187.—Bauu. Hist. 2. 47. R. lutea simplex. Baun. Pin. 483.—Bersu. Kyst. vern. ord. 6 fol. 5. R. Eglanteria. Liyn. Sp. 703.—Wiseu. Werth. 263.—Rorna. Germ. 1. 217-2. 553.— Decanp. FI. fr. 4. 437.—Pers. Syn. 2. 47.--Mmr. Par. 189.—Repovr. Ros. 1. 69. t. 23. R. lutea. Mrix. Dict. n. 11.—Dvuror. Harbk. 2. 544.—Mazncu. Meth. 688.— WILLp. Sp. 2. 1064.—Lawr. Ros. t. 12.—Curr, Bot. Mag. t. 363.—Arr. Kew. 3. 258.— Gme.. Bad.-Als. 2. 463.— Smrru. in Rees in 1.—Rat. Enum. 157.—Pronv. Somm. R. fetida. Herm. Diss. 18.—Auumion. Ped. 2. 138 R. chlorophylia. Eur. Beit. 260. R. cerea. Kassie. Ros. t. 2. Var. B. punicea. Floribus bicoloribus. R. sylvestris austriaca. Flore puniceo. Hort. Angl. 66. R. punicea. Mrut. Dict. n. 12.—Dvror. Harbk. 3. 347.—Raiss. Ros. t. 5. R. cinnamomea. Roru. Germ. 1. 217 and 2. 554, R. lutea bicolor. Jacq. Vind. 1. t. 1.—Lawr. Ros. t. 6.—Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 1077. —Arr. Hort. Kew. ed. alt. 3. 258.—Smrru. in Rees in 1. ( R. Eglanteria pwmcea. Repovr. Ros. 1. 71. t. 24. 498 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Perpetual produced by Ducher in 1867, and remarkable for its large flowers, which are double, bright red, and of a globular shape. The parents being thus known, now let us study the offspring. Ihave already said that they are two in number, the one single, the other double. The following are the descriptions of them as given in the Report of the Meeting on May 15, where they were both shown. The single variety:—A very vigorous-growing bush with spreading branches, but more erect than in the lwtea type ; wood red-brown, furnished with thorns more in number but less projecting than those of the type. Leaves composed of lanceolate leaflets finely serrated like those of the ‘Persian Yellow,’ from which it differs by the colour being deeper and the shape less round, flowering in a bunch or corymb of from two to five flowers ; bud oval; flower composed of two rows of petals of medium size, coloured yellowish underneath and carmine pink above; the base of the petals is much coloured with yellow and bleaches altogether when entirely expanded, forming a star in the centre of the flower. The reproductive organs, the pistils and stamens, are perfectly formed ; nevertheless, so far, all the seeds have proved sterile as in &. punicea. The double variety :—This flowered for the first time in 1894. It isa most valuable variety from a horticultural point of view. The bush, less vigorous than the former, has a growth and habit reminding one of a Hybrid Perpetual. Its branches are erect, armed with thorns rather like those of Ff. punicea, but more numerous; leaves rounded, somewhat resembling those of the hybrid perpetual Roses. Flowers solitary, large, globular, very double, of a fine golden yellow, shaded with apricot-pink in the centre, which colouring distinguishes it from “ Persian Yellow.” One peculiarity alone suffices to show the hybrid origin of this variety : the flowers have a very pronounced odour of the Centifolia Roses, whilst that of R. punicea is disagreeable. These two Roses suggest the following remarks :— 1. The influence exercised by the pollen of Rosa lutea on ‘ Antoine Ducher’ is very remarkable. The influence shows that the pollen-parent in this instance has almost obliterated the characteristics of the seed- parent, the two hybrids in question having preserved most of the salient features of the Yelluw Rose, A. lutea. 2. One notices in the single-flowering hybrid the introduction of a coloured star in the centre of the flower. A like star is also found in Hardy’s Rose, which, we know, is a cross between a yellow Rose and one of another species—Ltosa berbertfolia x clinophylla. 8. In the case of the double Rose, the unpleasant scent of the ‘ Yellow Rose’ has disappeared and has changed to the sweet smell of the Centifolix Roses, or of some of the Hybrid Perpetuals. 4. Compare with this the result of a cross made by myself with different species. Rosa pomifera crossed with the pollen of the Common sengal R se. The resulting plants have all been alike and _ have resembled throughout the seed-bearing parent. It is exactly the reverse of what happened in the case of the hybrid obtained by M. Pernet the younger. 5. From the foregoing remarks we may conclude that in the same NEW HYBRIDS TO AIM AT. 499 genus, but operating on different species, the results obtained by hybridisation are contradictory. In practice, then, we cannot foretell the influence which the pollen-bearing parent or the seed-bearer will respectively have upon the offspring. It has been shown, then, that the pollen of Rosa lutea is capable of fertilising the Hybrid Perpetuals, if not all of them, at least one or two, and probably a very large number. There still remains, it is true, the sterility of these new hybrids, which it is necessary to partly overcome, even if it cannot be entirely suppressed. I have an idea that this can be Fic. 142.—Rosa acpa oporata. (The Garden.) accomplished by varying the sections on which the new hybridisations are tried. The following is the commencement of the trials which M. Allard, the able florist of the Maulévrie, made with seedlings of Rosa Harrissoni,* which is considered to be a hybrid, one of its parents being ‘ Persian Yellow’ or R. Eglanteria. Ue obtained numerous specimens with single flowers, white, pink, and yellow, and one semi-double whose flowers approach closely, both in colour and shade, to those of Rosa Eglanteria ; but all of them are in other respects like Rosa pimpinellifolia. Rosa Harrissoni likewise possessing most of the peculiarities of Rosa pim- pinellifolia, and the flower of the ‘ Yellow Rose,’ it is to be presumed that it is a hybrid between the two. * Journ. Soc. Nat. d’ Hort. Fr. 1901, p. 884. K it 500 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, Hyprips oF THE Macartney Rose.—From the Macartney Rose (Rosa bracteata) two garden varieties have been obtained, of which one is known by the name of ‘ Maria Leonida,’ and the other as Ff. alba odorata. But nothing more has come of them, as they are sterile hybrids. (Fig. 142.) Rosa bracteata, Wendl., shares with R. involucrata, Roxb., and R. Lyellii, Lindl., a section of the Indian Roses, to which it has given its name. It has the following synonyms:—f. Macartnea, Dumon de Courset, and R. lucida, Lawr., not Ehrh. It has a variety called scabricaulis, which might probably constitute a small species of its own. Authors are not agreed as to the name of the introducer of the bracted Rose. Some attribute it to Lord Macartney, Ambassador to China, others to George Staunton. Cels had it in his garden in 1795. It has been figured by Ventenat, Reessig, Redouté, Wendland, and Miss Lawrence. The Rose ‘ Maria Leonida’ is supposed to be a hybrid between the single Macartney Rose and the Musk Rose—I imagine one with double flowers. If this origin is the true one, I expect it was the Musk Rose that supplied the pollen. I found this opinion upon what one knows about hybrids of the first generation between distinct species, that it is the seed-bearing plant which gives the principal characteristics of growth and habit. ‘Maria Leonida’ has preserved, in effect, almost all the botanical peculiarities of Rosa bracteata. Admitting as proved this origin of ‘Maria Leonida,’ a sterile hybrid, as so often happens when two distinct species are crossed, Rose-breeders may perhaps be able, by careful choice of pollen, to obtain, other remarkable varieties, or some fertile plants which by mongrel breeding would give us some new varieties. Hysprips oF BanxstAn Roses.—A long time ago I received from Monsieur Michelange Console some seed of the two double varieties, white and yellow, of this remarkable species. Having sown them, I obtained the identical plants pure and simple. No variation whatever occurred. Nevertheless it is probable that, since the double Banksian Rose produces seed, one could obtain crosses from it. Moreover, it has been suggested that a cross has already been made between it and Rosa levigata, and that it produced Rosa Fortuniana, Lindley. This is an encouragement for those of our fellow-workers on the Mediterranean shores, where the Banksian Roses abound, to make experiments in this direction, either in using the pollen of them, or using them as the seed- bearing plants. Fig. 148 shows the single wild form of Rosa Banksia. Notsette Rosrs.—We know that the Noisettes are of hybrid origin, and that their ancestors are supposed to have belonged to the Musk Roses (fosa moschata) and the Indian Roses (R. indica). The descend- ants of these Roses, either from ordinary seeds or after fresh crossing, have given us the hybrid Noisettes, and very probably most of the bush Roses, which florists, for want of a better name, have classed amongst the Tea Roses. It seems as if the source from whence the Noisettes were obtained might be nearly exhausted. Perhaps we might infuse it with fresh vigour, by beginning new crosses either with different forms | of Rosa moschata or with other species of the same class, such as lh. Brunonii, abyssinica, Leschenaultiana, &c. It might be possible also NEW HYBRIDS TO AIM AT. 5O1 to rediscover the original Noisettes, or their immediate descendants, with which different crosses might be tried ; because, since the first varieties of this section were obtained, numerous different Roses have been either introduced or raised in our gardens, and in them we have new material to work with. RosA MICROPHYLLA.—We cultivate, in France under the name of Chataigne (or Chestnut) Roses, several varieties of this Japanese species, which are remarkable from the fact of the calyx being always covered all over with straight thorns, set close together. It would be interesting Fie. 143.— Rosa Banksim, winp rorm. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) to try crossing this species with the ordinary or with the perpetual Moss Roses. _Bourson Rosres.—This family of Roses appears to have already made its supreme effort, stopped in its attempts at variation by the sterility of even its finest seeds, and by the disappearance of the seed-bearing powers which produced ‘ Souvenir de la Malmaison,’ for example. It would possibly be useful, for the sake of trying them afresh, to rediscover the first descendants of this type, or in default of this, to try to reproduce them again by crossing an Indian with a Damask Rose, since we are assured that this was the origin of the Bourbon Rose. From the observations I have already made (which, however, could be 502 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. much more developed, if I were not afraid of abusing the patience of the Congress) we can draw the following conclusions :—Certain sections of the Roses cultivated in our gardens appear to have given the highest results of which they are capable. Seed, pure and simple, only produces, by atavism, very slight variations, often inferior to their progenitors. On the other hand, their crosses with each other, from being but little more fertile, seem unable—except in the case of some classes of Hybrid Teas— to pr.duce any varieties very distinct from their parents. It is time then, I think, that Rose-raisers, having now at their disposal new material for hybridisation, should try crosses between types of Roses widely different, as regards form, colour, and habit, from those actually in cultivation in our gardens. There is particularly room for experiments among the old Noisettes, the Yellow Rose, the Berberifolia group, the Banksians, R. pimpinellifolia, R. bracteata, R. rugosa, R. microphylla, and such like. THE GARDEN ROSES. 503 THE GARDEN ROSES. By Miss GERTRUDE JEKYLL, V.M.H. It would have been a great surprise to rosarians of twenty years ago could they have been told of the remarkable development that was to r = — »\ ¥ a \ ‘ ~ 7 k & Kean: : : wi« = . 3 i ee Fic. 144.—A Perereoua or Pink Rampier Roses. (The Garden.) take place in the Rose world, and that there would be at the shows of future days the number of classes we now see for “‘ Garden ’’ Roses. It is one of the healthiest signs of the good growth of horticulture that the Garden Roses have come to their right place in public estimation. The 504 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. demand is now so great that raisers can scarcely keep pace with it, for everyone who is really interested in good gardening is now clamouring for the Garden Roses, both old and new. Some of the old varieties which have always been with us, but have been for a time neglected, are now valued as they should be, and, instead of merely existing in forgotten corners in some gardens only, they are being planted in fair quantity and with care and thought for their best use. So now we see in every good garden the old pink China, the Provence, Moss, Damask, and the fine old rambling Ayrshires side by side with the new Ramblers and the host of beautiful hybrids of yarious parentage. The new Ramblers derived from fF. multiflora at once became popular, and the hybrids of rugosa and Wichuracana have already shown their value, while year by year new Roses for garden beauty are appearing. The new hybrid Teas are among the most precious of Roses, doing well in many gardens where Teas are not entirely successful ; many also are the lovely things among the new hybrid Chinas. This wealth of beautiful material for simple garden use being now ready—and only a portion of it has been briefly referred to—it is in- teresting to see how desirous people are to make some good use of it. The quantity is so great, and the ways and habits of the different species from which the new Roses have come are so various, that there is scarcely a department of gardening in which some may not be rightly used. There are Roses for beds and borders, for large isolated specimens, for pillars, for arches, for arbours and pergolas, for trellises and screens, for walls high and low, for rambling into trees and over wild undergrowth, for crowning retaining-walls, for rock-gardening, and for trailing over banks or broken ground. There are Roses also for the stately terrace of refined architecture, and for such beautiful Rose gardens as have never yet been made. To attempt to describe the best uses of all the beautiful Garden Roses would need the space of a book; on the occasion of this Conference it may suffice just to draw attention to the great importance of this new development of Rose-growing in its relation to the newly-arisen desire for the wider comprehension and interpretation of Rose beauty. EVER-BLOOMING ROSES FOR GARDEN DECORATION, Or =. Or EVER-BLOOMING ROSES FOR GARDEN DECORATION. By Wm. Paut, F.L.S., V.M.H. Ir the lover of the Rose will refer to the botanist’s account of the genus Rosa he will find two species, 2. indica and FR. semperflorens, both natives of China, described as blooming all the year round. Now from these species and their descendants, naturally or artificially hybridised, has _ arisen a whole host of seedlings, many of them possessing in a greater or less degree the invaluable quality of continuous blooming; it is only necessary to keep them growing and you keep them blooming, for every eye or leaf-bud that pushes into a branch produces a flower or flowers. In the cultivation of ever-blooming Roses it is a point of the first importance to avoid drought. Absence of moisture in the soil arrests growth, and without growth there can be no flowers. Watering in dry weather is therefore a necessity, and the morning is recommended as the best time for the operation. Loudon, in the “ Encyclopedia of Gardening,” published in 1822, tells us that the royal gardener at Monza had raised fifty varieties of fi. indica, and there are in the Waltham Cross Nurseries at the present day scores of named varieties and thousands of unnamed seedlings from the same parentage. These creations, as some have called them—but for which I think the word ‘inventions ’’ would be a better name—vary much in character and quality, but are not all ever-blooming. The Riviera Roses stand in the opinion of some as the truest represen- tatives of these ever-blooming varieties, but the profusion and constancy of the Riviera Roses are due to the climate, soil, and system of cultivation rather than to the varieties. I have seen the Roses there at their best more than once and could find very few differing from those grown in England, and while the profusion of branches and flowers is overwhelm- ing in its appeal to the eye and mind, I conceive that we could only realise the same conditions in England by bringing the Riviera soil and climate with the Riviera Roses. Further, we have many fine varieties which the growers there have not, and never have I seen there individual flowers gifted with the freshness and bewitching beauty they derive from the cooler and moister climate of our “ island home.” I think few will question the assertion that the Rose is worthy of a garden to itself on account of its beauty, variety, fragrance, and adapt- ability to the numerous forms and contrivances recognised as desirable in ornamental gardening in Kngland. But it is not of the “‘ Rose garden ”’ as a thing by itself that I wish to speak to-day. I pass that by asa desirable object of admitted interest and beauty. I wish on the present occasion to show that Roses may be advantageously introduced into the system of miscellaneous bedding in all gardens, large or small, but especi- ally in those where, for want of space or numerous other reasons, a separate Rose garden cannot be realised. 506 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. It is only recently that we have obtained a group of Roses of various colours between the Tea-scented, Chinese, and Bourbon, the varieties of which are hardier than the original Tea-scented, and which bloom con- ‘tinuously from June till growth is arrested by the autumn frosts. Some of the most remarkable of these are :—‘ Aurora,’ ‘ Boadicea,’ ‘Camoens,” ‘Chameleon,’ ‘Comtesse Festetics Hamilton,’ ‘Corallina,’ ‘ Dainty,’ ‘Empress Alexandra of Russia,’ ‘ Enchantress,’ ‘ Fairy Queen,’ ‘ Fortuna,” ‘G. Nabonnand,’ ‘ General Schablikine,’ ‘ Gloire des Polyanthas,’ ‘ Gruss an Teplitz,’ ‘Madame Abel Chatenay,’ ‘Madame C. P. Strassheim,’ ‘Madame Eugéne Résal,’ ‘Madame Laurette Messimy,’ ‘ Mdlle. Germaine Raud,’ ‘ Morning Glow,’ ‘ Papa Gontier,’ ‘Princesse Alice de Monaco,’ ‘Queen Mab,’ ‘Salmonea,’ ‘Sulphurea,’ ‘The Alexandra,’ ‘ Yvonne Gravier.’ Of course, in speaking of “ ever-blooming Roses for garden decora- tion,’ I do not mean to imply that they will bloom all the year round in this climate owt of doors, but they will do so if removed at the end of the Rose season to the warmth and shelter of glass houses. Now there are thousands of Englishmen who see but little of their gardens except at the short period when in residence at their country seats, which is, with many, the late summer or early autumn, and at that season these Roses may be had in their fullest beauty. The process of cultivation is simple in the extreme, and one which any ordinary workman in the garden may be deputed to carry out. If the prospective position of these Roses is defined when clearing away the remnants of the summer grouping plants (Geraniums, &c.) in October, these Roses may be made to take their place from other out-of-door positions, or they may be obtained by purchase. When planting, leave the earth rising well up among the lower branches, placing small branches. of evergreens among them for shelter from the frosts and cold winds of winter. This is the least troublesome way of realising our object, and as. a rule answers perfectly ; but, although these Roses are much hardier than the old fashioned Tea-scented, we have yet to learn how they might fare wholly unprotected in the open during a winter of more than common severity. But should they be found to suffer seriously under such a con- tingency it would cost but a small amount of money and labour to repair the mischief. Here, however, is another and a safer, although I could not say a better plan. Purchase the plants in small pots in May, repot them in June, and grow them on either under glass or in the open, planting them out with the bedding plants in the May following. Under this manage- ment, if the early flowers (June) are not wanted, it isa good plan to pinch the flower-buds out when about the size of a small pea, taking care not to remove or injure any of the leaves. Dig the plants up after the summer and autumn blooming, repot and remove to shelter, reintroducing them to any position in the flower-garden in the following spring. Of course I am assuming that in the preliminary stages of cultivation the ordinary care and attention of good gardening are practised. Into this. I need not enter here. Nothing more is required to ensure brilliant masses of flowers that will vie with any denizens of the garden, and last longer in an attractive form than many of them. NOTES ON CHINESE ROSES. 5O7T NOTES ON CHINESE ROSES. By GrorGE Nicuotson, A.L.8., V.M.H. In the Chinese Empire there are about twenty-four species of the genus Rosa which have already been studied and described, and most of them have been introduced to British gardens. These species all belong to the first rank: that is to say, they are so distinct from each other that it - is hardly probable that any botanist would attempt to unite any two of them. Incomplete material exists in herbaria which no doubt represents good species not yet described or introduced. Of the eleven groups into which Mr. J. G. Baker classifies the species of cultivated Roses, no less than eight are represented in the Chinese flora. Group 1.—Simplicifolie.—This contains but ‘a single species, Lf. simplicifolia (R. berberifolia), which, although a native of Siberia, Afghanistan, and Persia, has not yet been found in China. Group II.—Systyl@e.—Seven species from China are included in this group, only one of which has not yet found its way into cultivation, viz. R. Davidi, related to R. moschata. FR. Davidi, moreover, is one of some six or eight Roses which so far have never been found outside the Chinese Empire; others are anemoneflora, Banksia, bracteata, and microcarpa. R. anemoneflora is here treated as a species, although it may prove to be a hybrid between multiflora and levigata. So far it is only known in a double-flowered state. R. Leschenaultiana is Indian as well as Chinese; it is a strong- erowing handsome climber, which unfortunately is not hardy in the neighbourhood of London. Probably, however, it would thrive in the south-western counties. R. moschata and f. multiflora are too well known to need detailed mention. fi. Lucie approaches the Japanese Rk. Wichuraiana in general aspect ; this latter has been received at Kew from Japan under the name of R. Lucia. I have not yet seen the true plant in cultivation. fi. Soulieana, described by Crépin in the Bulletin de la Société Botamque de Belgique xxxy. (1896), 20-23, was sent from Shen-si by Father Soulié; it has small white flowers, resembling in structure and inflorescence Rf. moschata, but differing markedly from that species in the form of the leaves and in the width of the bracts and sepals—and particularly so in the form of the latter. I have seen &. Sowlieana in the fine collection of M. Maurice L. de Vilmorin at Les Barres. Group IIl.—Banksiane.—Rosa Banksia is too well known as a wall plant in the South of England to need more than a passing mention. fi. mucrocarpa is a very distinct small-fruited Rose, perhaps not in cultivation now. The third Chinese species of this group is the so-called ‘ Cherokee ” Rose, f. levigata; this frequently proved tender and flowered sparingly 508 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. in the neighbourhood of London, but of recent years stocks have been received from Japanese sources which prove hardier and more floriferous than those—probably of Chinese origin—previously in cultivation. Groupe IV.—Bracteate.—The ‘ Macartney’ Rose (Lf. bracteata). Grove V.—Microphylle.—R. microphylla. The above two groups are represented in China by one species each, (The Garden.) Fic. 145.—Rosa SPINOSISSIMA, VAR. HISPIDA. Group VI.—Cinnamomee.—LHight Chinese species are placed here, five of which are in gardens. Acicularis (dahwrica, although regarded as & species by Crépin and others, is only a form of cimnamomea and so is not given specific rank in this enumeration), Beggeriana, macrophylla (Prewalskvi, described by Regel as distinct, is only, according to Crépin, a form of macrophylla), rugosa, and sericea are so distinct and well-marked, NOTES ON CHINESE ROSES. 509 and, moreover, so well known, that no description is necessary. . Biondit and R. Giraldw, named by Crépin in honour of two Italian missionaries in China and described provisionally by him in Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1897, 232-8, are not yet in cultivation. L. Prattw (Hemsley in Journal of the Linnean Society, xxix. t. 80) is a Western Chinese species yet to be introduced and a remarkably distinct plant, much resembling some Zanthoxylum in general aspect ; it is easily distinguished by its small flowers, reflexed calyx-lobes, and small linear-lanceolate, closely-arranged, obscurely-toothed leaflets. Group VII.—Spinosissime.—Two species enter into this group, our common native f. spinosissima (Fig. 145) and R. xanthina, the latter first introduced into cultivation from Afghanistan by the late Dr. Aitchison. Group VIII.—Gallice.—No representative of this section of the genus occurs in the Chinese Empire. Group IX.—Canine.—The common Dog Rose of our hedgerows may be taken as the type of this section of the genus. In China only R. indica and Ff. gigantea come into this group. The last-named species was first discovered in Burma by the late Sir H. Collett, but more recently has been collected on the mountains of Yunnan, both by Dr. Henry and by Hancock ; we suppose that the name AR. Collettii, which obtains in some gardens for this species, has been given to it by some one desiring to perpetuate the name of General Collett. It is important, however, to distinctly state here that there is a true f. Collettit which hails from the Shan States, and is as distinct from L. gigantea as two Roses can be from each other. &. Colletti (Crépin in Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 1889, 49) is a small-growing small-flowered Rose near f. microcarpa, and is remarkable for its free linear stipules, which are also fugacious. A good figure is published in the Jowrnal of the Linnean Society, xxviii. t. x. On the other hand, true f. gigantea is a huge climber, with large leaves, and flowers five inches in diameter. Grovur X.—Villose. Group XI.—Rubiginose. The first of these is represented in our gardens by the Apple Rose (R. pomuifera), R. mollis, &c.; the second by the Sweet-brier, R. rubi- ginosa ; the Chinese flora contains no representative of either group. 510 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSES. By Monsieur Vivianp-Moret. Oxp authors who wrote, though very briefly, on the cultivation of the Rose, mentioned that it was propagated by cuttings, by layering, from suckers, and by budding. They did not lay any particular stress upon cuttings. Miller, the author of the “ Gardener’s Dictionary,’’ in par- ticular, after having mentioned striking, without saying how it was done in his time, adds: “ Plants which are propagated from layers are less likely to throw out suckers than those which are taken from around old plants; hence they are to be preferred, as they take up less space and blossom more profusely.’’ It is only when we come down to our own time that we find the methods of striking clearly explained in horticul- tural writings. Most varieties root easily ; but some of the hard-wooded ones, like the Centifolias, the Mosses, and some of the Hybrids, are never very satisfac- tory as regards striking. Cuttings may be made either in the green or woody stage; in either case they will root well. The green cuttings should always have some of their leaves preserved. The woody cuttings can be made either with or without leaves, according to the variety of Rose and the time of year when the cuttings are made. A large number of varieties will not root well unless they are struck with some of the leaves left on. It is desir- able, or even necessary, to know the varieties in question, or at least the types or sections to which they belong. As a general rule, all Roses which hold their leaves for a long time at the end of the season and those which are almost evergreen, such as those classed with the Teas, Bengals, Bourbons, Polyanthas, Sempervirens, Banksias, Noisettes, and all derived from these, require to be struck with their leaves on. The Hybrid Perpetuals may also be struck with the leaves on, but will also do very well without them. The cuttings with leaves should be struck under cover ; the cuttings without leaves may be struck in the open air. I will now mention the principal methods of operating. Soft-wooded Cuttings.—This sort of cutting is not often made, and only in some horticultural establishments. Pot Roses are put into a moderately warm greenhouse in February, and when the shoots have crown a sufficient length (from 5 to 7 centimetres *) they are torn off from the mother stem. ‘The heel is trimmed with a pruning knife, and some of the leaves removed from the base; the cuttings are then planted in small pots and put at once under bell-glasses in a propagating pit, with a bottom heat of from 15 to 20 degrees centigrade. They are then treated the same way as cuttings of other plants—watering, watching the bell-glasses to guard against damping off, shading, &c. The cuttings take from thirty to forty days to strike root. They are hardened-off by gradually * A metre = 39°37079 inches, or practically 3 feet 3 inches and a third of an inch. A centimetre = *39371 of an inch, or practically two-fifths of an inch. ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSES. 51] admitting air to the bell-glasses, after which they are uncovered and repotted in larger pots. ‘They are then put at once into a frame until May, at which time of the year they may be planted out in well Vic. 146.—Rosre Anrcu. manured soil, where they will grow vigorously and blossom in the course of the summer. Cuttings from soft shoots had once a good reason for being made use of for rapidly increasing the stock of any new Rose, but they have now 512 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. been almost abandoned, since budding on the Brier stock: is quicker and gives a much greater number of plants. Cuttings from Ripened Wood.—Of all the different ways recom- mended for multiplying Roses, the best is that of employing shoots of rigened wood furnished with leaves. These cuttings are easy to strike in the open air as soon as the Roses have finished blooming, that is to say, from June to November; this allows of several sets of cuttings being made from the same plant. At the end of June the temperature out- doors is such as to make it possible to do without either hotbed or green- house. Some people only begin to make cuttings of Roses in September, which is in fact one of the best times of the year, and that in which cuttings may be made by the least skilful workmen. But by taking certain precautions, and by knowing how to choose the right shoots to strike, one gains by beginning to make cuttings in June. Besides, we can work for a longer time in increasing several varieties of Tea Roses, and, above all, the old ‘Souvenir de la Malmaison,’ which is always in great demand. Choice of Cuttings.—Those branches are good for cuttings in which the flower-bud is ready to open: this state may last for a longer or shorter time, and its duration varies with the fertility of the soil and its moisture, and also with the variety of Rose. As long as the eyes near the flower have not begun to start into growth, the branch which bears the flower is fit for a cutting. But when these eyes sprout to make other branches, it is with few exceptions a fairly certain sign that the branch is no longer any good for a cutting; it is better then to leave such subsidiary shoots to develop, and wait until they are themselves fit to strike. Method of Operating.—Mons. Charles Grosdemange, in an article entitled ‘‘ Culture of the Rose on its own Roots,’ has summed up in a very clear way the different operations in making cuttings. It is one of the best articles on this subject amongst the many that have been written. I shall reproduce it here, with notes where I do not entirely agree with the author :— Soil and Position.—The soil used in striking Roses should be of a siliceous nature, and is made up of two-thirds fine river-sand with a little earth in it, one-third Fontainebleau leaf mould mixed with its own bulk of well-rotted manure from an old hotbed.* The position of my striking-bed is between rows of Biota orientalis, 2} metres high and 23 metres apart. Thanks to this width, I can make the bed 1) metre wide and furnish it with three rows of bell-glasses, having a clearance of ‘05 of a metre each way. A }-metre pathway is left on either side, and allows me easily to get at the bell-glasses, and shade or give them air when necessary ¢ When the time arrives for making cuttings I prepare the bed in the following manner :—I make an even trench, 20 centimetres deep, edging its borders with deal * The nature of the soil is of small importance as regards the throwing out of roots. The best compost to employ is that which just holds the cuttings firm and allows the water to drain through. Pure sand containing a small amount of clay is to be recommended. Leaf mould and hotbed soil are of very doubtful utility.—V-M. + My idea of the best striking bed is a border running from east to west, shaded by a wall which keeps the sun off the bell-glasses.—V-M. a PONG ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSES. 5138 planks 4 metres long and 20 centimetres wide, which are kept in place by means of small pegs. To the space thus prepared I take the sand and earth and the leaf mould and mix them up as thoroughly as possible; the bed is then made quite level with a rake, and the three rows of bell-glasses placed in a straight line by means of a cord. Time for making Cuttings.—I only mean to describe here the striking of cuttings under bell-glasses in the open air, and for this one may say, generally speaking, that the best time is from about September 15 to the end of October, or even during the first fortnight in November.* Choice of Shoots.—The choice of shoots is of the first importance, and may be summed up as follows:—All the shoots of a Rose are not equally fitted for making cuttings of: they should not be too thick or too slender + ; it is to those of a medium thickness between the two extremes that preference should be given, as the more _ likely to take root. It should be noticed also that the cutting with a heel is more likely to root than one without; the more so, as there always exist at the base a certain number of latent eyes which will afterwards develop into vigorous shoots. Making the Cutting.—I give the preference then to cuttings with heels, and I cut them with four eyes, their length depending on the distance apart of the eyes on the shoot, which varies a good deal in different varieties. The two lower eyes should be under the ground, the other two above are guarded to a certain extent by their leaves ; it is sufficient to leave one pair of leaflets. Sometimes it happens that on account of extreme dryness the Rose bushes have lost most of their leaves, in which case cuttings made without leaves, but of the same length, will strike just as well. Planting.—The cuttings are made separately according to their varieties, and dis- tinctly labelled. Before planting them it is necessary to tread the soil well, that is to say, stamp it down sufficiently to make it adhere firmly to the base of the cuttings, and then to level it quite smooth so as to exactly fit the base of the bell-glasses. When this is done the planting of the cuttings is proceeded with. They are put in with a dibber about the size of one’s finger. They are placed in lines about 2 to 3 centimetres deep, and from two to three apart. It is important that the earth be firmly pressed round the base of each cutting. The planting of the cuttings should at once be followed by a plentiful watering, since the success of the whole thing depends upon this. The bell-glasses are then put on and kept constantly closed to keep the cuttings close, that is to say, to keep them as much as possible from the air, and to keep their wood from shrivelling up and getting dry through evaporation, for every cutting whose bark shrivels may be considered as lost. Later Treatment.—At the end of September the sun is sufficiently strong to make complete shading of the bell-glasses necessary. At this time of year, that is, for the first batch of cuttings, one shades for a fortnight with matting; afterwards with hurdles, as long as shade is required, which is to about the end of October. Look at the cuttings from time to time, and see that damping-off and mildew are not damaging any of them ; remove any fallen leaves and any weeds that may have come up in the soil. When the cold begins to get more severe, about the end of November or beginning of December, it is wise to cover the bell-glasses with dry litter, only leaving just the tops of them uncovered; and these should be covered at night with mats. In the winter, whenever it thaws, give them as much light as possible. Towards the second half of February, when the temperature becomes milder, entirely remove the straw from round the bell-glasses, go over the cuttings afresh, and give them air whenever the sun shines. In the latter fortnight of March the cuttings have rooted and begin to push their buds; at this time the glasses may be entirely removed in the daytime * | make cuttings from the time when the blooming is over, so long as the frost has not hurt the leaves of the Rose bushes.—V-M. + The reasoning of the author is very correct; but we have been forced to strike from all kinds of wood, and to sometimes try with wood that appeared too thick or too slender. When one wishes to get many cuttings and has but few plants one does not hesitate to try doubtful cuttings. —V-M. { This is true only as regards Hybrid Perpetuals.-- V-M. L 514 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. and replaced at night if necessary. This is the manner of striking Roses, plainly stated. It only remains for me to say how I treat the cuttings after they have been struck. Intermediate Stage.—In the first fortnight in April, instead of taking up the cuttings and replanting them immediately in the open, I make them undergo an intermediate stage by potting them in pots of 7) centimetres diameter and putting them into a close frame for from fifteen to eighteen days. This treatment, which at first sight may appear to be of little use, is nevertheless of more value than might be supposed, for it enables us to obtain stock sufficiently vigorous and strong to send out the first year. In the beginning of April, then, the cuttings are put into pots of 74 centimetres according to their different varieties. The soil used for this potting is of the same kind as that employed for the striking bed, but of a slightly heavier description. The pots are put close together in a cool frame, which is kept shut for about five or six days, at the end of which time the emission of roots will not have failed to have started again in the pots; you can begin to give them more and more air until the end of April, when the frames may be removed altogether. Winter Cuttings with Leaves.—l have found it necessary on many occasions to make cuttings of ‘ Souvenir de la Malmaison’ in the winter (always before the frost had touched the leaves) and in the open air, under bell-glasses against a north wall, and always with great success. The roots take a long time to form (about three or four months), but do so regularly, and what is very interesting about it is, that cuttings without heels take well, and that from some of the very strong shoots four, five, or even six cuttings may be made. When it is not too cold, the bell- glasses are not covered; on the other hand, if it is very cold they are covered with leaves and litter, only leaving their tops uncovered, unless the temperature should fall very low (12 to 15 degrees below zero centigrade), when they should be completely covered up. As to the other operations which follow the taking of the cuttings, they are the same as those described by M. Grosdemange. It would be impossible to put it better or to describe more clearly the method of making autumn cuttings. In certain cases, where the cuttings are fairly sure of taking, one can save the labour of repotting by striking them at once in pots. An excellent plan | have adopted with a view of still further simpli- fying the number of operations is the following :—-In the open garden we make a border running from east to west. It is lightly raked over, drawing part of the earth to about the depth of five centimetres on to the path. On this part, hollowed out in the border, we place the sand in which to plant the cuttings, and cover them with little deal frames about twenty centimetres high and fifty centimetres long by thirty wide. The cuttings are planted inside these frames, which .are then covered with a sheet of glass. It is necessary, remember, to shade the cuttings thus made, either (if you have plenty of labour) with garden matting, which is put on every morning and removed every evening, or, what is better, by constructing a permanent shade out of some light hurdles, or by growing Scarlet Runners or Convolvulus on branches. The economy of this method consists in the doing away with the repotting. When the cuttings are rooted the sheets of glass and the little frames are removed, and afterwards the shading, and the Roses are allowed to grow in the | open. ‘This method creates plants which can be simply dug up as soon as the roots are sufficiently developed. ean a ws ’ ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSES. 515 Side-split Cuttings.*—This cutting is made in the ordinary manner with leaves on; then a longitudinal slit is made in the bark, from about threé millimetres from the end, and of about three centimetres in length, from the bottom upwards. (Fig. 147.) This cut lifts up a strip of bark and wood two or three millimetres thick, which only remains attached to the cutting by its upper end. In a word, supposing you make an ordinary “ayer,” with a cut in it, and instead of leaving it still joined to the plant you treat it as an ordinary cutting, you will have an idea of the system. I use this method for small shrubs and other plants that are difficult to strike, and it succeeds admirably with Roses. Those who are in the habit of layering many plants know that the Fic. 147.—S1prE-spLir CurrTING READY FOR PLANTING. roots form more rapidly on that part which is almost severed from the main stem, and to which it remains attached by its upper end only. Well, in the side-split-cutting (bowtwre marcotte), the result is the same: the roots always appear more quickly, and in greater number, on that part of the wood that has been partly severed, than on the base. Cuttings obtained in this manner are also stronger than those made in the ordinary way, because the callus (often very hard) which forms on the latter before the roots appear checks the circulation of the sap. Notched Cuttings.—Varieties that are difficult to increase may be * In French boutwres marcottes, literally ‘‘ cutting layers,’’ but it seems better to invent a descriptive English compound word.—W. W., ‘Translator. L2 4 516 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. prepared for cuttings by partially breaking them, or by cutting notches in them, as pointed out by Monsieur C. Potrat in the following passage :— . In the end of May and on into June the branches of those varieties you want to increase are pinched, which causes the pinched branches, in a marked manner, to throw out a number of secondary shoots, which are notched just at the bottom of the shoot: this cut tries to heal itself, and to shut itself up by forming a mass of cam- bium, which, when the branch is entirely detached, acts on the cut as the beginning of a callus and greatly helps to assist it in striking. Cuttings formed of branches thus treated give wonderful results, sometimes as much as 80 to 90 per cent. of plants ; for the callus thus set going continues at once to increase as soon as the cutting is placed in the ground, Cuttings planted wpside down.—I must not venture to speak too ill of odd ways of increasing plants, as [ have myself invented at least two, which I will make known later on. ‘Their object is to avoid mildew, like the one which I now quote, introduced by Monsieur 0. Potrat, who pub- lished it in the Semaine Horticole : You can work from the first fortnight in July until about September 10. The cuttings are detached either with or without heels, but instead of cutting them off immediately above the third eye, particular care is taken to preserve all the internode above it by not cutting till after the fourth eye. The part left is called the “ claw.” * The cuttings thus prepared are planted under bell-glasses, in preference to frames, which in this case are not very suitable. A shaded plot of ground is chosen facing the north, and the bell-glasses are shaded in the daytime with matting. The soil ought, if possible, to be rather light. Generally one makes it oneself by using equal parts of river-sand and leaf mould mixed with old hotbed soil in about equal quantities, and the whole is covered with about 5 to 7 centimetres of pure washed river-sand, ‘lhe position being chosen and the soil prepared, it only remains to mark out the places for the glasses and to dibble in the cuttings. This work should be done in exactly the reverse way to the natural law of planting. For the cuttings are inserted head downwards. In fact the cuttings are put into the ground upside down, so that the internode or “ claw’ preserved may be entirely under the soil, with the third eye of the cutting level with the ground, When the circle made by the base of the glass is full of cuttings, they are lightly watered, and the glasses put on, and that is all for the present. Nevertheless, mark well, it requires a second operation to secure success, A priori, you might think that the callus and roots must be formed and sent out at the end buried in the earth, but it is nothing of the kind, If you follow step by step the progress of propagation, you will see that little by little the extremities of the cuttings, which are then in the air under the bell-glass form a whitish ring, as if of mucilage, between the bark and the wood. ‘This is the “eambium,” otherwise called the reproductive zone, which performs its duty and spreads little by little over the whole surface of the cut to form the callus. This formation takes place in the twelve or. fifteen days after planting. It is then that the second operation must be performed, which consists in removing the bell-glasses and examining the cuttings. ‘To do this the cuttings are pulled up one by one, and all the “claws”? which have been planted in the earth are removed with sécatewrs as far as the third eye. All those which have formed a good callus or offer 1 chance of success ave put on one side, whilst the others, as well as the removed “claws,” are thrown away. It only remains now to gently free the upper part from soil, and to replant the cuttings under the same glasses, but this time right side upwards, with the callus in the ground, Cuttings laid upon the Soil.—These cuttings may be classed with those planted upside down, but they are at once planted in the ordinary * French onglet. ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSES, 517 way as soon as they have formed a callus, the first sign of the appear ance of the rootlets. I owe the discovery of this method to chance. Not having had time to plant all the cuttings that IT had made one Saturday evening, | put them anyhow under several bell-glasses, where they remained until Monday morning. I'inding them to be in very good con lic. 148, Rose ‘Tuan’ (Waite Ramuten). (The Garden.) dition, | tried the experiment with fifty of them for a longer time, and they remained for more than three weeks under the bell-glasees without being planted ; they all formed a callus, and | then at once planted them the right way up, with the exception of five, which were not removed from their horizontal position under the bell-glass, and these formed roots like the others. It is only fair to state that these leafed cuttings were syringed 518 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. as if they had been planted in the ordinary way. Monsieur Mortinier Scholz described in the illustrated Garten Zeitung a way of increasing Roses on their own roots, which consists in laying the branches on the ground during the winter and covering them over with leaves. In the spring, in April, some of the branches will have rooted; and it is only necessary to cut them through to get Roses on their own roots. This method has been proved a success by Monsieur L. von Nagy. It comes under the category of layering. Cuttings of the Flowering-tips.—Monsieur Henri Flémal invented a method which he declares to be excellent, as he has practised it for fifteen years. It is in every way a method which deserves to be mentioned here :-— The time having arrived for propagating the queen of flowers, I think that Rose- lovers will be glad that I should describe to them the method I have practised for fifteen years. All the books I have read on striking Roses assume the use of bell- glasses, frames, &c. My method is far more simple, and its success is always complete. It is as follows: I make the cuttings from the lower part of the stem of the Rose, leaving them of a length containing tnree or four eyes; I cut them hori- zontally about five millimetres under an eye. I remove tlie leaf from this eye, but leave the petiole. I make two longitudinal incisions, a centimetre long, in the bark on either side of the eye. I cut off half of the other leaves. I cut off the top of the cuttings obliquely, one centimetre above the top eye, and then put them in water, where they ought to remain for three or four days. The plot in which the cuttings are to be planted should not be clayey, nor too sandy ; it should be well rammed before planting, and situated where it gets most sun. Before planting the cuttings, which should be inserted into the ground about a centimetre, the border should be well watered. When the cuttings are put in place they should be watered again. During the eight or ten days following the planting it is necessary to keep the earth very moist, by watering it as often as necessary, until the callus is formed, from which the roots will soon break forth. It naturally follows that the watering is continued as necessary, and according to the growth of the plants. It is also well to give them a little liquid manure. I was brought to strike Roses in this way by pure chance. A Rose, ‘Perle des Jardins,’ remaining several days in a vase, formed a slight callus. This circumstance was a guide to me, and from that time I have put all my Rose cuttings into a basin of water in a greenhouse. In order to warn everyone, I think it as well to say that, generally, my cuttings are from plants cultivated under glass. I think it also useful to state that ‘ Maréchal Niel’ strikes very readily, but that it is better to bud it upon a Brier stock. Cuttings of Eyes.—I learnt the following method from the Gardeners’ Magazine, and have proved that it often gives good results. It is little used ; but it may nevertheless be of service in particular cases :— In some shallow earthen pots place on a drainage of broken crocks a mixture of leaf mould and white sand, and on this compost spread a layer of pure sand two centi- metres thick. Select some branches furnished with eyes, as if you were going to bud ; and in the same way cut out well-formed eyes as if for budding, but do not remove the wood, and leave the leaf intact. Then plant your buds so that the eye is above ground, but the bark entirely covered ; when the pan is quite full, with the leaves upwards and touching each other, lightly water them on the top and cover the whole with a bell-glass. Eyes treated in this manner root easily. As soon as the callus begins to send out small white roots, proceed to repot them singly, or if you like you can pot them as soon as the callus is well marked and firm. The young plants should not be disturbed as long as the sides of their small pots are not covered with roots. Winter them in a frame if the season is advanced, or plant them out in a border with a good position, where the little plants may be easily protected during severe cold. ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSES. 519 This method of propagation is much to be recommended ; it is not costly, and is one of the quickest. Cuttings of Shiraz and Kasanlik Roses——Monsieur J. F. Grossen at Simferopol in the Crimea has explained the method used in the East for propagating the Roses of Shiraz and Kasanlik, which are largely cultivated for the attar of Roses. The following is the way in which our Eastern friends proceed :— The propagation of Roses in the East is very simple. In the autumn, after having worked the soil to a depth of 50 centimetres, small trenches are made 10 centimetres deep, and 13 metre apart; in these are laid Rose branches 40 to 50 centimetres long, which are entirely covered with earth. In the spring each eye or ’ bud develops, and at the end of three or four years each line forms a hedge. During the summer they only require a small amount of attention in removing weeds; the Roses have no need whatever of pruning. Cuttings in full Sunshine.—The following method is, in my opinion, of very little practical value, for such frequent waterings are necessary that it requires a workman to be always at work, and unless one has thousands of cuttings the game is not worth the candle :— Cuttings prepared in the usual manner are made about August 15 in frames in the full sunshine.- The frames are kept quite closely shut. Do not give them any air, and above all do not shade them, but water frequently, and more or less according to the strength of the sun heat. On hot and clear days the waterings should be repeated about every quarter of an hour or so. You may work without heat, but it is better to make a slight hotbed, about thirty centimetres deep, either of leaves or rotting manure. On top of this bed should be spread, for good drainage, fagots or, better still, rubble or leaf mould. The whole being evenly pressed down, so as only to leave a space of -25 metre under the glass, the soil prepared for the cutting is laid on to the thickness of ‘10 metre, and is composed of two-thirds fine river-sand and one-third leaf mould mixed with earth. The soil is trodden down and levelled, and then covered with ‘05 metre of washed river-sand, in which the cuttings are planted. Striking from Roots of Roses.— We know that the roots of certain kinds of trees and shrubs are capable of producing shoots which can be used for purposes of propagation: the Elim, Acacia, Ailantus, for instance. Sometimes Roses can be increased in the same way. I have obtained from the roots of old stocks of the Bourbon section very good cuttings by working in the following manner :—Choose stocks of three, four, or five years old (it must, of course, be understood that they must be on own-root stocks), and in the month of October cut them down level with the ground. From all the suitable wood you can make cuttings under bell-glasses in a north aspect. In the spring, about the first fortnight in March, carefully dig up the stumps of the cut-down Roses and cut their roots into lengths of five centimetres. Do not make use of any roots of less than four millimetres in diameter. When this operation is finished prepare against a north wall a frame into which put a bed about ten centimetres thick of fine river-sand : this bed should rest upon soil previously dug and well manured. Spread the lengths of root on the sand-bed, taking care to mingle the large with the small. When the roots are arranged they are covered with another layer of sand about four centimetres thick and watered freely for the first time; then a light is placed on the frame, so that heavy rains may not flood the roots thus 520 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. prepared. About the first fortnight in May, as soon as young shoots appear, the lights may be taken off. New shoots will continue to develop until about the first fortnight in July. From 100 pieces of root I one year obtained sixty-five well-rooted plants, 50 centimetres high, and another year 70 per cent. grew. The object of mingling the pieces of root of different size is that, as all do not grow equally well, those making the most growth may not be unduly crowded. This method is a good one at ne x | Fie. 149.—‘ Toe Garuann’ Rose in A Corrack Garpren. (The Garden.) whenever, having old stock plants, you wish to renew them, in which case you cannot do better than treat the roots as I have described. Autumn and Winter Cuttings without Leaves.—Many Roses (notably Teas, Bourbons, Noisettes, and almost all Indian Roses, and such of their descendants as have retained their physiological characters) do not strike well from cuttings without leaves; but this is not the case with Hybrid Perpetuals, which are now so numerous in gardens. ‘They can be struck successfully from September to March. The following is the way to set ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSKS. 521 to work :—Good, well-ripened shoots of one year’s growth are chosen and cut into lengths of about 15 centimetres, taking care not to use the tips of the shoots, which are usually too soft. The cut should be close under an eye. A border with a good aspect is prepared of earth well mixed with sand if the soil is too heavy, and the cuttings are placed ten centi- metres apart, taking care only to leave two eyes of them above ground. The soil should be heaped up sufficiently to firmly hold the buried part. When it gets very cold the border should be covered with litter or dry leaves, which should be carefully removed when the temperature becomes more moderate. One year after striking, Roses thus treated are ready to be planted out. In clayey soils, instead of mixing sand with the earth of the border, small trenches are made with a trowel, about fifteen centi- metres deep, and these are filled with sand. Another excellent way of striking H.P.’s consists in making the cuttings in winter and keeping them in a cellar until February or March, when all that have formed a callus are potted (three in a pot of six centi- metres diameter) and put in frames in a hotbed, giving them a temperature of 12 to 15 degrees centigrade. They generally root very well, and in April are planted out in a well-manured soil, where they grow vigorously. By the first method I have obtained magnificent plants without having been obliged to transplant them. Cuttings on a Hotbed.—Instead of working with a cold frame or in the open air, particularly in September and October, certain varieties strike much quicker, and sometimes much better, if one takes the trouble to plant them in a hotbed giving a bottom heat of 15 to 25 degrees centigrade. There is, moreover, no further trouble to take with them than when in a cold frame. For wintering they should be placed in pots with soil similar to that in which they will afterwards grow. The Editor of the Revue de l’ Horticulture Belge remarks that hotbeds made of manure give bad results from the emanatious of the bed blackening the leaves of the cuttings. ‘T'o avoid this defect he advises the following :— Instead of making the bed of manure I have used turves and grass, not too fresh cut, but mown about twenty-four hours and slightly dried. This bed gave a very strong bottom heat for a fortnight. The experiment was made in a two-light frame, filled exclusively with cuttings of ‘La France.’ The cuttings were made in August, as usual, of lengths bearing three leaves each, and preferably with heels. The bed was covered with two layers of earth, composed of Jumps of rough peat laid upon crocks, and then a bed of ‘06 metre of old soil mixed with coarse sand. In this compost the cuttings were planted, then sprinkled with water, the lights put on, and shaded with Russian matting. The shading remained until the cuttings were rooted; they were watered four times a day, air being given sparingly as long as the bed was in a state of active fermentation. Treated in this way for about three weeks, 90 per cent. of the cuttings when lifted from the bed were found to be furnished with a good tuft of roots. The others had a few roots, or simply a callus, but very few had blackened, as one knows so often happens with cuttings made in a bottom heat of dung. The method I have just described appears to be worthy of every consideration, since cuttings rooted in August or September can be planted out in the autumn, establish themselves in the winter, and make fine bushes in the following year. The Bearing of Climate on the Question of Own-root versus Budded fioses.—We know that some varieties are as vigorous and floriferous from 522. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. cuttings as they are when budded on Brier or other stock. It is at least so in some regions. ‘To mention only one example, taken at Lyons (the country above all others for Roses); ‘Souvenir de la Malmaison’ grows very well on its own roots, and also equally well budded on the Brier. But if this be true of any particular variety cultivated in a particular climate, Kia. 150.—Curna Roses 1n VASE. it often ceases to be the case when the same variety is transported into another country. For example, having written in the Lyon Horticole that certain Tea Roses on their own roots did not make strong plants at Lyons, I drew upon myself the following answer from a Roumanian lawyer, Monsieur G. J. Béjan :— [ have read in the Lyon Horticole that ‘Tea Roses on their own roots are not 7 ON DIFFERENT WAYS OF STRIKING ROSES. 523 recommended because they do not grow strongly. I grow Roses largely, and can assure you that Teas from cuttings grow more quickly and are much stronger than when budded. There are very good reasons for this. The Brier is neither flori- ferous nor a perpetual bloomer, and only puts forth fresh shoots once a year; and to make it flower oftener it is necessary to induce it to shoot by inserting a bud of a better-bred race than itself, whilst, on the other hand, Tea Roses are by nature vigorous and floriferous. Thus plants of ‘Souvenir du Dr. Passot’ have in my garden reached a height of one metre in two months, as also have other varieties of Teas, grown always from cuttings, and they are covered with flower-buds. Ihave been lucky enough to make the method of striking so perfect as to obtain 80 per cent. of plants from them for certain. The plan I have followed for three years has never failed: it gives regularly the same quantity. 1 use pots of three centimetres diameter, and for potting soil, leaf mould mixed with chopped-up sphagnum. The points to be aimed at are: a bottom heat of about 25° C., and to be kept quite close under glass; remove every day any signs of mouldiness or excess of damp, and at the end of twenty-five to thirty days all the cuttings will be rooted. I can guarantee this method as absciutely certain, and with it you can produce thousands of Teas in particular, but also of Polyanthas and Bengals. With the object of rendering service to horticulture in general, I have thought it well to inform you of this my method of making cuttings. As you will see, I follow the ordinary plan, except as to the soil I use, and it gives astonishing results. I wrote, in answer to Monsieur Béjan, that the climate and soil of Roumania, in which his Rose cuttings were planted, must be exceedingly favourable to their growth for them to attain so rapidly the sizes men- tioned in his letter. In other countries things are not always so, and particularly in France. ‘Tea Roses budded on the Brier or on Hosa indica major (this latter being generally used in the South) grow vigorously, whilst plants from cuttings remain weakly for several years, even in the most favourable soils. Indeed, some varieties never make good bushes unless they are budded. As for thinking that a bud on the Brier can be affected detrimentally as to the amount of its blossoming power by the stock it is on, this is an idea which experience contradicts. Tea Roses budded on Rosa canina flower almost throughout the whole year, from May to November. I fully recognise that the method pointed out by my correspondent is a very practical one. Except as regards the compost he uses—chopped-up sphagnum and leaf mould—TI have struck Roses in the same manner with entire success. But I repeat—in France Tea Roses on their own roots do not make as good a growth as those which are budded _ on the root of the Brier or on fi. indica major. it is well known that the different species of Roses do not all grow in a wild state in the same climates ; some inhabit the colder parts of Kurope; others Southern Europe; others Asia, Africa, or America. Nature has assigned to each one of them certain well-defined regions where they flourish vigorously, each with its own particular characteristics. When they are suddenly transported to other skies, their growth becomes weakly, and it is often only with great attention, skill, and care that they can be made to thrive at all. It is certain that when an Indian Rose is united by budding to a Rosa canina stock, it will grow very well in lands where ft. camna is indigenous, but very badly if taken to India or similar climates, such as the South of Europe. In this country it was long ago noticed that this union between Briers and Tea Roses was not a happy one, so another 524 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. stock was substituted for it, well known under the name of Rosa indica major. For making cuttings of Roses like considerations must guide the culti- vator. A Rose on its own roots which grows as well as if it had been budded is better than a budded one ; but if it continues weakly, it is not so good, and cannot be recommended. It sometimes happens that a Rose from a cutting grows a little less vigorously than one of the same variety that has been budded, but flowers oftener. In this case one is free to choose which of the two is the more satisfactory. But it is only reasonable that in every country and district Rose-growers should satisfy themselves more or less of the fitness of the best varieties of Roses to grow well and to flower abundantly when on their own roots. SENSITIVENESS OF CULTIVATED ROSES. 525 THE SENSITIVENESS OF CULTIVATED ROSES TO CHANGES OF WEATHER. By Epwarp Maw ey, Hon. Sec. N.R.S. For the last twenty-five years I have contributed to the ‘“ Rosarian’s ~ Year Book’”’ (ably edited throughout that period by my recent colleague of the National Rose Society, the Rev. H. Honywood D’ombrain) an article entitled the ‘‘ Weather of the Past Rose Year.” In that series of articles I have endeavoured to trace the influence of the various atmo- spheric changes which occurred in the different seasons of each year upon the Roses growing in my own garden. Had these Roses been grown for ordinary garden decoration, the effect of favourable and also of adverse weather conditions upon them might not have been so keenly noted ; but as they were cultivated with much care for exhibition purposes, the influence of every change upon the size and form of the individual] flowers and upon the growth of the plants themselves could not very well escape detection. The general conclusion at which I have arrived is that there is no plant largely grown in this country which is so greatly at the mercy of the weather as our ‘ exhibition ’’ Rose. So powerful and insidious are the attacks of the elements upon it that human skill can do but little to resist them when once the plants have started into growth. Such at least has been my experience. Indeed, the very measures taken to protect such delicately constituted outdoor plants as our cultivated Roses will sometimes increase the very ills they were intended to counteract, and even produce evils which they might have escaped altogether had no such measures been adopted. Against all other enemies the skilled rosarian comes fully armed at every point of attack, but only let adverse weather conditions set in and he has to confess himself altogether powerless. “I only wish her majesty the queen of flowers were less at the mercy of seasons,’’ wrote many years ago an ardent amateur rosarian, and I am afraid her majesty is still as much at the mercy of the seasons as she ever was. There are, no doubt, several causes why the Rose should be so suscep- tible to weather changes, but most of these may be summed up in the consideration that our cultivated Roses are, after all, only half-hardy shrubs. Could we only obtain a race of really hardy varieties, our diffi- culties would in a great measure disappear, and doubtless, as well, our absorbing interest in Rose culture. As an example of a perfectly hardy Rose I may instance a large plant of ‘ Bennett’s Seedling’ which not only covers the porch of my house and a large wall space above it, but, turning the north angle of the building, has found its way round to the kitchen window and over the back door. ‘This splendid plant, although it receives no attention whatever beyond fastening-in occasion- ally some of its most vigorous shoots, appears entirely uninfluenced by weather of any kind. It has passed through the most cruel winters alto- gether unharmed ; spring frosts have no effect upon it at all, while it 526 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. appears equally as unconscious of drought and heat as of floods and storms. lor year after year, without fail, it produces many thousands of snow-white blooms, which, while they last, form the crowning beauty of my garden, And yet it is stated that the blooms staged at our English Rose shows Fie. 151.—Rose ‘Feuicrr® Perrikrur’ over Garpen Aron. (The Garden.) gathered from the half-hardy shrubs I have mentioned, are unsurpassed in size, perfection of form or colour, by any Roses the world can pro- duce elsewhere. If this be true, as I believe it to be, surely the greatest credit is undoubtedly due to our British rosarians, when we consider that we have here a somewhat delicate plant coming to perfection out of doors in a climate to all appearance only able to satisfy one of its require- _ ae SENSITIVENESS OF CULTIVATED ROSES. 527 ments, which is the delight it takes during its growing period in a mode- rately cool and humid atmosphere. Although there are few outdoor plants so quickly influenced for ill by unfavourable atmospheric changes, yet, on the other hand, it must be acknowledged that there are few plants which have such splendid recu- perative powers, and which so quickly recover to a greater or less extent from the injuries inflicted on them as the Rose. So that although a really good Rose year is very rarely experienced, yet it very seldom happens but that at some time or other in the flowering season, though it may be only for a short period, a large number of fine and well-formed Roses can be gathered even during the most unpropitious of summers. I will now touch briefly upon one of the atmospheric conditions affecting Roses, and that is temperature—the most potent factor of all. During the winter months moderate uniform cold is the best suited to the requirements of Rose plants, as it allows them along period of rest, which is so desirable at that season without inflicting any serious injuries upon their shoots; whereas in a really severe winter much damage is often done, particularly if the frost attacks the plants suddenly and after a spell of unseasonably mild weather. On the other hand, great mildness is undesirable, as the plants are deprived of that complete repose which all deciduous shrubs require at some period or other of the year. It also renders them more susceptible to injury should any frosty weather set in at the end of the winter. In hot and dry climates this rest is obtained in the height of summer, but in our higher latitudes in the depth of winter. In my opinion all dwarf Roses are benefited by the surrounding soil being drawn over their crowns in the late autumn to the height of a few inches. When so treated, although the shoots may be destroyed to the level of the earthing-up, the rest of the plant will in nearly every case remain efficiently protected. So far the cultivator can, with a little care, safeguard his favourites. But from the time they start into growth in the spring they must be regarded as practically at the mercy of the elements. Late spring frosts are greatly to be dreaded. Often in a single night many of the promising young growths are destroyed altogether, or the plants receive such a check from the cold that a large number of the shoots become blind, and the flowers which are spared are often ill-shaped, and conse- quently worth'ess to the exhibitor. The greatest trial of all, however—and it is not an unfrequent one— occurs when the plants have passed through the spring months uninjured only to fall victims to a spell of exceptionally cold and dry weather in June, when the buds are just formed. This is, indeed, a trying experi- ence. It is like an angler who, having hooked and successfully played an unusually fine trout, has the keen disappointment of seeing it break away through some unforeseen circumstance at the very moment when the landing-net is about to be put under it. The following particulars may prove of interest, as they clearly show the marked variability of seasons as well as their surprising un- certainty :— In fifteen of the twenty-five years over which my records extend, the _ wood of the principal shoots of my Rose-plants had become well ripened 528 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. before the winter frosts set in, whereas in the remaining ten years the shoots were but indifferently matured at the end of the autumn. It was, however, sometimes found, when a mild and dry winter followed, that the ripening of the wood had been completed before pruning time in the following spring. There occurred seven winters when the weather proved exceptionally. severe, the remaining eighteen having been either variable in temperature, moderately cold, or more or less mild. In six winters the season was so exceptionally mild throughout as to allow the plants no real rest. The hardiness of most of our modern Hybrid Perpetuals and Hybrid Teas, under favourable conditions when dormant, is shown by the fact that on several occasions a large majority of the best shoots were found altogether uninjured after having been exposed to a zero temperature—382° of frost. By favourable conditions I mean that at the time when such a severe frost occurs the shoots must be well ripened and the atmosphere fairly dry and calm. In only eight springs were there ay destructive late frosts, but during several of these frosts the damage done was considerable. It may appear surprising, but it is nevertheless true that during the twenty-five years now under review more Rose seasons were spoilt by adverse weather in June and the early part of July than by either winter or spring frosts taken separately. For instance, in nine years a spell of cold weather in June suddenly arrested the growth of the plants and the development of the flowers—from which they never afterwards entirely recovered during the rest of the summer. Then again in eight other summers the prospects of a fine flowering period were marred by dry, hot, and forcing weather hurrying the blooms prematurely into flower. The distribution of early and late Rose seasons over the twenty-five years is rather remarkable. For in the first twelve years of that period there were as many as eight backward seasons, whereas in the last thirteen years there occurred only three. Then again in the first twelve years there was only one forward season, whereas in the last thirteen years there have occurred seven Rose seasons which were more or less early. In conclusion, I am very sorry indeed, in these short notes, to have had to report so unfavourably upon my friend the weather and its spiteful treatment of our national flower—the Rose; and it is unfortunately difficult to find any extenuating circumstances for this apparently cruel conduct. The fact is, the average climate of the British Isles is, so far as I am aware, unequalled anywhere for Rose culture; but the effect of the unsatisfactory samples of weather of which that climate is often made up is on that very account more keenly felt-by the ardent rosarian in Britain than similar weather conditions would be in any other quarter of the globe. THE HYBRID TEA. 529 THE HYBRID TEA (Rosa indica odorata hybrida). By the Rev. JosepH H. Pemperron, Vice-President of the National Rose Society. I. A RETROSPECT. In introducing the Hybrid Tea for consideration by the Conference, bear with me if I allow some echoes of the last Rose Conference, held in 1889, to reach our ears. “The class of Hybrid Teas do not seem to have made real advance. After ‘Cheshunt Hybrid’ came in ‘ Reine Marie Henriette,’ and then some double climbing Roses from Nabonnand, as ‘ Reine Olga de Wurtemberg’ and ‘ Marie Lavallée.’ ‘Camoens’ and Bennett’s ‘Grace Darling’ are beautiful free-flowering additions likely to con- tinue.” (Roses since 1860, by Mr. G. Paul.) “ The separation of these hybrids from the parent group has not been made too soon, although I think some varieties that have been placed here might have remained with the Tea-scented, and others have been placed with the Hybrid Perpetuals. They are hybrids between individuals of these groups, and are not always a distinct departure from one or the other parent. We gain something in constancy of flowering by this cross, but the offspring is often susceptible of injury by frost.’’ (Growping of Garden Varieties, by Mr. W. Paul.) | These echoes help us to realise the position. In 1889 Rose cultiva- tion was on the eve of a new era, the era of the Hybrid Tea. The invasion of our gardens by a new race was imminent, quietly yet steadily advancing, aided in no small degree by a revival of a more refined appreciation of the beautiful in the Rose, a revival of what are appro- priately termed “ Decorative’’ Roses. Speaking generally, the decade of 1870--80 was the era of the exhibition Hybrid Perpetual as we know it now, since those of the sixties had for the most part given place to larger and more perfect flowers. In lke manner the decade of 1880-90 may be termed the period of the Exhibition Teas. Weare not surprised therefore to be told (I again quote from the last Rose Conference Report) that “Hybrid Perpetuals are virtually perfected.” Those were days when the so-called Exhibition Roses were paramount; the demand was for them, and the supply corresponded. Our exhibition schedules bore witness to the fact that two groups, and groups by no means to be despised, were in power, the Hybrid Perpetual and the Tea. Nevertheless, as in politics, so in the Rose world, a third party was in process of formation which now is challenging the other two for supremacy—the Hybrid Tea.’ The time was propitious. Lovers of the Rose were yearning for sométhing more suitable for the garden than purely exhibition Roses. The intro- M 530 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. duction of Mr. Bennett’s ‘Her Majesty’ set us thinking. Magnificent as a specimen-flower when seen in the exhibition tent, as a garden Rose it lacked that something which can best be expressed in modern Italian as simpatica. Few and scentless were its flowers, which by being perched on the top of a stiff stem savoured of stubbornness and self-conceit. Was it for this that we had expelled from our collection ‘ Aimée Vibert,’ ‘Maiden’s Blush,’ ‘ Mrs. Bosanquet,’ ‘Félicité Perpetue,’ and all our grandmothers’ Roses, with their exquisite scent and masses of flowers ? We resolved to have them back again, and with them anything that was as free in flowering and perpetual. Il. THe RiszE AND PROGRESS OF THE HYBRID TRA. This was the psychological moment for the advent of the Hybrid Teas. By reference to a trade catalogue we can trace their advance. In the catalogue for 1890 we find six, and then two years later, and every two succeeding years to 1901, we find the number of Hybrid Teas to be twelve, thirty-one, forty-three, forty-nine, and sixty-five. ‘These returns are taken from the catalogue of a grower who is most careful in his selec- tion; so careful indeed that some varieties are omitted which, in my opinion, might well be included. But what do these figures show us ? Just this, that during the last ten years Hybrid Teas have increased from six to sixty-five. In support of this evidence let us call upon the “ Official Catalogue ”’ of the National Rose Society. In 1882 this Society published its first catalogue, which, with the exception of the Bourbon ‘Souvenir de la Malmaison,’ contained nothing but Hybrid Perpetuals and Teas. In the second edition of 1884 three Hybrid Teas found a place, these being ‘Cheshunt Hybrid,’ ‘Reine Marie Henriette,’ and ‘Longworth Rambler.’ In the edition of 1893 there were twenty, and in the last edition, that of 1899, there are no less than forty, showing an increase of 100 per cent. in six years. What these statistics tore- shadow I leave to the consideration of the Conference ; but on one point we shall probably all agree, that since our last Conference the progress of the Hybrid Tea has been phenomenal. TIl. WHat 1s A Hysrip TzEa ? This is a question the Conference might well endeavour to determine. We greatly need a definition. It is difficult to reconcile the grouping together of ‘Marquise de Salisbury’ and ‘Caroline Testout,’ the former showing affinity with R. spinosissima, the latter, especially in its armature, with R. canina. It is more difficult still to dise,ver the dividing line between ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ Hybrid Tea, and ‘Maman Cochet’ Tea (fig. 158) ; and what prevents ‘Gruss an Teplitz ’ from being classed as a China? Rabbits are excellent judges of Teas and of Roses possessing any strain of Tea, but whilst leaving untouched many so-called Hybrid Teas, they are most partial to ‘Suzanne Marie Rodocanache,’ Hybrid Per- petual. Why is this variety excluded from the Hybrid Tea group? Again, are we to conclude that the apparent diversity among Hybrid Teas is a result of heredity? It is stated that the first Hybrid Per- petual was obtained by crossing the Hybrid China with a Damask THE HYBRID TEA. 531 Perpetual. If this is so, then we have in this class the intermingling of R. damascena with Ff. gallica. On the other hand there is considerable variation in Roses of the Tea-scented group, which appears to owe its origin to the blush Tea introduced from China in 1810, and the Yellow Tea received from the same country in 1834. Was not the Hybrid Tea originally a cross between the Hybrid Perpetual and the Tea- scented ? Have we kept to this? Is there not rather a tendency in the present day to class all perpetual Roses of an indefinite character as Hybrid Teas, regardless of botanical characteristics? It seems that a raiser considers there are but three courses open to him. He obtains Fie.'152.—Hyprip Tra Rose ‘Mme. Junes Gronez’ (SLIGHTLY REDUCED). (The Garden.) a seedling, propagates it, and then, when on the point of distributing it, considers whether it is a Hybrid Perpetual or Tea. If he is unable to determine this point, he calls it a Hybrid Tea. Again, some it may be who approach the question from the more or less restricted view of an exhibitor, jealously protect the Tea-scented class from any intrusion of a red flower. A dark Rose in a stand of Teas, they say, spoils the stand. As an instance of this we may cite the case of ‘Souvenir de Thérése Levet,’ introduced in 1882, which had to struggle hard to main- tain its position as a Tea. If this Rose had been sent out some ten years later, I venture to say it would, solely on account of its colour, have been classed as a Hybrid Tea. And here I would put forth another mM 2 5382, JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. possible reason for this extension of the group. The National Rose Society steadfastly refuses admission to any Hybrid Perpetual in the decorative Rose classes at its exhibitions, the result being that no new decorative Rose, if classed as a Hybrid Perpetual, unless it is single, has any chance of being seen at the National Rose Society exhibitions, and therefore to avoid the above restriction the decorative Hybrid Perpetual is sent out asa Hybrid Tea. Has not the time arrived when more care should be exercised in the classification of a new Rose, and if so I repeat the question, What is a Hybrid Tea ? LV. CULTIVATION. As we have already observed, this group is most comprehensive. It includes some first-rate exhibition varieties, such, for example, as ‘ Bessie Brown,’ ‘Caroline Testout,’ ‘La France,’ and ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant’; ex- cellent pillar Roses, as ‘Reine Olga de Wurtemberg,’ ‘ Longworth Rambler,’ and ‘Waltham Climber.’ Above all, it is by far the best class for those who desire a profusion of flowers for the garden. They are, as a rule, very free-flowering, vigorous, and as hardy as any Hybrid Per- petual. But this comprehensiveness, excellent as it is, makes it impos- sible to lay down a definite rule for cultivation applicable to ail alike. Especially is this the case with the method of pruning. Each variety has its own idiosyncrasies, and therefore what may be good for one may | be death to the other. But speaking generally, Hybrid Teas, unlike Hybrid Perpetuals, are impatient of the knife. It is better not to prune than to prune too much. And then, with reference to the stock, it is by THE HYBRID TEA. 588 no means certain that the Brier is the best for all. For instance, ‘ Mrs. W. J. Grant,’ I am inclined to think, prefers the Manetti, whilst ‘ Clara Watson,’ with us, has on the much despised Polyantha given the finer flowers and stronger growth. Does not the question of cultivation there- fore seem to rest on this basis—knowledge of each variety gained only by personal observation and experience ? VY. RaIsers oF Hysrip TRAS. Hybrid Teas having become so prominent during the last ten years, it would be well at such a gathering of Rose-growers as this to place on record the names of some of the pioneers in this new departure, giving honour where honour is due. For the best Hybrid Teas we are prin- cipally indebted to H. Bennett, A. Dickson & Sons, Nabonnand, Pernet- Ducher, and W. Paul & Son, sharing between them forty-four varieties. Paul & Son, of Cheshunt, led the way with ‘Cheshunt Hybrid,’ sent out in 1873; for, although some Roses which have since been recognised as Hybrid Teas were already in cultivation but classed as Hybrid Perpetuals, Messrs. Paul & Son were the first to detect and establish the difference between Hybrid Teas and other Roses. Of the varieties raised by Mr. H. Bennett the best, I think, is ‘Viscountess Folkestone.’ Messrs. A. Dickson & Sons have proved them- selves his worthy successors, and are well to the front as successful — hybridisers, some of the most valuable Hybrid Teas emanating from this firm. Among the best of those already tested are ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant,’ ‘ Bessie Brown,’ ‘ Liberty,’ ‘ Killarney,’ ‘ Marjorie,’ ‘Countess of Caledon,’ and the three beautiful singles, ‘Irish Beauty,’ ‘Irish Modesty,’ and ‘Trish Glory.’ Last year we received from this firm ‘ Mamie,’ ‘ Duchess of Portland,’ ‘ Mildred Grant,’ Roses of considerable merit; and this year are promised ‘ Alice Lindsell’ and possibly ‘Florence Pemberton.’ In M. Nabonnand’s collection ‘Bardou Job’ takes the leading position, and M. Pernet-Ducher will long be remembered for some of the very finest productions, such ag ‘Caroline Testout,’ ‘Gustave Régis,’ and ‘ Marquise Litta,’ closely followed by ‘Madame Abel Chatenay,’ ‘Madame Cadeau Ramey, and ‘Souvenir du Président Carnot.’ A grand record. To William Paul & Son we owe, amongst others, ‘ Exquisite,’ ‘The Waltham Climbers,’ and ‘ Tennyson.’ Guinoisseau has given us ‘ Augustine Guinoisseau, Geo. Prince contributes ‘Clara Watson,’ M. Geschwind has made our gardens gay with ‘Gruss .an Teplitz,’ and Paul & Son our dinnér tables in early spring with ‘Lady Battersea.’ There are many others one would like to mention, but time forbids. They shall be recorded in an appended list. CONCLUDING REMARKS. We are informed by Lindley, in his monograph of the Rose, that the name “ Rose’’ is derived from the Celtic word rhodd and the Greek pedor, signifying “red” ; but why is it that the Hybrid Tea class, speaking generally, is so deficient in reds of a decided colour? Of Hybrid Per- petuals we possess magnificent reds, such as ‘ Horace Vernet,’ ‘Charles Lefebvre,’ and ‘ Victor Hugo.’ When shall we have a ‘ Horace Vernet’ 534 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of the ‘Caroline Testout’ type, robust, constant, and free? Year by year we eagerly scan the lists of new Hybrid Teas, and inspect the stands of new Roses, but although in ‘ Bardou Job,’ ‘ Marquise de Salisbury,’ ‘ Liberty,’ and ‘Gruss an Teplitz’ we have some good reds, yet for the most part the gold medal Roses are pasty, washed-out-looking things. We want something definite—a good red, dark and vivid, or a good pure white—and to the raiser who supplies these we shall accord a hearty greeting. A SELECTION OF Hyprip TEAS SUITABLE FOR EXHIBITION. White.—‘ Bessie Brown,’ ‘ Beauté Lyonnaise,’ ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ ‘Mildred Grant,’ ‘Souvenir de Madame Eugéne Verdier,’ ‘Tennyson,’ ‘ White Lady.’ Cream.—‘ Madame Cadeau Ramey.’ Blush.—‘ Antoine Rivoire,’ ‘ Killarney,’ ‘Lady Mary FitzWilham,’ ‘Souvenir du Président Carnot.’ Pink.—-‘ Countess of Caledon,’ ‘ Caroline Testout,’ ‘ Captain Christy,’ ‘Danmark,’ ‘Duchess of Albany,’ ‘Gladys Harkness,’ ‘La France,’ ‘Mamie.’ Red.—‘ Exquisite,’ ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant,’ ‘ Marquise Litta.’ A SELECTION oF Hysprip TEAS SUITABLE FOR GARDEN AND DECORATION. White.— Irish Beauty,’ ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ ‘ Marjorie.’ Cream.—‘ Madame Cadeau Ramey,’ ‘ Viscountess Folkestone.’ Yellow.—‘ Gloire Lyonnaise,’ ‘ Gustave Régis,’ ‘ Madame Pernet- Ducher,’ ‘Madame Ravary.’ Blush.—‘ Antoine Rivoire,’ ‘ Augustine Guinoisseau,’ ‘Clara Watson,’ ‘Grace Darling,’ ‘Irish Glory,’ ‘ Killarney,’ ‘ Madame Jules Grolez,’ ‘Souvenir du Président Carnot.’ Pink.—‘ Camoens,’ ‘ Caroline Testout,’ ‘ Irish Modesty,’ ‘ La France,’ ‘Madame Abel Chatenay,’ ‘ Rainbow.’ Red.—‘ Bardou Job,’ ‘Gruss an Teplitz,’ ‘ Lady Battersea,’ ‘Marquise Litta,’ ‘Marquise de Salisbury,’ ‘ Papa Gontier,’ ‘ Princess Bonnie.’ Hyprip TEAS SUITABLE FOR PILLARS. ‘Cheshunt Hybrid,’ ‘Longworth Rambler,’ ‘ Pink Rover,’ ‘ Reine Marie Henriette,’ Reine Olga de Wurtemberg,’ ‘ Waltham Climbers,’ ‘Climbing Captain Christy,’ ‘Climbing Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ ‘ Climbing La France,’ ‘ Climbing Mrs. W. J. Grant.’ Bennett . ”? ”? * Bonnaire A. Dickson & Sons Dingee & Conard Guillot F 9 9 Guillot fils Geschwind Guinoisseau Lacharme Lambert & Reiter ; D. Lambert Tevet ; Liabaud . Nabonnand Paul & Son W. Panl.& Son Pernet pere Prince Schwartz Soupert et Notting Zeiner & Co. . Year of Introduction 1882 1884 1886 1896 1895 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 19038 1891 1895 1867 1884 1895 1897 1894 1897 1889 1875 1891 1897 1899 1878 | 1880 1881 1883 1887 1898 1873 1901 1886 1888 1890 1899 1890 1891 18938 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1890 1894 1881 1889 1890 Lady Mary Fitzwilliam. Grace Darling. Viscountess Folkestone, Rosette Légion d’ Honneur. Mrs. W. J. Grant, Marjorie. Countess of Caledon. ~ kollarney. Bessie Brown. Liberty, Gladys Harkness, Irish Beauty, Irish Glory, Lrish Modesty. | Mildred Grant, Mamie, Duchess of Alice Lindsell. Florence Pemberton. Rainbow. [ Portland. ' Princess Bonnie. La France. Gloire Lyonnaise. Charlotte Gillemot. Madame Jules Grolez. Madame Jules Finger. Gruss an Teplitz. Augustine Guinoisseau, | Captain Christy. _ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria. Grand Duchess Victoria Melita. - Papa Lambert. Reine Marie Henriette. Longworth Rambler. Reine Olga de Wurtemberg. Papa Gontier. Bardou Job. _ Albert Stopford, Comtesse Vitali, Grand Duchesse, Anastasia, Lucy Carnegie. Cheshunt Hybrid. _ Lady Battersea. Waltham Climbers. Duchess of Albany. | White Lady. ' Tennyson, Exquisite. | Beauté Caroline Testout, Gustave Régis. Madame Pernet-Ducher. Marquise Litta. Antoine Rivoire, Madame Abel Chatenay, Souvenir du Président Carnot, Souvenir de Madame Eugéne Verdier. Lyonnaise, Ferdinand Batel, Madame Casieau Ramey. _L’Innocence, Madame Eugene Boullet. Souvenir de Madame Ernest Cauvin. Madame Ravary, Monsieur Bunel. | Marquise de Salisbury. Clara Watson. | Camoens. _ Duc Engelbert d’Aremberg. _ Danmark. 5386 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. EXHIBITION ROSES. By GrorGeE Paut, J.P., V.M.H. By a curious irony of fate, owing to the lateness of the season, I have not been able, at this Conference, to show a solitary flower of any so-called Exhibition Roses. Taking the great London shows, this has happened to o . a — on sin | | Fic. 154.—Mr. Grorce Pav, J.P., V.M.H. (The Garden.) me only twice in the forty-two years during which I have exhibited in the chief class. The Exhibition Rose is a modern product, although its introduction is not quite within the recollection of any living horticulturist. Its history covers the lives of three generations of Rose nurserymen, of whom I am in my own case the third, as Messrs. Rivers, Lane, and Wood, with my grandfather, Adam Paul, were among the first exhibitors of Roses. EXHIBITION ROSES. 537 Prior to the exhibitions of the R.H.S. in 1883, Roses were exhibited at shows in the Royal Surrey Gardens and in some smaller exhibitions in the London suburbs. At these early shows arose the taste for finely formed flowers and the desire to raise Roses that should have “a florist’s standard of excellence.” In 1840 there seem to have been ‘“ classes-’’ at some shows, as, for in- stance, in that of the Herts Horticultural Society, and in 1849 “ fifty varieties of cut Roses ’’ seem to have been the competitive class. Pos- sibly some lists of the varieties shown are extant in the journals of this society earlier than that given in vol. vi. of the R.H.S. JourNnaAt in the year 1849. In 1851, in the first edition of the ‘‘ Rose Garden,”’ Mr. W. Paul gives a list of Exhibition Roses, and in a small book, “ The Tree Rose,’’ published in 1845, a list of six finely-shaped Roses is furnished by Mr. Thomas Rivers, then one of the large trade exhibitors. From the varieties given in these lists we can fairly judge what was the standard of excellence which, after twenty-five years’ exhibiting, Roses had attained. My own experience dates only from 1860, twelve to fifteen years later, so that I have to accept these recorded lists, some flowers in which stayed till my time. Mr. Rivers’ six may be noted: ‘Coupe d’Heébé,’ a cupped hybrid China; Gallica ‘Boule de Nanteuil,’ a large, flat, imbricated flower with short petals ; ‘ Kean,’ also a flat Gallica, with an occasional green eye. The others I do not remember. The R.H.S. list includes mostly Hybrid Perpetuals, amongst others : ‘Baronne Prévost’ and ‘Géant de Batailles,’ flat flowers; ‘Madame Laftay’ and ‘William Jesse,’ somewhat globular; ‘Baronne Hally’ and ‘Caroline de Sansal,’ upright globular ; ‘Armosa’ and ‘Bourbon Queen,’ semi-doubles, were good enough to be included, as were the Chinas ‘Mrs. Bosanquet,’ ‘ Fabvier,) and ‘Abbé Miolan.’ The only flowers an exhibitor would to-day admit to his stand would be Tea ‘ Niphetos,’ ‘ Madame Bravy,’‘ Devoniensis,’ and, if he could get it, ‘ Cloth of Gold.’ ; The Rose Garden exhibition lists give ‘ Crested Provence,’ ‘Madame Hardy,’ and others, ‘ Moss Laneii’ and ‘ Bath White,’ Gallicas ad libitum, with Persian yellow, hybrid Chinas such as ‘Brennus’ and ‘Chené- dollé,’ and hybrid perpetuals such as those noted. Bourbons, including ‘Souvenir de la Malmaison’ and Noisette ‘ Lamarque,’ in fact the best of them, are now included among the garden Roses given in the N.R.S. Catalogue, in contradistinction to the exhibition Roses. And yet the standard must have been fairly high, for the points of merit accepted are thus laid down clearly in 1848 :— “The outline of show Roses should be circular, free from all ragged- ness ; the flowers should be full and the petals arranged as regularly as _ possible ; the larger the flowers the better, provided they are not coarse.”’ In 1879 the National Rose Society laid down the rules for judging :— “A good Rose must have form, size, brightness, and substance. “Form shall imply petals abundant and of good substance regularly and gracefully disposed within a circular outline. ‘ Brightness shall include freshness of colour, brilliancy, and purity.” A delightful perfection if it were adhered to; but vivid colour is now 538 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. treated as a secondary consideration, and the blossoms. of some of the Exhibition Teas are now said to be ‘ developed in tissue paper ’’ !—that is to say, wrapped up in tissue paper when quite buds and allowed to develop under this unnatural envelope, whereby all true brightness of colour is lost. A slight but continuous-improvement was made up to 1861. From this time I speak from personal experience. Lacharme and others at this time began to send us varieties of Hybrid Perpetuals, which were marked advances in all ways. At the last Conference I was privileged to record the rise and coming to perfection of the Hybrid Perpetuals. ‘Charles Lefebvre,’ followed by ‘ Maurice Bernardin,’ ‘ Prince Camille de Rohan,’ ‘Mdme. V. Verdier,’ ‘ Pierre Notting,’ ‘ Xavier Olibo,’ and ‘ Alfred Colomb,’ are magnificent flowers ; gains in colour and form. They changed the standard of excellence, and the types used for the figures in the N.R.S. Catalogue were selected from among them. They remain, and probably will remain, the standard shapes of H.P. Roses. ‘Pierre Notting’ is the “ globular” pictwre example ; ‘ Alfred Colomb ’ is the “ globular with high centre’’ type, published in the Catalogue. In 1867 another break occurred in ‘ Baroness Rothschild ’—the picture type of the ‘ cupped ’’ Rose—and ‘ La France,’ a type not figured, but which cannot, although it does not fit in with our accepted forms, be left out of the show boxes. It was the first of the pointed flowers with folded petals, of which ‘Caroline Testout,’ ‘ Killarney,’ and ‘ Lady Mary Fitz- william ’ are the perfected forms. In 1877 ‘A. K. Williams,’ the typical ‘ imbricated ’’ Rose, appeared. As yet no Rose has approached it. By 1880 the Hybrid Perpetuals as show Roses were perfected, and if a list were drawn up, gains since that date would be found to be few and of no serious importance as additions. ‘Those which came, such as ‘Merveille de Lyon’ and ‘ Victor Hugo,’ were but perfected forms of, or varieties of, existing types. The new Hybrid Teas gradually added a new feature to the boxes. Only partially double, they had petals folded to a point in the centre, and if tied and the other petals dressed, that is, folded over, they added new forms “ teeming with points’’ to the types of flowers. Though only semi-double they lasted, after the centres were untied, long enough for the judges to deem each flower worthy of three points, and they soon began to take, and are still taking, a great share in prize- winning. The French gains with stiff petals and more reflexed flowers, such as ‘Antoine Rivoire,’ ‘Charlotte Gillemot,’ ‘ Marquise Litta,’ and the German ‘ Kaiserin Victoria’ and ‘ Victoria Melita,’ stay on to please the public at exhibitions later in the afternoon. Of the types—‘ Killarney,’ ‘ Mdme. Grolez’ (fig. 152), and ‘ Mrs. Grant,’ though quickly passing, are so beautiful that all like them. The ‘La France’ type, with ‘ Chitenay,’ ‘Admiral Dewey,’ and ‘ Vis- countess Folkestone,’ admirable as half-blown flowers, are wonderful show Roses: they supply the place of the old bolder H.P.’s, such as te ae eg fg ,., As ee - i eats EXHIBITION ROSES. 539 ‘Marquise de Castellane.’ The newer H.'l’.’s, ‘ Bessie Brown’ and ‘ Mil- dred Grant,’ seem intermediate between the two classes. With the newer more refined taste ‘Captain Christy’ has almost ceased to be an exhibition variety. The Bourbons have given us little in uddition, but ‘Mrs. Paul,’ ‘Mdme. Isaac Periere,’ its seed-parent, and ‘Mdme. Pierre Oger’ are large back-row imbricated flowers, and the form should for its variety be extended as a foil to the thin-pointed petalled flower. They require, like the beautiful H.P. ‘Captain Hayward,’ to be nicely timed—the N.R.S. should give a brief time-table—“ for removing ties prior to the judges beginning.” In exhibition Teas the taste is changing. One does not see the large round flat flowers of which ‘ Souvenir d’un Ami’ and ‘ Souvenir d’ Elise ’ were the types. The judges favour the pointed type of flower such as ' Siiion de Nadaillac,’ ‘ Princess of Wales,’ and the ‘Mermet’ family. I think they are right. Of the cupped form with five petals ‘Mdme. Hoste,’ ‘Anna Olivier,’ and ‘Rubens’ may require perfecting. ‘Mrs. Berkeley’ moves in this direction. I wonder if Moss Roses, Rugosas, and even perpetual Chinas may not take a place in the show boxes of the future. I should rather incline to a belief in Rugosas. Exhibition Roses, all must allow, have played and are playing their part in leading on to comparative perfection in Roses. ‘laste changes, and though some of us who have borne the heat and burden of the Rose fights may not abruptly adopt new tastes, real improvements soon win over experienced exhibitors. I have always fought against spoiling flowers by dressing. I once more protest against it: it spoils the unique character of a flower and leads to the adoption of one type (whereas the Rose should give us many), and the distinct character of each individual flower is lost. I deprecate tying, as too thin Roses that will not stand for the general public to look at, such as ‘Captain Hayward,’ are not Mxhibition Roses. They do not last in the garden, and any methods of showing which lead the public to think a flower other than it is, recoil, at least, on the trade exhibitor. A flower should be double enough to last cut in a room or in a flower-box four or five hours. Besides, we all love colour, and for people to throw away one of the great gifts God has given us in flowers is a bélise. A stand of flowers which have been tied up ready for the show two days beforehand is a dull and uninteresting exhibit. The President of the Rose Society, the Very Rey. Dean of Rochester, said to me: “ Where are the ‘ Charles Lefebvres’ and the ‘Horace Vernets ’ we used to see?’’ They are not, for they will not bear the artificial treatment to which flowers are now subjected. A stand brilliant in its colouring used to be an enjoyable sight at a Rose show, now it is seldom seen. Judges are responsible for this—or fidehinnts rather the attempt to tie down judges to “rules for judging ’’ in which colour has not its proper number of points. 540 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. “ Rules for judging ’”’ are useful for the man who is not quite up to his work, but the expert does not need many rules to enable him to arrive at a right decision. I would plead in the interest of the Rose that colour should have more weight in making awards ; criterion. that mere form should not be the sole The present definition 6 of the National Rose Society’s “rules for judging” says “brightness shall include freshness, brilliancy, and purity of colour,” qualities now rarely seen in a stand of Roses at a Rose show. This is not the place to talk of modes of exhibiting, but the Society should adopt a way of showing each flower, so that its habit, character, and strength of growth may be seen the better by everybody. For a full list of Exhibition Roses, can I do better than refer you to the National Rose Society’s list ? Its list of Exhibition Roses is the consensus of the opinions, after debate, of the best exhibitors. But I may give you the names of, say, twenty-four or a . few more of what may be considered types of the six or eight classes we should like to see in all exhibition boxes. Perfectly Imbricated :— ‘A. K. Williams.’ ‘ Horace Vernet.’ ‘Charles Lefebvre.’ Imbricated with a centre :— ‘Beauty of Waltham.’ ‘ Prince Camille de Rohan.’ ‘Comte Raimbaud.’ ‘ Duchesse de Morny.’ Cupped :— ‘ Baroness Rothschild.’ ‘Merveille de Lyon.’ ‘ Ulrich Brunner.’ ‘Madame Hoste.’ Globulars :— ‘Auguste Rigotard.’ ‘Duke of Connaught.’ ‘Dupuy Jamain.’ ‘Kelair.’ ‘Helen Keller.’ ‘EK. Y. Teas.’ ‘Souvenir d’un Ami.’ Globular, high centre :— ‘ Alfred Colomb.’ ‘Due d’Orléans.’ ‘Marie Baumann.’ Globular, pointed centre :— ‘Duchess of Bedford.’ ‘General Jacqueminot.’ ‘Gustave Piganeau.’ ‘Victor Hugo.’ ‘Catherine Mermet’ andits sports. ‘Maman Cochet’ and its white variety. ‘La France’ type, or pointed glo- bular with reflexed petals :— ‘La France.’ ‘Caroline Testout.’ ‘Mrs. Mawley.’ ‘Marquise Litta.’ ~ Roses beautiful in the buds, but of undefined shade :— ‘Captain Hayward.’ ‘Duke of Edinburgh.’ | Teas ‘ Marie Van Houtte’ :— ‘Rubens.’ ‘Mrs. Grant.’ ‘White Lady.’ ‘Viscountess Folkestone.’ Egg-shaped, a new type :— ‘ Bessie Brown.’ The shapes might be more subdivided, but the above are the present favourites of judges for Exhibition Roses. No comparison should be insti- tuted between them and the Garden Roses. May I add that I think the EXHIBITION ROSES. 541 demand for selected large cut flowers of Roses for home decoration shows that size must not be neglected in our future aims ? Other points to seek are clearer, more holding colours—pursuing the old aim of getting the pure crimson and eliminating the purple, but not neglecting the typical colour of the flower—Rose-colour in its varied shades. So much has been said and written about Roses that I fear I have not been able to add anything new; but perhaps the suggestions made in this paper may not be unacceptable as coming from one who has spent his life in the cultivation and the improvement of the Queen of Flowers. 542 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. CULTURE OF ROSES UNDER GLASS. By Guo. Mount, F.R.HLS. THERE are two principal ways of growing Roses under glass, either by growing them in pots or planting them out in the soil; both are good (in their own way). I grow them both ways, but for early forcing, 7.e. getting them to bloom in mid-winter (February), it is best and necessary to grow them in pots, as you cannot force them sufficiently to bloom so early if planted out; later on you can get good results with perhaps less trouble by having them planted out. One great advantage of growing them in pots is that when the plants have done flowering, and have made their growth for next year, you can take them outside and use the house for other purposes. I use mine for growing Tomatos in the summer and Chrysanthemums in the autumn; and when these are over it is time to put the first batch of Roses in again, so that the houses are never empty, and I am able to get three separate crops out of the same house in one year. Of course, if the house is planted up with Hybrid Per- petuals yuu only get the one crop; if planted with ‘Teas’ or ‘ Hybrid Teas’ you are able to get more or less a succession of bloom, which will depend on how you manage the houses. After this preface I will now tell you my own treatment in as few words as possible. First as to potting. About the end of October or beginning of November I take up young maiden plants from my out- door beds, and put them into eight-inch pots. At one time I used ten- inch pots, but now I only use eight-inch, as I think they are quite large enough, and much easier to move about. The potting soil, which is care- fully prepared, is composed of two parts turfy loam, one part well-rotted manure, one part sand and “denture’’ z.e. wood ashes &c., with a little bone or similar artificial manure, all well mixed together. The pots must be clean and well drained, 7.e. a large piece of crock in the bottom of the pot, with finely broken crocks on that, with a few pieces of rough turf over them; put the Rose plant low enough to cover where budded if possible, and be sure to pot very firm and well ram the soil with a stick. After potting give the plants a good watering and put them in a cold frame or tnder a sheltered wall, so that they can be covered if necessary through bad weather, and leave them till the time for pruning, which will depend on when you want them in bloom. Of course they will want occasional watering when necessary, and if there is a lot of foliage on them when potted, syringing will do them good by keeping the foliage green, and so help the plants to make root action. I have spoken at some length on this part of the subject, as I think a great deal depends on starting on a good foundation, especially for early forcing. Now for pruning. I begin to prune early in November for flowering in February. This first batch of Roses must be well established and good strong plants, or you will be courting failure. It is no good thinking you can bring the plants in for forcing that have just been potted as CULTURE OF ROSES UNDER GLASS. 543 described; they must wait till next year. Each plant is carefully knocked out of its pot to see if the drainage is all right, and then some of the top soil is taken off and top-dressed with good rotted turf and manured with artificial bone manure, pruned, and afterwards every pot well scrubbed, and then taken into the house and put into their winter quarters for flowering. I prune very hard, cut them down as low as I can, or they soon get leggy and unsightly. After the first bate : I continue to prune every fortnight for succession till February, when all the newly-potted Roses are done. Culture after Pruning.—When the Roses are brought into the house in November the house is kept close, pipes just warm if it is cold weather, and the plants lightly syringed at times to help make them start, but no fire heat to force them in any way ; let them start as naturally as possible. If you try to force them now you spoil them. After the shoots begin to show leaf I think my treatment is different from most people’s. J leave off syringing entirely. My early Roses, from the time of the opening leaf till they are cut, never have any water on the foliage. I used to syringe my Roses every day when the weather was favourable, but now I never do so after the early stage; and this I think is the reason why my foliage is always clean, with no marks on it, and those who have seen my Roses as exhibited will testify to the truth of this. Of course the plants must be kept clean and free from green fly, which can be easily done by fumigating, but it is best to fumigate early enough. When you see the first green fly, that is the time to fumigate; do not wait until they get bad, or they will leave their mark behind. When the plants are in full growth and showing bud they want well feeding up with “ brandy- and-water.’’—I mean liquid manure, which can be made of sheep drop- pings and soot, or any of the well-known artificial manures can be given alternately. Most people stake their Roses, which I think looks very unsightly and takes time. I never stake, but try to grow them strong enough to stand alone, and they certainly look better. Out of the many thousand pots of Roses I have grown this year I have not used a single stick for any one of them. They must now be well disbudded and looked over for maggots (there is no way of killing this pest that I know of save by finger and thumb), and then in about ten days or a fortnight you may look forward to having some grand blooms. After flowering many people make a great mistake by putting their Roses out-doors too soon, or under the shelf, or anywhere out of the way to make room for other things. Now I think this is the time to take the greatest care of them and try to get them to make all the growth they can for next season. After they have made good growth, take them out and put them in a cold frame or sheltered spot to harden off, and afterwards put them in their summer quarters and keep them well supplied with water when necessary, especially in hot dry weather. There are three chief enemies or drawbacks to growing Roses under glass : mildew, green fly, and red spider. Mildew is the worst: it can be battled with and prevented better in the early forcing season than it can later on, because you can smear the hot-water pipes with sulphur and make the fumes steam into the house, which keeps the mildew under and 544 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. is, I think, the best way of doing so. Later on, when you do not have the hot-water pipes in use so much, you can dust the plants with sulphur and keep it under ; but it disfigures the foliage, and is not, I think, so effectual as the former method. Green fly can be easily killed under glass by fumigating with X L All or a similar compound. Red spider does not trouble you much in winter, but it is very troublesome at times in the summer months, and then the remedy is well syringing every day till you get the pest under. Perhaps you will like to know the varieties which I think do best, and which I grow in quantity for early forcing. H.-P.’s and H.-T.’s are: ‘Mrs. John Laing,’ ‘ La France,’ ‘ Captain Hayward,’ ‘ Mrs. 8. Crawford,’ ‘ Ulrich Brunner,’ ‘Baroness Rothschild,’ ‘General Jacqueminot, ‘Mdme. Montet,’ ‘Caroline Testout,’ ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant.’ Teas: ‘C. Mermet,’ ‘ Niphetos,’ ‘Anna Olivier,’ ‘The Bride,’ ‘ Perle des Jardins,’ ‘ Bridesmaid.’ Now I must say a few words about planted-out Roses, and the best kind of house to grow them in. I grow them in both lean-to and span- roof houses, but I like the span-roof house better. The houses I prefer are span-roofs twenty feet wide with a sunk path on each side, which leaves two side borders four feet wide, and a centre,bed eight feet wide, and then you can plant such a house with Roses permanently, or if in pots you can use it for Tomatos and Chrysanthemums after the Roses are taken out. When planting I put the plants about eighteen inches or two feet apart, so as to cover the ground soon. When established, prune them about the first week in January, give them manure and a good soaking of water, shut the house up close to make them break well, and then cultivate them as described for pot Roses till the first blooms come ; as soon as they are over, the plants (being Teas or Hybrid Teas) soon make their second growth, and on some varieties you get finer blooms off the second growth than you do off the first, especially ‘C. Mermet.’ After the second blooms are over in June or July, and there are plenty of Roses out-doors, it is well to give them a little rest, which you can do by withholding water for a time, and then you can get some nice blooms in the autumn before the winter comes in. ROSES IN AND ABOUT LONDON. 545 ROSES IN AND ABOUT LONDON. By JAmes Hupson, V.M.H. General Remarks.—It is with the object of encouraging the cultiva- tion of this, the most popular of all flowers, when within the prejudicial influence exerted upon vegetation by dull leaden skies and a smoke- begrimed atmosphere, that I am induced to make the following remarks. At Gunnersbury we are fairly within what may be termed the London fog-radius, yet we have succeeded very well with the cultivation of the Rose. Ihave found that most reliance can be placed upon those Roses which possess a vigorous constitution, whether they be climbers or bushes. Those of tender or delicate growth are more susceptible to injury, hence it is not advisable to attempt their cultivation. For instance, that beautiful Rose ‘Sunrise’ is not with us a success out of doors, neither is ‘ Comtesse de Nadaillac.’ By keeping to those of a robust or hardy character we can secure a good return, and but few deaths have to be recorded. When I first came to Gunnersbury in 1876 I found several standards of the then well-known and best Roses. For many years these were retained in good condition. Of climbing early-flowering Roses there were also a goodly number. Some of these had been planted, as I was informed by the man who planted them, as long before as 1850, and several of them are still in good condition. With these my practice has been to adopt the extension principle; by so doing they are more vigorous now than they were twenty-six years ago, when I first took charge. Since then I have planted other Climbing or Pillar Roses with the same satisfactory results ; ‘Charles Lawson,’ for instance, planted about twenty years ago, has grown into a huge mass. In later years the ‘ Penzance Briers’ have been added and the extension system adopted, the growth being as vigorous as could be desired. ‘Crimson Rambler’ was added when it was first sent out; this also succeeds well. This latter is a good example of what a London Rose should be, both in its constitution and in its shining glossy foliage, which is washed clean from smoke-deposit after rains have fallen. Some of our very oldest Roses here, still in robust health, are now comparatively unknown to present-day rosarians. They flower well in their season, viz. from the third week in June to the second week in July, after which there is with these a blank, save in their healthy leaf-growth. With the introduction, however, of the improved race of Hybrid Teas, Hybrid Chinas, and better autumn-flowering climbers, we have received a great accession of strength. ‘These continue the Rose season well on to the end of October. On October 25 last there were still a quantity of blooms in good condition, individually smaller, it is true, and not of such good colour, but none the less welcome. ‘These Roses to us are simply invaluable for a late autumn display ; they are good even after the early frosts have cut short the beauties of the Dahlia, the Heliotrope, the Salvia, and the Geranium. True, we have had ‘ La France,’ which was the N 5416 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. forerunner in this late-flowering race for about thirty-four years now, but its merits as a late Rose were not for some years fully appreciated. It is now surpassed by ‘Caroline Testout’ and other varieties, yet it ought not to be discarded ; for its fragrance alone it is worth retaining. These Roses have been grown well and their worth clearly demonstrated at Kew. Their cultivation should be taken up more, and I am surprised that it has not been done more extensively in the London parks and gardens. Far better have some beds of Roses in lieu of so much tender bedding material, with its short season and great additional labour in Fic. 155.—‘ Wuirt Petr’ Pomron. (The Garden.) maintenance. Lord Ilchester, at Holland House, has given an object lesson in what may be done with these free-flowering autumnal Roses. In this his lordship is to be congratulated for his enterprise, and Mr. Dixon, his gardener, for the way in which he has carried out the cultivation. We find at Gunnersbury that far greater success accrues since we have adopted the Continental system of liberal applications of farmyard and other special manures. This was done upon the suggestion of Mr. Leopold de Rothschild, who is himself a keen observer with respect to all cultural details, having noted the methods adopted abroad in order to obtain the desired ends. This manure we apply in the autumn as soon as the Rose-beds have been repaired, or freshly-planted ones completed. ¢ Ofer a Ae t- ROSES IN AND ABOUT LONDON. p47 Two courses are open in this treatment: one is to lightly fork over the ground and then apply the manure liberally as a top dressing, after which a light sprinkling of soil may be added to present a better appearance ; another is to fork in the manure as it is applied, only adding fresh top soil to cover it where it is not so easy to fork it in. Not sufficient importance is attached to the matter of watering during dry or hot weather. If this be duly attended to better results will assuredly follow, and it will tend to a prolonged season of bloom in the autumn. Iam also disposed to think that the mildew is, in a measure, kept in abeyance by the liberal use of nitrogenous manures. As in the country, we find that a deep loamy soil suits the Rose better than a shallow soil resting upon gravel. The latter will have a tendency to become dry—too dry, in fact, for the Rose to thrive well; I would even prefer the opposite extreme of a soil somewhat waterlogged, but not to an excess of course. All Rose-growers know the harm done by the red spider to some varieties. At Gunnersbury we have a preponderance of Elm trees ; these are attacked by the spider, and thus this insect will spread rapidly to other things, provided the conditions are favourable to its increase. I have alluded to the extension of growth allowed to strong and robust varieties: We prune as a matter of course. In the case of climbers it is more a question of thinning than of actual pruning so understood. Dwarf-growing varieties we prune as others do, but on the whole I prefer to leave it a week later than I should do if further away from London. Some dwarf varieties we do not prune at all, such, for instance, as ‘White Pet’ (fig. 155) and ‘ Perle d’Or’ of the Polyantha section; these we allow to grow into shrubby bushes, merely thinning out the weakly wood. Varieties:—The following (in addition to the old varieties, the names of which I cannot give, but which I have alluded to above) are of proved excellence :—Of Climbers, ‘ Gloire de Dijon’ and its various forms, ‘ Alister Stella Gray,’ ‘Charles Lawson,’ ‘Crimson Rambler,’ the ‘Penzance Briers,’ ‘Zépherine Drouhin ’ (the thornless Rose), ‘ Madame Plantier,’ ‘ Carmine Pillar,’ ‘ Aimée Vibert,’ ‘ Aglaia,’ ‘Thalia,’ ‘ Huphrosyne,’ and ‘ Réve d’Or.’ Of Teas, Hybrid Teas and Hybrid Chinas—‘ Caroline Testout’ (the finest of all), ‘Mrs. Grant’ (syn. ‘ Belle Siebrecht ’), ‘ Viscountess Folke- stone,’ ‘ Marquise Litta,’ ‘Madame Abel Chatenay,’ ‘Hon. Edith Gifford,’ ‘White Maman Cochet,’ ‘ Gruss an Teplitz,’ ‘Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ ‘Georges Nabonnand,’ ‘Laurette Messimy,’ ‘Eugéne Résal,’ ‘Irene Watts,’ ‘Souvenir de Catherine Guillot,’ ‘Souvenir de J. B. Guillot,’ ‘ Corallina,’ ‘lia France,’ and ‘Marquise de Salisbury.’ Of Hybrid Perpetuals the strongest growers, notably ‘Duke of Edinburgh,’ ‘Dr. Andry,’ ‘ Mrs. Rumsey’ (the mildew-proof Rose, hence extremely valuable), and ‘ Mrs. Sharman Crawford.’ The ‘ Rugosa’ section do well and are valuable for their berries in the autumn. ‘Conrad Ferdinand Meyer,’ pale pink, classed under this head, - isa hybrid twice removed from ‘ Rugosa’; it is one of our very finest summer Roses, of wonderfully luxuriant growth, some shoots attaining a length of ten feet in one season. It flowers very early in the summer, earlier even N 2 548 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. than ‘Gloire de Dijon,’ for which property alone it would be extremely valuable, but in addition it is one of the sweetest scented of all Roses. It is essentially a shrubbery Rose. The Wichuraiana Roses are proving themselves most useful for any position where their natural habit of growth can be followed. We have them planted upon old walls, where they are thriving well. Any of the Polyantha section we find to make useful bedding Roses, being far better in masses than in twos and threes. In conclusion, I would add that we find the ‘X L Ail Insecticide’ most invaluable for summer dressing against aphis, as it is also for the destruction of the “‘ worm in the bud”’ in the earlier growth. HYBRID TEAS. 549 : HYBRID TEAS. By ALEXANDER Dickson, F.R.H.S. I HAVE chosen the subject of Hybrid Teas mainly on account of the deep personal interest I have felt in its advancement as a class. I formed an opinion in the early years of my efforts as a hybridist, based upon the actual results of my experiments, that before many years the class of which I am now speaking would take the first place in the estimation of -rosarians, the place to which it is by merit entitled. Year after year, as each crop was sown, germinated, and blossomed, I watched the results with absorbing interest, and always with a deep-rooted conviction that what was at one time a speculation was rapidly becoming a certainty; until I can now say positively that my assertion is quite irrefutable, and that before many seasons the Hybrid Teas will ultimately supersede all other varieties on the show bench, in greenhouse and garden. Roses suitable for every purpose are now t» be found in the Hybrid Tea section, and I will give examples of the varieties most adapted for the various purposes for which Roses are used. With this object in view I will make five sub- divisions 1st. Roses with single flowers for garden and general decoration. 2nd. Bedding Roses with semi-double flowers. 3rd. Bedding Roses with double flowers. 4th. Pillar and Climbing Roses. 5th. Exhibition Roses. Probably no section of the “Queen of Flowers” excited so much controversy at its initiation as that for Hybrid Teas. Many leading rosarians were of opinion that Roses were amply classified, and that further classifications were unnecessary and could only be confusing. Since its establishment in 1893 by the National Rose Society no other class has advanced with the same rapidity, and yet it is only in its infancy, as the field fur the hybridist to work upon is almost without limit. Previous to Hybrid Teas being recognised as distinct from other sections, the earliest known variety, ‘La France,’ which was introduced by M. J. B. Guillot, of Lyons, in 1867, was classed as a Hybrid Per- petual. Some experienced Rose-growers consider it a hybrid of the Chinas, and with this opinion I agree. It was in 1879 that the late Mr. Henry Bennett, of Stapleford, exhibited a series of seedling Roses which were the progeny of such Teas as ‘ Alba Rosea,’ ‘Madame de St. Joseph,’ and ‘ President,’ crossed with smooth wooded Hybrid Per- petuals of the ‘Victor Verdier’ type. The varieties then distributed were ‘ Beauty of Stapleford,’ ‘Duke of Connaught,’ ‘Duchess of West- minster,’ ‘ Jean Sisley,’ ‘ Michael Saunders,’ and ‘ Viscountess Falmouth.’ Most of these have been allowed to fall out of cultivation here, but are to be found described in some Continental catalogues. For several years ‘Duke of Connaught’ was extensively used for winter forcing in the United States of America, where it was much esteemed. The initiation 550 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of this section was virtually due to the efforts of the late Mr. Bennett, who gave us, during the early eighties, some of the most noteworthy varieties, such as ‘ Viscountess Folkestone’ and ‘Grace Darling,’ most popular Roses to-day for bedding; and ‘Lady Mary Fitzwilliam,’ which still ranks high as an exhibition variety, its one defect being want of vigour to make a good cut-back Rose. By the creation of Hybrid Tea Roses a race has been brought into existence which is absolutely as free and continuous in bloom as either the Tea-scented or China classes, while the vigour and hardiness of the Hybrid Perpetual and others have, in most instances, been preserved. This is a vast gain, and must eventually obtain for Roses increased attention in all gardens, as no other flower can compare with it for decorative effect and delightful fragrance, whilst as a source of con- tinuous supply for cut blooms, where such are in demand, it is unequalled either for out-door or in-door cultivation. I will now proceed to illustrate by typical varieties the subdivisions which I have already mentioned above: (1) Roses with single flowers. The three Irish singles, ‘ Beauty,’ ‘Glory,’ and ‘ Modesty,’ are good examples. In their several phases they are extremely beautiful and distinct, and all three make splendid bushes; consequently they should receive little pruning. Grown in this manner they bloom profusely and continuously from June till cut off by frost. There are many other single varieties, shades of yellow and crimson, equally vigorous and free-flower- ing, but those named are the only ones yet in commerce. Until the advent of these varieties, single Roses, though charming, were very evanescent, the season of bloom being extremely short. (2) Bedding Roses with semi-double flowers in bunches. Of this type the best representatives are ‘ Marquise de Salisbury,’ a bright velvety red of excellent habit; ‘Killarney,’ a grand and unique variety, the colour of which is flesh, shaded white and suffused pink, every bud perfect and a marvel of beauty. This, if disbudded, isa show Rose, and if sparingly pruned forms a good-size bush, giving large quantities of flowers. ‘Camoens,’ rosy-colour shaded white, of good growth and very flori- ferous. (8) Bedding Roses with double flowers and of free-growing habit. Under this head quite a number of varieties are available. Good examples are ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant,’ a grand Rose, than which a more perpetual bloomer does not exist. In the early season the plants are a mass of bloom and continue flowering almost without interruption till cut off by frost. Disbudded, the buds remaining develop into flowers of very large size, the colour of which is a new and pleasing shade of pink. This was the first seedling, and is, I believe, the only one emanating from ‘ La France.’ My people first exhibited it at Hereford in 1891, the next occasion being at Chester in 1892, when it gained the Gold Medal of the N.R.S. Afterwards we sold our entire stock of it to Messrs. Siebrecht & Wadley, of New York, who sent it out under the name of ‘ Belle Siebrecht.’ In 1895 ‘Souvenir du Président Carnot’ was sent out by M. Pernet- Ducher, of Lyons (probably the most noted French raiser of the present day, and certainly one who has done much for this class): it is a most “distinct and grand Rose, and, in my opinion, the best production of this HYBRID TEAS. 551 eminentraiser ; colour pale flesh, shaded white. In the year 1900 we sent out ‘Liberty,’ and thereby advanced the section in the Rose world, as until the introduction of this variety the absence of good bright crimson shades was decidedly prejudicial to the popularity of Hybrid Teas as a section. This variety, which is brilliant crimson, supplied the colour most desired. The shade of crimson is unique, and difficult if not impossible of description. ‘The wealth of colour cannot be fully appreciated until one has seen a bloom in its typical character. It is possessed of a good constitution, flowering profusely and continuously; the blooms are of medium size and most perfect form. This Rose was forced for cut flowers in the winter and spring in the United States of America for two seasons previous to its distribution by Mr. Ernst Asmus, of West Hoboken, New Jersey, to whom the raisers, sold the entire right to grow for cut flowers, Mr. Asmus giving the owners a guarantee that flowers offered for sale would be disbudded so that no stock could be obtained in what might be termed a surreptitious manner. That it is an ideal forcing variety and the best crimson for that purpose is proved conclusively by the fact that in March 1900, when it was first offered for distribution in the United States of America, within one month upwards of 100,000 plants were sold. Unquestionably this Rose will in a very few years be found in every garden. ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ pale primrose in colour, is a very charming and most distinct Rose, of perfect form and possessing great substance: the growth is robust and erect: it is alike valuable for bedding, exhibition, and forcing purposes. This variety was received from Germany, and will, I believe, prove the forerunner of a type giving us the yellow shades necessary to supersede similar colours amongst the Teas—passing from a yellow to a white.colour. ‘ Marjorie ’ gives us a Splendid bedder. It is always good in form, an excellent grower, of model habit, constant and free-blooming, and if a trifle under- sized as a Show Rose, is pretty and perfect in every other respect. Asa pot Rose it would be difficulc to excel: its distinct shades of white and salmon pink form a pleasing combination and one much required. This I named after my daughter, distributing it in 1895. ‘ Lady Battersea,’ although only distributed by Messrs. Paul & Son in 1901, has attracted very considerable attention, and very justly so. Its free-growing and blooming habit stamps it as a first-rate bedding and pot Rose. The shape and general character of the flower somewhat resemble ‘ Mrs. W.J. Grant.’ It is, however, quite distinct in colour, which is a charming cherry crimson. In addition to those already referred to in this subdivi- sion I must mention the following valuable and popular varieties :— ‘Caroline Testout,’ pink; ‘L’Innocence,’ white; ‘Madame Ravary,’ orange yellow ; ‘Madame Abel Chatenay,’ rosy salmon (for all of these we must thank M. Pernet-Ducher) ; ‘Countess of Caledon,’ rose with yellow zone at base of petals; and ‘ La France’ and its sports. (4) Pillar and Climbing Roses. In this subdivision I will mention ‘Chestnut Hybrid,’ introduced in 1879 by Messrs. Paul & Son, Cheshunt, which was the first climbing or pillar Rose of this class. It is a variety of great vigour, flowering freely, and succeeding admirably on northern exposures; the colour is cherry carmine. [Five years later M. Levet sent out ‘Reine Marie Henriette,’ popularly known as ‘ Red Gloire de 0O4Z JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Dijon’; its colour is deep cherry red. ‘These were followed in 1898, 1897, and 1899 by the climbing sports of ‘ La France,’ ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ and ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant.’ Singular to relate, all three originated in the United States of America. From Germany, in 1897, we received ‘Gruss an Teplitz’: this is a splendid free-blooming pillar variety of the brightest scarlet-crimson colour. ‘The latest additions are ‘ Ard’s Pillar,’ a es Fic. 156.—Cuustrer Roses on A Percoua. (T'he Garden.) a variety raised by my firm, an absolutely distinct and unique pillar Rose of richest velvety-crimson colour, and ‘ England’s Glory,’ by I. Wood & Son, a seedling from ‘ Gloire de Dijon’ x ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant,’ possessing the colour of the male and substance of the female parent; both are valuable acquisitions. (5) Exhibition Roses. The past four years have witnessed the HYBRID TEAS. 558 evolution of the Hybrid Teas in a most extraordinarily marked degree. I may say without egotism or fear of contradiction that no Rose ever elicited the same unstinted admiration and praise as the variety ‘ Mildred Grant.’ It is a veritable giantess, possessing the most perfect form; the flowers are of immense size and substance, with high-pointed centres and massive petals, the colour white, with a delicate tint of pink or peach on the edge of the petals. In 1900 it was unanimously awarded the Gold Medal, that much coveted hall-mark of the National Rose Society, and was distributed in 1901. In the history of Roses it must stand conspicuously as the most phenomenal Rose of the century. I feel proud as a British subject that through the efforts of my brother and myself we have been - able to give to the world a Rose that must stand pre-eminent amongst the many good Roses of British origin disseminated through that long and glorious period, the Victorian era. ‘Lady Maura Beauclerk’ is a repre- sentative of another type: the colour is bright madder-rose, with silvery reflexes; although not of such enormous dimensions as the preceding, yet the flowers are very large, perfectly formed, with high-pointed centre, from which the petals reflex as in ‘La France.’ Moderately pruned and not disbudded it is also a grand garden Rose, being possessed of a splendid habit and free-flowering propensity. ‘Duchess of Portland’ is another Gold Medal Rose, pale yellow in colour, with large perfectly-shaped flowers, which always open well. ‘Robert Scott,’ raised by Mr. A. B. Scott, and named after his father, the founder of the Penrose Nurseries, Philadelphia, is the result of a cross between ‘ Merveille de Lyon’ and ‘Mrs. W.J. Grant.’ It is the most striking instance that has yet come under my notice of a seedling bearing distinct traces of both parents. The growth and substance are indicative of the female, and the colour and freedom of blocm of the male parent. In the country of its birth it is called an ever-blooming Rose, and it is worthy of the term, especially when grown under glass. I have had blooms of it rivalling ‘ Her Majesty’ in size. ‘Bessie Brown’ is another of our Gold Medal Roses of sterling merit. In the Rose analysis of the past year this variety, though only dis- tributed in 1899, occupied the proud position of being only just second to that grand Rose, ‘Mrs. John Laing,’ which has so long stood first. I anticipate that another year will see these positions reversed. In appear- ance and general character it differs from any in the class. ‘I'he blooms are massive, elegantly formed, with large smooth and shell-shaped petals. Altogether a truly magnificent free-flowering and sweetly perfumed Rose. _ In addition to those described the following are good exhibition Roses : ‘La France,’ ‘Caroline Testout,’ ‘Madame Cadeau Ramey,’ ‘ Madame Jules Grolez,’ ‘ Kaiserin Augusta Victoria,’ ‘Mrs. W. J. Grant,’ and ‘ White Lady.’ It was originally suggested that | should read a paper upon the subject of hybridisation, but I felt that to do so would be almost useless, as | should be utterly unable to lay down even approximate rules for the production of any desired result. Few people have any real conception of the difficulties under which a hybridist works. I have been often asked why I did not introduce a Rose of particular form or colour. The answer is simple—because | could not raise it. I have hybridised for almost twenty-five years, and 554 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the seedlings developed during that time now number over fifty thousand, whilst those which have, in our opinion, been good enough to take their place in your shows and gardens scarcely amount to one hundred. My firm have always held it a duty to send out only those which they believe to be worthy of cultivation, and which in their opinion will advance the species. You will gather from what | have said the enormous waste of time, money, and energy incidental and consequent upon the introduction by raisers of any new Rose into commerce. I have studied the question of hybridisation in its many aspects, and practically applied and tested every theory which a long experience could suggest, and yet I have to confess, as the result of almost a life’s work, that I have failed to reduce to a certainty a single theory for the certain production either in form, fragrance, or colour of a seedling containing even one characteristic which the hybridist desires it should contain. Nature retains locked up in her as yet inaccessible depths the secret which will enable the hybridist to produce the type of Rose his desire may suggest. Until this is yielded up he must be content to sacrifice time and money for the sake of his calling, and trust that in the vastness of his sowings fickle Nature may from time to time deal kindly with him, and enable him to delight the world with still finer examples of God’s marvellous creation which man has fittingly called the Queen of Flowers. In conclusion I can only say, if there are any to whom the subject of hybridisation holds an interest, that I shall be happy, if they will pay a visit to the Kmerald Isle, to show them some of the results of the labours of my brother and myself as hybridists in the form of many thousands of seedlings ; a wonderful example of Nature’s inexhaustible resources of powers of variation, from which I think the visitor will draw a fuller and better appreciation of the darkness still clinging to this interesting branch of floriculture. | or ANS Wa Or Or Or DECORATIVE TEA ROSES AND HOW TO GROW THEM. DECORATIVE TEA ROSES AND HOW TO GROW THEM. By Frank Cant, F.R.H.S. My subject under the above heading is open to the question, ‘‘ Are not all Tea Roses decorative?’’ They are! but with some it is a matter of degree, very infinitesimal. For instance, while the lordly ‘ Souvenir d’Elise,’ ‘ Comtesse de Nadaillac,’ ‘ Cleopatra,’ and a few others, which are so frequently in evidence in the winning boxes of Roses at shows may be termed decorative in a way, they can in no way compare with ‘Maman Cochet,’ ‘ White Maman Cochet,’ ‘Madame Lambard,’ ‘Marie Van Houtte,’ and many others for garden decoration. I draw this comparison for the purpose of conveying to the minds of my hearers an idea of what the chief characteristics of a true Decorative Tea Rose must consist. In the first place, I take it, those who grow or wish to grow decorative Tea Roses do so with some object in view—either for the ornamentation of their gardens, or for cutting for embellishing their houses ; and naturally for either purpose none would desire to plant any varieties of Roses which produced few flowers (however magnificent the individual blossoms) or puny growth. Therefore it is all-important, keeping the above objects in view, that a Decorative Tea Rose should have the following qualifications in order to rank as such :—Freedom of growth ; strong constitution ; early, continuous, and late blooming ; practically, as far as possible, indifferent to wet, with great power of reproduction! This would appear exacting, but it can easily be realised, even amongst what were termed in the earliest days of my Ruse-growing experiences “ delicate Tea Roses,’ which are now discovered to be as hardy as, if not more so than, many of the so- called Hybrid Perpetuals. I have never liked the term which has been given to these beautiful Tea Roses. ‘To describe them as mere “ Decorative Tea Roses ’”’ inade- quately describes them, or the place they should occupy. I think, if they were described as “‘ Roses for the garden,’’ the description would convey to the uninitiated some idea of the purpose for which they are most suited. The ‘“ Exhibition Roses’ and the “ Roses for the garden,”’ or, putting it another way, “A garden for a Rose’”’ and “ Roses for the garden,’’ reminds me of the “‘men who ride to hunt”’ and the “ men who hunt to ride.”’ There is just the difference, and each should be used for their most fitting positions; the one to be protected from rain and dirt for show, the other—just to grow as it pleases. For one the soil and treatment must be rich and liberal (no gates or double ditches) ; for the other soil matters little, and the situation and district less. Tastes differ, and of that there can be no doubt ; it is only right and proper they should ; but a taste has developed to a most remarkable extent for the free and continuous blooming “ Roses for the garden,’’ be they Teas, Hybrid Teas, Chinas, Rugosas, or any other varieties answering that description, so much so that I almost tremble when I think of the Hybrid Perpetuals ceasing to find a place in many gardens, excepting a very limited number 556 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of varieties. It is to this free-blooming type of Roses we owe the beauty of our gardens, be they large or small, and the possessor of the latter, by selecting suitable varieties, may enjoy the pleasure his Roses afford him not only during June, which has been called “ the month of Roses ’’(per- haps a misnomer this year), but from May to November or even December. Indeed, I have more than once gathered most beautiful buds and blossoms of Roses from the open ground on Christmas morning. It has been said over and over again by some people that the reason they do not grow toses in their gardens is because the soil is unsuitable, or the district 157.—Rosr ARCHES. Fie, SS EE e.,LhlUh mmm Ri DECORATIVE TEA ROSES AND HOW TO GROW THEM. bot in which they live is too cold, but such a statement cannot be substanti- ated. I venture to say there is no garden in which Roses of some kind or another cannot be grown, and successfully too, if the Roses are selected for the garden. This statement is borne out by Mr. H. E. Molyneux, of Balham, who says in the “Garden” of June 14:—“I undertake to say that there is no garden, however small, so long as sun and fresh air reach it, outside the four-mile radius from Charing Cross, that will not grow Roses of some sort or another, and grow them well.” This should prove a ray of sunshine to many despairing lovers of the Queen of Flowers. : Failure has more than once been brought about by visits to Rose shows, where may have been seen a grand bloom of ‘ Souvenir d’Elise’ or ‘Comtesse de Nadaillac.’ Perhaps either may have been awarded a silver medal for the best Tea Rose in the show, and thus made doubly attractive. One can readily imagine a youthful enthusiast making notes of both, never dreaming of becoming an exhibitor, but hoping to grow these Roses in his own garden, and he orders perhaps six plants of each fora start. Is not this courting failure, and likely to end in disgust— fifteen shillings clean gone, and no result! Another enthusiast visits a show and makes notes of ‘Georges Nabonnand,’‘ Madame Falcot,’ ‘ Madame Lambard,’ and several others, and, like No. 1, orders a few plants of each, with the result that, having purchased “ Roses for the garden,’ the result is most enchanting, and he discovers that Roses will grow in his garden, although perhaps he had been told over and over again they would never “ do.” Now the purposes for which “ Tea Roses for the garden’”’ may be used are so varied that it is almost impossible to enumerate them here, and, as may be readily understood, much must depend on the space which can be allotted to them; but a garden of ordinary dimensions must provide space for some Roses, and where practicable beds of Roses, in which may be planted in groups of one variety such charming and continuous bloomers as ‘Souvenir de Catherine Guillot,’ ‘ Anna Olivier,’ ‘ Georges Nabonnand,’ ‘Madame Chedane Guinoisseau,’ and others of similar habit of growth, bearing in mind always that the colours harmonise. If planted in borders, the taller-growing ones should be placed at the back ; if in beds, the taller-growing must be placed in the middle. Oval beds of Roses may be much improved in appearance by planting a climber on each side of the bed near the turf, and training it to an iron rod bent over the bed in the shape of a half-moon, eventually forming the handle to what appears in the distance ‘‘a basket of Roses.”’ Soil and situation play a less important part in the life of these Roses, preference being given to good mixed, moderately gritty soil, rather than stiff clay or loam; and the object being to produce abundance of bloom rather than large individual flowers, the manure is not of so much consequence. Perhaps the next most important point is the pruning of “Tea Roses for the garden.’’ Nature here provides its own lesson! As the object aimed at is to provide an abundance of bloom, it is necessary the plants should be allowed freedom of growth to expand, and therefore the old 558 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. proverb of “to spare the rod is to spoil the child’’ must be reversed: ‘Spare the knife and improve your ‘ child.’ ”’ The stronger-growing climbing Tea Roses, such as ‘Réve d’Or,’ ‘Bouquet d’Or,’ ‘Gloire de Dijon,’ climbing ‘Perle des Jardins,’ ‘Billard et Barré,’ and many others may be most usefully employed in making Rose-pillars by training them round three stakes driven into the ground Gipsy-tent fashion; in a couple of years they will completely hide the stakes and look like pyramids of Roses rising out of the earth. | ERE othe e aes TEA-ROSE TRIFLES. yf Or eo) TEA-ROSE TRIFLES. By Osmonp G. OrpEN, F.R.H.S. “ Trifles make perfection, but perfection is no trifle.” Ir is not my intention in these short notes to go fully into the cultivation of Tea-roses, but simply to mention a few of those trifles which, in my opinion, tend to success or failure; and I am confident that success depends more on a common-sense observance of trifling details than on the adoption of a system of culture differing materially from the practice that generally obtains. Every phase in Rose cultivation has been so fully discussed that'l feel that much I shall say will savour of repetition, and to many it will not prove particularly interesting or instructive because of their intimate acquaintance with the subject. I am fully aware, also, that to many rosarians my remarks will seem too obvious and elementary ; my remarks, however, are not specially intended for the skilled rosarian, and I hope that those who are not far advanced in our art may gain some hints that may be useful in themselves and tend to promote a desire for further information. I also hope that what I shall say will induce those who have not already done so to commence the culture of the Tea-scented varieties, which, in my opinion, are the most charming of all our Roses. Many rosarians say that they cannot grow Teas, as their soil or situation, or both, are not suitable; but I believe in many instances they have come to this conclusion without having given them a fair trial. I have not found them more difficult to grow or less hardy than many varieties usually looked upon as easy of cultivation, and able to bear without injury our average winters. I do not propose to give what are my ideals as to position and soil, as I prefer to speak of the details from actual experience rather than to theorise, and I shall endeavour to show some of the conditions under which I have grown the Roses I have exhibited. It is my firm belief that anyone with a true love for Roses may grow Teas successfully in nearly any position, though, of course, some positions are much more desirable than others. My garden ‘is on the side of a hill—130 ft. above sea-level—and faces S.E. It is well protected on the N.E. and N.W. by a high fence and by fruit-trees. I consider the position and aspect as good as can be found for the purpose, and am of the opinion that the side of a hill is a better position than on a flat plain, as the frosts are less severe, the air as it cools rolling down into the valley below. The question of height above sea-level I do not consider of any im- portance ; but high ground relatively to that near it I consider a great advantage. Iam convinced that the pure dry air of Kast Anglia plays a more important part in the cultivation of Roses, and especially of Teas, than anything else. 560 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. While many rosarians would probably approve of the position of my garden, I am sure not one would select the soil as suitable to Roses of any kind. Resting on a subsoil of gravel, the greater part is very light and stony, and totally different from that in which the Roses in this district are mostly grown. I think that for Teas this light, open soil has its advantages over those of a heavier texture, as there is no necessity to raise the beds above the ordinary level to ensure perfect drainage and warmth to the roots, and in it the plants do not make coarse growth late in the autumn which has no chance to ripen sufficiently to stand even an ordinary winter. The soil has been deeply cultivated, but 1 have not added to it any other soil of a heavier or more retentive character. It is very necessary, when preparing ground for Roses, that the trenching should be done as early in the autumn as possible, to give time for it to settle before planting in October or November. Many advise, where part of an old meadow is to be prepared for Roses, that the turf should be put in the bottom of the trench, and I think that this practice has much to recommend it; but great care must be taken that the sods are well broken up, and, if dry, they should be trodden somewhat solid before the trench is filled in. If this is not done, when the grass rots, the ground under the plants becomes hollow and does not provide a firm root-run. I prefer to plant as early in the autumn as possible; but if this is done before the plants have lost their leaves, and while the sun has still con- siderable power, much withering of the shoots will be the result. This can be prevented by cutting off all the leaves, and so checking evaporation. This takes rather a long time, but I have proved the plants to benefit so greatly from the defoliation as to fully repay the time devoted to it. I have examined plants a month or so after planting, aud have found that they had started rooting at once. Many failures in the cultivation of Tea Roses, I am sure, are due to a want of care in planting. The roots are not spread out sufficiently, and unsuitable soil is frequently put into direct contact with them. Some leaf-mould, containing plenty of grit, should be put under and over the roots before the ordinary soil is filled in. With reference to the stocks on which Tea Roses should be worked, I will at once state that I prefer the standard Brier budded two to three feet from the ground, but for some of the stronger varieties the Brier- cutting stock gives good results. I know the seedling Brier finds favour with many rosarians, but the tendency this stock has to throw up suckers is, I consider, a disadvantage. In no class of Roses is the influence of stock upon scion more marked than in Teas; and my experience is that the majority of varieties must be grown as standards if grand speci- men blooms be the end in view. I know of no variety which cannot be grown in that form, but I have found many which have failed to produce flowers of appreciable size when grown as dwarfs. Standards can easily be protected against frost by bracken tied into the centres of the heads. This will keep the union dry, and consequently this vital part will be less liable to be frozen. The plants here are too large to be thatched as recommended by some authorities. Should some plants be killed, as was the case during the frosts in February this year, I think the loss is more imaginary TEA-ROSE TRIFLES. 561 than real, only the weakest, or those with bad unions, being seriously damaged. With many it has been the practice to use the hoe only when there were weeds to be destroyed, and I believe some of the older men employed in gardens still look upon this as sufficient. I am certain it is as neces- Fie. 158. —RosE comInG OVER A WALL. (The Garden.) sary for Tea Roses to have plenty of pure air to their roots as it is to their foliage, and this can only be secured by the frequent use of the Dutch hoe, or some other suitable tool. Many authorities deprecate the use of the spade among Roses, but I consider it absolutely necessary for turning im manure, and deeply moving the soil between the rows. Roses grown O 562 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. for exhibition blooms require so much attention that the ground is fre- quently trampled on, and often when it is very wet, with the result that it becomes almost impervious to air and moisture ; therefore mere surface cultivation with a hoe or a pricking over with a fork is wholly insufficient to loosen the soil to a proper depth to give free access of air to the roots. I know that many will think that great risk is run of damage to the roots if the spade is used, and I readily admit that in the hands of a man who does not understand what he is doing some harm would no doubt be done, but not so much as many would anticipate. The spaces between my Teas are dug over early each winter, when they receive a good coating of manure. The soil is only stirred to the depth of not more than two inches near the plants, where the roots are close to the surface and where there has been no traffic to consolidate it; but in the middle of the space between the rows, where there are no roots near the surface and where the summer traffic has been, I like to see the spade pushed down into the soil to nearly its full length. This treatment ensures the soil being sweetened and so well pulverised by frost as to render surface cultivation in the year following much more easy and efficient. For moving the sur- face of the soil where it has become too consolidated for the Dutch hoe to be readily used, I have a “ crome”’ with two prongs five inches long and three inches apart. There is another and equally important reason for good - surface cultivation : that is the cutting off of capillary attraction, so that the moisture in the soil, though attracted up to the roots, may not be lost by evaporation from the surface. To prevent this loss, the top two or three inches of soil must be kept broken down very finely, so that the air between the small lumps may act as a non-conductor. With regard to mulching, except as a protection to newly-planted Roses and against the splashing of dwarfs by heavy rains, I do not use any. I have never had any standard Teas mulched. I consider a thin coating of fresh stable litter the best mulch ; but sodden, half-rotten manure should not be used. A thick coating of wet manure prevents free access of air to the roots, and I believe that the vapour arising from it after rain assists the growth of mildew. I am not in favour of watering save in a few exceptional cases, and then, of course, sufficient must be applied to thoroughly moisten the soil. Last year, with a total rainfall of between fifteen and sixteen inches only, my Roses had uo water given to them. As opinions differ so greatly on the question of how much or how little ‘leas should be pruned, I will close my remarks with a brief reference to it. If the frosts leave any choice I am distinctly in favour of letting some strong shoots—if well placed and thoroughly ripened—remain at nearly their full lengths, I consider this absolutely necessary in the case of the stronger-growing varieties. If at the time of pruning the young new growths are very advanced, I like to leave one or two of the stronger of them, as I believe that they prevent such a great check being given to root action as would be the case if all were removed. These can be taken off later or shortened back if it is found that they are not likely to carry perfect blooms. There is one item of plant revision or pruning I must refer to, and that is late summer pruning. I think all plants should be looked over not later than the end of September, and all useless wood removed. This enables TEA-ROSE TRIFLES. 563 the sun and air to reach all parts of the heads, and good, hard, ripened wood is the result. Careful summer pruning rids the plants of a lot of useless growth, to their great benefit, and it greatly lessens the work in the spring when pruning proper has to be carried out. Nothing has then to be done in the spring but to shorten the shoots, and it is astonishing how much more easily this can be effected when there has been a careful revision of the plants the previous year. I have always found that strong natural healthy growth, brought about by good cultivation, is much more likely to carry fine blooms than that coarse sappy growth caused by too much manure. 564 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA, By Professor Dr. 'l. Drnono, Director, and Rey. Professor G. HENstow, M.A., V.M.H., &e. Historica Sxerox.*—The first botanic garden in Malta was founded in the ditch of St. Elmo,? in 1676,f under the Order of St. John of Jeru- salem, through the energy of Dr. Josephus Zammit, a Maltese physician and Abbot to the Order (fig. 159). Dr. Zammit, to whom is also due the establishment of a medical faculty in the Malta University, occupied the Fia. 159.—Dr. J. Zammit. chair of Botany. Joannes Franciscus Bonamicus and Ph. Cavallinus in the seventeenth century, and Petrus Forskalius in the eighteenth century, testify in their writings to the existence of a botanic garden in Malta. In the early part of the nineteenth century, under the British Govern- ment, the botanic garden was transferred to Floriana, situate between the inner and outer fortifications, on the south side of Valetta. In 1804 the Professorship of B \tany was offered to, and accepted by P. F. Carolus Hyacinthus, Carmelita Excalceatus, who planted the Magliot and had a ¢ lection of plants f rmed in a garden adjoining his residence at Floriana. A small marble tablet in Italian f still records the event. * By Dr. T. Debono. + See Appendix, 1, 2, 3, and 4. .ea +? eee ee : a een, ed) ee ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 565 In 1827 Dr. Stephanus Zerapha was appointed Professor of Natural History and Medical Jurisprudence at the University, and director of the Botanic Garden. About 1855 the Botanic Garden proper was transferred to another place in Floriana, where the old palace and grounds of Bailiff Argotti stood. During the governorship of Sir William Reid, some £800 were expended towards the improving and laying-out of beds in these grounds. A very limited space, one-third of an acre, was, however, allotted to the Botanic Garden, and the rest, together with the Maglio, withdrawn from the control of the Professor of Botany. During the Professorship of Dr. G. C. Grech Delicata, 1859-70, things were left unchanged; and no new start was given to the Botanic Garden before 1879, when Professor ~G. Gulia was appointed Professor of Natural History and Medical Juris- prudence at the University, as well as Director of the Botanic Garden. In 1880 a step in the right direction was taken by the Government, on the recommendation of Professor Gulia, to put the Botanic Garden on a sound footing, by allowing a vote of expenditure of £200 for the pur- pose of importing plants and constructing a greenhouse. In 1882 the Botanic Garden received a yearly grant of £50 whereby to meet all requirements. In 1885 the staff of the Botanic Garden, consisting of one keeper, two gardeners, and one labourer, was transferred from the Public Works to the Education Department. On April 22, 1890, I assumed direction of the Botanic Garden, and on my repeated requests it was (on I*ebruary 1, 1892) extended to the whole of the Argotti Gardens, and styled “ Argotti Botanical Gardens.’ Since then they have only been a teaching place for students of medicine. The public in general did not derive any benefit from them, and Government was therefore very little inclined, not only to increase the grant, but even to pay for its maintenance, so much so that I had to undertake the culti- vation of the extended grounds on the self-supporting system, out of the proceeds of sale of plants, bulbs, flowers, &c. On January 1, 1894, at the suggestion of the Auditor-General, and contrary to my views, the income, which was then £156, was appropriated by the Treasury and an increase of £60 was carried to the vote of expenditure. In 1897 the wooden roof structure of the greenhouse, being nearly worn out, was renewed and heightened. Not a year later, on October 18, 1898, Malta was visited bya very severe hailstorm which caused allthe panes of glass to be broken into many pieces. The collection of plants suffered a great deal; many, among which was a fine collection of Selaginellas, were killed outright, while the rest had to be massed under cover for fully three winter months before glass could be available at a reasonable price. Some of the plants cultivated under glass have now made a rapid growth, especially Pandanus utilis, the top of which reached the glass and has necessitated the construction of a large greenhouse, the north wing of which is nearly ready for use. APPENDIX.” 1. The ditch of St. Elmo lies to -the north-east extremity of Valetta, quite close to the Hospital of the Order of St. John, now the Station Hospital for the garrison. * By the Rev. Professor Henslow, V.M.H. ~ 566 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 2. With the exception of the Oxford Botanic Garden founded in 1682, and that of Edinburgh founded in 1670, the Botanic Garden of Malta is the oldest in the British Empire. 3. The Maglio stands at the south-west end of Valetta, in the ae vening open space between this town and the suburb of Floriana. Ii is a long tract of ground, protected by walls on either side, where the mem- bers of the Order of St. John used to enjoy the game of the “ maglio,” whence the name. 4. ‘Questo Orto Botanico fu incominciato e ridotto a termine, sotto l’amministrazione del Cav. e Baronetto Alessandro Giovanni Ball, per Giorgio Terzo, Re della Gran Brettagna, governante le Isole di Malta e Gozo. I luogo é a pubblico divertimento consecrato.” Tue Botanic GARDENS OF To-pAy.*—No one familiar with English botanic gardens, with their turf, shrubs, trees, and a generally more or less park-like character, with ornamental water, &c., must suppose such can possibly exist in Malta. The Argotti Garden is about the oldest in existence, is by no means large, and reminds one somewhat of the old Botanic Garden at Cambridge in the “forties.” It is railed off on one side from the main road, but walled in on the others. Dr. Debono has certainly made the most of it. There is a long trellised walk on entering, covered with Creepers, Roses, &c., leading to the Fern-house. (Fig. 160.) There are eight native Ferns, six of which are also British, including the little Gymnogramme leptophylla, which reaches Jersey with other Medi- terranean plants. Maidenhair Fern is abundant in wet places and is used for “bombli.” These are porous water-bottles, on the outside of which the rhizomes are fixed in clay, so that by keeping the bottle con- stantly filled with water a dense mass of delicate foliage is formed over the bottle, which is of course suspended. (Fig. 165, p. 575.) A shady walk runs along the side of the garden by the road, where several foreign trees are planted, such as the Date-palm which bears no fruit, Chamerops humilis, Ailanthus glandulosa, Datura arborea with its long white trumpets, Adhatoda Vasica, Oleanders, Melia Azedarach, and Lantanas. These latter are common roadside trees in Malta. Oaks are represented by Q.-Suber and Q. Ilex; and Firs by Pinus halepensis. Of Figs, there is Ficus indica, the Banyan, F’. Carica, var. caprificus, or the wild Fig, which always grows out of rocks or walls; the fruit of which is inedible, as it always contains the wasp (Blastophaga grossorwm) which is used for fertilising the cultivated Figs. There is also Crategus Aza- rolus, which occurs in some of the “‘ wieds’’ or river valleys, and Castor- oil trees, growing to a height of fifteen feet at least. There is a good collection of several of the more important native wild plants, such as Acanthus mollis, Tulipa sylvestris, Iris germanica and fetidissima, both of which I found wild in the island; Hypericum eqyptia- cum, with dimorphic flowers ; Urginea Scilla, the Medicinal Squill, and Scilla sicula; Sempervivum arborewm, forming large plants with massive corymbs of yellow heads; Phlomis fruticosa with orange labiate flowers, and magnificent Euphorbia, such as EH. dendroides, EL. meloformis, &e. * By the Rey. Professor Henslow, V.M.H. Fie, 160.—Tretiisep Way in THE Borantc Garpens, Maura. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) (To face p. 566) (To face p. 567) (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) Fic. 161.--Vrew in rae Boranic GarpEns, MALTA. ry? . Tae Tee ee ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 567 The only plant peculiar to Malta is Centaurea crassifolia. Fine specimens are growing in the Botanic Gardens, for one of which I had to thank Dr. Debono, and it is now in the Botanic Gardens, Cambridge. Several of the native Orchids are grown in the gardens, among which are nine species of Ophrys, seven of Orchis, three Serapie, and Spiran- thes autumnalis. The “ Bee’’ Ophrys, curiously, only grows in wet grass by a rivulet, in one spot only, just as Ranunculus ophioglossifolius does ; it formerly grew, but is now extinct, in Jersey. A curious crucifer, Hnarthrocarpus pterocarpus, introduced itself about twenty-five years ago from Northern Africa. The water-tank, very limited in dimensions, contains a few aquatics, while Bamboos and Arwndo Donax, a native, form clumps around it. Numerous plants are grown for their flowers only, and need not be enumerated, as the Botanical Gardens have to be mainly self-supporting. The view (fig. 161) is taken from the corner near the entrance and from the outside. The dome-shaped structure is one of the numerous churches. It is dedicated to the Conception of the Blessed Virgin Mary, called “Sarria.” The Gothic building is the Wesleyan church. The whole stands within the inner and outer fortifications, called “ Floriana.’ The cathedral of the ancient capital, Citta Vecchia, is just visible on the horizon, on the extreme right of the view. It is from those distant hills that water is brought by a closed aque- duct to Valetta. The Floriana water-tower is on the left of the view. OBJECT OF THE GARDENS.—Hitherto the Botanical Garden was only used to furnish living specimens and materials to the Professor of Botany for his lectures and demonstrations. It now includes within its object the following :— 1. Practical teaching of botany to students in the Faculty cf Litera- ture and Science, and of medical botany to students in the Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy. 2. The formation of collections of plants, classified according to their natural affinities. 3. The systematic introduction of new plants to suit the soil and climate of the Maltese islands. 4, The distribution, by sale or exchange, of plants, seeds, bulbs, &e. 5. The spread of information, by correspondence or otherwise, on yarious branches of botany, including economic botany and agriculture. 6. The training of apprentices in the art of gardening. 7. The taking of earth temperatures at various depths. 8. The formation of a Herbarium and Botanical Library. FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE GARDENS.—The staff of the Botanical Gardens includes: the Director, who is ex-officio Professor of Natural History, Public Health and Hygiene, and Medical Jurisprudence at the University, and has to lecture on medical botany in the course of phar- macy and medical jurisprudence in the Faculty of Law. Salary £120, and £20 personal, after ten years’ service. There is no salary in connection with the Botanical Gardens. The Keeper, who acts also as clerk, has a salary of £36 a year, with - free lodgings. 568 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. There are three gardeners, one at £35, and two at £30 a year, with no extras or lodgings. There are four apprenticeships, three of which are now occupied; one is vacant. The present apprentices receive the following salaries respec- tively: £12, £10, £8 a year. Extra workmen to the extent of £19 a year are employed. EXPENDITURE.—Besides £180 total personal emoluments, the Gardens are endowed with a vote of £110 to meet all ordinary expenses in keeping the gardens, in purchasing plants, bulbs, seeds, &c., as well as materials and instruments for lectures and demonstrations in botany, and for the students’ practical work. Transport expenses, cost of books and publica- tions, are also defrayed from the same vote. Income.—All income is appropriated to the Treasury. It is derived from the sale of plants, bulbs, seeds, and flowers. Visitors to the reserved portion of the gardens are admitted free of charge, and every information is given gratuitously. Table showing Income in each year from 1898 to 1900. A ag 1893 ~ ; 128 2 O% 1894 ‘ / 132° 340 64 1895 : : 155: -10 11 1896 : ; 138 241 204 1897 , : 129° 18°" 3 1898 : ! 99 2 8 1899 ‘ é 115 4-41 1900 ; 121° 1b yes Total, eight years . £1,011 0 3h Average yearly income ; : : . £126. Ts. 64d. Works and repairs are carried out by the Public Works Department from vote, “‘ Head 20—Annual Recurrent Expenditure.”’ CATALOGUES.—With regard to the plants cultivated in the Botanical Gardens none is at present published ; but Dr. Debono has issued a cata- logue of the plants grown in the gardens of the San Antonio Palace, the country residence of the Governor. With very few exceptions all the plants therein mentioned are to be found in the Argotti Botanical Gardens as well. This admirable catalogue is arranged alphabetically, with the English names following the Latin, as well as the native countries and the natural orders. It contains eighty-two pages, with an average of twenty- six names to each, so that the total number of plants is about 2,450. Some of the largest genera grown—.e. those having the greatest number of species in cultivation—are : Acacia, 28 (of this genus there are seventeen additional species in the Botanical Gardens); Achimenes, 10; Adiantum, 10; Aloe,14; Begonia, 11; Bignonia, 10; Casuarina, 4; Cereus, 16; Citrus, with vars.,20; Datura, 7; Eucalyptus, 12; Ficus,7; Gladiolus, 7, and one hybrid; Gymnogramme, 5; Iris, 8; Jasminum, 9; Mesembryanthemum, 13; Narcissus, 6; Opuntia, 14; Pelargonium, 14; Palma, 38. a ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 569 Few, if any, of the innumerable hybrids grown in English gardens and conservatories have found their way to Malta; the species mentioned above, as of Pelargonium, are mostly the original wild ones from the Cape. A seed catalogue is published every year; that for 1899 contains the names of 525 plants. In an additional list of plants not yet catalogued, sent by Dr. Debono in manuscript, there are about 270 additional names. It contains eight other species of Ficus, five of Opuntia, eleven Conifers, and eighty-three Ferns. The following enumeration of seeds received and despatched in 1900 will give some idea of the usefulness of the Garden under the present _ Director, Dr. T. Debono. | EXCHANGE OF SEEDS WITH THE ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS DURING 1900. Seeds received from — | Seeds despatched to 1880-1800 1901 | 1889-1900| 1901 : a = J ee ee os ete | | ee ee SS 28 20 Royal Gardens, Kew. d : TS” > ae a 12 — University Botanic Garden, Cambridge : 27 | 49 17 = s Oxford : Me: Pyyeal ie? Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh : aes 2 66 |} — F Calcutta . ; SP Re ae ee 137, — Botanic Gardens, Sydney .. : : F —- | — Ls ie ee i ae Berlin : , : , — | — S| 18 is St. Petersburg . ; ; 99 oe yLOe 25> 1°29 i " Brunswick . ; ; : — | 12 : 2 a “ich sa 2h Res ett PEE RG Cs seman 13 | — 2 mn Munich . ‘ ? ! f | 61 G) 1286 y Fe Bucharest . F : ; 1s a he eg Oe — a s Kalozvar . ‘ : oa tee |) Pema le yey | 24 | 16 ‘. ; Meietade..., td /(.2,-. 05 1, laces jE — - Tiflis . 3 : =). ae oo 20 7 University Botanic Garden, California F ; 55 is ‘| 24 Jardin Botanique, Paris ‘ , ‘ : 43 6 25 — 4 . Lyons ; ; : 7 24 — 26 eee F. a Marseilles . j ‘ : 11 — 17 14 4 - Nantes. : : ; 11 — — 21 Bordeaux . é : ; 25 22 1 14 Regio Orto Botani¢o, Rome . : , , ae 6 27 27 ns = Palermo ; ; ‘ 20 12 20 17 " . Pign|: . ; , ; 62 17 iw = ‘ Parma } d : — a —= -- “ - Siena . 7 ? ; 81 — nae — Catania ; ; ; 14 — —— ae Giardino Botanico, La Martola . : : 15 — a 20 Jardin Alpin d’Acclimatation : : : — 15 — — Mr. Casimir Arduin, Turin . ; : : -- 2 — 17 Botanic Garden, Zurich d : F j —- 31 — 15 a ‘, Cracovia .. ; : : -~ 33 — 13 ms Prague : : ‘ : — 10 — 11 Dr. "Franceschi, @alifornis . : ; . -— 14 as 4 Mr. Elia 8. Pace, Malta , ‘ ; , — — aa 13 Regio Orto Botanico, Naples. ‘ a — -— ~- 16 sy Florence. : : --- — — 7 Jardin Botanique, Lille . ; ; ; ‘ —- — - 570 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. CATALOGUE OF 1806.—As an historical curiosity, Dr. Debono has sent — for inspection a very rare copy of an Index Plantarwm Horti Botanici, 1806. This was drawn up by P. F. Carolus Hyacinthus, and printed in that year. It contains many of the common wild flowers of Malta, such as Bellis annua and B. sylvestris, Arundo Donax, Anagallis arvensis, flor. ceruleo and flor. phaniceo, Anemone coronaria, which is always blue in Malta, several species of Calendula, &e. Of exotic plants the following are mentioned: Amaryllis equestris, A. formosissima, A. Regine, and A. vittata: these were the original parents of our modern hybrids ; numerous species of Hwphorbia, abundant in Malta, many forming large shrubs ; Geraniwm and Pelargonium. Nar- cissus was only represented by the Jonquil, Daffodil, and varieties of the indigenous N. Tazetta. Oxalis cernua* appears in this catalogue for the first time, being the earliest known record of its existence in Malta. We have it on the authority of Zerapha, a contemporary of Father Giacinto (Hyacinthus), that the latter brought the first individual plant from the Cape of Good Hope, and it is spoken of as having been cultivated in Malta in the Botanic Gardens in 1806, for the information of his pupils. Maltese botanists of a later date attribute the spread of it over the island to this source. Thus, Dr. Grech Delicata says of Oxalis cernua (the ‘ Haxixa ta |’ Englisi,’ or the ‘ English Weed,’ as the Maltese now callit), in his ‘ Flora Melitensis,’ p. 8, 1853: ‘In campis et agris ubique. Indigena facta ab anno 1811’ from the bulbs received from the Cape and grown in the Botanic Gardens in 1806. It has now spread all over. Malta and Gozo, and occurs at intervals from Egypt to Morocco, and from Gibraltar to the Greek islands, having been diffused through traffic with the Maltese islands. It has never been known to set seed in the northern hemisphere, but multiplies itself exclusively by little bulbs. This catalogue of 1806 contains so many native plants, as Plantains and Grasses, that it might be regarded as a mixture of wild flowers of the island and exotics introduced, as it is difficult to see how they could all have been grown in the “ditch.” This ditch within the high wall of the fortifications still contains several Castor-oil trees, some fifteen feet in height, as well as variegated stocks growing out of the walls, probably descendants from those grown at the beginning of the century, as well as a few other introduced plants ; but all else is a rank growth of weeds, &c., as no one is ordinarily allowed within it, since it contains Government army stores, &e. Phenix dactylifera and Chamerops humilis were the only Palms srowing then, whereas thirty-eight species are now cultivated in the Argotti Gardens. On the other hand, while thirteen species of Malva were grown in 1806, only one, VW. rotundifolia, is in the Antonio Gardens. Similarly Plantago was represented by nine species; now only P. major is grown. In 1806 seven roses were grown; now there are twenty-two. In 1806 there were twenty-four Salvias; the present gardens contain nine. Silene is represented by three species now, but in 1806 there were fourteen. [t is not easy to suggest a reason for Father Giacinto’s having col- * For a full description of the history, structure, and diffusion of this plant, the reader is referred to my paper, ‘On the Northern Distribution of Oxalis cernua Thunb.’ (Proc. Linn. Soc. 1890-91, p. 31). cm. bins 7 a ay ae » eee wt i i ie i i a ll i a | l { \ tt 7 i li mM Fic. Ta mil lt Ht 2 i ee i mm : : Mt nl p= G 162.—Tner barr Mr. Harry’s iS ARDEN AT Sv. JULIAN’S, Maura (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) (To face p. 571) i a a le iA ee he | ‘ ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 571 lected together so many species of certain wild plants. We must, however, remember that the object of the garden in 1806 was entirely medical. This will presumably account for the cultivation of the Sow Thistle and the Groundsel, just as these were in “herb” gardens in England in the 15th century. Some Orders are at present quite unrepresented, as the Umbellifere, but in 1806 Father Giacinto names the Goutweed, Am, Dill, Celery, Hemlock, Cummin, Carrot, Hryngiwm, Dropwort, Parsnip, Siwm, Tor- dylium, &e., but omits Smyrniwm (lAexanders), commonly wild at the present time at Malta. Of important trees &c. introduced since 1806, there are Adhatoda Vasica, the Malabar Nut tree, the Horse Chestnut, Vitex Agnus-Castus, Araucarias and other Conifers, Awcuba japonica, Buddleia Lindleyana, species of Cesalpinia and of Callistemon, Camellias, Casuarina, Catalpa bignonioides, Diervilla, Erica speciosa (the only sp.), Escallonias, 11. sp. of Hucalyptus, Eugena Pimenta, Huonymus japonicus and EH. latifolius, Gardema, Ginkgo, Kadsura japonica, Kerria japonica, Cytisus La- burnum, Liriodendron tulipifera, Acer Neqgundo, Phillyrea sp., Phormium tenax, Pimenta officinalis, Rhododendron arboreum, Azalea indica, Sarracema sp., Sequoia gigantea and S. sempervirens, Styrax officinale, Taxus baccata, Tamarindus indica, six species of Tecoma, Wistaria chinensis, and Viburnum Opulus. The above will indicate the wide area abroad which contributed to supply the gardens in the energetic professor’s time. Of course, in addition to the above-named trees, numerous herbs have been introduced while a few of the above, as the two species of Sequoza, have disappeared ; but by far the greater number of modern introductions is due to Dr. Debono since 1890. PRIVATE GARDENS.— Besides the Argotti Botanical Gardens there are several private gardens in Malta, in which many plants are grown. Perhaps that of the late Mr. Harry may be taken as one of the best types. The following is a description of it :— Maltese gardens, like Maltese fields, are all walled in, and mostly very small. Earth is a scarcity, for little of the virgin soil of Malta and Gozo, when these islands formed part of the continent, bas escaped denudation. All that can be extracted from crevices and caves is utilised, some small quantity only having been brought from Sicily and elsewhere during the reign of the Knights as ballast; the rest consists of the decomposition of the limestone rock itself, of which the islands are entirely composed. There is an interesting example of one of the caves alluded to in a garden now belonging to Captain Price (formerly of H.M.S. Carysfort), which was constructed by the previous owner, Mr. Frere. When he had excavated the earth from what appeared at first to be a superficial fissure, he discovered that it was a “‘ swallow-hole,”’ as such a fissure is called in Derbyshire; and when all the earth was cleared out it was found to lead to an ancient subterranean watercourse, 63 feet deep. That being now the level of the sea, it could not be traced further, as the water came through the fissures in the limestone. The sides are waterworn, and show clearly that it was a place where in former 572 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. days a river plunged headlong down and then ran underground, just as often occurs in limestone countries, such as Derbyshire. Ferns and other plants now clothe its sides, affording a curious and interesting feature in the garden. The late Mr. Harry’s garden, at St. Julian’s, and Captain Price’s, at Pieta, are, I believe, the largest gardens in the island, excepting, perhaps that of the Governor’s summer residence at San Antonio; but for picturesqueness they are unsurpassed. Mr. Harry’s consisted of at least fifteen separate portions at different elevations, divided off by walls or terraces, the largest of which is shown in fig. 162. The Rose garden is, perhaps, the largest, being about sixty by forty feet. One or more of the ‘“‘ gardenettes,’’ to coin a convenient term, as also in Captain — Price’s, are devoted to the cultivation of mandarin, blood, egg, and other kinds of oranges, lemons, white nectarines, loquats, and almonds. All the walls, ranging from some three to fifteen or more feet in height, are covered with purple-flowering Bougainvilleas, Tritomas, Passion- flowers, the blue Plumbago, Pelargoniums, Ficus repens, and Ivy. There are many interesting trees and shrubs in both gardens ; as, for example, in Mr. Harry’s there is a very old India-rubber, Picws elastica, its many branches growing to a great height. It is situated at the end of the long terrace, which terminates in a little paved court. An ancient well stands on the opposite side, at a distance of thirty feet. (Fig. 163.) The roots of the Ficus have, nevertheless, discovered it, for they have spread under the paving seen in the foreground, and thrust themselves through the sides of the well, down which they have then descended. In another of the gardenettes is a large Acacia from Australia, and a Casuarina, which was planted in 1872 as a seedling. It is now about thirty feet high, the circumference of the base of the trunk being thirty inches, and at four and a half feet twenty-one inches ; a fair growth for some twenty years. (Fig. 164.) In another part of the garden is a “blue Hibiscus”? (H. Patersoni) at least thirty feet high, and a handsome Wigandia, which, like the Ficus, is diving under the walks and walls, and sending up young trees in unexpected places. One does not expect to see much bloom in the depth of winter, but the. reader would be surprised to see the dense masses of blossom upon yellow Cassias, scarlet Bignonia radicans, and its yellow ally B. stans, as well as on the ‘Trompe de Jugement,’ the large white double Datura. Lastly, Bougainvilleas exhibit dense masses or sheets of purple on the walls. The tose garden is bordered on one side by a row of great variegated Agaves, the low wall being covered with masses of Sempervivum arborewm, which now grows almost spontaneously in Malta, having been introduced probably more than sixty years ago. It bears trusses of golden-yellow flowers, nearly as large as that of the Horse Chestnut; the foliage is in terminal rosettes. Poinsettias grow twelve feet high, with a profusion of scarlet leaves, and fine varieties of Crotons and Bilbergias, B. Leopoldi being in blossom, brighten up the stone corridors and passages, where freely- erowing Adiantums, Aspleniums, and other Ferns form a perfect bower for the visitor to walk through. One corridor, the entrance to Mr. Harry’s house, is at least 100 feet long, with Ferns to the right, Ferns to ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 578 anit cm a oe ir : i i pose ‘ : nt : Ph CNN i Rn" As): cael i : LE a Fic. 163.—Ancrent WELL IN THE LATE Mr. Harry’s GarpEN. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) 574 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the left, and Ferns suspended overhead, as well as Palms and other - plants. The method of growing Adiantums outside earthen vessels is a } favourite one in Malta. The globular vessel is very porous, and kept full 4 Vig. 164.—CasvarIna IN THE LATE Mr. Harry’s Garpen. (Gardeners? Chromele.) of water. On the outside are fixed lumps of clay, upon which the Fern roots are fastened; they soon clothe the whole with a luxuriant mass of foliage. I have figured one of these “ bombli,’”’ as they are called, as an ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 575 example. (Fig. 165.) At each end of the long passage mentioned stands a fine plant of Philodendron pertusum, with its curiously perforated and slashed leaves. Apropos of this, on an occasion when the corridor was illuminated, and lamps were placed behind the Philodendrons, a guest naively remarked to Mr. Harry, “ What trouble it must have been to cut out all the holes in the leaves to let the light through !”’ Another remarkable plant is a brick-red coloured Bougainvillea, the only specimen in the island, which Mr. Harry received from Madagascar. A fine Cycad, with its spreading foliage, around which Myrsiphyllum asparagoides (a great favourite in Malta, and used in decorations of the dinner-table) had grown, formed a pleasing combination. The borders -were bright with scarlet Salvias, Lavandula Spica, Polygala Chamebuxus just coming out; while several large trees of white and rose-coloured Almonds were in full bloom in January. On the limestone rocks are Cacti and Mesembryanthemums covering Fic. 165.—Fern ‘ Bomsww.’ many square yards, including the indigenous “ Ice-plant,’’ M. crystallinwm. in one “ wild’’ corner is a cluster of the tall stems of the native Arundo Donax, a mass of Arwm italicum, and the so-called English weed Oxalis cernua, with its bright yellow flowers, the trifoliolate leaves carpeting the eround, while cultivated varieties of the native Narcissus Tazetta, now in full bloom, were abundant. Palms are not abundant in Malta, though the dwarf Fan Palm, Chamerops humilis, is pretty frequent in gardens ; while two lofty Dates furnished the name to Mr. Harry’s house as “ The Palms.’ The Date is not generally cultivated, as it will not furnish edible fruit on the island. One remarkable tree known as Zinzilla (Zizyphus) bears curiously gouty twigs to its branches, and, although it bears plenty of fruit, Mr. Harry said that it invariably falls prematurely if stones be not wedged in -at the forks of the branches; when this is done the fruit ripens. He 576 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. frequently tested this curious fact, and vouched for its truth. The only interpretation which seems feasible is that the stones in some way impede the circulation, but it is not clear how this is effected. Mr. Harry was not without his Fig-trees, so common in Malta, but to see tall branching trees devoid of leaves, as in midwinter, some fifteen feet high, clothed below to some eight feet with scarlet Pelargoniums in full vigour, presents a curious contrast. I must not conclude without a tribute to the owner’s great liberality, for though he delighted in his flowers without, and, I may add, his extensive and valuable collection of curios within his house, his friends, and the writer included, well know how often are their own drawing-rooms brightened by a floral display, which at once betray their source at St. Julian’s, such as large sprays of white and pink Almonds, Irises, Pelar- goniums, Tea and other Roses, bunches of yellow Cassia and scarlet Bignonia. Accompanying them are the following wild flowers, which I gathered from the rocky valleys on the south side of the island :—Bunches of Erica multiflora, Narcissus Tazetta, Rosemary, Asphodelus ramosus, Orchis fusca and saccata ; while the fields, &c., have furnished the scarlet Adonis Cupamana and purple Anemone coronaria, the pink Silene sericea, and the yellow Chrysanthemwm coronariwm. CommerciAL Witp FLowers.—As there are no professional florists in Malta, the peasants collect great quantities of wild flowers, which they sell in Valetta for decorative purposes. The following are the most important from the point of view under consideration :— Acanthus mollis and A. spinosus.—These occur in many of the rocky valleys. The form of the leaf is familiar to the reader, as it is carved on the Corinthian capitals. It is often grown in wild parts of gardens, where its handsome leaves are very effective. Adiantum Capillus-Veneris.—This is the only Fern which is really common in caves and elsewhere in Malta. Adonis autuwmnalis.—Many fields are sometimes almost scarlet in places where this plant grows; great quantities are sold in the streets. There is a variety called cetrina, which has generally golden-yellow petals. It is a degraded form, and appears to be a reversion. Orange-coloured flowers are occasionally met with. Amygdalus communis.—The Bitter and Sweet Almonds are much grown, and bear profusely. Though not truly wild in Malta, the flowers, pink and white are often cut for decorative purposes. Anemone coronaria.—The purple flowers of this species are dotted about the fields in many places ; a large bunch can soon be collected by jumping over the wall of a field, which has no gates, only loose stones piled up where the gate ought to be. There is no variation in the wild species, but it gives rise to many different colours under cultivation. It is grown in several gardens. Antirrhinum majus and A. siculum.—The two species are plentiful in certain places ; the former abounds on the walls and rocks round the . orange groves of Boschetto, on the south side of the island. It is the ordinary purple form of our English gardens. A. siculwm has a rather ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 577 smaller flower, nearly white, with a little yellow and purple about it. It is common in the forts of Valetta, and in some of the valleys. Arundo Donax.—This handsome Bamboo-like grass is indigenous, but also cultivated. The inflorescence is often cut for halls and passages, and is employed in conjunction with Pampas grass. The split stems are used for making market baskets. _ Asphodelus ramosus.—This is very abundant all over the island wherever rocks are exposed, so as to prevent cultivation. The stems grow to three or four feet high, and have much-branching panicles of star-like white flowers, each petal being streaked down the middle with brown. Aurantiacee.—Oranges, Lemons, and their kind being a staple com- modity, the profusion of orange blossoms at certain seasons, one need hardly say, does not fail to supply some for decorative purposes. Calendula maritima and C. fulgida.—The commonest species of this genus is C. arvensis, which grows profusely by roadsides, but the flowers are not larger than that of a Daisy; those of the two mentioned are much larger, but, as they are not so common, they are not much used. C. officinalis is more generally grown, and mostly has a somewhat deeper orange tint than in England. Ceratonia Siliqua.—The Carob, or St. John’s Bread, is the only tree of any abundance in Malta; being much exposed, the trees grow low and assume a scrubby form. ‘The leaves are used for strewing the floors of churches at the time of festas. Chrysanthemum coronarium.—This is most abunaant about the ditches of the forts of Valetta and elsewhere. In some inaccessible enclosures it forms a perfect sheet of yellow, and is much gathered for sale. There is a variety with about half the corolla white, going a pale rose on the circumference. Crategus Azarolus.—Several trees of small size occur in the valleys ; the foliage is tomentose, but the bunches of flowers are very like our ‘May’ ; the fruit is very large, and eaten by the peasants. Being rare, it is seldom seen. I have gathered it in quantities from one valley. Diplotaxis erucoides.—This white crucifer is one of¢the most abun- dant of plants, the slopes outside the forts being a sheet of white in December. It is also very abundant in the fields. Bunches are ocea- sionally brought for decorative purposes in the winter. Erica peduncularis.—This is the only Heath in Malta, and is abun- dant in the rocky parts. It varies in tint from pale pink to cerise. Men and boys collect it in sacks, and bring it to Valetta, where it is sold in the streets. Fedia Cornucopie.—This herb has bright crimson flowers ; it occurs in waste places, barren rocky ground, and in fields. It is collected and sold. | Ferula communis.—This plant is common, and bears large decom- posed leaves like Fennel (which also grows wild in many places), though the ultimate divisions are not so fine; the foliage is used for decorating the “‘ carrozze,’’ or ‘“ cabs,’’ during the carnival. Gladiolus segetwm.—This species is very abundant as a “cornfield”’ © weed. Large quantities are sold. G. communis is also in the island, but is less common. P 578 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Hedysarum coronarium.—This is called ‘Sulla,’ or Maltese Clover, and is cultivated for making ‘“‘ hay ’’; when in full flower little else than a crimson sheet is seen in the fields. Hyacinthus (Muscari) comosus.—This is very abundant in fields; the terminal barren blue corymb—the origin of the feathery process in the cultivated form—is not ineffective with the dark purple bells below. Tris germanica.—Though not usually recognised as a wiid flower of Malta, I found it far away from the haunts of man in a deep rocky valley. In Mr. Harry’s garden it changed from purple to white, and then much resembled J. florentina. Matthiola incana.—The Brompton Stock is abundant in the rocks, fortifications, and elsewhere near the sea. It is usually purple, but a variegated variety, striped with purple and white, grows on the rocks of the fort just outside Valetta. Both varieties, as well as the white and the double forms, are cultivated for sale. Narcissus Tazetta.— This is extremely abundant on all rocky ground. Great quantities are collected by boys and brought to be sold in Valetta. The usual form has a thick short stem and numerous flowers; another form has slender and long stems and fewer flowers. Nigella damascena.—Our old-fashioned garden flower, ‘ Love-in-a- Mist,’ grows wild in the fields. Ophrys and Orchis.—There are four or five common species of each of these genera. I have personally gathered many bunches of Ophrys fusca and O. bombylifiora, as well as Orchis saccata, O. tridentata, O. pyramidalis, and O. undulatifolia. They are not collected, however, for sale. Oxalis cernua.—This so-called ‘ English weed,’ introduced from the Cape of Good Hope by Prof. Giacinto in 1806 as stated above, has become the greatest pest in Malta, though its golden-yellow flowers brighten up every field, wayside, tops of walls, crannies, &c., where it vies with the ubiquitous Pellitory. It is disappointing, for though a nosegay looks well for half an hour, the petals then roll themselves up, and they never open again. There is a double form as well. Pancratium maritimum.—This handsome plant produces long leaves, sometimes nearly a yard in length and broad in proportion, and is grown in large pots in passages, halls, &c., for decoration. Phlomis fruticosa.—This shrub, with ‘whorls of orange-coloured flowers, would doubtless be more sought for if it were commoner. It ouly grows abundantly in one valley. It is called ‘ Jerusalem Sage.’ Phenix dactylifera.—The Date will not ripen in Malta, so that it is not cuitivated. Here and there one sees a tall, solitary tree, a relic of a bygone time. ‘The foliage is sometimes used at festas. Reseda alba.—This Mignonette is most abundant in fields, and is often gathered with the Adoms. It has a slight perfume, the corolla being white, and larger than in Lf. odorata, making the flowers more conspicuous. Rosmarinus officinalis.—Large bushes of Rosemary grow in several rocky places; in one I found a pure white variety. Salvia officinalis. —This accompanies the Rosemary in some valleys. Neither plant, however, is much collected. ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 579 Scilla sicula.—This has several varieties of colour, from white to deep blue. The latter form is cultivated, and the size of the umbels has enlarged. Mr. Harry had splendid specimens in his garden. Sempervivum arboreum.—Though a true Sicilian plant, like almost all the Maltese plants, it is regarded as not having been introduced, It produces large golden trusses, which are often used. Silene sericea.—This closely resembles in general appearance our cultivated S. pendula, which is also a native, but is not common. The former is as abundant as Daisies, waste ground being perfectly red with it. It is not collected for sale, but is often gathered for rooms. Tordylium apulum.—This common umbellifer has large white flowers on the circumference of the umbel, like the wild Guelder Rose. It is collected somewhat largely for sale. | Triticum sativum.—Wheat grown in saucers, &e., till the germi- nating plants are several inches in length, is much used as decoration at Christmas. Tulipa sylvestris—This is abundant in two particular valleys, but nowhere else at the present time. It resembles our English form. Cultivated, it gives rise to several varieties. Urginea Scilla.—The Medicinal Squill is extremely abundant on all rocky parts of the island. It is exported to England and elsewhere; and is often dug up, the bulb stripped of a few outer scales, and then put in vessels of water for temporary decorations as on hotel dinner-tables. THe Frtora oF THE MALTESE IsLANDS.—As the reader might like to know something more of the flora of the Maltese islands, I add the following details :— The last geological upheaval seems to have left the Maltese islands as perfectly denuded limestone rocks, connected by a low-lying land with Sicily. A large fault on the south side appears to imply a more decided severance from Africa. This is now indicated by the fact that the soundings between Malta and Sicily do not exceed 75 fathoms ; while on the south side they reach to upwards of 400 fathoms. Evidence of a considerable amount of fresh-water action—such as of old continental rivers—is seen in the “ wieds,’’ or deep and narrow ravines with steep rocky sides, in the occasional ‘“ swallow-holes,’’ like those so common in Derbyshire, and in the presence of caves. The last two are no longer in connection with running water. They often contain the last remains of the old land surface, and, together with some fissures, have yielded the well-known fossil fauna. The wieds mainly run, at least ultimately, northwards ; small brooklets now occupying them finally find the way into the sea, with one or two exceptions, on that side. The south coast is composed of lofty and precipitous rocks. The flora corresponds with the geologically historical features, in that it is almost entirely Sicilian, a few truly African plants being in a decided minority. With regard to the relative proportions of Maltese plants, of the 700 and odd species there are about 400 genera, so that the flora agrees with Sir J. D. Hooker’s observations of tropical and other islands, in that the P2 580 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, genera are numerous in proportion to the number of species. Some of the largest genera are to be found in the Legwminose. Thus Trifoliwm has nineteen species; Medicago, fourteen ; Vicia and Lotus each have nine; Ononis, eight. Of other genera and orders Huphorbia has sixteen; Allium, ten; Ophrys, nine; and Orchis, eight. The dry soil is particularly favourable to leguminous plants, because they do not require a rich one, being capable of obtaining their nitrogen from the air. Conversely a wet soil is very injurious, but few being ever found in our English water- meadows. Monocotyledons, such as Orchids and Liliaceous plants, are well represented, because bulbs can resist a period of excessive drought, which occurs annually in Malta; while plants characteristic of damp soil, as our English Buttercups and Primroses or Violets, can rarely find the conditions favourable for their maintenance, excepting at the bottom of the wieds. If the peasants were more particular in weeding their fields they might soon exterminate many bulbous and tuberous-rooted plants, as Gladiolus, species of Allawm, Hyacinthus comosus, and Anemone, which are only too abundant in them. “dh Cryptogams are represented by eight Ferns, three Hquwiseta, one Isoetes, one Selaginella, two Chare, and one Nitella. Of introduced plants, Oxalis cernua is the most remarkable for its rapid multiplication. It is propagated solely by numerous small bulbs ; for being “ trimorphic,” and only one form, the “short-styled,” being present, it is never known to set seed in the northern hemisphere. From the year 1806 to the present time it has not only spread nearly all over the islands of Malta and Gozo (it is wanting, in Salmonetta), but it has established itself at various places on both shores of the Mediterranean. Another plant, a crucifer, Hnarthrocarpus pterocarpus, arrived about fifteen years ago from the Cyrenaican coast, and has established itself within the fortifications of Valetta, in the Florian ditch, and at Fort Manoel on the opposite side of the harbour. /'agonia cretica is a third African plant. It occurs in one spot only in Malta, near the sea on the south side, and is now a truly indigenous plant. It is only known in one locality in Sicily, but it is characteristic of the deserts of Egypt. In the present condition of the islands five floral areas may be more or less distinguished, as follows, though, of course, several plants are found in more than one of them :— 1. Roadsides and waste places. 2. Uncultivated bottoms and sides of the wieds. 8. Uncultivated exposed rocky surfaces. 4. Sea-coasts, rocky and sandy sea-shores, called ‘‘ Marsas.’’ 5. Cultivated fields and gardens. ‘There are also aquatic plants. With regard to the flora generally, it is represented by upwards of 700 species and varieties, of which all are herbs excepting about eight trees,* and about fifteen shrubs or shrubby plants. * Crategus Azarolus, C. Oxyacantha, Prunus spinosa, Pyrus communis, Fraxuvus Ornus, Populus alba, and S. pedicellata. + Capparis spinosa, Tamarix africana, Lavatera arborea, Rhamnus oleoides, Pistacia Lentiscus, Anagyris fatida, Rubus discolor, Rosa dumetorum, Myrtus — communis, Inula crithmoides, Erica multiflora, Periploca levigata, Olea ewropea, Viter Agnus-castus, Rosmarinus officinalis, Huphorbia dendroides, Juniperus phenicea, Smilax aspera. ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 581 The few indigenous trees are mostly located in the wieds or old river ravines, being of small size and passing into shrubs. Thus, the common Sloe, Hawthorn, and Pear are more inclined to be bushy than tree-like. There are a few tall specimens of F'raxiivuws Ornus, the ‘Flowering Ash,’ which yields the manna of commerce, in one valley (Boschetto). There are two species of Willow (Salix alba and S. ie die aa of which males only occur, and Populus alba. Of cultivated trees, the Carob is conspicuous everywhere, but it is always stunted when exposed. In the Kirda and Encita valleys, however, it grows to a good-sized and symmetrical tree. A solitary and forlorn- looking Date is occasionally conspicuous; Figs and Prickly Pears are often grown by the walls in the open fields. Oranges, Lemons, &c., are mostly within more enclosed areas. Of shrubs, the following are examples: The Caper is common on the walls of Valetta and on the rocks. Pistacia Lentiscus (allied to P. vera, which supplies Pistachio nuts) is not uncommon; and a leguminous shrub, Anagyris fetida, occurs in one place. Fubus fruticosus, var. discolor, is a form of Blackberry with scarcely edible fruits. The Myrtle was thought to be extinct, but I met with a bush in the Wirda valley, where the rare Ephedra fragilis was once found, but appears to be now extinct. The only species of Heath, Hrica multiflora, of which large bunches ot flowers are brought to market, is common over the rocky parts of the island. Rosemary occurs as large bushes on the south side; and a very hand- some Huphorbia, E. dendroides, six to eight feet high, is somewhat local. The scrambling Smilax aspera (allied to Sarsaparilla), and the Prickly Asparagus, A. acutifolius, are common. The dwarf and common Elders are occasionally to be met with. The following plants are a selected few, taken as illustrating each of these areas respectively : 1. RoapsipEs AND WAstE Puaces.—There is often a stretch of green between the road and the low stone walls which take the place of hedges in Malta, with or without a small ditch or gully by the side of them. A great variety of plants occur here. Thistles, white and red, are abundant, including the handsome Milk Thistle, and Cynara spinosissima, with very large leaves. Yellow species of Centawrea, as C. melitensis, and the blue Borage are common; while the ground is carpeted with Daisies (Bellis annua), the crimson Silene sericea, and the orange ‘ Marigold,’ Calendula arvensis. ‘There are various Grasses, interspersed occasionally with the Buttercup, Ranunculus cherophyllos. The common Mallow, Malva sylvestris, abounds, but is always prostrate on the ground, as well as M. parviflora, cultivated as a pot-herb in Egypt. The deep blue Anchusa italica and the white Hchiwm italicwm are common, the Boraginee being well represented in Malta; EH. violacewm, a Jersey plant, occurs in one spot only. Euphorbias abound, one species, H. pinea, being ubiquitous. Mentha Pulegiwm, or Pennyroyal, occurs in very dry places, with small hairy foliage, and also as a sub-aquatic plant with smoother and larger leaves. The ubiquitous Oxalis cernua replaces turf of Grass, borders the gullies, climbs up the walls between the loose stones, comes out at the surface, appearing like a fringe around them, 582 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. and caps the tops, flowering profusely from November to May, with umbels of large golden-yellow flowers. Arwm italicwm, with large arrow- shaped leaves and pale green spathes with yellowish spadices, forms clumps by sides of walls or in waste places, as old quarries, associated with the three kinds of Nettles, one being our English Urtica pilulifera. Here may also be seen large masses of our commonly cultivated species, the yellow Chrysanthemum coronarium ; and of Smyrniwm Olusatrum, the umbelliferous ‘ Alexanders.’ 2. THe WiEps.—These supply some of the choicest plants. Besides shrubs, one meets with the evergreen Honeysuckle. Ferula communis, with large, much dissected leaves, sometimes cultivated in English gardens, under the name of Giant Fennel, as well as two varieties of the true Fennel, one with short spiny leaf-segments, are common ; as also the handsome Acanthus mollis, the leaf of which suggested the ornamentation of the Corinthian capital. Large masses of red Snapdragon grow out of the rocks, as well as a yellow and white flowering species. Several species of Huwphorbia abound (Malta has about twenty in all) ; while in two valleys yellow Tulips, Tulipa sylvestris, are abundant. The rocky sides of the wieds abound with clumps of white-flowered Asphodel, A. racemosus, Narcissus Tazetta, and numerous species of Orchids. The fleshy-leaved Centawrea crassifolia, the only species of any plant peculiar to the Maltese islands, occurs in the rocky sides of Wied Babu. Of climbing plants, Ivy is ubiquitous. Smilax aspera and evergreen Honeysuckle are common, as well as the wild Madder, Rubia peregrina ; several species of Convolvulus, as the large-flowered, rose-coloured C. altheoides. In one valley I found Iris germanica, the purple species of Flag, familiar to Londoners, and the English J. fetidissima. Psoralea bitununosa, a strong-smelling leguminous plant with purple flowers, forms low scrambling masses. On the rocky sides where earth accumulates, as well as on the more open uncultivated areas, numerous Orchids are to be found, Ophrys fusca, bombyliflora, and aranifera being the commonest of this genus, and Orchis pyramidalis, saccata, and fragrans of the latter. Lastly, of Ferns, Adiantum Capillus-Veneris and Gymno- gramme leptophylla occur in moist, and shady crevices in the rocks and walls. This last is found in Jersey, but not in England. 3. UncuttivatEeD Rocky Surraces.—Trees and shrubs are here entirely wanting, the rocks being partly flat and smooth, partly weather- - worn into a hummocky surface. Here are to be seen abundantly the Medicinal Squill, Urginea Scilla, their large bulbs nestling in holes in the rock. Clumps of Asphodel and Narcissus Tazetta abound where earth has accumulated. In certain places, as near the end of St. Paul’s Bay, a strong-smelling Rue, Ruta chalepensis, is abundant. Numerous leguminous plants, many remarkable for their curiously-shaped pods, as species of Medicago, Astragalus, Hippocrepis, Scorpiurus, as well as of Trifolium, Melilotus, and Lotus, occur. Sedum cerulewm with azure- coloured flowers, forms masses between the rocks. A yellow flax, Linwm | strictum, a sweet-scented Orchis, O. fragrans, a tiny composite about an inch in height, Hvax pygmea, are very common. On the exposed slopes of the fortifications there are a small Buttercup (Ranunculus bullatus), the ARGOTTI BOTANICAL GARDENS AND THE FLORA OF MALTA. 583 honey-scented Kéniga maritima, dwarf forms of Salvia clandestina, and a: small Dandelion(Taraxacumminimum). Inone part the tall labiate Phiomis fruticosa, with its large yellow flowers, is common. A Dodder, Cuscuta globularis, attacks everything, sometimes completely destroying large plants of Asphodel. The blue Lvs Sisyrinchiwm, a small purple-flowered Romulea, and Alliwm Chamemoly, as well as Aloe vulgaris occurring in one place, are also characteristic of exposed areas. 4, Maritime Rocks AND SANDY SHoRES.—The south side of the island is mostly composed of high precipitous cliffs. The coast is also rocky on the east and north-east parts. The small rivulets nearly all enter the sea on the north side, where are the principal ‘‘ Marsas’”’ or sandy beaches, such as St. Paul’s and Mellaha Bay. Maritime plants are represented by the Horn Poppy, Glauciwm luteum; Sea-Kale, Crambe maritima; three kinds of Stock, Matthiola; the Caper, Capparis spinosa ; and a curious shrubby little St. John’s Wort, Hypericum egyptiacum, with dimorphic flowers, which is abundant on the rocks on the south side; Fagonia cretica, a North African desert plant, but found in one locality in Sicily; the Samphire, Crithmum maritimum ; a form of Chamomile, viz. Anthemis marituma ; the bushy Inula crithmoides, a composite with fleshy leaves and yellow flowers suggestive of Furze bushes at a distance. It is upon the roots of this plant that the peculiar flowering but fungoid parasite Cynomoriwm coccineum grows. ‘The Beetroot, Beta maritima, and the usual Saltworts, &e., of the order Chenopodiacee are common. Pancratiwm maritimum grows in the sands of Mellaha Bay, while the Posidonia Cawlini (Caulinia oceanica) grows at some little distance from the shore, remarkable for its fibres being rolled by the waves into felted balls on the beach. 5. Frenps anp CuntivateD ArEeAs.—Of field weeds the most pro- minent are the following: The scarlet Pheasant’s Hye (Adonis microcarpa) and the var. ciérina, with yellow flowers; the purple Anemone coronaria ; Love-in-a-Mist (Nigella damascena) ; our English Poppies as well as the purple Papaver setigerum, supposed to be the origin of the Opium Poppy (P. somniferwm), which is not known wild; a white but nearly scentless Mignonette (Reseda alba.) The somewhat local plant in England, Lathyrus Aphaca, is very common, as well as other leguminous plants, e.g. Lathyrus arvensis, the wild form of the Field Pea, the crimson Lotus Tetra- gonolobus, the white umbellifer Tordylium apulwm, and the crimson Corn- Salad Fedia Cornucopia. The Corn-Marigold, Chrysanthemum segetum, is rather local, while the enormous Broom-Rape, Orobanche speciosa, with white, lavender, or yellow flowers, and growing three feet in height, is too common in beanfields, as it is also at Cairo. Both the blue and the scarlet Pimpernel abound, though the former is somewhat earlier of the two. The purple Gladiolus segetwm and Allium nigrum, together with two Ornithogalums, O. narbonense and O. arabicum, appear late in the season together. The white Diplotaxis erwcoides occurs everywhere in waste places as well as fields. Aquatic PLANtTs.—In most of the wieds there runs a small streamlet in which aquatic and sub-aquatic plants occur. Thus Ranunculus hetero- 584 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. phyllus is represented by a small-leaved form nearly ike Baudotw and a trichophyllus. The following are characteristic plants :— Watercress, Celery, Cinanthe globularis, Veronica Anagallis (V. Beccabunga is wanting), a sub-aquatic form of Mentha Pulegiwm, M. rotundifolia, a large-leaved and large-fiowered form of Ranunculus Ficaria known as calthefolius, and R. ophioglossifolius, found in South|Hants and formerly in Jersey. Colocasia antiquorum occurs abundantly in one rivulet. The giant Grass, Arundo Donaz, used for basket-making, and its ally A. Pliniana, as well as the Water-Reed Phragmites communis, Common Docks, half-a-dozen species of Carex and Cyperus, Hquisetwm, Isoetes, Chara, and the minute Elatine, Callitriche, and Lemna are represented. Two kinds of Willow, Samolus Valerandi, Lythrum Grefferi, and Ophrys apifera are all found in wet grassy borders of streams. SMALL FRUITS FROM A PRIVATE-GARDEN POINT OF VIEW. 585 SMALL FRUITS FROM A PRIVATE-GARDEN POINT OF VIEW. By James Smitu, V.M.H. [August 5, 1902.] THE object in growing small fruits in private gardens should be to aim at keeping up a regular supply of each variety of fruit for as long a period as possible. This can be done by planting early and late varieties side by side, and also by planting in different aspects. For instance, Gooseberries grown on a south border will be ripe ten days earlier, or perhaps more, than the same variety planted on a north border. Hence it is very important to have walls, in order to be able to keep up a long succession of each kind of fruit in its season. The following is a list of the small fruits which I propose dealing with in this paper :—Currants, Gooseberries, Raspberries, Strawberries, Logan Berry, and the Strawberry-Raspberry. Red Currants with Strawberries form an excellent plantation, as the shade of the Currant bushes will, in a measure, help to prolong the bear- ing qualities of the Strawberries. In making a bed of these fruits, the Currants may be planted six feet from row to row, and four feet apart in the rows. This would afford ample space for one row of Strawberries between the rows of Currants. The latter should be bushy plants, with about a foot of clear stem, as it is not desirable to allow them to become tall, or there would be a difficulty in placing nets over them to keep the birds from the fruit. The Currants should consist of both early and late varieties, so as to prolong the season as much as possible. The Straw- berries may be planted one foot apart, and the second year every alternate plant removed, as by adopting this plan a good crop is secured the first year after planting. Late varieties only should be used, and those selected should be of decidedly sterling merit, such as :-— ‘Laxton’s Trafalgar,’ which is an unexceptionably fine variety for late use ; in fact, every garden should have a plentiful supply. ‘Climax’ is another of excellent stamp, which, with ‘Sir Joseph Paxton,’ will be found exceedingly useful as mid-season varieties. ‘Kleanor’ is another late variety well adapted for yielding late in the season. When birds are much in evidence they must be kept off by means of netting. The plan adopted at Mentmore is to place wire netting first all round the beds, four feet high, of one inch mesh. Over the top of this must be placed ordinary garden netting, and a few laths must be fixed over the top to keep this netting in its place. The soil for Strawberries should be made very good before planting, both by deep trenching and adding a good supply of dung in the process. This is very important, for every care should be taken to secure a good crop, or it would not pay for all this extra labour and expense. Before placing the nets on the beds, 586 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, the ground all round the Currant bushes and Strawberry plants should be heavily mulched with rotten manure, and then, on the surface, a good layer of clean straw. If this plan is adopted very little watering will be needed, for the Currants will, in a great measure, help to keep the ground shaded and moist for the Strawberries. The ground selected for this purpose is best if situated in an open position, where it has the full benefit of the sun, but so placed as to be protected from high winds, for these often dry the ground up and spoil the crop sooner than hot sunshine, for then the nets help to protect the plants. In order to have very fine fruit from Strawberry beds, no plan is more successful than that of making a quite new plantation every year, and treating the plants as if they were intended for forcing. By planting out strong healthy runners from pots, a good crop can be secured the first season. They should be planted two feet between the rows, and one foot in the rows. Then, as soon as the fruit is gathered, cut out every alternate plant, thus leaving the plants two feet apart each way. Gooseberries.—These, as a rule, do best in the coolest part of the garden, and may be grown in various forms, such as upright cordons, pyramidal bushes, or in the ordinary form. If trained on a north wall, they ripen much later, and so prolong the season. When placed in such position, it is a good plan to plant bush trees in front of the north walls, as then a net can be placed on the wall so as to cover the border at the same time, and thus have an ample supply till late in the season. In cultivating small fruits in the garden, a certain number of young plants should be propagated every year, for old plants are never satisfactory, they occupy valuable ground, and never produce such good fruit as young healthy plants. This remark applies to every variety of small fruit grown in the garden. Old worn-out bushes are like old horses: they consume valuable food, but are of no ornament or use. Nothing to my mind looks more wretched than a lot of old worn-out small-fruit bushes, either Gooseberries or Currants. Young trees are cheap, and they can be pur- chased far cheaper than grown from cuttings; then, I ask, “‘ Why keep old and useless stock in a garden?” Raspberries require few remarks. They are universally grown, and always appreciated for preserving or cooking purposes. Good soil and generous treatment will produce gratifying results. Strawberry-Raspberry.—This has been introduced from Japan into this country, and was at first said to be a hybrid between a Strawberry and a Raspberry. It may almost be classed as an ornamental plant, for apart from its use it has a distinct value for its beauty, both when in flower and when covered with its fine handsome fruit. The Logan Berry is a true hybrid between a red Raspberry and a Blackberry. It produces freely, and lasts a long time either gathered or on the bush. ep v HARDY FRUITS IN YORKSHIRE, 587 HARDY FRUITS IN YORKSHIRE. By A. Gaut, F.R.H.S., Yorkshire College, Leeds. From Reports collected from sixty-seven fruit centres in all parts of the County. [September 2, 1902.) Special Reasons for collecting these Reports.—When I first began to give lectures on hardy fruit culture, the greatest difficulty in my experi- ence was in recommending the most suitable varieties of the various species of hardy fruits to plant. Special lists suitable to certain counties or districts were found to be very misleading. Varieties which may ‘succeed admirably in some places often give unsatisfactory results in others, and this sometimes within very small areas. ‘This is particularly noticeable in the northern counties of England, where there is so much variation in the character and depth of soils and subsoils, position, shelter, altitude, and other influences. It is therefore absolutely necessary, in order to gain the confidence of the people with whom the lecturer comes in contact and to be able to give sound advice, that he should make himself thoroughly acquainted with the hardy fruits in his district and the con- ditions under which they are growing. For the past three years I have been engaged in this work amongst the hardy fruits in Yorkshire, and up to the present time have personally visited and collected reports from sixty-seven of the best hardy fruit centres in the county. It has been a most pleasant task, as head gardeners, market-fruit growers, and others with whom I have come in contact, have in the most kind and courteous manner placed the results of their experi- ence at my disposal, and a mass of most valuable information has been collected, as you may judge from statistics following. These represent the aggregate experience of sixty-seven hardy-fruit growers in Yorkshire. I propose to give what must necessarily be only a very condensed summary of these reports, as time will not allow of anything more, and under four heads, viz. :— (1) Climatic conditions and the main physical features of the county. (2) Surface soils and subsoils in the chief fruit-growing districts. (3) Short lists of varieties of some of the principal hardy fruits (mainly consisting of extracts from the reports). (4) Future possibilities for hardy-fruit culture in Yorkshire. (1) Yorkshire, taken as a whole, is subjected to much variation in climate and temperature. The physical configuration of the county has a great bearing upon its hardy-fruit culture. High, barren mountains and hills with their sides facing to all points of the compass, numerous sheltered vales, flat open country, in places nearly at sea-level, and a long stretch of sea-coast, are its main features. It is bounded on the east and north-east by the German Ocean, and on this side is much subjected to cold winds and fogs coming off the sea. During spring and early summer, especially when the trees are in flower, the fruit crops suffer very much from these causes alone. In some parts the coast is low and bleak, and these influences are felt for some distance inland, while in the more 588 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. sheltered vales bordering on the sea, as in the hilly Cleveland district, especially where it is well wooded, they do not suffer quite so much. On the west the Pennine chain runs the whole length of the county; the westerly winds sweeping down from these high altitudes are rather cold, and this has naturally a retarding influence upon the hardy fruits in the vales. ‘Towards the north the country is open and exposed, and the cold north winds sweep down the Vale of York, which occupies a large area in the centre of the county; this shows what an important factor good shelter is to successful fruit cultivation in Yorkshire. High hills extend over a great part of the county, and it is particularly noticeable, where plantations and large trees abound, what a beneficial influence this shelter has upon farm and garden produce in their immediate localities. It would be well if landowners would turn their attention a little more in this direction. About Malton, York, and Selby vegetation is much earlier than in other parts of Yorkshire, and it is curious to note that Malton is . considered to be fully a week earlier than Pickering, although the latter is situated on the sunny side of the moorland hills in the north-east of the county. Numerous cold springs burst from the rocks on the north side of the Pickering Valley, and this is considered to be the cause. (2) The geological character of the soils and subsoils of Yorkshire is as strongly marked as its main physical features. I often make the remark that it is a “‘soil of patches.” All through the county there is a great diversity of soils, and often within very small areas. Some of my notes are most interesting in respect to these conditions, not only as it affects the different species of fruits, but their varieties also. I once heard a fruit- grower of the good old school remark, “ If you want to know what varie- ties of fruits to plant, look over into your neighbour’s garden and see what are doing well there.” This is generally sound advice, although it does not always stand good in Yorkshire. My notes show that in many places varieties of hardy fruits may succeed well in certain gardens, while in the districts round them the same varieties are most unsatisfactory, and vice versa. One head gardener told me he always planted the same varieties in different positions, and then some of them were sure to do well. It is easy for anyone acquainted with Yorkshire to be able to picture in his mind its principal hardy-fruit districts. Following the line of the Great Central Vale of York, which lies between the two groups of hills on the eastern side and the two groups on the western side, from which ramifications sweep round and run between the hilly districts of the east, including the Plain of Cleveland, the Vale of Pickering, and following the Ouse Valley to the mouth of the Humber, then taking a course soath- ward, over the flat alluvial plains by Thorne and Doncaster, much of the hardy fruit grown in the county is included within these boundaries. It has been said that ‘‘ the rivers of Yorkshire are emphatically its own, born among its mountains, giving life and beauty to its numerous dales.” In following up these dales along the main courses of the rivers some good hardy fruits are to be seen. The Plain of Cleveland is mainly composed of strong, tenacious clay. Towards the rise of the hills the soil is very variable, being composed of boulder clay, lias shale, and oolite sandstone. Very little hardy fruit is grown in the Cleveland district, except in private places. In Eskdale, in HARDY FRUITS IN YORKSHIRE. 589 the more sheltered parts, on towards Whitby, many Apples were at one time grown for the Whitby market, but the orchards are fast disappearing, and those trees which remain are mostly in a neglected condition, and very few young ones are planted. From the Tees on towards Richmond, round Bedale and Northallerton, there is a great diversity of soils, being composed of alternate beds of heavy and light loams, and gravel of vary- ing depths. Here and there on the better class of soils quantities of fruit, especially Apples, Plums, Gooseberries, and Strawberries, are produced. Near Richmond Strawberries are largely grown by cottagers in allotments ranging from two acres downwards, a ready sale being found for them at Bishop’s Auckland, Darlington, Barnard Castle, and Richmond. On the limestone soils, towards the hills by Richmond, some large Walnut-trees often crop heavily. In a garden at Middleton Tyas, near Richmond, a curious feature is particularly noticeable. Some of the Apple-trees and - Raspberry canes annually produce leaves of a bright golden colour, while those of others are green. Copper is found in the district, sometimes traces of it occur close to the surface of the ground, and it has been suggested that this is possibly the cause. Some good standard Cherries and quantities of Plums are noted near Bedale. In the Thirsk district the soil is more clayey, forming cool strong lands, which, when well drained, are especially suitable for Apple culture. Thirsk is one of the most im- portant wholesale fruit markets of the north, and much fruit is brought into it from the surrounding districts. Westward and beyond Ripon the soil becomes thinner, with alternate beds of sand, clay, and gravel. Taking a course from Thirsk eastward and south of the Hambleton hills, through a broad stretch of country by Coxwold, Gilling, and Helmsley, there is a great difference in the character of the soil, much of which is suitable for fruit culture, and many Apples, Pears, Plums, and Gooseberries are erown for the Thirsk market. The orchard Pear-trees in these parts are quite a feature; one which was measured, and that not the largest, being forty-six feet high, and large in proportion; there are many of these which generally produce heavy crops of fruit. In some portions of the Vale of Pickering the soil is veryrich. This large valley, which is scooped out of the Kimmeridge clay, varies much in the character of its surface soils at different portions of the Vale. A great thickness of glacial beds and alluvium covers its eastern portion. Towards the west the Kimmeridge clay crops out in places through the alluvium, and forms, when not covered with gravel, a heavy clay soil. At the foot of the hills beds of rich sandy loam are found, especially adapted to the culture of Pears and Plums. On the southern side of the Vale alternate beds of sand, clay, and rich loams, with quantities of calcareous grit, are found. There are many rather populous parishes in and about this Vale, where, on the better classes of soils, much hardy fruit is grown. From Pickering eastward, for several miles along the Forge Valley line, many Apples, Plums, Rasp- berries, and Strawberries are sent into the Scarborough market. Over the eastern half of the East Riding very little good hardy fruit is grown, except in private places. It is worth notice, particularly on the calcareous soils, where they are then upon the chalk, what an influence this soil has upon the stock upon which Apples are grafted. My attention has been drawn to the fact that, while large Apple-trees are often seen fruiting 590 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. freely, many which are newly planted die after a few years. I attribute this to the use of the Paradise stock. It must be understood I am not referring to those places where head gardeners are kept, as under skilful management this stock can be made to answer, even upon these thin light soils. At Sutton-on-Hull there is a large Strawberry farm of about fifty acres; this is in the Holderness district. Mr. C. F. Thompson, the grower, says: “ There are no large fruit-growers in this immediate neigh- bourhood. A good deep soil with a clay subsoil, well drained, and sheltered from the north and east winds, if possible in a sunny valley, are the best conditions for successful Strawberry-growing.”’ Between Malton and York, in places, according to the character of the soil, some good fruit is produced mostly by private growers, and round Malton and York in market gardens also. The Burr-Knot Apple is quite a favourite amongst cottagers near Castle Howard, as it rarely fails to produce good crops. From York to Selby and following the River Ouse on its eastern side, the soil is very variable, breaking up into small patches of heavy land, loam, sand, and gravel, and here it is particularly notice- able what a remarkable influence this has upon the different varieties of fruits grown. ‘To mention one case, Mr. James Hornby, head gardener at Heslington Hall, says: “‘Ne Plus Ultra’ (syn. ‘Sir Joseph Paxton ’) does not succeed in these gardens, while in this same parish it is the principal market Strawberry. ‘Some of the finest Apples in Yorkshire are to be found about here, whilst quantities of other fruits are grown for market. At one time many good standard Cherries were to be found about York, but from time to time these have been destroyed, the land being required for building purposes. Selby is a good fruit market. The rich warp lands on each side of the Ouse, between Selby and the Humber, and the rich alluvial soils about Thorne and Doneaster, form some of the best fruit-producing land in Yorkshire. Many of the farmers about Thorne and some parishes westward of it have considerable orchards, and on the cool soils Apples succeed well. At a hamlet called ‘New Zealand,’ close by Thorne, some fine Cherries are produced. Some of the land between Thorne and Doneaster is very light, so that even in this part of Yorkshire great care should be exercised in choosing suitable positions for planting fruit-trees. Much of the fruit grown about here is taken to Doncaster.” Crossing the narrow line of magnesian limestone, in this part of the county, along which in certain parts some of the fruit grown will compare very favourably with that from some of the more favoured fruit-growing counties of the South, the great coal formation is reached, and passing over this to the west we get into the factory districts. These extend all over the south, middle, and west of the West Riding of Yorkshire. The smoke which pours forth in volumes from the thousands of chimneys, from the collieries and factories, joined with that from the houses of the numerous workers, one would naturally think, would not be conducive to the culture of good hardy fruits. Yet near Barnsley I have seen some very fine Apples, but this is only exceptional. It is only here and there, and in private places, that hardy fruits are grown to any great extent. The soil of a great portion of the western side of Yorkshire is largely composed of the millstone grit. Gooseberries are largely grown, and Gooseberry HARDY FRUITS IN YORKSHIRE. 591 shows are still held annually in several places, at which enormous berries are shown. In many portions of that tract of country lying between Leeds, Selby, York, Boroughbridge, and Harrogate, where again there is a creat difference in the character of the soils, quantities of hardy fruit are erown in places. To the east,a few miles from Leeds, Raspberry-growing is rather an important industry, upwards of 100 acres being under culti- vation. About South Milford some rather large orchards are seen. Near here quantities of the celebrated Yorkshire ‘ Winesour’ Plum are still largely grown. Ribston Park is the home of the noted ‘ Ribston Pippin’ Apple, which still holds its own as one of the best-flavoured Apples erown. The old original tree has passed away ; a portion of its trunk is still preserved, and shown to visitors to the gardens. A sucker from the roots of the original stock is rapidly growing into a large tree, which is fenced round and carefully protected. Whixley, a small hamlet near Cattal, on the York and Harrogate line, is noted for its Cherries ; the people call it the ‘ Whixley Cherry,’ and say it has no other name. An old Cherry-picker told me it was the ‘ Whixley Cherry,’ and nothing else; it had been called by that name ever since the world was created, and he could tell by its flavour whether a Cherry had been grown at Whixley or not. A Cherry fair is held annually, which, although not so important an event as formerly, is still looked forward to every year by the inhabit- ants and visitors. (3) I now take some extracts from the ‘General Report’ of the Yorkshire Hardy Fruits. Apples and Strawberries are arranged in tables, giving—satisfactory and unsatisfactory results, the different characters of soils, and the number of centres where each is grown. These show clearly how misleading special lists for planting are :— KITcHEN AppuEs. 20 Varieties. | @ z Satisfactory Unsatisfactory at op = = — ool Sas tee | General Character of Soils General Character of Soils Names of Varieties gS eu : Ee et es SO as b = | al a » \48 |) m1] s = (gl = Oats aan = Mao) | Blenheim Orange Pippin a |) 42 ee | rk G42) id 3 4 18 Bramley’s Seedling : . | 25 9 7 & } 21 2 2 — 4 Cellini Pippin : - . | 25 9 7 a | 21 1 ta eee 4 Cockpit . i J a es aa 4°) 15 1 rie end. 3 Cockpit improved .: A itedoo. yA 8 2 OR Pe ae gee | | Cox’s Pomona ; ; | Se Nie A i) ae ge) 1 ea 2 Dumelow’s Seedling. oa Se A 2 5 5 12 2 pana I 5 Ecklinville Seedling OD ie: Vi tes ha Dw © 9 | 42 1 7a a Pa ae = Hawthornden p : he 5 7 ) 21 2 — 2 4 Hawthornden, New ‘ ohh BO 2 6 } 9 — 1 — | Jf Lane’s Prince Albert . Zt 2G 9 15 5 29} — f — | — | = Lord Derby . : ; om ie: 3) 10 a | 26 2 — |} — 2 Lord Grosvenor . : | 20 ne Oo | 4 16 a I |e 4 Lord Suffield . é ; ee to.) 10. | BG | Al 6 eo Da 19 em | 47 | 14.) 14 | 14} ‘4g | 4) tl ] gs Peasgood’s Nonesuch . 24.4 14 | 19 5 | 388 | — gn ae | eat Stirling Castle 4 : -| 28 S22 6 | 246 | — 1 1 2 Tower of Glamis . . sat ees eo) 9 ye ae 1 1 -- 2 Warner’s King. : ein aao we bd: +} 19) Th. | 36 3 3 1 7 Yorkshire Greening : Fa) Me : os ee) 5 | 14), — — 1 1 | 592, JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Blenheim Orange is a very uncertain variety in Yorkshire, as the report shows, where it is eighteen times noted as unsatisfactory. The chief complaints are: (1) it cankers badly; (2) it does not bear well; (3) as the tree flowers early, its blossoms are liable to be cut off by frost. Bramley’s Seedling.—Where this is unsatisfactory it is as a shy bearer but a strong grower. ‘These are chiefly young trees; as they get older they will probably bear better. Grafts on old Apple stocks are generally satisfactory. Cellini is a good Apple generally, but in some places it cankers badly. Cox’s Pomona.—A very hardy variety, and a favourite in places. The Cockpits are largely grown in Yorkshire for Cockpit, Old ) market. They are very hardy; crop well. Some are Cockpit, New aes these for better varieties. Useful varieties in exposed positions. Dumelow’s Seedling.—A good Apple, but cankers badly in places. Keklinville Seedling.—A grand Apple in most parts. Hawthornden Good hardy varieties for the hilly districts Hawthornden, New I canker in some soils. Lane’s Prince Albert.—A grand Apple for Yorkshire. Lord Derby.—Also one of the best; reports unsatisfactory in two places, Lord Grosvenor is well spoken of where it succeeds. Lord Suffield.—A most uncertain Apple, although good where it does well. Itcankers very badly in many places ; even in some noted as satisfac- tory it is liable to canker. Some gardeners, as soon as the disease begins to get bad, cut off the branches, and the fresh breaks will do well for a time. Keswick Codlin.—One of the hardiest varieties, and a favourite in Yorkshire. Peasgood’s Nonesuch.—Generally very good ; sometimes a shy bearer. Stirling Castle—A most useful and generally a reliable Apple. Tower of Glamis is still a favourite. Warner’s King.—Cankers in places, in others very good. Yorkshire Greening.—A good hardy Apple. Dessert ApPLes. 12 Varieties. | 2 Satisfactory | Unsatisfactory 2 bo 7 a General Character of Soils General Character of Soils Names of Varieties ee ae ee iis BA =o | fe) be | oh ea cm ne Oe Pe ee ee las} @ |e | Oo | ae | mt | eee Court Pendu Plat . : ae 4 Oo lier ie 2 1 1 4 Cox’s Orange ; ; .| 44 £3 oh SON) oh ae 7 | 2 4 | 13 Devonshire Quarrenden | 6 ae Sa ae: e | bio = ood — 1 Duchess of Oldenburg . | 18 ey; 3 LY |-"6 is 1 — |; 2 Golden Pippin | 10 2 4 1 7;,—]1 2. he Irish Peach . 31 11 10 | 10 |} 81) — | —1 =e Kerry Pippin. ; ie Re wie | 2/12) —|— | fe King of the Pippins . . | 36 12) 8) Oy 2) es 3 i Lady Sudeley : ; : i 1 8 1 | iB Tn Mae | —|;- 1 Red Astrachan i .| 14 5 38; 3/ ll | 1 | 2 — 3 tibston Pippin. ; > fea OT, Sot. wey ae ee 4 4 15 Worcester Pearmain . » ee 12 9 a / 25 | — | — — — / | ; HWARDY FRUITS IN YORKSHIRE. 593 Court Pendu Plat.—Good in places ; in others it cankers badly. | Cox’s Orange is generally a shy bearer where unsatisfactory; also cankers sometimes. Devonshire Quarrenden.—A useful Apple. Duchess of Oldenburg.—Grown for market; being a handsome Apple, it sells well. In Yorkshire it is of inferior flavour. Golden Pippin.—Good in places ; cankers badly in others. Irish Peach.—A favourite early Apple in Yorkshire. Kerry Pippin.—Good in Yorkshire, for cropping and for flavour. King of the Pippins.—Good in some gardens; where reported as unsatisfactory it is of inferior flavour ; requires a very warm position. Lady Sudeley bears well; good reports. Red Astrachan.—Grown largely for market. Ribston Pippin.—Most uncertain Apple, as it cankers so badly in many places. Worcester Pearmain.—Grown largely both in private gardens and for market. STRAWBERRIES. 13 Varieties. 2 2 Satisfactory Unsatisfactory sl | General Character of Soils General Character of Soils Names of Varieties ig 2 2 te eS 2. Se ee Bere cca aie 2 Rl | BY ca Pooh | ae) eet ce LS eee Se fee ryote | oe |e |. ef a ee | British Queen 18 3 3} — | 6 4 ee 12 Dr. Hogg ; 17 3 2 Boi VE 3 260-2 Sree oe Empress Eugénie . 9 2 2 5 Tag = Ea ES 6 se James Veitch ii | 4 4 oa a 8 a fe, at Keen’s Seedling 7 2 1 i = 1 | tear Pee Latest of All . : oy ae Z 4 2 8 — 3 0) — 3 Laxton’s Noble. : o)40 1 2 3 6 i =— + 3 4 Monarch a , F : 8 3 2 “= 5 | — to) & 3 President 3 : 4 sieae & 10} 10 6. 26>) 2 4 4 13 Royal Sovereign . , ppoen ) IO] 14.) 17 | SO.) 4 — | — 4 Sir Joseph Paxton ; A ee 8 5 nee Se oe 4 } 4 10 Vicomtesse Héricartde Thury 31 , 12 8 on ae pe ee 3 SS eas 3 oO RR da a The following other fruits are fairly proportionally representative for Yorkshire ; the number of places where each is grown is shown by the figures. These are extracts from the “General Report.’’ Sixty-seven centres in all :— PEARS TRAINED. Watts, Busu, &c. Beurré d’Amanlis . 22 | Easter Beurré . . 11 | Marie Louise . . 40 Beurré Diel . ; . 20 | Glou Morceau . Ba | Pitmaston Duchess’. 27 Clapp’s Favourite . 12 | Louise bonne of Jersey 40 | Souvenir du Congrés . 14 Doyenné du Comice . 27 | Jargonelle . . . 23 | Williams’ Bon Chrétien 38 Duchess d’Angouléme . 14 | Joséphine de Malines. 13 | Winter Nelis ‘ . 14 | ORCHARD PEARS. Hess!e ; : ' ; : . 23 Louise bonne of Jersey . : ee Jargonelle . ; ; é 7 . 12 ! Williams’ Bon Chrétien . : < a 594 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. PLUMS TRAINED. WaALLs, BusHss, &c. White Magnum Bonum 13 | Victoria. : . 40 | Coe’s Golden Drop _... 31 Orleans : ; . 11 | Jefferson Greengage . . 19 Pond’s Seedling . . 12 | Kirke’s ; ; . 33 | Transparent Gage . 10 Piums, ORCHARD. Orleans .9 | Pond’s Seedling .14 | Rivers’ Prolific .11 ' Victoria . 31 CHERRIES TRAINED. WALLS, BusHEs, &c. Black Eagle . : . 7 | Early Rivers ; . 5 | May Duke . Y 223 _ Black Tartarian . oe Governor Wood . . 7 | Morello : : . 39 Black Bigarreau . . 10 | Late Duke . : . 6 | White Heart —. 5 Apricots. WALLS. Breda . 7 | Hemskerk. . 10 | Moorpark . 31 | St. Ambroise as | PEACHES, ON WALLS, OUTSIDE. Diamond . os Hale’s Early . . 8 | Royal George . . 16 Very few Nectarines are grown outside, and they are mostly unsatis- factory. ono RASPBERRIES. Superlative . : . 21. | Carter’s Prolific Northumberland Fillbasket ; 213 Semper Fidelis Baumforth’s Seedling . ‘ «16 Fastolf . RED CURRANTS. F Red Dutch ; . 12 | Raby Castle d - 10 | La Versaillaise . se WHITE CURRANTS Are not largely grown in Yorkshire. White Dutch is the only name received from ten out of forty places. Buack CURRANTS. The Black Currant Mite (Phytoptus ribis) is very prevalent in York- shire, as 3 the following table shows:— ; Character of Soils | = ——;__] 7 3a ee nae Heavy |Medium Light A: ae, . r ) ) Number of centres which are si ah free from | ) | mite . ‘ . | AD ie 5 24 Number of centres which are badly infested . ; c B.i4 42 9 19 Do. on which several infested buds are found | — 2 - 2 t Total number of centres from which reports are received | 20 | 11 | 16 47 | : GOOSEBERRIES. The varieties mostly grown are Warrington, Whinham’s Industry, Whitesmith, Crown Bob, Lancashire Lad, Keepsake, Yellow Champagne, Early Sulphur, Red Champagne, Ironmonger, and Leader. PRIZE GOOSEBERRIES. The following are those varieties which have taken the prizes for the heaviest berry (one only being shown) during the past fifty years at the HARDY FRUITS IN YORKSHIRE. 595 shows of the Gooseberry Growers’ Association, held annually in this county, with the number of times each variety has gained the prize (from The Gooseberry Growers’ Register) :— London . . 19 | Ringer. . 4 | Antagonist. . 3 | Dr. Woolley. eh Bobby . - 7 | Garibaldi .3 | Rover : .2 | Leveller 2 And the following once each :—Paris, Seedling, Macaroni, Transparent, Ploughboy, Lord Derby, Stockwell, and Blicher. (4) Much of the soil in the hardy-fruit districts of Yorkshire is well adapted to the culture of Apples, Pears, and Plums. In private places good fruit is often grown under the most difficult conditions, but only - under exceptional cultivation, the cost of labour and material being only secondary considerations. When planting fruit trees in a county like Yorkshire for market purposes, special attention must be paid to choosing suitable soils and sheltered positions, and to the selection of varieties suitable to these conditions, as mistakes are easily made; in fact such is frequently the case, with the result that the profit and loss account after- wards would possibly be represented on the wrong side of the balance- sheet. Following up carefully these conditions and under a system of good cultivation, hardy-truit growing in parts of Yorkshire might be made a more profitable industry than it is at the present time. 596 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ON THE INCREASE IN EUROPE OF THE AMERICAN GOOSEBERRY-MILDEW (Spherotheca mors-wve (Schwein.), Berk. & Curt.). By Ernest 8. Saumon, F.L.S., F.R.H.S. WHEN giving an account, at p. 139 of vol. xxv. of this JouRNAL, of the occurrence in 1900 of the American Gooseberry-mildew in a garden at Ballymena, Ireland—the first appearance in Kurope of the disease—the opinion was expressed that in all probability the disease would invade other parts of Europe. In 1901 (see p. 778 of vol. xxvi. of this JourNaL) the disease recurred with increased severity in the original locality in Ireland, but was not reported from elsewhere. In the present year, 1902, not only has the disease occurred in several fresh localities in Ireland, but it has been reported from two widely-separated districts in Russia, where it caused wholesale destruction to the Gooseberry crop. First, as to the spread of the disease in Ireland. Mr. Nixon has sent me the following notes on the occurrence of the disease during the pre- sent year in the original station at Ballymena :—‘‘ I had the Gooseberry bushes sprayed once this year, but now (June 11) I find the fungus is abundant both on the berries and on the young wood. I notice that the disease is far worse —that is, it spreads far more quickly—in damp or rainy weather. We have had a great deal of rain here this last April and May, and the temperature during May was lower at night than I have ever known it in all my experience of gardening. We are seriously thinking of burning all our trees—over three hundred—this season. We are greatly sheltered by very tall trees on the south side. I should think most of them are eighty feet high. J never saw many, if any, gardens so shaded on the south side. Possibly this may have something to do with the disease spreading so quickly, but its origin is as yet entirely a mystery to me.’’ In August Mr. Nixon wrote :—‘ I have destroyed a great many trees by fire just on the plot where they grew. We have a Large Green Rough or Hairy variety of Gooseberry which seems to resist the disease.”’ At the same time Mr. Nixon informed me that the disease had appeared in a garden at Knocktarna, Coleraine, Londonderry. On writing to the owner of the garden I received the following information on this fresh outbreak of the disease :—‘ The mildew, which appeared for the first time in our bushes this year, was first observed about the middle of July, when the berries were ripening. I feel confident that there was no occurrence of the disease last year. It began upon a plantation of young bushes bought four years ago from Portadown. It spread rapidly, until the fruit upon every bush was attacked in two gardens, quite separate from each other ; yet our neighbour’s gardens, only on the other side of the road, were quite free from it. None of the Gooseberry bushes appeared to remain unattacked by the disease. This is a heavy clay soil, and in former years was famous for Gooseberries. I have heard of the disease appearing in a garden at Aghadowey, but only a few bushes were attacked INCREASE OF THE AMERICAN GOOSEBERRY-MILDEW. 597 there; in our gardens there are more than one hundred attacked. We have had no communication with the gardens at Whitehall, Ballymena, nor with America.’’ Specimens (now in the Kew Herbarium) of the fungus were also sent, and proved to belong to S. movs-wve. Another closely- allied mildew, Microsphera Grossularie (Wallr.) Léy., occurred side by side on the same shoots with the Spherotheca. In August last, also, I received further specimens from Mr. F. W. Moore, A.L.S., of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin, of the American Gooseberry-mildew, which had been sent to him from a garden near Antrim, with the following report :—‘‘I send a few Gooseberries showing a blight which has appeared this season both on my own crop -and on that of others. The disease in my case began on one tree and has rapidly spread to several. I have not before noticed it, although I have been growing a considerable area for some years past. There was a report last year of a disease having appeared on Gooseberries at Broghahan, Co. Antrim, and probably this is the same.” The owner of the garden supplied me with the following additional information :—“ It was not until I began to pick this season that I noticed that the berries on some three or four trees were still small and green, with the blight showing on some of the branches. ‘The variety affected was ‘Crown Bob,’ and these with ‘ Whinham’s Industry’ are the only kinds grown. The disease appears to be pretty general now, both in Co. Antrim and Co. Derry, but so far as I can learn has not appeared in Co. Armagh, which is the chief fruit-growing centre in Ireland.” In April of the present year Dr. Hennings, in a communication to Gartenflora [Bibl. (1)j, stated that S. mors-wve had appeared in Russia during the season of 1901. The examples were sent to Dr. Hennings by Mr. N. A. Mossolow, from some private gardens at Michailowskoje, district of Moscow, where it occurred, causing an epidemic, on the cultivated Gooseberries. The berries were completely covered over with the rusty-brown mycelium of the fungus, which by July 8, 1901, showed perithecia containing ripe spores. Dr. Hennings states it as his opinion that the fungus is without doubt to be considered as a true native of Russia. Mr. N. A. Mossolow has kindly supplied me with the following additional information on the subject of this outbreak of the disease in Russia :—‘‘ The Gooseberries which became infected were planted several years ago, and were originally bought in St. Petersburg and in Riga. Several different varieties of Gooseberries were attacked. The summer of 1901, when the fungus first appeared here, was very hot and dry. We found the fungus, in very great quantity, only on the fruit of the Goose- berries and not on the branches. The fruit-garden is surrounded by the park and wcods on one side; on the other there is a hedge of Crategus. The fruit-garden consists of Apple-trees, Cherries, Raspberries, Straw- berries, Currants, and a few hardy plants, Rubus cesius, &e.”’ Prof. A. de Jaczewsky (Inspector of Vegetable Pathology to the Russian Minister of Agriculture), to whom I applied for information as to whether S. mors-wve had been reported from other districts of Russia, wrote as follows :—‘‘I do not know of any other place than Michailow- skoje where the fungus has been found in Russia; in all other cases the 598 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. fungus sent to me on Gooseberries has proved to be Microsphera Grossulari@.. Ido not consider that there is any reason for thinking that the fungus has been introduced into Russia from America. We have a great many American fungi on wild and cultivated plants that could not have been introduced in any way (e.g. Plasmopara cubensis, Phytophthora Phaseoli, Exobasidium platydiscus). It is very probable that the fungus is to be found in many localities here, but we have so few mycologists in Russia that there are few investigations on the sub- ject, and our knowledge of the geographical distribution of fungi in Russia is very incomplete.” Prof. A. de Jaczewsky kindly sent me beautiful specimens (now in the Kew Herbarium) of the Russian examples of S. mors-uve. In August last a further communication was made to Gartenflora by Dr. Hennings (2), who reported as follows :—“ On July 15, 1902, Mr. N. A. Mossolow wrote to me that the mildew had again appeared on all the Gooseberry bushes in the private gardens at Michailowskoje, Podolsk, district of Moscow; and that not only was all the fruit completely destroyed, but the fungus occurred also on the young shoots. On the 17th of the same month I heard from Prof. Buchholtz, at Riga, that he had received a few days previously examples of the American Gooseberry- mildew on diseased Gooseberry-branches from Port Kunda in Esthonia, where the fungus had destroyed the whole crop of Gooseberries. In Prof. Buchholtz’s opinion the disease appears to be spreading more and more from East to West.’’ Dr. Hennings concluded by pointing out that it would seem from the existing evidence that the fungus is spreading from the interior of Russia, and that there are no grounds for assuming, as Prof. Magnus has done (3), that it has been imported on diseased Gooseberry bushes from America. Dr. Hennings also points out that it is very probable that the disease will appear in Germany, and remarks that should this happen it is expedient that all the affected bushes should be at once destroyed by fire on the spot, while all the non-infected bushes should be well sprayed with Bordeaux mixture. It may be mentioned here, however, that undoubtedly the best fungicide for combating the present disease is potassium sulphide, as has been proved by numerous careful experiments in the United States. (See vol. xxv. p. 141, and vol. xxvi. p. 779, of this JouRNAL.) De Wildeman, in the Prodrome de ia Flore belge (Thallophytes, fase. 2, p. 219; 1898), has enumerated, on the authority of Prof. Em. Marchal, S. mors-uve among the Hrysiphacee of Belgium. Prof. Marchal writes to me, however, that this record is erroneous and must be expunged. We see, therefore, that the present disease has, since its original out- break in Europe in 1900, appeared in numerous fresh localities in Ireland, and in two widely-separated districts in Russia. In every case where the disease has appeared it has assumed a serious character, and tends to recur annually in increasing severity ; and there is no doubt that Gooseberry-growers in Europe are now face to face with a dangerous enemy. } There is reason also to fear that another fruit than the Gooseberry is threatened by the present fungus. In a recent ‘ Bulletin’ of the New York Agric. Exper. Station (4) the following statements occur :—“ The INCREASE OF THE AMERICAN GOOSEBERRY-MILDEW. 599 powdery mildew of the Gooseberry (S. mors-wv@) sometimes attacks Currants. At Ripley, Chautauqua County, we saw this mildew in two plantations of Currants. In one case the plants were unusually thrifty and growing in a Plum orchard. On many plants the mildew attacked the leaves at the ends of the canes, and on a few plants it also attacked the berries, covering them with a brown felt-like growth.’ The following additional information has been supplied to me by Prof. F. C. Stewart, of the New York Agric. Exper. Station :—‘‘In the instance referred to in my Bulletin, S. mors-wve was on cultivated Red Currant, hibes rubrum. I have never seen it on AR. nigrum, and I think not on the White Currant. In New York it occurs quite frequently on f. rubrum in small quantity, and occasionally it is sufficiently abundant to be destructive. In my notes I have a record of an instance in which this fungus was destructive to Red Currants at Highland (in the Hudson River Valley) in 1897. The variety of Currant was ‘ May’s Victoria.’ In the case mentioned in my Bulletin the damage was slight, but the owner informed me that in former seasons it had sometimes been destructive. I am confident that there are other published references to its occurrence on Currants in the United States, but am sorry to say that in a hasty examination.of the literature I have failed to find any.’’ Specimens of S. mors-uv@ attack- ing the Red Currant were kindly communicated by Prof. Stewart, and are now deposited in the Kew Herbarium. In these the fungus is abundant in its conidial (Oidiwm) stage on the leaves of the young shoots, and in the perithecial stage completely invests the young berries with a thick dark-brown felted covering of mycelium. On June 13 of the present year Mr. Nixon sent me from Ballymena some Gooseberries thickly covered over with a growth of S. mors-we in its conidial condition. In this stage the fungus is wholly white, and is composed of delicate creeping mycelial threads, from which suckers are sent into the epidermal cells of the leaves and berries. This mycelium bears at short intervals a great number of closely-crowded, erect, simple branches, the conidiophores, and at the apex of each conidiophore the conidia are produced in a long bead-like chain by abstriction in basipetal succession. The conidia are broadly elliptic in shape, and measure 27-81 x 18-204; they are colourless and hyaline, and filled with vacuolated protoplasm, in which minute fibrosin bodies occur. The conidia are produced ia great number, so that the affected parts quickly become covered with a powdery mass of glistening white conidia. A representa- tion of S. mors-uve@ in its conidial stage is given on p. 600. Using the material sent by Mr. Nixon, I was successful in infecting -another species of Ribes, viz., R. Cynosbati, with the conidia of S. mors- wee growing on f. Grossularig. The plant of Rf. Cynosbati that was thus infected was kept in a moist atmosphere under a bell-jar. Two young leaves and several old leaves were inoculated on the upper and under surface, also a portion of a young stem. On the tenth day after inoculation both the young leaves bore—on the under surface only—small patches of mycelium with numerous small groups of well-grown conidio- phores with chains of ripe spores. No infection occurred on the old leaves or on the stem. The above experiment is of interest as showing that in the case of the form of S. mors-wve on Ribes Grossularie the €00 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, conidia will directly infect another species of hcst-plant. In the case of some mildews, as Neger (5) has lately shown, the conidia have not this power, Fic. 166. Explanation of Figures.—Conidial stage of Spherotheca mors-uv@ (Schwein.) Berk. & Curt., the American Gooseberry-mildew (drawn from material sent from Bally- mena, Ireland). In centre, a single ripe conidiophore, bearing its chain of conidia, x 255; to right, above, uppermost portion of a nearly ripe chain, showing the fibrosin bodies in the cell-contents of the conidia, x 400; to right, below, a germinating conidium, from the surface of a Gooseberry, x 400; to left, a number of ripe conidia, x 400. S. mors-uv@ has been recorded in the United States on the following species of Ribes: R. cerewm, R. Cynosbati, R. divaricatum var. wriguum, Lt. floridanum, R. gracile, R. Grossularie, R. Hudsonianum, R, lacustre, a * < : ‘ bY a . > S ’ “ - a oa INCREASE OF THE AMERICAN GOOSEBERRY-MILDEW. 601 R. missouriense, Rh. prostratum, Lt. votundifolium, and Lf. rubrum. A full account of the fungus is to be found in the papers mentioned below (6), (7). BIBLIOGRAPHY. (1) Hennings, P.: Uber die Verbreitung und das Vorkommen von Spherotheca mors-uve (Schw.), dem Stachelbeer-Meltau, in Russland (“ Gartenflora,” li. 170-171 ; April 1, 1902). (2) Idem: Weitere Mitteilungen tiber die Verbreitung und das Vorkommen von Spherotheca mors-uwve (Schw.), dem Stachelbeer- Meltau, in Russland (/.c., 8399-400; August 1, 1902), (3) Magnus, P.: Ueber den Stachelbeer-Meltau (/.c., 245-247; May 1, 1902). (4) Stewart, I. C.: A Fruit-disease Survey of Western New York in 1900 (New York Agric. Exper. Station Bull. No, 191, 811-812; 1900), (5) Neger, I’. W.: Beitriige zur Biologie der Krysipheen (“Flora ’’ x¢., 254; 1902). (6) Salmon, f.5.: A Monograph of the Mrysiphacee (Memoirs of Torrey Bot. Club,” ix. 70-74 ; 1900). (7) Idem: Supplementary Notes on the Hrysiphacee (“ Bull. Torrey Bot. Club,” xxix. 93-95 ; 1902). 602 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ROOTS AND THEIR USES. By Rev. Prof. G. Henstow, M.A., V.M.H., &e. (Lecture to the Students at the Society’s Gardens, June 18, 1902.] GERMINATION. When a Mustard-seed germinates, the first visible result is the protrusion of the radicle. This is not the root, but forms the primary stem, called the “ hypocotyl,’ * carrying the two green, edible cotyledons at the top. The undeveloped bud, or plumule, lies between them. These three parts constitute the entire embryo. The root is formed by the ‘“‘ growing point’”’ at the extremity of the radicle, just below the actual tip, and (with rare exceptions) grows down- wards, penetrating the soil, vertically. This latter direction is regarded as being due to the influence of gravity; for if a germinating seed be supported horizontally, the root soon begins to turn downwards again. It also “ circumnutates,”’ or “bows around.” This possibly aids the tip in finding a line of least resistance to penetration. Primary Root.—The primary or axial root may elongate very con- siderably, as of the long-rooted Radish, Carrot, Parsnip, &c. If the plant be an annual, this root does not acquire any great size; but in a biennial the leaves have had a longer period of activity, so that there is more starch, &c., made by them than can be utilized, and the root has to be enlarged in order to store up this increased amount of reserve food- materials. Garden Carrots were thus made, by sowing the seed of the wild annual Carrot (Daucus Carota) late in the season. This prevented the plants from flowering the same year. They thus had a season and a half for vegetative growth. ‘Then, by selecting the latest flowering for a few years, the existing biennial races were established. A converse effect was made with Beetroot (Beta vulaaris, var. maritima), for this is a common perennial on our sea-coast cliffs. By treating the seeds in the same way, the perennial habit was lost and the biennial races of Beets and Mangolds were obtained. Root Forms.—Since the garden root-crops have been raised from wild plants the forms have changed considerably. Thus, while the root of the wild Carrot, Parsnip, Turnip, and Radish is iong and wiry, we have in cultivation all sorts of “longs and shorts,” cylindrical and globe forms, &c.; and the question arises—how did they come about ? Pliny, writing in the first century, says that the Greeks in his day had discovered a way of converting the female? “ rape into a male ’’—that is, the long-rooted into the short form—by sowing the seed in a cloggy soil. M. Carriére experimented with the wild Radish (Raphanus Raphan- istrum) and found that he got a larger percentage of long roots in a loose * J.e. “ under the cotyledons.” + The terms “ male” and “ female ’’ were often used then, as also in the Middle Ages, but only in a fanciful way. ROOTS AND THEIR USES, 603 soil, and a majority of short, Turnip-like forms in a stiff one. A similar result followed in experimenting with Carrots. Hence, by the careful selection of seed from any form required, it becomes fixed as a race, and the selected root is established by heredity. Root-Fisres aND Fisrins.—Secondary and subsequent rootlets issue out of the primary root ; but they do not run vertically downwards, being less influenced by gravity ; so that in a plant with a large number of rootlets they are spread out and acquire a considerable volume. If the primary root be cut away, then one or more of the secondary roots grow downwards, just as, when a primary shoot of a tree is broken off, some other bough rises up and becomes a leader instead of it. It should be borne in mind that it is only a very small portion—not much more than one-twelfth of an inch—by which the root-fibre is elongated. All behind that portion ceases to grow except in thickness. Moreover, the absorbing power of a root-fibril is confined to the delicate epidermal cells, whether they elongate into “ root-hairs” or not, and is equally transient, as the superficial cortical tissues are soon formed and the surface consequently becomes non-absorbent. The cultivator will thus clearly perceive the immense importance of never breaking any of the finer root-fibrils when transplanting herbs, as by so doing delay occurs in the plant having to form new ones, and that delay may prove fatal. ADVENTITIOUS Roots.—As the axial root may swell into various forms, as in Radishes, so may the secondary as well as “adventi- tious ’’ roots, which issue out of stems, as in our terrestrial Orchids and the lesser Celandine (Ranunculus Ficaria), Ponies, Dahlias, &e. Such are reservoirs of nutriment ; but they become storage reservoirs of water in very dry places, in order to sustain the plant during the intense heat of the summer, as in deserts, &c. Some species of Heron’s-bill, for example (Hrodiwm), do this near Cairo: and our own Dropwortis probably another instance, growing as it does in the very dry chalk hills. ContTRACTILE Roors.—As the underground stems of plants, such as the root-stock of Primulas, the tubers of Arum, the corms of Crocuses, and the bulbs of many monocotyledonous genera, require to be at certain depths below the soil, according to the peculiarities of each kind of plant, certain roots—and indeed the primary root itself of the Carrot &c.—have “ contractile ’’ powers, whereby they pull the organ in question down- wards. It is doné by a shortening of the superficial cells; the result is seen in the horizontal wrinklings on the surface.” Enpopuytic Funa1.—A curious fact has been lately investigated with Orchids. It is that their seeds on germination, as well as their roots and _ rhizomes, are infested with the mycelium of fungi, species of Fusi- OPP RE age ee —" e m oan ad sporvum. Although it would seem that the fungus is a parasite and not living symbiotically with the host—that is, for their mutual benefit—yet, as the embryo of the seed of Orchids is always arrested in the pro-embryo stage, * For fuller details the reader is referred to a paper by Prof. Oliver, Jowrn. R. Hort. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 486. 604 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. — it seems that it now cannot start into growth without the stimulus excited by the endophyte. This appears to account for the difficulty florists experience, and the right course to pursue is to sow the seed on soil taken from the pot in which the same species had been grown for some time, as the soil will have become thoroughly impregnated with the particular species of F'ws?- sporvum required, So important is it believed to be that tubers cannot be formed unless the plant has been entered by the fungus through the roots beforehand. This not only applies to Orchids, but the Lesser Celandine and even Potatos. Experiments appear to show that if the fungus is withheld the underground shoots of the Potato are merely prolonged without their forming tubers at all.* PARASITIC AND SAPROPHYTIC Roots.—Many flowering plants have acquired the property of attaching themselves to the roots of others and thereby extracting nourishment from them. They thus become parasitic. There is every degree between a perfect parasite which has lost all power of making starch, by having no green leaves or chlorophyll, and a plant with green leaves capable of supporting itself, yet having the power to become a parasite. Thus, while Broom-Rapes (Orobanche sp.) cannot live apart from a host-plant, the parasitic Cow- Wheat (Melampyrum pratense) can not only be a saprophyte as well—that is, nourish itself in decayed organic matter—but be independent of either means of support, though it has been discovered that its power of assimilating the carbonic acid of the air, and thereby making starch, is much enfeebled by its having acquired a parasitic habit. The means by which a parasitic plant becomes attached to the host- plant begins with a growth in the epidermis and underlying cortical tissue, this being excited by the contact and then by multiplying the cells till a sort of pad is formed and applied to the root of the host-plant. Then vessels (tracheids) are formed extending from those of the root down the middle of this pad-like “sucker” till they reach and unite with the vessels of the root of the host-plant, and so the connection is effected and nourishment is drawn up into the parasite. Saprophytes are plants which, as a rule, have no true and really green leaves, but live on decayed vegetable matters in the soil. As all plants do this, they are in a way saprophytic, but having retained their green leaves are not so called; moreover, they can assimilate carbonic acid. As an example is the common Bird’s-nest Orchis (Neottia Nidus-avis), which is found in the dead foliage of Beech woods. The rhizome of this plant abounds with an endophytic fungus, Eprenytic Roors.—Both the preceding must be distinguished from epiphytes, whose roots only cling to the external support, such as rocks, trees, &e., but derive no nourishment from them. Thus tropical Orchids have long roots of a peculiar kind, the epidermal * The above discovery appears to require confirmation as far as all tubers are concerned, for tubers may be formed in the axils of the leaves of the plants, and it is not clear how these could be infected by the fungus, The reader is referred to a series of papers in Rev. Gén. de Botanique, 1902. ROOTS AND THEIR USES. 605 cells of which form a strongly adhesive surface, by which the plant is firmly fixed. Moreover, when these aérial roots are green they can decompose carbonic acid ; and lastly, being of a spongy texture, they can absorb water with great ease. The aérial climbing roots of Ivy have no other function than, by firm adherence to a wall, rocks, or trees, to enable the plant to reach great heights, and so get to the sun and free air. Sympiosis.—The nodules on the roots of leguminous plants are now well known to contain microbes, which, by some unknown means, are capable of “ fixing’’ the nitrogen of the air which is then conveyed to the host-plant. This appears to account for the large amount of nitrogenous products in the seeds, &c., of such plants, as of Beans, Peas, and especially Lentils. Hence leguminous species are useful for manuring the soil, especially if dug in green, as they are then very easily decomposed. This was a plan adopted by the ancients, who discovered the value of leguminous plants (as Lupines) without knowing the reason why they are so nutritious when ploughed in. MEcHANICAL ForcE OF Roots.—One other feature must be mentioned, and that is the enormous power that roots possess, both under the soil and by insinuating themselves among rocks, under walls, &c. A tree may often be observed raised above the ground, being supported by its great and now exposed, radiating roots. ‘Those roots were at first altogether under the soil, but as they increased in diameter, the earth acting as a fulcrum, they raised the base of the trunk into the air; the soil being gradually washed away, the present appearance is the result. With regard to the destruction of masonry, Sir J. D. Hooker writes as follows, in his “ Primer of Botany ’”’ (p. 38): “In shrubs and trees the root-fibres as well as the tap-root thicken as they grow, become woody, and displace the earth laterally as well as in front; and with such force does growth go on that stones of walls are frequently displaced by roots. In tropical countries the destruction of buildings is often caused by the power of growing roots ; and neither conquering nations, nor earthquakes, nor fires, nor tempests, nor rain, nor all put together have destroyed so many works of man as have the roots of plants, which have all insidiously begun their work as slender fibres.” As another remarkable case, the following may be mentioned. In the Pine wood along the northern slope of Table Mountain there is a com- bination of three “ Stone’’ Pines. Their roots are more or less welded together at the base of the trunks. ‘They stand upon a granite platform which the roots have upheaved to an astonishing degree. Many large, flat blocks are standing on edge partly embedded in the trunk ; others are heaved up about them, and the granite base itself is raised throughout an area of about seventy feet in circumference ! 606 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF STEMS. By Rev. Prof. G. HEnstow, M.A., V.M.H., &c. (Lecture to the Students at the Society’s Gardens, July 2, 1902.] On cutting any rather soft herbaceous stem of one year across, within the epidermis or skin, will be seen a mass of colourless tissue, except near the circumference, where it is green. Just within this green layer will be seen a circle of dots. These are the cut ends of the so-called “ fibro- vascular bundles,’’ which for brevity I shall call “ cords.”’ In order to support such a stem various kinds of tissues are resorted to, one of the commonest being called collenchyma, which might be trans- lated “ gluey-tissue.”” This consists of elongated several-sided cells, having the angles greatly thickened. It is found on the periphery of the stem, often forming external columns, as at the four corners of the square stem of the Dead-Nettle. Another kind of supportive tissue on the circumference is called sclerenchyma, or “ hard-tissue.’”’ It consists of long fibres with very thick walls. Thousands of these cells compacted together form very strong strands. They may be seen externally in the vertical raised lines on the stems of Docks. If a stem becomes woody, as in shrubs or such herbs as Fuchsias, then the number of cords increases till they form a compact cylinder, separating off the pith or medulla in the middle from the cortex on the outside, while these cords are generally kept apart in places by means of the flat ribbon- like medullary rays. This cylinder of wood prevents the shoot from breaking under flexure. We must now consider the structure of a woody shoot. The tissues form two well-marked groups, the “ cortical ’’ and the “central cylinder,” in an ordinary stem of a dicotyledon. Within the epidermis is the active, growing layer out of which not only are collenchyma and sclerenchyma formed in herbaceous shoots, but the cork of woody ones. This layer now takes the name of phellogen, a Greek word meaning “ cork-generator.’’ When the leaf falls in autumn it is because this layer is formed right across the base of the leaf-stalk, and as the cells die as soon as they become cork the leaf is attached to a dead layer, so that it then falls away on a puff of wind. The epidermis, cork, and phellogen are colourless, so that light penetrates to a deeper layer which becomes green by the development of chlorophyll granules under its influence. The inner boundary of the cortex consists of a cylinder of cells which not infrequently contain starch held in reserve. Hence it is sometimes called the starch-layer as well as endoderm, that is, the “ within ”’ or lining skin ; just as epidermis means the “ upon ”’ or superficial skin. The usual difference between the stem of a dicotyledon and a monocotyledon is, that in the former the cords form a compact cylinder of wood having the cambiwm, or active layer which forms a fresh cylinder of wood, outside that of the previous year ; whereas in a monocotyledonous INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF STEMS. 607 stem the cords are scattered about, apparently without any order, as may be seen in a stem of Asparagus. The central cylinder of the stem of the former commences with the pericycle immediately under the endoderm of the cortex. The cords abut against it. Each cord consists of phloem, cambiwm, and xylem. The first is composed of “sieve-tubes’’ and ‘“ companion-cells.’’ The cambium is the permanently active layer, and then follows the wood, consisting of wood-fibres and vessels ; within is the soft pith or medulla, this and the pericycle being connected by medullary rays. In a mono- cotyledon, as the cords are isolated, the cambium in each becomes useless, as it cannot form a united cylinder of wood, so that the stem, as a rule, cannot increase in diameter after it has attained its full size. The pericycle, however, often undertakes some active work in com- pensation for the loss of the cambium, as in those liliaceous trees like Dracena, which branch. In these the stem can increase in size. The pericycle often plays an important part in herbaceous as well as woody stems. Thus, in all which are characterised by having a fibrous bark, as Hemp, Flax, Vine, Clematis, Honeysuckle, &c., it is this layer which makes fresh quantities of fibre every year in such as are perennials. The result is that the whole of the cortex outside of the pericycle is sometimes thrown off, and this originally deep-seated layer supplies the dead fibres which appear as a ragged coat on the surface of older shoots and stems. In many annual flowering stems of monocotyledons, the pericycle gives great rigidity ; for all the cords seen in a cross section are included within the pericycle ; just as in a dicotyledonous stem, though situated irregularly in the monocotyledon. The pericycle may then form a dense sclerenchymatous sheath, giving great stiffness to such flower-stalks as of the Lily of the Valley, Ixias, &c. Another use of the pericycle which is generally present in roots, though often in abeyance in stems, is to produce the secondary and other rootlets and root-fibres. These always arise from the pericycle, making their way through the overlying cortex by dissolving the tissue, and in fact living upon it, until they make their exit at the surface.. This absorb- ing process is done by a “ pocket’ over the top which secretes a ferment capable of dissolving and digesting the mother-tissues in front of it. In Tree-ferns a somewhat different arrangement and structure of the cords exist, in that, while being for the main part of their length separate, yet they join at intervals, so that if the whole could be isolated the cords would form a sort of network. Very anomalous structures are seen in woody climbers, as the Lianes of tropical forests. These arise in consequence of the various strains to which their enormously long stems are inevitably subjected. Hence they must be flexible, elastic, and tough, acting as they do precisely like powerful cables. These qualities are secured in various ways, as by a great increase in the size of the medullary rays and by their being almost like cork, in Bignonias. In others longitudinal ribs are produced, and the whole stem becomes twisted so that it closely resembles a cable of many strands. Such occur in the members of the order Malpighiacee. In fact, the anomalies of woody climbers are innumerable. 608 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. HOW FRUITS ARE MADE. By Rev. Prof. G. Henstow, M.A., V.M.H., &e. [Lecture to the Students at the Society’s Gardens, July 9, 1902.} THE Errects oF POLLINATION AND FERTILISATION.—In considering how fruits are made, it is very obvious to all that in most cases, if no fertilisation has taken place by means of the pollen, the fruit falls pre- maturely without “ setting’; but it is equally true that in some cases the ovary may swell and grow into an edible fruit without any seeds being present at all. Thus, we have grocers’ currants and sultana raisins, both these being forms of seedless grapes; there are also seedless oranges, bananas, cucumbers, and pines. This may result from either of two causes. In the case of grapes and oranges, it would seem that the effect of pollination is to introduce a stimulus to the growth and development of the ovary only. This frequently occurs in artificial hybridisation. Thus a large fruit is often formed by crossing Orchids, promising great things to the hybridiser, but it may finally be found to contain nothing but hairs and no seeds at all. The usual effect of pollination is, of course, the fertilisation of the ovules, which then become seeds, each containing an embryo. Simul- taneously with this, the ovary enlarges and acquires the characters of the fruit, peculiar to its kind. Further, in many fruits the axis or floral receptacle takes part in forming the fruit, in the popular sense of the word. The enlargement and changes undergone in so doing are primarily the indirect effects of pollination. We thus find the floral receptacle of the Strawberry can develop into an enormous mass of succulent tissue whereon are situated the true fruits in the form of seed-like bodies called ‘‘ achenes.’’ As another instance, the “hip”’ of the Rose is a hollow “receptacular tube’’ containing numerous and separate achenes. In some instances pollination affects other accessory parts, as the calyx of the Mulberry. Of every little flower of the cluster which makes the “fruits,” the four sepals become fleshy and purple, constituting the edible part, the true fruit or pistil in the middle being dry and seed-like. Such have been called ‘ pseudocarps,” or “false fruits,’ since the edible part has nothing to do with the pistil, out of which the fruits are made. As other examples, the cup of the acorn, of the Beech-mast and of the Spanish chestnut, as well as the leafy cupule of the Hazel and Hornbeam, are “ after-growths,’’ which would not have occurred had the seeds not been formed within the fruit by fertilisation. So that, when we think of the importance of pollination for the ferti- lisation of the ovules, we must remember that everything else results indirectly from the stimulus set up in consequence of pollination, with or without fertilisation. HOW FRUITS ARE MADE. 609 In other cases ‘“‘ pseudocarps’’ may be formed without any pollination, and even without there being any flower at all. In many instances the ovaries are invested by a receptacular tube, 7.e. “inferior ’’ ovaries, as they are called; since this is of the nature of an axis, it may swell into a fruit-like body, even when the flower within it has been totally arrested. This occurs in Pears, as the “‘ Bishop’s Thumb,” and in the not un- common condition of “ pears on pears,’”’ as it might be called. In these several internodes of a branch swell into ‘“ pears’’ one above the other, there being no trace of a flower at all. This method may account for some seedless Cucumbers and Bananas, both being “ inferior’’ fruits. Fruits oF A SINGLE CarPeL.—To see how fruits of complicated structures arise from more simple conditions, it will be as well to begin with those having a single carpel only, like the familiar pea-pod. A carpel is really an altered leaf. We must imagine the two halves of the leaf-blade to be folded together, as is so frequently the condition of young leaves when escaping from buds in spring. The margins are _ greatly thickened, as they have to carry and nourish the ovules. They are then called the “placentas.’’ Fibro-vascular bundles now pass up them, sending off a little branch to each ovule. These vascular cords are wanting in an ordinary leaf. Then the lower part swells into a bag-like structure called the ‘ovary,’ which encloses the ovules, forming two rows along the two cohering margins. The upper part is drawn out into the style, the apex of which, having no skin or epidermis, is composed of projecting cells which catch and retain the grains of pollen. Such is the origin of the pea-pod. The pollen-grains send down long tubes which enter the ovules and convey fertilisimg matters, by means of which an embryo is formed in each ovule.* As the embryo is formed, so the carpel grows and becomes the pod, the ovules becoming the peas or seeds. When perfectly ripe the pods burst by contracting on drying up. There are two ways in which such pods burst or dehisce. The pea- pod, called a “ legume,” splits down both edges into two halves, often curling up so that the seeds are scattered to a distance. The edge bearing the peas is called the “ventral suture,” the other is the “ dorsal suture,” as it corresponds to the midrib of the carpellary leaf. If the pod burst down one edge only, it is called a “follicle.’”’ This usually bursts by the ventral suture, as in Larkspur and Aconite; but in Magnolias, in which the pistil is composed of a dense mass of almost woody follicles, the seeds could not escape by the ventral, so Nature lets them out by the back door, or dorsal suture, instead. If a pod contain only one seed, it generally becomes a tight-fitting covering to it, and is consequently indehiscent. This occurs in the Sain- foin. It is then the same thing as the achene. Familiar examples of this are the fruits of the Buttercup, Strawberry, and the achenes inside the hip of the Rose. Sometimes a legume forms a string of indehiscent parts investing each seed, being strongly constricted between them. It * It is unnecessary to enter into minuter details of the process on this occasion. R 610 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. breaks up into as many pieces, each containing a seed, and is indehiscent. Such a legume is called a “lomentum.’”’ It occurs in Hedysarwm coronarium, cultivated in Malta as the ‘ Maltese Clover.’ The influence of pollination as well as the want of it is sometimes well seen both in pods and Strawberry fruits. In the former a constric- tion may often be noticed at one or more places where a pea is wanting. — This is due to the fact that the ovules at those places happened not to get fertilised, so the pod also failed to enlarge. In the Strawberry, a little depression may sometimes be seen, where the achenes are crowded together, and the receptacle may be less or not at all coloured red. This is likewise due to the fact that by some mischance those individual carpels failed to get pollinated and their ovules to be fertilised. The receptacle in consequence failed to swell at that point. Again, Vegetable Marrows sometimes are suddenly constricted towards the stalk end. This is because only those ovules nearest the stigmas were fertilised. In some cases the single carpel forming the fruit takes on a fleshy character, forming a sort of berry, as in the Baneberry and Barberry ; but a commoner alteration is for the carpel to form a strong lining in addition to the soft flesh. Such a fruit is called a “ drupe,’’ and is seen in the Cherry and other members of the genus Prunus. In the drupe the three layers have been distinguished as follows: The outer skin is called the “ epicarp,” the flesh is the ‘ mesocarp,”’ and the stone is the. ‘ endocarp,” the three constituting the “ pericarp,” previously called the “ ovary.”’ The fruit of the Raspberry and Blackberry is a cluster of tiny drupes, called ‘ drupels.”’ Compound FrRuits.—In by far the greater number of fruits the ovary, instead of being that of a single carpel as in the preceding cases, is composed of two or more coherent into one body, forming the so-called “compound ”’ fruits. They can be united in two ways. In one, the carpellary leaves are “open,” z.e. not coherent by their edges as in a pea-pod, but resembling a bursting follicle. Each carpel is now joined to its neighbour, edge to edge. The result is a one-celled chamber, with rows of ovules down the wall of the ovary. This occurs in Violet and Mignonette fruits. In others, and more generally, the carpels are closed from the first, like two or more pea-pods placed with their placenta-bearing edges in contact and then compressed, so that their sides cohere. We thus get a two, three, or more celled ovary, carrying the ovules down the angles in the middle, as may be seen in St. John’s Wort, Lilies, Daffodil, &c. Sometimes the partition-walls, or “ dissepiments ’’ as they are called, cease to grow with the fruit, so that a central column is formed out of the placentas. This occurs in the Pink family. In the Primrose, in which there is a somewhat similar column called a ‘free central placenta,’’ it would seem that it is formed of five “ open ”’ carpellary leaves, united by their edges ; but only the basal parts of the marginal placentas, which swell up into a coherent column, bear ovules. In some fruits this central support is not formed, so the ovule or ovules appear to arise from the bottom of the ovary, and are called 7 mals HOW FRUITS ARE MADE. 611 *basilar.”” Such occurs in the achene-like fruit of Docks and in all Composites. In all cases of Angiosperms at least, ovules appear to arise really from the edges of a carpellary leaf, and not from the floral receptacle or axis, as has been sometimes thought to be the case. There are many kinds of compound fruits, which may be grouped as dry or fleshy. Some are dehiscent, others are indehiscent. The general term for a dry dehiscent fruit is “ capsule,’ but there are several kinds which have received special names. Only the most important will be here mentioned. In the Wallflower and most other Crucifers it is a long pod-lke structure composed of two “open” carpels. It is called a “ siliqua.”’ Very small ones are called by the name “silicula,’’ as of the Shepherd’s Purse. They burst by two “valves”’ splitting off from below upwards, leaving a framework constructed out of the two opposite placentas. These are connected by an intermediate plate, formed by outgrowths from the placentas, which have united down the middle. It is called the “false dissepiment,’’ because it is not formed by the sides of coherent “closed ’”’ carpels, as of a Lily. In the Poppy “head” the several ‘‘open’’ carpels are united in a similar way, and have similar false dissepiments, but they do not meet in the middle as in the siliqua. These dissepiments carry the ovules, and their use is to convey the pollen tubes down to them, from the radiating stigmas in the Poppy, which may be seen outside on the top. The Cocoanut is another interesting fruit. In the flower the pistil has a three-celled ovary, like that of a Tulip ; each cell should have two ovules at least, but only one gets fertilised out of the six. As this one grows the other chambers of the ovary get pushed aside (the same occurs in an Acorn), and the carpels now take on two distinct parts; the outer part becomes fibrous and forms the enormous husk, the inner part becomes the shell. The one seed is the edible content, but the embryo is not inside. To find it, the one penetrable “ eye’? must be cut out like a plug and split down the middle, wherein the embryo will be discovered. The two “blind eyes’ correspond to the two suppressed and abortive ovary-cells. In the Henbane (Hyoscyamus), Poor Man’s Weatherglass (Anagallis), and Plantain, as well as the Red Clover, the top of the fruit comes off by a circular dehiscence. The name given to this is a “ pyxis”’ or “ box.”’ In the Geranium the five carpels meet and are united in the middle, the styles being greatly elongated. In dehiscing each separates from a central support, composed of the coherent and elongated marginal placentas of the carpellary leaves. In Balsams, closely allied to Geraniums, they acquire a high state of tension when ripe, so that the slightest touch causes the five carpels to separate and coil up, thereby throwing the seeds to agreatdistance. The siliquas of the Bitter-cress (Cardamine hirsuta), of the Crucifer family, behave in a similar way. Of indehiscent, dry, compound fruits, there are the winged kinds, > known as the “ samara,’’ and seen in Maple, Sycamore, Elm, and Birch, the wings being outgrowths from the backs of the carpels. Achene-like fruits occur, as in grains of Corn (of two carpels), fruits of R 2 612 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Dock and Buckwheat (of three carpels). Of fleshy fruits are the fa- miliar Grape, Potato, Tomato, Holly (the stones belong to the seeds), Mistleto, &c., in which the combined carpels form a fleshy covering to the seeds by the internal layer between the inner and outer epidermis becoming thick and juicy. In the Orange it is different. ‘The juicy tissue is formed of innumer- able hairs which grow from the inner epidermis of the numerous carpels. Those hairs have swollen ends full of juice, and, being of different lengths, they fit in tightly together, thereby making a sort of false tissue. The drupe is also imitated in compound fruits, as in an Olive, which is composed of two carpels; the outer part is oily, the inner forming the stone. Inrerior Frurrs.—These are the result of flowers with inferior ovaries ; that is, they are invested by a receptacular tube. The dry forms are seen in Daffodils, the “inferior capsule’ of which bursts through the backs of the three carpels. In Orchids, three valves split off, leaving a framework of three placentas, as described in Crucifers. Several dehisce by “ pores,’ as Campanulas, just as Poppies and Snapdragons do, which are not ‘inferior ’’ but “ superior ”’ capsules. Of indehiscent dry, inferior fruits, the Umbellifers have two-carpelled achene-like compound fruits. When ripe, each carpel is detached from a Y-Shaped support, formed from the combined placentas of the two carpels. The whole is called a “cremocarp,” @e. “ suspended fruit,”’ while the halves or separated carpels are ‘ mericarps,’’ 7.e. “ divided fruits.” The Acorn, Beech-mast, Spanish Chestnut are all inferior fruits and indehiscent, being composed of two or more carpels. As a rule all the ovules are arrested except one, as in the Cocoanut. As with superior fruits, so are there many fleshy inferior ones. The word “ berry ”’ is restricted by botanists to the latter, though popularly used for any fleshy fruit without a stone. Hence a Gooseberry and Whortleberry with the remains of the calyx on the summit are true berries. In the Bryony and other members of the Cucurbitacee, this usually distinguishing mark of a true berry is wanting, as the calyx articulates at the base and falls off. In Apples and Pears, which carry the remains of the calyx, and some- times the stamens at the top, the fruit is mainly composed of the receptacular tube. ‘This not only encloses the carpels, as the hip of the Rose, but is adherent tothem. This is done by the inner skin of the tube and the outer skins of the carpels being suppressed, so that the two intermediate tissues, 7.e. of the tube and of the carpel, coalesce, the core representing the inner lining of the carpels, and is the only part readily detected. Such a fruit is called a “ pome.”’ In the Cucurbitacee, the fruit of the Melon, Cucumber, and Gourd is known as a “pepo” and is somewhat peculiar. If a thin slice of Cucumber be held to the light, it will be seen that the placentas look like - three anchor-shaped processes radiating from the middle, having the seeds suspended and facing the centre. HOW FRUITS ARE MADE. 618 The peculiar arrangement is formed as follows :—The three carpels have their non-coherent edges facing the middle as usual, but their six margins or placentas, instead of uniting, grow outwards again till they reach the circumference. Then, turning round, they once more face the middle, and so bear their seeds standing in that direction. The outer wall acquires the well-known tough rind-like character; but all the soft internal part of the ovary becomes succulent and juicy, completely filling up the cavities of the three ovary-cells, and so form the compact mass of the Cucumber, but the Melon remains with a central cavity. ConFLUENT Frurrs.—Of these the Fig, Mulberry, and Pineapple are familiar examples. The Fig consists of a bag-like receptacle formed out of the flower-stalk or peduncle and closed by minute scales at the “eye.” Just inside of the eye and spread over the top of the internal cavity may be male flowers ; but as a rule there are none, being (with rare exceptions) only found in the “ wild” or Caprificus Fig. All the rest of the flowers in a Fig are female, and usually abortive. The pistils of the minute female flowers consist of two coherent carpels; the outer part gelatinises, while the inner hardens and resembles a seed; but it never contains one in the ordinary edible Figs. The Mulberry fruit, as stated above, consists of a cluster of female flowers in which the calyx alone becomes edible, the pistil forming a seed- like body within it. GymnosPpermous FrRuits.—'These have no pistil at all, and it is only the ovules which become naked seeds, with or without accessory appendages. In Pines the confluent fruit is a cone consisting of carpellary scales with seeds, often winged when ripe. In Cypress, Thuyas, &c. the scales assume a peltate character, giving a globular form to the fruit, called a -“galbulus.” In the Juniper there are only three scales, with one ovule at the base of each. On ripening they close up, forming the so-called “berry.” In the Yew the single seed is somewhat stony and remains green, but a fleshy cup grows round it, being an outgrowth from the axis. 614 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO ORCHID HYBRIDS. By Cuarues C. Hurst, F.L.S., F.R.H.S. (Second Paper.) In the first paper (vol. xxvi., pp. 688-695) I endeavoured to show the value of Orchid hybrids for observations in heredity. As an illustration of this I gave the results of analyses of the inherit- ance of 4,548 pairs of specific characters in the first generation, in accordance with the methods adopted by Mendel, and detailed in his remarkable paper, a translation of which was given in the Society’s JOURNAL, Vol. xxvi. p. 1. As a result of these observations, the following may be laid down as a general rule :— That in Orchid hybrids of the first generation single specific cha- racters are inherited in all degrees of blending ; forming, on the whole, a perfect series between the respective characters of the two parents. This result in Orchid hybrids differs materially from that obtained by Mendel in his first crosses with races of Garden Peas. In Mendel’s experiments one parental character always proved dominant over the other one, giving no intermediate forms. The reason of this apparent discrepancy can, I think, be easily explained on the basis of the difference between specific and racial characters. But as the question of dominance or intermediacy in the first generation is only of secondary importance, I will leave its discussion for the present, and at once proceed to that more vital question, the separation of characters in the second generation. From both the biological and the practical points of view, the most important and far-reaching result of Mendel’s experiments is the brilliant speculation by means of which he explained his practical formula for the separation of characters in the second generation. Mendel’s theory may be briefly described as follows :— That the determinants of each single character in the germ-cells of hybrids (both pollen and egg-cells) are pure and not hybrid im thew nature: representing alternately the respectwe character either of the one parent or the other of the hybrid, but not both. For instance, the hybrid Orchid Paphiopedilum x Leeanwm is the product of the two species P. Spicerianum and P. insigne. According to Mendel’s theory, the germ-cells of P. x Leeanum will not contain hybrid determinants for any single character, but one germ- cell will contain determinants of pure P. Spicerianum for that character, while another germ-cell will contain determinants of pure P. imsigne for that same character ; the process being apparently according to the law of chance. Of course, when all the single characters are taken into account together, each germ-cell would naturally contain determinants of both MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO ORCHID HYBRIDS. 615 P. Spicerianum and P. insigne, but according to Mendel’s theory there would be no determinants of the hybrid P. x Leeanwm itself. This theory of Mendel is evidently quite different from anything that has been advanced before, and if proved, will undoubtedly revolutionise all previous theories of heredity. This in its turn would materially alter the present aspect of biology towards Evolution. It is obvious that Mendel’s theory of the purity of the determinants can only be tested by experiment, and in Orchids it can be tested by breeding from the hybrid P. x Leeanwm or any other primary hybrid and observing the results. Mendel tested his Piswm crosses in two ways only: firstly, by self- fertilisation of the first crosses, and secondly, by re-crossing the first crosses with one or other of their own parents. I have already carried out these two experiments with the hybrid P. x Leeanum, but the results have not yet come to maturity: nor is there, so far as I know, sufficient material available at present to test the matter in these two ways. But, fortunately, we are by no means confined to Mendel’s two methods ; there are other ways open equally reliable as a test. One of these is immediately available, and that is the crossing of the hybrid P. x Leeanum with another species (distinct from its own parents), namely P. Boxallw. During the past four years, forty-nine hybrids of P. x Leeanum ¢ crossed with P. Boxallw g, and vice versd, have flowered in my collection, out of about sixty plants of that cross under raising, and these have given a fair opportunity for the study and the practical application of Mendel’s theory. I may say in passing that there is no intrinsic difference perceptible in the reverse cross. In accordance with the recognised rule for naming Orchid hybrids, these secondary hybrids are all to be considered forms of the original P. x Hera, raised by Messrs. J. Veitch & Sons, of Chelsea, in 1892. For the purpose of this paper the forty-nine individuals of P. x Hera will be distinguished by the numbers given them in the order in which they first flowered ; though a few of them have already received varietal names on account of their horticultural merits. The accompanying photographs give a good idea of the flowers of thirty-two of these hybrids which happened to flower together last winter. It will be noted that the variation in these hybrids is remark- able ; indeed, of the forty-nine already flowered no two are exactly alike, and the extreme forms are very distinct indeed. With such a wide range of variation in all the different characters of form and colour, it is impossible to classify them with any pretence to scientific precision; but if we follow Mendel’s method and select a single character, we can then group them easily. When I first examined these hybrids in the light of Mendel, I selected, as the single character, the colour of the dorsal sepal of the flower; as this seemed to me to be the most conspicuous character, and probably the most useful one from the practical point of view of the Orchid- grower. | But after a more detailed examination of the hybrids, their parents 616 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. and their grand-parents, I felt bound to come to the conclusion that the colour of the dorsal sepal could not in any sense be regarded as a single Mendelian character, but was undoubtedly a composite one, made up of three distinct characters, viz. :— (1) The ground-colour ; (2) the various markings upon the ground- colour; and (8) the median band, bar, or stripe. These three characters seem to be inherited independently of one another, with hardly any correlation, and the different combinations of these three characters serve to make up the colour of the dorsal sepal of the flower. Having finally selected these three single characters, each of course to be considered separately, on its own merits, the next question was to see if they fulfilled the other conditions laid down by Mendel. In Mendel’s experiments he found that, to test the matter fairly and thoroughly, the characters must not only be single, but also differential and constant. That each of these three characters fulfils both these conditions is evident for the following reasons :-— 1. They are differential because in their nature they are specific, 2.e. peculiar to the species, and for that reason are perhaps even more suit- uble for investigations in heredity than the more or less artificial races used by Mendel. At the same time it must be admitted that they have a certain disadvantage in being of the blended or intermediate type of inheritance in the first generation, rather than the dominant or exclusive type of Mendel’s races. But this disadvantage, I find, is more apparent than real, and though no doubt more complex to work out, yet the results are equally reliable if the investigator possesses an intimate knowledge of the material with which he is working. 2. That these specific characters are constant as well as differential and single is also obvious because they belong to natural species, whose parents and ancestors have practically been the same specifically for many generations, and thus they should be less liable to reversion or change than mere racial or varietal characters whose origin and fixation must have been comparatively recent. In other words, the question of ancestry is practically eliminated. If necessary, a further proof of this is to be found in a study and comparison of the different varieties of the three natural species with which I have been working, viz. :— P. Spicerianum, P. insigne, and P. Bowallit; all three being clear-cut and well-defined species. Of the three, P. insigne is certainly the most variable, covering apparently a wider area of country than the other two ; but however much its varieties vary among themselves, they still all retain their specific characters intact, as do the comparatively few varieties of the other two species. Having satisfied ourselves that the characters selected fulfil the con- ditions laid down by Mendel, we can at once proceed to the details of the investigation. lt will be remembered that we set out with the idea of testing Mendel’s theory as to the purity of the single character determinants in the germ-cells of hybrids. MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO ORCHID HYBRIDS. 617 BoxALuit . x LEEANUM (P. Lf - b HERA, PAPHIOPEDILUM x 618 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. To do this, we have selected the hybrid P. x Leeanwm (the product of P. Spicerianum and P. insigne), and have crossed it with the species P. Boxallii. lor the sake of convenience and brevity we will call P. Spicerianum, 5; P. msigne, 1; P. x Leeanum, Sl: and P. Borallii,’B. Our forty-nine hybrids of/-P. x Leeanwm crossed with P. Boxallii will therefore be SI x B. Now, if Mendel’s theory be correct, the hybrid SI will form deter- Fic. 168.—ParuiorpEepinum x Hera, vars. (P. x LegANum x P. Boxauuit). Law I ee ee MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO ORCHID HYBRIDS. 619 minants of any single character in-its germ-cells, which will be either S or I, but not SI. Then, if SI be crossed with B, the progeny will come out for any single character, either BS or BI (on the average in equal numbers, according to the law of chance) ; and on the other hand they cannot come out as BSI or even SI, if Mendel’s theory is correct. Fic. 169.—-PAPHIOPEDILUM x Hera, vars. (P. x Leranum x P. BoxALuit). In order to test the matter thoroughly it is evident therefore that, in addition to the above-mentioned species and hybrids, we must also know the characters of the collateral hybrids BS and BI, so as to be able to compare them with our hybrids of SIxB. Fortunately this is com- paratively easy, as large numbers of both BS and BI have been raised, figured, and described. The former BS, the hybrid between P. Spicerianwm 620 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. and P. Boxalli, is known as P. x Calypso, and was first raised by Messrs. Veitch in 1891. The latter, BI, the hybrid between P. imsigne and P. Boxallit, is known as P. x Schlesingerianum, and was first raised by Messrs. Seeger & Tropp, of Dulwich, in the same year. Specimens of these hybrids and their varieties are in my collection, so that I have been able to compare them all side by side with my P x Hera (SI x B) hybrids. In order that readers may follow the results of my analysis ai ‘the forty-nine hybrids of SI x B, and compare them for themselves by means of the photographs, I will give the details of each of the three single characters in the three original species and the three hybrids concerned, that is to say, as far as the poverty of language will permit; for it is a well-known fact that verbal descriptions, try how one may, quite fail to represent the forms and colours of Orchids as they appeus to our eyes. To those who know the species and hybrids concerned in this in- vestigation, the accompanying photographs (figs. 167, 168, and 169) will speak more eloquently than words. The following are the details of the characters :— 1. The Ground-colour of the Dorsal Sepal. (a) In § this is white, with a small green area at the base. (0) In L it is yellow-green, with a broad white apex. (c) In Bit is dark green up to the apex, with a narrow margin of white around the edges. (d) In SL it is white in the upper half and yellow-green in the lower half, the size and colour of these areas varying between those of the two parents § and I. (ec) In BS it is white in the upper half and dark green in the lower half, the size and colour of these areas varying between those of the two parents B and 8. (f) In BI it is yellow-green, with white apex and margins, ‘the size and colour of these areas varying between those of the two ie ga B and I. An analysis of the 49 hybrids SI x B, obtained by careful comparison with the above forms in regard to the single character of the ground- oe of the dorsal sepal, gives :— 20 BS, comparable with the various forms of P. x Calypso (BS), baal 29 BI, comparable with the various forms of P. x Schlesingerianum (BI). In no case does there appear to be either a BSI or SI. In regard to this single character, therefore, the facts are apparently in accordance with Mendel’s theory. 2. The Markings upon the Ground-colour of the Dorsal Sepal. (a) In S these are generally absent, though there are a few claret- coloured hairs scattered over the white surface of the flower, giving it a rosy tint. MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO ORCHID HYBRIDS. 621 (6) In I the ground-colour, except the apex, is regularly covered with spots, which are brown on the green and purple on the white areas. (c) In B the ground-colour, except the apex and margins, is irregularly covered with purple-black blotches, more or less confluent. (2) In SI the ground-colour is partly covered with dots, brown on the green and purple on the white areas ; these dots vary in size and number as they approach either parent, S or I. (ec) In BS the ground-colour, except the apex and margins, is covered with stripes and mottlings more or less suffused, purple-black on the green and purple on the white areas; these markings vary in size and number as they approach either parent, B or 8. (f) In BI the ground-colour, except the apex and margins, is regularly covered with large spots, black-brown on the green and dark purple on the white areas; these spots vary in size and shape as they approach either parent, B or I. An analysis of the 49 hybrids SI x B, obtained by careful com- parison with the above forms in regard to the single character of the markings on the ground-colour of the dorsal sepal, gives :— 26 BS, comparable with the various forms of P. x Calypso (BS), and 23 BI, comparable with the various forms of P. x Schlesingerianum (BI). In no case is there among the forty-nine hybrids a form approaching either SI or BSI. As regards this single character, therefore, the facts appear to be in accordance with Mendel’s theory. 3. The Median Band, Bar, or Stripe of the Dorsal Sepal. (a) In § this is highly developed and clear-cut, being a solid bar of dark purple extending from base to apex. (6) In L it is quite absent. (c) In B it is somewhat obscure, generally irregular in outline and mostly confined to the upper middle of the dorsal sepal, and rarely extends up to the extreme apex ; in colour it is purple-black, with suffused margins of purple. (d) In SI, when present, it is usually faint, taking the form of dotted or suffused lines. (ec) In BS it is well developed from base to apex, and quite inter- mediate in size and colour between B and 8. (f) In BI it is either quite absent or is represented faintly by linear spots of purple-black. An analysis of the 49 hybrids of SI x B, obtained by careful com- parison with the above forms in regard to the character of the median band of the dorsal sepal, gives :— 30 BS, comparable with the various forms of P. x Calypso (BS), and 19 BI, comparable with the various forms of P. x Schlesingerianum (BI), there being no case of either BSI or SI. As regards this single character, therefore, the facts are apparently in accordance with Mendel’s theory. For the sake of clearness and comparison, I have put into tabular ANALYSIS OF FortTyY-NINE HypripDs OF Paphiopedilum x Leeanum x P. Boxallii = P. x Hera, No. of Hybrid Ground-colour Tee on the Median Band round-colour 1 BI BS BS 2 BI BS BS 3 BS BS BS 4 BS BS BS 5 BS BS BS 6 BI BI BI 7 BI BS BS 8 BI BS BS 9 BI BB BS 10 BI BI BS 11 BS BI BI 12 BS BI BS 13 BI BI BS 14 BI BS BS 15 BI BI BI 16 BS BI BI 17 BI BS BS 18 BI BI BI 19 BI BI BS 20 BI BS BS 21 BS BI BI 22 BI BI BI 23 BS BS BS 24 BS BS BS 25 BS BI BI 26 BS BI BI 27 BI BS BI 28 BS BI BI 29 BI BS BS 30 BS BS BS 31 BI BI BS 32 BS BS BS 33 BS BS BS 34 BI BS BS 35 BS BI BI 36 BI BI BI 37 BS BS BS 38 BS BI BI 39 BI BI BI 40 BI BI BI 41 BI BI BI 42 BS BS BS 43 BS BS BS 44 BI BS BS 45 BI BS BS 46 BI BS BS 47 BI BS BS 48 BI BI BI 49 | BI BI BI 20 BS 26 BS 30 BS Potak ay {| 29 BI 23 BI 19 BI Sum total . . 76BS + 71 BL MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO ORCHID HYBRIDS. 623 form the details of the analyses of the three single characters, side by side, and under the respective numbers of the individual hybrids. In this way readers may compare for themselves my analyses with the accompanying photographs, which show well the extent of the colour areas and the forms of the markings, if not the actual shades of colour, the last-named really being less differential and consequently of less importance. From the table it will be seen that the totals of the three single characters added together give 76 BS + 71 BI, which, considering the small numbers used, is a fair approximation to the equality which Mendel’s theory presumes. That is to say, the determinants in the germ-cells of SI are found in equal proportions of § and I, according to the law of chance. As far as these few experiments go, it may, I think, be fairly said that they confirm Mendel’s theory of the purity of the determinants in the germ-cells of hybrids: that is, so far as practical results are concerned. The biologist would further require these BS and BI forms to be self-fertilised for several generations to see if they remain pure BS and BI in those characters, as they appear to be on the surface. I have arranged to carry on the experiment in this way, and have already a number of seedlings up, but I fear that some time must elapse before they arrive at the flowering stage. Those readers who read my first paper on this subject (vol. xxvi. pp. 688-695) will be somewhat surprised at the results given above, because at that time I said that I did not see how Mendel’s theory could be maintained with Orchid hybrids in face of the facts then before me. At that time I was under the impression that the whole colour of the dorsal sepal of the flower was a single character in the Mendelian sense. A glance at the table will show that on that basis Mendel’s theory could not be maintained, because, if the above three characters were taken together as a single character, the result would work out as follows : Out of the 49 hybrids there would be 11 BS + 10 BI + 28 BSI, which result would of course not be in accordance with Mendel’s theory of the purity of the determinants in the germ-cells of hybrids. A short time afterwards I discovered that the apparent single character, z.e. the colour of the dorsal sepal of the flower, was without doubt a composite one, made up of three single characters, as detailed above. I therefore decided to postpone the publication of this paper until the hybrids flowered again, with the present result. Just a word or two, before I conclude, on the practical aspect of Mendel’s principles as applied to hybridisation in general and to Orchid hybridisation in particular. While, from the biological point of view, we cannot yet say with certainty that Mendel’s principles are proved beyond doubt, yet so far as the matter has been carefully tested in many different genera, and by several independent observers in several countries, there can be no doubt that there is a substantial agreement with the principles laid down by Mendel. In these circumstances I think that the practical hybridist would be wise to adopt Mendel’s principles as a working hypothesis and base his calculations upon it. If Mendel be ultimately proved to be right, the hybridist will be justified by his results. If, on the contrary, Mendel’s theory has ultimately to be modified (it cannot be 624 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. altogether disproved), even then I feel sure that the hybridist will not have strayed very far from the truth, and for all practical purposes Mendel’s principles may be safely accepted as a working formula for the hybridist in general, and the Orchid hybridist in particular.* * Probably the practical hybridist, who has not time to study the inner recesses of the Mendelian hypothesis, will have some difficulty in applying Mendel’s principles in a useful way to the best advantage. On this particular aspect of the question, I hope to have an opportunity of making a few suggestions in the forthcoming ‘ Orchid Stud Book.’’ In the meantime, those who wish to gain a more detailed insight into Mendel’s work and principles will do well to consult Mr. W. Bateson’s hand-book on “ Mendel’s Principles of Heredity ”’ (Cambridge University Press, 1902), in which there is also a most useful and com- prehensive bibliography. . FRUIT-TREES IN POTS. 625 FRUIT-TREES IN POTS. By T. Aurrep H. Rivers, F.R.H.S. (A Paper read before the Horticultural Club.} THE Secretary has asked me to read a ten minutes’ paper on pot fruit- trees for amateurs. It is rather a large subject to condense within these limits, but I will do my best under the conditions imposed. To begin with, “amateurs’’ is a wide term, including the man with one or two greenhouses and perhaps a rough gardener, and also the man with a large range of houses, a head gardener, and complete staff. I propose to deal with the smaller establishment. The love of flowers is in- grained in most of us; the love of fruit is, I think, natural to all. With pot fruit-trees we combine the two, and have the double enjoyment of the flowers, which are really beautiful, in the spring, and the fruit, equally pleasing to the eye and palate, later on. The amateur who intends to grow them must bear in mind that to do a few trees well is far more satisfactory than attempting a greater number than one can manage properly. He must guard against overcrowding, an error easily perpetrated in the wish to have many sorts of fruit ripening over a long season. It is desirable to grow the different fruits each in a house to them- selves if it can be managed; if, however, one wishes to have a mixed houseful of, say, Peaches and Nectarines and Plums, the latter should be kept together at one end. One can then minister properly to the require- ments of each in the matter of ventilation, &c. If a greenhouse, already built, is to be utilised as an orchard-house, efficient ventilation, especially top ventilation, must be provided, if not already there. The best form of orchard-house is a span roof. If a new house is built, it should be not less than 18 feet wide, 4 feet 6 inches to the eaves, and 10 feet to the ridge ; the length of such a house may conveniently be from 20 to 50 feet or more. Ventilators, 18 inches wide, hinged at the bottom, run along each side of the house, 1 foot below the eaves, and top ventilators, 2 feet by 3 feet wide, are at intervals of 5 feet alternately on either side of the ridge. Troughing should be provided to catch the rainwater from the roof and store it ina tank, in the house if possible; rainwater is most valuable for syringing. The inside of the house must be kept clean, rafters and glass being thoroughly washed before the trees are set out in the spring. Glass, especially cheap glass, often has little air bubbles in it; these focus the sun’s rays like a burning-glass, and burn spots on the tender young leaves beneath, spoiling them utterly or making them unsightly. The effect is most noticeable when the sun blazes out after rain. A dab of paint on the bubbles, inside the house, neutralises their effect. They are often a long way from the seat of injury and difficult to locate. Fruit-trees should be stood on, or as near as possible to, the floor of the house. If a greenhouse, to be converted into an orchard-house, has permanent staging which cannot be entirely done away with, it should be lowered to near the floor level. The pots must not be stcod directly S 626 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. upon a slate bench or upon the ground; some cinders should be placed underneath them to insure proper drainage. If on a bench, a good bed of fine cinder ashes is essential to prevent undue evaporation. If the pots are on the ground, a thin layer of cinder ashes all over the surface of the beds gives the house a neat appearance. They are easily raked over and kept clean. All fruit-trees in pots require repotting every year; this may be done directly the leaves begin to fall in October. The tree is taken out of its pot and the outer soil raked away with a two-pronged claw, till a ball of earth containing the larger roots is left. If the tree is healthy and doing well, the soil which is removed will be full of rootlets, which answer to the leaves on the part of the tree above ground and do duty for one season only. A clean pot, of the same size or of one size larger if necessary, is crocked and filled with soil, rammed fairly tight, to a height which will bring the tree to the same level with the pot rim as it was before. The tree is then placed in the pot, held so that the stem is in the middie and keeps vertical, whilst soil is rammed firmly in all round the ball, and the pot filled up to within about half an inch of the top of the rim. In potting, a little soil should be used at a time and rammed firm with a wooden truncheon before adding more. The soil to be used is a good turfy, fibrous loam, or as near this as is obtainable, three quarters, mixed with one quarter of rotten stable manure; for stone fruits some lime or old mortar rubble should be added. It should be mixed a little time before using and kept under cover, so as not to be sodden with rain when it is required; on the other hand, it should not be allowed to get over dry and dusty. After they have been repotted the trees should be given some water, and may be stood close up together in the house or outside. In severe weather, outside or in, barley straw should be packed round and over the pots to keep the frost out. Little or no water need be given the trees in the house during November and December. Early in February the trees may be pruned, and in the end of the month the house set out, the trees being placed about three feet apart. A good smoking with tobacco paper should be given, and it is desirable to brush the trunks and larger branches with a mixture of quassia and soft soap, using a hard paint-brush. If the trees have been properly pinched during the summer, pruning is a simple matter of shortening the last season’s growth to behind the point at which it was first pinched. Dead wood and. that not required to furnish the tree must be cut out. In pruning Peaches and Nectarines the shoots must always be cut to a wood-bud, either contained in a triple eye or solitary, easily distinguished at this time when the flower-buds are rounded and plump. Often they have slender shoots with flower-buds all up them and one wood-bud only, at the tip. These are left intact to carry a fruit or two, and are cut right out the following spring. Supposing the flowers all fall and no fruit set on such a shoot, it should be cut right out at once. If they. cannot be: properly spaced by pruning, the shoots should be tied into position with a piece of raffia, By March, in a cold house, the Peach-trees will be in full flower; the Pears rather later than the stone fruits, and Apples last of all. FRUIT-TREES IN POTS. 627 If there are not plenty of bees in the houses to do it, they must be fertilised with a camel-hair brush. Plenty of air must be given at this stage. . When the fruits are set and the leaves growing, the house should be kept closer and the syringe used freely, damping down well at night to obtain a moist and growing atmosphere. Peaches and Nectarines will be found to push too many growths along their shoots ; these would be over- crowded if left, and must be disbudded—that is, about every alternate bud should be cut right out—and most of the remainder must. be stopped by pinching out the growing point; only the end bud being allowed to extend, and one or two others required to fill up or cut back to. When the stone fruits are beginning to swell, dead calyces, &c., must be removed. In most cases the fruits will require thinning ; one must be careful not to do this too thoroughly at the early stage. With Pears and Apples especially, many of the blooms drop without setting at all, others after the young fruits have attained some size, so that until one knows which are going to mature they should be left to themselves. Peaches, Nectarines, and Apricots do not thin themselves in the same way ; they set asarulea great many—too many—fruits, all of which would mature, or try to do so, if allowed.. They must have their crop reduced to within reasonable limits, and to do this one should go over it .at least. three times, once just after the fruit is set, again when it is about the size of a nut, and finally after stoning is finished. After Peaches, &e. have stoned, and when Apples and Pears are swelling, the trees must be fed up to enable them to mature their crop ; they should be top-dressed, and may now be given liquid manure about twice a week. Equal parts of horse-droppings and kiln dust are mixed together and made into a bed about a foot deep, which is then saturated with liquid manure. This is ready for use the day after itis made. The mixture is placed on the surface of the soil, about two inches deep, near the rim, sloping down towards the stem of the tree, thus making a hollow to hold the water. It should be renewed when the fruit is colouring. Summer-pinching controls the growth of the tree. When a shoot has made about eight good leaves it should be pinched back to five; the leading shoot on a pyramid may be allowed to extend rather more. The top shoots on a tree, always the most vigorous, are pinched first; this keeps them from taking the lead and retaining it. A second pinching of the after-growth is sometimes necessary. Bushes or round-headed half standards of Peaches, Nectarines, and Apricots are the easiest for the amateur to manage ; they approach most nearly to the natural shape of the tree. When picking Peaches and Nectarines, snip the stalks of the fruit with a pair of Grape scissors ; if one tries to twist it off without doing this the fruit may easily be damaged. The fruits should not be picked just after the tree has been watered, or the flavour will be insipid. Apples, Pears, and Plums may have their fruit set under glass, and the trees then be plunged in borders outside to ripen it. In this way one can grow more trees than could be fruited in an orchard-house and be sure of getting Pears, which are such an uncertain crop in the open. Insects are really easy to deal with under glass if never allowed to get the upper hand. Aphides are killed by fumigation with vaporising s2 628 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. compounds, which must be used directly they are noticed, and are used with safety at any time even when the trees are in flower. Red spider, the attacks of which are observed at once from the marbled appearance of the upper side of the leaves, thrives in a dry heat. It is kept down by the syringe, used so as to force the water against the under surface of the leaves, and by damping down the house, thus obtaining a moist atmosphere. Syringing must be discontinued as soon as the fruit colours. A single 4-inch hot-water pipe should run round the orchard-house to enable one to keep out frost when the trees are in flower. A small-sized saddle boiler is sufficient. There is much more to be said on this subject which cannot come within the scope of a short article such as this; but there is very little difference to-day in the rules for the management of an orchard-house from those given in my grandfather’s book, which was first written in 1849 or 1850. There are at the present time (October 21) at Sawbridgeworth Plums still on the trees of such varieties as ‘ Coe’s Golden Drop,’ ‘ Late Orange ’ (a splendid pot Plum), ‘Grand Duke,’ ‘ Monarch,’ ‘ President,’ ‘ Primate,’ &e., and of course many kinds of Apples and Pears are still not gathered. HORTICULTURE IN EGYPT. 629 HORTICULTURE IN EGYPT. By Lionet Sanpars, F.R.H.S. HortTIcULTURE in modern times in Egypt may be said to date from the early years of the nineteenth century, when H.H. Mohamed Ali sent his gardener, a Belgian named Nicolas Bové, to Yemen and India to collect a number of rare trees and shrubs for the Viceregal Gardens. Some of these plants still exist, and may be seen in the Palace Garden at Shubra, a suburb of Cairo. Then, in the beginning of 1836, the garden at the Island of Roda, famous for its Nilometer and for the Arab tradition that it was there that Moses was found by Pharaoh’s daughter, was started by Ibrahim Pasha, who had in his service a Scotchman named James Traill, sent out by the Horticultural Society of London, now the R.H.S. According to Delchevalerie—to whose pamphlet, entitled ‘‘ Le Pare Public de |’ Esbekieh au Caire,”’ I am indebted for much of the past history of gardening in Egypt—such trees as Jacaranda mimosefolia and Citharexylum quad- rangulare, which are found everywhere, Mangifera indica, which does well south of Cairo, Oreodoxa regia, Tectona grandis, and Dalbergia Sissoo were first imported in the time of Ibrahim Pasha. The garden at Roda is still an interesting place, from the number of trees that can be seen there and nowhere else in Egypt; but the island lies low, and has constantly been washed by the Nile flood, to the pre- judice of many of the smaller shrubs and plants that were introduced by Ibrahim Pasha. Ibrahim Pasha was succeeded by Abbas, who did little for horticul- ture, and the Viceroy Said did even less, as he is said to have cut down any trees or shrubs that were likely to interfere with the movements of his troops. It was not until the visit of Ismail Pasha to the Paris Exhibition of 1867 that there was any revival in the interests of horticulture. The Viceroy was much struck, not only by the architecture of the buildings of Paris, but also by the gardens and fine avenues of trees that lined the Boulevards, and he determined to beautify Cairo and make it as much like Paris as possible. He therefore applied to the Préfet de la Seine, who recommended the appointment of M. Delchevalerie. On Ismail Pasha’s return to Cairo immense works were undertaken. New streets were made, gardens were laid out, and roads were lined with trees, the Albizzia Lebbek being generally chosen. These trees were collected from the villages of the Delta, and were brought to Cairo in boats. Thousands of Albizzia Lebbek were thus transplanted, and the work continued for nearly ten years. The result can now be seen. Visitors to the Pyramids drive under an avenue about eight miles long, and not only the town itself but also the promenades outside Cairo have trees on either side. Unfortunately the result has been somewhat spoilt by a desire to 630 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. obtain an immediate effect. There is a certain amount of monotony in seeing so many rows of Albizzia Lebbek, and it would have been better to have made more use of the Poinciana regia, Jacaranda mimosefolia, and those Palms which do well in Egypt even if some years were to intervene before the avenues attained any appreciable size. Financial difficulties made it impossible for Ismail Pasha to continue the improvements he had undertaken, and when he ceased to be Khedive the expenses had to be considerably curtailed. Many of the plantations were neglected, and some of the finest trees which were planted by Ismail Pasha’s orders in the Public Gardens at Alexandria were cut down as being of no value. When I first came to Egypt, in 1882, most of the gardens at Ramleh, the principal suburb of Alexandria, were in a very poor state. The owners seemed to care nothing for flowers, and left things generally to the Arab gardeners. Now the native’s idea, unless he is guided, is to lay out a garden with a number of small beds and paths so narrow that two people cannot walk abreast. The beds are always surrounded by a border of Alternanthera (a haven for snails); all the large trees and shrubs are placed close to the path, and the small plants in the middle of the beds. As no money, or hardly any, was spent, the only way of filling a garden was by taking the overstock from one’s neighbours, and the result was that every garden contained the same varieties and the same flowers. ‘La France,’ ‘Gloire de Dijon,’ ‘Maréchal Niel,’ and ‘ Cramoisie Supérieur’ Roses were seen in profusion. All gardens contained specimens of Albizzia Lebbek, Tamarix arborea, Melia Azedarach, with now and again a Citharexylum quadrangulare, a Poinciana regia, or a variety of Micus. The principal climbers and shrubs were Ipomea, Luffa cylindrica, Acalypha, and Pittosporum. To these, if the owners were Kinglish, were added a few annuals. The private gardens in Cairo contained a certain number of Palms and other rarer plants, though they were not to be compared with their beauty of to-day. So things continued with but slight improvement until the. late Lady Cromer suggested in 1895 that something might be done to further the interest in horticulture, and proposed that the native gardeners, who make their living by selling flowers in the winter to tourists and others, should be encouraged to grow more and better varieties. With this object in view it was decided to hold a flower show at Cairo in January 1896. The show, which was opened by H.H. the Khedive, was — a great success, and was followed by another at Alexandria in the following April. Two small local shows had been held in previous years at Alexandria, and the Alexandria Horticultural Society is the senior society in point of existence, but it must be admitted that without the initiative from Cairo, the patronage of H.H. the Khedive, and the support of H.H. Prince Hussein Kamel Pasha and of the late Lady Cromer, very little would have been done in Alexandria in the way of horticulture. These shows, both in Cairo and Alexandria, have increased in im- portance every year. When they were first started, few of the exhibitors knew the difference between a Tea Rose and a Hybrid Perpetual, and they HORTICULTURE IN EGYPT. 631 still unfortunately remain in ignorance of the names of many of the most beautiful trees and shrubs in their own gardens. But gradually more and more interest has been taken, many new shrubs and plants have been imported, and the difference in the gardens is very great. The owners now understand that few things will grow in desert sand ; that Nile mud, with its rich propagating properties, must be introduced if any result is to be obtained; and that the laying out of beds cannot be left to the natives. Along the canal banks there are many tufts of Indian Doub Grass (Cynodon Dactylon); these have been imported into the gardens of Ramleh, and good croquet lawns are by no means uncommon. Indian Doub Grass has also been tried with success on the race- course at Alexandria, and may be seen at the public gardens of the Barrage, near Cairo, which have been well laid out by Mr. Draper, a former student at Kew. In 1901 the Alexandria Horticultural Society published a list of plants cultivated in Egypt. This list, which was compiled from notes kept for many years by Rear-Admiral Blomfield, R.N., shows how varied the vegetation is in Egypt. Numbers of plants that do not require a tropical heat or a frost to check their growth can be found in the country. Palms, Crotons, and Stephanotis can be seen side by side with Viburnums, Honeysuckles, and Elders. Hybrid Perpetual Roses have only one short flowering season, but ‘Tea Roses bloom in profusion for eight or ten months in the year. hey do best as dwarf Roses, and, if the soil is good, grow to a height of about six or seven feet in three years. ‘ Marie Van Houtte’ and ‘ Madame Charles’ quickly cover trelliswork, and flower practically all the year round. ‘G, Na- bonnard,’ ‘Dr. Gull,’ ‘Maman Cochet,’ and ‘Madame Jules Grolez,’ a hybrid Tea, but having all the appearance here of a true Tea Rose, and many others make fine bushes. It is, however, for the flowering trees and shrubs that Kgypt is the most remarkable. Poinciana regia, Jacaranda mimosefolia, and Melia Azedarach have already been mentioned. To these should be added Bauhinia purpurea and B. variegata, Tecoma stans, Hrythrina indica with its cluster of red flowers but brittle wcod, Hrythrina Corallodendron, H. Crista-galli, Schinus terebinthifolius (the substitute for Holly at Christmas), Datura suaveolens, Poinsettia, Plumeria, Hibiscus in its many varieties, and the Oleander, which the Arabs will not cut, as it is supposed to preduce a disease of the eyes. Duranta Plumieri is almost naturalised at Alexandria, and fine hedges are made of Buddleia madagascariensis. The Bougainvillea, with its purple or red bracts, and Bignonia venusta, with its orange flowers, brighten the gardens of Cairo throughout the tourist season, and besides these other climbers, such as Antigonon leptopus, Beaumontia grandiflora, perhaps our finest climber, several varieties of Passiflora, Jasmine, &c., can be seen in flower at different seasons. The “ List of Plants” above referred to gives the names of thirty-one Palms that have been known to exist in the gardens of Egypt since 1870. Some of these may have disappeared, but their places have certainly been taken by later importations, of which notice has been given to the 632 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Alexandria Horticultural Society. The varieties most frequently met with are Caryota wrens, Cocos flexuosa, Phenix canariensis, Pheiix dactylifera, the common Date tree, Pritchardia filifera, and Sabal umbraculiferum. Although some of the commoner herbaceous plants, such as Ponies, Phlox, Rudbeckia, &c., have not proved successful, and Rhododendrons and Azaleas last but two or three years, yet annuals do well; and it is a question whether it would not be worth some one’s while to collect the seed which should ripen better in Egypt than in many countries in Europe. A small movement in the direction of exportation has already begun. Freesias, Roman Hyacinths, and certain other bulbs increase so rapidly that it is hoped some day to collect a number sufficient to send them to the London market. A commencement was made with Lilies, as it was noticed that the Liivwm Harrisv increased in size and in quantity in the Ramleh Gardens, but when planted in the fields it was found that the weeding, attention, and other expenses, would cost more than the value of the bulbs at a public auction. Perhaps this experiment of Lilies was abandoned too early, and it may be recommenced when the results of the exportation of other bulbs has been ascertained. It may be of interest to state that neither Papyrus antiquorwm, the Egyptian paper reed, which has succeeded so well in Sicily ever since it was sent there by Ptolemy as a present to Hiero about B.c. 250, nor Nelumbium speciosum, the Sacred Bean, to be found depicted on many of the ancient monuments erected subsequent to the Persian invasion, can be seen in an uncultivated state in Egypt, and it is even doubted whether either of these plants grew without attention in the time of the ancient Egyptians. With regard to fruits and vegetables, there is a large export trade in Onions. ‘Tomatos are sent in quantities to Marseilles and Trieste, and Cabbages, green Artichokes, and a small variety of Marrow are shipped to different ports in the Levant. Other vegetables, such as Asparagus, Cauliflowers, Peas, and Beans, do well and come in during their season. Dates, Figs, Quinces, Anona squamosa, Oranges, and Bananas are the usual fruits of the country. Pears and Apples do not succeed, and have to be imported. Grapes are grown, but are largely supplemented by supplies from the Greek Isles. Both the Oranges and Bananas have unfortunately been attacked by a disease which renders the plants unproductive. Many of the Banana plantations round Alexandria have already been rooted up, and other crops have taken their place. . I Theda LTO gg sto on ONG 2 s os Pk BOS oS sailiate on 5 eye = : umaees 5 O a REPORT ON TOMATOS AT CHISWICK, 633 REPORT ON TOMATOS AT CHISWICK, 1902. SEvENTY-FouR stocks of Tomatos were received for trial, and thirty-seven of the best known older varieties were grown for comparison with them. Two plants of each were grown-on, and fruited in ten-inch pots under glass ; a row of four plants of each were planted outside on a warm south border to test their merits for open-air culture. The season proved to be a very bad one for Tomatos, being cold and wet, with very little sun, and consequently the majority of the varieties did not set their fruits so feely as in former years, but the trial distinctly proved the value for open-air cultivation of those varieties which carried heavy crops in spite of the unfavourable climatic conditions, and all ripened some fruit of good size, form, and colour. The Committee examined the collection on September 12. F.C.C.=First-class Certificate. A.M.=Award of Merit. 1. Abundance (Sutton).—Medium size, round, smooth, red, good form; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid, and of good flavour. Moderate crop inside, heavy crop outside. 2. Acme (J. Veitch).—Medium size, round, smooth, purplish red ; averaging four fruits in a cluster; not solid, and of only fair flavour. Light crop inside, moderate outside. 3. Acquisition (J. Veitch).—Medium to large size, flattish round, purplish crimson ; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; poor flavour. Moderate crop both inside and outside. 4, All the Year Round, F.C.C. April 28, 1895 (J. Veitch).—Medium size, longish round, bright red, smooth ; averaging five fruits in a cluster ; solid; good flavour. Heavy crop both inside and outside. The best of the King Humbert type. 5. A 1 (Sutton).—Medium to large, deep round, smooth, red ; averag- ing three fruits in a cluster; solid, and of very good flavour. Moderate crop inside, very heavy crop outside. 6. Beauty (Masters).—Large, flat round, smooth, handsome, red; averaging two fruits in a cluster; solid; fair flavour. Moderate crop inside, very light crop outside. Similar to ‘ Perfection.’ 7. Best of All (Sutton).—Rather large, round, smooth, red; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop inside, light crop outside. 8. Brinton’s Best (Masters)—Medium size, round, smooth, red ; _ averaging three fruits in a cluster; not solid, and of poor flavour; very long-jointed in growth. Moderate crop inside, and light crop outside. 9. Carter’s Seedling (Carter).—Medium size, deep round, smooth, red, handsome; averaging four fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop both inside and outside. 10. Cestrian (Dickson’s).—Very similar to No. 13. Light crop both inside and outside. 634 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 11. Chiswick Peach, F.C.C. August 15, 1899 (J. Veitch).—See Report, Vol. xxv. page 173. Moderate crop inside; of no value for open-air culture. 12. Combination (Atlee Buepesh= aie size, round, smooth, purplish crimson ; averaging two fruits in a cluster; solid; poor flavour. Light crop both inside and outside. 13. Crimson King (Dickson’s).—Medium to large, round, smooth, deep red; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; fine flavour. Good crop inside, light crop outside. 14. Crimson Sun (R. Veitch).—Similar to ‘ Perfection.’ Moderate crop inside and outside. 15. Daniels’ No. 1 (Daniels).—Very similar to ‘ Perfection.’ Moderate crop inside and outside. 16. Duke of York, F.0.0. July 23, 1895 (Carter).—Large, round, smooth, red; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Light crop inside and outside. 17. Dwarf Sun (Sutton).—Medium size, round, smooth, lemon- yellow; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; excellent flavour. Moderate crop inside, and light crop outside. A short-jointed variety, with thick fleshy foliage. 18. Dyer’s Seedling (Dyer).—Medium size, deep round, smooth, dark red; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; fair flavour. Good crop inside, heavy crop outside. 19. Karly Empress (Dickson’s)—Medium to large size, round, smooth, red; averaging six fruits in a cluster; moderately solid, and of good flavour. Moderate crop inside, and a very heavy crop outside. 20. Early Ruby (J. Veitch).—Medium size, irregular in shape, red ; averaging four fruits in a cluster; not solid, and of only fair flavour. Moderate crop both inside and outside. 21. Kecentric (Goody).—Medium size, flattish round, smooth, red ; averaging three fruits in a cluster; fairly solid; poor flavour. Mode- rate crop inside, ight crop outside. 22. Kclipse (Sutton).—Medium size, flattish round, smooth, deep red; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid, and of good flavour. Good crop inside, moderate crop outside. 23. Eye Wonder (Watkins & Simpson).—Medium to large, round, smooth, bright scarlet ; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop both inside and outside. 24. Fairfield (J. Veitch).—Rather large, flattish round, smooth, red ; averaging four fruits in a cluster; solid; excellent flavour. Moderate crop inside, poor crop outside. 25. Flying Dutchman (R. Veitch).—Medium size, round, smooth, red ; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop inside, very heavy crop outside. 26. Fordhook Fancy (Atlee Burpee).—Medium size, flattish round, smooth, purplish crimson ; not solid, and very acid flavour. Light crop both inside and outside. J 27. Fordhook First (Atlee Burpee).— Medium size, round, smooth, crimson ; solid; fair flavour. Poor crop inside and outside. * 28. Frogmore Selected, F.C.C. April 24, 1894 (J. Veitch). Median . id : ces th i . Cn — a ie a tr ln el - aot. «. } ‘ ; i ; i 4 \ : ! Shap ESR po REPORT ON TOMATOS AT CHISWICK. 635 to large, deep round, smooth, scarlet ; averaging five fruits in a cluster ; very solid, and of good flavour. Moderate crop inside, heavy crop out- side. 29. Golden Jubilee, F.C.C. May 26, 1897 (J. Veitch).—Large, round, smooth, bright yellow, faintly tinged with red on the exposed side ; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; excellent flavour. Moderate crop inside, light crop outside. 30. Hillside Comet, A.M. July 25, 1899 (Watkins & Simpson).— Medium size, deep round, smooth, scarlet; handsome; averaging six fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Heavy crop inside and outside. This variety is best known as ‘ Comet.’ 31. Holmes’ Futurity (Holmes).—Small, round, smooth, bright red ; producing great clusters of fruit; moderately solid; good flavour. Good crop both inside and outside. With a little further selection this should prove a valuable market variety. 32. Invergill Scarlet (Barr).—Medium size, round, smooth, scarlet ; averaging three fruits in a cluster; moderately solid; poor flavour. Light crop both inside and outside. 33. Invergill Pink (Barr).—Similar to No. 82. 34. Invincible (Blackstock).— Medium to large, round, smooth, rich crimson ; averaging seven fruits in a cluster; solid; fine flavour. Heavy crop both inside and outside. 35. John Bull (R. Veitch).— Very similar to No. 14 except in colour, which is a reddish purple. Light crop both inside and outside. 36. Large Early (Atlee Burpee).—Medium size, round, smooth, purplish red; averaging two fruits in a cluster; solid; fair flavour. Light crop both inside and outside. 37. Leek Beauty (Bermingham).—Medium size, round, smooth, red ; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop inside, heavy crop outside. Growth very short-jointed. 38, 39. Lister’s Prolific (Lister).—Medium size, round, smooth, red ; handsome ; averaging six fruits in a cluster; solid; fine flavour. Good crop inside, very heavy crop outside. 40. Magnum Bonum (Sutton).—Medium to large, flattish round, smooth, red; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop inside, heavy crop outside. 41. Manor Park Prolific (Austin).— Medium size, deep round, smooth, scarlet; averaging three fruits in a cluster; moderately solid ; fair flavour. Light crop inside and outside. 42. Marvel (Watkins & Simpson).—Medium size, irregular in form, red; averaging four fruits in a cluster; solid; fair flavour. Moderate crop inside, heavy crop outside. Very similar to ‘ Turner’s Prolific.’ 43. Maincrop (Laxton).—Very similar to No. 54. 44, New Giant Tree (Goody).—Medium. to large, flattish round, smooth, red; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; poor flavour. Moderate crop both inside and outside. 45. Nable (Atlee Burpee).—Similar to ‘ Perfection.’ 46. Peachblow (Sutton). — Medium size, flattish round, smooth, reddish purple ; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop inside, light crop outside. 636 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 47. Peerless (Sutton)——Medium to large, flattish round, smooth, scarlet; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; excellent flavour. Moderate crop inside and outside. 48, 49. Pierremont Prolific (Kent & Brydon).—Medium size, deep round, smooth, dark red; averaging four fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop inside and outside. A very short-jointed variety. 50. Prince of Wales (Sutton).—Medium size, round, smooth, “rich golden yellow; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; fine flavour. Moderate crop inside, light crop outside. 51. Princess of Wales (Sutton).—Medium size, round, smooth, red ; handsome; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Heavy crop both inside and outside. 52. Primum (Laxton).—Medium size, deep round, smooth, red; averaging four fruits in a cluster; moderately solid; fair flavour. Mode- rate crop inside, heavy crop outside. 58. Pointing’s Trophy, F.0.C. August 20, 1877 (Watkins & Simpson). —Large, round, smooth, red; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid ; poor flavour. Light crop both inside and outside. 54. Profit (Laxton).—Small, round, smooth, red ; averaging four fruits in a cluster; solid; fair flavour. Light crop inside, heavy crop outside. 55. Quarter Century (Atlee Burpee).—Very similar to No. 26, except that the fruit is more crimson. 56. Royal Chester (Dickson’s).—Medium size, deep round, smooth ; handsome; averaging four fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour’ Moderate crop both inside and outside. 57. Royal Sovereign, A.M. July 26, 1892 (Dickson’s).—Medium size, round, smooth, golden yellow; averaging three fruits in a cluster ; solid ; excellent flavour. Light crop both inside and outside. 58. Satisfaction (Sutton).—Medium to large; round, smooth, deep- red ; averaging four fruits in a cluster; very solid; good flavour. Heavy crop inside, light crop outside. 59. Scarlet Queen (Dickson’s).—Medium size, long, of the ‘ King Humbert’ type, smooth, deep red; averaging four fruits in a cluster ; moderately solid ; fair flavour. Heavy crop inside, light crop outside. 60. Stone (Masters).—Similar to ‘ Perfection.’ 61. Sturdy King (Lansdell).—~Large, deep round, smooth, red; averaging four fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Moderate crop both inside and outside. Very sturdy habit. 62. Superb (Kent & Brydon).—Small, round, red, smooth ; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; poor flavour. Heavy crop both inside and outside. 63. Sunbeam (Sutton).—Rather small, egg-shaped, smooth, golden yellow; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; fine flavour. Mode- rate crop inside, light crop outside. 64. The Garland—long racemes (Dobbie).—Similar to the ‘ Currant’ Tomato, but with rather larger fruits. 65. The Garland—short racemes (Dobbie).—Same as No. 64, with shorter racemes. Both Nos. 64 and 65 produced good crops inside, and light crops outside. REPORT ON TOMATOS AT CHISWICK. 637 66. The Matchless (Atlee Burpee).—Same as ‘ Perfection.’ 67. Unique (Laxton).—Rather large, deep round, smooth, red; averaging three fruits in a cluster; solid; good flayour. Moderate crop inside, light crop outside. 68. Utility (Laxton).—Medium size, round, smooth, rich red; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Heavy crop both inside and outside. | 69. Vanguard (Laxton).—Medium to large, round, smooth, red ; averaging four fruits ina cluster; moderately solid; fair flavour. Rather light crop both inside and outside. 70. Veitch’s Glory (Masters).—Medium size, round, slightly corrugated, red; averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; good flavour. Good crop both inside and outside. ; 71. Waterloo (Thomas).— Medium size, round, smooth, scarlet ; : averaging five fruits in a cluster; solid; excellent flavour. Moderate _ crop inside, heavy crop outside. 72. Ward’s Seedling (Ward).—Very similar to No. 71. 73, 74. Winter Beauty, A.M. April 18, 1899 (Sutton, Barr).— Medium size, flattish round, smooth, deep red; averaging six fruits in a cluster; solid; excellent flavour. Good crop inside, very heavy crop outside. This variety promises to be a very free-bearing and valuable outdoor variety. 638 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. REPORT ON PERENNIAL ASTERS GROWN AT CHISWICK, 1902. (MicHAELMAS DaIsiEs.) A COLLECTION of 220 species and varieties was grown, of which ninety had been in the collection at Chiswick since the trial of these plants, conducted in 1892, the Report of which will be found in the JouRNat, vol. xv. p. 288. The genus is a large one, and very important for the embellishment of the out-door garden in autumn. Altogether, some- thing like 200 species are known to botanists, and the garden forms and varieties are legion. 3 North America is the headquarters of the genus; many species are found in Mexico, China, Japan, Asia, and Europe. Asters vary much in habit, and are mostly planted in the herbaceous border and wild garden, but many of them are well adapted for grouping in beds on the turf, and the dwarf varieties are eminently suited for the rock garden. They are easily cultivated, but prefer a rather heavy damp soil to one that is. very light and dry. In order to secure the best results, plants should be divided every spring, as it is a mistake to allow them to occupy the same ground undisturbed for indefinite periods. The specimens referred to below were planted in spring, in rows three feet wide and two feet apart in the rows, on ground that had been trenched and heavily manured the preceding autumn. All grew well, and many of them yielded great quantities of flowers. The collection was examined by the Floral Committee on several occasions, who recom- mended awards to meritorious varieties. The awards made in 1892 are incorporated in the present Report. The height which each attains in the soil of Chiswick is also given, and the time of flowering roughly indicated by the words “ early,” ‘“ mid- season,” and “late.’’ With the exception of species, garden forms that failed to secure any award are not mentioned. A.M. = Award of Merit. x x x = Highly Commended. x x = Commended. 1. Acris, x x x 1892.—Height 2 feet 6 inches; pyramidal habit; leaves 1-1} inch long, linear-lanceolate, sessile, pale green ; very free-flowering ; stellate flowers, blue or lilac. A continuous bloomer. Mid-season. Intro- duced from the South of Europe in 1781. 2. Acris nanus, A.M. October 13, 1902.—A dainty variety, remarkable for the great quantity of purplish-blue flowers, which are deeper in colour and appear about a week or so later than those of the type. It grows 16 inches high, and is of very dense, bushy habit. A splendid plant for the rock garden as well as for a prominent place in the herbaceous border. 8. Amellus amelloides, x x x 1892.—Height 2 feet; sturdy branch- REPORT ON PERENNIAL ASTERS GROWN AT CHISWICK, 1902. 689 ing habit; very free-flowering ; flowers 25 inches in diameter, dark lilac- purple. Mid-season. 4, Amellus bessarabicus, A.M. October 1, 1902.—Height 2 feet ; stiff, branching, bushy habit; exceptionally free-flowering ; flowers 24 inches in diameter, lilac-purple, paler than those of No. 3. A continuous bloomer. Mid-season. 5. Amethystinus (syn. bostoniensis) x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; up- right branching habit; leaves 1-13 inch long, lanceolate, entire ; very free- flowering and quite distinct ; flowers amethyst-blue, borne on long, rather narrow racemes. Late. North America. 6. Canus.—Height 2 feet; rather diffuse habit; leaves 1-2 inches long, lanceolate, sessile, with whitish tomentum on the under sides; flowers rather small, deep blue. Early. Europe. 7. Cordifolius, x x x 1892.—Height 2 feet ; compact, upright, branch- ing habit; radical leaves cordate-ovate, later ones lanceolate, toothed, deep ereen ; flowers small, pale lavender or lilac, borne in spreading, much- branched panicles in great profusion. Mid-season. North America, 1759. 8. Cordifolius albulus, x x x 1892.—Of more upright habit than the type, from which it also differs by reason of its flowers being greyish- white. 9. Cordifolius Diana (syn. Photograph), x x x 1892.—A graceful variety, of erect bushy habit, and wonderfully free-flowering ; flowers small, pale lilac. 10. Cordifolius elegans (syn. undulatus), A.M. October 13, 1902 (Dob- bie).—One of the tallest of the group, and quite a week later than the type in coming into blossom; very free-flowering ; flowers pale lavender. A continuous bloomer, 11. Cordifolius Ideal, x x x October 13, 1902 (Beckett)—Similar in habit to No. 9, and quite as floriferous, but its small flowers, borne in long, elegant panicles, are of a deeper shade of lavender or lilac. Mid-season. 12. Cordifolius profusus, A.M. October 15, 1901 (Beckett) —A seedling from No. 9. Height 4 feet ; loose, spreading habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers small, light lavender. Mid-season. 13. Cordifolius Sweetheart, x x x October 18, 1902 (Perry).—Another free-growing, much-branched variety, with an abundance of flowers, paler: than those of No. 9. Mid-season. 14. Corymbosus (syn. Biotia corymbosa), x x x 1892.—Height 2 feet 6 inches ; rather slender habit, with purple stems; leaves large, cordate- ovate, toothed, deep green; moderately free-flowering; flowers white. Karly. North America. 15. Corymbosus Perseus, x x 1892.—A distinct and pleasing variety, bearing an abundance of starry white flowers, 3 of an inch in diameter. Tt is not quite so vigorous or so early to flower as the type. 16. Curtisii, x x 1892.—Height 3 feet; sturdy habit; leaves ovate- lanceolate, acuminate ; free-flowering ; flowers rather small, purplish blue, borne in loose panicles, Early. North America. 17. Dahuricus (Willmott).—Height 2 feet 6 inches to 3 feet; rather slender, spreading habit; leaves 1-2 inches long, lanceolate, sessile, acu- minate, pale green ; very free-flowering ; flowers } an inch in diameter, pale blue. Early, Central Siberia. 640 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 18. Diffusus.—Height 4 feet; branching, spreading habit; leaves 9 inches long, rather thin, lanceolate, serrated, those on the flowering branches very small; flowers small, white, touched with purplish violet. Karly. North America, 1777. 19. Diffusus horizontalis, x x x 1892 (as a rock-garden plant).—A useful variety for the rockery, as it is of dense, spreading habit, and rarely exceeds 2 feet high ; stems dark and leaves bronze-tinted ; exceptionally free-flowering ; flowers small, brownish red and white. Later than the type. 20. Diffusus pendulus (syn. Nondescript), x x 1892.—A tall, slender- erowing variety, with wiry, arching stems; leaves small and bronze- tinted ; flowers small, white, borne in long racemes. Late. 21. Drummondi, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 5 feet; stems purple, much branched; leaves lanceolate ; very free-flowering; flowers small, lavender. Late. North America. 22. Drummondii Cora, x x 1892.—A free-growing variety, of erect habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers 4 an inch in diameter, pale pink. Earlier than the type. 23. Dumosus.—Height 11 inches; very dense, bushy habit; leaves small, linear; free-flowering; flowers small, white, touched with pink. Karly. North America, 1734. 24. Eminens.—Height 18 inches; very bushy, spreading habit ; stems purple and wiry: leaves small, linear-lanceolate ; free-flowering ; flowers small, light blue. Early. North America. 25. Ericoides, x x 1892 (Beckett).—Height 3 feet 6 inches; close, compact habit, with long ascending branches clothed with small, linear, bright green leaves ; flowers small, white, borne in great profusion in long, much-branched racemes. This is one of the most attractive of small-flowered Michaelmas Daisies. Late. North America, 1758. 26. Ericoides Clio, x x 1892.—Not quite so tall as the type; bushy habit ; leaves linear, pale green ; free-flowering ; flowers # of an inch in diameter, pale pink. 27. Ericoides Hon. Edith Gibbs, A.M. October 9, 1900 (Beckett)—A free-growing, graceful variety, with great numbers of dainty pale lavender flowers. 28. Ericoides Ophir, A.M. October 1, 1902 (Beckett).—Habit similar, but flowers larger than those of No. 25, and tinged with pink. 29. Ericoides Sensation, A.M. October 1, 1902 (Beckett)—An im- provement on No. 25. 30. Levis, x x xX 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches; slender, graceful habit ; leaves 4 to 5 inches long, clasping the purple stems, firm, oblong acute, bright green; free-flowering ; flowers 1 to 14 inch in diameter; bright blue. Late. North America, 1758. 31. Linosyris, x x 1892.—Height 2 feet; erect habit; leaves crowded, linear, pale green ; flowers deep yellow. Late. Europe. | 32. Macrophyllus.—Height 3 feet; diffuse habit; leaves large, 8 inches long, thick, cordate-ovate, serrated, deep green; shy-flowering ; flowers pale lilac, borne in loose panicles. Early. North America, 1739. 33. Multifiorus, x x x 1892.—Height 4 feet; diffuse habit ; leaves | 4 REPORT ON PERENNIAL ASTERS GROWN AT CHISWICK, 1902. 641 small, linear, deep green; flowers small, white, borne freely in long racemes. Mid-season. North America, 1782. 34. Nove-Anglie precox, x x x 1892.—A vigorous, early-flowering variety, with large, deep purple flowers. 35. Nove-Angliw pulchellus, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet 6 inches ; strong free-branching habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers large semi-double, violet, shaded blue. Mid-season. 36. Nove-Angliz roseus, x x x 1892.—Rather slender habit ; mode- rately free-flowering ; flowers rose-pink, borne in racemes. The latest of the N.-A. group to flower. | 37. Nove-Angliw rubra, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet 6 inches ; strong habit; rather shy-flowering ; flowers large deep rose or red. Late. 38. Nove-Angiie W. Bowman, xX x x October 13, 1902 (Willmott).— Height 5 feet ; vigorous habit; free-flowering ; flowers large, rosy purple. Late. Received as “ N.-A. elegans.”’ 39. Paniculatus, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches; graceful habit ; leaves ovate-lanceolate ; flowers small, pale blue. Karly. North America, 1640. 40. Paniculatus blandus, x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; dense, bushy habit; leaves lanceolate ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers ? of an inch in diameter, white, suffused with lilac. © Mid-season. 41.. Paniculatus Edwin Beckett, A.M. September 24, 1902 (Beckett).— Height 4 feet ; loose, spreading habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers small, delicate lilac. A continuous bloomer. Early. 42. Paniculatus W. J. Grant, x x x 1892.—A distinct variety, of graceful habit; very free-flowering ; flowers pale mauve. Mid-season. 43. Patulus (syn. pallens), x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 3 feet 6 inches ; bushy, spreading habit ; leaves oblong-lanceolate, bright green ; very free-flowering ; flowers rather small, pale lilac-purple, passing to a lighter shade. Early. North America. 44, Polyphyllus, x x x 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches; branching habit ; leaves 3-4 inches long ; very free-flowering ; flowers rather small, white, fading to pink. Mid-season. North America. 45. Prenanthoides, x x x 1892.—Height 3 feet; compact, bushy habit ; leaves 6 inches long, ovate-lanceolate, clasping the rather slender stems ; very free-flowering ; flowers small, mauve. North America. 46. Puniceus, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 5 feet; very bushy, sturdy habit; leaves 4-5 inches long, oblong-lanceolate, serrated; very free-flowering; flowers 1 inch in diameter, pale lavender or lilac, borne in large much-branched umbels. Early. North America, 1710. 47. Puniceus lucidus, x x x 1892.—Rather taller than the type; Stems purple; free-flowering ; flowers 1} inch in diameter, pale lilac. Early. 48. Puniceus pulcherrimus, x x x 1892 (Dobbie). —Height 6 feet ; vigorous, upright, branching habit; very free-flowering; flowers large, greyish white, borne on stout spikes. A distinct and excellent late-blossom- ing variety, well adapted for the back of the herbaceous border. i, = 4 : La . aR es 49. Sagittifolius, x x 1892.—Height 8 feet 6 inches; vigorous, diffuse habit; stems reddish brown; leaves ovate-lanceolate, upper ones T 4 642 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. linear-lanceolate ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers small, purple or lilae, suffused with violet. Early. North America. 50. Salicifolius.— Height 5 feet ; strong bushy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers pale lilac. Early. North America, 1760. Pena, ® as, ae 51. Shortii, x x x September 24, 1902.—Height 3 feet 6 inches; slender, graceful habit; leaves 4 inches long, ovate-lanceolate, almost entire; very free-flowering ; flowers small, pale purplish blue. Larly. North America. (Fig. 170.) Fic. 170.—AstTEeR SHORTII. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) 4 ats on aT dh ; - ee sc 9 thie nse REPORT ON PERENNIAL ASTERS GROWN AT CHISWICK, 1902. 6438 52. Sibiricus.—Height 2 feet; bushy, spreading habit ; leaves oblong- lanceolate, acuminate, serrated ; flowers purplish mauve. Early. Siberia, 1768. 58. Spectabilis, x x 1892 (Willmott)—Height 18 inches; erect, branching habit ; Jeaves oblong-lanceolate, rather rough; free-flowering ; flowers with long petals, blue or bright lilac. Mid-season. North America, 1777. 54. Tardiflorus.—Height 2 feet ; compact, rather slender habit ; leaves oblong-lanceolate, serrated; very free-flowering; flowers 1 inch in diameter, blue. Early. North America, 1775. 55. Tradescanti (Dobbie).— Height 4 feet 6 inches ; erect, branching habit ; leaves narrow, finely serrated; very free-flowering ; flowers small, white. Late. North America, 1633. 56. Turbinellus, x x x 1892.—Height 3 feet 6 inches; upright habit ; leaves 3-4 inches long, lanceolate, clasping the stem ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers pale mauve or lilac. Mid-season. North America. 57. Umbellatus, x x x 1892.—Height 6 feet; strong, diffuse habit ; leaves 3-4 inches long, oblong-lanceolate, deep green; free-flowering ; flowers white, borne in broad umbels. North America. 58. Undulatus, x x x 1892.—Height 3 feet 6 inches; sturdy, bushy habit; leaves 3-4 inches long, ovate-lanceolate ; very free-flowering ; flowers small, pale violet. Early. North America, 1699. 59. Versicolor Antigone, x x x 1892.—Height 3 feet 6 inches; slender habit; free-flowering ; flowers 1 inch in diameter, white, passing to rose or lilac. Mid-season. 60. Vimineus, x x 1892.—Height 3 feet 6 inches; very compact, slender, bushy habit, the lower branches spreading out almost horizontally ; leaves small, lanceolate; very free-flowering; flowers small, white. Mid-season. North America, 1800. 61. Vimineus Delight, A.M. October 13,1902 (Beckett).—An improve- ment on the type both in habit and flower. It is of slender growth, and bears numerous small pure white flowers. Mid-season. 62. Vimineus Freedom, x x x October 13, 1902 (Beckett).—This differs from the type by reason of its freer-flowering qualities. Mid-season. 63. Vimineus perfectus, A.M. September 24, 1902 (Beckett).—Another slender-habited variety and exceptionally free-flowering ; flowers very Powe) small, white, suffused and tipped with pink. Mid-season. The undermentioned are garden forms raised principally between Levis and Novi-Belgii :— 64. Albion, x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; dense, bushy habit; flowers 1 inch in diameter, white. Early. 65. Apollo, x x x 1892.—Height 5 feet ; sparsely branched ; stems purplish ; free-flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diameter, lilac or deep blue. Karly. 66. Archer Hind, x x x 1892. (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet; strong, branching habit; free-flowering; flowers 1-2 inches in diameter, rosy lilac. Mid-season. 67. Arcturus, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches ; sturdy habit; stems T 2 644 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. almost black ; moderately free-flowering; flowers 14 inch in diameter, deep rosy lilac. Early. 68. Argus, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches ; compact, bushy habit ; stems purple; rather shy-flowering ; flowers 15 inch in diameter, lilac purple. Early. 69. Ariadne, A.M. October 13, 1902.—Height 5 feet 6 inches; strong, branching habit; very free-flowering; flowers 13 inch in diameter, light blue. Mid-season. 70. Aurora, x x x 1892.—Height 3 feet 6 inches ; branching habit ; stems purple ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 15 inch in diameter, lilac-purple or lavender. Early. 71. Berenice, x x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; diffuse habit; stems purple ; free-flowering ; flowers llac-purple. Mid-season. 72. Calliope, A.M. October 13, 1902.—Height 4 feet 6 inches ; strong, spreading habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diameter, pale mauve. Late. 73. Captivation, A.M. October 9, 1900 (Beckett)—Height 3 feet 6 inches; very compact, bushy habit; free-flowering; flowers pale pink, touched with white. Late. 74. Catulus, x x 1892.—Height 3 feet; dense, bushy habit; very free flowering ; flowers } of an inch‘in diameter, white, suffused with pale lavender. Mid-season. 75. Celestial, A.M. September 2, 1902.—A chance seedling. Height 4 feet 6 inches ; sturdy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diameter, light blue. A continuous bloomer. 76. Ceres, x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; erect habit; moderately free- flowering ; flowers 15 inch in diameter, white. Early. 77. Coombe Fishacre Brightness, A.M. October 13, 1902 (Beckett).— Flowers larger and brighter than those of the ordinary Coombe Fishacre. Height 4 feet 6 inches; bushy, branching habit; very free-flowering ; flowers pink, touched with rose. Late. 78. Cordelia, A.M. October 18, 1902 (Willmott).—Height 4 feet; up- right, sturdy, branching habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers rather small bright blue. Very showy. Late. 79. Daisy Peters, A.M. September 24, 1902 (Sturgis).—Seedling from Mrs. W. Peters, and an improvement on No.109. Height 3 feet 6 inches ; upright, bushy habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers large, pure white. 80. Decorus, x x x 1892.—Height 3 feet 6 inches; bushy habit ; moderately free-flowering ; oD) with pink. Mid-season. 81. Densus, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 3 feet ; bushy, spreading habit; very free-flowering ; flowers 1-1} inch in diameter, deep blue. Mid-season. 82. Discolor, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet; rather sparsely branched ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 15 inch in diameter, white and soft lilac. Early. 83. Dorothy, A.M. September 24, 1902 (Willmott).—Height 4 feet ; strong, spreading habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers large, pale lavender. Early. A continuous bloomer. 84. Edna Mercia, x x x October 18, 1902 (Perry).—Height 3 feet flowers 1 inch in diameter, pale blue tinged — = sanniciinbemenie ee ee ih sine REPORT ON PERENNIAL ASTERS GROWN AT CHISWICK, 1902. 645 6 inches; very strong habit; stems purple; flowers large, deep rose. Late. A continuous bloomer. 85. Elsie Perry, A.M. October 13, 1902 (Perry).—Height 4 feet ; strong, | | | | | Rea ARS Fic. 171.—AstEer Novi-Beuel, var. FLoRIBUNDUS. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) branching habit; stems purple; very free-flowering ; flowers semi-double, rather small, bright pink. Late. A continuous bloomer. 86. Fanny, x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet; bushy, spreading habit ; free-flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diameter, bright blue, touched with lilac. Mid-season. 646 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 87. Flora, x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; strong habit; free-flowering ; flowers lilac. Mid-season. 88. Floribundus. x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 5 feet 6 inches ; erect habit ; stems purple ; very free-flowering ; flowers 14 in diameter, rosy purple. Mid-season. (Fig. 171.) 89. Formosissimus, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet 6 inches; slender habit ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 15 inch in diameter, deep rosy-lilac or blue. Mid-season. 90. Fortune, x x 1892.—Height 5 feet 6 inches ; strong, bushy habit ; moderately free-flowering; flowers 15 inch in diameter, pale lilac or lavender. Late. . 91. F. W. Burbidge, A.M. September 24, 1902 (Dobbie, Willmott). —Similar to but an improvement on No. 105. Height 4 feet 6 inches ; dense, bushy habit ; exceptionally free-flowering; flowers 2 inches in diameter, rosy lilac. arly. 92. Harper Crewe, x x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; rather sparsely branched ; free-flowering ; flowers 2 inches in diameter, white, shading to rose with age. Larly. 93. Harvard, x x x 1892. —Height 5 feet ; upright, rather slender, branching habit; stems purple; leaves boa clasping the stem ; very fae anes flowers rosy mauve, borne in long panicles. Mid- season. 94. Horace, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet; sturdy habit; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 1 inch in diameter, deep hlac. Mid-season. 95. Irene, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches; slender habit; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 1 inch in diameter, deep lilac. LEarly.. 96. Janus, x x x 1892. —Height 5 feet; rather sparsely branched ; free-flowering ; flowers 13 inch in diameter, ee) Karly. 97. Jessie Crum, x x x October 18, 1902 (Willmott).—Height 5 feet; strong, branching habit; very free-flowering; flowers 1 inch in diameter, mauve. Late. 98. John Wood, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet; branching habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diameter, white. arly. 99. Juno, x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; vigorous bushy habit ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers purple. Mid-season. 100. Leevigatus, A.M. September 24, 1902 (Willmott).—Height 2 feet 6 inches; dense, upright habit; exceptionally free-flowering ; flowers 1 to 14 stil: in diameter, bright rosy-mauve, shading to pink. Early. Received as ‘‘ Longifolius formosus.”’ | 101. Lilacinus, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet; bushy, spreading habit; - moderately free-flowering ; flowers 1 to 14 inch in diameter, lavender- _ blue. Early. 102. Litoreus, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet; bushy, spreading habit ; free-flowering ; flowers 1 inch in diameter, white, suffused with pink. Early. 103. Minerva, x x x 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches ; strong, branch- ing habit ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diameter, deep rosy lilac. Mid-season. 104. Mrs. W. Peters, A.M. September 7, 1897 (Sturgis).—Height 3 feet; bushy habit: very free-flowering ; flowers large, white. arly. REPORT ON PERENNIAL ASTERS GROWN AT CHISWICK, 1902. 647 105. Noir d’Angen, x x x 1892.—Height 4 feet; dense, bushy habit ;. very free-flowering; flowers lilac. Early. Not quite so good as No. 91. 106. Pluto, x x 1892.—Height 4 feet 6 inches; bushy habit ; Fie. 172.—SreEpiine Aster ‘Hon. Epiru Gisss.’ (The Garden.) moderately free-flowering; flowers 1 inch in diameter, pale purple. Mid-season. 107. Proserpine, x x x 1892.—Height 6 feet; strong, branching habit ; free-flowering ; flowers 1 to 14 inch in diameter, rosy mauve. Mid-season. 648 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 108. Psyche, x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet; slender, graceful habit; moderately free-flowering; flowers 1 inch in diameter, lilac. Late. 109. Purity, x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet; strong, spreading habit ; free-flowering ; flowers 15 inch in diameter, white. Early. 110. Pygmalion, x x x 1892 (Willmott)—Height 15 inches; very bushy, spreading habit ; free-flowering ; flowers light blue. Early. 111. Ravenne, x x x 1892.—Height 5 feet; sparsely branched ; free-flowering ; flowers 15 inch in diameter, bright lilac or heliotrope. Early. 112. Robert Parker, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 5 feet 6 inches ; vigorous, branching habit; very free-flowering; flowers 2 inches in diameter, lavender-blue. Mid-season. 113. Semi-plena, x x x October 13, 1902 (Willmott).—Height 4 feet; very compact, branching habit; very free-flowering; flowers large, semi-double, lavender-blue. Mid-season. Received as “ flore-pleno,”’ but as the flowers are not perfectly double the Committee decided to change the name to the one it now bears, which is more descriptive than the one under which it came. 114. Stella, x x 1892.—Height 2 feet 6 inches; compact, bushy habit ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diamete?, rosy lilac. Karly. 115. Top Sawyer, A.M. September 24, 1902 (Dobbie, Willmott).— Similar to Robert Parker, but thought to be superior to it. Height 5 feet; vigorous habit; free-flowering; flowers 2 inches in diameter, semi-double, bluish lilac. Mid-season. 116. Vesta, x x x 1892.—Height 8 feet; bushy habit; moderately free-flowering ; flowers 1 inch in diameter, greyish white. Early. 117. Virgil, x x x 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 4 feet ; erect habit; free- flowering ; flowers 14 inch in diameter, deep heliotrope. Mid-season. anther enlarged section of flower anthers, front and side a> SP Pe 5 ee a OS PRS REPORT ON PHLOXES AT CHISWICK, 1902. 649 REPORT ON PHLOXES AT CHISWICK, 1902. A COLLECTION of 340 varieties of Phloxes was planted in oblong beds on the north side of the long vinery between the Paxton house and the west wall, close to the council room, and on a large break of ground on the south side of the garden. Each variety was represented by two plants, and in some cases by four, and occasionally even six were grown. A mulching of stable litter was given early in May. The summer of 1902, being so very wet, suited these moisture-loving plants admirably; nearly all of them made satisfactory growth, and many of them yielded an abundance of flowers, especially the varieties named ‘ Sylphide,’ ‘ Beatrice,’ ‘James Farquhar,’ ‘ Croix du Sud,’ ‘ Kaiser Wilhelm,’ ‘ Miss Pemberton,’ ‘ Sesostris,’ ‘ Coquelicot,’ ‘Kclaireur,’ ‘Bouquet de St. Cyr,’ and ‘Le Vengeur.’ The Floral Committee examined the collection several times, and decided that, as there are so many too-much-alike Phloxes in gardens; only those varieties which received awards should be recorded. A.M.=Award of Merit. x xX x =Highly Commended. x X =Commended. 1. Africaine, x x August 16, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 2 feet 6 inches ; sturdy habit; free-flowering; flowers white, splashed with pale purple. 2. Aspasie, x x August 2, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 2 feet; very bushy habit; moderately free-flowering; flowers purplish-rose, with a paler eye. 3. Avalanche, A.M. July 24, 1894 (Paul).—Height 18 inches ; sturdy habit : very free-flowering ; flowers cream-white, with a lemon eye. 4. Beatrice, A.M. July 27,1897 (Forbes, Dobbie).—Height 2 feet ; very bushy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, closely packed on stiff spikes ; colour rose-pink, with a purple eye. 5. Belvedere, xx August 16, 1892 (Forbes, Veitch).—Height 18 inches ; rather slender habit ; free-flowering ; flowers large, deep-rose, flushed with purple and shaded white near the eye. 6. Béranger, A.M. July 27, 1897 (Forbes) —Height & feet ; compact, sturdy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers large, rose-pink touched with violet near the purple eye. 7. Boule de Feu, x x x August 16, 1892 (Barr).—Height 2 feet ; sturdy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers large, bright salmon-scarlet, with a rosy-crimson eye. 8. Bouquet de St. Cyr, A.M. July 27, 1897 (Barr).—Height 8 feet ; bushy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers large, pure white, with a prominent rosy-purple eye. 9. Coquelicot, A.M. July 27, 1897 (Barr, Forbes, Paul, Veitch, Dobbie).—Height 2 feet; rather slender habit; very free-flowering ; oD ) flowers large, rich orange-scarlet with a crimson eye. An improvement on Etna. 650 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 10. Countess of Mar, x x x August 16, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 3 feet ; rather slender habit ; free-flowering ; flowers rather small, blush- white with a deep crimson eye. 11. Croix du Sud, x x x August 16, 1892 (Forbes, Barr).—Height 2 feet 6 inches; sturdy habit; free-flowering; flowers large, borne on large spikes, blush-white, with a crimson eye. 12. Delicata, x x x August 16, 1892 (Barr, Forbes).—Height 3 feet. 6 inches ; sturdy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers white, with a faint. suspicion of lilac near the eye. , 13. Eclaireur, A.M. August 23, 1892 (Barr, Veitch, Dobbie).—Height 2 feet ; sturdy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers unusually large, borne on long spikes; colour rosy purple, with a paler eye. 14. Enchantment, x x x August 16, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 2 feet ; compact bushy habit; free-flowering; flowers borne on large spikes, rosy lilac, occasionally streaked with white. 15. Epopée, x x x July 28, 1892 (Barr).—Height 2 feet; sturdy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers rosy purple, suffused with white near the crimson eye. Paler than Eclaireur. 16. Etna, A.M. August 8, 1893 (Barr).—Height 2 feet ; slender habit ; free-flowering ; flowers scarlet, touched with orange. i7. Eugene Danganvilliers, A.M. August 10, 1897 (Barr, Forbes).— Height 2 feet 6 inches; compact, bushy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, pale lilac, with a conspicuous white eye. 18. Eugéne Schotte, x x August 16, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 2 feet ; strong habit ; free-flowering ; flowers rather small, light purple, shading to white near the eye. 19. Evénement, A.M. July 27, 1897 (Veitch, Forbes, Dobbie).— Height 2 feet 6 inches; vigorous habit ; free-flowering ; flowers salmon- rose, with a deeper eye. 20. Faust, x x x August 30, 1892 (Barr, Dobbie).—Height 2 feet ; sturdy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, white, with a suffusion of light purple near the eye. 21. Ferdinand Cortez, x x x August 12,1902 (Forbes, Paul, Veitch, Dobbie).—Height 2 feet ; sturdy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers clear rose- pink, touched with salmon. 22. Fiancée, A.M. July 25, 1899 (Forbes, Paul, Dobbie).—Height 2 feet; very bushy, compact habit; free-flowering ; flowers large, borne on stiff spikes, pure white, with a lemon eye. 23. Flambeau, x x x August 2, 1892 (Barr).—Height 3 feet ; strong habit; free-flowering ; handsome spikes of orange-scarlet flowers, with a deep crimson eye. 24. Henri Murger, x x x July 22, 1892 (Barr).—Height 2 feet; sturdy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, white, with a faint sus- picion of pink near the crimson eye. 25. Iris, A.M. August 14, 1894 (Dobbie, Forbes, Paul).—Height 2 feet; rather slender habit ; free-flowering ; flowers violet, shaded blue. 26. James Farquhar, x x x August 12, 1902 (Forbes).—Height 3 feet; strong habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, white, faintly suffused with purple or mauve. A distinct and pretty variety. 27. John Forbes, x x August 2, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 3 feet i REPORT ON PHLOXES AT CHISWICK, 1902. 651 6 inches ; vigorous habit ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers large, pink, with a prominent crimson eye. 28. Kaiser Wilhelm, x x x August 12, 1902 (Barr).—Height 38 feet 6 inches ; rather slender habit; flowers rosy scarlet, with a deep crimson eye. 29. La Matilde, A.M. August 10, 1897 (Ware).—Height 3 feet; sturdy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers large, purplish violet. 30. Le Mahdi, A.M. August 15, 1899 (Forbes, Paul).—This is an improvement on Iris. 31. Leonardo da Vinci, A.M. September 10, 1895 (Barr).—Height 2 feet 6 inches; strong habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, white, with a conspicuous crimson eye. 32. Le Soleil, A.M. August 10, 1890 (Barr, Forbes).— Height 2 feet ; sturdy, bushy habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers rose-pink, shaded white. d8. Le Vengeur x x x August 12, 1902 (Barr, Veitch).—Height 2 feet 6 inches; sturdy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, rosy purple or carmine, with a deeper eye, similar to Hclaireur, but deeper. 34, Longchamps, x x x August 16, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 3 feet 6 inches; strong habit; very free-flowering; flowers white, with a purplish-violet centre. 35. Lord Raleigh, A.M. July 27, 1897 (Barr, Veitch),—Height 2 feet 6 inches; sturdy habit ; free-flowering ; flowers large, bluish purple, with a purplish-crimson eye. 36. Matador, x x x July 27, 1894 (Barr, Forbes, Dobbie).—Height 2 feet; sturdy habit; moderately free-flowering; flowers rich orange- scarlet, with a crimson eye. 37. Michael Cervantes, A.M. August 23, 1892 (Paul).—Height 3 feet ; sturdy habit; free-flowering ; flowers cream-white, with a large rosy- - carmine eye. 38. Miss Pemberton, A.M. September 21, 1897 (Paul).—Height 2 feet; very sturdy habit; very free-flowering; flowers large, salmon- pink, with a rosy-crimson eye. 39. Moliére, A.M. September 12, 1893 (Barr, Forbes).—Height 8 feet ; strong habit ; moderately free-flowering flowers; pale rose-pink, passing to white near the carmine eye. 40. Neptune, x x x August 2, 1892 (Veitch).—Height 3 feet ; bushy habit ; moderately free-flowering ; flowers pink, with a rosy-purple eye. 41. Panama, x x x August 30, 1892 (Barr, Forbes).—Height 2 feet ; strong habit; very free-flowering ; flowers large, white, with a lemon eye. ‘ 42. Pantheon, x x x August 16, 1892 (Barr, Forbes, Veitch).— Height 2 feet 6 inches ; sturdy habit; flowers large, salmon-pink, with a § light purple eye. . 43. Paul Bert, x x x August 16, 1892 (Barr, Forbes).—Height 38 feet; vigorous habit; free-flowering; flowers large, mauve, passing to _ white. 44, Pureté, x x August 2, 1892 (Dobbie).—Height 3 feet; sturdy _ habit; very free-flowering ; flowers small, white, with a lemon eye. 45. Regulus, x x x August 16, 1892 (Barr, Forbes).—Height 2 feet ; — sturdy habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers large, rosy-salmon or rose- _ pink, paler near the rose-coloured eye. 652 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 46. Roi des Roses, x x August 2, 1892 (Forbes).—Height 3 feet ; rather slender habit ; flowers bright salmon-pink, with a crimson eye. 47. Sesostris, x x x August 12, 1902 (Barr, Forbes).—Height 3 feet; vigorous habit; very free-flowering; flowers large, bright rosy- purple, with a crimson eye. 48. Sylphide, A.M, September 24, 1902 (Dobbie, Forbes, Paul).— Height 2 feet 6 inches: compact, bushy habit; exceptionally free-flower- ing; flowers large, pure white, with a faint lemon eye. The best white-flowered Phlox yet raised. 49. Torpilleur, A.M. July 27, 1897 (Forbes).—Height 2 feet 6 inches ; strong habit; very free-flowering; flowers large, bright rose, with a paler eye. 50. William Muir, x x x August 16, 1892 (Barr).—Height 3 feet 6 inches; slender habit; free-flowering; flowers rosy purple, with a crimson eye. 51. William Robinson, x x x August 16, 1892 (Barr, Forbes).— Height 3 feet 6 inches; vigorous habit; free-flowering; flowers large bright salmon, with a rosy-purple eye. Eye bh baie Tar REPORT ON POTATOS AT CHISWICK, 1902. 653. REPORT ON POTATOS AT CHISWICK, 1902. THIRTY-FIVE stocks of Potatos were sent for trial, and thirty well-proved varieties were grown side by side for comparison. The whole collection was planted on April 1, in rows three feet apart, the “sets” being eighteen inches apart in the rows, on ground that had been ridge- trenched the previous autumn. A good dressing of decayed manure and burnt garden refuse was incorporated when trenching. The season was a very poor one for Potatos, as all the stocks were “cut”’ by frost in the middle of May, followed by a wet, cold summer, causing more disease to appear than fora number of years past ; but in spite of these drawbacks, the majority of the varieties made excellent growth, and produced good crops, in many instances free from disease. The Fruit and Vegetable Committee examined the collection on three occasions, and they decided that the value of the trial would be greatly enhanced if the best late yarieties were kept until December 5, and then cooked, after being stored about two months, which was done. The following varieties, by reason of their heavy crop and good appearance, were selected for cooking to test their quality, viz. :— Alderman | Northumbria Brydon’s Crompton Pioneer Earliest Commonwealth Professor Walker Dalmeny Beauty Shamrock. IT. Dobbie’s Favourite Snowdrop Earl Roberts Snowdrop Improved Henry Fincham Springfield New Century The Marfield Victoria Improved. F.C.C. = First-class Certificate. A.M. = Award of Merit. 1. Alderman (Sharpe).—Flattish round; white; eyes shallow ; hand- some ; moderate size ; very heavy crop, free from disease ; haulm moderate and sturdy. Mid-season. A very promising variety. 2. British Premier (Lister).—Round; pink; eyes deep; very large and coarse; heavy crop, slightly diseased ; haulm moderate and sturdy. Mid-season or late. 3. Brydon’s Crompton (Kent & Brydon).—Round ; white; eyes full ; moderate size; good crop, much diseased; haulm moderate and sturdy. Mid-season or late. 4. Chester Favourite (Dicksons).—Round; white; russety; good shape ; eyes shallow; medium size; heavy crop, free from disease ; tall, Strong haulm. Mid-season or late. 5. Commonwealth, A.M. September 12, 1902 (Scammell).—Flattish round ; white; russety; handsome; medium size; eyes shallow ; great crop, free from disease ; moderate haulm. Mlid-season or late. 654 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 6. Coronation (D’Alcorn).—All diseased. 7. Dalmeny Beauty (Smith).—Round ; white ; eyes shallow ; medium to large; handsome ; great crop, free from disease ; tall, vigorous haulm. Late. The heaviest crop in the collection, and a very promising variety. 8. Diamond Jubilee (Dicksons).—Round; white; eyes shallow; medium size; light crop, free from disease; short haulm. Second early. 9. Dobbie’s Favourite (Dobbie). — Round; white; russety; eyes shallow ; good shape; medium size; very heavy crop, free from disease ; tall, strong haulm. Late. 10. Earl Roberts (Bradley).—Pebble shape; eyes full; white ; medium size ; heavy crop, free from disease; moderate haulm. Mid-season. 11. Early London (Thomas).— Flattish round; white; russety; eyes full; handsome; good crop, free from disease ; moderate haulm. Early. 12. Henry Fincham (Fincham).—Round ; white; eyes rather deep ; medium size; good crop, free from disease ; tall, strong haulm. Late. 13. Improved Glory of Denbigh, A.M. August 13, 1901 (Hughes).— See vol. xxvi. p. 872. 14. Masterpiece (Green).—Round; white; russety; eyes shallow; sreat crop of small tubers, free from disease; tall, vigorous haulm. Late. 15. New Century, A.M. August 14, 1902 (Dicksons).—Kidney ; white ; eyes full ; good shape ; medium size ; very heavy crop, free from disease ; moderate haulm. A very fine early variety. 16. Northumbria, A.M. August 14, 1902 (Wythes).—Round ; white ; very russety ; handsome ; eyes shallow; heavy crop, free from disease ; tall, strong haulm. Mid-season, or late. 17. Pearl (Sharpe)—Kidney: white; eyes full; uneven in size; moderate crop, free from disease ; short, sturdy haulm. LEarly. 18. Pioneer Earliest Kidney, A.M. August 14, 1900 (Dicksons).—See ‘vol. xxv. p. 170. | 19. Pride of Chester (Dicksons).—Flat, round, varying to pebble shape; white; eyes full; handsome; moderate crop, free from disease ; short, sturdy haulm. Mid-season. 20. Professor Walker (Barr)—Round; white; eyes rather deep ; large, heavy crop, free from disease ; very tall, strong haulm. Late. 21. Royal Standard (Dicksons)—Round; white; eyes shallow; variable in size; fair crop, free from disease; moderate haulm. Mid- season or late. 22. Shamrock II. (Appleby).—Good crop, much diseased after lifting. 23. Snowdrop, F.C.C. August 80, 1883 (Barr).—Flat, round ; white; eyes full; handsome; heavy crop, free from disease; moderate, sturdy haulm. Second early. 24. Snowdrop Lnproved (Barr).—Same as No. 23. 25. Springfield (Dobbie).—Round; pale pink; eyes rather deep; russety ; very heavy crop, free from disease; haulm tall and vigorous. Late. 26. Storm King (King).—Round; white ; small; and very poor crop, much diseased ; short haulm. LHarly. REPORT ON POTATOS AT CHISWICK, 1902. 655 27. The Dickson (Dicksons).—Kidney; white: eyes full; large; good shape; moderate crop, slightly diseased; haulm tall and vigorous. Mid-season. 28. The Marfield (Bristow).—F lat, round ; white; very russety ; eyes shallow; heavy crop, free from disease; tall, strong haulm. Late. A promising variety. 29. Trevor’s Seedling (Hughes).—Flat, round ; white ; russety; eyes full; medium crop, free from disease; moderate, sturdy haulm. Mid- season. 30. Unnamed (Kime).—Similar to No. 29, but taller in the haulm. 31. Up-to-Date (Barr).—Flat, round; white; russety; eyes fuil; large; heavy crop, free from disease; very tall, strong haulm. Late. 32. Victoria Improved, A.M. December 5, 1902 (Sharpe).—Flat, round; white; eyes rather deep; good shape; large; very heavy crop, free from disease; tall, vigorous haulm. Mid-season or late. This variety was excellent when cooked. 33. Victory (Wythes).—Flat, round; white; eyes rather deep; moderate crop; free from disease; tell, strong haulm. Late. 34. Walnut-leaf Kidney (Dean).—Small and poor crop. This variety never succeeds at Chiswick. 35. Wythes’ -Maincrop (Wythes).—Flat, round; white; russety ; eyes shallow; good crop, free from disease; moderate, sturdy haulm. Late. This is distinct from ‘ Maincrop Kidney,’ which received a F.C.C. in 1883. The Committee wished to be entered on the Minutes their apprecia- tion of the admirable manner in which the Potatos are cooked and placed before them at Chiswick. 656 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. REPORT ON DWARF AND RUNNER BEANS AT CHISWICK, 1902. SIXTEEN stocks of Dwarf and Runner Beans were sent for trial, all being sown on May 14, in ground that had been deeply trenched and heavily manured the previous winter. With one or two exceptions, all made good growth and cropped well. F.C.C. = First-class Certificate. A.M. = Award of Merit. 1. Brittle Wax (Atlee Burpee).— Not a success. 2. Earliest of All (Carter).—Not a success. 3. Early Favourite, A.M. April 27, 1897, as a forcing variety (J. Veitch).—Dwarf; foliage small, pods long; straight; handsome ; very heavy crop. 4. Early Wonder (J. Veitch).—Very dwarf; foliage small; pods of moderate length, straight, thick, fleshy ; heavy crop. 5. Epicure (Sutton), Climber (French).—Foliage of moderate size ; pods long and slightly curved ; heavy crop. 6. Excelsior (Sutton), Climber (French).—Foliage large ; pods very long, straight ; handsome; very heavy crop. The best of this class. 7. Holborn Wonder (Carter)—Dwarf; foliage rather large; pods long, straight; handsome; great crop. A very early variety. 8. Invincible (J. Veitch).—Dwarf; foliage large; pods of moderate length, thick, curved, almost like a Scarlet Runner ; great crop, and a continuous bearer. A very productive variety. 9. Mammoth Seedling Runner (Carter), Scarlet Runner.—This is of the ‘ Painted Lady’ type, but the pods are much longer and broader, and — borne -in great profusion. 10. New Stringless Green-pod Bush (Atlee Burpee).—Dwarf; foliage of moderate size; pods long, curved, thick, fleshy ; heavy crop. 11. Princess of Wales (Sutton), Climber (French).—Foliage large ; pods long, straight, fleshy ; heavy crop. 12. Tender and True, F.C.C. September 3, 1891 (Sutton), Climber (F'rench).—Foliage moderate in size; pods long, straight, handsome ; heavy crop. 13. Ten Week (Carter), Climber (French).—Foliage of moderate size; pods long, broad, straight, and fleshy, almost like a Scarlet Runner ; very heavy crop. 14.-The Duke (Wrench).—Dwarf; foliage rather large; pods long, broad, straight, handsome; great crop. A continuous bearer. 15. Veitch’s Hybrid (J. Veitch).—Dwarf; foliage small; pods short, thick, straight; very heavy crop. A continuous bearer. 16. Dr. Masters sent a supposed hybrid between a Dwarf French Bean and a Pea. ‘The seed was almost the colour of a Pea, and rounder than the French Bean usually is, but in foliage, flower, and pods, the plant was exactly the same as a Dwarf French Bean, and the seed from the plant also identical. MISCELLANEOUS VEGETABLES AND FRUIT AT CHISWICK, 1902. 657 MISCELLANEOUS VEGETABLES AND FRUIT AT CHISWICK, 1902. BEET, Willow-leaved (J. Veitch).—This variety has pretty, dark, narrow foliage ; but, though ornamental, the root is too small to be useful. BoORECOLE. Veitch’s Exhibition (J. Veitch).—Plant of sturdy growth and medium height, with a mass of finely curled foliage. A very handsome variety. BroaD BEAN. Green Leviathan (Carter).—A green-seeded form of the well-known “ Leviathan,” with the same sturdy habit, and immense long pods. CABBAGE. 1. Danish Roundhead (Atlee Burpze). Plants very dwarf; heads, of medium size, firm, round, and heavy. 2. Early Baseball (Atlee Burpes).—Plants dwarf; heads rather small, deep round, and very firm. 3. Precocity (R. Veitch).—Plants dwarf, compact; heads of medium size, rather conical, firm, with a small spread of outer leaves. 4. Robert Wrench (Wrench).-—A very fine selection of the ‘ Enfield Market ”’ type. CARROT. Blood Red (Carter).—Roots of medium size, beautiful shape, and deep rich colour, with a very tender flesh. CAULIFLOWER. Early Emperor (Carter).—Plant rather large, sturdy, producing large, compact, pure white heads of perfect shape. CUCUMBER. 1. Fordhook Frame (Atlee Burpee).—A ridge variety, thickly covered with spines, and of moderate size. . 2. Fordhook Pickling (Atlee Burpe2).—A small ridge variety. Eee Puant (AUBERGINE). Black Beauty (Atlee Burpee).—Fruits of average size, of a very dark purple colour. Fic. Red Turkey (Westropp).—Proved the same as Brown Turkey. U 658 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. MAIZE. 1. Perfection Sugar (R. Veitch).—Plant about 3 feet high, with large cobs, of excellent flavour when cooked. 2. Golden Bantam (Atlee Burpee).—-Very similar to No. 1. MELON. Conqueror (Goody).—Raised from “ Munro’s Little Heath” crossed with an American variety, and supposed to be hardy, but it did not prove so in the cold, sunless summer of 1902. MUSTARD. Fordhook Fancy (Atlee Burpee).—A curled form of the ordinary Mustard. ONION. 1. Gibraltar (Atlee Burpee).—Bulb deep round with a deep brown skin, solid and heavy. Requires a little more selection. 2. Pink Prize-taker (Atlee Burpee).—Bulb deep round, solid, with a bright purplish skin. 3. Yellow Globe, Australian (Atlee Burpee).—The same as our British stock. PARSLEY. 1. New Perpetual (Carter).—Foliage beautifully curled and of a medium size, on dwarf, compact plants. Fine stock. 2. Unique (Lister)—A very dwarf and deeply curled variety. PARSNIP. 1. Model (Carter).—Roots thick, handsome, and not too large, in fact, just the size and shape a Parsnip should be. 2. Selected (Lister).—A rather large, full-crowned variety, of good shape. PEPPER (CAPSICUM). Chinese Giant (Atlee Burpee).—A very large, ugly-podded variety. Syn. ‘ Bull’s Nose.”’ SQUASH. Fordhook Bush (Atlee Burpee).—Fruits white, round, slightly corru- gated, of medium size, and freely produced on sturdy plants. SHALLOT. Veitch’s Exhibition (R. Veitch).—A very large and productive be with a brownish-purple skin. MISCELLANEOUS IMPLEMENTS, MANURES, &c., CHISWICK, 1902. 659 MISCELLANEOUS IMPLEMENTS, MANURES, &c., AT CHISWICK, 1902. BEETLECUTE (VALLS). A non-poisonous powder that is deadly to ants, beetles, and cock- roaches, and is invaluable where these pests are troublesoms. CeMENT Nonex (STREET). A dark slate-coloured cement that sets very hard, with a very smooth surface, on stone, brickwork, and hotwater-pipe joints. CHELSEA HorticuLTURAL Manure (J. VEITCH). For the third season in succession, this manure has proved its value for all pot plants, Vines, and Peaches, but for Figs especially it is the best chemical manure we have tried. FRAME (BurRTON). A very good two-light frame, glazed with 21-o0z. glass, and very portable. By removing a few bolts, the frame is easily taken to pieces, and readily moved for a long or short distance, or could be packed in a small space under cover when not in use. Ipswich Broom (FLOWERS). A wide, flat birch broom, the twigs of which are kept in place by a removable screwed plate, making it easy to fill again when the twigs are worn. A capital broom for sweeping-up leaves or cut grass. Ivonine Laset (HuGuHss). In this garden the writing on these labels quickly becomes coated with a thick black film, covering the writing. PoWDER-DISTRIBUTING BreLLows (M. pe Luzy Frirss). One of the most useful implements we have tried for distributing sulphur or tobacco powder. The powder is blown in a very fine shower, covering all the foliage evenly, with very little waste of powder. SHcaTEvR, IMprovED DovusBLE-cuTTING (J. VEITCH). This is by far the best pruning implement we know, being remarkably easy to work, handy in size, and making very clean cuts. THREE-PRONGED WATERING Tool (ROBERTSON). A tool intended to make holes in the ground in dry weather to permit water passing into the soil freely. A good steel fork is quite as service- ~ able, and more convenient to use. WeED Extractor (BEAcH). A small, narrow-headed tool for pulling up weeds. In damp weather v2 660 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. MISCELLANEOUS FLOWERING PLANTS AT CHISWICK, 1902. A.M.=Award of Merit. x x xX =Highly Commended. AMARANTHUS. 1. Henderi (J. Veitch).—A very uncommon annual, aes 2 feet high, with long purple leaves, changing to bright crimson. 2. Superbus (J. Veitch).—Height 18 inches; - plants of stronger growth than the last named, but the leaves are not so richly coloured. ANTIRRHINUMS. 3. Majus, Veitch’s Strain (R. Veitch).—A very good selection of the strong-growing varieties. 4, Mixed (Forbes).—The flowers are large and variously coloured. 5. Selected (Lister)—A good strain; plants of sturdy habit; very — free-flowering ; flowers large and variously coloured. 6. Tom Thumb (R. Veitch).—Plants of dwarf habit; free-flowering ; colours various. 7. Tom Thumb Black Knight (R. Veitch).—Plants of compact, sturdy habit ; flowers deep crimson or maroon. ARCTOTIS. 8. Grandiflora, A.M. July 16, 1901 (Wade).—A pretty South African © sun-loving annual, with single Chrysanthemum-like flowers about 3 inches in diameter. The ray-florets are white, suffused with lilac, witha conspicuous yellow band near the heliotrope-coloured disc. The flowers are borne on stout stems, and close up at night. ASTERS (ANNUAL). 9. Comet Express (R. Veitch).—A very good variety, with pure white — flowers. 10. Comet Flesh-coloured (Carter).—Height 1 foot to 15 inches ; sturdy habit; flowers flesh-pink. 11. Comet Mixed (Carter).—Height 15 inches; flowers large and variously coloured. 12. Comet Rose-coloured (Carter).—Height and habit same as No. 10. Flowers rose-pink. 13. Comet. Victory (Atlee Burpee).—Height 1 foot; flowers large, deep rose-pink. 14, Daybreak (Watkins & Simpson).—Height 1 foot to 15 inches; plants of compact, branching habit; flowers white, flushed with pink. 15. Early Hohenzollern (Roemer).—An early white Comet variety. 16. Hohenzollern Rose Extra Early (Roemer).—An ordinary rose- coloured variety. ne a a a a ape a eileen 2 MISCELLANEOUS FLOWERING PLANTS AT CHISWICK, 1902. 661 17. Hohenzollern White (Roemer).—Similar to No. 15, but not quite so early. 18. Purity (Watkins & Simpson).—Height 15 inches; plants of branching habit; flowers of good shape, pure white. AsTERS (MicHArELMAS Daistzs). 19. Paniculatus ceruleus (Armitage).—Height 3 feet; branching, spreading habit; very free-flowering ; flowers light blue. 20. Unnamed (Tayler).—Did not flower. BALsAM. 21. Defiance Exquisite (Atlee Burpee).—An biliary variety with pale pink flowers. 22. Defiance White (Atlee Burpee).—Similar to the ordinary white- flowered Balsam. BEGONIA. 23. Queen Anna (Atlee Burpee).—Similar to B. semperflorens ‘ Princess Beatrice.’ ; CARNATION. 24. Mrs. Harkett (Harkett)—_A medium-sized, sweet-scented pink flower, with fringed petals. CELOSIA. 25. Thompsoni magnifica (Lorenz)——An excellent strain of C. pyramidalis. CHRYSANTHEMUM. 26. Horace Martin, A.M. September 24, 1901 (Wallace).—A rich yellow sport from the crimson ‘ Madame Marie Massé.’ | CLARKIA. 27. Pulchella Tom Thumb, double crimson (Watkins & Simpson).— Height 9 inches; very free-flowering ; flowers double crimson. 28. Pulchella Tom Thumb, double purple (Watkins & Simpson).— This differs from the last named by reason of its flowers being purple. 29. Pulchella Tom Thumb, double white (Watkins & Simpson).— Height 10 inches; compact bushy habit; very free-flowering; flowers double pure white. CoLEUs. 30. Sunset Strain (Atlee Burpee).—A strong-growing strain, but the leaves are rather dull in colour. DELPHINIUM. 31. Blue Butterfly, A.M. July 17, 1900 (Carter). _ Larkspur, 10 inches high, of bushy branching habit, and very floriferous. The flowers are deep blue, and the rich green leaves are deeply cut. Drascia. 32. Barbere (J. Veitch).—A free-growing South African annual, about 1 foot high, with an abundance cf Icose pink flowers borne on slender stems. 662 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. DIMORPHOTHECA. 38. Ecklonis (R. Veitch)—The Transvaal Marguerite. A diffuse- growing species, 2 feet 6 inches high, from South Africa, with Marguerite- like flowers 3 inches across. The ray-florets are white, and the centre or dise violet-blue. ‘ DouicHos. 34. Darkness (Atlee Burpee).—A semi-climbing plant with Bean-like leaves and dark mauve-coloured Pea-shaped flowers. Seed-pods purple. 35. Daylight (Atlee Burpee).—A cream-white form of No. 34. ESCHSCHOLTZIA. 36. Californica canaliculata rosea (R. Veitch).—A delightful little plant with pale primrose-yellow flowers ; externally the colour is soft rose. 37. Compacta ‘Mandarin’ (J. Veitch),— Plants of compact bushy habit; flowers orange-red. 38. Compacta ‘Rose Queen’ (Watkins & Simpson).—Height 1 foot ; sturdy habit; free-flowering ; flowers rose, passing to silvery-pink. GAILLARDIA. 39. Veitch’s Compact Strain (R. Veitch).—A very fine strain, with large, richly-coloured flowers. GODETIA. 40. Duke of York (Carter).—Height 18 inches; sturdy habit; free- flowering ; flowers rosy crimson, many of the petals edged with white. 41. Grandiflora rosea fl. pl. (J. Veitch).—Height 18 inches; flowers semi-double, pale flesh or pink, with a crimson base. 42. Sunset (Watkins & Simpson).—Height 10 inches ; bushy habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers rosy-crimson, with a white centre. HELIANTHUS, 48. H. G. Moon, A.M. September 25, 1900 (Bennett-Poé).—A lovely single yellow Perennial Sunflower, raised between H. letiflorus and H. multiflorus. The broad ray-florets are deep golden yellow. HELIOTROPE. 44, Lemoine’s Giant mixed (R. Veitch).—A vigorous-growing strain, with huge heads of flowers varying in colour from pale lavender to dark blue. | LANTANA. 45. Dwarf compact hybrids (Watkins & Simpson).—Plants of dwarf, compact habit; very free-flowering ; flowers pink, rose, white, orange, &c. LATHYRUS ODORATUS (SWEET PEA). 46. Admiration (Atlee Burpee).—F lowers large, deep mauve. 47. American Queen (Atlee Burpee).—Standards rose; wings pink. 48. Black Knight (Sydenham).—Flowers larger and deeper than | No. 76. j MISCELLANEOUS FLOWERING PLANTS AT CHISWICK, 1902. 6638 49. Blanche Burpee, A.M. July 23,1895 (Sydenham ; Atlee Burpee).— Flowers white. : 50. Captivation (Sydenham).—Standards reddish purple; wings purple. 51. Coccinea, x x x July 27, 1898 (Sydenham).—Very large flowers, of a bright rosy-scarlet shade. 52. Countess of Cadogan, A.M. July 14, 1897 (Sydenham).—Flowers large, lavender-blue, touched with mauve on the reverse of standard. 58. Countess of Lathom (Sydenham).—F lowers delicate pink. 54. Duchess of Sutherland (Sydenham).—Flowers large and of great substance, white, suffused with blush pink. 55. Duke of Westminster, x x x July 27, 1898 (Sydenham).—A handsome flower, with large purple standards and violet wings, veined with purple. 56. Emily Henderson, A.M. June 26, 1894 (Sydenham).—Large white flowers. 57. Gurgeous, x x x July 13, 1900 (Sydenham).—-Flowers large and of good shape; standards pale salmon; wings bright rose. 58. Hon. F. Bouverie (Sydenham).—Very pale pink self. 59. Lady Grisel Hamilton, A.M. July 14,1896 (Sydenham).—F lowers pale blue or lavender. 60. Lady Mary Currie, A.M. July 14, 1897 (Sydenham).—F lowers orange pink, suffused with rosy-mauve. 61. Lottie Eckford (Sydenham).—Flowers large, mauve, edged with blue. 62. Majestic (Atlee Burpee).—Standards rose ; wings rose-pink. 63. Mars, A.M. July 23, 1895 (Sydenham). Blew ers large and i excellent shape ; standards rich crimson ; wings shaded rose-purple. 64. Miss Willmott (Sydenham).—Very large salmon-pink flowers. 65. Mixed bush varieties (Atlee Burpee).—Principally light-coloured varieties of semi-climbing habit. 66. Mrs. Eckford, A.M. July 21, 1891 (Sydenham).—Flowers large, cream white or pale primrose. 67. Navy Blue, x x x July 28, 1900 -(Sydenham).—Flowers nae: deep blue, wings Suto with purple. 68. Oriental, x x x July 27, 1898 (Sydenham).—Flcwers salmon-pink. 69. Othello (Sydenham).—Flowers deep maroon, touched with purple. 70. Prima Donna (Sydenham ; Atlee Burpee).—Flcwers pale pink. 71. Prince Edward of York, A.M. July 14, 1896 (Sydenham).— Standards orange-red : wings rose, suffused with purple. 72. Queen Victoria, A.M. July 14, 1896 (Sydenham).—Large cream- white flowers, with a faint suspicion of pink. 73. Royal Rose (Sydenham).—Large, well formed, rose-coloured flowers, the wings paler than the standards. 74, Sadie Burpee, x x x July 27, 1898 (Sydenham).—An imprcve- - ment on No. 56. 75. Salvation Lassie (Atlee Burpee).—Lovely pale rose-coloured flowers. 76. Stanley, A.M. July 8, 1890 (Sydenham).—Standards maroon ; wings purple. 664 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 77. Triumph (Sydenham).—Flowers large and of great substance ; standards rose, mottled with white; wings white, suffused with pale purple. 78. Venus, A.M. July 21, 1891 (Sydenham).—Deeper than No. 58. 79. White Snapdragon (Atlee Burpee).—White Snapdragon-like flowers. Curip SwEET PEAs. 80. Alice Eckford (Roemer).—F lowers large and substantial ; standards rose-pink ; wings white. 81. America (Atlee Burpee).—Standards rosy-crimson; wings white, speckled and flushed with purplish crimson. 82. Beauty (Roemer).—Very free-flowering ; flowers large and of great substance ; standards pale pink ; wings blush white. 83. Countess of Radnor (Roemer).—F lowers lavender or pale mauve. 84. Cupid (Roemer).—F lowers white. 85. Mixed (Atlee Burpee).—A fair selection. 86. Pink Cupid (Roemer).—A pretty variety, with large rose-pink flowers. LITTONIA. 87. Modesta (Beddome).—A South African greenhouse plant suitable for clothing pillars. It grows from three to six feet high, and bears rich orange bell-shaped flowers in summer. | LOBELIA. 88. Formosa (Carter).—Plants of loose spreading habit, with purple flowers. 89. Compacta (Carter).—Plants of bushy habit ; very free-flowering ; flowers rich blue. , NICOTIANA. 90. Macrophylla gigantea (J. Veitch).—Similar to N. Tabacum. 91. Sylvestris, A.M. July 25, 1899 (Carter).—A beautiful plant for sub-tropical gardening. It is of more sturdy habit than N. affinis, and grows four feet or so high, supplied with large pale green leaves, and remarkable for its profusion of long tube-shaped, drooping, pure-white, sweet-scented flowers, borne in terminal and axillary corymbs. . PAPAVER. 92. Dwarf Shirley Hybrids (J. Veitch).—A delightful strain of dwarf- growing varieties, with richly-coloured flowers. 93. Picotee (Carter).—Height 18 inches; plants of sturdy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers single and semi-double ; colours various. PELARGONIUM (ZONAL). 94, Beauty (Toundrow).—A dwarf variety, with bright scarlet flowers. PENTSTEMONS. 95. Grandiflorus, Veitch’s strain (R. Veitch).—A good strain, with large variously-coloured flowers. rie 96. Selected (Forbes) | q._. 97. Selected (Lister) Jf ae ee ge MISCELLANEOUS FLOWERING PLANTS AT CHISWICK, 1902. 665 PETUNIA. 98. Defiance (Atlee Burpee).—A remarkably good strain, with large, richly-coloured flowers, mostly with mottled throats. 99. Lord Courtney (R. Veitch).—Plants of spreading habit; very free-flowering ; flowers small, bright rose. A continuous bloomer. RUDBECKIA. 100. Bicolor superba (R. Veitch) —Height 2 feet; branching habit ; flowers large, rich yellow, the basal portion of petals heavily stained with velvety-brown. SALPIGLOSSIS. 101. Mixed (Carter).—A splendid strain. The plants are of branching habit, and bear great quantities of large, richly-coloured flowers. STOCK. 102. Ten Week Monarch (Carter).—Height 2 feet 6 inches; flowers large, pure white. TAGETES (MARIGOLDS). 103. African Lemon, Lister’s Incomparable (Lister).—Height 2 feet ; plants of bushy habit; flowers large double, lemon-yellow. 104. African Orange, Ball of Fire (Lister).—Stock mixed. 105. French Striped, Lister’s Select Selected (Lister)—A splendid strain. The flowers are rich golden-yellow, striped with crimson. 106. French Striped grandiflora (R. Veitch).—Similar to No. 105. TORENIA. 107. Fournieri compacta (J. Veitch).—Height 5 inches; compact bushy habit ; wonderfully free-flowering ; flowers like those of the type. TROPAOLUM. 108. Ivy-leaved (Carter). —A free-growing variety, with an abundance of bright scarlet flowers. WALLFLOWER. 109. Blood-red Annual (J. Veitch).—Height 2 feet; plants of bushy habit; very free-flowering ; flowers fragrant, blood-red. 110. Parisian Early Blood-red, A.M. November 9, 1897 (J. Veitch).— Plants of sturdy branching habit ; exceptionally free-flowering ; flowers fragrant, large, yellow touched with bronze. - 666 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. COMMONPLACE NOTES. By the SecrEeTARY and the SUPERINTENDENT. THe New Hatu. Every Fellow knows by this time that a new hall for the Society to hold its meetings in, with new offices, is now being built in Vincent Square, in a direct line between Westminster Abbey and Victoria Station, and hardly more than a stone’s-throw removed from the great main artery of Victoria Street. His Majesty the King has caused a most gracious letter to be sent to the Council, expressing his earnest hope that success may attend our efforts, enclosing therein a cheque for one hundred guineas. His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales has most kindly written also, and sent a cheque for fifty guineas. In all, £21,000 has been promised, but £40,000 is required. Surely every Fellow should contribute somE- THING ? Would not every Fellow like to feel that he had at least a few bricks of the building to his own individual credit? One lady who can only afford £1 1s. writes: “I only wish I could promise a larger subserip- tion. But I venture to make a suggestion. Would not every Fellow (1) Give at least one guinea ; (2) Get at least one new Fellow for the Society this next year; and (3) Double his or her annual subscription until the New Hall is out of debt ? These things I will gladly do, as I can afford no more. Could you not suggest that everyone should do no less ?”’ These words have the true ring of generosity about them, and they certainly ought to stir us all up to do at least as much; and of course many—very many—if they had but the same spirit, could do more. People sometimes make excuse and say they did not send anything because they did not know whom to sendto. All cheques or postal orders should be drawn in favour of the Treasurer, Royal Horticultural Society, and the names of new Fellows and the glad announcement of doubling the subscription should be sent to the Secretary, R.H.S. Office, 117 Vic- toria Street, Westminster, S.W. DEAD Woop IN Forest TREES. It is frequently said that we have more insect and fungoid pests to — | contend against now than was the case a comparatively few years ago. How far this is correct is open to question. But, supposing it to be true, there is no doubt about the blame resting on our own shoulders. In every direction, including some of the best managed estates, we see quantities of dead branches and dead trees which are absolutely teeming with fungi, and are therefore a standing menace to all surrounding trees, the fungi on them only waiting for a favourable opportunity to attack fresh subjects, working destruction possibly slowly, but none the less surely. We have pointed this danger out to more than one tree-lover and planter, and the answer is, almost invariably : 4‘ Oh, I think dead trees (or dead branches) COMMONPLACE NOTES. 667 very picturesque, and I would not have them removed and burnt on any account; and, after all, the danger can only be very remote.’’ In the case of Oak-trees, we have heard it said that it is bad forestry to cut the dead limbs out of the trees. But why? We should like to know the reason why Oak-trees, more than others, resent the dead wood being removed. In our opinion the cause of death or decay in so many comparatively young trees, is in great part due to permitting so much dead wood to remain. Not only is it worse than useless, for its beauty is at least open to doubt, whereas its danger is absolutely certain, for it swarms with fungi and with insect foes, which immediately enter a fresh tree whenever a branch is broken or a limb cut off, and so the enemy goes on working destruction without a check. Not only should dead trees be promptly cut down and removed to the woodyard, but also all dead or dying limbs, taking care, of course, to paint the wound over at once with a good coat of tar, thus preventing any fungi entering. If left only for a day or two, the enemy has very likely entered the tree, and it is then little good painting the wound afterwards. If tree lovers would remember this and act upon it, injury to our trees would be greatly reduced, and the beauty of the countryside improved. The question of how to prune forest trees is not so well understood everywhere as itought to be. This is proved by seeing limbs sawn off sometimes a foot or more from the trunk or main branches. The con- sequence is that the portion left decays back into the tree itself, giving a free entry to all foes, and also to wet, the certain parent of decay. On the other hand, if the branch is cut off close to the trunk, and the edges of the wound pared round with a sharp knife or with a chisel, and followed up with a coating of tar at once, the tree quickly begins to cover the wound with new bark, and in a few years it is quite covered up—that is, of course, if the tree is healthy and in vigorous growth. Fig, “ BouRJASSOTTE GRISE.”’ This delicious Fig is also known as “ Grizzly Bourjassotte,”’ and out of the large collection grown in the Society’s gardens it is surpassed by none, and equalled by very few ; in fact, as an all-round variety, we think it is unrivalled. The tree is a good grower and sure bearer; the fruit is of medium size, of a rather oblate shape, with dark-red, juicy flesh, of the richest flavour. Another great advantage of it is that the fruit is not prone to split when ripening. If we were confined to one variety only, and had our choice, this is unquestionably the one which we should choose; and as fresh Figs are growing rapidly in favour for dessert, this sterling variety should be included in every collection, however small. All the Figs at Chiswick are grown in pots, but, judging from its habit in comparison with other and better known varieties, we have no doubt that it would succeed equally well planted out under glass, or planted out in the open, against a warm wall, in those localities where Figs are wont to ripen fruit outdoors. LIME-TREES AND THEIR “ Drip.”’ A distinguished Fellow of the Society writes that he has been in- formed most positively that the rain-drip from Lime-trees is. very 668 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, destructive to any plants growing beneath, more destructive than the rain-drip from any other tree would be, and that it has been particularly noticeable this year, He can, however, see no reason why it should be so, and asks “Is there anything in the Lime particularly, of all trees, to injure anything growing below it?’’ On inquiry we have found that his informant is by no means alone in attributing deadly consequences to the vicinity of a Lime-tree; on the contrary, a belief in its ill effects is very widespread indeed, But we believe it is absolutely erroneous to fasten the blame upon the tree. The Lime, as everybody knows, is peculiarly subject to attacks of aphides, which excrete a sweet sticky substance, which in hot seasons is so abundant that it drips from the trees on to any growth below, injures it by sealing up its respiration pores, and causes all the dust and dirt of the atmosphere to accumulate upon it, The past summer has, however, not been by any means a hot one, and has consequently been comparatively free from aphis, and beyond this aphis-drip (which is absolutely distinet from rain-drip) there is nothing in a Lime-tree to injure anything below it more than in any other kind of tree, It will further be obvious that the more frequently it rains the more it will wash off the aphis-drip deposit, and cleanse the leaves of plants below, and in this way the rain-drip will do actual good instead of harm, To MAKE Poppins LAst In WATER. A correspondent who is enthusiastic over Shirley Poppies tells us that she has overcome their most serious defect, which consists in the difficulty of so treating them as to get them to last fresh in water instead of drooping their heads within an hour or two of being gathered. She says: “1 always cut my Poppies early, say 8.80 a.m., and I take out with me into the garden a jug half full of boiling water, and put the flower- stems into it, and leave them in the jug quite half an hour before arrang- ing them in vases filled with warm water. They will then last, with stiff and upright stems, for two days, without either leaves or blossoms droop- ing. | found putting them into cold water was of little use, but since I started with boiling or almost boiling water I have never failed.’ This did not reach us till after the Poppy season was over, so that we have not ourselves tried it. PruNING APPLE-TREES. A Fellow asks how it is that his bush trees of ‘Irish Peach’ and ‘Yorkshire Beauty’ never bear even a moderate crop of fruit. He says that all his trees are pruned on the same system, and yet that these two varieties may be classed as absolute failures. The practice of pruning all varieties in the same way is surely the very cause and reason of the failure? Many varieties of Apples have a peculiar habit quite different from their brethren, and therefore require a different style of pruning : such varieties, for instance, as ‘ Irish Peach ' and its seedling, ‘ Marly Peach,’ ‘ Yorkshire Beauty,’ ‘Mr. Gladstone,’ ‘Lady Sudeley,’ and a few others. All these varieties form fruit-buds at the points of the current year’s shoots, and to prune off all the points ee ee on COMMONPLACE NOTES. 669 means cutting off all the best fruit-buds. A certain amount of cutting back, no doubt, is necessary in order to form a properly-balanced tree ; all shoots growing in towards the centre of the tree, and those which rub against and chafe their neighbours, should also be cut out ; but if all other shoots are left intact, good crops are practically assured, unless the climatic conditions of the season are unfavourable. Again, that beautiful variety, ‘Gascoigne’s Scarlet,’ is frequently con- demned as a shy bearer, because it resents close or hard pruning ; yet, if the young wood is left to nearly its full length when pruning, a mass of fruit-buds are formed on it from base to summit the next season, suc- ceeded by # splendid crop of its handsome fruit the year after, and this abundant fertility checks rampant growth, and the tree continues to fruit freely afterwards. Severe pruning may answer with many varieties when grown in a dwarf or restricted form, but other varieties refuse such treatment, and show their dislike by producing little or no fruit, and a plethora of wood and foliage. Fruit-growers should study the various and varying characteristics of each variety, and direct their management, accordingly. Tree ror Wr Sor. A Fellow asks, “ Can you tell me of any evergreen Conifer which would be likely to stand wet soil in which even the Scots Vir has slowly dwindled and died?’’ It is exceedingly difficult to think of any tree which will put up with stagnant wet, but the one from which we should hope most and which fairly fulfils the conditions of “evergreen ’’ and “Conifer” is Taxodiwm distichum. ‘True, it is not evergreen in dry places, but it generally is so in wet ones. It is a handsome and hardy tree in most situations, attaining a height of 100 feet or more. ‘The trunk is reddish-brown in colour, and of a fibrous texture, contrasting charmingly with the soft light green leaves. BEETLES AND ANTS, Who has not known the disappointment of finding some favourite flower-spike or some opening blossom eaten through and destroyed by cockroaches or other beetles? Who has not seen pot plants flag and die from an invasion of ants taking up their residence among the roots ? We are not sure whether the ants really eat the roots or not, but we are inclined to attribute the ruin they bring about partly to the mechanical effect which they produce upon the soil by separating it into such minute dry particles, and partly to the acid secretion which the ants themselves give off; but the damage done is unfortunately too self-evident. These remarks are suggested by a really pitiful appeal from a Fellow, who says: “ Last year I so swarmed with wasps that they spoilt almost all my Peaches. I destroyed twelve nests in my own garden! This year | have very few, but the ants have done more damage than even the wasps did last year.” Now ants are always very difficult to get rid of, and ordinarily we should only have been able to advise “ boiling water on the nests when they are not too near the trees, and pans or saucers _ sunk in the ground and partly filled with treacle and water with a little 670 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. arsenic well stirred up in it.’’ It is needless to point out how dangerous a remedy this is where children or dogs may be about. However, we do not now advise this method. For some little time ago we were told that there was a powder called Vall’s Beetlecute, which is very inex- pensive, and perfectly harmless both to men and animals, but which was certain death to all cockroaches, beetles, ants, and such like. We were somewhat sceptical about this preparation when it was first brought to our notice, but after a careful trial we have found it really does effect almost all that is claimed for it. It is essential that the powder be kept dry, and at Chiswick we have scattered it on bits of thin slate or board which we have laid in the stove and propagating pits at night, collecting all the powder that is left in the morning before watering and syringing were begun. Used in this way and repeated for several nights running we have found it really very effective, not that the beetles or ants were found dead, but that they were conspicuous by their absence just where they had previously made their presence most objectionably realised. A sixpenny tin will enable anyone to make a similar experiment, and if they will only bear in mind to “keep their powder dry,” and to repeat the offer and supply of it for several nights running, we think their experience will be the same as ours. It is a pleasure to know that this powder was the invention of a lady, and she tells us it is as useful i in the kitchen as in the stove and greenhouse. WINTER MANURING OF FRUIT-TREES. Large fruit-growers usually manure their fruit-trees during the winter months with farmyard manure, and the resulting crops amply repay them for the labour and outlay. But all over the country a most valuable fertiliser is practically wasted, and treated as a nuisance, viz. the contents of cesspools, drainage from manure-heaps, cattle-sheds, stables, kc. In country places one constantly sees all this invaluable liquid manure running into drains, ditches, and brooks, instead of being collected in tanks for putting on the land, and the general loss must be enormous. In the winter months the supply of such liquid is usually large, and if collected and put on the ground amongst fruit-trees once a week, or as much oftener as may. be necessary to prevent waste, the soil is charged with plant-food, which must react beneficially on the health and vigour of the trees and on the quantity, quality, size, and cleanness of the crops the following season. Many fruit-trees bear only in alternate years probably only through exhaustion from producing a good crop of fruit, and require a year to recuperate before they are able to bear another crop. But trees that are kept healthy and strong by liberal supplies of plant-food, given as above, would produce crops annually, unless the climatic conditions happened to be adverse. There would be no danger of the liquid being too strong for the trees, as, the roots being more or less dormant in winter, injury would be almost impossible; and another advantage, especially with large standard trees, would be that the soil would be moistened for a considerable depth, whereas for a number of years, owing to the smallness of the rainfall, the soil has been com- paratively dry a foot or two below the surface. We have given as much COMMONPLACE NOTES. | 671 as 100 gallons to one large tree at once, and found a very marked im- provement in wood, foliage, and fruit the following season. N.B.—Strong liquid manure should never be given in summer when the ground is dry and the sun powerful. At such times it should be diluted with at least three parts of water to one of liquid manure. INDIA-RUBBER. Much interest is now being taken in the growth of rubber-yielding trees, and many Fellows living abroad may be glad to know where to look for information. A Fellow who has recently been reading the matter up kindly sends the following note :—‘‘ You may find many useful, notes and hints in the ‘ Kew Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information ’ under the following dates and headings:—May 1890, ‘ Lagos Rubber’ ; July 1890, “Columbian Rubber’; March 1892, ‘Sources of Rubber Supply’; July 1893, ‘Para Rubber in Ceylon’; March and April 1896, ‘ Rubber Industry at Lagos’; September and October 1896, ‘ Cultivation of India- rubber in Assam’; October 1898, ‘Para Rubber.’ See also the Consular Report of rubber-growing countries published by the Foreign Office. It seems very difficult to estimate the probable yield of rubber per acre, as so many different figures are given by different people, due probably to the many different kinds of rubber-yielding trees and to the various climates concerned.”’ ARTIFICIAL MANURE FOR GARDENS. A Fellow, who forgot to sign his name, writes to us thus :— TJ have some thought of using artificial manure for my garden instead of stable manure, which is very difficult to get. My garden is well drained, and the soil light and good; the question is whether the artificial manure fully takes the place of stable manure? If in your opinion this is so, what manure would you advise for general garden purposes ? ”’ We are not of opinion that any artificial manure “ fully takes the place of stable,” especially if it is used year after year continuously. Why this is so it would take too long here to explain. Artificial is an excellent substitute for stable manure, and it is a magnificent addition to it, but we do not think it can ever take its place entirely for a series of years. For such a soil as described in the above letter, we should advise a mix- ture of 1 oz. of nitrate of soda, 1 oz. of muriate of potash, and 2 ounces of ‘superphosphate to every square yard. Precaution should be taken in two ways : first, only to put it on when the crops are actually growing, and root action consequently active, otherwise the potash and nitrate, being so soluble, will be wasted if put on when the roots are at rest or the land fallow. Secondly, it should be carefully strewn on the ground, and not sprinkled all over the foliage. Such an artificial manure might be used two years consecutively, but in the third we should advise stable dung, and if from cow-stables the better for light land. Far better, however, would be a light dressing of dung dug-in in February, and then half the amount of artificial when the plants are in growth. 672 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. BOOKS RECEIVED. So Be Ga “ Agricultural Botany.” By Professor M. C. Potter, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., &c. (Methuen, London.) 4s. 6d. This interestingly written ‘ Botany” might quite as well have been called “horticultural”? as “agricultural,” for it is in reality a delightfully plain and easy text-book for the elements of botany and vegetable physiology. The charm of the present book consists in the comparative absence of technical terms and difficult words. Professor Potter says ‘“ Scientific knowledge is often expressed in needlessly technical language,” with which we most cordially agree. We can heartily commend the book to any ignorant person who wants to learn how plants grow, of what members they consist, how they feed and on what food, how they multiply, and by what diseases and enemies they are specially attacked. It is amply illustrated, and is a perfectly readable book for anyone wishing to gain “a little knowledge’? which cannot prove “a dangerous thing”’ in this instance, but is more likely to lead on to the desire to acquire a still fuller erasp of the subject. “ Children’s Gardens.” By the Hon. Mrs. Evelyn Cecil. (Macmillan, London.) 6s. All who really love any hobby or pursuit love to make disciples, and this spirit—the spirit of endeavouring to inoculate the rising generation with her own almost inexhaustible love of gardens—breathes through Mrs. Evelyn Cecil’s book from cover to cover. Let us say at once that it is not intended for quite babies, but children of ten years old and upwards may well be imagined deeply interested in this unassuming volume and learning from it “a sound foundation of the rudiments of gardening.” There are plenty of pictures, evidently from photographs, scattered about the book to brighten it and add to its interest. It is divided into the four seasons, each of which is described with its principal and best flowers, with full instructions how to work and what to work at and plan for during each season. Happy children, born in these later days! There were no such books when we were boys and girls. Perhaps that makes us all the more enjoy such children’s books as this when our own second childhood is not very distant. “Trees and Shrubs for English Gardens.” By E.T.Cook. (Newnes, London.) 12s. 6d. Another of the charming volumes of the “Country Life’’ Library, and right royally does it maintain the credit of the series. Mr. Cook is to be congratulated on having supplied a distinct want, and he is also to be envied by many in having a publisher who will allow him such a wealth of glorious illustrations, of which there are nearly 150 full-page reproductions from photographs. And herein consists both their value and their beauty, for they are not, as is so often the case with illustrations, BOOKS RECEIVED. 6738 imaginary fancy pictures which could not under any circumstances be realised, but they are plain matter-of-fact representations of existing specimens, and are all singularly beautiful. It is invidious to mention any in particular where all are so nearly perfect, and yet we must direct attention to the plates of Pimws Pinaster, and of the Lime in its winter aspect, from either of which you may discern that nature can be more beautiful than art. The letterpress of the work is as useful as the plates are ornamental. It gives directions for planting each tree or shrub, the situations they like, the method and time of pruning (if required), and different modes of propagation. A delightful gift-book for any country house. “Systematic Botany, A Handbook of.”” By Dr. E. Warming, with a Revision of the Fungi by Dr. E. Knoblauch. ‘Translated and edited by Professor M. C. Potter. (Swan Sonnenschein, London.) 15s. This is a complete classification of the vegetable kingdom as far as “ Families ”’ (equivalent of Bentham and Hooker’s “ Cohorts ’’) and Orders, with excellent illustrations of types. In Dicotyledons the divisions are replaced by two sub-classes : (1) containing the apetalous and polypetalous orders, as Choripetale ; sub-class (2) being composed of the gamopetalous. orders. Several orders are redistributed, e.g. under Curvembrye Caryo-- phyllee adjoin several apetalous families, while Hwphorbiacee stand by Malvacee, &e. “Tnjurious and Useful Insects.”’ By Professor L. C. Miall, F.R.S. - (Bell, London.) 3s. 6d. A most interesting little book, but it is more an introduction to the study of entomology than a handbook of insects of economic interest. To anyone wishing to learn something about the anatomy and life-history of insects, and who has little or no previous knowledge of these subjects, this book will be most useful. It is very well printed and is profusely illustrated with very good figures. Theauthor says in the preface: “ This little book has been written for beginners who are willing to take some pains to acquire a practical knowledge of insects, and are specially inter- ested in the application of entomology to agriculture, horticulture, and’ forestry.” There can be no doubt that the destruction of injurious insects would be far better and more intelligently carried out if those who were engaged in the work had some knowledge of the habits and life-history of the various insects they were dealing with. At present the average gar- dener and farmer, and many amateur cultivators, are lamentably ignorant on this subject. Those, however, who only want a book to tell them how to destroy the pests that are injuring their crops, without knowing or learning anything about them, may find other works more suitable. The present book is divided into four parts. The first answers the question, What is an insect? and gives directions as to how to dissect a cockroach, and yarious details of its anatomy. The second gives an account of the life-history, &c., of a few species belonging to each of the five principal natural orders in which insects are classified, namely, those containing beetles, butterflies and moths, bee-like insects, two-winged flies, aphides X 674. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. and scale insects. There is also a chapter on a few common insects of other orders. Part III. (which we think would have been better placed before Part II.) gives a descriptive account of the larger orders of insects, with short notices of remarkable forms. The fourth part deals with “ the destruction or mitigation of insect pests,” and in it is given an account of the steps taken to destroy the Gipsy moth in the State of Massachusetts, among which are many suggestions that may be of use to fruit-growers in this country. An account is also given of the devastation caused by the “fluted scale insect’? among the orange groves of California, and its destruction by means of a ladybird introduced from Australia. This is followed by a chapter on “ Remedies for Injurious Insects: Washes and Sprays.” In commenting on arsenical preparations, which are usually sold in a powder, it is not mentioned that they can be obtained in the form of a paste, in which condition they are much safer to handle, as the powder so easily blows about; and, as these substances are extremely poisonous, it is well to avoid any chance of inhaling any of the powder. In recom- mending poisoned baits for the destruction of wire-worms, this may be useful in gardens, but in fields where several acres are infested the cost of the operation would be prohibitive. - The author calls attention to the necessity of clearing off the weeds from neglected corners, and the imme- diate destruction of all rubbish, instead of making a compost-heap on which all kinds of pests can breed. These precautions, though frequently urged on cultivators, are only too often overlooked. The book-concludes with a chapter on the “ Value of Expert Knowledge,” and an index. As regards “ expert knowledge,” it is more likely to be obtained by mastering the contents of this little work than of any other we are acquainted with, and we can confidently recommend it to all students of economic ento- mology. “Wild Fruits of the Country.” By F. E. Hulme, F.L.S., F.S.A., &e. (Hutchinson, London.) 12s. 6d. We entirely agree with the author that the fruits of autumn are in their way fully as beautiful as are the flowers of summer. He expresses an unquestionable truth when he says that “ to the real lover of Nature the appreciation of her works is all-embracing, excluding all,idea of deprecia- tion, exalting nothing at the expense of anything else.” Few lovers of “the Great Green Book,’’ however, need such an apologia as an introduction to so charming a book, so charmingly illustrated, as Mr. Hulme here pre- sents us with. No one who has once seen a good bush of the wild Guelder Rose in full berry by the brookside in Norfolk, or of the Spindle-wood in — the hedgerows on chalk lands in Kent, will ever question the glorious beauty and surpassing grace of the wild fruits of our country. Mr. Hulme has not, however, been content to give us the fruits only, but has added flowers and leaves as well in almost every case to his beautiful and life- like illustrations, and in the descriptions has dealt very fully with the history of the plant and its habit, and the sort of places where one is likely to come across it, “Wood: a Manual of the Natural History and Industrial Applications ae L BOOKS RECEIVED. 675 of the Timbers of Commerce.” By G. 8. Boulger, F.L.8., &. (Edward Arnold, London. 1902.) Price 7s. 6d. - In a manual of a little over 300 pages it is quite impossible to do justice to the woods of commerce, whether in a descriptive or commercial sense. From a strictly theoretical point of view the work is to be recom- mended ; but it is sadly deficient in such matters as would appeal directly to those who have even a limited knowledge of the woods of commerce, including their habitats, nature, and conversion. Of the seven chapters into which the first part of the book is divided, the second and fifth contain much that will interest and be useful to the timber merchant; while the student of forestry will find the opening pages, which contain a technical résumé of “the origin, structure, and development of wood, and its use to the tree,’ both instructive and valuable. We think, however, that the cause of ‘“ cup-shake,”’ in “ Defects of Wood,” particularly in the timber of the Spanish Chestnut, will find but few supporters amongst practical foresters and wood merchants. Part II. is devoted to an alphabetically-arranged list of the timber-producing trees of commerce, their sources, characters, and uses, which will be found handy for reference, the descriptions of many being, however, as one would expect, meagre and of little value to those who are directly interested in the many uses to which some of the woods are applied in their native countries. From experiments which have been undertaken in connection with a large number of introduced Conifers we expected our home-grown woods to have received a much greater share of attention, particularly at present, when the supply has fallen short of the demand, and prices are at least one-third higher than was the case less than a quarter of a century ago. The book contains a number of well-executed illustrations, which should go far in elucidating some knotty points regarding the structure and development of wood. “ Kasily-grown Hardy Perennials.” By G. H. Vos, B.A. (Colling- ridge, London.) 5s. A book containing a short notice of all (or almost all) the ordinary herbaceous-border plants. It is admirably arranged and planned, and illustrated with 255 really good photographic reproductions of the most typical plants. The Latin and English names are first given, with their derivation and meaning; then the habit of the plant and its use and place in the garden are fully described ; and lastly the particular culture (if any) and its propagation are carefully noted; a warning word being given here and there against.what must be called garden weeds. The plants are all arranged alphabetically under their Latin names, but an index at the beginning contains all the better known English names, with cross references. It will be a useful book to give to anyone just begin- ning an herbaceous border of plants, both old and new. “A University Text-book of Botany.”” By D. H. Campbell, Ph.D. With many illustrations. (Macmillan, London.) 17s. The author describes it as “an outline of the essentials of modern botany . . . prepared for the use of students in America.” The para- graphs are necessarily exceedingly short, for the author has succeeded in x 2 676 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. condensing his matter to the smallest compass. As it is not a laboratory manual, all practical work is excluded. Some little inequalities are obsery- able: thus he gives 56 pages to Algee, 80 to Pteridophyta, and only 60 to Dicotyledons. Some omissions occur, as of special light-rays for trans- piration, heat for respiration, phenomena of colouring and of osmose, &ec. The heading of pages 369-399 should be Monocotyledons, not Angio- sperme. “Round the Year.” By Professor L. C. Miall, F.R.S. (Macmillan, London.) A most delightful little book of real Nature-studies, though the word. “study ” is suggestive of something harder than these charming notes of all sorts of subjects, from ‘‘The Moon” to a “ falling leaf.’ “ Nature- treats’’ would really convey a better idea of Professor Miall’s book, for even children would regard a chapter from it as a treat. The following will give an idea of the spirit and tone of the book: “If you have boys and girls about you, whether your own or other people’s, take them into the woods and fields. Try to answer their questions; try to put better questions than they can think of. Never mind the technical names; leave all your Latin and Greek at home. ... Never shrink from saying ‘I don’t know.’ These words are always on the lips of a well-trained naturalist.’’ From beginning to end the reader feels insensibly that he is being spoken to by a master-mind, who knows what he is speaking of so. thoroughly and well that he is able to explain all that he can explain with perfect ease, so that the simplest can understand, and who at the same time has no scruple in confessing when anything passes his understanding and his explanation. ‘Forestry in Minnesota.’’ By Samuel B. Green. (Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota.) 1902. A book of this kind, the first edition of which has exhausted 10,000 copies, requires little to be said in its favour. One thing is evident, that forestry abroad is receiving a far greater share of attention than has ever before been the case, the present work being used as a text-book in no less than fourteen of the agricultural colleges in Minnesota and the neighbour- ing States. Primarily intended as a text-book, there is much in the four-: teen chapters into which the work has been subdivided that appeals directly to the practical forester in this country, and from which he may gather many useful hints and valuable information. The chapters on the “ Rate of Increase of Timber,”’ “‘ Propagation,” and “ Regeneration’ are of par- — ticular interest ; while “ Forest Protection”’ gives excellent advice regard-. ing injurious insect and animal life, and calls to mind much of what has: to be guarded against in our own country. ‘ Street Trees,” too, will be. found to contain much of a thoroughly practical nature, as, for instance, the notes on mulching and pruning. There are a few minor mistakes, such as advising cuttings “to be pushed into the land’’—a pernicious practice, unless in the freest of soils. The book is well and plentifully illustrated, and must rank amongst the most useful of the works dealing with forestry generally. BOOKS RECEIVED. 677 “ Types of British Plants.” By C.S.Colman. (Sands, London.) 6s. This is an attempt to simplify the beginning of the study of the physio- logy of plants, and we think it is rather well carried out; yet we fear it may bea little too difficult for quite beginners, and not sufficiently advanced for more mature scholars; but for the small class in between it will be very welcome. The woodcuts are good, clear, and helpful, but the “16 full-page plates ’’—well, the kindest thing that can be said is, what a pity the money spent on them was not devoted to more woodcuts. “Villa Gardens.” By W. 8S. Rogers. (Grant Richards, London.) 2s. 6d. We opened this little book reluctantly, having a somewhat pronounced dislike to the word “ villa,’’ but we very quickly forgot our dislike of the name in our real interest in the book. It contains an immense amount of excellent advice for the owner of only a tiny plot of ground behind his little suburban house, advice which is sorely needed—how to make the best of, and how to really enjoy, even only a few square yards of garden. Itis concerned chiefly with how to lay out the plot to the greatest advantage, and some typical examples, with detailed plans, are excellent ; but the plants to grow are by no means forgotten, and we are glad to note that the author is not too ambitious—unless it be in the way of sundials, which, much as we admire them and their associations, we should not care to see in quite every little garden. “On the Amazon and Rio Negro.’ By Dr. A. R. Wallace. (Ward, Lock, London.) 2s. The issue of so cheap an edition of Dr. Wallace’s intensely interesting book is a distinct gain. The whole story of his travels and adventures is yery simply and naturally told, and though of course a great part is con- cerned with the fauna of the countries he explored, still there is ample concerning the flora also to claim the attention of plant-lovers, to say nothing of the exceeding interest from a scientific point of view of the whole narrative. “ Foresters’ Diary, 1903.” By A.D. Webster. (Rider, Aldersgate Street, London.) 2s. 6d. Of diaries and pocket-books suited to special purposes, we know of none that fulfils its object more thoroughly than this. In the first place it is very portable, and, though bound in red morocco, very light. It con- tains a regular diary for every day in the year, and in addition to all the usual information of pocket-books it gives a really detailed scheme of work in woods and forests for every month in the year, and over and above all this, notes on such general matters as “ Woodland Roads,” “Profit and _ Loss on Oak Barking,” “ Comparative Value of Timbers,” lists of trees and shrubs suited for seaside, for towns, for peat soils, for chalk, for gravel, sand, ironstone, &c., “Injurious Insects” and how to deal with them, In fact, it is exactly the multwm in parvo which any forester would be glad to have always in his pocket. ee ee eg eet & gleed - Orpen eee ae Se ae a ne NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH SHORT ABSTRACTS FROM CURRENT PERIODICAL LITERATURE, BRITISH AND FOREIGN, HORTICULTURE HORTICULTURAL AND BOTANICAL SCIENCE, | JUDGING by the number of appreciative letters received, the endeavour commenced in our last volume, to enlarge the usefulness of the Society’s Journal, by giving an abstract of current Horticultural and Botanical periodical literature, has met with success. It has certainly entailed vastly more labour than was anticipated, and should therefore make the Fellows’ thanks to all who have helped in the work all the more hearty. That anything approaching perfection either in method or execution should have been achieved as yet is not to be expected, but the Editor desires to express his most grateful thanks to all who co-operate in this work for the very large measure of success already attained, and he ventures to express the hope that they will all strictly adhere to the general order and scheme of working, as the observance of an identical order can alone enable the Editor to continue to cope with the work. The order agreed on was as follows :— 1. To place first the name of the plant, disease, pest, &¢e., being — noticed ; and in this, the prominent governing or index word should always: have precedence. 2. To place next the name, when given, of the author of the original article. 3. Then, the abbreviated form of the name of the journal, &c., in which the original article appears, taking care to use the abbreviation which will be found on pp. 680, 681. 4. After this, a reference to the number, date, and page of the sour in question. LIST OF NAMES. 679 5. If an illustration be given, to note the fact next, as “ fig.,” “ tab.,”’ or “ plate.” 6. After these preliminary necessities for making reference to the original possible for the reader, the abstract or digest should follow, ending up with the initials of the contributor affixed at the close of each Abstract or Note. NAMES OF THOSE WHO HAVE KINDLY CONSENTED TO HELP IN THIS WORK. Boulger, Professor G. 8., F.L.8., F.R.H.S. Bowles, E. A., F.R.H.S. Burbidge, F. W., M.A., V.M.H. Chapman, H., F'.R.H.S. Chittenden, F. J., F.R.H.S. Sook, HW. T.. FR.5.58. Cooke, M. C., M.A., LL.D., A.L.S., F.R.H.S., V.M.H. Pen. Ge PL EE.S. : Dod, Rev. C. Wolley, M.A., F.R.H.S. MeneryC.. ly V.M.H., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Farmer, Professor J. B., M.A., F.R.H.S. Goldring, W., F.R.H.S. Groom, Professor Percy, M.A., D.Se., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Hartog, Professor Marcus, D.Sc., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Hawes, E. F., F.R.H.S. Hay-Currie, C., F.R.H.S. Henslow, Rev. Professor Geo., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S., V.M.H. Hodgson, M. L., F.R.H.S. Hooper, Cecil, M.R.A.C., F.R.H.S. Houston, D., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Hurst, Captain C. C., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Kent, A. H., A.L.S., F.R.H.S. Lynch, R. Irwin, A.L.S., F.R.H.S. Massee, Geo., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Mawley, Ed., F.M.S., F.R.H.S. Moulder, Victor J., F.R.H.S. Newstead, R., A.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.H.S. Paul Geo.,-J.P., V.M.H., F.R.H.S. Percival, Professor John, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Meudie, A. B., M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Reuthe, G., F.R.H.S. Saunders, Geo. S., F.L.S., F.E.S., F.R.H.S. Scott-Elliot, G. F., M.A., B.Sc., F.L.8., F.R.H.S., F.R.G.S. Shea, Charles E., F.R.H.S. Sr, C. H., F.R.H.S. Smith, William G., B.Sc, Ph.D., F.R.H.S. weteh, Harry J. F:L.8:, F.Z.8.; F.R.H.S. Ward, Professor Marshall, Se.D., F.R.S., F.R.H.S. Webster, A. D., F.R.H.S. Wilks, Rev. W., M.A., F.R.H.S. Worsdell, W. C., F.R.H.S. 680° JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS from which it is proposed to make Abstracts, with the abbreviations used for their titles. Journals, &c. Abbreviated title. Acta Horti Petropolitani F ‘ ; . Act. Hort. Pet. Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales. ; . Agr. Gaz. N.S.W. Agricult. Journal, Cape of Good iia: : eee. . Agr. Jour. Cape G. H. American Gardening ‘ ‘ : F . Amer. Gard. Annales Agronomiques . Ann. Ag. Annales dela Soc. d’Hort. et d’Hist. Naturelle del’Hérault Ann. Soc. Hé. Annales de la Soc. Nantaise . . Ann. Soc. Nant. Annales des Sciences Naturelles . : eis . Ann. Se. Nat. Annales du Jard. Bot. de Buitenzorg . ; : . Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. Annals of Botany . : : . Ann. Bot. Beihefte zum Botanischen Centralblatt . . . Beih. Bot. Cent. Boletim da Real Sociedade Nacional de Horticultura . Bol. R. Soc. Nac. Hort. Boletim da Sociedade Broteriana . a , c . Bol. Soc. Brot. Botanical Gazette . ‘ d : : : ; . Bot. Gaz. Botanical Magazine : ; , ‘ ‘ ‘ . Bot. Mag. Botanische Zeitung : ‘ : . Bot. Zeit. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France ; ‘ . Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. Bulletin de la Soc. Hort. de Loiret . : ; : . Bull. Soc. Hort. Loiret. Bulletin de la Soc. Mycologique de France . : . Bull. Soc. Myce. Fr. Bulletin Department of Agricult. Brisbane . : . Bull. Dep. Agr. Bris. Bulletin Department of Agricult. Melbourne . , . Bull. Dep. Agr. Melb. Bulletin of the Botanical Department, Jamaica . . Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. Bulletin of Bot. Dep. Trinidad ‘ ; . Bull. Bot. Dep. Trin. Bulletino della R. Societa Toscana Orticultura ‘ . Bull. R. Soc. Tose. Ort. Canadian Reports, Guelph and Ontario Stations . . Can. Rep. G. & O. Stat. Centralblatt fiir Bacteriologie . : ; . Cent. f. Bact. Chronique Orchidéenne . . ‘ " ; ; . Chron. Orch. Comptes Rendus_ . Comp. Rend. Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia . : ; . Contr. Bot. Lab. Phil. Department of Agriculture, Victoria , . Dep. Agr. Vict. Department of Agriculture Reports, New Zealand . . Dep. Agr. N.Z. Dictionnaire Iconog raphique des Orchidées . , . Dict. Icon. Orch, Die Gartenwelt . ‘ ; ; . . Die Gart. Engler’s Botanische Jahrbiicher : ‘ s . Eng. Bot. Jah. Flora : : : : : . Flora. Gardeners’ Chronicle : : ; : : ; . Gard. Chron. Gardeners’ Magazine. : ‘ ; ; . . Gard. Mag. Gartenflora . 7 7 . Gartenflora. Hamburger Garten- ‘und Blumenzeitung. Hamb. Gart. Blum. Journal de la Société Nationale d’ Horticulture de France Jour. Soc. Nat. Hort. Fr. Journal Dep. Agricult. Victoria ‘ Jour. Dep. Agr. Vict. Journal Imperial Department Agriculture, West Indies . Jour. Imp. Dep. Agr. W.I. Journal of Botany . ; : a " ; ; . Jour. Bot. Journal of Horticulture . : : : ; . Jour. Hort. Journal of the Board of Agriculture ; / . « .» Jour. Bd. Agr, Journal.of the Linnean Society . ’ ; . Jour. Linn. Soc. Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society : : . Jour. R.A.S. Journal §.E. Agricultural College, Wye . . : . Jour. §,E. Agr. Coll. Just Botanischer Jahresbericht ; ; j : Just Bot. Jah. Kaiserliche Gesundheitsamte . u ; : . Kais. Ges. Kew Bulletin . ; ; ‘ ; , j , . Kew Bull. Lindenia . ; ‘ p ; : . : 4 . Lind. Nature. Nature. Notizblattdes Konigl. Bot. Gart. und Museums zu Berlin Not. Konig. Bot. Berlin. Orchid Review “ . Orch. Rev. Proceedings of the American Pomological Society . . Am. Pom. Soc. Queensland Agricultural Journal . . . . Qu. Agr. Journ. JOURNALS, BULLETINS, AND REPORTS. C81 Journals, &c. Reports of the Missouri Botanical Garden ; Revue de |’Horticulture Belge : ‘ 5 ; Revue générale de Botanique . Revue Horticole The Garden Transactions Bot. Soc. Edinbur gh. Transactions of the British Mycological Soe. . Transactions of the Massachusetts Hort. Soe. U.S.A. Department of Agriculture, Bulletins . U.S.A. Experimental Station Reports . U.S.A. Horticultural Societies’ publications U.S.A. State Boards of Agriculture and Horticulture Wiener Illustrirte Garten- Zeitung . Woburn Experiment Farm Report . Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten Abbreviated title. Rep. Miss. Bot. Gard, Rev. Hort. Belge. Rey. gén. Bot. Rev. Hort. Garden. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edin. Trans. Brit. Myc. Soc. Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc. U.S.A. Dep. Agr.* U.S.A. Exp. Stn.t U.S.A. Hort. Soc.f U.S.A. St. Bd.t Wien. Ill. Gart.- Zeit. Woburn. Zeit. f. Pflanz. * The divisions in which the U.S.A. Government publish Bulletins will be added when necessary. {7 The name of the Station or State will in each case be added in full or in its abbreviated form, aa wae : oé. ix 682 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. Errect oF Porson on Roots. Absorption as influenced by Cold, Poisons, &e. (Beith. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 8, pp. 298-808).—Dr. P. Kosaroff has tested the. effect of poisons in hindering the absorption of water both with roots at ordinary temperatures and also after they had been cooled down to 0° C., or treated with small quantities of poisons. The result is to show that with such cooled or slightly poisoned: roots the difference in absorption when strong poisons are applied is not nearly so great as with roots in the ordinary healthy condition. When the water was at 0°, the absorp- tion was at the rate of 88 mm. and 84 mm. at intervals of twenty minutes. The application of 0°1 per cent. chloroform solution reduced it to 31 mm., 82 mm., and 82mm. In the control experiment with water at 20° C., the absorption, at first 15 mm., was brought down to 12 mm., 11 mm., and 12 mm. by the same chloroform solution. The absorption of roots already slightly poisoned is unchanged by the application of poisonous solutions. Thus, in the tenth experiment, the absorption of roots poisoned with 0°2 per cent. chloroform solution was 17 mm. and 18 mm. at intervals of twenty-five minutes. After the application of 4 per cent. sublimate solution the absorption was 17 mm., 18 mm., and 14 mm., showing no marked difference in the rate of absorption. It is shown that the reaction of plants is thus similar to that of — animals under external environmental conditions.—-G. F’. S.-F. ANATOMY OF ANONACEE. Anonacesz, Anatomy of. By H. Beyer (Engl. Bot. Jahrb. vol, xxxi. 1902, pp. 516-555, with figures in text; 2/9/1902).—A general account of the anatomy of the vegetative and floral organs, especially of African species of this family. The author also gives a short anatomical description of the leaves of all the African species studied.— A. B. R, EMBRYOLOGY OF ARALIACE. Araliacez, Embryology of. By L. Ducamp (Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot, xv. 1902, pp. 8311-402; plates 8).—After a brief review of the literature, the author describes the development of the ovule, embryo-sae, and embryo of species of Araliacee. ‘Two ovules appear in each loculus, but only one attains maturity. The origin and development of the parts of the ovule are traced in detail and fully illustrated in the excellent plates. The embryo-sac is derived from one of a series of two, three, or four sister- cells or nuclei, generally from the lowest of the series. The occurrence of two primordial cells may produce two series of sister-cells: this, the author suggests, supports the homology of the ovule with a macrosporange, the integument representing an indusium. ‘The absorption of the NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 683 nucellus by the growing embryo-sac is followed out. The nuclei of the embryo-sac form two tetrads, which become arranged as usual; the polar nuclei fuse before fertilisation. The differentiation of sister-cells and the embryo-sac resembles the Polypetale, but the presence of one ovule integument, the differentiation of an epithelial layer, and the absorption of the nucellus recall similar characters in the Gamopetale. The develop- ment of the tissues of the embryo from the fertilised ovum is described and figured in detail, and summarised in a table.—W. G. S. THe Boracorp Cyme. Boragoid Cyme, Morphology and Development of the: (1) Investigations on the Development of the Inflorescence and Flowers and of the Adnate Axillary Buds of Symphytum officinale. By F. Muth (Flora, xci. pp. 56-114, t. 9-15 ; 1902). (2) The Development of the Boragoid. By H. Goebel (vol. cit. pp. 287-263 ; 6 wocdcuts).—Muth finds in the Comfrey transitions between lateral branching and bifurcation of the growing point; on anatomical, comparative, and developmental grounds the inflorescence must be regarded as a true sympodium, close to the true scorpioid cyme. Mechanical effects (pressure) are concerned in the adnations and displacements that characterise it. Such effects occur in connection with the variations of the sequence of appearance of the (properly) quincuncial sepals. Muth rejects Goebel’s view that the actual development of the Boragcid is by a wide conical dorsiventral shoot which gives off flowers and leaves alternately on its upper flanks in acropetal succession behind the growing point. Goebel, in a criticism of Muth, says that his description is accurate and supports it with fresh draw- ings [which, to the abstractor, are hardly convincing either way]. But Goebel explicitly declares, what he has long since admitted, “that he recedes from the revolutionary position he took up in his famous work of 1880 on ‘The Branching of Dorsiventral Shoots,’ that developmental evidence is only one factor in morphological identification, and that the Boragoid of many Solanacee@, as well as of Boraginee, must be regarded as a modified cicinnus, and he goes on to say that comparative studies prove incontestably that the typical cicinnus and the Boragoid are links of one chain. “If this be recognised, it seems to me of minor weight whether one speaks of a Sympode growing in a monopodial fashion, or of a Monopode.”’ It is to be hoped that Goebel’s explicit declaration will help to revive the study of comparative phanerogamic morphology in England.—WM. H. ° MANNER OF FunGcus ATTACK. Botrytis cinerea. By R. E. Smith (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 6, p. 421).—The author first records the observations of Marshall Ward and others that, in certain fungi, parasitism is brought about by the Secretion of a soluble substance by the mycelium which kills and dis- integrates the host tissue at a considerable distance from the filaments, thus affording them practically saprophytic nourishment. But, the author observes, still much is to be explained. The usual conditions under which this organism may affect living plants are: excessive moisture, stagnant air, high temperature, low 684 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. vitality of the host-plant, parts being young and delicate. In all cases much -more active (parasitic) infection took place when saprophytic nourishment was used as a starter for the conidia. . When the mycelium penetrates a soft tissue, this becomes darkened, the cells separate with a loss of turgidity, &c., the tissue being affected considerably remote from the filaments, due, according to Ward, to the fact “that these secrete a cellulose-dissolving enzyme which transforms the cell-substances into available food-material for the fungus.” When a Lettuce-leaf was placed in a watery extract of mycelium, all the tissue in contact with the liquid became softened and discoloured and soon disintegrated, just as in a leaf with the fungus actually growing in the petiole. Hence the toxic principle of this fungus is a soluble substance given off by the mycelium. The effects are—first, the death of the cells; and secondly, the disintegration of their walls and contents. The poisonous substance is not an enzyme; but the second result is caused by a variety of enzymes, not necessarily always the same, each affecting its particular substance. The author then gives results of experiments, which established this last-mentioned conclusion, with some twenty-four vegetable substances, of which sugars and many others were capable of supporting the fungus. The results in each case are described in detail. The toxic substance which first kills the cells is probably oxalic acid formed as a by-product.—G. H. CALCIUM-OXALATE IN LEAVES. Calcium-oxalate Crystals in Seedlings of Alsike (Zrifoliwm hybridum). By J. Percival (Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. vol. xxxv. p. 896, with 5 figures, July 21, 1902).—The author says: “The very definite and characteristic position in which the crystals of calcium-oxalate occur in the leaves of most leguminous plants led me to consider that a detailed study of their first appearance and distribution in young seedlings would be of interest, and might possibly throw some light on their formation.” “The seeds were germinated upon the purest filter paper, and were moistened with distilled water.’’ Germination soon takes place, and as soon as the plants are six or eight days old the primary leaf can be detected between the cotyledons; the crystals can now be seen in the petioles of the cotyledons. Various experiments were made with the young seedlings to try and ascertain from what source the calcium and the oxalic acid were derived, and it appears that both are produced from the — reserve-food of the cotyledon.—G. S. S. LEAF-ADAPTATION TO HABITAT. Climatie Adaptation in the Leaves of Seychelles Plants (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 8, pp. 804-842; tables 7-9)—Herr Max — Fabricius has made an. anatomical examination of theleaves of twenty- five Seychelles plants, arranged according to the habitat in which they occur (tall trees in woods, shrubs of the undergrowth in woods, soil plants, epiphytes, and small trees growing in the open). ‘The results are NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 685 full of interest. All these Seychelles plants possess an epidermis with thick and generally smooth outer walls to the cells. The trees have generally small, thick-walled epidermis cells. Almost all the others (undergrowth, epiphytes, and ground plants) have large, thin-walled epidermis cells. Thus the trees may be regarded as protected against the mechanical effect of the wind by the smallness of the cells and thick- walled character of the epidermis. The plants growing within the woods fall into two groups. All those which form the undergrowth are not protected against too great transpiration, because either the soil is wet or the air is saturated with moisture. But all those which are epiphytes have very few stomata and possess water-storage tissues. Only these latter are xerophilous, all the others being, as regards number of stomata, adapted to moist conditions. There is a special anatomical examination of each of the twenty-five species under consideration.—G. f’. S.-H. EFFECT OF CoPpPER FUNGICIDES. Copper on Leaves, The Action of. By S.M. Bain (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. Tennessee, Bull. vol. xv., No. 2; Ap. 1902, pp. 1-108 ; pls. i.—viii.).— The investigations recorded in the chapters of this work are the outcome of some preliminary experiments made at the Tennessee Experiment Station in the year 1895 with a view to gaining some knowledge as to the effect of fungicides on Peach foliage, which might be of some economic value in the treatment of the disease commonly known as the Brown Rot, The lines upon which the work was carried out are suggested in the table of contents. ‘The rational method of procedure was, in the first place, to select for a comparative study with the Peach plant several others whose foliage is not susceptible to injury by fungicides. For this purpose the Grape and Apple seemed best fitted, for various reasons... . “‘ By a comparison of these plants from various physiological and histo- logical points of view, it was hoped to gain some information that would lead to some practical beneficial result, or at least to a clearer under- standing of the real problem underlying the whole investigation. Why is the foliage of the Peach more susceptible to injury by fungicides than that of other plants?” The answer to this is given in the summary as follows :— “Peach foliage is very susceptible to injury by fungicides because : “(1) Peach leaves (not the whole plant) are especially sensitive to _ poisons in general, and to copper in particular. “(2) They have the power, wiich may or may not be possessed by the leaves of other plants, of dissolving copper hydroxide. “(3) They have a cuticle which is thinner and more permeable than that of some other leaves. “(4) They have glandular surfaces terminating their mar ginal teeth, which are especially fitted, by reason of their thin cuticular covering, for the absorption of copper in solution. “(5) They are especially sensitive to the various agencies producing leaf-fall by a normal absciss layer. “(6) They have the power, in common with other leaves of the genus. Prunus, im a similar manner to exfoliate any injured region, this exfolia: 686 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. tion involving much more than the really injured cells. If this process removes a large portion of the lamina, the whole leaf drops.’ —R. N. CRONARTIUM RIBICOLA ON PINEs. Cronartium ribicola. By P. Magnus (Not. Kénig. Bot. Berlin, Vol. iii. (1902), p. 183).—Klebahn in 1888 showed that Peridermiwm Strobi, Kleb., is the ecidium of this uredine, and that it occurs on Pinus Lambertiana, Dougl., as well as on P. monticola, Dougl., and in 1890 the same observer suggested that it also lives on P. Cembra, L. This has now been confirmed by Tranzschel in Russia, who has infected Ribes nigrum with the spores of the Peridermium from P. Cembra, L. Magnus remarks that Henning’s doubt whether Pinus Strobus can have been the means of infecting the species of Ribes referred to in Not. Konig. Bot. Berlin, No. 28 (see Journat R.H.S., Vol. xxvii. (1902), p. 236), is unnecessary, since that Pine and its Peridermiwm often occur near Berlin, and re-infect the Azbes annually. Magnus regards it as probable that various local races of the Cronartiwm occur.—H. M. W. VEGETATION DESTROYING PoNDs. Development of Vegetation in the Morainal Depressions of the Vicinity of Wood’s Hole, Mass. By C. H. Shaw (Bot. Gaz. xxxiil. No. 6, p. 487).—The depressions occur in a terminal moraine of clay, sand, and boulders. They are known as “kettle-holes,” in which ponds and lakes are formed, each one the first term of a long series ending in its own obliteration. The author first remarks upon the physical causes of obliteration, the intrusion after severe storms being often very great, while rain-rivulets make small deltas, upon which the yellow-flowered Gratiola awrea soon becomes conspicuous and characteristic. The vegetation is distributed in two zones. Limnanthemum lacu- nosum forms a continuous belt, but never touches the shore. Lobelia Dortmanna is in the same zone, growing entirely submerged, its flowering stems being unable to reach the surface. On the shore-line, separated from the above by a zone of clear water, is Huthamia (Solidago) gramini- folia. The shoreward limit of the previous zone was set by the action in the shallow water of the wavelets in shifting the silt and burying the bottom-growing vegetation. Euthamia_ resists burial by possessing running stems penetrating the sand in all directions. ‘The others have no runners, and so are driven to the deeper zone beyond. Floating vegetation assists in the destruction of the pool. This is effected by the increase of such plants as Water-lilies in the body of the — pool till a footing is afforded for the less anchored forms, and the con- sequent formation of the floating mat vegetation. Several species of Utricularia aid greatly by means of their floating and branching tufts. Then Sphagnum and other Mosses, Carices, Xyris, and Drosera appear. In some Decodon (Nese@a) verticillatum (Lythrariee) plays a leading part. In others Hypericum boreale takes its place. Its submerged stem is an unbranched axis, weak and slender ;. but on reaching the surface it breaks NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 687 into a strong branching herb, sustaining masses of aerial foliage from enlarged stems floating horizontally on the surface. As the floating mat is formed the conditions begin to become xero- philous. Such plants as Clethra alnifoiia, Azalea viscosa, Vaccinium corymbosum, Ilex verticillata, Myrica Gale and cerifera, &c., rapidly transform the floating mat into a swamp thicket. Though these plants belong to different families, they all agree in having alternate, simple, lanceolate, nearly entire and smooth leaves. Decodon passes away before the shrubs, and in due time seedlings of trees appear. As these trees grow, often wholly Chamecyparis, the shrubs are over- topped and give place to them, and the series enters a final cycle as a Chamecyparis swamp. In receding the pond fills up from the'circumference to the centre. In other cases it is reversed, an island forms in the middle and leaves a narrow belt of open water about the edge of the pond. The ditches, though well defined, are quite shallow, yet free from vegetation. It was observed that formations of this character were only found in wooded districts. In treeless districts the ponds fill up from the margin. The ditch is always widest where the most material is washed in. The character of the materials gave the clue. Only fallen leaves and other organic matter are washed into the pond, so that young plants which might start around the edge are constantly smothered. The islands themselves are floating on from 2 to 3 metres of water. After the island becomes fixed the ditch fills but very slowly. Even after the central area has been occupied by trees, it often may still be plainly traced.—G. H. DIPODASCUS. ° Dipodascus, Cell-contents, Fertilisation and Spore Forma- tion in. By H. O. Juel (Flora, xci. pp. 47-55, t. 7, 8; 1902).— Dipodascus albidus is a small mould first found on decaying vegetable matter in Ecuador by Lagerheim, and remarkable for its gigantic ascus containing numerous spores supported by two “ legs’ (whence its name), the basal parts of two unequal conjugating hyphe, of which the upper coalesced lips have grown up to form it. Juel has rediscovered it on Birch-trunks at Falun, in Sweden, associated with Fusaria, obtained pure culture, and studied its cytology by modern methods. The hyphe are septate ; the chambers, of unequal size, are apocytial, with numerous minute nuclei (2 ~) in the cytoplasm, which is mostly parietal. The gametes are short terminal, equal, filled with cytoplasm and multi- nucleate ; on their union the protoplasm from the one (“ pollinode’’) passes into the other (“‘ carpogone’’), which grows out into the “ ascus.”’ In the fertilised carpogone, among many unchanged nuclei is seen a much larger one (4, from the figures). This is probably derived from the fusion of at least two nuclei. Successive divisions of this zygote nucleus result in the formation of a large number, which for a time become undistinguishable from the vegetative nuclei. However, when the ascus has attained its final size and form it contains two kinds of nuclei, the one homogeneous, more numerous than the others, which are vesicular Ta 688 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. with a central nucleolus; the latter are the persistent vegetative nuclei, the former presumably the reproductive and descended from the zygote: nucleus. ‘The latter are indeed something more, for they appear to be directly transformed into the spores, which are thus imbedded in a — nucleated epiplasm. As the spores mature a minute central nucleus again becomes evident in each. Juel places the genus among Hemiascee, but notes its relation to Peronosporee and to Hremascus among the true Ascomycetes. It will be seen that there are still gaps in our knowledge of the cytological processes of this most interesting form.—WM. H. | HEREDITY. Diseases, Plant, are they Hereditary ? By Alfred R. Wallace (Garden, No. 1,591, p. 817 ; 17/5/190).—A carefully thought-out article in which Dr. Wallace says: “In a very interesting and original work, ‘The Present Evolution of Man,’ by Dr. G. Archdall Reid, this subject is very fully discussed, and it is shown that, with very few exceptions, there is no proof whatever of the inheritance of disease in man, but only of the inheritance of a tendency to the special disease of the parent, so that, under similar unhealthy conditions of life or of exposure to infection, the child is likely to contract the same disease, which will thus appear to be hereditary without being really so. This is clearly the case with gout and consumption, which have both been held to be hereditary, but in no case has an infant been born suffering from these diseases.’’—H. T. C, DoUBLING CAUSED BY PARASITES. Double Flowers and Parasitism. By M. Molliard (Comp. Rend. ; October 7, 1901).—Certain parasites determine the formation of double flowers in the plants in which they live; as examples the flowers of Knautia arvensis attacked by Peronospora violacea ; those of Matricaria inodora infested with Peronospora radii ; Viola sylvestris shows petalody of the stamens when Puccinia viole is present as a parasite. The author suspects that the double flowers of our gardens originated owing to the presence of a parasite in their roots. In support of this view the case of Saponaria officinalis is cited. , The size of the Saponaria with double flowers is obviously different to that of those producing normal single flowers. The internodes are shorter, the nodes more swollen, and the rhizome thicker and its structure — less differentiated, the lignification in particular being less pronounced in | individuals attacked by Sorosporiwm saponarie. In such infested — individuals the root also shows the presence of tubercles, from which under proper treatment a copious mycelium belonging to a Fusarium is developed. In Primula officinalis again the rootlets of plants bearing double flowers are infested with a fungus called Dematiwm. According to Molliard the dicecious forms of Pulicaria officinalis are infested in the root by a parasite, | The author produced by digitonin petalody of the stamens of Scabiosa Columbaria, through the influence of an eelworm called NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH, 689 Heterodera radicicola. A healthy and normal plant was planted in soil in which an infested plant of the same kind and showing petalody had been growing. The following year the healthy plant showed the galls of the eelworm on the roots, also petalody of the stamens or double flowers. For the formation of double flowers the author considers that the horticulturist should foster the association of parasites with cultivated plants, as double flowers are produced by such an association in nature. GM. KLECTRICITY IN SEEDS. Electrical Reactions of Plants. By Dr. Arthur Tompa (Bez/. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 1, p. 98).—The author has conducted a series of experiments on seeds on similar lines to those of Dr. Augustus Waller. This paper contains a record of his results and a short bibliography. His results may be summarised as follows:—Electric polarisation appear- ances can be produced with dead as well as with living seeds. The polarisation currents are of considerable intensity, but are of very low tension (Spannung). Changes in the inner resistances of the seed alter both the intensity and also the direction of the current. The strength of the current which can be induced by mechanical injury (on the out- side) seems to depend on changes in the inner resistances, for they show no measurable electromotive strength. ‘The direction of the current also depends on these resistance changes, and the electrode which lies next the place stimulated becomes the anode. Living seeds produce electromotor strengths of which the potentials are over 0:005 volt. Dead seeds show either no potential, or it is less than 0°005 volt, and generally less than 0-002 volt. A lesion current with a potential over 0:005 volt is to be taken as a sign of life in seeds. Lesion currents appear to originate in the embryo (especially in the hypocotyledonary part) of living seeds (not germinated). They are of higher potential than the electromotor strengths present in uninjured seeds In dicotyledons the current is from the embryo to the point stimu- lated, and in the reverse direction in monocotyledonous (Grass) seeds. (See also ‘ Plant Juices.’)—G. F’. S.-H. ELECTRICITY COMPARED IN ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE LIFE. Electric Response in Ordinary Plants under Mechanical Stimulus. By J..C. Bose (Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxv. p. 275; July 21, 1902.)—An account is given of various experiments which the author made to determine, to use his own words, “If throughout the whole range of response phenomena a parallelism between animal and vegetable could not be detected. That is to say, I desired to know, with regard to plants, what was the relationship between the intensity of stimulus and the corresponding response ; what were the effects of super- position of stimuli; whether fatigue was present, and in what manner it affected the response ; what were the effects of extremes of temperature on the response; whether chemical reagents could exercise any in- fluence on the plant-response, as anesthetics and poisonous drugs have _ been found to do with nerve and muscle; finally, if it could be proved Y ——— ee re ee ee 690 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. | that the electric response served as a faithful index of the physiological activity of plants, it would then be possible successfully to attack problems the solution of which at present offers many experimental difficulties.” In conclusion the author says: “I have shown that these electric re- sponses are given by all plants and by their different organs. It has also been shown that in the matters of response by negative variation, of fatigue, of modification of response by high and low temperatures, and even in matters of occasional abnormal variations, such as positive re- sponse in a modified tissue, they are strictly correspondent to similar phenomena in muscle and nerve. Judged by the final criterion of the © effect produced by anzsthetics and poisons, these electric responses in plants fulfil with animal tissues the test of vital phenomena.’—G. S. S. EMBRYOLOGY. Embryo-sac, Development of, Reduction of Chromosomes, and Fertilisation in Paris quadrifolia, L., and Trillium grandi- florum, Salisb. By A. Ernst, of Zurich (Flora, vol. xci. 1902, pp. 1-46, . t. i—vi.).—-The embryo-sac here is the lower of two sister-cells, of which the upper disappears; it is in the division that produces these two that the heterotypic mitosis with chromosome-reduction first appears. The numbers of segments in the vegetative cells are in Paris and Triliiwm twenty-four and twelve respectively ; the reduced numbers in all subsequent nuclei are twelve and six, the latter being the lowest yet known in flowering plants. A transitory longitudinal splitting of the daughter- chromosomes occurs in the metakinesis of this first division; and in the remaining mitosis the halving of the chromosomes is homeo- typic (the figures, however, show heterotypic rings) and always longitu- dinal. The antipodal cells have the normal reduced number of chromosomes, and appear to degenerate without multiplying or acquiring nutritive functions. In fertilisation the sperm- and oo-nuclei fuse com- pletely ; while in the pseudo-fertilisation the second sperm- and polar- nuclei remain distinct till the prophases of their mitosis are advanced. M. Hi. ANATOMY OF KUPHORBIACE. Euphorbiacez, Anatomy of.. By L. Gaucher (Amn. Sc. Nat. Bot. xv., 1902, pp. 161-809 ; figs. 81).—The results of an investigation on the general and comparative anatomy of 375 species of this order. The author concludes that in spite of the wide distribution of the group and the many variations of external form, there is a collection of anato- — mical characters constant enough to define the type Huphorbiacee. The — chief characters in the stem are.the sab-epidermal origin of the cork, the origin and arrangement of the thickened elements of the cortex and pith, and the distribution and characters of the tannin elements and crystals of calcium oxalate. In the leaf, the characters are the uniform structure of the epidermis and the structure of the stomata. The various types of internal phloém found in the order are described and figured. The latex-system is also specially investigated; the laticiferous elements are either unicellular or pluricellular in origin, and a table is drawn up to show how modifications of these elements are characteristic of the families _) = NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 691 and sub-families of the order. In regard to the function of the latici- ferous elements, the author regards the latex as composed largely of substances of high nutritive value, similar to, and in communication with, reserve food-materials laid up in other parts of the plant. They also communicate with the leaf-tissue, and are therefore regarded as a conduc- tive system for substances elaborated in the leaves. A _ classification based on the comparative anatomy and external features of the order is given, and, on the whole, it agrees with the classification already in use. Wor. Sa STARCH IN EVERGREENS. Evergreen Leaves, Starch of, and its relation to Photosynthesis during the Winter. By Kiichi Miyaké (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii., No. 5, p. 821).— The experiments were conducted at Tokyo and elsewhere in winter. The mean temperature of the three winter months is: Dec. 51°; Jan. 2°7°; Feb. 3°5°: that of London being 3°5°; so that the coldest month (Jan.) is colder than our metropolis. Of eighty species examined, seventeen were found to lose their starch from the mesophyll during the winter. It was observed that the starch contents of evergreen leaves are generally greaterin April than in August or September. The experiments sufficed to prove that many of the Evergreen plants in Tokyo can form starch in the leaves by photosynthesis, and translocate it to other parts of the plant-body during the winter. It generally begins to decrease in November, the minimum being in January, and increases again from the end of February. The quantity of starch is generally very little in winter compared with thatof other times of the year. It is formed by photosynthesis. The majority of evergreen leaves in the northern part of Japan nearly lose the starch from the mesophyll and guard-cells in winter.—G. H. EUTYPELLA PRUNASTRI. Fungoid Disease of Nursery Stock. By G. Massee (Gard. Chron. No. 822, p. 235, fig. 80; Sept. 27, 1902).—This disease, which young Apple and Plum trees have suffered from lately in various parts of England, is caused by a minute fungus, known as Lutypella prunastri. It attacks the stem of the trees, and the first outward indication of the disease is a slight browning of the bark, which soon becomes hard, dry, and ins2parable from the wood. There is no crack- ing or wrinkling of the bark, which presents a polished surface. The mycelium continues to grow inwards, killing the young wood, and the following season the leaf-buds either do not expand at all or only imper- _fectly, and during the summer the branches die through lack of food. This fungus is by no means uncommon on Blackthorn, Bullace, Crab, Wild Cherry, Wild Plum, &c. Infection sometimes takes place through the punctures caused by insects, but more commonly by the fungus : eile in the cut ends of twigs. Insects should be kept in check, _ and it should be ascertained if the fungus be present on any of the wild trees already mentioned. (Fig. 173.)—G. S. S. Y¥2 Mina o an b —_ — —_ = Fic. 173.—EvrypeLLa PRUNASTRI, CAUSING A DISEASE oF NURSERY STOCK. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) . A young Peach branch becoming shrivelled, indicating that the stock is dying. (Natural size.) . The conidial stage of fruit bursting through the bark. (Natural size.) . The second or ascigerous condition of fruit, showing at the surface through transverse cracks in the bark. (Natural size.) . Surface of view of the second form of fruit, surrounded by the ruptured bark. (x 40.) . Cruciate mouth of a perithecium. (x 400.) Ascus and spores. (x 400.) . Section through ascigerous form of fruit. (x 80.) . Section through conidial form of fruit. (x 50.) Conidia (x 1,000.) NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 695 WEATHER INFLUENCE ON FUNGI. Fungus Diseases in Relation to Weather. By K. Sajo (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xi. 1901, pp. 92-95, and xii. 1902, pp. 151-157).—An interesting attempt to correlate climatic conditions with the prevalence of parasitic fungi in vineyards in Hungary. The most common fungus pest in 1899 was Powdery Mildew (Oidiwm Tuckeri) ; in 1900 downy mildew (Perono- spora viticola) ; in 1901 white rot (Coniothyriwm Diplodiella). 1899 was distinguished by prevalence of south-west or west winds, low temperature, and low pressure of atmospheric moisture from May to August; 1900 by an absence of south-west and west winds, by high temperature, and high pressure; 1901 by prevalence of easterly winds during the period of vegetation, by great heat (especially in May, June, and July), and by abnormally high rainfall (sometimes hail) in July. The statistics from which these conclusions are drawn are given, viz. temperature, barometric pressure, rainfall, and pressure of atmospheric moisture for the months April to July.—W. G. S. INFLUENCE OF GRAFT ON STOCK. Graft on Stock, Influence of. By G. T. Grignan (Rev. Hort. pp. 414-6 ; September 1, 1902).—This article is really a réswmé of results so far obtained by heterogeneous graftings, with special reference to a paper of ninety pages, presented by M. Daniel, on “ Les Variations spécifiques dans la Greffe’’ at the Vine-hybridisation Conference held at Lyons in November 1901. By ordinary grafting, with which M. Daniel has mainly dealt, he has united together Tomatos of different varieties, Aubergine and Tomato, Pimento on Tomato and Aubergine, various Potatos, various Pears, Roses, sundry Composites, especially Sunflowers, Crucifers (Cabbages of various kinds and Turnips &c.), Vines, &c., and has thereby obtained very marked and extremely interesting specific variations. Thus the long violet Aubergine grafted on a ribbed Tomato has yielded round ribbed fruits. New strains have been obtained which are distinct and more or less intermediate as to habit, inflorescence, fruit, and tubers, &c. Helianthus tuwbherosus (perennial Sunflower) grafted on H. annuus (annual Sunflower) has yielded particularly interesting results: the annual stock became perennial and assumed to a large degree the character of the scion, adventitious roots appeared on the graft at the bud point, partly penetrated the tissues of the stock, and became completely amalgamated therewith. Allusion is made to the Bronveaux Medlar as a characteristic example. Very interesting variations have been noted also in the variegation of the stock or the scion in precocity of flowering, in fruitfulness (M. Daniel having succeeded in producing Grapes in abundance on infertile varieties—variétés coulardes—and seeds of the Cauliflower), in resistance against parasites, cold, &c. These facts, which can only be briefly touched upon, led M. Daniel to the conclusion that grafting cannot always be relied upon as a means of ‘maintaining varieties, strains, or hybrids intact, but may, on the other hand, be a potent cause of variation itself. These results would be of minor importance were they limited to the individual, but in many cases the acquired characters can be fixed by ———— = = = a = - — / LS SO OL a a 694 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. cuttings or graftings or preserved by heredity. This part of the memoir is by no means the least interesting. It is thus that M. Edouard Lefort has fixed a graft hybrid Potato which bears his name, which com- bines ‘the characteristics of two varieties, ‘Marjolin’ and ‘ Imperator.’ M. Daniel has obtained analogous results, having fixed and reproduced by seed a new variety of hardy forage Cabbage. M. Jurie has fixed the variety 340a of the Vine by cuttings and graftings. Other plants, Roses, for instance, could not be fixed, and the Aubergines and Pimentos have yielded no seeds. In other cases the results were indefinite. M. Daniel grafted the Wild Carrot on the Red Carrot, and the resulting seed gave plants some annual, some biennial, some with three normal cotyledons, others three with one bifid, others two with one bifid, and others only one. In short, asexual hybridisation, according to M. Daniel, is neither constant, regular, nor frequent. It sometimes affects directly the grafted plants and sometimes indirectly their descendants, sometimes the external characters and sometimes the internal; sometimes there is disunion, as in Cytisus Adami, and at others the heredity and constancy are perfect, or they may be partial or non-existent. Sometimes also it is possible to predict the results. But the main practical points, which cannot be too strongly impressed on. horticulturists, is that in many cases grafting has already served to realise a systematic perfecting of plants. Thus, as M, Daniel remarks, if it be desired to improve a plant in a certain direction it must be grafted on a stock superior in that particular feature; for instance, in order to produce a hardy Cabbage a perfectly hardy stock was chosen, altogether irrespective of inferiority in other points. The danger is also pointed out of degeneration being induced by grafting in lieu of improvement ; a risk which is run by prevalent methods of Vine grafting to avoid phylloxera, by which the special qualities (crus) are endangered. . M. Lindemuth is another investigator in this direction, who published a paper in the Gartenflora of January 1 last, from which we cite a few extracts. He grafted Solanum erythrocarpon on S. Lycopersicum (developed exceptionally strongly); Yellow Stock on Red Cabbage (flowered exceptionally early); hybrid Petwnia on Nicotiana, Abutilon Thompsoni on Sida Napea, and Abutilon Thompsoni on Althea narbonensis. Vide Abstracts ‘“‘ Interesting Grafts ’’ for further remarks in this connection. Ov Feis Roor GRAVITATION. Gravitational Sensitiveness of the Root-tip, On a Method of — Investigating the. By Francis Darwin, F.R.S. (Jowrn. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxv. p. 266 ; July 21, 1902),—Details and figures are given of the experiments made to show the gravitational sensitiveness of the root- tip. The experiments were made with the seeds of Sorghwm and Beans, © in order to confirm some experiments made by Czapek, which some work of Wachtel seemed to contradict, and they were eminently successful. The details of the experiments it is impossible to condense, but the results proved the sensitiveness of the root-tip to the force of gravitation. G, BiB NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 695 SmEDS UNAFFECTED BY ALCOHOL. Germination and Alcohol (Beith. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 1, p. 187). -——Ludmila Sukatscheff (Belgorod) left seeds of Lwpinus mutabilis for one to five days in 100 per cent. and 90 per cent. alcohol, but these seeds germinated. Seeds of Sunflower and Lupine which had had the skin removed also germinated after lying in alcohol from half an hour to seven hours. Even seeds injured by deep cuts with a penknife were able to germinate after lying for from twelve to thirty-seven hours in 90 per cent. and 100 per cent. alcohol.—G. fF. S.-H. / FuNGUS IN FEGATELLA CONICA. Hepatic with Thallus occupied by a Filamentous Fungus. By M. Beauverie (Comp. Rend. p. 616; 1902).—The author states that Fegatella conica, one of the thalloid hepatics, is almost constantly infested to a large extent by a filamentous fungus, which proves to be a species of Fusarium. The fungus enters through the rhizoids, and a protuberance is usually formed at the point of entrance of the mycelium. The fungus is absent from the growing point of the rhizoid. The cellulose walls of the cells infested with the fungus assume a deep violet colour. Reproductive bodies, sometimes in chains, are formed on the mycelium in the rhizoids: these are analogous to the megalospores or chlamydo- spores described by Warlich and others as produced by phanerogamic endophytes. Finally conidia are also produced in the rhizoids. The host-plant undoubtedly benefits by the presence of the fungus ; in fact the plants most abundantly infected are the most vigorous. Infection of the host-plants depends on the presence of humus, and is most pronounced when humus is abundant. If humus is wanting the fungus is absent, and the hepatic remains small and ill-nourished. These facts are sufficient to demonstrate that the Fegatella is nourished, through the medium of the fungus on the humus. Finally, the author considers that the Fegatella has acquired (as in certain saprophytic Orchids) the means of obtaining nourishment from the carbon contained in the humus, and consequently has lost to a great extent the power of exercising the original function of chlorophyll. METHOD OF INFECTION BY Rust. Host and Parasite, on the Relations between, in the Bromes and their Brown Rust (Puccinia dispersa, Erikss.). By H. Marshall Ward, D.Se., F.R.S. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi. No. 62, p. 233).—In this paper is recorded one of those thorough and laborious investigations for which the author is so well known. Some years ago, he writes, “I gave a summary of the factors and questions involved in the study of the rela- ‘tions between host and parasite in certain epidemic diseases of plants,* and have at various opportunities since then continued investigations into that subject. In particular I have for some time been occupied with researches planned with the object of ascertaining more concerning the modes of infection and attack of the Uredo-form of certain rust fungi. During the course of this work I had occasion to select a particular genus * Croonian Lecture, Proc. R.S., vol. xlvii. 1890, p. 393. 696 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of Grasses, viz. the Bromes, with the view of examining their anatomy and histology in detail, in reference to the behaviour of the fungus in their tissue. In course of time a series of phenomena came to light which led me to go further into the conditions of infection, and to make numerous experiments with the Uredo of the Brown Rust (Puccinia dispersa), So common on certain species of this genus. These experiments led to some unexpected results, and the purpose of the present paper is to put together these results, since they appear not only of considerable interest and importance by themselves, but promise to throw additional light on some vexed questions of parasitism and immunity, and on the relations between the host-plant and its invading or attacking fungus.” The above may serve to show the general object of the paper, but it must be said at once that it would be impossible by mere abstracts to do justice to the various issues that are dealt with in this extensive work. It falls under sixteen heads or chapters, ard there are twenty-eight tables, many of them very elaborate and all of importance in the argument and evidence with which they deal. There are practical bearings, and we shall reach an important one at the end; but let us endeavour first to indicate the nature and great scientific interest of the investigation. The author, in his work on Hemilezva in 1881-82, the uredine which caused the Coffee-leaf disease in Ceylon, was impressed by the probability, amounting almost to a certainty, that the species Hemileia vastatrix on Coffee had originated by the special adaptation of a certain species, Hemileza Canthi, wild in the native forests on Canthiwm, to the cultivated Coffee. ‘‘ Since then Eriksson has elaborated a theory of adapted parasitism in connec- tion with the rusts of our cereal Grasses, which has assumed a degree of importance so grave, ana so full of consequence for the understanding of ~ the epidemic diseases of cereals, that any investigations throwing further light on the matter are welcome. Eriksson found, in fact, that the so- called Rust of Wheat (Puccinia graminis) is a collective species the morphological characters of which are now very thoroughly known, which behaves differently according to the particular host to which it has adapted itself as a parasite. For instance, if we take the uredospores erowing on Wheat and sow them on Rye, Barley, or Oats, the results are negative. Nevertheless P. graminis occurs on these plants and forms uredospores on them. If, similarly, the uredospores from Rye be sown on Oats, the results are negative, whereas if sown on Barley they infect it.’ “Tn other words, Puccinia graminis, while it infects all the above- mentioned plants and preserves its morphological characters on all of them, is so closely adapted to the particular host it happens to be on at the time that the uredospores from this host can only attack successfully and directly either this particular host or a limited number of its im- mediate allies; and the same specialised parasitism occurs in the case of other species of Rusts growing on different hosts.’’ “Tt thus becomes evident that we must modify our ideas considerably as to the danger of infection of Wheat by the uredospores of P. gramunis srowing in its neighbourhood on some other Grass. Further research showed, for instance, that the uredospores of the fungus on the Weed Grass, Agropyron repens, will infect Rye but not Wheat, and similarly with that NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 697 on Elymus arenarius. On the other hand, the uredospores—of the same Puccinia—growing on Dactylis will attack Oats but not Rye, and similarly in other cases.” One of the interesting ideas which arose out of these results was “that the different specialised forms—which, though not morphologically distinct, are physiologically different from one another—are incipient species ; that the particular specialised race adapted to grow on Wheat, but not on Rye or Barley, is in course of becoming a species, and may during the lapse of time actually become a species of Puccinia, which will even- tually show morphological differences in addition to the physiological ones it already shows. Various names have been proposed for these physio- logically but as yet not morphologically different varieties of the Puccinuia graminis. Eriksson termed them ‘special forms’ (forme speciales), Rostrup names them ‘biological species’ (biologische Arten), Schroeter chose the term species sorores, and Magnus calls them adapted races (Gewohnheitstrassen). . . . Itis, of course, a matter of pure hypothesis as to whether these intangible physiological differences will ever bring about morphological changes of so obvious and relatively permanent a nature that we should then recognise the differences as specific.”’ The author gives an account of the Rusts that are found on the Bromes and also a descriptive account of the species of Bromus used in the experi- ments, all carried on with Puccinia dispersa. It should be mentioned here for clearness that this Rust has its physiological forms, which are adapted to species or groups, in a similar way to the case of Puccinia graminis, and that the main object of these extensive investigations was to find out what the various factors might be, in host or parasite, which governs infection, and so the association of the several physiological forms with particular kinds of Bromus. The numerous experiments themselves, though of great interest and importance, must necessarily, on considera- tions of space, be almost entirely passed over. Valuable ones, among others, were undertaken on the germination of uredospores, the conditions attending which had been astonishingly little attended to. It appears to have been generally taken for granted that uredospores would germinate at almost any summer temperature; but this is not the case, the minimum required being about 10-12° C. (50-53° F.), the maximum limit being not far from 26—27°5° C. (78-81°5° F.), while the optimum temperature is about 20° C. (68° F.). New light is thrown on some of Eriksson’s results by cardinal points here brought forward. Elsewhere it is interesting to note that the author finds no evidence to support the remarkable hypothesis of Eriksson, that at certain seasons the Rust fungus attacks the Grass—e.g. Wheat—and passes the protoplasm of its spores into the embryo or some other part of the plant, where it mingles with the protoplasm of its host and lives a common life of symbiosis with the living cell contents, to break out suddenly at a favourable opportunity as Rust. The last chapter is in answer to its heading, “ Is there any relation between infection and the visible structural features ?’’ The answer given to this important question may perhaps be sufficiently shown as follows :—“ Or, again, spores from B. sterilis readily infect B. madritensis, which has larger but fewer stomata than the former species. How is it that B. maximus is almost immune to these spores, although its stomata are far larger? Is it because they A a eed ens 2-~-wer, 698 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. are also fewer? If so, it seems strange that B. tectorwm should also have proved immune, because its stomata are more numerous than those of B. madritensis, and hardly smaller than those of B. sterilis. And the results are similar with other factors. . . . We are hence driven to con- clude that the factors which govern predisposition on the one hand and im- munity on the other are similar to those which govern fertility and sterility of stigmas to pollen, and I have elsewhere * shown that parallels between the behaviour of pollen (which is, after all, a kind of spore) towards the stigma of the receptive plant in cross-breeding and of these uredospores towards their host-plants multiply as we examine them. The importance of all this is, I think, that it justifies the hopes of those who believe that the constitution of plants can be so modified by breeding and selection that disease-resisting varieties should be no more difficult to evolve than varieties which refuse to cross with certain other forms. Only we must not forget that the fungus is also capable of being bred or selected, and prepotent varieties of spores are just as much realities as prepotent pollen.” RDS. HYBRIDISATION. Hybrids, Preliminary Account of Variation in Bean. By R. A. Emerson (U.S.A. Exp. Stn., Nebraska).—The author here deals only with racial hybrids of Kidney Beans. The characters chosen were yellow, green, and blue-green pods; stringy and stringless pods ; long and short pods; round and flat pods; white, red, brown, black, and variously mottled seeds ; oblong and nearly round seeds, &e. After describing the precautions taken, and methods of artificial pollination, the author proceeds :—‘ When ripe, the hybridised seed is gathered and compared with self-fertilised seed from the two parents to determine whether any tendency toward xenia exists.”’ The seeds are sown in the garden and protected against crossing te wire netting. All racial hybrids of beans yet produced by the author showed little variation in the first generation, but pronounced variation in the second and third generations. Three photo-plates illustrate many instances of such variations. With regard to the “common characters,” i.e. of both parents, such are usually reproduced in the hybrids with little variation. When both parents have yellow or green pods, such are reproduced ; so also with other features, as stringy pods, dwarf habit, &c. “ Differentiating characters ’ usually unite and form “intermediate characters.” Blending of colours occurs, as when a blue-podded variety is crossed with a white one: the result is brown. The white seeds of ‘ Navy’ unite with the black seeds of ‘ Challenge Black’ to form spotted seeds, the light spots being grey. Similarly intermediate results followed between stringy and stringless pods, and Beans of different shapes. ‘Mosaics’ occur when the two colours remain distinct. Then a * Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. vol. xi. pp. 326-328. 3 white and red seed give rise to a spotted white and red in varying degrees from minute specks to patches. Hybrids may produce seeds which take all their characters (colour, shape, size, &c.) from one parent, and pods having the characters (colour, shape, stringiness, &c.) of the other parent. _ A hybrid may closely resemble one parent in the habit of plant and in all characters of pods, and the other parent in seed characters. “Mosaics ” may also be formed of characters of one or both parents united with the blended characters of both parents. There may be an entire return to one parent. Then, in the second and third generation of a certain Bean hybrid, numerous individuals were so nearly like the male parent, and several so nearly like the female, that they could scarcely be distinguished from those races by any character of plant, pod, flower, or seed. When hybrid forms of second and later generations return to a parent race in any character, the reversion seems to be in accord with no law unless there be a definite numerical relation, not yet established, between the various hybrid types. The writer confirmed Mendel’s law (in which dominant characters are those which are transmitted entirely or almost unchanged, and recessive, those which become latent in the first-generation forms, but reappear in later generations). Thus, when semi-dwarf races were crossed with dwarf races, the first generation were all semi-dwarf. The recessive character (i.e. strictly dwarf plants) appeared in the second generation. Similarly, when green-podded and yellow-podded races are crossed, the green colour of the pod is dominant, occurring alone in the first genera- tion, the recessive colour appearing, together with intermediate forms, in the second and later generations. New or atavistic characters may appear, which neither parent race possesses. In ‘ Davis’ x‘ Blue Pod,’ the dark blue-green colour of the pods of the latter race is dominant in the first generation hybrid forms. On this blue-green ground colour appear numerous spots and splashes of red. In the second-generation forms the recessive pod colour, yellow, appears sometimes alone, but often nearly covered with red or purple spots, which were prominent in the first generation. This coloration likewise appears in hybrids of certain other races. An even more peculiar circumstance is the coloration of hybrid seeds corresponding to that of the pods. In ‘ Davis’ x ‘ Blue Pod’ the ground colour of the seeds of the first-generation hybrids is apparently a blend of brown and white, but on this ground-colour are spots and stripes of red which fade to bluish purple. As this yellow or brown colour striped or spotted with red or purple is common in the seeds of several races of Beans, such as ‘ Horticultural,’ _ ‘Dwarf Do.,’ ‘ Goddard,’ &c., it seems, therefore, that such races as ‘ Davis’ and ‘Mohawk’ came originally either directly or indirectly from races similar to the last-named.—G. H. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 699 —— — ~~ ES Ny EMBRYOLOGY OF JUGLANS. Juglandacee, Embryology of. By G. Karsten (“Ueber die Entwicklung der weiblichen Blithen bei einigen Juglandaceen,”’ Flora, 90: 316-833, pl. 12, 1902. Review by C. J. Chamberlain, Bot. Gaz. 700 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. xxxiy., No. 1, p. 75).— Karsten emphasises features resembling Gymno- sperms, expressing his belief that the Angiosperms are derived from the latter, Gnetwm being the point of contact. At the time of fertilisation in Juglans, the union of the carpels is delayed, thus leaving the ovules exposed, resembling Gnetwm. He bases his argument upon embryological | characters, and the most important points are summed up in the following comparison of the embryo-sacs of Gnetwm and the Angiosperms :— Gnetum. Angiosperms. Prothallium in lower part : . ~ Antipodals. Egg-cells : é ; ; : . Egg-cell and synergids. Endosperm nuclei . ; ; : Polar nuclei. The stimulus to development of The stimulus to development of the embryo and endosperm by fertilisation | embryo by fertilisation of the egg; and of at least two egg-cells . ‘ : ~* * ) development of endosperm by vegetative — reproduction. G. H. CONTRACTILE RoOoOT-POWER. Liliaceze, Californian, Physiological Observations on the Subterranean Organs of. By A. Rimbach (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 6, p- 401; 1 pl.).—The subject of this paper is the contractile power of the roots, by means of which the bulb or rhizome is carried downwards. The author arranges the ten plants described as follows:—The first group — includes Clintonia, Prosartes and Fritillaria. In these the rhizome alone, by its movement of growth, determines the location of the plant in the earth. It develops horizontally, and is not influenced in a mechanical way by the roots, which are not contractile. The second group is formed by Lilium, Scoliopus, and Trilliwm. Here the growth of the horizontally developing rhizome determines in a much | smaller degree the location of the plant. In general, the influence of the © contractile roots prevails in fixing the position of the rhizome. The third group contains Zygadenus, Chlorogalum, Calochortus, and Brodiea. In these the rhizome develops vertically, and the contractile roots determine almost exclusively the position of the plant. Lastly, in Clintonia, Prosartes, Fritillaria, Liliwm, Scoliopus, Trillium, and Zygadenus, the roots are all of the same kind; whereas in Chloro- galum, Calochortus, and Brodiea there takes place a division of labour between nutritive snd contractile roots.—G. H. LINNEAN SPECIES. Linnean Specific Names, The Use of. By Henry & James Groves (Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxv. p. 868; July 21, 1902.)—The authors say that “the Linnean species fall roughly into three groups: those applied to distinct species fairly well understood in Linneus’s time and still generally accepted ; those which are now considered to include two or more species combined by Linneus; and those about which there is more or less doubt as to the proper application.” As to the first group there is little to be said. In regard to the second group, after taking the arguments on both sides into consideration, the conclusion is come to that the most satisfactory plan is to apply the name to the species which, ee NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 701 “from being the most distinct and usually also the most widely distributed,”’ may fairly be accepted as his type. In the case of names included in the third group, after stating what is said in favour of other views, the authors say, “ We are of opinion that it is the better course to retain the names when, although the descriptions are imperfect and of themselves inadequate, there are reasonable grounds for inferring that they belong to certain plants.” —G. S. S. Anatomy oF Lotus, &c. Lotez, Leaf and Seed Anatomy in (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 3, pp. 425-482).—Herr Walter Schmidt has investigated anatomically ninety- six species belonging to the genera Lotus, Anthyllis, Hosackia, and others of the Lotusfamily. The leaf seems not to differ in any marked way from the majority of the Leguminose. It is remarkable for the absence of external glands and mucilage-cells which are very common in other tribes The frequent presence of idioblasts containing tannin and probably also albuminoid substances is characteristic. Stomata are generally found on both the upper and lower surface of the leaf. The seed consists of three distinct parts : the seed-coat, a more or less developed endosperm, and the embryo. The seed-coat consists of the following layers: first, prismatic cells (Stabzellen) greatly thickened and with only about 4 or 3 of the cell- cavity remaining. They havea polygonal outline on the surface of the seed, and at times show a “ lightline,”’ probably through unequal thickening of the cell-wall and the different chemical nature of the different parts of the wall. Next comes a layer of hourglass-shaped cells more or less com- _ pressed and pretty strongly thickened. The innermost layer of the seed- coat consists of several rows of thin-walled, strongly-compressed cells. The endosperm consists of an outer portion covered by a cuticle and con- sisting of four-sided cells (polygonal as seen from the surface) and containing a little fat, a great quantity of proteal substances, and occa- sional starch grains. Then follows the horny or mucilaginous layer of endosperm, which swells greatly in water. The paper contains a tabular vi2w of the characteristics of sixteen seeds, and both genera and species are treated in considerable detail.—G. F’. S.-LE. Rust on WILLOW. Melampsore that attack Willows. By C. B. Plowright, M.D. (Gard. Chron. No. 813, p. 55; July 26, 1902).—A synoptic table is given of fourteen species belonging to this genus, which infests Willows. The Uredinee or Rust fungi, the family to which this genus belongs, is re- markable for the majority of its species being hetercecious. Out of the fourteen species of the genus Melampsora which attack Willows, only two are auteecious. The forms which appear on other hosts were formerly classed in another genus (C@oma). These alternate hosts belong to various orders of plants, Larches, Orchids, Alliums, Ribes, Saxifrages, and Kuonymus.—G. S. S. PLANT-MoOvVEMENT. Movements of Plants (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 2, pp. 248-278). _ —Professor Dr. Anton Hansgirg gives many new instances of movements 702 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of the stalk in flowers, in ripening fruits, and in those that are ready to distribute their seeds. It is not possible to mention more than a very — few of these. Several new examples are given of movements of the stalk in fruit similar to the Avena, Oxalis, and Primula types, but it is shown that species of the same genus often behave differently. This is well shown in T7ifoliwm, where, in some species, the stalk moves down- . wards in fruit and in others is quite unchanged. In the Veronica type © the stalk is close to the stem before flowering, moves outwards whilst flowering proceeds, and again draws close to the stem whilst the fruit is ripening. Many new examples are given of the Strawberry type, in- which the stalk of the fruit turns towards the earth or under the leaves. Many Orchids and others turn the stalk of the flower downwards as soon as it blooms, but show no movement in fruit. Other cases are given of Ranunculacee, &c., in which the stalk is, in flower, upright, but turns below water to allow the fruit to ripen. Huphorbia Peplis and other prostrate plants bury their ripening fruits in the sand under the plant. A very large number of examples are given of sepals, calyx-tubes, and bracts which shut closely over the ripening fruit, as in many Caryo- phyllacee, Labiate, and Acanthacee. Other tropical plants show similar movements to keep out injurious insects, such as the turned-back sepal teeth or turned-down bracts of some African Labiate. A sort of cleistogamy is shown to be produced, not only by dry weather, but also by insufficient light or temperature during cold, wet weather. New examples are given of “sleeping’’ leaves and paraheliotropic leaves. A great number of Leguminos@ possess sensitive leaves. The filaments of Amberboa, of Opuntia spp., and of Grewia sp., and the styles of Tecoma spp. and Arctotis spp., are also sensitive to contact. Colour change is also mentioned in the flowers of several orders. The knotted swellings at the base of the internode in some Umdbellifere, Grasses, Polygonacee, Labiate, &c., are to be explained by various adaptations. They may be intended to give mechanical support to the stem, which is often weak, or protection against wind and rain, or to act as stores of water or food- material, or to uplift the stem by geotropic sensitiveness after it has been thrown down.—G. F’. S.-H. Matay PobypopDigs. Myrmecophilous Ferns, two Malayan: Polypodiwm (Le- canopteris) carnosum (Blume), and Polypodiwm sinuosum, Wall. By R. H. Yapp, B.A. (Amn. Bot. vol. xvi. No. Ixii. p. 185% pls. 10, 11, 12, figs. 1-51).—This paper is an interesting result of the author’s visit to the Siamese Malay States as a member of the Cam-— bridge expedition of 1899-1900, under the leadership of Mr. W. W. Skeat. The anatomy, biology, and systematic position of these Ferns are fully dealt with. They are found to be specifically distinct and differing widely in external appearance, “ yet an examination of their internal structure reveals the fact that, after all, their resemblances are more remarkable than their differences, and that, instead of being placed in separate genera, they must be recognised as closely allied species.’ soth are epiphytes of the Malay region, P. carnoswm growing at an elevation of 600 feet and above, while P. sinwosum is often found almost. ~~ NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 703 at sea-level. Their thick fleshy rhizomes are -tunnelled by a system of galleries, similar to those of Myrmecodia and Hydnophytum, and which are, like them, invariably inhabited by colonies of ants. “In both Ferns a tissue consisting of large cells with thin walls and no intercellular spaces is formed in certain definite areas near the apex of the stem. This tissue breaks down at an early period, its place being taken by the ant-galleries, which are thus of lysigenous origin. The gallery system consists in both cases of a main ventral gallery which runs longitudinally through the stem, giving off two lateral series to the branches and two series of vertical ones leading to the swollen leaf-cushions. Soon after leaving the main gallery the vertical ones branch so as to form two longitudinal series of dorsal chambers.’’ Differences between the two species, with regard to these chambers, are then described. Continuing, the author says that “communication between the galleries and the external air is effected by means of short passages excavated by the ants themselves in the soft tissues of the younger parts of the stem. The character and topographical position of the lJarge-celled tissue seem to indicate that it was developed in the first instance as a special water reservoir ; but the fact that it is soon disintegrated may perhaps point to some degree of change of function, 7.e. that the galleries which replace it have some important function to fulfil. There is no evidence that the galleries are an adaptation on behalf of the ants, and indeed their mean- ing is still somewhat obscure. Perhaps they serve as organs for the aeration of the stem, which is in both cases almost devoid of intercellular spaces. It is also possible that they assist to a slight extent in the _ absorption of water.” The species of ant is not the same in both species of Polypodium, P. sinuosum being inhabited by Technomyrmez albipes, and P. carnosum by a new species of Cremastogaster, C. Yappi of Forel. _ Although the possibility of the existence of a true adaptation between the ants and the Ferns cannot be denied, yet available evidence, the author says, seems to point to Goebel’s view as being the correct one, i.e. that the ants are merely “ Raumparasiten,’’ or dwellers in cavities formed without reference to their future inhabitants, more particularly so because no attraction in the form of food appears to be offered to the ants. Pteridologists are indebted to the author for his careful examina- tion of these Ferns, especially in the case of P. carnoswm, the position of which has been debatable. Reinwardt originally placed it in the genus Onychium, while a few years later Blume described it as the type of a new genus with the name Lecanopteris. The majority of writers - haye maintained this genus, and in 1892 Baker wrote, “I now think that Lecanopteris will have to stand as a distinct genus in the neighbourhood of Dicksonia, from which it differs in having an indusium formed of only a single valve and in the curious rootstock.’ The author shows, how- ever, that the supposed indusium is in reality part of the ordinary leaf- lamina, and, resting on this, it is easy to agree with him in his determination. He says that “the only reason that remains for retaining Lecanopteris as a distinct genus is the curious reflexed position of the sori.’’ The sorus-cups are brought to face skywards, and what this means in the economy of the plant is of much interest. The plants * grow on the upper branches of trees, in one locality never at less than 704 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 80 feet from the ground, and the author thinks that the object is to preserve the spores from falling to the ground in still weather. The majority would be scattered only on windy days, and obviously with the advantage of easily reaching the higher branches of other trees. In a footnote the suggestion of Mr. F. Darwin is recorded that this may be compared with the “‘ Censer’’ mechanism found in the fruits of Poppy and other flowering plants. The numerous figures which accompany this paper are all of much interest, and no important point appears to be without an illustration.—A. I. LZ. ‘HonEY IN POLLEN. Nectaries, Chemical Proof of Sugar in Pollen-flowers (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 1, pp. 34-48).—Dr. Rob. Stiiger gives a series of observations with Hoppe-Seyler’s sugar test. He finds that many so-called pollen-flowers, such as the Helianthemum vulgare, Hypericum perfora- tum, Parnassia palustris, Papaver Rheas, Lysimachia vulgaris, Cyclamen persicum, C. europeum, Spirea Ulmaria, Chenopodium album, Plantago lanceolata, Hop, Hemp, Nettle, and various Grasses, secrete honey. He also mentions that numbers of insects regularly visit the flowers of Grasses.—G. Ff’. S.-i. PinostyLes INGA. Pilostyles Inge (= P. Ulei, Solms Laub.), Monograph of. By W. Endriss (Flora, vol. xci. pp. 209-236; 29 figs.; t. xx.).—This is one of the parasitic Phanerogams, whose vegetative body is represented by afungoid thallus in the tissues of the host-plant ; its mycelium is truly cellular, the chambers of the hyphe being 1-nucleate; intracellluar hyphe act as haustoria, while the larger strands are intercellular, some- times from the breakdown of the tissues they traverse. Unlike Rafflesia, it develops its flowers exogenously at the end of a short leafy stem. The fibrovascular bundles are much reduced, and the phloém has no true sieve- tubes. The anatropous ovule has two coats, a micropyle closed by the adna- tion of an outgrowth from the funicle to the exostome, and a typically-consti- tuted embryo-sac. Fertilisation was not observed in cases where the pollen had penetrated ; on the other hand, the oosphere had developed in cases. where no pollen-tube was traceable, from which parthenogenesis is con- jectured. Endosperm is of limited amount, and forms a layer of large cells around the embryo, which remains small. Germination was not observed. The actual point of the outgrowth of the thallus, which pierces. the surface to give rise to the floral axis, becomes its growing point.—M. H. Tue PitcHers oF DISCHIDIA. Pitchers in Dischidia Rafflesiana, Evolution of. Morpho- logical note by Sir W. T. Thiselton-Dyer, K.C.M.G., C.LE., F.R.8. (Ann. Bot. vol. xvi. No. lxii. p. 365; plates xiv. and xv.).—These interesting pitchers, so entirely different from those of Nepenthes, Sarracenia, and other insectivorous plants, have long been known to botanists, but the plant itself had not been seen alive in Europe until introduced to Kew from the Botanic Gardens of Java in 1890. Having ~ NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 705 pointed out the improbability at first sight of any addition to our know- ledge of the morphology of the pitchers, in consequence of the exhaustive monograph by Dr. Scott and Miss Sargent (Ann. Bot. 18938, 243-262, tt. xi. xii.), the author writes: “ It is, however, one of the results of the change of conditions effected by cultivation to rouse latent tendencies and to develop atavistic forms which are often extremely instructive. Such deviations from specific stability are usually the result of seminal reproduction. In the case I am about to describe it is purely vegetative, and therefore of even greater theoretical interest. The structure of the pitcher in Dischidia Rafflesiana is well known. . . . As demonstrated by Treub, it is ‘a modified leaf in which the inner surface corresponds to the lower surface of the normal foliage leaf’ . . . anditis important to observe that normally the form of the future pitcher is, as it were, laid down from the first, and there is no indication of any passage from the form of the normal foliar leaf to that of the pitcher. Such intermediate stages have, however, made their appearance after some ten years’ cultiva- tion of the Kew plants. . . . These indicate a complete transition from the ordinary leaf by an increasing concavity of its under surface to a pitcher, which, however, still differs, in its open mouth, uninflexed margins, and small size, from the fully-developed organ. It can hardly be doubted that these indicate the path by which the latter has been arrived at from the ordinary leaf.”” The author points out that “ the production of pitchers is only characteristic of a small part of the genus. From this the inference may be fairly drawn that the property of producing pitchers is rather an individual adaptation than bound up with a particular generic type, as it is apparently in Sarracenia and Nepenthes.’’ Discussing the teleological object attained by the plant in forming these pitchers, and referring to the views of Carpenter, Beccari, and Delpino, the author says: “ Treub’s view that the pitchers are water-economisers appears most nearly to correspond with the facts. As he points out, it is only in certain, and by no means inevitable, positions that the pitchers collect rain-water. I can only conclude that on the average they pay. But under all circumstances they serve to preserve water lost by transpiration, which is one of the severest taxes the plant has to meet. As is well known, the pitchers of Dischidia Rafflesiana contain a copious root system. This is derived from one or more of a pair of aérial roots, which are either derived from the petiole or from the stem in close adjacence. The whole root system of the plant is adventitious. And I venture to hazard the theory that, in so far as adventitious roots are not merely organs of support, their pro- duction is in response to the demand for water. In plate xv. fig. 1, it will be noticed that each petiolar root is applied to the concavity of its corre- sponding leaf, and in fig. 3 it will be seen that as soon as the concavity becomes a pitcher the roots are included within it. The whole, if I may Say so, evolutionary data tend to prove then that the primary object of the pitchers is the supply or, at any rate, economy of water. But the copious development of the enclosed root system, which is often matted with organic débris, seems to go beyond this. The researches of Groom (Ann. Bot. 1893, 223, 242), I think, leave no doubt that the roots utilise this as if it were ordinary soil (J. c. 227). From whence is the organic matter derived? There can be no doubt that, except when in the erect Zz | ' SS ae es ee ele | 706 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. position, the pitchers are usually almost dry. We are driven then to accept the suggestion of Groom, based on the observations of Mr. H. N. Ridley, that the organic matter is carried in by ants (l. c. 229). We have, therefore, to deal with an adaptation of a singularly complex kind. Originally destined to store and economise water, the pitchers often imperfectly perform that function, and are then taken possession of by ants, which supply solid in the place of liquid nutriment. Having begun as ‘ water-cans,’ they, by a change of function and by the aid of ants, become ‘flower-pots.’ And there is a sequel to the story scarcely less interesting. Looking through the descriptions of Dischidia in the Flora of British India, I came on that of D. complexa, based on a note of Griffith, which no one seems to have taken the trouble to investigate or confirm. What excited my curiosity was that in this species a second pitcher is described internal to the primary one. This seemed to me so extraordinary that, finding Griffith’s solitary and imperfect specimen in — the Kew Herbarium, I ventured to take some liberties with it. The result seemed to me so surprising that I have asked Mr. H. H. W. Pearson to work out the promising problem which it presents.’’ An account of this investigation appears in the Jowrnal of the Linnean Society, vol. xxxy. p. 875, and will be found of great interest.—A. J. L. PLANT-BREEDING. Plant-breeding. By Prof. Homer C. Price (U.S.A. Hort. Soe. Iowa, 1901, p. 429).—A very valuable article is given here by a compe- tent authority. The writer opens by comparing stock-breeding with plant- breeding. The term “plant-breeding’’ is of comparatively recent origin. We have long used the term “ stock-breeding ”’ to indicate that man possessed the power to regulate, to some extent at least, the character of the offspring of his animals; but in the plant kingdom we did not recognise the plas- ticity of reproduction so soon. ‘The writer contends that what we can do with animals we can do with plants. After setting forth the rudimentary laws of breeding, the writer classifies the methods as (1) selection ; (2) natural crossing; and (8) artificial or hand ‘pollination. Sufficient care and attention are not given to selection. Large numbers of good seedlings should be used and just a few selected, following the dog- breeder’s advice ‘‘ to have lots of dogs and to hang lots of them.’’ Hand pollination is the highest development of the art of plant-breeding. The work is difficult, tedious, and exacting, ° The parents should be carefully chosen, and cross pollination secured by emasculating or removing the stamens from the blossom of the variety chosen for the mother ; and after — carefully guarding it from any other pollen, the pollen that is chosen for the other parent of the cross is placed on the pistil when in a proper con- dition to receive it. | The choice of parents is of vital importance, for if the cross is too violent there will be very few matured seeds, and the ones that do develop are likely to be sterile. Improvement by plant-breeding, how- ever, should be accompanied by improvement in environment. In order to succeed we must have an ideal, and that ideal must remain constant.—V. J. M. a NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. OT PLANTS AND ELECTRICITY. Plant Juices, Electrical Conductivity of. By I’. D. Heald (Bot, Gaz. xxxiy., No. 2, p. 81).—The experiments described and illustrated were made with Beta vulgaris, Solanum tuberosum, Allium Cepa, Raphanus sativus, Nuphar advena, Cucumis sativus, Portulaca, and Amaranthus, and led to the following results :—. 1. Plant juices are good conductors, and the conductivity is due in large measure to the dissolved mineral substances, while the organic compounds play a minor part. 2. The specific conductivity of the juice obtained from the roots of plants is always considerably less than that of the juice obtained from sub-aérial parts. 8. The specific conductivity generally increases progressively from the root upward, although in some cases the sap from the stem has a higher conductivity than that from the leaves. 4. In the majority of cases the specific conductivity is a rough measure _ of the relative amounts of ash present in different parts of the plant. (See ' also “ Electrical.’’)—G. H. ANATOMY OF PODALYRIZ AND GENISTEA, . Podalyrie and Genistez, Leaf-anatomy of (Leih. Bot. Cent. _ bd. xii. ht. 2, pp. 279-288).—Dr, H. Solereder gives a short account of the anatomy of these two tribes. ‘The Podalyrie@ possess the charac- teristic hairs of Papilionacee ; they have no glands. The epidermis cells do not possess strongly undulated sidewalls. ‘here is no special type of stoma. ‘The intercellular spaces in the leaf are generally reduced. _ Both centric and bifacial types occur. Generally sclerenchyma accom- r. panies the bundles. Idioblasts are found frequently and contain tannin. The Genistee possess the usual leguminous hairs. Glandular hairs oceur in Melolobium. Tannin-idioblasts and calcium-oxalate crystals are generally absent, but saponin-like substances, spherocrystalline masses, _ indigo, and indican-like bodies are found. A key is given to the chief anatomical peculiarities of the genera in both groups.—G. F’. S.-H. SUBMERGED FOLIAGE. Proserpinaca palustris, On the nature of the stimulus causing the change of form and structure in. By W. B. McCallum ((Bot. Gaz. _ xxxiy. No. 2, p. 93).—The object of this paper is to discover the actual - cause which produces the finely-dissected foliage when submerged, the aerial leaves being narrowly lanceolate and serrate. After showing that light, nutrition, temperature, salts, relations to carbon-dioxide and O, and contact stimulus must be eliminated as direct influences, _ experiments proved that it was the excessively hydrated condition of the _ protoplasm. “The essential feature common to the water and the moist _ air (in which the submerged type was also produced) is the inhibition _ of transpiration and the consequent choking of the cells and diluting of the protoplasm with water.” By means of hygrometric salts the proto- _ plasm was restored to its proper state, and the air type of leaf was _ developed under water. 703 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Another fact was observed, that when plants had been kept submerged — for some months they started to produce the air type of foliage. “It would seem as if some of the plants after a time became accustomed to the stimulus and refused to respond. Or it may be that, as only the air form is capable of fruiting, in the effort to produce flowers the plant has the ability of self-adjustment to its conditions and develops the air form in spite of its environment.’’—G. H. PROTOPLASM. Protoplasmic Continuity (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 8, p. 348, plates 10 and 11).—F. G. Kohl (Marburg) describes and figures proto- plasmic connections in various alge (Chetopeltis), in Fern prothallia, in the leaf of Mosses, and in the guard-cells of the stomata. A critical discussion of the observations of others is also included in his paper. G. Ene RED SPIDER. Red Spider, Biology of. By R. V. Hanstein (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xii. 1902 ; pp. 1-7).—Two species of red spinning mite or spider are dis- tinguished: (1) Zetranychus telarius, the mite so common on the Lime tree, is green or greenish-yellow, with one pair of red eye-spots, and orange in the winter condition. (2) 7. Althee@ (on Hollyhock, Hop, French Bean, &c.) is greenish-brown, slightly larger than the other, with two pairs of eye-spots, and the female is red in colour from August till the following spring. The Lime mite causes the leaves to shrivel and fall, while the webs spun all over the tree are unsightly. The damage does not seem to injure the trees much, as the author has observed them badly attacked several years, yet each spring they produced healthy new foliage and, later, fruit. The Hop red mite, according to Miss Ormerod and other observers, is more destructive; the author has never found this species on the Lime. Eggs of the Lime mite were seen from May to November. After five or six days, six-legged larve hatch out, and these after three feeding periods and three resting periods, each from one to two days’ duration, become the eight-legged adult. During each resting period the structure is altered. From deposition of the eggs to the mature egg-laying female the life-history is completed in fourteen to eighteen days, so that four or five generations may be produced in a season. Towards autumn, the females change colour, and probably only these survive the winter. No males were observed in spring. The winter is passed in clefts of the bark or in the earth beneath. Sheltered by a dead leaf they were observed to have considerable resistance to cold, although it is probable that many perish in winter. Dry seasons favour their increase, but it was found that a certain degree of moisture was necessary for vigorous growth. Prevention: The author does not appear to have tried remedies himself, but discusses various methods which are much the same as given by Miss Ormerod (Manwal of Injurious Insects). The ladybird and other larve are natural enemies of the red mites. W,.. Gok ANATOMY OF RHAMNACES. Rhamnacex, Leaf-anatomy of (Beil. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 3, pp. 351-424; 45 figs.). Dr. Kurt Gemoll has examined 120 species a belonging to twenty-four genera of the tribes Rhamnee, Colletie, and Gouanie. There is a short account of the special characters of each species. The leaves show great variation in size and general character. In most of them there is no clear differentiation of the mesophyll into palisade and spongy parenchyma. The entire mesophyll consists of several layers of cells elongated like palisade cells. Very often the inner walls of the epidermis cells become mucilaginous. There are characteristic mucilage-containing cells in the collenchyma below the bundles. The leaf is generally bifacial. Some species of Ceanothus show deep grooves between the nerves on the under side, in which lie the stomata, protected by hairs. These sunken parts of the leaf have only one layer of palisade-like cells, while the rest may have seven to eight layers. The crystals show great variety as regards both character and position. Small stellate crystal cells are common in the spongy and bast parenchyma. Long crystals found in special thin-walled cells characterise the Gouanieg. These ‘“styloids” often reach from upper to lower epi- dermis, and produce the transparent points in the leaf. Short clino- rhombic crystals also occur, as well as small hendyoédic and aggregates oferystals. The hairs vary from long unicellular trichomes to stellate and stalked forms.—G. LI’. S.-H. NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. TO9 Rusts. Rust Fungi, Experiments with. By H. Klebahn (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xii. 1902 ; pp. 17-44, and 1382-151; 5 figs.).—The tenth annual report of the author on his experiments with the cultivation of hetercecious _ Uredinee with incomplete life-histories. While generally notes on progress of his work, each year brings some problem solved. Parts I. to VI. deal with the Melampsoree of Willows and Poplars. An excellent summary of results on the species occurring on Willows is given by Plowright (Gard. Chron. July 1902, p. 55). Inregard to Poplars the investigations confirm that MM. populina includes two forms: (1) M. allui-populina, ceoma on Allium ascalonicum, uredo on Populus’ nigra, cana- densis, and balsamifera; (2) M. laricis-populina, ceoma on Larch, -uredo on various Poplars. Other Poplar Melampsoree are noticed. Part VII. Experiments with needle-rusts of Pines: (1) Coleosporium Pulsatille, Lév., wcidia on Scots Pine, uredo on Pulsatilla pratensis and P. vulgaris. (2) Col. Inule, Fischer, connection with ecidia on Scots Pine confirmed. VIII. Rind-rust of Pines: (1) Identity of the three species Cronartium asclepiadeum, flaccidum, and Nemesie confirmed. (2) Peridermium pini, negative results with species of Galium, &e. IX. Aicidium elatinum; confirms Fischer’s results (see R.H.S. JOURNAL, yol. xxvii. p. 272). X. Chrysomyxa Ledi. Successful infection of Ledum palustre with ecidia from Conifere. XI. AMecidiwm Pastinace Rostr. ; confirms connection with a Urcmyces on Scirpus. XII. A Puccinia on Bistort gave xcidia on Angelica sylvestris and Carum Carvi, the name P. Angelice-bistorte, Kleb., is suggested; this confirms and extends Soppitt’s experiments. XIII. Rusts on Ribes and Carex spp. ; reports new experiments. XIV. An ecidium on Ranunculus acris, L., infected Meadow Fextail (Alopecurus), hence kelongs to Puecinia _ perplexans, Plowr. XV. Confirms connection of cidium graveolens, “A . a Cf’ 710 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Shutt., on Barberry with Puccinia Arrhenatheri, Krikss., on Tall Oat-grass. — XVI. Experiments with Puccinie on Phalaris ; reports new observations on the connection between these and ecidia on Liliacee and Orchidee. XVII. Gymnosporangium experiments ; notes on infection of Rosacea. W. GAs Rusts. Rusts of Cereal Crops: Origin and Propagation. By J. HKriksson (Ann. Sc. Nat. Bot. xiv. 1901, pp. 1-124; xv. 1902, pp. 1-160 ; figs. 10, plates 5).—For twelve years the author has carried on an important research on the rust fungi which damage Corn crops. Many papers and a book have been issued on his work. Reviews of the earlier work have appeared in English periodicals, e.g. Plowright (Gard. Chron., 1898), Massee (Natural Science, 1898), Smith (Nature, August 1898). The chief object of the present paper is to furnish evidence in favour of the author’s view that rusts of cereals are propagated by a germ which inhabits the grain. The paper is diffuse, and only a brief outline can be attempted. Part I.—Observations and investigations which suggest an internal origin of rust. A. Observations in the open field (xiv, pp. 1-124). The following are noteworthy. On autumn-sown Wheat, uredo patches were never seen by Hriksson earlier than thirty to thirty-four days after sowing the grain; yet uredospores under observation cause infection in ten to twelve days. Although the teleutospores germinate in April or May, the first appearance of uredo patcbes in the years 1891 to 1897 was: (a) autumn-sown Rye, last week of June to first and second weeks of July; (b) autumn-sown Wheat and Barley, second or third week of July; (c) spring Wheat, Oats, and Barley, second week of July to beginning of August. Again, autumn Wheat and Rye, 100 metres distant from the nearest Barberry bushes, showed uredo patches before spring Wheat and Barley only fifty metres off. The same variety of Wheat was sown at intervals of fourteen days from April to June ; in each case the first trace of rust appeared in eighty-one to ninety-six days. Varieties of Oats, Barley, and Wheat are unequally disposed to rust. — These and other results are given, and Eriksson says they can only be explained by assuming an internal germ as the cause. ‘The remainder of Part I. deals with the different species and forms of rust recognised by Kriksson, and with the course of their development. “| I. B. (xv. pp. 1-50.) Experiments with isolated cultures. Cereals liable to rust were grown in closed chambers and protected from outside — infection. At first the results were negative, because healthy plants could not be obtained in the chambers, but as technical details were improved normal plants were obtained. The majority of the experiments showed that plants protected from external infection can develop rust, of which the only source is an internal germ in the seed. The different methods of protecting the plants are shown in figs. 1-8, and plates 1 and 2. Part LL. (pp. 51-129). Morphology and biology of the internal germ of rust. This is the crux of Eriksson’s work, since it is the source to which he ascribes the propagation of rusts in epidemic form year after year. He criticises the opinion that the rust may be propagated by NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH, TEL an intercellular mycelium produced by spore-infection and living for some time in the host-plant before it gives rise to spores. Mriksson shows that no one has traced such a mycelium except near the spore- sori, and just prior to their formation ; his own observations confirm this. Another opinion is that the rust may arise from spores adherent to the husk of the grain or enclosed inside it. Mriksson says that adherent spores have been rarely recorded, while examination on his part shows only occasional cases, tco few to account for the general appearance of rust throughout a whole field. Spores have never been observed in or near | the embryo of the grain; they are always on or just below the husk. Experiments with grains with adherent spores show that these are not more liable to rust than clean grains, or those treated with fungicides. Current theories thus disposed of, Kriksson describes his myco- plasmic intracellular condition as a source of the disease.” ‘The germ ~ could not be discovered by any known methods of microtechnique till just before the appearance of the uredo-sori. At this time, by using 35 per cent. alcoholic hematoxylin, then 2 per cent. alum solution, and examining in glycerine, one can detect certain corpuscles floating in the cytoplasm, either isolated or in groups, irregular in outline and sometimes branched (plate 8), These are said to perforate the cell-wall and emit an intercellular mycelium, the corpuscles themselves remaining in the cell as suckers. (It seems yet not quite clear whether the corpuscles produce the mycelium, or whether they are the suckers produced by the mycelium.) Kriksson’s view is that the corpuscles are the visible product of a peculiar form of mycoplasm unrevealable by existing methods, and living in an intimate symbiosis with the cell-contents of the host-plant. ‘lhe presence of the mycoplasm does not appear to affect the host-plant much. In the grain it lives almost as long as the embryo plant itself, so that seed- grain several years old is as likely to produce rusted plants as that grown last year. Grain deformed and shrivelled by rust may give good crop, and vice versa. Plate 4 shows a variety of Wheat rusted in 1890 and 1892, healthy in 1891 and 1893, Rust epidemics appear _ to depend on the weather in April, but the exact conditions have not been - elucidated, Part IIL. (pp. 180-152). Recent work in other countries. Since the - mycoplasm theory introduces into plant pathology a new mode of propaga- tion of fungi, it has naturally led other workers to make observations ; _ generally, it must be said, with results antagonistic to Mriksson. ‘This chapter gives a critical review of recent work, and an attempt is made to _ read the results into a confirmation of the mycoplasm theory. Part LV. (pp. 158-155). What is to be done in the suppression of grain-rust? If Kriksson’s views be accepted, then the destruction of é Barberry, treatment of seed by fungicides, and other such measures are useless. Eriksson suggests a special experimental station in each country _ where rusts of cereals are epidemic. The work of the stations is to find vated ; (b) which are rust-proof; (c) to determine how far soil, situation, Manure, season, &c. are responsible for epidemics; (d) to obtain new arieties of rust-proof cereals. The investigators should hold periodic international conferences.—W. G. S. 712 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ANATOMY OF RUTACE. Rutacesz, Leaf-anatomy of. By Hilmar Schulze (Beih. Bot, Cent. bd. xii. ht. 1, pp. 55-98 ; 2 plates)—This is an important paper on the anatomy of the leaf in Rutacee. The most important points are connected with the secretion of mucilage by the inner walls of the epidermis cells (of the upper surface). In the simplest cases the inner wall (palisade side) has a mucilaginous layer deposited upon it ; in other cases this latter becomes covered by a subsequent cellulose lamella ; sometimes also a second deposit of mucilage and a second cellulose lamella. are laid down. Secretion glands were found in all the species in- vestigated with one exception, in which only oil-cells were present. An arrangement for emptying these glands was proved on the living plant in the case of seven species, and in many others the anatomy pointed to some similar structure. Peculiar circular groups of small cells were found on the lower side of the leaves of two species of Boronia ; they are enclosed by a ring of the usual epidermal cells, and are perhaps secretory in fune- tion. In Murraya exotica the epidermal cells are often pressed together, sometimes to such an extent that the lumina vanish. Stone-cells were found in the parenchyma of the main nerves in Almeidea. Idioblasts were present in the mesophyll of the four species of Boronia examined, and were at the extremities of the spiral vessels. Crystals of calcium oxalate are found in the epidermis of Flindersia, and the walls of the cells containing them are thickened. The large epidermis cells are often divided into many small cells, of which each contains a crystal. Hesperidin has been proved to exist in numerous other genera besides Boroma. Seventy-six species, belonging to thirty-five genera, are dis- cussed in this paper.—G. F’. S.-E. Spore DEVELOPMENT. Selaginella, Spore Development of (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 2, pp. 182-199 ; 1 plate)—Dr. P. Denke (Krefeld) has followed the development of the spores. He fixed the material in 4 glacial acetic and = absolute alcohol, then hardened in 50-60 per cent., 70 per cent., 80 per cent., 95 per cent., and absolute alcohol; then in chloroform and paraffin. The sections were 5-7'5 pw thick, and Meyer’s Hiweiss glycerin was employed. Stained hematoxylin and Congo red. The epidermal cells of the stem at a point just above the leaf divide, and the sporangia are formed by them and the hypodermal tissue. The author did not find that one special cell, characterised by great size, became the spore mother-cell. The macro- and microsporangia develop in the same manner until the separation of the cells of the central tissue in the sporangium ; this suggests that they are phylogenetically of the same origin. An extranuclear spindle initiates the division of both macro- and microspore mother-cells. The nucleus is drawn into the spindle by fibrils passing from the spindle poles to the nuclear membrane. Exo- and mesospore of the macrospore are close together, and are both formed one after the other by the protoplasm of the mother cell. During this process the membrane of the mother-cell becomes dissolved. After mesospore formation, there is only a small sphere of NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 718 plasma remaining at the apex of the spore. The projections on the outer side of the exospore are formed in S. emliana before the separation of the two layers. This separation is due to the more rapid growth of the exospore. The figures are excellent:—G. fF’. S.-H. SILVER-LEAF DISEASE. Silver-leaf Disease. By J. Percival (Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxv. p. 390, pl. 10 and 5 figures; July 21, 1902).—This disease, which frequently attacks the Plum and the Peach, less often the Apricot, and only occasionally the Sloe, has hitherto been a complete puzzle to all investigators. There is nothing unusual about the leaves of affected trees, except that, instead of their being green, they are of a peculiar ashy-grey colour; this peculiar colour is due to the presence of certain spaces filled with air between the cells of the epidermis, and not to any alteration of the colouring matter of the leaf. The affected trees may live for many years in this diseased condition, but they bear little or no fruit. When first noticed the disease is found often to only attack some of the branches on one side of the tree, but later the entire tree becomes affected. The author says: “In advanced cases a discoloration of the central parts of the wood is observable when the stems are cut across, and this sometimes extends to the wood of the finer branches, and into the wood of the leaf-petioles. In milder attacks, where the disease is of recent origin, the wood of the stem and branches is not discoloured as far as the naked eye can determine.”’ After careful examination of the roots, it was found that the roots of affected trees when cut across were always dis- coloured in the centre, and that between that portion and the healthier part surrounding it there were always the hyphe of a fungus, which, on being kept in a moist place for some time, grew and produced the sporo- phores of a fungus known as Sterewm purpureum. To prove whether this fungus was the cause of the disease or not, some healthy young Plum-trees of various kinds were inoculated with it on one- and two-year old branches early in March, and in the first week in May the leaves on these branches exhibited the characteristic silvery appearance, “thus showing conclusively that this fungus is the cause of the disease.’”—G. S. S. ANATOMY OF PLANTS. Sperguleze, Polycarpeze, Paronychize, Scleranthes, and Pteranthez, Anatomy of (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. pp. 189-181, pls. 3 and 4).—Herr Friedrich Joesting has written an important paper on this group of plants. The general anatomical characters are as follows :— he root is primarily diarch, and the phloém is without hard-bast elements. Development of the periderm begins at an early date. It may be formed from the pericambium, from the inner layers of the cortex, or from the sub-epidermal layer, The cambium, in a great number of genera, ceases at certain points to form wood. Only paren- chyma is developed at these places, hence the wood is divided into many radiating wedges. Secondary cambiums were found in nine of the thirty- three genera investigated. They arise either in the cortex, in the phello- derm, or in the phloém parenchyma. Papillary outgrowths of the 714 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. epidermis are common. An endodermis separated the cortex from the © mechanical cylinder, which latter consists of from one to five layers of close-set, strongly-thickened, rounded cells. This mechanical cylinder is nearly continuous, and is only interrupted at the nodes. ; The vascular bundles (probably collateral) are usually united to form aring. The perennial species show distinct annual rings in the wood, which in these cases is interrupted (see above). The leaves are very primitive in structure. There is no distinct difference in the shapes of palisade and spongy cells respectively ; there is a mass of collenchyma or sclerenchyma above the collateral bundles, which is enclosed with them in © a bundle-sheath. The stipules develop from a very small, many-layered, basal part, and eventally become dry, silvery-white, and one-layered. The following specific differences are noted :— (1) Isolated vascular bundles in Spergula, Corrigiola, and Pycnophyl- lum. (2) No mechanical ring in Drymaria and Pycnophyllum. (8) — Hard-bast only in Leflingia. (4) Lignified cork-cells in Spergula root. (5) Lignified cortex-cellsin Drymaria. (6) Lignified pith-cells in Sphero- coma, Pollichia, and Gymnocarpos. (7) Companion-cells to stomata, Siphonychia. (8) Gland in place of stipules, Ortega.—G. F. S.-H. STARCH AND INULIN. Starch and Inulin (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 2, pp. 226-242).— This paper has been written by Hugo Fischer in reply to a reference by Correns on the author’s well-known article on Inulin. It is mainly a criticism of Nigeli’s theory. The author has repeated Arthur Meyer’s experiments on the effect of light and darkness in producing the layers of starch grains with different results. Starch grains may be permanently coloured by staining with a drop of alcoholic iodine solution and mounting in Canada balsam. A short criticism of assimilation, of Haberlandt and Nemec’s gravitation theory as regards the starch sheath, of an enzyme as being the possible inulin-forming body, and of the absence of wound cork in certain tubers concludes the paper.—G. F’. S.-H. STOMATA. Stomata, Mechanism of, By Edwin Bingham Copeland, Stam- ford University, California (Ann. Bot. xvi. No. lxii. pp. 8327-364, pl. 18). —For the last hundred years, perhaps, the student of botany has found a special point of interest in stomata, and yet, as shown by this paper, there still remains an extensive field for observation. ‘From all points — of view, anatomical and physiological, the stomata have received more constant and lasting attention probably than any other single vegetative structure in the plant, and yet recent literature on the subject is most contradictory, not only as to the mechanism of their movements, but even as to the conditions which influence their opening and closing.” The relation between the structure of stomata and their movements forms the theme proper of this interesting paper. ‘ But as this takes for granted the occurrence of movement under certain conditions, we must first determine what these conditions are, and how, aside from the struc- ture of the stomata, the conditions are met.’’ Having thus shown the NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 715 scope of this paper from its first paragraph, we may be content to take the convenient summary (of part of the work) which is given at the end, in the following table :— The pore opens by— 1. A change of shape, rather than by stretching the walls, in which the change is— (a) An increase in the depth of the guard cell, in which there is chiefly concerned— | The entire wall (except the dorsal) . Medeola (Equisetum). The inner half . : . Mniwm. The outer half . . Funaria. The dorsal half . ; . Lycopodiwmn. Theends . . Osmunda. (5) An increase in the width of the slender stoma . . : : . Sagittaria. 2. Stretching the thin dorsal wall . . Amaryllis. 3. A change in shape, with or without much stretching, at the ends of the guard-cells which forces the dorsal wall, with the passive middle part of the cell— Directly backward . The Graminee. Upward and backward . The Conifere. 4, Combinations of the types of — Amaryllis and Mniwm ; . Helleborus. Amaryllis and the Granune@e . . Achillea. It should be added that in the fifty-seven figures of the plate we have a valuable exposition of stomata structure.—R. I. L. Decay oF TIMBER. Timber, The Decay of. By Hermann von Schrenk (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. No. 14: 1902; numerous photos and figures in text).—The investigations into this subject were set on foot in consequence of the annual destruction by decay of forest timber and of timber used for construction purposes, such as railroad ties, posts, bridge timber, &c., being almost beyond computation. The treatise deals with the following matters :—After the introduction, giving the scope of the report, there follow the structure of timber, the factors which cause the decay of wood, timber preservation, results of timber impregnation, ties, poles, &c., ballast, tie-plates, fastening, methods of impregnation and creosoting. It concludes with a summary. In the introduction the author speaks of the marvellous amount of timber consumed annually, with the corresponding drain upon the forest supply. For thirty years there has been a constant appreciation in the prices of timber in certain classes. Timber removed from the forests decays sooner or later. By increasing. the length of service of timber, not only does it become cheaper, but less is used. The object, therefore, is to increase the length of life of timber. Re ee MJ 6, ite te a AE RINT «4.1572 BL we 716 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Longer life may be attained in two ways—by placing wceod under such natural conditions that decay becomes impossible, or by preserving the wood in one way or another. After describing the anatomical structure of timber, the factors which cause the decay of wood are considered. Though insects of various sorts can do much harm, it is fungi which cause the greatest amount of de- struction in timber—bacteria and some hymenomycetous fungi being de- scribed and figured, and the process of decay by means of enzymes explained. The next section deals with timber preservation. The first method was charring, the next was the use of preservative paints. Finally, the injection of preservative substances into the wood was adopted. The second was found ineffectual because the evaporation of water was pre- vented, and gave access to any fungus-spores to grow. The materials for injection are copper sulphate (CuSO,), zinc sulphate (ZnSO,), zine chloride (ZnCl,), mercuric chloride (HgCl,), aluminium sul- phate (Al,(SO,)3), and the products of coal-tar distillation. The object of the salts is to prevent decay by destroying fungi, and the solution must be of a certain strength, as below a certain per cent. the fungus can begin to grow, as bacteria and other destroying agents. The preservative must be of easy injection, and ought to remain per- manently in the wood. It must penetrate all parts of the timber, and it must be cheap. Then follow accounts of the results of timber impregnation in Texas and in Europe, with technical details and figures on the structure of railway ties, poles, &c., as well as on stacking. With regard to the methods of impregnation, the one used in England Belgium, and France—the creosoting process—is the most costly, but at the same time the most effective in preserving the wood. Tables show the final results as to ties which had to be removed within twelve years, according to their being seasoned or not seasoned, and treated with the various salts mentioned above. Thus zine chloride in- creased the length of life of Beech, which decays the most rapidly, more than three times. After eleven years 82 per cent. of those treated with zinc chloride are still in service. Of Spruce only 49 per cent. were in service. With Pine, copper sulphate gave better results than zinc chloride, as the former had 16:5 per cent. and the latter 19°8 removal. Other comparisons are given for timbers used in Austria. Thus un- impregnated Oak ties lasted on an average eleven years, while those treated with zinc chloride were, for the most part, still in position after twelve years, and of those treated with tar oil still more. With regard to creosoting in England, Scotch Fir will last twenty-five or more years. The Bethell prccess is used, the injection resulting in a complete impregnation of the sap-wood, with a small penetration of the heart-wood. This total impregnation of that part of the wood from which decay usually starts retards the destruction of the timber for many years. Such timbers as can be wholly impregnated with creosote will never rot. The various merits of the other salts used as injections are further dis- cussed, as well as new processes, as the ‘‘senilisation by electric action,” ‘emulsion treatment,’’ &c., but they have not yet been sufficiently tried. Gita NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. Tk7 VACCINATION APPLIED TO PLANTS. Vaccination of Vegetables. By Raymond Roger (Rev. Hort. pp. 840-342; July 16, 1902).—In lieu of attacking contagious plant diseases by means of disinfectant solutions or vapours with a view to the destruction of existing organic germs, it is suggested as possible to anticipate the attacks of the more destructive types of thes3 by prior infection by less harmful ones on the antitoxin principle. It is pointed out that disinfectants of the class named are powerless where the pest has already invaded the internal tissues, and that hence the remedy is only partial, while such a remedy as the one in view would render the plants immune from such internal disintegration by weakening the force of the invading and disease-producing micro-organisms. The questions are raised, Do the parasitic micro-organisms secrete toxines in vegetable tissues as their co-generic fellows do in animals? Is the damage caused by their presence in the body of the plant due simply to the exhaustion by these foreign intruders of a part of the elementary matter destined for the plant itself, and hence causing an anemia, or is the matter com- plicated by a veritable poisoning by toxines or noxious secretions of the parasite ? As little evidence has been gathered on this point we can only argue by analogy, which teaches us that the success of vaccination depends in most cases on the production in the parasitic micro-organism of elements noxious to the parasite itself which render the subject immune, Observation so far tends to confirm this idea as regards plants. It is well known that the yeasts of fermented liquors, for instance, belonging to fungi of the Saccharomyces or Mucor genera sown in media rich in saccharine matter, have their vitality suspended so soon as the alcoholic contents attain a certain degree, although a large quantity of the sugar may not yet have suffered decomposition. Their activity is annihilated by the presence of the alcohol, a true toxine secreted by themselves. More precise facts resulting from recent experiments by M. J. Beauverie permit of the assumption in other cases, not only of the production of toxines, but also of the possibility of attenuating the virulence, and thus lead up to the hope that at length vegetable pathology may benefit by Pasteurian methods of imparting immunity. The marvellous results of his researches into the life history of the microbe of plant rot (la toile), Botrytis cinerea, by turning attention to this branch of investigation, will form beyond doubt the starting-point of a new therapeutical method as applied to vegetable diseases. We set forth briefly the facts as presented by M. Gaston Bonnier to the Academy of Science at the meeting of July 8, 1901. According to M. J. Beauverie, Botrytis cinerea, or the plant-rot microbe, presents itself under three different forms, according to the conditions of the medium in which it is developed. (a) Under its normal form it is saprophytic, ze. it lives at the expense of organic matter in decomposition. This condition, under which it is absolutely harmless to living vegetation, is characterised by the appearance of conidia as reproductive organs. (b) When Botrytis cinerea is developed under conditions of saturated humidity at a temperature of about 30° C. it becomes sterile, does not 718 JOURNAL O¥ THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. produce conidia, and is reduced to its purely vegetative stage of a filamentous mycelium. It is this new form which is particularly dangerous, and which in propagating houses produces the rot which causes such ravages among young seedlings and cuttings by inducing decay. (c) Between the conidia stage and the sterile or filamentous one there is a transitional phase, an intermediate form characterised by the simul- taneous presence of mycelium filaments and a very few conidia. In this condition the Botrytis is not quite harmless, but many plants can be affected by it without serious damage. When the temperature is high and the air very humid this form appears rapidly in vineries accompanied by the conidial type, which produces the noble rot (pourriture noble). It is frequent in damp temperate houses where the atmosphere is not confined. In a general way, according to M. Beauverie, this intermediate form is produced in a very humid atmcsphere at a temperature of 15° to 20° C. If the thermometer rises to 80° C. the fungus assumes the barren fila- mentous form unless the substratum be rich in nutritious matter for the fungus. It is this intermediate form which has served M. Beauverie for his immunising experiments. He obtained it by sowing B. cinerea spores on sterilised soil in Petri boxes of large superficies. Maintaining these boxes at from 15° to 18° C. the development of the attenuated type of Botrytis was very rapid, and the soil was soon infected throughout. The contaminated soil was placed in ordinary pots which were then filled with sowings and cuttings, especially Begonia cuttings. These plants adapted themselves rapidly to the action of the attenuated form of Botrytis, and being subsequently placed under conditions favourable to the development of the filamentous or rot form this was abundantly produced, but all the plants resisted its action. They were immune. It was necessary, however, to ascertain whether this immunity was really the result of the treatment, or whether the resistance of the vegetables under trial was simply due to a reduced virulence of the rot developed under such conditions. The counter experiment was made, the “rot’’ form produced during the trial was sown on the soil of ans not treated as above, and these succumbed straightway. Doubt was no longer possible ; the immunity was certainly induced by | the treatment. It only remained now to determine a practical method of utilising the discovery for the benefit of horticulture, and this M. Beauverie indicates in a few words in the paper above cited, as presented by M. Gaston Bonnier. According to this, in order to preserve seedlings and cuttings from this form of rot it is sufficient to use soil infected by the inter- mediate form of Botrytis cinerea. To do this the soil of a temperate house sufficiently aired is sown with spores obtained from the conidial form. The intermediate type develops very speedily. The sowings are then made and cuttings are inserted in this soil, and then after a few days’ growth they can be carried into warm houses and submitted to NOTES ON RECENT RESEARCH. 719 forcing, when, although the rot will develop abundantly, it will involve no serious risk to the young growths. These experiments do not stand alone. Subsequently, in a paper read at the Academy on July 29, 1901, M. Julien Roy demonstrated the pos- sibility of attenuating the virulence of other parasitic micro-organisms, such as the rusts and smuts of cereals &c. In another direction, according to Dr. Charron, outside the specific toxines of pathogenic microbes there are a number of other applications, organic serums or mineral saline solutions, which may modify the nutrition of the plants, and in this way produce a more or less complete immunity against con- tagious diseases. —C. T. D. ANATOMY OF VICI. Viciz, Anatomy of. By Otto Streicher (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 3, pp. 483-538).—Herr Otto Streicher has examined 105 species belonging to the six genera of this tribe of Leguminose. Like other leguminous tribes, there are characteristic stalked hairs. Calcium oxalate occurs only in the form of large single crystals and their derivatives, or sometimes as small prisms or granules. The multicellular stalked external glands are characteristic ; so also is the presence of mechanical tissue in the nerves. ‘Tannin-idioblasts, and mucilaginous modifications in the epidermal cells, do not occur. There is no special or peculiar arrange- ment of the cells next the stomata. The pericycle in Cicer contains isolated bast fibres ; in Abrws there is a continuous ring of sclerenchyma. Cork develops from the inner part of the primary rind in Cicer, but from the ‘“rind-epidermis”’ in Abrus. The author concludes that Abrus differs decidedly from the other Vicz@ in anatomical structure, and appears to doubt if it should remain in this family.—G. 2. S.-H. LN hn wan 720 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ABSTRACTS FROM CURRENT HORTICULTURAL PERIODICALS. Acacia arabica, on the Medical Value of. By Gaston Thierry. (Not. Kénig. Bot. Berlin, vol. ii. (1902), p. 197).—Gaston Thierry gives a short note recording the use of Acacia arabica, Willd., as a specific in dysentery.—H. M. W. Acanthacee from Tropical Africa. By 8. Le M. Moore (Journ. Bot. 477, pp. 805-809 ; 9/1902).—Description of Petalidiwm Gossweileri and P. tomentoswm, new species, collected at Mossamedes by John Goss- weiler; P. cirrhiferum from the Cunene-Zambesi region; Barleria buddleioides and Justicia linarioides from South-West Africa, collected by H. Baum, from specimens in the British Museum Herbarium. Gi. Baek African Flora XXIII. By A. Engler (Engl. Bot. Jahrb. vol. xxxii. 1902, pp. 58-189; 13/5/1902).—Includes the following papers :—A description by R. Pilger of a new genus of Grasses, Acritochete, from Mt. Kilimanjaro. The genus is allied to Panicum. A systematic account of the Algz, especially those constituting the plankton, from Lake Nyassa and neighbourhood, by W. Schmidle. The collections were made by Dr. Filleborn. A number of new forms are described, and the paper is illustrated by two plates. The description of new genera and species in the orders Liliaceae, Crucifere, Scytopetalacee, Linacee, Pedaliacee, Campanulacee, Rutacee, and Simarubacee, by Engler, and Bignoniacee by E. Haller; a description by various authors of new species from Benguella from the collections of Antunes and Dekindt; a conspectus of the species of the section Hustrophanthus of the genus Strophanthus, by E. Gilg; an account of the East African species of Landolphia, by Walter Busse (with plate); an account of the species of Strychnos collected by W. Busse in German East Africa, by E. Gilg and W. Busse ; and a description of the cultivated forms of Andropogon Sorghum from German East Africa and Togo, by W. Busse and R. Pilger. A,B. ae Agaricus campestris: Germination of the Spores &e. By Mar-— garet C. Ferguson (U.S.A. Dep. Agri. (Bur. Pi. Ind.) Bull. 16 ; 8 plates). —States that there is a large and growing consumption of Mushrooms for food in the States ; and that last year about 3,000,000 -lb. of canned Mushrooms were imported, as well as all the spawn used. In order that all spawn should be produced at home, and the Mushrooms grown, the > production of pure spawn of high vitality is essential. To this end many difficult problems required to be solved, to which this paper is dedicated as a basis for future work, having for its object the growing of pure virgin spawn. It records what has been done as an introduction, the methods ABSTRACTS. 721 employed, followed by records of experimental study on spore germination, extremes of temperature, action of an artificial digestive fluid, effects of acids on germination, effect of light on germination, age of the spores relative to their power of germination, a new factor in germination, effect of mycelium on germination, concluding that it has been determined that “if a few spores are able to germinate under the cultural conditions, or if a bit of the mycelium of Agaricus campestris be introduced into the culture, the growth resulting will in either case cause or make possible the germination of nearly all the spores of the culture, provided, of course, that the other conditions are not such as to inhibit germination.” This is followed by an historical review. The above to be considered as preliminary to work which must follow before the secrets are revealed.— M. C. C. Agave americana. By W. Dallimore (Garden, No. 1,589, p. 283 ; 3/5/1902).—The writer calls attention to the old notion that the Giant Agave (or American Aloe, as this plant is popularly but erroneously called) flowered but once in a hundred years, which is still believed by some people, who, when told that it is a myth appear quite disappointed, and their inter- est inthe plant is gone. To the enthusiastic gardener, however, the plant can never be without interest ; for its noble appearance, large, fleshy,and bold foliage, and, when it flowers, its tall stately inflorescence, terminated with hundreds of small tubular flowers, stamp it as one of the most distinct plants in the garden.—E. T. C. Agave Bakeri. By W. W. (Garden, No. 1,586, p. 240 ; 12/4/1902). —Nothing is known of the origin of this plant beyond the fact that it was purchased in 1889 at the sale of the collection of succulents formed by the late J. T. Peacock at Sudley House, Hammersmith. It belongs to the Littea section of the genus, the members of which have innumer- able flowers in pairs, forming a dense cylindrical subspicate inflorescence. The flower-spike is 8} feet high. It flowered at Kew this year for the first time. Illustrated by a photograph of the plant in the Mexican House at Kew.—E. T. C. Agricultural Conference in Queensland in 1902 (Qu. Agr. Journ. xi.; July 1902).—Reports of this conference occupy the entire July part of this journal, which cannot be satisfactorily abstracted. i, CO. C. Agricultural Returns for 1901 [Cd. 1,121}. Anon. (Jowrn. Bd. Agr. vol. ix. pp. 118-120).—This paper is a review of the Parliamentary publications of the statistics collected by the Board of Agriculture of the acreage and produce of crops and the number of live stock in Great Britain in 1901, references to portions of which have already appeared in the pages of the Society’s JournAL. It may be interesting in this connec- tion to add that the total area of land and water in Great Britain is given as 56,786,000 acres, of which 18,000,000 represent mountain and heath- land, used for grazing stock; 2,726,000 were occupied by woods and plantations, and 32,417,000 were under cultivation. The land under the AA THe Sart -3. 722 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. plough is shown to have fallen in Great Britain from 59 per cent. in the period 1867-71 to 49 per cent. in the period 1897-1901. The returns of the estimated yield of crops in 1901 show that, although Wheat was stated to be nearly a bushel per acre over average, the results of the corn harvest generally were unsatisfactory. A deficiency in the Turnip crop was only partially redeemed by a good yield of Mangolds, while the Hay crop, both from clover and meadows, was unusually short. | There was, however, a heavy crop of Potatos, and a large yield of Hops. 7 BR. N. Alaska, Suggestions to Pioneer Farmers in. By C. C. Georgeson (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Alaska Exp. Stn. Bull. 1; 7 plates; 1902).—A helpful body of instructions to intending settlers in Alaska, describing all the various processes to be gone through before the farm is in a condition to produce crops. Clearing the land, draining, building silos, and fertilising are all described with a view to the scarcity of avail- able appliances and the cost of introducing them. Freshly cleared land in Alaska is not capable of producing a paying crop without a good deal of preliminary fertilisation, and there is a red subsoil, said to be of volcanic origin, which is almost wholly sterile in itself.—M. L. A. Alkali on Citrus-trees, Effect of. By R. H. Loughridge (U.S.A, Exp. Stn. California, Report for 1897-8, p. 99; plates and tabs.).—The effect produced by the presence of alkali in the soil is both direct and indirect : direct in its action upon the trees through their roots, and indirect in its action upon the physical nature of the soil, and hence through the soil upon the tree. The direct action, of course, varies with the nature and amount of the alkali in the soil. Carbonate of soda is regarded as the most dangerous of the alkali salts, because of its intense alkalinity and corro- sive action on the rootlets. The chief injurious effect of chloride of sodium upon plant-life is that of an antiseptic whose action seems to be in the arrested development or killing of the nitrifying organisms in the soil. Sulphate of soda is injurious when in large amounts, and its action would seem to be chiefly that of preventing osmosis of the soil solution inward into the cells of the roots. This must ultimately produce death. In many affected orchards relief can be had by bringing the soil back to its orginal tilth by proper tillage, by deep ploughing of the soil to break up the compact hardpan condition caused by the alkali. As an aid to the loosening of the soil a green-manure crop should be grown and turned under to decay and give needed humus, which is an active agent in — maintaining good tilth. Alkali that has accumulated to a large extent in the soils must be removed by thorough leaching of the soil around the trees to depths of five or six feet; the leaching, of course, being done by water free from alkali. Reproductions of photographs are given showing the difference in Orange trees grown in soils containing much and little alkali, and valuable tables of the results of various analyses of soils — showing the percentages of alkali at various depths.—V. J. M. Algz, Destruction of. By L. Graebener (Die Gart. p. 520; 2/8/1902).—The author mentions how he destroyed the Alge in a tank a c: ; old ABSTRACTS. 728 where various typical aquatics—among others Victoria reqia—grew, containing also goldfishes and young brood. Not being able to clear the _ pest away, he threw in the tank a little copper vitriol, which at once killed the Alew, without injury to other plants and fishes.—G. Li. Algz in the Malayan Archipelago. By A. Weber van Bosse (Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. ser. ii. vol. ii. pt. i. 1901, p. 126, with 38 plates). Preliminary notes on the results of an expedition.—P. G. Almond, Late-flowering Varieties of. By G. Rossati (Bull. L. Soc. Tosc. Ort. ix. p. 277; September 1902).—The Almond is cultivated on a large scale in California only, although also in the States of Arizona, New Mexico, Texas, Utah, and Oregon. The Californian produce varies annually from 500,000 to 2,500,000 pounds, and the quality compares well with that of European varieties. The importation by the States from other countries depends on the success or otherwise of the Californian crops. A table is given showing the importation of the product from Italy, France, Spain, and other countries for the past five years. The liability of the tree to damage from frosts is the cause of its cultivation being confined to certain ‘“‘ Almond belts.’’ From data afforded by the Experimental Station at Berkeley, Cal., the variety most resistent to frost is ‘ Drake’s Seedling’; it is therefore not the best for quality. According to the Department of Agriculture at Washington, the best varieties for quality are ‘I X L,’ ‘Ne Plus Ultra,’ and ‘Nonpareil,’ which flower in February, and along with all the others mentioned in the report can be obtained from the California Nursery Company at Niles, Cal. Then follows a table compiled from the station at Berkeley, giving the times of flowering, germination and ripening, and the quantity of fruit going to make a pound for fourteen varieties grown at the sub-station of Foothill. According to Thomas Beck, a Watson- ville grower, the varieties ‘Commercial’ and ‘ Languedoc’ are the most resistent and productive. Mr. J. A. Sladky, another grower, recom- mends further the variety ‘Jordan,’ which originally sprang from Malaga, as resistent to frost and of excellent quality. He advises planting Bitter or Wild Almonds amongst the others, so as to facilitate fertilisation of the latter, which yield better fruit as a result of crossing. The cryptogamic disease known as “ leaf-blight’’ seriously attacks the foliage, so as often to leave the trees quite bare in the middle of summer, for which it is necessary to syringe the trees every fortnight with a copper solution. ‘ Red Spider” is treated in the same way.—W. C. W. Aloe oligospila. By J. G. Baker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7884).—Nat. ord. Liliaceae, tribe Aloinee. Native of Abyssinia. It was raised from seed by Mr. Lynch at Cambridge. Its nearest ally is A. obscura of the Cape. The perianth is pale red, tipped with green, less than 1 inch in length. Gd: . Aloe pendens. By A. Berger (Bot. Mag. tab. 7837).—Nat. ord. 3 Liliacee, tribe Aloinee. Native of Arabia. It bears a long raceme of _ pale rose-coloured flowers.—G. H. ; AAQ ve i 724 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. American Blight or Apple Plant-louse on Roots of Apple- trees. By C. Ritter (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xii. 1902, pp. 7-10; pl. 1).—The life-history of Schizonewra lanigera, Hausm., is known. ‘The author, however, directs attention to obscure points. In spite of many remedies the damage goes on. The occurrence of the blight on the roots causes swellings, which are shown on pl. 1, and it is suggested that the source of fresh infection of aérial parts may be the young insects developed on the roots. The paper is suggestive, but contains few original observa- tions.— W. G. S. Amphoranthus spinosus. By 8. Le M. Moore (Jowirn. Bot. 477, p. 805; tab. 441; 9/1902).—Description and figure of a new monotypic genus of the sub-order Cesalpiniee from Damaraland, collected by T.G. Ken, and now in the British Museum Herbarium. It is a leafless spinous shrub or undershrub, with sub-sessile fascicled axillary apetalous flowers.—G. S. B. Anemone cernua. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7,858).— Nat. ord. Ranunculacee, tribe Anemonee. Native of Manchuria and Japan. A tall flowering species, remarkable for the inner surface of the sepals being red-brown, the anthers yellow, and the styles blue. The flower is nearly two inches across. It flowered at Kew in 1902.—G. H. _ Anthospermum Randii. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Journ. Bot. 475, p. 258 ; 7/1902).—Description of a new species collected by Dr. Rand at Salisbury, Rhodesia, from specimens in the National Herbarium. GG. Sige Apple, Black Spot, and Spraying for Fungus Diseases. By D. McAlpine (Bull. Dep. Agr. Melb. No. 8; 1902; with 11 plates).— After an introduction combating the theory that plant diseases are “)plights’’ caused by the weather, it proceeds to record the earliest appearance of this disease, caused by Musicladium dendriticum in Kurope and Australia. This is sueceeded by an enumeration of the varieties of Apple and Pear most and least affected by the disease. Then follows the symptoms and effects of the disease, with an estimate of losses caused by it. This is said to be £10 per acre, on an average, for all kinds liable or not liable to attack. Hence the total annual loss for Victoria in Apples alone is estimated at £40,000. Afterwards follows a statement of the conditions favouring the disease, the nature of the fungus, and its life history; and it is suggested that the winter condition of the fungus is passed on fallen leaves under a new phase, that of Venturia inequalis and Venturia pyrina, both of which have been found in Victoria. But the evidence connecting the sporidia of these sphwriaceous fungi with the spring infection is not forthcoming, and the conclusion arrived at is that the summer spores of the mould are able to survive the winter, and start to germinate afresh on — the return of spring. The residue of the “ Bulletin’”’ is occupied with — details of the experiments which have been made in treating the disease. It is shown by tables that one formula for composing Bordeaux mixture has been more successful than any other, and is termed “ Grant’s mix- ABSTRACTS. 725 ture.’ This is said to be composed of “ bluestone and lime, with some added ingredient, and made in the same way as Bordeaux.’ Unfortunately the “added ingredient ’’ is not given, whether sal ammoniac, sulphate of ammonia, or common salt. It certainly is rather peculiar that the “ Bulletin” of a Department of Agriculture should so strongly commend one particular form of Bordeaux mixture—and retain as a secret the third ingredient—and give no clue to its composition. M. C. C. Apples, Cause of Failure in trees. By Ii. Walker (U.S.A. Lap. Sin. Arkansas, Bull. 71, 1902; 16 figs.).—This bulletin points out the vari- ous causes of death among the Apple-trees in the orchards of Arkangas : (1) Unsuitable soil, especially insufficient drainage or depth of soil; (2) Planting too closely—from 25 feet to 80 feet apart is recommended ; (8) Neglect of trees when young; (4) Planting of diseased stock, trees attacked by woolly aphis or “crown-gall,’’ the latter being due to the presence in the roots of a slime fungus (Dendrophagus globosus) ; (5) Planting of poor stock; (6) Sun-scald on exposed trees, caused by the direct rays of the sun falling upon the frozen trunks in winter; (7) In- sufficient cultivation of the soil; (8) The Apple ‘“ rust’ caused by one of the Uredinew, e.g. Loestelia pirata, having its teleutospore stage on Juniperus virginiand, forming the fungus known as Gymnosporangvum macropum, Lik.; (9) Borers: the beetles Chrysobothris femorata and Baperda candida are noted as the two worst; (10) Fruit-tree bark beetle (Scolytus rugulosus); (11) Bad and antithely pruning; (12) Over- bearing; (13) Root-rot caused by the fungi Clytocybe parasitica and Armillaria mellia, which live on decaying wood, invading the roots of _ Apple and other trees growing near their habitat.—J’. J. C. FL Apple Diseases, Systematic Prevention of. By H. EK. Summers, State Entomologist (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Iowa, 1901, pp. 49-58).—The writer estimates that fully one-fourth or one-third of the value of the _ Apple crop is annually lost in lowa from preventable injuries of insects and fungus diseases. Continual foresight is necessary, and should begin with the choice of nursery from which young trees are purchased. Wach tree should be examined before planting in order to make sure that no sign of disease is present. In particular it should be seen that the rools are free from—(1) woolly aphis (Schizoneura lanigera), (2) brown gall, (8) nematode worms. ‘hese three principally affect roots, and may be readily recognised by the nodular swellings that they produce upon the roots. For the woolly aphis a thorough fumigation with hydrocyanic _ acid is recommended. The entire bark of the tree should algo be examined in search of any trace of a scale insect—c.g. (1) San José Seale, (2) Oyster-shell Seale, (8) Seurfy Scale. The following description is given of these three :— — San José Scale (Aspidiotus permciosus), round, gray, with reddish centre ; _ different sizes ranging from 4), inch in diameter. Oyster-shell Seale ptiiiacris pomorwn), oval, smaller at one end, dark gray or blackish, _ with well-defined margin, about } inch in length. Scurfy Seale (Chion- aspis Surfureus), round, white shading to a dirty grayish-white when old, E margins poorly defined, about ,', inch in diameter. ee eke Ce els me worn . fede: aR 726 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. The preventive treatment of borers is best accomplished by coating the trunks of the trees with some application which deters the adult insect from depositing its eggs thereon. The worming of trees is also referred to, but spraying is particularly recommended. The writer advocates as many as five sprayings with copper sulphate, Bordeaux and arsenite, and gives full directions as to same.—V. J. M. Apple-trees Injured by ‘‘Palmer-worm.” By E. V. Lowe (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. N. York, Bull. 212; 4/1902; pp. 16-22; pl. 5-7).— The caterpillar of Ypsolopws pometellus, Harr., caused extensive damage to Apple-trees by eating the softer parts of leaves and gnawing the fruit. Spraying with arsenical poisons was recommended.—L’, J. C. Apples, Descriptions of Varieties. By W. K. Wonders (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Rep., Michigan, 1902, pp. 116-118).—Advocates the addition of description of flower—colour before and after opening, shape of petals, average length and width, average length of claw, average length of styles and stigmas, length of external and internal pedicels, average number of flowers in an inflorescence, average diameter of flower, number of stamens, and texture of petals—in the descriptions of varieties of Apples, but finds that the flowers in any variety of Pear vary too much to be used in classification.—F’. J. C. Aristolochia pontica. By C. Sprenger (Gard. Chron. No. 804, p. 883; fig. 118; May 24, 1902).—This fine species is a native of Batoum, where it grows vigorously in shady woods. The flowers are much curved, and vary in colour from olive-green to pure purple, and have a powerful scent. At Naples it is cultivated in the open ground near a wall in the deepest shade, and it is expected will soon become a favourite with amateurs.—G. S. S. Arnica montana. Anon. (Jowrn. Hort. p. 185; August 21, 1902) An illustration of this handsome yellow composite from the Alps is given, with a description on p. 171. Itis a durable perennial, requiring no attention.—C. W. D. Asclepias Randii. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 475, p. 255; 7/1902).—Description of a new species resembling A. gibba, collected at Salisbury, Rhodesia, with an enumeration of other species, from Dr, Rand’s specimens in the National Herbarium.—G. S. B. Asparagus Sprengeri (/ev. Hort. p. 851; August 1, 1902).—M. — Ch. Grosdemange of Soissons reports beautiful effect by planting out in May in half shady position, when it flowers abundantly and elegantly in July.--C, 7. D. Asters Injured by May-bug. By KE. V. Lowe (U.S.4d. Exp. Sin. — N. York, Bull, 212; 4/1902; pl. 8).--Extensive damage was done by the grub of this beetle (Lachnosterna fusca, Fréh.), which caused the wilting of the young plants by nibbling the roots. The plants were pulled up and — the grubs destroyed.—F’, J. C. | a as a a cee Koa / et Ae GE ESA ee ABSTRACTS, 127 Astilbe chinensis var. Davidii (Garden, p. 179; 13/9/1902).—A note and illustration about this beautiful new Astilbe, which is fully 6 feet high, with tall pyramidal spikes of rose-purple flowers. It is one of the most handsome perennials introduced of recent years, and is one of Mr. Wilson’s finds in China. It was introduced by Messrs. J. Veitch & Sons.—H. T. C. Astilbe, The Genus. By A. Henry (Gard. Chron. No. 815, p. 95, fig. 34, Aug. 9; p. 154, Aug. 80; p. 171, Sept. 6, 1902).—The first part of a paper on this genus deals with only one species, Aslilbe chinensis and its varieties, of which the most notable is Davidu, which is quite new in cultivation, having recently been sent home by one of Messrs. Veitch’s collectors from Central China, and attracted much attention when exhibited at the Royal Horticultural Society's meeting at the Drill Hall on August 5. Itisa perfectly hardy plant in this country, and attains the height of 6 feet. It bears a panicle of flowers 2 feet in length, of a beautiful violet-purple colour ; the petals are bluish violet, the calyx pink. The stamens are violet, and the anthers blue. In the second part of the article on this genus the affinities and nature of this genus are given, and the ten species which it contains described. A list is given of synonyms and various species which, according to the author, have wrongly been included in this genus. The third and con cluding part of this paper describes another species (the eleventh) recently discovered in Japan.—G. S. S. Astragaleze, Three new. By EK. Ulbrich (Not. Kénig. Bot. Berl. vol. ii. (1902), p. 192).— Ulbrich describes three new species of Astragalea, viz. A. erythrostachys, Ulbr., from Mexico; Oxytropis leucocephala, Ulbr., from Central Asia; and O. Holdereri, Ulbr., from N.I. Thibet, HH, M. W. Bamboos, Hardy. By W. J. Bean (Garden, No. 1,600, p. 44; 19/7/1902).—A valuable article, giving the names of the most beautiful and hardy Bamboos, with instructions as to soil, position, &¢.—H. T. C. Banana Anthracnose. “Sur le Mode de Développement du Cham- pignon du ‘ Noir des Bananes.’”” Par M. le Dr. G. Delacroix (Bull. Soc. Myce. Fr. xviii. p. 285 ; 1902; with fig.)—A detailed description of the development of the conidia of Gleosportwm musarwm (Cooke and Massee) on fruits of Banana in France and Algeria. The conidia are considered to vary very much in their dimensions according to their maturity between 10-12 x 4 yu (Cooke), 16-18 x 4 p (Stoneman), and 21-23 x 8y (Delacroix). On germination there is the appearance of a central septum and the production of a germinating filament, at the extremity of which one or more polyhedric chlamydospores are developed, with a thick and - slightly coloured membrane, 7-7} y diam. (fig. on p. 286).—M. C. C. 7 Banana, Disease of. By Dr. Axel Preyer, including a report by Dr. Looss and G. P. Foaden (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. ix., pt. 7, p. 100) — The disease is due to the presence of nematodes (Z’ylenchus) and occurs near Alexandria, where no results have followed experiments. Gas-lime 728 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. is suggested for proposed experiments. (See R.H.S. Journat, vol. xxvi. p. ccxxii; also p. 844.)—G. H. Bean, Velvet. By H. K. Miller (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Florida, Bull. 60; January 1902).—This work deals entirely with the Velvet Bean Mucuna utilis, which is apparently a coming plant for culture in this State. As a member of the natural order Legwminosea, it possesses the power of enriching the soil in nitrogen, acting in the same manner as our own Clovers, and, being of free growth, may be looked upon as a valuable means of renovating the soil from the free nitrogen of the atmosphere. It is also an excellent forage plant, on which stock seem to thrive well after it is made into hay in the usual manner. It can also be used as green pasturage, and in addition gives capital cover. An analysis is also appended showing the value of the Bean itself as an article of focd. Five plates are given illustrating the seeds, leaf, and flower, the root nodules, and a field of the Bean in full growth.—#. F. H. Bee Flowers of the West Indies. A list of. Extract from “ Bee- keeping in the West Indies”’ (Bull. Bot. Dep. Trin. No. 38, p. 429 ; April 1902).—E. A. B. Beet Army-worm (Laphygma exiqua, Hbn.). By F. H. Chittenden (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Div. of Entom., Bull. 33, pp. 37—46.)—This insect, which is identical with the British Caradrina (Spodoptera) exigua, Hbn., is described, and the serious injury which it does to both garden and sugar Beets by eating off not only the leaves but the crown of the root as well is noted. The caterpillar feeds also on Chenopodium album, Amaranthus, Atriplex, Corn, Potato, Pea, Onion, Sunflower, leaves of Apple, Mallow, Nicotiana glauca, Cleome, and Plantain. A single natural enemy, a Tachine fly (Frontina archippivora, Will.), is known in America. Spraying with kerosene emulsion or Paris green seem the most effectual remedies.—f’. J. C. « Beet Sugar in England, The Growth of. By A. D. Hall (Journ. S.H. Agr. Coll. Wye, No. 10, pp. 83-15 ; February 1901).—Gives the following conclusions: “In dry and warm seasons Sugar Beet may be grown in England of average quality, on land suited to the cultivation of Mangolds, &c. At the present price of sugar, no factory could afford to pay for Sugar Beet a price that would be remunerative to the farmer.”’ Further trials in the use of Sugar Beet as fodder conclusively prove that it cannot profitably replace Mangolds. . Manurial experiments upon Hops show that on the typical Hop lands of East Kent, or the “Rag” soil of Mid Kent, general manuring is required, but on clay and sandy soils, &c., specific treatment is needed, as, for instance, phosphates for Marden, potash for Frant, and lime for Farnham soil.—J. C. H. K. Beet-Sugar Industry in the United States, Progress of the. sy C. F. Saylor and B. T. Galloway (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Report 72; illus- trated).--An exhaustive pamphlet, of which the first part concerns the ABSTRACTS. 729 operations of the various Beet-sugar factories in the United States, and the proper methods of growing Beet; while the second part deals with the insect enemies and fungous diseases attacking Sugar-beet, with the remedies to be applied. This latter part also contains a report on the production of Sugar-beet seed. This industry is not yet fully developed in the States, but shows every prospect of rapidly increasing. ‘The present tonnage of 9°6 per acre would be increased by thorough cultivation, proper crop rotation, and by fertilising where necessary. At present, what the Beet-growing industry lacks is a proper disposal of its by-products. In most European countries (Germany especially) the pulp has been found to be a valuable food for domestic animals. When Beet cultivation was begun in Utah it was found necessary to adopt a system of irrigation, which, with no possibility of obtaining data from other countries with regard to this particular crop, has proved com- pletely successful, and opens up new prospects for agriculture and the people of the arid regions generally. The States hope eventually to produce enough sugar for their own consumption (as Spain, Italy, the Balkan States, and even Kgypt do now), and are striving to emulate the example of Germany, where, in 1878, the sugar content of the Beet averaged 9°24 per cent., and in 1898 it was 13°15 per cent., owing to gradual improvement. The cost per acre to produce Sugar-beets and market them is about $30 where rain is plentiful. This does not include the rent of the land. Where irrigation is necessary the cost is about $40 per acre. Besides the question of by-products, the incidental benefits resulting from the growing of Sugar Beets must be taken into consideration. The high cultivation given to the land through deep ploughing, thorough harrowing, and constant weeding, finally makes the land of superior quality for any purpose (Wheat, Corn, or anyother crop). Both in Europe and in America, owing to the immense importance of good quality, a farm superintendent is attached to certain farms on behalf of the factory that is to take their Beets. He is a trained agri- culturist and thoroughly scientific. The employment of such an official has been found to be a very necessary precaution, as the cultivation of the Beet is beset with difficulties, and the success of the growers means everything to the factories. The comparatively recent introduction of the industry, and the dislike of the conservative farming class to innova- tion, render the superintendent’s advice, guidance, and directions very valuable. Amongst by-products, the pulp is estimated by the author as second in value only to the chief product—sugar. It is a most valuable feeding- stuff for cattle, but as yet is little appreciated by stockmen and cattle- raisers. It can either be fed fresh or pressed and made into cakes, which sell at $2 per cwt. In one case, at Waverly, 800 head of three- and four- year-olds consumed about 100 lbs. of pulp per day, in addition to hay, and were putting on over 3 lbs. of flesh a day. Beet leaves, with a portion of the crown, are a valuable forage, but 730 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. should preferably be fed on the ground or ploughed under as green — manure, for if carted away fertilisers will be required to take their place. — Syrup manufacture comes next on the list. It is much used in making jams of different fruits. . The molasses resulting from the Beet-sugar industryis unpalatable in its — raw state, owing to the condensed salts which are extracted along with with the sugar; refining is necessary before it can be used, and even then — it has an acrid taste. It is worked up into shoe-blacking, vinegar, and alcohol, but the greater part is mixed with the pulp or the leaves, for — feeding purposes, or as a fertiliser. The establishment of a sugar factory is important from many points of view. It disposes of the Beets; it employs capital, also labour. Much coal is consumed (about 17 per cent. by weight) or else other fuel, such as petroleum or wood, and a large amount of lime rock is required (about 10 per cent.). The necessary supply of labour for the various operations of bunching, thinning, hoeing, harvesting, &c., has sometimes been difficult to obtain. It is now being met, in many cases, by the emigration from towns to the fields, at certain seasons, of adults and boys, many of whom are foreigners already well versed in the industry. At present most of the seed used is imported from Europe (largely from Germany). It is supplied by the factory, and costs the farmer about $8 per acre (at the rate of 20 lbs.). Some of the factories are beginning to produce their own seed. It has been found that in different States Beet does best after different crops, in one after corn, in another after alfalfa. The subject of irrigation is being seriously considered, for Beet has shown a remarkable adaptability for growth under these conditions and at present much water, from excessive rainfall and from melting — snows, is wasted. The best methods for combating insect pests (so far not numerous) and fungous diseases have yet to be discovered, the crops at present being practically at their mercy when attacks occur. The above considerations come chiefly within the province of the grower. The manufacturer is also confronted with problems, which are perhaps less easy to solve. Water-supply, fuel, the market for: the products, transportation, the supply of lime, skilled labour, all have to be thought of and provided for. Public opinion and the influence of the press have much to do with the success of the Beet-growing industry. There is a certain prejudice | against Beet sugar at present, which time will remove, for experts have decided that properly-made Beet sugar is not inferior to cane-sugar. The Report is profusely illustrated ; it contains numbers of statis-— tical tables of much interest, and it should do much to increase the popularity of this important industry.—C. AH. C. Begonia angularis. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7842).—_ Nat. ord. Begoniacee. Native of Brazil. A magnificent species, of shrubby habit, growing 8 feet high. Flowers freely at Kew throughout ABSTRACTS. 731 the year. The leaves are 6-8 inches long, very dark green. Flowers in large panicles, white, 3 m. diam.—G. H. Begonia Mite. By A. D. Michael (Gard. Chron. No. 806, p. 876; June 7, 1902).—This pest does not confine its attentions only to Begonias, although they are the chief sufferers. It belongs to the genus Tarsonemus, and is probably 7’. floricolus; but these mites are difficult to identify. They usually feed on the undersides of the leaves, when they may be destroyed by paraffin emulsion, sulphur, soap, kc. But they often burrow into the leaves and feed upon the parenchyma. In this position no external application of insecticides is of any use, and the affected plant had better be burnt. They are extremely small, and for that reason often escape detection, and were not noticed until a few years ago. Gee Se Begonias, Lemoine’s New; B. Buisson rose and B. Perle Lorraine, By L. Wittmack (Gartenjlora, p. 291; 2figs.; 1/6/02).—B. Buisson rose is a cross between B. gracilis var. diversifolia, flowering ordinarily during summer, and the winter-blooming B. polyantha. The rose-carmine flowers are produced from August to January. Begonia Perle Lorraine originated from B. polyantha crossed with the winter-flowering’B. dedalea. It blossoms from January to April ; flowers white or pale rose.—J. P. Berberis dictyophylla. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7883). —Nat. ord. Berberidee, tribe Berberee. Native of Yunnan. It has very small leaves, single yellow flowers nearly 4 inch in diameter, and elliptical crimson berries. It flowered at Kew in 1901, ripening its fruit in Sep- tember.—G. H. Bignonias. By W. Dallimore (Garden, No. 1,596, p. 412; 21/6/1902).—A description of “the best species in cultivation, together with a few belonging to other genera, which are in gardens usually spoken of as Bignonias.”’ Cultural directions are given.—L. T. C. Bitter-rot of Apples. By J. T. Burrill and J. C. Blair (U.S.A. Hap. Stn. Illinois, Bull. 77; July 1902; 12 figs.).—The authors supply the additional information regarding this rot (see Jowrn. R.H.S. xxvii. pp. 227, 281, 287) that, besides spreading from “mummy” Apples remaining on the trees, the disease is carried over the winter on the branches where a “canker” spot, where perithecia similar to those on “mummy ’’ Apples were produced, was found, in many cases just above the infected Apples. Spores from these spots produced the characteristic rot on the fruit in four days, and each spot formed the apex of a conical area of infection. This canker is totally distinct from that caused by Nummularia discreta, Tul. (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Illinois, Bull. 70), which usually attacks the trunk and larger branches, generally appearing on branches from one inch to a half-inch in diameter. Infected limbs and fruit should be removed from the orchards, taking care not to scatter the spores during the removal, and burnt; Bordeaux mixture sprayed on the fruits is a means of holding the disease abso- lutely in check.—F. J. C. ae SS es ee: RAS > + AINE aia ig reir Hg 732 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.. Bougainville#a spectabilis var. lateritia (Bull. Bot. Dep. Trin. No. 32, p. 409; January 1902).—Records the production of flowers, identical in every way with those of the typical form, by a seedling raised from this, the brick-red-flowered variety. LE. A. B. Broom, Common, Varieties of the. By W. Goldring (Garden, No. 1,590, p. 299 ; 10/5 /1902).—Description of the four varieties, with an illustration of the “ Moonlight Broom ”’ (Cytisus scoparius var. pallidus). This shrub, beautiful as it is and brighter than any other native flower, by its abundance as a wildling in some places, is seldom considered worthy of cultivation in the sense that it should be ina garden. Yet no shrub produces such a glowing effect of rich yellow, and is so valuable to the planter in districts where it is not abundant in a wild state. People often ask how Brooms are to be pruned when the plants get “leggy,” as in a few years they do. The answer is that nothing can be done to make dwarf bushy plants from “leggy” plants. The better plan is to start afresh with new plants, as “leggy ’’ ones, if cut hard back to the old wood, do not break afresh in a satisfactory way. The pruning of Brooms must be continually carried out while the plants are still dwarf, and the cutting away of straggling branches must take place so as to leave vigorous green-barked growth below the cut-away parts. By doing this, shapely bushes may be kept for years.—H. T C. Bryophyllum crenatum. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7,856).—Nat. ord. Crassulacee. Native of Central Madagascar. A plant at Kew is now 5 feet high. Flowers orange-red.—G. H. Bulb Mite. By G. Abbey (Journ. Hort. p. 272; September 18, 1902).—An illustration of a bulb attacked by the mite is given. Soft soap and paraffin or fir-tree oil are recommended as the best remedies. C. W. D. Burmannia Dalzieli. By A. B. Rendle (Jowrn. Bot. 477, p. 811; tab. 441; 9/1902).—Description of a new species resembling B. tuberosa, a Malayan species, found by Mr. John M. Dalziel; parasitic on roots in damp woods in China, from specimens in the British Museum Herbarium. Ge Saw. Byblis gigantea Lindl. By Dr. Hermann Ross (Gartenflora, p. 887; pl. 1500; 1/7/02).—Plate and description of this Australian insectivorous plant belonging to the Lentibulariacee.—ZJ. P. Byblis gigantea. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7846).— Nat. ord. (?). Native of West Australia. Leaves 6-12 inches long, very narrowly linear, terete. Flowers solitary, red-purple, nearly 1} inch in diameter. Whole plant covered with glandular hairs.—G. H. Calanthe Masuca var. sinensis. By A. B. Rendle (Journ. Bot. 477, p. 810 ; 9/1902).—Description of a new variety, collected in China by Mr. John M. Dalziel, of an Orchid described by Lindley from India and Java, growing in wet woods at an altitude of 2,000 feet, from a specimen in the British Museum Herbarium.—G. S. B. ~ ABSTRACTS. (3s Calla, A New (Rev. Hort. p. 874; August 16, 1902).—C. Elliottiana x C. albo-maculata, raised by Mr. J. Tailby, Wellesley, Mass. More floriferous than either parent; spathes primrose-yellow; foliage white spotted. Very robust and easy of culture; planted out end of May, it flowers until the frosts; the tubers are then lifted, dried, and stored like Potatos. Comes quite true from seed sown in the open in April. COPD, Calla, New Yellow (E. O. Orpet in Amer. Gard. xxiii. p. 463, fig. 101 ; 19/7/1902).—The result of crossing Richardia (Calla) Elliottiana with R. albo-maculata. It was raised by Mr. J. Tailby, of Wellesley, Mass. Foliage vigorous and prettily spotted ; spathes primrose-yellow, produced in great profusion ; altogether a marked improvement on both parents. The cross is said to have reproduced itself true to seed from the first.—C. C. H. Californian Fruit-growing. By C. H. Shinn (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. California, Bull. 141; June 1902; 18 figs.)—An account of experiments with deciduous fruit-trees at Paso Robles, near the Southern Coast Range Sub-station. The report, which points out the best fruits for growing in the district, has, among others, some interesting illustrations of root- systems of Almond, Apricot, and Olive trees.—I’. J. C. Calochorti and their Culture. By G. B. Mallett (Garden, No. 1,585, p. 220; 5/4/1902).—Deals with the unclassed species. Big eats Camassias. By George B. Mallett (Garden, No. 1,608, p. 94; 9/2/1902).—The value of Camassias for grouping in the border, shrub- bery, and woodland, or in any situation where it is desirable that the plants should be able to take care of themselves and thrive, is slowly but surely gaining recognition, despite the drawback of a singularly confused nomenclature, and the dearth of authoritative information about them. The genus contains five well-marked species, of which very full descrip- tions are given.—H. T. C. Cameroons, Economic Plants in the (Not. Kénig. Bot. Berlin, vol. ii. (1902), p. 198).—Preuss writes an account of the culture of economic plants introduced from the Central Botanic Station in Berlin into the Botanic Garden at Victoria, Cameroons. The paper refers to Cacao, Cola, Coffée, Tea, Sugar-cane, Vanilla, Cinnamon, Nutmeg, Cardamoms, Pimenta, Pepper, Ginger, and species of Garcinia, Anona, Papaya, Cinchona, Quassia, Smilax, &e. The list of India-rubber plants includes species of Castilloa, Sapiwm, Mascarenhasia, Hevea, Ficus, Forsteronia, Cryptostegia, and two unknown species of Apocynacee and Asclepediacee. As Gutta-percha plants species of Mimusops, Tabernemontana, and Galactrodendron are enumerated. The plants are grouped under headings denoting their uses, ¢.g., fibre-plants, shade-trees, food-plants, medicines, &¢., and some interesting short notes are appended, though the list embraces chiefly such as are well known in our colonial gardens.— H, M. W. 734 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Canker in Apple-trees. By H. Hasselbring, B.S. (U.S.A. Hap. Stn. Illinois, Bull. 70; 4/1902; 4 plates)—In America “canker” includes all diseases involving more or less extended areas of the bark. Mention is made of the cankers caused by Nectria ditissima, by Spheropsis Malorum, Peck, and by Gleosporiwm malicorticis, Cordley ; but the most serious bark disease in Illinois at present is caused by Nummularia discreta, Tul., which appears usually to be a saprophytic — fungus. In Illinois it has assumed the character of a wound parasite, the mycelium finally growing into the wood and causing the death of the branch. If found in its first stages, the diseased portion should be cut away and the wound covered with Bordeaux mixture or paint. All diseased branches should be removed and burnt. The fungus is — described and figured (see also Tulasne in “ Sel. Fung. Carp.”’ ii. plate v.) EI. Canker in Fruit-trees, Cure of. By G. D. Huet (Rev. Hort. p. 212; May 1, 1902).—Has succeeded in curing this by removing the ~ rough surface or knots infested and brushing over the bared surfaces with undiluted hydrochloric acid, z.e. the common spirits of salts of commerce. Care as regards clothes and flesh is naturally recommended in using such a corrosive, which, however, while destroying the fungus leaves the tree unharmed.—C. T. D. Canker-fungus on Pinus excelsa. By A. C. Forbes (Gard. — Chron. No. 817, p. 185; Aug. 23, 1902).—This fungus known as Dasyscypha resinaria, is a well-known fungus in the United States, it has now been found attacking specimens of Pinus excelsa. Itis said that the branches in the early stages of the attack exhibit gouty swellings under the bark, upon which the “cup-shaped fructification appears later on.” The blisters much resemble the Larch blisters, which are caused by a very nearly allied fungus. On badly attacked branches the blisters occur at intervals of two or three inches; the exudation of resin from the affected parts congeals in large masses, and later on completely covers the tree by flowing down its entire length. Cutting down and burning the infested trees seems to be the only practical way of dealing with this ‘ pest.—G. S. S. Canker, Larch and Spruce (Dasyscypha calycina, Fuckel, and D. resinaria, Rehm). By Geo. Massee (Journ. Bd. Agr. vol. ix. pp. 176- 188 ; pls. i.—ili.).—This very valuable article on these destructive diseases is the outcome of observations and experiments extending over a period of sixteen years, and conducted in various parts of England from Yorkshire to Hampshire. In this country D. calycina has also been found on Pinus sylvestris, L., and Abies pectinata, DC. In Southern Europe it has been found on the Pinus Pwmilio, Haenke, and in the United States on Abies balsamea, Miller. It has been proved by researches to be a wound-parasite ; ‘in other words, it cannot gain entrance into the tissues of a living tree except through a wound.” D. resinaria is apparently more local in its distribution in this country, ABSTRACTS. 185 and is recorded from Shropshire, Yorkshire, Surrey, and Hants. It has been most frequently met with on Picea excelsa, Link, but is also not uncommon on Larix europea, DC., and has recently been found in Wiltshire on Pinus excelsa, Wall. It is said also to occur either alone or in company with D, calycina. In his summary, the author states :—‘“ The Larch is most susceptible to canker when quite young, and as the fungus spores in the majority of instances gain an entrance to the living tissues through injuries caused by the Larch aphis (Chermes laricis, Hedwig), it follows that seedlings and young trees should be protected against this pest. This can be accomplished by spraying in the spring with paraffin emulsion, prepared as follows :—Dissolve half a pound of soft soap in two gallons of hot water, then add two gallons of paraffin, and mix thoroughly until the ingredients do not separate on standing. One gallon of the emulsion thus prepared should be diluted with fourteen gallons of water, when it is ready for use.”’ “ Recent investigations tend to show that the Spruce-gall aphis (Chermes abietis, L.) and the Larch aphis (Chermes laricis) are alternating stages of one species. The sexual generation occurs only on the Spruce, the agamic generations, consisting entirely of females, then migrating to the Larch. Under the circumstances, a mixture of Spruce and Larch is not to be recommended, as it furnishes the aphis with its two necessary host- plants. “ As a safeguard against inoculation taking place through bark fissures caused by late frosts, it is advisable not to form seed-beds nor to plant Larch in low-lying, damp localities, where not only are the plants most exposed to frost, but such situations also favour the presence of aphis. “Jn the case of larger.trees there is no cure. If the trunk is not seriously injured the tree may continue to grow and make wood for many years after being cankered. However, it is very important to remember that the toleration of canker-bearing ascophores is a serious menace to surrounding trees. As the spore is the only known means of transmitting the disease from one tree to another in a state of nature, therefore, when ever practicable, all canker wounds should be cut away, and the removed portions burnt. Protect the cut surface with a coating of gas-tar.”’ The author also gives details of his experiments with the fungi, and the work is embellished with beautiful coloured and plain figures representing the disease in its various phases.—A. N. Cantaloupe Blight. By H. H. Griffin (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Colorado, Press Bull. No.4; June 1900).—A fungus, Macrosporium cucumerium, Ellis & Everh, attacks the leaves of Cantaloupes, causing a number of brown spots to appear on the leaves; these spread until the whole leaf is destroyed. The result of the attack is to cause the fruit to ripen pre- Maturely and to become insipid. Spraying with Bordeaux mixture (6 lbs. copper sulphate, 4 lbs. fresh lime, 40 galls. water), and ammoniacal copper carbonate were both tried, and the Bordeaux mixture was found to be most satisfactory. The spray checked the progress of the disease and, | by prolonging the life of the plant, enabled the fruit to develop properly. : AS 2 736 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Carnations from Seed. By W. A. Watts (Garden, p. 211; 27 /9/1902).—An article showing the valuable experience of an amateur — in Carnation-growing. The following note is interesting :—‘ This raising of plants from seed may seem a long process, but patience is everything in gardening, and the reward will come when you see your plants show- ing a mass of buds, and you eagerly scan them every morning and criticise the flowers as they open. Now, one word of warning—you must not expect too much; there will be many that are not worth keeping, owing to the flowers being badly formed, and there will be a certain percentage of singles; but amongst the rest there should be, if the seed has been good, a nice lot of plants that you can layer for pro- ducing plants to bloom the next season, and these layers you will find are mostly stronger, and naturally more likely to suit your climate and soil, than plants you can procure elsewhere.” —HLH. T. C. Carrot Fly. By F. H. Chittenden (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Div. of Entom., Bull. 83, pp. 26-82; one figure).—This well-known insect (Psila rose, Fab.) is fully described and the injuries done to the Carrot noted. As means of controlling the attacks the following are recommended :—(1) kerosene emulsion (one part to ten of water) sprayed along the rows weekly, from the time the roots begin to form and especially after thinning, until the end of June; (2) late sowing; (8) rotation of crops; (4) destruction of insects in stored crops. The fly is reported to have attacked Celery as well as Carrot, a fact which must taken into account in planning rotations.—F’.. J. C. | Cassava, Report on. By R. Thomson (Buwil. Bot. Dep. Jam. ix., Pt. 6, p. 81, and Pt. 7, p. 97).—Deals with culture, expenses, chemical analysis (72 per cent. being starch of dry root and 3 per cent. sugar), and comparisons with other roots and the manufacture of starch sugar. Cassava, its cultivation in Florida and advantages in Jamaica.—G. H. Cattleya hybrida picta. (A. Péricat in Amer. Gard. xxiii. pp. 806, 807, fig. 70; 10/5/1902).—It is interesting to know that this plant is still in the land of the living, as it has been “lost to sight” for many years, though it has always been “ to memory dear’’ as the first — hybrid Cattleya raised by hand. It was raised by Dominy as far back as 1859, and was probably a hybrid between C. guttata and C. Loddigesu. Its sepals and petals are light green, spotted with purple ; petals margined © with rose; lip violet-purple, with white margin and yellow throat. It is_ now in the collection of Mrs. G. B. Wilson, of Philadelphia.—C. C. H. Cattleya x Leucothoe (EK. O. Orpet in Amer. Gard. xxiii. p. 513: 9/8/1902).—A new hybrid raised at 8. Lancaster, Mass., out of C. yranulosa by C. Walkeriana. Flowers light resy-lilac, dotted with crimson 5 lip crimson, with white lines.—C. C. H, Cattleya x Nepthys (KE. 0. Orpet in Amer. Gard. xxii. p. 483, 26 /7/1902).—A new hybrid raised at S. Lancaster, Mass., between C. granulosa Schofieldiana 3 and C. superba, the former being dominant in ABSTRACTS. 187 the flowers and the latter in the habit of growth. Flowers yellow, shaded with crimson.—C. C. H. Cattleya Roezlii. By R. A. R. (Orch. Rev. p. 222; July 1902).— Interesting particulars of this Orchid as to its origin, and possibilities of being a natural hybrid, are given.—H. J. C. Celery Culture. By W. R. Beattie (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Farm. Bull. 148, illustrated).—Celery is much grown in the Northern and Eastern States, and supplies the market from early June till January 1, that from Florida and California being ready from December until March or April. This paper, however, is chiefly devcted to the production of Celery for home use, growing and storing in small quantities, also to assist beginners who wish to grow for commerce. Celery seems to prefer a rich mellow sandy loam, but even clay is better than the peat bogs which abound in some regions. Sowing and transplanting are carried out in the same way as practised in all gardens; but, as Celery is apt to suffer from drought many systems of watering have been tried, amongst others the “ deluge sprinkler,” which, involving a system of pipes, is costly to install, and interferes with cultivation ; another, a sprinkler travelling on wires which has attained fair success; and sub-irrigation, which is not satis- factory, owing to the warmth induced in the sub soil by the current of air tollowing the water. The simplest and best, where the surface of the soil is even, is to run water along the rows by means of small furrows. Mulching is, of course, recommended, as obviating the necessity of much watering. Blanching, for early use, can be done either by banking up with earth (which imparts the best flavour) or by the use of boards, drain-tiles, paper- wrappings (not recommended) &c. For winter use it is better not to blanch at all, as the Celery keeps longer unblanched. and this process takes place naturally when stored, in trenches, pits, or otherwise. But on the whole, except by growers who wish to control and supply a special trade, it is found unprofitable to store for late keeping. Diseases, marketing, profits, and varieties are also dealt with.—C. H. C. Chayote: a Tropical Veretable. By O. F. Cook (U.S.A. Dep Agr. Div. Bot. Bull. No. 28).—Belongs to the Gourd family, and suggests the Cucumber more than any other of the cultivated plants of the same family. The leaves are concave, of a deep, fresh green, with a rough surface. The fruit is pear-shaped. There are several varieties. It is known throughout tropical America, has long been established in Madeira, also in gardens in Southern Europe and North Africa. In Australia, where it has been introduced, it bids fair to become of recognised com- mercial importance. The Chayote (Sechiwm edule) thrives best in a loose sandy or loamy soil; its other requirements are a sheltered position and Something to climb on. To secure new plants it is the universal practice to plant the entire fruit. As a food it has been compared to a Vegetable Marrow, and pronounce’ by some superior.—J. C. E. K. Cherries in Pots. By Owen Thomas (Garden, No. 1,589, p. 287; BB 738 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 3/5/1902).—The method of culture is fully described in this article, © which is accompanied by an illustration showing the beauty of the trees in flower.—H. T’. C. Cherries, Weeping. By W. J. Bean (Garden, p. 180 ; 18/9/1902).— A capital descriptive list of the many beautiful Weeping Cherries. The list comprises Prunus acida semperflorens (All Saints’ Cherry), P. Aviwm pendula, P. Chamecerasus pendula (the Siberian Cherry), P. Mahaleb pendula (the Weeping Mahaleb Cherry), P. Padus pendula (the Weeping Bird Cherry), P. pendula, P. puddwm (Himalayan Cherry), and P. serotina pendula (the Rum or Wild Black Cherry), with an illustration of Prunus Mahaleb var. chrysocarpa at Kew.—E. T. C. Chestnut, Yellow-flowered. By Ch. Grosdemange (Rev. Hort. p. 403; September 1, 1902).—Asculus intermedia. On trial it has been found to come true from seed, and is very distinct from all other Chestnuts.—C. T. D. China Proper, &c., An Enumeration of all the Plants known from. By F. B. Forbes and W. B. Hemsley (Jowrn. Linn. Soc. Bot., vol. “xxvl. p. 587, 18th pt. ; October 21, 1902).—This paper is a continuation of the flora of China Proper, Formosa, Hainan, Corea, the Luchu Archi- pelago, and the Island of Hongkong by the above authors.—G. S. S. Chroolepus or Trentepohlia (Beith. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 2, pp. 200-225; 1 plate).-—Herr F. Brand gives a description of two new species and one new variety of this alga. The paper contains a full dis- cussion of the mode of growth, formation of sporangia, and adaptations of these alge to their habitat. The cell-wall is shown to have, in some forms, special grooves on the outer surface, probably to retain rainwater. The thickening of the walls in dry weather and the peculiar hat-like ter- minations (probably the stumps of fallen branches) are fully described. There is a good bibliography.—G. F. S.-H. Chrysanthemums, Wild Forms of. By Aug. Henry (Gard. Chron. No. 802, p. 301, figs. 98, 94; May 10, 1902).—At one time all — . the cultivated plants introduced into Europe were supposed to be derived from one species, C. indicwm, but now a second species, generally known as C. sinense, but more correctly as C. morifoliwm, is supposed to share — the honour with the former species. Figures and descriptions are given of both species, also descriptions of the varieties of C. morifoliwm and — the localities in which they are found.—G. S. S. i Cicada septendecim. By V. H. Lowe (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. N. York, Bull. 212; 4/1902, pp. 3-16, pl. 1-5).—Gives an account of the locust or periodical cicada which appears every seventeen years in the Northern and every thirteen years in the Southern States.—/’. J. C. Cineraria Hamiltoni. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Journ. Bot. 479, p. 882; 11/1902).—Description of a new species, allied to C. aspera, collected in the Orange River Colony by Captain Barrett-Hamilton, from specimens in the British Museum Herbarium.—G. S. B, ABSTRACTS. 739 Citrus medica var. digitata. By A. Berger (Gard. Chron. No. 814, p. 71, fig. 26; Aug. 2, 1902).—One of the most curious varieties belonging to this genus is here figured and described. It grows chiefly in tle Chinese province of Fokien. The photograph was taken in Mr. Han- bury’s garden at La Mortola, where various species of Citrus grow freely. This variety is more a bush than a tree. The peculiarity of this variety is that the carpels of the fruit are not united at the top, but are developed separately like a number of fingers. The Chinese call the fruit “The fingers of Buddha.’ Similar digitate fruits occur in other species of Citrus.—G. S. S. Clover Anthracnose. By O. Kirchner (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xii. 1902, pp. 10-14; 2 figs.).—The author examined more completely this disease described by Mehner in 1901 (see Abstracts, vol. xxvi. p. 916). In two sets of clover plots the disease was worst on a red clover from Northern France, and this seed is regarded as the carrier of the fungus, which spread more or less to other varieties. Fig. 1 shows a plant attacked ; fig. 2 the spore-production. The author considers it distinct from the North American Glewosoporium trifolii, Peck, and proposes the name G. caulivorum because it causes characteristic depressed spots on the stem, light brown in colour with a black edge, and the conidia are slightly curved.— W. G. S. Coffee Culture in Queensland. By Howard Newport (Qu. Agr. Journ. x. p. 889; May 1902).—This is the tenth communication upon the subject, and is restricted to topping and suckering, and is therefore strictly cultural as applied to local requirements, by the “ Instructor in Coffee Culture.”’—WM. C. C. Coloured Glass, Effect on Vegetation of. By G. T. Grignan _ (Rev. Hort. pp. 388-90 ; August 16, 1902).—Observations regarding the utility of red and blue glass for respectively hastening or retarding growth. He alludes especially to M. Camille Flammarion’s experiments and emphasises his warning that much of the effect depends upon the - spectroscopic quality of the colour of the glass, which cannot be detected visually with certainty. Hence many reputed failures. Further, it is not suggested that it is beneficial to keep plants permanently under coloured glass: this should only be used temporarily for hastening or retarding, natural white light being essential to continued health. Blue glass keeps vegetation at an absolute standstill as if asleep, even Strawberries remaining thus from May to October. Red or orange, on the other hand, stimulates growth remarkably.—C. T. D. Compositz, Numerical Variation of the Ray-flowers of. By E. M. Wilcox (Bot. Gaz. xxxiii. No. 6, p. 462).—The present paper deals with Helianthus annuus. 1,108 heads were examined, and the number of ray-florets classified and tabulated with a curve between 12 and 28 ; 20 gave 80°25 per cent., and 21 70°08 per cent. None of the others were higher than 7:25 per cent. Again, from 29 to 45 there were only three above 34, [The author does not allude to phyllotaxis; but this appears -to be BB2 740 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the obvious interpretation. The typical number corresponds to the ~ fraction ={;, and the last terminates with }}; precisely what might be anticipated on a priori grounds. |—G. H. Composite Flora of Africa, A Contribution to the. By S. Le M. Moore (Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxv. p. 805, pl.8 ; July 21, 1902).—This paper consists entirely of descriptions of Composite plants collected by various travellers in Africa, which are now preserved in the Herbarium of the British Museum, and a few notes as to the differences between certain genera and some species. Between 170 and 180 different species and varieties are enumerated. ‘The paper occupies 638 pages, and is illustrated by one plate.—G. S. S. Conifers, The Natural History of. By W.C. W. (Gard. Chron. No. 811, p. 18; July 12, 1902).—In this the first article on the subject, various general characteristics of this family are given; attention is called to the fact that all the members are evergreen, with the exception of the Larch, the deciduous Cyprus, and the Maidenhair Tree, which, however, is scarcely a true Conifer, and that owing to the positions in which they are usually found they are exposed to high dry winds, so that were their leaves of the normal character (flat, with an extended surface) the amount of evaporation from them would be very detrimental to the trees. The needle-like forms of the leaves of most species offer a very small surface to the wind, so that the evaporation from them is reduced to a minimum, as well as the chance of injury in a violent gale. The various methods by which the seeds are distributed are pointed out. (Continued July 19, p. 33.) G.S.S. Convolvulacee, African. By A. B. Rendle (Jowrn. Bot. 473, pp. 189-191; 5/1902).— Descriptions of Convolvulus Randu, collected in Rhodesia by Dr. R. F. Rand; Jpom@a Ommannei, collected at Johannesburg by Mr. H. T. Ommanney; and J. Barretti, collected in the Orange River Colony by Captain G. C. H. Barrett-Hamilton, from specimens in the National Herbarium.—G. S. B. Cottage-garden Shows (Garden, p. 173; 13/9/1902).—An article advocating cottage shows, and expressing regret that they are not more popular. The writer would fain galvanise them into new life, more especially so because, so far from their usefulness being diminished, it is likely to be augmented in the future. It occurs to him that the electric touch which is needed will be found in corporate management and control. PRE La 2 Cotton. The Cotton industry. By Daniel Jones (Qu. Agr. Journ. x. p. 876; May 1902).--On varieties and crops; value of the crop; health- fulness of Cotton-seed oil. Im 1871 the value of Cotton exported to England was £79°317—and in that year the area under cultivation was 12,962 acres.—WM. C. C. Cotton Growing. An old industry reviving. By A. J. Boyd (Qu. Agr. Journ. X., p. 463; June 1902).—The substance of a lecture on the veneral features of the subject delivered to the farmers in North Queensland.—M. C. C. a ee — : . i = , ¥ ABSTRACTS. 741 Cow-pea, Diseases of. By W. A. Orton (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Bull. No. 17; with four plates).—The wilt disease of the Cow-pea is caused by a fungus, Neocomospora vasinfecta, var. tracheiphila, Kr. Sm., and enters the plants from the soil through the smaller roots. Microconidia produced inside the vessels of the living stem. Macroconidia (fusariwm stage) borne on the outer surface of the dead stems. Ascomycetous stage on the roots of dead plants. As a preventive measure the rotation of crops is recommended.—M. C. C. Cow-pea resistent to Root-knot. By Herbert J. Webber. (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. (Bur. Pl. Ind.) Bull. No. 17, pp. 23-86; 1902; with two plates).—Root-knot or root-gall is caused by the attacks of a nematode (Heterodera radicicola, Gr.), and affects some 64 species of plants, in- cluding Violet, Rose, Cucumber, and Tomato. The possibility of con- trolling nematode diseases by the use of resistent varieties and stocks being admitted, the Iron Cowpea variety is recommended as resistent to the attacks of the nematode.—M. C. C. Crassula congesta. By N. EK. Brown (Gard. Chron. No. 819, p. 171, Sept. 6, 1902).—A very distinct species from South Africa, received at Kew from the Cape Town Botanic Gardens in 1901. It is of botanic rather than horticultural interest. The plants are not more than 8 or 34 inches in height ; the flowers are arranged in a large dense terminal head, and would prove effective if several plants were grown together in a pot. G. S. S. Crassulas, New, from South Africa. By S. Schénland and E. G. Baker (Journ. Bot. 476, pp. 282-291 ; 8/1902).—Descriptions of C. rudis, Hrnesti, mesembrianthoides, deceptor, cornuta, elegans, tenwipedi- cellata, minutiflora, Leipoldtii, Tysoni, loriformis, Rattrayi, and allied _ forms previously named, mostly from Namaqualand.—G. S. B. Crinum, Hybridisation of. By C. Sprenger (Bull. LR. Soc. Tose. Ort. ix. p. 271; September 1902).—The author possesses one of the finest collections in existence of this plant. Baker’s monograph of 1888 gives Seventy-nine species; the author has in his garden to-day over a hundred species. He gives a long list of the hybrids obtained by himself since 1897. ‘The plants are grown in the open all the year round, and are only transplanted about once in seven or eight years, as this process disturbs their powers of flowering. He has succeeded in fertilising not only Asiatic species with American and African, but also species of the sub-genus Stenaster with those of the sub-genus Platyaster, as, e.g., C. pedunculatum x C. pratense, and also species of the former sub-genus with those of the sub-genus Codocrinum, as, e.g., C. pedunculatum x C. jemense. Asarule the flowers of Crinwm open at night; some in the evening, some at midnight, others towards dawn, and still others when daylight arrives. Several can stand the full sunlight: these are aquatic or bog species, or those coming from tropical woods. The pollen of all is hardy except that of the woodland species, which easily perishes and _ is the cause of the infertility of this or that Crinwm. The time at which _ the pollen must be transported to the stigma will depend on the species, 742 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the ripening of the stigma, the weather, the sun, and the amount of moisture in the air. The author prefers to pollinate towards evening, after the greatest heat is over, and the flower has passed the first day of its life. The stigma is then mature, and fertilisation is almost always guaranteed. Pollination must be performed with very fine brushes, which are to be carried in glass or porcelain cases, not in those of wood or metal. He has also succeeded in the fertilisation of the sub-genus Codocrinum x Stenaster, e.g., C. gemense x C. pedunculatum. The seeds appear like ready-formed bulbils, and germinate of their own accord on falling to the ground, even under the most burning sun. The hardly ripe seeds are placed at once in small pots and treated as if they were bulbils. They germinate in a few weeks, spend the first winter under glass, and in the following spring are placed in the open ground, where they reach during the first year of their life, if treated with plenty of manure and water, a considerable development, and flower profusely in the third, fourth, or at latest in the fifth year—W. C. W. Cucumber and Melon Leaf-blotch (Cercospora melonis, Cke.). Anon. (Jour. Bd. Agr. vol. ix, pp. 196-198, pl. iv.).—‘‘The disease under con- sideration can only assume the proportion of a destructive epidemic when attacking plants grown under glass, and when a high temperature and an excess of moisture are present. Such conditions, accompanied by a deficiency of light, result in the production of ‘ soft’ foliage, and it isonly | such foliage that the fungus can attack. Experiments carried out at Kew prove that the fungus cannot develop under ‘ lights’ or in the open air. Plants that are badly diseased, if removed to the open air, produce new foliage which remains perfectly healthy. “The disease is entirely an artificial creation, rendered possible by the rushing mode of cultivation.” The preventive measures given are as follows :—If the foliage is fairly hard, the disease cannot assume the dimensions of an epidemic, and even if it appears it can be kept well in hand by spraying. To accomplish this end a fair supply of air should be admitted, so that the atmosphere is not constantly saturated with moisture. It is wise to spray in anticipation of the disease, using a solution of potassium sulphide—two ounces to three gallons of water, adding two ounces of soft soap. It is very important that the under sides of the leaves be thoroughly wetted with the solution. If the disease is present the soil should be drenched with the solution. Diseased leaves should be removed and burnt before they decay and fall to the ground. After a diseased crop has been removed, the soil should be thoroughly drenched with a solution of ‘‘ Jeyes’ Fluid,” in the proportion of an ounce to a gallon of water. Copies of this valuable paper may be obtained free on application to the Secretary, the Board of Agriculture. 4 Whitehall Place, London, 8.W. Beg Currant Rust, Observations on. By P. Hennings (Zezt. f. Pflanz. xil, 1902, pp. 129-132).—Cronartium ribicola, Dietr., was observed on ABSTRACTS. 748 twenty-five species, as well as varieties and hybrids of Ribes. Anopinion previously expressed by the author is confirmed, that the appearance and development of spores and sori of the fungus, and the spots on the leaves are to be traced to the physical and chemical nature of the substratum. On this account the author protests against the recent tendency to create and multiply biological species which cannot be distinguished by morpho- logical characters. Such species only differ because they are adapted to different host-plants.—W. G. S. Cyeas circinalis, L., Monstrous Fronds of. By C. Sprenger (Bull. R. Soc. Tosc. Ort. viii. p. 242 ; August 1902).—The plant came from Pfister, of Naples. The monstrous frond was otherwise in a perfect condition of health. The lowermost leaflets are perfect, but not always opposite, falcate, and, save a few, regular. Some on the right side of the rachis are strangely turned over either to the lower or the upper side, crisped and undulate, as if they had been interfered with before expansion. The right side possesses sixteen leaflets, the left only thirteen. Higher up the rachis is devoid of these leaflets, and there a union of great numbers of associated leaflets, both on the right and left sides, forms a kind of boat which from the opposite side looks like a monstrous shell, fringed and incised at the apex and strangely coloured, as if it had all been varnished below. In another case the terminal leaflet was trifid, as if formed of three united together.— W. C. W. Cyclamen colchicum. By H. Gebhardt (Die Gart. p. 474; 5/7/1902).—A new species or form from tbe Caucasus, resembling our C. ewropewm ; in colour variable, it has the delicate scent of C. ewro- peum, and is autumn-flowering, the same as the former.—G. R. Cymbidium rhodochilum, By R.A. Rolfe (Orch. Rev. p. 184; June 1902).—Interesting and historical particulars of this rare species are given.—H. J. C. Cynanchum precox, Schlechter. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Journ. Bot. 475, p. 256; 7/1902).— Description of a new species of Asclepiad collected by Dr. Rand in the district of Salisbury, Rhodesia, and provisionally named by Mr. Schlechter, from specimens in the | National Herbarium.—G. S. B. Cynometra and Maniltoa, New Species of. By H. Harms (Not. Kong. Bot. Berlin, vol. iii. (1902), p. 186).—Harms describes a number of new species of the genera Cynometra, L., and Mamiltoa, Scheff., viz. C. Schumanniana, Harms, from New Guinea; C. sumplicifolia, Harms, from the Philippines ; C. Warburgii, Harms, from N. Luzon ; M. Scheffer’, K. Schum, from New Guinea; M. Hollrungii, Harms, from New Guinea ; M. browneoides, Harms, from 8.E. Java (2), &e.—H. M. W. Cynorchis purpurascens. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7,852).—Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Ophrydee@. Native of the Mascarene Islands. Flowers many inaglobose head ; perianth 13 inch broad ; rose- coloured labellum and paler petals.—G. H. 744 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Cynorchis villosa. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7,845).— Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Ophrydee. Native of Madagascar. The raceme is spiciform, 38-4 inches long; perianth of rose-purple colour, with an inflated spur.—G. H. Cypripedium x Eucharis Fournierianum (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., Cyp..x pl. 58; 6/1902).—A pretty form of this hybrid raised from C. imsigne Mauler and C. Lawrenceanwm. Dorsal sepal ereen, with large white outer area almost covered with purple spots arranged in lines.—C. C. H. Cypripedium, Hybrid. By O. Froebel (Dic Gart. p. 426; 7/6/1902).—Cypripedium Leeanum superbum and C. ‘Calypso’ superbum, raised by crossing C. imsigne Chantint and C. Spicerianum. magnificum. The latter is a cross between C. Boxallii superbum and C. Spicerianum magnificum. The flowers are superior in shape and colour to the types, and are besides extraordinarily robust and free. The ordinary time of flowering is from December till February.—G. R. Cypripedium hybridum “Frau Geheimrat Borsig’’ (Gartenflora, p. 898 ; pl. 1,501; 1/8/02).—Coloured plate of a hybrid between C. w- signe and C. Chamberlainianum.—ZJ. P. Cypripedium x Lebaudyanum (J. E. Rothwell in Amer. Gard. Xxlil. pp. 885, 386, and 387, fig. 90; 14/6/1902)—A hybrid raised in 1895 in the collection of M. Robert Lebaudy, of Bougival, Belgium, between C. Haynaldianum and C. philippinense. Flowers 4-5 on the 2-feet scape, borne on one-year growth ; intermediate in shape, but larger than either parent; pouch yellow; dorsal sepal white and pale green, with crimson spots and stripes ; petals spotted and tipped with mauve. CC. Cypripedium x Rhodopsis (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., Cyp. x pl. 51: &/1902).—A new hybrid raised by Mr. Reginald Young, of Liver- pool, out of C. Charlesworth by C. x enfieldiense (C. Lawrenceanum x CU. Hookere).—C. C. H. Cypripedium x ‘ Svend Brun’ (J. EK. Rothwell in Amer. Gard. xxill. p. 385, fig. 89; 14/6/1902).—A garden hybrid between C. Lowté and C. Curtis. Dorsal sepal much lke C. Curtisii; petals and pouch intense wine-colour, the former beautifully spotted with dark brown ; leaves leathery, slightly tessellated.—C. C. H. Cyrtopodium punctatum, Lindl. By Dr. F. Krinzlin (Garten- flora, p. 505, pl. 1,508, and 2 figs.; 1/10/1902). A coloured plate and two figures of this tropical American Orchid, with short description and history of the species.—J. P. Decaisnea Fargesii. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7848).— Nat. ord. Berberidea, tribe Lardizabale@. Native of China. It flowered at Kew 1901; now a shrub 7 feet high. It is closely allied to D. insignis of KE. Himalaya.—G. H. ABSTRACTS. 745 Dendrobium Brymerianum, Hybrid (Orch. fev. p. 153; May 1902).—Particulars are here given of the first hybrid that has been in- duced to flower from the influence of Dendrobium Brymerianum as a parent, being also described as D. x Hunteri.—H. J. C. Dendrobium moschatum and D. Bensonie. By H. Conrad (Die Gart. p. 522; 2/8/1902).—With coloured plate.—G. Lf. Dendrobium moschatum. By James Britten (Jowrn. Bot. 476, p. 281; 8/1902).—An explanation that Swartz’s name takes precedence of D. Calceolaria of Hooker, formerly figured and described by Buchanan as Hpidendrum moschatum.—G. S. B. Dendromecon rigidum. Anon. (Journ. Hort. p. 102; July 31, 1902).—An engraving is given of this rare Californian shrubby perennial, which has somewhat of the habit of the better known Romneya Coulteri. Though quite hardy, and introduced into cultivation in England by David Douglas many years ago, it is very difficult to satisfy, and very few specimens are known. It is growing well at Kew on the west wall of the Cattleya house.—C. W. D. Dianthus plumarius hybrid ‘Sophia Ragionieri.’ By Angiolo Pucci (Bull. R. Soc. Tosc. Ort. vi. p. 166; June 1902).—Exhibited by Dr. Attilio Ragionieri. It was raised from seed of Dianthus plumarius fertilised by pollen from D. Caryophyllus. It resembles the former in its very glaucous narrow leaves and its compact habit, and the latter in its dimensions. It is about 40 cm. high; the flowers are borne on rigid stalks about 30-85 cm. long, and consist of a great number of fringed petals of a dull sulphury-pink colour and pistils of a much brighter colour, projecting from the centre ; they are about 8 cm. in breadth, and possess a delicious odour, which is that of D. plumarius, but slightly recalls the scent of the other parent. The plant grows freely and produces abundant flowers. It flourishes in the open, forming handsome borders, and flowering about the middle of May. If grown in a pot and allowed to become old it forms, if properly supported, fine metre-high pyramids. It may be gently forced.—W. C. W. . Dinacria sebzoides. By S. Schonland and E. G. Baker (Journ. Bot. 476, p. 282; 8/1902).—Description of a new Crassulad from Beaconsfield, near Grahamstown, South Africa, by Dr. Schénland, the collector, “a little glabrous annual.” —G. S. B. Dischidia hirsuta. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7,858).— Nat. ord. Asclepiadee, tribe Marsdenie@. Native of Malaya. It is one of the smallest-leaved species, the leaves being about 1 inch long. The stem clings like Ivy, and this is the only species which has flowered in Europe. The flower is 4 inch long with a globose, blood-red corolla.-—G. H. Dischidia with Double Pitchers. By H. H. W. Pearson (Journ. Lunn. Soc., Bot. vol. xxxv. p. 875, pl. 9; July 21, 1902).—The genus Dischidia is notable from the fact that the growth of some of the leaves 1s very different from thatof the others. In'these the apical growth seems 746 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. to be early arrested, and “a rapid growth of the central portion of the morphologically upper surface of the leaves ensues, resulting in the formation of a hollow pitcher, the inner surface of which is homologous with the lower surface of the leaf.’’ In some species the pitchers are double : that is, there is a small pitcher within the other. The outer pitchers are large flattish structures of a somewhat oval form, measuring at times 23 inches by 2 inches. The “inner pitcher”’ is “ formed by the inflexed margin of the outer pitcher,’ opposite the insertion of the petiole. “One or two roots, arising from the petiole or from points on the stem close to it, enter the pitcher through the orifice and give rise to numerous branches, which in some cases almost fill the cavity.’’ ‘In all cases more or less soil is present in the outer pitcher among the roots.’’ It is impossible that the soil should find its way into the pitcher by the action of gravity, and “it has been proved that ants frequent the pitchers and make their nests in them,” so it is fair to conclude that the soil is brought in by the ants as material for their nests. ‘To what extent the welfare — of the plant is dependent on the food-materials obtained by these pitcher- roots is unknown.’’ Certain suggestions made in the paper as to the use of the inner pitchers, the presence of the hyphe of a fungus, will, the author says, require modification when the living plants can be studied. The present investigations were made from specimens in the Kew Herbarium.—G. S. S. Echinocactus microspermus. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7840).—Nat. ord. Cactee, tribe Echinocactee. Native of Argentina. The stem is small, globose, 2-4 in. in diameter, with radiating spines, straight or flexuous. Flowers golden yellow.—G. H. Echium Wildpretii. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7847).— Nat. ord. Boraginee, tribe Boragee. Native of the Canary Islands. A tall plant terminated by a dense-flowered thyrsus of short pedunculated cymes. Flowers pale red.—G. H. : Entomology, Notes on Economie. By F. V. Theobald (Journ. S.E. Agr. Coll. Wye, No. 11, February 1902).—Tells of the successful introduction of the Australian Ladybird (Vedalia cardinalis) into the United States, as a Scale destroyer. The British species do not breed in | sufficient numbers to hold any species of aphis in check. He believes a Ladybird from Queensland (Leis conforms) with which he is experi- menting would be of immense value in the Hop gardens.—J. C. HE. K. Epi-Cattleya x auranti-media (E. 0. Orpet in Amer. Gard. xxiii. p. 483 ; 26/7/1902).—A new hybrid raised at S. Lancaster, Mass., between — Cattleya intermedia? and Epidendrum aurantiacum dé. Flowers yellow, shaded brown, and tinted crimson-purple.—C. C. H. Epi-Cattleya xNebo (E. 0. Orpet in Amer. Gard. xxiii. p. 483, 26/7 /1902).—A new hybrid of complicated parentage raised at S. Lancaster Mass., between Hpidendrum x O’Brienianum ? (itself a hybrid between Ei. radicans and E. evectum) and Cattleya x Claesianad (a natural hybrid between C. intermedia and C. Loddigesii). As in similar hybrids ABSTRACTS. : T47 the Hpidendrum ancestry is again dominant over the Cattleya in all essential characters. Stem reed-like; flowers 15 inches across, borne in loose clusters, carmine-red, changing to rosy lilac; lip connate, with column as in Hpidendrum.—C. C. H. Epidendrum xCuco (Oakes Ames in Amer. Gard. xxiii. p. 670, fig. 188; 18/10/1902).—A new hybrid raised by Mr. T. L. Mead, of Oviedo, Fla., between H. cochleatum and EH. cucullatum. Flowers yellow- ish green, suffused with ‘‘ muddy purple ”’ ; structure intermediate, with an inclination to the latter parent.—C. C. H. _ Epidendrum Endresii. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7,855). —Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Epidendree. Native of Costa Rica. It bears box-like leaves and terminal racemes of white flowers, the labellum having spots of violet at the base.—G. H. Epiphytes. (From a lecture given by R. A. Rolfe, A.L.S. (Orch. fev. p. 188; May 1902.) Continued from p. 104 of the previous num- ber).—Many interesting epiphytal particulars are included of Orchi- daceous plants, Bromeliads, and other generic species.—H. J. C. Epirrhizanthes, Contributions to the Knowledge of. By O. Penzig (Ann. Jard. Bot. Butt. ser. ii. vol. ii. pt. ii. 1901, p. 142, with 7 plates).—A description of two species of the polygalaceous H'pirrhizan- thes, including an account of their histology and a demonstration that they are saprophytes, not parasites. In their histological structure, including their mycorrhiza, they conform with the general saprophytic type.—P. G. Eranthemum atropurpureum. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7839).—Nat. ord. Acanthacee, tribe Justicee. Native of the Solomon Islands. It has large leaves, 4-6 inches long, dark red-purple colour above, Spiciform panicles of white flowers, spotted with purple on the three lower lobes of the corolla. It flowered at Kew 1900.—G.H. Erica Stuarti. By E. F. Linton (Jowrn. Bot. 478, pp. 363-4; 10/1902).—Description of a heath found in Connemara by the late Dr. Charles Stuart, and considered to be a hybrid between EZ. mediterranea and H. Mackati.—G. S. B. Eucalyptus cordata. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7835). —Nat. ord. Myrtacee, tribe Leptospermee. Native of Tasmania. It was raised from seed at Kew and is now 15 feet high. It grew out of doors at _ Kew in 1851, but was killed by frost. The leaves are mealy, 3 or 4 inches long, and elliptical—G. H. Euryops socotranus. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7838). —Nat. ord. Composite, tribe Senecionide. Native of Socotra. It was raised from seed at Liverpool, but shows different characters from the wild plant. It bears dissected leaves with narrow linear segments, _ Heads yellow, sub-solitary, 1 inch in diameter, with reflexed ray-florets and orange disc-florets.—G. H. 748 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Experiment Station Work (U.S.A. Dept. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 149, pp. 1-27, 5 figs.; 1902.—Contains : 1. A comparison of the fertilising value of manure and “ meadow muck,’’ or peat, from which it appears that the value of peat as a fertiliser is too low to pay for transportation or any general use. 2. A note on additional experiments in Potato culture, with results which emphasise the importance of maintaining a sufficient supply of humus in the soil to preserve moisture, and which also prove that tillage during a drought may be overdone. Only so much is necessary at such times as will keep the surface loose and thoroughly dry. The use of Bordeaux mixture is recommended even where blight is not prevalent. 3. A description of a model farmer’s kitchen-garden which was planted in the grounds of the Horticultural Department of the University of Illinois. The idea was to provide a continual supply of vegetables throughout the season at the least possible expenditure of time and labour. The results showed an expenditure of seed that amounted to $5.45, of labour valued at $26.11, and of 50 cents’ worth of insecticides ; total $382.06 for the season. In return for this a constant and varied supply of fresh vegetables was available during the season, besides Sweet Corn for tinning, Cucumbers, green Tomatos, &c. for pickling, and a supply of Cabbages, Beets, &c. for the winter, together of the estimated value of 883.84, showing a balance in favour of the garden of $51.78. 4. Observations on the shrinkage or increase in weight of crops stored under various conditions. Indian Corn is said to be the crop in which shrinkage after storing is most evident, while Wheat harvested in the central valleys in California may possibly increase 25 per cent. on transportation to a temperate climate, and will almost certainly increase from 5 to 15 per cent. Wheat allowed to become dead ripe before harvesting weighs slightly less ' than when cut at the exact moment of readiness, largely no doubt through the shelling of the grain. Experiments show that on the degree of maturity at which hay is cut depends largely the extent to which it will shrink during curing, the advantage being in favour of late- cut hay. 5. An account of experiments at the Arkansas Station in trans- planting and manuring Musk Melons. These seem to show that the period of maturity can be hastened two to three weeks by starting the plants in hotbeds and transplanting afterwards, and that the best and most economical method of fertilising is by applying well-rotted farmyard manure to the surface of the “hills’’ ard working it into the soil. 6. Gives hints on the fertiliser requirements of Strawberries collected at various experimental stations. Strawberries are, by analysis, not an exhausting crop to the soil, but in consequence of their comparatively short period of growth in the early part of the year, they require rela- tively large amounts of immediately available nitrogen, phosphoric acid, und potash. Well-rotted farmyard manure is the fertiliser most generally used and recommended, but in places where its cost makes its use unwise, ashes ABSTRACTS. 749 and ground bones may be used as a supplement to green manuring. The green crop should be ploughed under in the autumn, and the bone and ashes applied broadcast in the spring and lightly harrowed in. Two formulas which have proved popular with Strawberry growers in Maryland are: (a) Dissolved South Carolina rock, 1,000 Ib. Fine ground dried fish or tankage, 600 lb. Nitrate of soda, 100 lb. Muriate of potash, 300 lb. applied at the rate of 400 to 600 Ib. per acre before the plants are set. For old beds the following mixture worked lightly in along the rows at the rate of about 300 lb. per acre is suggested : (6) Dissolved South Carolina rock, 1,100 1b. Dried blood, 200 lb. Nitrate of soda, 400 lb. Sulphate of potash, 300 lb. In Georgia the usual mixture is: Superphosphate, 1,140 lb. Nitrate of soda, 540 lb. Muriate of potash, 320 lb. applied at the rate of 800 to 1,000 lb. per acre; but the best results are secured when 1,280 lb. of kainit are substituted for the muriate of potash. Tests initiated by the Cornell Station on different farms and plots proved potash and phosphatic fertilisers to be more effective than nitrogenous fertilisers, especially in soils well supplied with humus. At the New Jersey Station experiments were made with nitrate of soda, which it is becoming the practice to apply as a top-dressing in spring. 200 lb. of nitrate per acre was the quantity applied, and the fruit yield was increased from 18 to 31 per cent. by its use. It must be remembered, however, that nitrate of soda will increase the leaf-growth of the plant disproportionately unless mineral elements are also applied at the same time, or exist already in sufficient quantity in the soil. At the Wisconsin Station they are of opinion that a liberal top- dressing with fine manure or very fertile soil after the fruiting season is the most rational method of fertilising Strawberries. 8. Some useful information on the culture of Plums, which ought to be more extensively cultivated than they are in the States. A list is given of the best and hardiest varieties, and the best soil is said to be a loose deep gravelly soil with an open subsoil, such as is suited to Apples or Potatos. The methods of planting and pruning are described and illustrated with figures, and hints on manuring, cultivating, thinning, gathering, and packing are given. 9. Results of observations on the comparative economy of hand and horse cultivation, and of field-planting and starting in beds and trans- planting onions at the Texas Station. With both the varieties of Onion experimented on the greatest profit per acre came from the crop worked by hand and grown first in beds and transplanted. Directions for this process are given. 750 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. At the New York station it has lately been recorded that in certain — market-garden regions, particularly on Long Island, commercial fertilisers are habitually applied in larger quanties than the crop requires, or can consume, and at a cost which with an uncertain crop and with a fluctuat- ing market is hable to leave too small a margin of profit to the grower. M. L. H. Fadogia stenophylla, Welw., var. rhodesiana. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 475, p. 253 ; 7/1902).—Description of a new variety, with larger, cream-coloured flowers, and short, broad, bright green leaves, collected by Dr. Rand at Salisbury, Rhodesia, from a specimen in the National Herbarium.—G. S. B. Ferula Assa-feetida (syn. Scorodosma fatidum). By T. W. Meyer (Die Gart. p. 494; 19/7/1902; with illustration).—A pretty and rather uncommon foliage plant of the nat. ord. Umbellifere. Also grown for its well-known medical properties.——G. Ff. Ficus elastica: Grafting Roots on Cuttings. By J. Foussat (Rev. Hort. pp. 456-7 ; Oct. 1, 1902.)—One woodcut representing a well- wooded cutting eighteen days after insertion, due to the grafting of a small piece of root about 2 in. long, not more, upon the base of the cutting immediately below the last leaf. Much time is thereby gained without 5 per cent. of loss. Cuttings can be removed in a fortnight from the propagating-house. The same operation is suggested for other plants difficult or slow to establish by cuttings.—C. T. D. Ficus Livia (Trojan Fig). By ©. Sprenger (Bull. R. Soc. Tose. Ort. vii. p. 210; July 1902).—Its native country is probably Asia Minor, in the region of Mount Kaz-Dagh (Mount Ida), or in the peninsula near the Adramyttic Gulf. In the plain of Mendere (Skamandros) this Fig is cultivated in enormous quantities, and it is not impossible that it has always been found there. After the conquest of Troy the Greeks pro- bably carried off this Fig, amongst other precious fruits, to their own country, whence it would, under the name ‘‘ Trojan Fig,’’ have been eventually brought to Italy. Palestine, Syria, Asia Minor, &c. are the centres of its greatest prosperity, where it grows tall and robust, and in height rivals the Plane-tree. Hesiod does not mention it, but Archilochus, 700 B.c., speaks of it as a product of his island, Paros. The when and how of its introduction into Italy remains obscure, but there is a legend of Ficus ruminalis in whose shade Romulus and Remus were suckled by the wolf. It is also known that under Tiberius, a great lover of fresh fruits, many Fig-trees, cultivated and improved, had been imported from Greece. This Fig rarely bears male flowers. The fruit is large, pyri- form, smooth, at first bright green, becoming reddish on the side next the sun ; the rind, on ripening of the fruit, easily splits. The pulp is of a rose-wine colour, saccharine, and melliferous, weighing 50 to 70 grams. With the Neapolitans, rich and poor alike, it forms an important article of food. It is one of the most reliable trees for producing annually a large crop of fruit. Desiccation of the fruit must take place before the autumn rains. The first fruits ripen at the end of July in the warmest ABSTRACTS. | 751 position, and continue to do so until November. After drying in the sun the fruit should be placed in an oven for a quarter of an hour, otherwise it will not keep well. The tree is often gigantic in size, forming a very broad crown of long, sometimes contorted and irregular, branches, this latter character being often due to rough usage by the peasants while eathering the fruit. The trunk is erect, with an ash-coloured bark. The wood, valueless when young, is, when old and well dried, very hard. The long-stalked leaves are very broad, more or less regularly trilobed, slightly sinuate and denticulate, cordate at the base, with whitish vena- tion, of a bright green on the upper, of a glaucous tinge and rough on the lower surface. Goats are very fond of them. The first flowers appear in May, when the annual branches have attained half their size. The chief centres of the Fig’s cultivation are Naples, Gaeta, Capua, Caserta, and Salerno. The plant is not dainty as regards choice of soil, but prefers a good cultivated medium, though it flourishes equally well in light poor soil.— W. C. W. Fig Culture Gut of Doors and Under Glass. By O. Thomas (Garden, No. 1,596, p. 414; 21/6/1902).—A valuable article on this important subject. Training, thinning the fruit, ventilation, time of flowering, and fertilisation are thoroughly gone into. “ Every year the Fig is becoming more sought after, and as the art of growing it to greater perfection becomes better known, so will there be an increased demand for the fruit.’—H. T. C. Finger-and-Toe in Turnips (Plasmodiophora brassice). Anon. (Jowrn. Bd. Agr. vol. ix. pp. 145-149, with fig.).—An extremely infectious fungoid disease, often very destructive both in the garden and field. It is said, however, to be practically unknown on soils naturally containing a high percentage of lime. As a preventive, the use of burnt lime has been found to give the best results.—R. N. Flax Wilt and Flax-sick Soil. By H. L. Bolley (U.S.A. Eup. Sin., N. Dakota Bulli. No. 50; with woodcuts).—_-There is a diseased condition of Flax soils long known as “ Flax-sick soil.” The plants die at all ages as if attacked by “wilt.” The direct cause is a fungus parasite which grows on the inside of the Flax plant, starting from the seed or the roots, chiefly by way of the seed. This fungus belongs to the genus F'wsariwm, and a new species to be called Fusariwm lint. When the soil is once infected no way is known to rid it of the parasite. The seed Flax should be thoroughly cleaned before treating. Scaly Flax seed and seed which has been wet are always very poor for seed. Such seeds harbour the spores of fungi which kill the young plants as soon as the seeds germinate. Cease growing Flax year after year on the same land. Burn as much of the old Flax straw and stubble which remain upon the ground as possible. The Flax-wilt disease does more injury to the seed- lings when the seed is placed deep in loose soil than when planted shallow. One-half to three-fourths inch is the best depth.—WM. C. C. Floral Exhibits, Artistic. By Georges Bellait (Rev. Hort. pp. 282-5 ; three illustrations ; June 16, 1902).—A very interesting article on the art 752 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of grouping cut flowers artistically, as opposed to the prevalent bunching methods, with numerous descriptive examples.—C. T. D. Forest Lands, A Working Plan for, near Pine Bluff, Arkansas. By Frederick EK. Olmsted (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. (Bur. Forestry) Bull. 82).—This may best be described as a systematic plan for lumbering, giving in a precise and practical way the yield of timber that may be expected from a given area and the conditions governing the transport and marketing of the timber when felled. The work is divided into two parts—the Timber Lands and Forest Management—with a number of beautifully executed illustrations and working plans for the forest land. It is published under the direction of the United States Department of Agriculture—an example that might well be followed by our Board of Agriculture at home, where forest literature and evidence given as to planting up some of the waste lands of the British Isles receive but scant attention. That great good will be brought about bya systematic plan of working the forest lands of any country goes without saying, irregular and too heavy cuttings being thus prevented, while an annual inspection by a reliable Government official will greatly tend to minimise the waste in felling which has generally been associated with lumbering in the past. A, Dae Fritillaria askabadensis. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7850).—Nat. ord. Liliacee, tribe Tulipee. Native of Central Asia. Perianth 1 inch long, pale yellow-green.—G. H. Fritillarias and their Culture. By G. B. Mallett (Garden, No. 1,590, p. 805; 10/5/1902).—The first article on these quaint and interest- ing plants, with a life-sized illustration of F’. awrea, and one of a colony of the Meadow Fritillary (#'. Meleagris), and with descriptions of the Crown Imperials and F’. libanotica and its allies. The genus contains about sixty species, of which, perhaps, twenty-five are sufficiently orna- mental to be worthy of a place in most gardens, whilst quite twenty of these are first-class garden plants, bright and interesting to a marked degree. Their cultivation is, in the main, quite an easy matter; the chief difficulties centre around the resting period, for the majority of these plants hail from drier countries than our own, and the chief difficulty the cultivator has to face is that of keeping the bulbs sound and plump, yet dry, in early autumn, or they will start to grow early in the winter and perish in the attempt.—#. T. C. Frost Blisters on Leaves. By Paul Sorauer (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xii. 1902, pp. 44-47; 1 plate).—Spots on the leaves of Apple and Cherry are traced to the action of slight spring frost on the young leaves. The epi- dermis is so affected when the leaves expand that it separates from the inner tissue and forms hollow blisters, in which the mesophyll cells are considerably elongated.— W. G. S. Fruit Garden, The Home. By L. C. Corbett (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. I’arm. Bull. 154, illustrated).—Is described as eminently desirable as a a ae, ae ABSTRACTS. 753 means: (1) of increased supply; (2) of cultivating a taste for quality ; and (8) as a source of healthful and pleasurable occupation. The paper is chiefly intended for those who wish to produce fruit for family use, and for the pleasure afforded. The production of new forms will appeal to others. It deals, therefore, chiefly with propagation, planting, pruning, and general cultivation, laying stress upon the axiom that “ Tillage is manure.’ The combination of high and low-growing fruits on one plot is recommended, as, for instance, Strawberries, Currants, and Grapes, or Raspberries between Apple-trees. Grapes can be trained to shelter more tender plants, or to afford shade to those requiring it. _ One or two plans are given for making the best use of small areas. For instance, a back yard 25 x 80 ft. contains sixteen grape vines, several dozen Strawberry plants, a row of Currants, a limited supply of vegetables and annual flowers, and a few square yards of turf. Another area of 60 x 80 feet contains 442 fruit-bearing plants, &c. A list of varieties for Northern Ohio is given, which acts also as a guide to the proportionate allotment of plants in a home garden. C dd, Fruits, Tropical, for English Gardens. By W. W. (Garden, No. 1,588, p. 268, 26/4/1902; No. 1,589, p. 288, 3/5/1902; No. 1,590, p. 805, 10/5/1902; No. 1,591, p. 826 17/5/1902; No. 1,592, p. 389, 24/5/1902).—The tropical fruits that may with advantage be grown in this country are treated of, full cultural notes being given, as well as a generally interesting account of the fruits themselves. The fruits of the Passion Flower, Vanilla, Monstera, Guava, Loquat, Japanese Medlar, Pomegranate, various Lemons and Oranges are a few of the most important. Many are illustrated.—LH. T. C. Fruit Trees, the Summer Pinching of. By Alger Petts (Garden, No. 1,586, p. 285; 12/4/1902).—The reasons for the summer pinching of fruit trees are here most fully and clearly explained. The article is of great value to amateur fruit-growers.—Li. T’. C. Fungi, Endophytic Orchid. By G. T. Grignan (Rev. Hort. pp. 361-5; August 1, 1902).—A very interesting réswmé of M. Noél - Bernard’s observations subsequent to his paper published in the Revue Générale de Botanique (July 16, 1900, p. 381). He enters somewhat fully into the various saprophytic, parasitic, and symbiotic fungi peculiar to Orchids, especially the last class, but finally expresses some doubts as to the need on the part of the Orchids of the symbiotic or endophytic fungi, seeing that the former apparently thrive equally well in the absence of the latter. The benefit of artificial introduction of such fungi into Orchid culture is left, therefore, an open question.—C. 7. D. Fungi, Japanese. By P. Hennings (Engl. Bot. Jahrb. vol. xxxi. 1902, pp. 728-742; vol: xxxii. 1902, pp. 34—46).—Gives a systematic list of Fungi comprised in various collections made in Japan. Several new species are described. _P. Dietel (op, cit., vol. xxxii. pp. 47-55) gives a further instalment of his notes on Japanese Uredinee.—A. B. R. oo 754 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Fungi, Three new Genera of. By G. F. Atkinson (Bot. Gaz. xxxly. No. 1, p. 836).—The author describes species of Homycenella, a new genus of Hymenomycetes (with figure), occurring on decaying leaves of Rhododendron maximum; KHoterfezia, a new genus and family of Elaphomijcetes, parasitic on perithecia of a Sordaria (with figure); and Dictyobole, a new genus of Phalloids, occurring in sandy soil (with figures).—G. H. Fungi, Two New Parasitic. By P. Hennings (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xii 1902; pp. 14-16).—Septoria Caragane, n. sp., on leaves of Caragana arborescens, L.; the spots are first yellowish, then brown, causing dis- coloration and withering of the leaf. Musariwmn Vogeli, n. sp., on False Acacia (Robinia) ; brown spots on the leaf, then shot-holes. Both came from tree-nurseries at Tamsel, Germany.—W. G. S. | Gelsemium sempervirens. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7851).—Nat. ord. Loganiacee, tribe Gelsemiee. Native of Southern ~ United States. It was introduced by Tradescant in 1640. A tall climber, with fragrant golden-yellow flower-buds, but paler in blossom. G. Gentiana tenella. By B. Daydon Jackson (Journ. Bot. 476, pp. 296-7; 8/1902).—An explanation that the correct authority for this name is Rottbdll, to be cited as “ Rottb. in Kidb. Skr. Selsk. x. (1770), 436.’—G. S. B. Geographical Distribution of North American Plants. By A. Engler (Not. Konig. Bot. Berlin, Appendix [X.; May 15, 1902).—This is a long article on that section of the New Botanic Garden at Dahlem- Steglitz, near Berlin, which has been arranged to illustrate the geogra- phical distribution of North American plants. The paper is too long to abstract in full, but the following outline will give some idea of the plan pursued :— Engler subdivides North America into four principal regions: (i.) Arctic America, the plants of which can be but imperfectly represented in his garden. (ii.) Sub-Arctic North America, with the provinces of Alaska, the Peace River district, Hudson’s Bay, and Labrador, especially rich in conifers and more or less continuous with corresponding regions in Asia and Europe; the plants of this region are abundantly represented. (iii.) Atlantic North America, with provinces such as those of the great lakes (Pinus Strobus and the deciduous forests), the Mississippi and Alleghany provinces with deciduous forests passing down into the Pine barrens and drier regions, the district of evergreen forests characteristic of the Southern Atlantic States, and finally the great prairie zones. (iv.) The North American Pacific region, including the district of Pacific Conifere, that of the Rocky Mountains, and those of the Western prairies, deserts, and salt lands. These are dealt with in great detail, and the paper is in effect an essay on the geographical subdivision of North America, with respect to its flora, illustrated with a map. A plan of the gardens is also added, © showing how the author has grouped the various plants selected to represent his views.—H. M. W. ABSTRACTS. 535) Geographical Distribution, Maps illustrating (No/. Adnig. Bot. Berlin, vol. iii. 1902).—Engler, Pax, and Graebner continue their maps illustrating the geographical distribution of plants. Two maps are given, one showing the areas occupied by the genus Populus, the others those of the genus Magnolia.—H. M. W. Germination Apparatus for maintaining constant humidity (Beih. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 2, pp. 289-292).—Dr. A. Y. Grevillius describes and figures a new apparatus for the above purpose. It is designed by himself, and was made after Herr Schwanen’s model by the firm of Max Kaehler & Martini, Berlin.—G. fF. S.-H. Gladioli, Culture of. By the Rev. H. H. D’ombrain (Garden, No. 1,585, p. 222; 5/4/1902).—A most valuable article, dealing thoroughly with the culture of this beautiful and interesting flower. oo 1a 9p Gladiolus Mackinderi. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7860). —Nat. ord. Iridee, tribe Ixiez. Native of British East Africa. Flowers 14 inch across ; wholly scarlet.—G. H. Gomphocarpus textilis. By Hd. André (Ann. Soc. Hé. p. 86; April 1902).—This annual Asclepiad, native of Arabia, is naturalised on the Mediterranean shores of France. It is ornamental in French gardens, eultivated as a half-hardy annual, and producing abundance of umbels of rose-coloured flowers in summer. It is closely allied to G. fruticosus, which is grown as a half-hardy annual at Kew.—C. W. D. Grafting, The Evils of. (Garden, No. 1,604, p. 105; 16/8/1902.) —An article’on the propagation of Conifers, of great importance to all interested in trees and shrubs. Many mistakes have been made in pro- pagating the Conifere, and, to make matters still worse, the old erroneous doctrines are still preached and practised. A list of Conifers is given, with the best method of propagating in each case.—LH. T. C. Grafting Herbaceous Plants. By W. S. Palmer (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Rep. Michigan, 1902, pp. 110-112).—Cleft and veneer grafts were used. Tomatos grew more vigorously on Potato than on Tomato stock ; weak varieties of Geranium showed marked improvement when grafted on stronger varieties ; Achyranthes grew rapidly on Coleus. Variegation was transmitted to a very limited extent from stock to scion in the Coleus and Achyranthes. In grafting a monocotyledon on a dicotyledon cellular union was obtained between Zebrina pendula and Coleus. It was found that grafting wax injured the tender tissues, but plaster _of Paris was used with good effect.—F’. J. C. Grafting ; how, when, and why. By Professor Taft (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Rep. Michigan, 1902, pp. 183-187; one plate).—A résumé of the methods of grafting, with their relative advantages. Contains nothing new.—Ff’. J. C. cc 2 756 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Grafts, Interesting (Rev. Hort. p. 327; July 16, 1902).—M. Lindemuth, of Berlin, has grafted Abutilon Thompsoni on Palavia (species not indicated), the stock emitting basal branches of spotted foliage ; numerous adventitious roots developed at the grafting point. Also A. Thompsoni was grafted twice on Sida Nape@a, one case re- sulting in branches of Sida spotied, and in the other they remained green ; differences subsequently maintained. Also Anoda hastata on Abutilon Thompsom, one of the grafts yielding foliage spotted with yellow; the normal coloration is otherwise affected, and the seed capsules are spotted until they ripen.—C. T. D. Grain Experiments (Holmes Chapel Hort. School Rep., 1901).— Wheat on clay-loam soil: best results from ‘The Squarehead,’ ‘ New Standard,’ and ‘ Windsor Forest.’ No bunt in any of the plots, but smut was seen in ‘ Kansas’ Wheat and in less degree in ‘ Mont Blane.’ Oats on loam: Most profitable return in grain, ‘ Waverley’ (Garton), ‘Newmarket’ (Webb) ; in straw, ‘ Potato’ and ‘ White Cluster’ (Carter), J.C; ae Grapes, Variation in Colour of, from a correspondent (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. ix., Pt. 4, p. 55), who writes:—‘“‘A plant of so-called ‘Madresfield Court’ bore two flavourless branches of purple-colowred Grapes in 1900 without being pruned ; and after being pruned in February 1901 the vine fruited four bunches of round white Grapes with full ‘Muscat’ flavour.” Another writes to say that ‘ Royal Ascot’ (a black Grape) bore in 1902 white fruit with an improved flavour.—G. H. Grasses. By S. A. Hoover (U.S.A. St. Bd. Agr. Missouri, Rep. 1902, pp. 449-456.).—Contains economic notes on the grasses of 8. W. Missouri.—F"’. J. C. Grass Eperiments. By H. J. Wheeler and G. E. Adams (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Rhode Is., Bull. 82; February 1902).—Records results of experiments carried out on pastures, and emphasises the importance of © chemical manures in their cultivation.—F’. J. C. Guavas, Botanical differences. By J. B. Davy (U.S.A. Eup. Stn. California, Rep. 1898-1901, pp. 86-88).—The botanical charac- teristics of the cultivated species of Psidiwm are briefly described. | Pid. G Hailstorm in West Kent. By G. Woodward (Gard. Chron. No. 821, p. 220; Sept. 20, 1902).—A very graphic account is given of a most destructive hailstorm that occurred in the valley of the Med- way on September 10. As is usually the case with these exceedingly violent storms, the area devastated by them is very limited. The writer lost over 3,000 panes of glass, and says that he has not an Apple, Pear, — Peach, Plum, or Damson that is of any use, nor a particle of any green vegetable left. The leaves were entirely stripped from some 2,000 Chrysanthemums. At one time the hail was from 6 to 9 inches deep. G. 8. Sy Hardy Plants, Improvement in. By Amos Perry (Journ. Hort. p. 6, July 8; p. 26, July 10; p. 55, July 17, 1902).—Amateurs are ABSTRACTS. Tor advised to devote attention to improvement by selection of the finest individuals of hardy plants for seed, and especially, if they have an opportunity of visiting the habitat of garden plants when in flower, to search out the finest examples. In this way great advances may be made without departing from the type of a species.—C. W. D. Heaths, The Hardy (Garden, No. 1,597, p. 480, 28/6/1902 ; No. 1,605, p. 128, 23/8/1902).—Comprehensive notes of Heaths, arranged in alphabetical order, are given, pointing out the best Heaths for the garden. Full cultural notes are given, and there are illustrations. BoTeG; Helenium autumnale superbum. By 38. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p. 412-14; two woodcuts illustrating great superiority to type; September 1, 1902).—A huge hemispherical corymbose inflorescence over a yard wide on a single stalk; flowers a brighter yellow than the type. Cultural advice. Sent out by Vilmorin.—C. 7. D. Heliotrope, Giant White. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p. 347; one woodcut ; July 16, 1902).—Huge corymbs of white flowers, over a foot in diameter, raised by Lemoine by crossing Heliotropium peruvianwm with H. incanuwm. Comes true from seed.—C. TY. D. Hellebores, Hybrid. By Ed. André (Rev. Hort. pp. 384-6 ; coloured plate and woodcuts; August 16, 1902).—The plate illustrates three remarkably pretty flowers ‘Ministre Jean Dupuy,’ deep rose, liberally blotched with crimson about the centre of the petals ; ‘ Gaston Dugourd,’ a much lighter tint of same type; and ‘Henri Dugourd,’ a_ larger flower with more pointed petals, pure white with red central maculation. Over two dozen other types are mentioned as in the same collection of M. Dugourd at Fontainebleau, derived from crossings between - Helle- borus fetidus (an unproved wild sport) and H. purpwrasceus, and subsequently with H. niger. The woodcut shows the flowers to be boldly carried on tall stiff stalks in twos and threes.—C. T. D. Hetzria cristata var. minor. By A. B. Rendle (Journ. Bot. 477, p. 8310; 9/1902).—Description of a new variety collected by Mr. John M. Dalziel in Southern China in damp woods at an altitude of 2,000 feet, associated with H. discolor, from a specimen in the British Museum Herbarium. The type of the species was found by Blume in Java. | ert: Be Heterotoma lobelioides. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7849).—Nat. ord. Campanulacee, tribe Lobeliee. Native of Mexico and Guatemala. Flowers, from base of corolla (which is scarlet) to tip of anthers, 2 inches; lip of corolla yellow.—G. H. Heucheras, New. By G. B. Mallett (Garden, No. 1,598, p. 9; 5/7/1902).—Description of H. zabeliana and H. brizoides gracillima, both of great value.—Z. T. C. Hidalgoa Wercklei. By Ed. André (Rev. Hort. pp. 208-9 ; May 1, _1902).—Coloured plate representing a climber of single brownish red 758 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Dahlia type. Native of Mexico, and of Dahlia character as to half- hardiness. Suggested as good material for hybridisation with Dahlias in cultivation.--C. T. D. Holland House. By G.S. Boulger (Gard. Chron. No. 809, p. 425, figs. 161 to 169; June 28, 1902).—This well-known house and _ its grounds are described, and several views are given of both. The erection of the house was commenced in 1617, but it was then known as Cope’s Castle, after the name of the owner of the property. The grounds were originally laid out about 1769, when in the possession of Henry Fox, afterwards Lord Holland, by Charles Hamilton of Pain’s Hill; but the present owner, Lord Ilchester, has done much towards bringing the gardens to their present perfection.—G. S. S. Hollyhocks: why they fail (Garden, p. 157; 6/9/1902).—A question is asked of Messrs. Webb & Bland, the well-known Hollyhock- growers, as to the means of getting rid of the disease. The reply is: ‘‘ We have found nothing of any good in the way of dressing, but find from experience that the hardier the plants are treated the less they suffer from it. Instead of wintering under glass as formerly, they succeed much | better by being planted in the autumn in moderately rich soil away fron the drip of trees, and as much exposed as possible to the fresh air, with liberal waterings with liquid manure when the buds are forming.” LORS Honekenya ficifolia. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7836). —Nat. ord. Tiliacee, tribe Tiliee. Native of Tropical Africa. It is a stellately pubescent shrub with a fibrous brown bark, large sub-solitary flowers with broadly clawed purplish-pink petals, the flower being 3 inches across. ‘The leaves are 6 inches long and five-lobed.—G. H. Horticulture in California. (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Califorma, Rep. 1898-1901.) This report gives an outline of the work of an experiment station and shows well the value of such stations to the agricultural and horticultural industries of the neighbourhood.—f’. J. C. Horticulture in Missouri. (U.S.A. St. Bd. Hort., Missouri. Rep. 1902, pp. 408 ; few figures).—This report gives an account of the summer and winter meetings held for the discussion of various matters connected with horticulture, especially fruit-growing, between the scientific staff of the State of Missouri and the growers of fruit and vegetables. We Re, Houstonia cerulea. By 8S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p. 319; with woodcut ; July 1, 1902).—Introduced by Vilmorin. Plant like a dwarf Lobelia in habit; flowers blue with yellow eye. Hardy, but best grown in cold frames. Seeds sown in spring flower in June. There is a pretty white variety, which, however, is sterile, but can be propagated by division. CG. Tain Huron River Valley, A Survey of the. I. The Ecology of a Glacial Lake. By H.S. Reed (with 4 figures) (Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. No. 2; — ABSTRACTS, | 759 p. 125).—The object of the paper is to preserve as complete a record as possible of the extent, physical characters, and biological relations of the glacial lakes and ponds, since at no very distant day they must disappear if the processes now in operation continue. The general change has been from semi-arctic and hydrophytic to temperate and mesophytic conditions. At the same time there has been a continuous reaction of plant life upon environment; the ad- vancing zones leave soils behind them different from those they found. Sphagnum swamps and peat bogs are the last stages in the life history of elacial lakes. The lake selected was a ‘“ kettle-hole”’ in the terminal moraine on the north-west shore of the ancient Lake Maumee. It was formerly much larger, then shrank into two, one nearly having disappeared. It is at present east and west 1,300 feet, and north and south 700 feet. Between the water’s edge and the higher ground is a swampy border 10 feet. to 20 rods wide. The lake basin proper is surrounded by a shallow marginal rim, 40-75 feet in width, descending to 20 feet below the surface. This marginal rim owes its existence to organic factors still at work, the soil being of organic material for several feet in depth. The central area is entirely barren of vegetable life in consequence of the feeble amount of light. The plants are grouped into five fairly well-defined zones as follows : —(1) The innermost is a zone of Potamogeton zosterifolius in water from 18 to 6 feet in depth; it is 30 feet wide. (2) A zone of Nuphar advena, 30—70 feet wide up to the water’s edge. (38) A zone of Carex and Sphagnum from the water’s edge to 25 feet. (4) A zone of Salix and Populus, 10 to 40 feet wide, on soil of almost entirely vegetable origin. It never becomes mesophytic, and is often hydrophytic. (5) A zone of Graminee and Composite outside the last. It is the transition zone in which mesophytic species begin to mix with hydrophytes ; its landward border merges gradually into the vegetation of the surrounding ~ country. Hach of these zones is continually encroaching upon the next inward, as soil increases and the plants can adapt themselves to deeper water. Scirpus lacustris is one of the foremost plants, and Saiix rostrata with Betula pwmila are among the foremost plants encroaching upon the _ Carex zone. The “dead lake’ alluded to has water in the middle in spring-time only. In the centre of the depression there is a group of Sedges and Ferns, which are surrounded by a wide belt of Willows ; outside these is a zone of Grass and other plants. The Sedges have exterminated the water- plants, and now the Willows have all but exterminated the Sedges. Ge Hd, Hyacinth Culture in the British Isles. (Garden, No. 1,590, p. 297 ; 10/5/1902).—An article on what the writer says “truly should be an important industry in these isles.’ A sandy, saline soil would appear to be necessary for their proper cultivation, and an account is given of trials in Norfolk, where the soil of the district has been recently, so to speak, reclaimed from the sea. The method of propagation is described, and the writer says: “I feel sure there is a great future for the English 760 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Hyacinth, and one great recommendation to gardeners who force is the fact that the bulbs can be got two months earlier than the Dutech—which is a matter of great importance—giving a longer period for root action before the plants are forced.’’—E. T. C. . Hybrid Orchids and Mendel’s “ Law of Inheritance” (Orch. Rev. p. 286; August 1902).—Several illustrations are pointed out, show- ing how utterly impossible it is to regard the application of “ Mendel’s Law ”’ to facts already observed among hybrid Orchids.—H. J. C. Hybrids, Spontaneous. By F. W. Burbidge (Gard. Chron. No. 822, p. 283; Sept. 27, 1902).—At Dalkey, on the coast, eight miles from Dublin, Senecio Cineraria was popular as a bedding plant, the seeds were blown to the rocky shore, and increased by the thousand, it gradually extended along the shore until it met the native Ragweed, S. Jacobea, and this year many hybrid plants between them appeared in flower. These hybrids appear to vary considerably, but are biennial, like S. Jacobea, the mother-plant. This is the second instance of hybrid Senecios occurring in Ireland.—G. S. S. Impatiens cuspidata, var. arthritica. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7844).—Nat. ord. Geraniacee, tribe Balsaminee. Native of the Nilghiri Mountains. It differs from the type form by the con- Spicuous snow-white farina on the stem. Peculiar swellings at intervals, which may be a diseased condition, suggested the varietal name.—G. H. Insecticides, Insects and. ByC. P. Gillette (U.S.A. Hap. Stn. Colorado, Bull. No. 71, pp. 1-40; Ap. 1902).—The preparation and use of most of the insecticides in use in the United States are given in a con- cise and useful form for reference. Among the substances that are less known to English horticulturists are the following :— Pyrethrum, or Buhach —A substance obtained by pulverising the dried blossoms of various species of the genus Pyrethrum. The proportions given for application with water are:—Pyrethrum, 1 ounce; water, 3 gallons. Use.—If thoroughly disseminated in the air of a room it will soon, bring to the floor all the flies and mosquitos therein. A good way to rid a room of flies is to make the application and close the room tightly for the night. Then in the morning sweep up the flies and burn them. If they are not destroyed in this way, after being stupefied, many will over- come the action of the powder and will live. ; If applied dry, use pure and make a very light application, or dilute with flour and apply more freely. This insecticide has been used in this country as a remedy for noctuid larvee infesting Adiantum and other species of Ferns growing in artificial rockeries and has given satisfactory results. Borax.—Used chiefly for the destruction of cockroaches. Spread the powdered borax upon bread, sweet potato, or banana peelings, or mix with sweetened chocolate, and place the bait where the cockroaches can get at it. . Boe ABSTRACTS. 761 Insect Enemies of the Pine in the Black Hills Forest Re- serve. By A. D. Hopkins (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. (Dw. Ent.) Bull. No. 32 n.s. pp. 1-24; pls. i—vil., text figs. 1-5).—The investigations show that vast nunibers of the Rock Pine (Pinus ponderosa scopulorwm) are annually de- stroyed by an hitherto undescribed bark-boring beetle, Dendroctonus pon- derosa, Hopkins: a small, black species, apparently not much unlike the Pine-borer (Hylurgus piniperda, Lin.) of this country, and, like the latter, it also makes tunnels under the bark. The amount of Pine-trees destroyed by this pest in the Black Hills forest reserve in 1897 is estimated at 3,000 acres. Further data furnished by the Bureau of Forestry show that the actual amount of dead timber, as determined by Mr. Griffith and party in a detailed survey of the timber resources of the reserve in 1901, is, “an average stand of 1,956 feet bcard measure of bug-killed timber 116,000 acres, giving a total of 226,890,000 feet board measure. Other allied beetles are discussed and photographs of their borings are also shown.—Af. N. Insecticides and Fungicides, Methods for the Analysis of. By J. K. Haywood (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Cir. No. 10, pp. 1-8).—This paper treats of the various methods for the analysis of the following: Paris green, London purple, copper carbonate, soda lye, tobacco and tobacco ex- tracts, formalin or formaldehyde.—R. N. Insects, Injurious, in New Hampshire, 1901. By C. M. Weed (U.S.A. Exp. Sin., New Hampshire, Bull. 90, March 1902).— The enormous numbers of the fly Bibio albipennis caused fear of injury to plants, but this, like the common British Bibio, is an insect that feeds on decaying vegetable matter. The Squash bug (Anasa tristis, De Geer) did considerable damage, but the sudden wilting of the Cucumber is probably due as arule to the presence at the root of the larvee of the striped Cucumber beetle (Diabrotica vittata, Fabricius). Another insect doing considerable damage was the Elm beetle (Galeruca wxanthomelena Schrank), a new importation into New Hampshire. The San José Scale has not yet reached that district.—F'’.J.C. Insects Injurious to Vegetable Crops. By F. H. Chittenden. (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Div. Entom., Bull. 88, 1902 ; 30 figs.).—An excellent series of articles on insects injurious to vegetables, with illustrations of each species. Some of the articles are noted under their proper headings.—F’. J. C. Insects liable to be distributed by Nursery Stock. By Prin- cipal Nathan Banks (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Div. Entom., Bull. 34, 1902 ; 48 figs.).—This bulletin gives a list of the insects likely to be distributed on nursery stock, with a figure and short description of each, and notes on the injury caused. The list may be of interest, as such means of distribu- tion are not unknown here, and are well worth guarding against. Scale insects: Peach Scale, Oyster-shell Scale, Scurfy Scale (Chionas- pis furfurus, Fitch), species of Aspidiotus including San José Seale, and others. Various species of plant-lice (Woolly Aphis, Peach Aphis, Apple Aphis, and Plum and Cherry Aphis). Psylla pyricola on Pears, and the 762 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SCCIETY. Ceresa bubalus, Say, on Apples, &c. The following caterpillars or | their eggs or pupe: Clisiocampa americana, Harr.; Hyphantria cunea, Dru.; Brown-tail moth, Mineola indiginella, Zell.; the white-marked Tussock moth, Gipsy moth, Alsophila pometaria, Harr.; Paleacrita ver- nata, Peck; Peach tree-borer, Peach twig-borer, ‘‘ Bag-worm,” and a few other smaller caterpillars. Beetle grubs, eggs or pupae. Apple tree-borer, Pear tree-borer, Bark beetle, Apple twig-borer, Pear blister-mite. Fruits may be infested with Codlin moth (in Apple, Pear, or Quince), Apple maggot (Lhagoletis pomonella, Walsh), Cherry fruit fly (Rhagoletis cingulata, Loew), Plum weevil (also in Peach and Cherry), Quince weevil, — Pear midge (Diplosis pyrivora, Riley).—f’. J. C. Insect Pests for 1899 (Journ. S.H. Agr. Coll. Wye, No.9; April 1900).—Gives history of the Asparagus Beetle (Crioceris asparagi). Lime dusting keeps in check, and is said to benefit plants. Vines attacked by mealy bug have been fumigated with cyanide with successful results—-bugs destroyed, vines uninjured. In vinery of 8,825 cubic feet capacity, amount used: cyanide 27 oz., acid 40 oz., water 60 oz., temperature 60°.—J. C. H. K. Insects: Their Effect on Health in Rural Districts. By L. O. Inward (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 156; 16 figures; 1902).—A recapitulation of the theory of the transmission of malarial and yellow fever by the bites of certain mosquitoes from one person to another, and of the spread of typhoid-fever germs by the agency of house flies, with a plea for the suppression of these diseases by sanitary and other precau- tions in country or malarial districts —M. L.. H. Introduced Plants (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 1, pp. 44-54).— _ Dr. F. Hock continues his list of foreign plants which have settled in Middle Europe during the last fifty years. This paper contains the names of the Composite, and adds fifty-eight to the 312 species already recorded.—G. fF’. S.-E. Ipomea. By A. B. Rendle (Jowrn. Bot. 478, p. 190; 5/1902).— Descriptions of two new species, J. Ommannei, collected at Johannes- burg in the Transvaal, by Mr. H. T. Ommanney, and J. Barretti, collected in the Orange River Colony by Captain G. C. H. Barrett-Hamilton, from specimens in the National Herbarium.—G. S. B. Ipomcea rubro-cerulea. By Mare Michell (Rev. Hort. pp. 886-7; coloured plate; July 16, 1902).—Introduced by seed from Mexico; 1,000 metres altitude. Temperate house. Illustration represents a pretty blue Convolvulus flower like a self-coloured C. major. Highly recommended,—C. 7’. D. Iris alata. By Ch. Sprenger (Rev. Hort. pp. 392-4; one woodcut illustrating flower; August 16, 1902).—An interesting article on natural habitat, soil, culture, and propagation as effected in Italy, with a descrip- tion of several varieties, the writer cultivating more than thirty-five — magnificent ones ; now quite hardy in France.—-C. T. D. ABSTRACTS. 768 Iris Aschersoni. By Sir Michael Foster, V.M.H. (Garden, No. 1,589, p. 288 ; 3/5/1902).—A description, illustrated by two photographs. It cannot be spoken of as a strikingly handsome Iris, sinée the colour seems to be a greenish yellow with thin purple veins; but, judging from the photograph, it is very floriferous, and so will, perhaps, prove a useful addition to the garden. It is interesting as being closely allied to the strange I. Grant-Duffii.—L. T. C. Irises, New Cushion. By G. B. Mallett (Garden, No. 1,595, p. 393; 14/6/1902).—A description of two new Oncocyclus Irises, I. sofarana ‘ magnifica and I. lupina robusta. The writer says *‘ two really magnificent varieties, of strong growth, with flowers equal to those of the best of the genus. Moreover, one year’s cultivation, though insufficient for a definite opinion, shows that they are not likely to prove difficult to manage, for 70 per cent. of the plants have flowers, many bearing more than one.” ie Ds C. Irises, New Species from Bokhara. By Sir Michael Foster (Gard. Chron. No. 807, p. 385, figs. 184 and 135; June 14, 1902).—Two new species are described and figured from among a number of bulbs sent by one of Messrs. van Tubergen’s collectors from Central Asia. They are named respectively J. bucharica and I. warleyensis. Both species appear to be very closely allied to J. orchioides, and, I should think, will very probably prove to be only varieties of that species. (Fig. 174).—-G. S. 8. Irises, Oncocyclus. A test record (Garden, No. 1,596, p. 408; 21/6/1902).—The results of a trial of eight species of Oncocyclus Irises, planted in four sections in as many different composts.—E. T. C. Iris Leichtlini. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7861).— Nat. ord. Jridee, tribe Moree. Native of Bokhara. Perianth tube dilated, segments with a beard of yellow hairs; margins undulate ; tips violet-blue, with copper-coloured edges.—G. H. Irrigation. By C.T. Johnston, and J. D. Stannard (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. No. 158; 9 figures).—Deals with the construction, cost, and management of small irrigation ditches. Clear instructions and excellent figures are given, and the subject is divided into the following sections :— Varying grades of ditches. Methods of running grade lines. Selec- tion of site for head-gate and ditch lines. Laying out field laterals. Method of applying water to crops. When to irrigate. Cost.—H. A. B. Irrigation. Report of Investigations for 1900. By E. Mead and others (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Office Exp. Stn. Bull. No. 104; 25 plates, 29 figures).—An elaborate report of investigations carried out by special observers in New Mexico, Arizona, California, Nevada, Utah, Nebraska, Wyoming, Idaho, Washington, and Montana. The review of the investigations is by Elwood Mead, who points out that, whereas many works have been planned on the assumption that water enough to cover the land to a depth of one foot during the season 764 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. would bring crops to maturity, the average depth of water used, as measured at the head-gate, was in 1900 4:12 feet, and the average of the percentages of losses by seepage and evaporation shows a loss per Fic. 174.--Irts Bucnarica. (Jowrnal of Horticultwre.) ; mile of 2°47 per cent., the heavy losses in Utah canals making - average so large. In the Discussion of Investigations, by C. T. Johnston, deseripiioll and figures are given of the instruments used, such as water repistoes sample traps, and current meters.—Z. A. B. . ABSTRACTS. 765 Irrigation, Amount of Water needed for. (Extract from “ lrri- gation in Humid Climates,” by F. H. King, Farmers’ Bulletin No. 46, U.S.A. Dep. of Agr.) (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. ix., Pt. 6, p. 92).—G. H. Ivy. By J. R. (Journ. Hort. p. 120; August 7, 1902).—Amongst other hints for the management of Ivy the writer advises that it shall be cut back annually in August instead of in March as usual. In either case the leaves have grown again in six weeks, but the long, untidy shoots which grow in June in the latter case remain hanging for nine months, but if cut back in August they do not grow again till the following June, so the Ivy remains neat and close for nine months. C. Wop. Kalanchoe kewensis (Garden, No. 1,599, p. 26; 12/7/1902).— «A remarkable and decidedly beautiful hybrid”’ raised at Kew. Two illustrations are given. The flowers are bright rose-pink in colour. de ES Eh Kniphofia multiflora. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7832); —Nat. ord. Liliacee, tribe Hemerocallidee. Native of Natal. Thirty- four species of this genus are now known. This is one of the very few with erect flowers like K. pallidiflora of Madagascar. It flowered at Kew in 1900. It has leaves from 8 to 6 feet long, i inch broad. Flowers densely crowded, white or suffused with green ; filaments long.—G. H. Lelio-Cattleya x Doris ‘Marquis de Colbert’ (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., L.-C. x pl. 22; 6/1902).—A fine variety of this hybrid raised by M. Fournier, of Marseilles, out of C. Trianei by L. harpophylla. Flowers a peculiar shade of reddish-orange; lip crimson-purple, with yellow base.—C. C. H. Lelio-Cattleya x Gladys (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., L.-C. x pl. 20; 6/1902).—A hybrid raised by M. Fournier, of Marseilles, out of C. Harrisoniana by L. cinnabarina. Flowers white, shaded rose; lip sulphur-yellow.—C. C. H. Lelio-Cattleya x highburiensis Fournieri (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., L.-C. x pl. 154; 9/1902).—A particularly fine colour variety of the well-known hybrid between C. Lawrenceana and L. cinna- barina. Sepals rich orange-colour; petals orange-yellow, suffused with bright crimson ; lip vinous-purple ; throat orange-yellow, lined with purple. Raised by M. Louis Fournier, of Marseilles.—C. C. H. Lelio-Cattleya x Lucasiana (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., L.-C. x pl. 25; 9/1902).—A hybrid raised by M. Maron, of Brunoy, in 1900, between C. labiata and L. tenebrosa. Sepals, petals, and lip rich violet- purple.—C. C. H. Lelio-Cattleya x ‘Mme. Marguerite Fournier’ (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., L.-C. x pl. 21; 6/1902).—A fine new hybrid raised by M. Fournier, of Marseilles, out of ZL. Digbyana by C. labiata. Flowers white, shaded rose; lip large and fringed; margin deep rose; throat 766 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. orange-yellow, lined with purple. As Z. Digbyana is now referred to — Brassavola, this hybrid is, strictly speaking, a Brasso-Cattleya.—C. OC. H. Lelio-Cattleya x Truffautiana (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch. I.-C. x pl. 28; 9/1902).—A hybrid first raised by M. Maron, of Brunoy, in 1901, between C. Dowiana aurea and L. tenebrosa. Sepals and petals reddish yellow, lined with brown ; lip intense violet-purple, with a whitish margin. This particular form was raised by M. Fournier, of Marseilles. C. CG. Leaves. By Prof. A. T. Erwin (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Iowa, 1901, p. 184).—The subject of leaves is here dealt with from a horticulturist’s point of view. According to the writer, leaves ought to be described as not only the lungs of a plant but also the stomach, since digestion as well as respiration are functions of the leaf. A wet soggy soil is indicated by the bilious appearance of the leaf, while from a lack of moisture the tips of the leaf become brown and dead. As regards fruit-trees, a rich soil with an excess of nitrogen will cause a heavy foliage and wood growth, but often at the expense of the frwit,so that a poor clay soil may be better for fruit-trees than a good black earth. It is evident, however, that a plant can do its best work as a crop-producer only when it possesses a good healthy foliage. In orchards, for instance, it is equally as important to spray to preserve the foliage from disease as for the protection of the fruit. In Illinois State, in the season 1898, the loss through premature dropping of fruit was excessive, and upon investigation by the Experiment — Station it was proved that this trouble was caused by an attack of the Apple scab on the leaves and young stems, thus cutting off the food supply. The writer concludes with a desire to emphasise the important work the leaf has to perform in furnishing us with good fruit, and hence the necessity of such a system of cultivation and spraying as will best protect the foliage. We should be close students of the leaf growth and take advantage of any favourable variations.—V. J. M. Leaf-spots caused by Animals. By A. Zimmermann (Ann. Jard. Bot. Butt. ser. ii. vol. ii. pt. 11. 1901, p. 102; 20 woodcuts and 2 coloured plates).—A description of the external and internal morphology of spots on the leaves of certain tropical plants, includings Figs, Orchids, Coffee, caused by various small animals, among which are insects, especially Rhynchota (Cicadas, Pentatomus), and Physapoda (Thrips, Heliothrips) ; Arachnida, especially Acarina (Tetranychus); and finally Nematode Worms (T'ylenchus).—P. G. _ Lettuce forcing and fertilisers. By 5. A. Beach and H. Hassel- bring (U.S.A. Hap. Stn. New York, Bull. 208; December 1901).—The best results were obtained on a clay loam fertilised with 5 per cent. — stable manure and commercial fertilisers (dried blood, nitrate of soda, and sulphate of ammonia, dried blood being the best). Full details of the ex- periments are given.—I’.J.C Libocedrus, Chinese, The. By Augustine Henry (Garden, p. 183; 13/9/1902).—An important article upon a species lately introduced by ABSTRACTS. (OF Messrs. J. Veitch & Sons from seeds collected at Szemao, in Yunnan, by Mr. E. H. Wilson, when paying the writer a visit at that station in the autumn of 1899. The tree is very ornamental, and produces most valuable timber, but it is very doubtful if it will prove hardy in these isles, except in the warm corners of South-western Ireland and Cornwall. MeTe CO, Lichens collected in Java, 1894-5. By Abbé Hue (Ann. Jard. Bot. Buit. ser. ii. vol. ii. pt. ii. 1901, p. 171).—Identifications and descrivtions.—P. G. Ligularia macrophylla, Polygonum polystachyum, Senecio pulcher, Stokesia cyanea. By G. Besoke (Die Gart. p. 498; 19/7/1902).—The first is well known as a foliage plant, while the other three are strong, late autumn flowering plants, also well recommended for pot culture. Stokesia cyanea was formerly often found on the Continent as a market plant, the large, showy purple-blue flowers appearing from October till December. Though quite hardy, it grows often better under glass, especially as during our often sunless autumns the flowers have little chance of expanding.—G. JL. Lilac, To Bloom, in Autumn. By M. C. Renault (Ann. Soe. Nant. p. 33; 1902).—M. Renault quotes an article in the Annals of the Horticultural Society of Haute-Garonne describing how Lilac may be made to flower in the autumn by stripping the bush of leaves in August and then watering daily. It would probably quite prevent the tree from flowering the following spring, but if successful might be worth while for commercial purposes.— MV. L. H. Lilies of Japan. By P. Barr (Gard. Chron. No. 817, p. 129; Aug. 23, 1902).—The writer comments on the various Lilies which have been imported from Japan and their varieties, and criticises the writings of others on this subject.—G. S. S. Lisianthus (Gentianacez), Revision of the Species of. By J. Perkins (Hngl. Bot. Jahrb. Vol. xxxi. 1902, pp. 489-494 ; 2/9/1902).— A systematic revision of the fifteen species of this West Indian and Central American genus.—A. B. R. Lotus peliorhynechus. By Ed. André (Ann. Soc. Hé. p. 55; February 1902).—This ornamental plant, from Teneriffe, where it grows on the bare rocks in full sun, is cultivated in pots in Holland and France, and in May suspended out of doors, where it remains till September, when it is again removed to shelter till the following spring. Co, Woe Lupines for Green-manuring. By J. Burtt Davy (U.S.A. Exp. Sin. California, Report for 1897-8, pp. 203 to 225; plates and tabs.)— This is a series of very interesting and valuable articles on this subject, illustrated by several photographs.. Green-manure crops are treated of generally by way of introduction, and the advantages of plants of the leguminous order (Clovers, Peas, Beans, Lupines, &c.) pointed out. The 768 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. legumes combine all the points required of a green manure : plant-nitrogen absorption from the air, deep-rooting, and, at the proper stage of growth, that succulence which is conducive to quick decay. Details are given of the several species of Lupines: (1) Lupinus pilosus, Linn.; (2) Lupinus pilosus ceruleus, Hort.; (8) Lupinus pilosus roseus, Hort. ; (4) Lupinus luteus satwus, Hort.; (5) Lupinus affinis, Agardh, &c. Hints are given for sowing and cultivation, and upon the various uses to which the plants and seeds may be put, apart from manuring. The Small Blue Lupine and Small White Lupine would seem, as a result of experiment, to be the best for light soils, and the Large White Lupine has proved satisfactory, but is valueless on a stiff clay soil. Comparative tables are given showing (1) cultures of various Lupines; (2) weekly growth; and (8) yield per acre of various Lupines.—V. J. M. Mangolds and Swedes: Experiments (Holmes Chapel Hort. School Rep. 1901).—Mangolds : twenty-nine varieties tested on clay-loam soil. Manures applied per acre, 16 tons farmyard manure, 3 cwt. super- phosphate, 4 cwt. sulphate of ammonia. Best yields from Sutton’s Deyon Short Top Yellow Globe, and Carter’s Mammoth Prize Long Red, Swedes, twenty-four varieties tested. Manures per acre, 16 tons farm- yard manure, 6 cwt. superphosphate, 5 cwt. sulphate of ammonia. Yield varies from 17 tons to 3 tons per acre. Carter’s ‘ Holborn Kangaroo’ most profitable.—J. C. EH. K. Manures, Experiments with. By R. S. Seton (Yorks. Coll. Leeds Tract. No. 16).—Valuable returns of a series of experiments with various different manures and combinations of manures. The crop raised after application of a mixture of dung, superphosphate, and sulphate of ammonia was, for example, found to be nearly three times that from an ~ unmanured patch in the same field. The crop experimented with was Swedes, and it was found that when artificials alone were used super- phosphate was by far the best, but although the weight per acre increased with the addition of sulphate of ammonia, it did not do so in proportion to the additional outlay. It was also found that the seed came up quicker and more regularly on land previously dressed with manures harrowed in before sowing. When, however, the seed and the manures were drilled in together, the roots were found to be finer when full-grown.— W. W. | Manuring Meadow Hay (Yorks. Coll. Leeds Rep. 1900).—Two years’ experiments show that an annual dressing with dung will leave © considerable margin of profit. The heaviest average crop was got from — an annual dressing of 14 cwt. nitrate of soda, 2 cwt. superphosphate, and 8 cwt. kainit per plot, but the size of the plots is left to be inferred from the heading of various appendices, from which they appear to have been one-acre plots.—W. W. Masdevallia Schroeederiana. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7859).—Nat. ord. Orchidee, tribe Epidendree. Native of Peru (?). The flowers have yellow tails to the sepals, which are white, bullate, with crimson stripes.—G. H, ABSTRACTS. 769 Masdevallia xipheres and its Allies. By R. A. Rolfe (Orch. Rev. p. 228: August 1902).—Interesting particulars of the M. muscosa group are included.—H. J. C. Massai Steppe, Plants of the. By O. Merker (Not. Kénzg. Bot. Berlin, vol. iii. (1902), p. 194).—Merker gives a list of 85 plants of the Massai Steppe (Kilimandscharo and Meru) which are used as medicines, poisons, &e., together with their native names.—H. M. W. Mesembryanthemum Cooperi. By J. R. (Rev. Hort. p. 376; August 16, 1902).—This pretty and floriferous species is found to be hardy enough to stand 10 to 12° below zero C., 7.e. about 20° F, of frost. | CO, LT. 0. Mildew. By E. M. (Journ. Hort. p. 450; May 22, 1902).—Amateurs are warned not to expect plants of opposite tastes to thrive in the same . house. For instance, Malmaison Carnations want abundance of air, but similar treatment is sure to cover Roses with mildew. The best remedy for Rose mildew is explained.—C. W. D. Minnesota, Trees, Fruits, and Flowers of. (Zvrans. Minn. Hort. Soc. xxix.; 1901).—An interesting record of the good work done by this society for the promotion of horticulture. Some of the principal papers read by its members before other societies are included, and an interesting biography of men prominent in horticulture, with a brief summary of their particular work, are also given. One article, dealing with “ European Nurseries,” gives the opinion of an American visitor as to the chief difference between their methods and ours. The lists of premiums offered for fruits, flowers, &c., and the winners of same, are given, together with an illustration of the Exhibit in the Horticultural Hall at the Minnesota State Fair.—H. F’. H. Mosses. The Genus Brywm in Bohemia (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 1, pp. 1-83).—Dr. Podpera (Prague) gives a very full account of the habitats, localities, and anatomical characters of all species of this difficult genus which occur in Bohemia. The paper is, however, of special interest to British bryologists and botanists as a study in plant- distribution.—G. fF’. S.-H. Moth-traps (U.S.A. St. Bd. Hort. Missouri, Rep. 1902; p. 105).— Trap-lanterns are declared useless in orchards, as they fail to catch Codlin moth, &c.—F'.J.C Musa imperialis. By C. Sprenger (Bull. R. Soc. Tose. Ort. viii. p. 235 ; August 1902).—It comes from the German colony of Cameroon, in Eastern Equatorial Africa. In its own land it grows during the rainy season, remaining quiescent and almost underground during the drought; in Europe it will therefore vegetate in spring and summer and be dormant in winter. It is found in the wooded parts of the mountains and hills of Cameroon, where it grows here and there amongst bushes of other plants. Kmerging with the first rains, it rapidly vegetates, flowers, matures its seeds, and retreats on the approach of the great heat of the tropical DD 770 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. summer. It belongs to the type of Musa Ensete of Abyssinia, and comes rather near to M. religiosa and M. Fétiche, introduced by Vilmorin, | of Paris, and a native of the Congo. M. imperialis has a subterranean perennating stem, and bears a tuft of enormous and very beautiful leaves, lanceolate in shape, and of a fine emerald-green colour. It flowers readily in the south of Italy. The seeds are similar in shape to those of M. Ensete, but much smaller, and black. with a white eye. They germinate readily, and the seedlings grow rapidly. The plants will grow either exposed to the sun or in shade, but require plenty of humus, manure, and water. They have a very different habit from the known Musas. The underground stems can be preserved even when removed from the soil, as is practised with Hrythrina.—W. C. W. Musa religiosa. By C. Sprenger (Bull. R. Soc. Tusc. Ort. ix, p. 280; September 1902).—This plant, first introduced by Vilmorin, Andrieux & Co., Paris, from the Congo, where it was said to be planted around the native cemeteries, was at first called WM. Fétiche. It is hardy in Naples. It bears very tiny black seeds, which germinate easily, and the seedlings grow rapidly. The subterranean stem is only slightly raised above the ground; the plant becomes dormant in late autumn, entirely losing its leaves, remaining in that condition during the bad season, resuming growth the following April on the return of the warmth. In its native land it rests during the dry and grows during the wet season. It is a dwarf, very compact species, with dense foliage, the leaves being short and broad, and thus more immune from damage by wind and other agencies. The author grows it successfully in the open side by side with M. Basjor or M. japonica, than which it is not less hardy. From April to September it is provided with phosphated and ammoniacal liquid manures.—W. C. W. Museari latifolium. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7848)-— —Nat. ord. Liliacee, tribe Scillee. Native of Asia Minor. Leaves 6 to 12 inches long; raceme 3-4 inches long, cylindric; flowers dark violet-blue. — Gi. Myoporum serratum. By A. Bruttini (Bull. R. Soc. Tose. Ort. vii. p. 199; July 1902).—An ornamental tree, commonly planted in some parts of Sicily. It belongs to the family Selaginacee, and is a native of Australia. It is evergreen. The leaves are simple, fleshy, lanceolate, slightly dentate, with a conspicuous middle vein, 3-10 cm. in length and 1:5-8 em. broad. The flowers are small, about 1 cm. in diameter, herma- phrodite, and united in axillary clusters. The corolla is white, gamo-— petalous, regular, five-lobed, speckled with violet toward the centre, where also occur short white hairs. The calyx is green, gamosepalous, and regular. There are five stamens, alternate and concrescent with the corolla: of these the posterior one is abortive, the other four fertile, didynamous, the anterior ones being larger, with four locular, introrse anthers exhibiting longitudinal dehiscence. The pistil consists of two carpels fused together to form a bi-, tri-, or quadrilocular ovary, with anatropous, pendulous ovules separated by false septa. The fruit is a drupe, 8-9 mm. long, slightly piriform, the broadest part being next the ' ABSTRACTS. V71 peduncle. The epicarp, at first green, at length becomes whitish, and finally, when ripe, violet in colour. The mesocarp is colourless, juicy, and sweet. The endocarp is hard, whitish yellow, with two or four longitudinal ridges, and contains two to four loculi, each provided with one or two seeds. The seed is small and white, with a straight embryo and fleshy albumen. Flowering occurs from March to May, and the fruit ripens in July. On account of the numerous shoots springing from the stem it is much used for evergreen hedges. It has a rapid growth, reaching a height of four metres in three years. The average length of its life as known in Sicily is supposed to be from thirty-five to forty years. From its power of resistance to strong winds. it could be usefully employed as a shelter. It prefers a very mild climate. in winter and a not very hot one in summer, but could probably well enough adapt itself to a more northern climate. It is somewhat deleteriously affected by salt breezes, especially after a very dry summer, but soon pulls round again after the autumn rains. It readily adapts itself to sandy and calcareous soils, which are very poor and dry. The usual multiplication is by seed, but reproduction by cuttings and suckers can also be employed. As the seeds soon lose their germinative power, they are best sown as soon as the fruit is ripe, viz. in July-August or at latest in September. Germination takes place from November to March. The fruits are laid entire in the soil to a depth of 3-4 cm., and are frequently watered. Plants germinated in autumn can be transplanted the following autumn, those of March the following December. Adult plants require as a rule no manure, but a moderate annual or biennial manuring with hyperphosphate ; sulphate of ammonia or potash will greatly benefit them. The best time for pruning is in early spring, but the plant will stand this operation at any time. Old plants will not sprout after being cut down to the base, as old age first shows itself in the roots. The plant is little subject to injury by parasites, but a small cochineal insect, closely allied if not identical with Dacty- lopius citri, at times severly attacks the young branches, and the plant may then suffer injury. Myoporuwm is cultivated solely as an ornament anda screen. Its foliage is not eaten by animals. Boys sometimes eat the ripe fruits. The wood when fresh is heavy, but seasoning makes it very light, non resistent to moisture, and brittle. It is usually used as fuel, and occasionally for small objects of turnery.— W. C. W. Narcissus ‘Hudibras’ (Rev. Hort. p. 199; May 1, 1902).—Said by Krelage, Haarlem, to be one of the finest of the yellow trumpet section. Flowers in cold frames middle of March. Flowers large and well shaped, resembling a cross between an Ajax and an Incomparablis. Perianth bright yellow, full, wider than an Ajax, but shorter; edge frilled and very open. A difficult grower.—C. T. D. Nature Study in California (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. California, Nature Study Bulletins, 1900).---This bulletin contains two articles. The first by C. W. Woodworth, vn butterflies (with six plates), gives the causes of the distribution of butterflies, the daily life of a butterfly, its habits, its enemies, and its life-history from the egg to the perfect insect. Instruc- ‘tions are given as to how to collect and preserve butterflies, and, finally, 4 list of 354 butterflies, many of which are illustrated. DD2 772 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. In the second, W. J. V. Osterhout speaks of “the living plant” (19 figs.), starting with a description of the seed and germination, and so on to the mature root, stem, and leaf, showing by means of simple experiments — what the work of each is and how they do it. Both articles contain some useful suggestions for all teachers of nature- knowledge.—F’ J. C. Nature Study in Public Schools. By 8. A. Hoover (U.S.A. St. Bd. Agr. Missouri, pp. 241-248).—The writer of this article advocates the teaching of nature-knowledge as the basis of progress, pointing out its mental, moral, and physical values. He suggests that the teaching should be along economic lines.—f’. J. C. Nectria moschata. By H. Glick (Engl. Bot. Jahrb. vol. xxxi. 1902, pp. 495-515; 2 plates; 2/9/1902).—Gives an account of the occurrence and life-history of this fungus, which forms gelatinous masses in water pipes and on damp wood. The formation of perithecia and the development of the spores are described.—A. B. R. New Land, Clearing. By Franklin Williams, Jun. (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 150; 7 figures; 1902).—A treatise by a practical master of the art of clearing forest land for cultivation in America. Directions are given for removing trees and stumps in the cheapest and most effective way, and the one best adapted to the varying character of their root growth, whether they possess a tap-root system, a lateral or an indeterminate root system. Cutting, burning, pasturing, grubbing, drawing by machinery or horse-power, blasting and rendering susceptible in various ways to the destroying effects of wind and weather are the methods recommended by the writer for use either singly or successively, and he ends with a list of the most suitable crops to be grown on freshly cleared ground.— WM. L. H. Nicotiana colossea variegata. By E. Vincent (Lev. Hort. p. 356 ; Aug. 1, 1902).—One woodcut showing preparation for taking cuttings by making first an incision from below and beneath the bud, passing one- third through the branch. A few days after a second incision is made at the same place, extending the first to two-thirds, but taking care to leave a good third intact to maintain vitality. After another delay the incision is completed, and the buds inserted in a hotbed in a compost of peat, silver sand, and charcoal, equal parts. The idea of successive incisions is to induce callosity over most of the cut surface prior to entire severance. Ct Nymphea guineensis. By H. Baum (Die Gart. p. 565; 80/8/1902; with illustration).—Described as the smallest flowering Water-Lily. The leaves are dark green above, glabrous, pale green beneath, tinged with rose. The flowers are white and faintly sweet- scented. It grows in stagnant water near Hinnesera, on the Longa. Gis Nitrate of Soda and Market-garden Crops. Sy E. B. Voorhees (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. New Jersey, Bull.157 ; 12/5 /1902).— Experiments were ABSTRACTS. 773 tried with Carrots, Celery, Cabbage, Tomatos, Turnips, Peppers, and Sweet Corn. The first application of nitrate was made when the plants had made a good start (in the case of transplanted plants when they were set), and second and third applications according to the condition of each crop. The results are shown in the following tables :— Yield per acre a eo tes Ss beet Carrots Cabbage Celery o Ss re) Fertiliser = = a we = = | 3 s 3 “ 1g | 38 3 2 2 2 3s | s2 | Se eS | = | i=} = a = roan Ptipeaa ea be |e | 28 | 3s A S| | = =} 3 A G lbs Ibs. | Ibs. | Ibs. | Ibs. Ibs. 1 | Nothing . . . | — | — | 8,720/2,730| 910) 7,920 — |15,470 | 13,480 2 | Nitrate of Soda 300 2 | 10,180) 2,730 3,260 11,460 | 14,300 | 1,230 | 28,380 3 m » |3800 3 |10,290/ 1,550 5,390] 9,250 14,940] 1,180 | 31,800 4 2 a 400 2 | 10,520 | 1,820 | 4,160 | 11,250 | 14,700 |, 1,130 | 31,080 5 ¥ rs 400 3 | 10,380 1,410 | 7,580 | 15,060 | 15,050 970 | 33,900 | 3 E Tomatos | Turnips | Peppers Sweet Corn / 3 = Yield per acre Plot Fertiliser ia = toe aS es S Yield per | Yield per | Yield per | . 5 as a acre | Number Weight o 5 | of ears | of stalks Z ——= lbs lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. mee OLN. ya | — — 7,390 8,230 13,480 4,610 6,850 2 Nitrate of Soda 200 g 10,610 | 12,740 | 15,750 = 4,620 6,300 3 be ie 200 3 13,270 | 11,220 | 16.930 | 5,890 6,800 4 im i 300 | 2 | 12,000 16,520 | 18,240 | 5,680 | 6,650 5) - et BOU.| 3 10,930 | 13,360 | 18,230 6,290 7,300 wo. Cb Oak, A Beautiful Old. By L. Graebener (Die Gart. p. 488; 14/6/1902).—Description and illustration of a 500-years-old oak growing about half a mile above Badenweiler in the Black Forest.—G. R. Oak, Lucombe, What is the? By H. J. Elwes (Gard. Chron. No. 820, p. 195; Sept. 138, 1902).—The history of this tree has been given by Loudon many years ago, and quoted by almcst every writer on English trees since, but Mr. Elwes “is inclined to think that the original Lucombe Oak is something quite different, and not a hybrid between the Turkey Oak and the Cork Oak as supposed.’’ In support of this theory he quotes Kyelyn’s ‘ Silva,’ which reads :—“ Besides these seventeen species of Oaks, enumerated by Mr. Miller, there is another, described under the name of the Devonshire, or Lucombe Oak. Of this kind there is a particular account given in the 62nd volume of the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ from which it appears that a Mr. Lucombe sowed some acorns from a Wainscot 774 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Oak. Among the young trees which came from these it was noticed that one did not lose its leaves in the winter. From this a large number of trees: were propagated by grafting ; their leaves were evergreen, and the trees only made one shoot in the course of the season instead of two (in May and August), and grew continuously.’’ In the (Gard. Chron. No. 821, p. 221, Sept. 20, 1902, are letters from Mr. W. Napper and Sir W. T. Thiselton- Dyer, giving information about these Oaks, and expressing views which differ from those held by Mr. Elwes.—G. S. S. Odontoglossum x Armainvillierense var. ardentissimum. By R. A. R. (Orch. Rev. p. 209, fig. ; July 1902).—A photographic illustration of this lovely hybrid, Odontoglosswm, which was certificated at the last Temple Show of the Royal Horticultural Society as O. x ardentissimum. The origin of the cross and other particulars are clearly given.—H. J. C. Odontoglossum grande Lindl. var. Pittianwm hort. By Dr. Kranzlin (Gartenflora, p. 225, pl. 1498; 1/5/02).—A description and plate of this recently introduced pale yellow variety ; the labellum is white. Jt Odontoglossum x Wendlandianum. By R. A. R. (Orch. Fev. p. 185; May 1902).—Contains some interesting particulars of the © parentage of this natural hybrid.—H. J. C. Oldenlandia rhodesiana. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 475, pp. 250, 251; 7/1902).—Description of a new species collected by Dr. Rand at Salisbury, Rhodesia, from specimens in the National Herbarium.—G. S. B. Onosma echioides (0. tauricum). By F. W. Heyer (Die Gart. p. 583; 9/8/1902; with illustration).—A pretty rock plant, with bright yellow, urceolate flowers. Adapted for dry stony soil in exposed sunny — position.—G. Ff. Orange in North California. By D. H. Murray (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. ix., Pt. 5, p. 75).—This discusses the relationship between the plant and soil, winter rains, temperature, drainage, pruning, and best varieties.—G. H. \ Orange in South California. By J. W. Jeffrey (Bull. Bot. Dep, Jam. ix., Pt. 6, p. 87).—Discusses varieties, cultivation, soil, insects, and marketing.—G. H. Orange and Lemon Rot. By ©. W. Woodworth (U.S.A. Eup. Stn. California, Bull. 189; 2/1902; 5 figs.).—The fungus Penicillawm digitatwm is the cause of the well-known rotting of oranges and lemons, A popular description of the fungus and its growth is given, and the way it euters the fruit pointed out. The preventive measures advised are- refrigeration, ventilation during storage, wrapping. The fruit affected should be destroyed by fire or deeply buried, so as to reduce the source of infection toa minimum. The curing and packing houses should be dis- infected by thorough drying in the summer, or by whitewashing, or, if this ABSTRACTS. Tp be impossible, by sulphuring the house. Fruit should not be allowed to rot on the tree. A note is added pointing out the value of the rotted fruit as manure. It should be made into a compost heap with quicklime and earth. Bad iC. Orchard Enemies in the Pacific North-West. By C. V. Piper (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 158; 1902; 1 fig.)—This compilation gives a list, with notes, of the principal insect and fungus pests occurring in Oregon and the neighbouring States. Recipes are given for the making of insecticides and fungicides, and the inadequacy and worse of “ quack ”’ remedies pointed out, The principal insect pests are the San José Scale, Codlin Moth, Peach twig-borer, Cottony Scale, Apple Aphis, Woolly Aphis, and Pear-leaf Blister-mite. The bacterial and fungus diseases prevalent are the Apple Scab, Pear Scab, Brown Mould, Pear Blight, and Crown Gall on Apples, the cause of which is unknown; but a similar growth on Almond has recently been shown by Prof. J. W. Toumey, of Arizona, to be due to a slime fungus, Dendrophagus globosus. A disease pecular to the district is caused by the fungus Malicorticis gleosporiwm, Cordley (syn. Macrophoma curvispora, Peck), which produces black or dark brown spots on the young branches and twigs, causing the death of the bark in circular areas which fall away and leave the wood exposed. Diseased spots should be cut away and burnt.—F’. J. C. Orchard Improvement. By F. W. Card (U.S.A. Hap. Stn., Rhode Is., Bull. 83; March 1902; 8 figs.).—A neglected orchard was taken in hand and by scraping bark and suitable pruning, spraying with Bordeaux mixture for fungi and “ moss,” and with Paris green for insect pests, and the addition of suitable manures (100lbs. nitrate of soda, 100 lbs. dried blood, 100 lbs. tankage, 100 lbs. acid phosphate, 100 lbs. muriate of potash) was brought into good yielding condition. Methods proper to other conditions are noted. The “ railroad worm,’’ which bores in Apples, was troublesome. Spraying did not affect it. The removal of all ‘“‘ wind- falls’ and fairly deep ploughing in spring are recommended.—F’, J. C. Orchard Management in Massachusetts. By S. T. Maynard and G. A. Drew (U.S.A. Hzp. Sin., Mass. Bull. 82; April 1902).— Results show that constant cultivation of land gives the best return, but where such cultivation is impossible abundance of fertilisers should be used. The best tools for orchard cultivation are a long hanging landslide plough with a long point and mould-board, the shears harrow, the wheel harrow, or the spring-tooth harrow, and a weeder. Cover crops are important in that they (1) supply nitrogen and humus to the soil; (2) improve the mechanical condition of the soil; (8) protect roots of trees from being injured by deep freezing ; (4) prevent fine particles of soil from being washed away during the autumn, winter, and spring. Rye Oats, Barley, Peas, Soy Bean, Cow Pea, and Hairy Vetch have been used with advantage ; those, like Peas and Barley, Soy Bean, and Cow Pea, sown in the autumn are perhaps the best. The effects of proper and improper pruning are shown by means of photographs, and concise rules on the subject are given. The proper thinning of fruit and spraying of fruit- 776 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. trees are also touchedupon. The following varieties of various fruits have proved the best in Massachusetts :—Grapes, Worden, Campbell, Green Mountain, Concord, Delaware; Blackberry, Agawam, Snyder, Taylor, Eldorado ; Laspberry, Cuthbert, King, Curtland, London; Currants, Red Cross, Wilder, Fays, Cherry, and Pomona; Strawberries, Clyde, Haverland, Howard’s No. 36, Sample, Gandy Belle.—F. J. C. Orcharding, Experimental Workin. By H. H. Michener (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Iowa, 1901, p. 266).—In a short article the writer advocates and encourages constant experiments by growers of fruits, &e. He begins by saying that the horticulturist has a mania for experimenting with and testing all new fruits of merit, also quite frequently those of no particular value; it is well he should have this mania, for otherwise who is there that would? The thorough testing of all new fruits should be left to the experienced fruit-grower and nurseryman who spends his entire time in the study of the habit of growth, proper cultivation, &c., of each particular variety. Experimental work should be carried out along definite, practical and systematic lines, making a complete record of everything. The experimenter should have a large number of tests started each year, so that perhaps at least one would be of sufficient value to continue further testing. The writer takes as an instance the Peach, and gives descriptive instructions as to the crossing, &c.-—V. J. M. Orchards sprayed with Poisonous Washes, Grazing in. Anon. (Journ. Bd. Agr. vol. ix. pp. 193-195).—The result of the experiment corroborates the observations of practical men and also the results and conclusions derived from similar trials conducted years ago in America, namely, that stock may be kept on land where trees are washed with arsenites. Copies of this paper may be obtained free on application to the Secretary, the Board of Agriculture, 4 Whitehall Place, London, S.W. dN, Orchid Exhibits, Judging of. By G. T. Grignan (Rev. Hort. p. 210; May 1, 1902).—Suggestions as to proper determination of points of merit, ornamental and cultural, and as regards rarity. Considers that where nnnamed exhibits are in question, a printed schedule should be filled up as the exhibits are inspected, this eventually to determine the award.—C. T. D. Orchids, Some Remarks on the Cultivation of. By M. Verdonex (Bull. BR. Soc. Tosc. Ort. v. p. 156; May 1902).—The soil termed at Ghent “ Azalea soil” is the best fitted for potting of Orchids. It is a kind of — humus occurring at the surface of the ground in woods in which dead leaves and decaying twigs are found. Preferably it should be slightly sandy, and composed of foliage of Oak, with a proper proportion of Horn- beam, Elm, and Beech leaves. It need not be sifted; enough if the arger bits and the insufficiently decomposed twigs be removed. Some erowers mix sphagnum or fibrous substances with it, but the writer finds pure leaf-mould yields the best results. Orchids grown in this soil need not be repotted for two or three years. Sphagnum is placed on the soil around the plant and serves as an index of the amount of humidity in ABSTRACTS, 777 the soil, enabling the plant also to emit roots. The best drainage is afforded by a few large crocks in the pot to a height of 2 or 3 cm. Excessive dampness must be avoided, as this causes rapid decomposition of the soil, and with it that of the roots. Duval, of Versailles recommends with this kind of soil no watering, but mere light syringing of the pots. It is advisable to water very little immediately after potting, owing to laceration of the roots in this latter process. As a general rule, all Orchids adapt themselves equally well to this kind of soil. Excellent results have been obtained with Odontoglosswm, Oncidium, Lelia, Cattleya, Lycaste, Cypripedium. The writer finds that plants potted in this soil grow more vigorously and quickly and produce superior flowers than is the case with those cultivated in the old way. This mould is also much less expensive and of much easier application. Its introduction is due to M. De Langhe-Vervaene, of Brussels.—W. C. W. Orchis Hybrid. By E. F. Linton (Jowrn. Bot. 476, p. 297 ; 8/1902).— Recording the undoubted occurrence of a bigeneric hybrid between Orchis maculata and Habenaria conopsea in a wild state from two or three localities.—G. S. B. Peonia arborea ‘Elisabeth.’ By E. J. Peters (Die Gart. p. 556; 23/8/1902 ; with illustration).—This sort is one of the best, most strong and free flowering among double-flowering kinds, of a bright rose colour. They are much more grown on the Continent than in England, and also more successfully on the Continent. They are hardy, but require pro- tection against spring frosts, which is the only secret to a successful culture.—G. R. Parkinson, John. By G. 8. Boulger (Gard. Chron. No. 8038, p. 817, fig.; May 17, 1902).—The author of ‘‘ Paradisus,’”’ or, to give part of its full title, “ Paradisi in sole paradisus terrestris, or a garden of all sorts of pleasant flowers which our English ayre will permit to be nursed up, &c.,’’ well deserves the obituary notice that Prof. Boulger has written about him: in it is given a most interesting account of the above men- tioned book. In 1629, when it was written, unlike the present time, when one has almost lost count of the number of books on gardens and gardening, there were but few on these subjects, and the author himself says: “None of them have particularly severed those that are beautiful flower plants fit to store a garden of delight and pleasure, from the wilde and unfit.’’ A copy of a photograph of the statue of John Parkinson in the Palm House at Sefton Park, Liverpool, is given.—G. S. S. Passion Flower, A Superb. By Ed. André (Rev. Hort. pp. 287-9 ; with coloured plate of Passiflora quadrangularis var. Decaisneana ; June 16, 1902).— A splendid variety with dark crimson petals, with a large cup-shaped whorl of numerous long filaments, white spotted with red, with tortuous tips; very handsome and delicately perfumed. Native of Brazil and requires a warm house, in which it becomes a rampant grower, very free-flowering.—C. T. D. Peach, Disease in. By Dr. E. F. Smith (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Rep. Mich. 1902 ; pp. 170-177).—Describes a disease of Peaches called the 778 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ** Little Peach ’’ disease, in which the fruit and leaves are much reduced in size, while the root-hairs on the finer roots and even the smallest roots themselves are quite dead. The disease is not common in young trees, those most frequently attacked being from seven to twelve years old. The most regular and heavy bearers are those most frequently attacked, and death appears to occur in about two years. At present the disease appears to be confined to Michigan. The cause of the disease is unknown ; various causes have been attributed ; it is possible that adverse soil conditions are answerable at least in part for the injury, but a fungus ‘anknown) is present on the roots in all cases.—F’. J. C. Peach ‘Opoix.’ By Louis Tillier (Rev. Hort. p. 408; September 1, 1902).—Coloured plate representing a very fine late Peach, described as a good bearer and highly recommended. Originated in Russia, distributed by M. Boucher, 164 Avenue d’Italie, Paris.—C. T. D. Pear, ‘Conference.’ By C. Mathieu (Gartenjlora, p. 449, pl. 1502. 1/9/1902).—A coloured plate and description of the fruit.—J. P. Pears and Apples, Preservation of, by Gum Arabic (fev. Hort. p. 200; May 1, 1902).—Sound fruit dipped in a solution of 500 grammes of gum to the litre of water and then dried remain sound until the following autumn. When required for use they are placed in water for two or three hours and then rinsed and dried. While gummed they remain absolutely in statw quo as when gathered, and can be subsequently matured after washing.—C. T. D. Pear-trees, Pyramid. By G. Wykes (Garden, p. 220 ; 27/9/1902). —A practical article about the culture of pyramid Pear-trees and the best varieties for the purpose, with two excellent illustrations of trees in the Royal Horticultural Society’s Gardens at Chiswick.—H. T. C. Pentanisia. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Journ. Bot. 475, pp. 251, 252 ; 7/1902).—Descriptions of two new species, P. sericocarpa and P. rho- desiana, collected by Dr. Rand at Salisbury, Rhodesia, from specimens in the National Herbarium.—G. S. B. Petrea volubilis. By G. Besoke (Die Gart. p. 521; 2/8/1902).— A pretty climber for temperate houses. The strong flowers are star- shaped, the centre deep blue, margin of a paler blue.—G. Rf. Phalenopsis x leucorrhoda (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., Phal. x pl. 1; 6/1902).—A fine form of what is generally considered to be a natural hybrid between P. Aphrodite and P. Schilleriana, introduced from the Philippines in 1874, by Messrs. Low & Co., together with its supposed parents. Flowers white, suffused with rose.—C. C. H. Pineapples, Cultivation of. By W. Cradwick, Travelling In- structor (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. ix., Pt. 5, p. 68).—This paper discusses the soil, drainage, preparation of soil, selection of suckers, planting, and — cultivation.—G. H. : ABSTRACTS. 779 Pink, The Cheddar, at Home. By H. R. Richards (Jowrn. Hort. p. 144; August 14, 1902).—The English habitat, the Cheddar Rocks in Somersetshire, is described, and visitors are exhorted not to pull up the plants, which will not transplant, but to collect seed, to sow on walls and rockeries. Amongst other wild flowers associated with the Pink, the yellow Welsh Poppy, Meconopsis cambrica, is mentioned, a plant not generally known to exist there. (The readiness with which Dianthus c@sius crosses in gardens makes it difficult to get cultivated seed which will come true.)—C. W. D. Pinus (Laricio) pindicia. By M. T, Masters (Gard. Chron. - No. 802, p. 302; figs. 95-97; May 10, 1902).—This tree was considered a distinct species by M. Formanek, but Dr. Masters is of opinion that it is only a marked variety of P. Laricio, which is a very variable species, and he says: ‘“‘ To cultivators it is not material whether the form be con- sidered as varietal or specific ; suffice it to say that for cultural purposes it is distinct.’’ A copy of the original Latin description is given, also a description of P. Heldrichi, so that it may be better distinguished from that species. This variety or species, whichever it may be, is a very distinct form, and well worth cultivating.—G. S. S. Plant Diseases. By J. Percival (Journ. S.H. Agr. Coll. Wye, No. 11, pp. 81-89 ; February 1902).—Experiments showed that Chrysan- themum rust may be completely arrested by spraying once or twice a week with solution of flowers of sulphur, at the rate of one ounce in ten gallons of water, with a little soft soap added to make lather.—J. C. E. K. Plant Diseases of 1901. By Wendell Paddock (U.S.A. Ezp. Sin., Colorado Bull. No. 69 ; 9 plates).—The diseases enumerated are :— Apple tree root-rot ; Apple tree rosette ; Blackberry root disease (hizo- ctonia) ; Cherry-tree wound parasite; Asparagus rust (Puccinia); Aster wilt (Fusarvwm); Currant-cane disease (Nectria); Grape anthracnose (Sphaceloma) ; Pea-root disease (Rhizoctonia ?); Plum-leaf blight, or shot-hole; Potato diseases; Quince rust (Gymnosporangiwm) ; Straw- berry-leaf blight (Spherella) ; Wheat stinking smut (Tilletia). ei iy OFe ar Plectranthus sacecatus. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7841). —Nat. ord. Labiate, tribe Ocymoidee. Native of Natal. It is a suffruti- cose plant with large flowers nearly 14 inch long, with pale blue corollas. lt flowered at Cambridge.—G. H. Podocarpus pectinata. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7854).—Nat. ord. Conifere, tribe Podocarpee. Native of New Caledonia. It flowered at Kew in 1902. Male flowers only known. Gi i. Pollination of Pears and Apples. By D. 8. Bullock (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Rep. Mich., 1902; pp. 115-116).—A list of insects (families only) visiting Pear and Apple flowers. Hymenopterous insects most useful and abundant. 780 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIELY. In the same report (p. 120) O. L. Ayrs concludes that wind-fertilisa- tion of Apples and Pears is impossible.—F’. J. C. Polygonum Baldschuanicum. By 8. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p. 357, Aug. 1, 1902; p. 875, Aug. 16, 1902).—Can be propagated by means of suckers developed at the base, which form adventitious roots in situ. If these be detached and shortened they soon root in a cold close frame. Suggests cutting down strong plants to induce such growths, the plant being otherwise difficult to propagate. Subsequently some lower branches were layered with incisions in the same way as Carnations. Rooting resulted in a few weeks.—C. T’. D. Potato Experiments (Holmes Chapel Hort. School, Cheshire, Report, 1901).—It was found that fairly large sets give a greater return than small ones; that on loamy clay the most profitable yields were obtained from a good dressing of farmyard manure, supplemented with a full mixture of artificials, containing nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash. Also that kainit is the least profitable of the potassic manures.—J. C. H. K. Preservatives. (a) Formalin (Bull. Bot. Dep. Trin. No. 34, p. 457; July 1902).—A 2 per cent. solution has been found useful in sending fleshy tropical fruits to a distance for examination. Herbarium speci- mens are improved if dipped in a 5 per cent. solution for two or three minutes previous to being dried. (b) Chloretone (ib. p. 462).—A new antiseptic proved effective in pre- serving vegetable substances.—H. A. B. Primula obconica as a Bedding Plant. By W. 5S. (Journ. Hort. p. 84; July 10, 1902).—It is said that at Forde Abbey this is used very successfully as a summer bedding plant, and instructions are given about it.—C. W. D. Primulas, The Mountain. By H. Correvon (Garden, No. 1,588, p- 271, 26/4/1902; No. 1,591, p. 3827, 17/5/1902; No. 1,593, p. 358, 31/5/1902; No. 1,595, p. 396, 14/6/1902 ; No. 1,597, p. 429, 28/6/1902 ; No. 1,599, p. 28, 12/7/1902; No. 1,602, p. 81, 2/8/1902; No. 1,604, p- 113, 16/8/1902; No. 1,605, p. 181, 23/8/1902).—This interesting and useful series of articles upon the Alpine Primulas is divided into sections, the hardy ones as follows :—(1) Saxatile species, which grow naturally in the fissures of rocks and natural stone-heaps. (2) Marsh-loving species, liking porous, peaty soils, and cool, damp places. (3) Species that need silica and special culture. (4) Species easily grown in the open in good garden soil. The articles are well illustrated by drawings of the most important species.—L. 7. C. Primula violodora. By 8S. T. Dunn (Gard. Chron. No. 817, p. 129, Aug. 23, 1902).—A new Primrose discovered in Central China by Mr. Wilson, and presented to Kew Gardens by Messrs. Veitch & Sons. It is allied to the Himalayan P. mollis. The flowers are mauve, and have a delicate scent resembling that of violets, which is particularly noticeable of an evening. A full description in Latin is given.—G. S. S. , a. ABSTRACTS. 781 Propagation of Plants. By L. C. Corbett (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Farmers’ Bull. 157; 22 figures; 1902).—An enumeration of all the natural and artificial means of propagation possible with plants. In the case of the latter class minute directions are given for the suc- cessful performance of the operations of cutting, budding, and grafting in all their different varieties ; hard-wood cutting, herbaceous or soft-wood cutting, tuber cutting and root cutting, layering, cleft grafting, whip crafting, bark grafting, splice grafting, saddle grafting, veneer grafting, and budding ; each process being illustrated by useful figures.—M. L. H. Pseudocedrela. By H. Harms (Not. Konig. Bot. Berlin, vol. iii. (1902), p. 218).—Harms gives a short note to the effect that Pseudo- cedrela Kotschyi, Schweinf., is not of importance as a substitute for Mahogany in the Togo country, as he had surmised it might be. H. M. W. Pteris aquilina cristata. By C. T. Druery (Gard. Chron. No. 822, p. 226, figs. 77 and 78; Sept. 27, 1902).—The rarity of natural sports in Ferns is pointed out, and a figure is given of a crested variety of the common Bracken im sitw, which was found growing over a considerable district near Faygate, Sussex. There are also figures show- ing a frond of the crested variety, and also fronds of two other varieties which were growing at the same place.—G. S. S. Range Improvement in Arizona. By David Griffiths (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Bur. Plant. Ind. Bull. 4).—A paper dealing with the existing conditions and character of the forage supply on ranges in Arizona. This, together with suggestions for their improvement, is of great value to those interested in the industry of ranging and cattle-feeding. Be HAs Ranunculus Pzony-flowered (ev. Hort. p. 199; May 1, 1902).— Two new varieties from Krelage, Haarlem: purpwrea grandiflora, fine flowers of a velvety intense purple, rich colour; and grandiflora rosea, flowers, well made, of a salmon-tinted carmine rose. Both highly recom- ~mended.—C. 7’. D. Raspberries, Wintering. By O. H. Barnhill (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Iowa, 1901, p. 424).—Mr. Barnhill believes that one of the greatest hin- drances to success in growing Raspberries is the winter killing of the vines, and that the subject is one that is generally neglected. Moisture may be conserved by maintaining the dust mulch, and the dreaded anthracnose kept in check by spraying, but the vines have yet to be preserved from freezing todeath. The Raspberry is just the opposite to the Apple in that it is the tops and not the roots that winter kills. The roots will usually pass through the hardest winter uninjured, but it is the tops that need protection. After mentioning various theories and suggestions of remedies, the writer states that there is only one known way of wintering Rasp- berries safely, and that is by laying down the vines in the fall of the year and covering them with earth. This method involves considerable work, and the drawback to it seems to be its cost.—V. J. M. 782 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Rhododendrons, Deciduous (Azaleas). By W. Dallimore (Garden, No. 1,596, p. 416; 21/6/1902).—A description of the best species in cultivation, with photograph of the Azalea garden at Kew.—Z. T. C. Rhododendron Griffithianum (Aucklandii) 2 x Rh. arboreum hybridum ¢, Hybrids of. By L. Wittmack (Gartenflora, p. 281, pl. 1499 and 4 figs. ; 1/6/02).—Rh. Griffithianwm was used as the seed- bearing parent, the pollen being obtained from several varieties of Rh. hybridum, ‘ Dr. Mil,’ ‘Koh-i-noor,’ ‘Gabriel Liebig,’ and others. The plate given represents a seedling from Lh. Griffithianwm (white corolla) crossed with Rh. hybridum ‘Dr. Mil’ (carmine-red). Characters be- longing to both parents are present in the offspring. The influence of the mother is seen in the bark, the somewhat lengthened axis of the inflorescence, the thick flower-stalks, large calyx- lobes, and bell-shaped corolla. The strong growth, harder wood, thick leaves, and the beautiful carmine cclour of the flowers are characters transmitted from the male parent.-—J. P. Rhododendrons, Hardy Hybrid. By W. Dallimore (Garden, No. 1,601, pp. 61-8, 26/7/1902; No. 1,602, p. 78, 2/8/1902).—An interesting article on this subject, dealing fully with the R. Thomsoni and R. Griffithianum and Snurnowi groups. Several illustrations are given.—H. T. C. Rhododendron King Humbert I. By Angiolo Pucci (Bull. R. Soc. Tosc. Ort. v. p. 188 ; May 1902;.—Raised from seed by Sig. Giovanni Chiari, gardener of Marquis Carlo Torrigiani. Vigorous, well-shaped plant, with leaves oblong-lanceolate, 20 cm. long, clear, opaque green above, very transparent below, smooth; flowers united to the number of 15-20 in broad, compact corymbs at the ends of branches, liifloro- campanulate, more than 10 cm. in width, of very elegant shape, white, with a delicate pink transparence, with small, dark crimson spots at the base, the upper petal speckled dark red, undulate at the margins, slightly odorous, stamens ten. The buds are pink externally.and preserve this colour until after opening of the flower, although it is then somewhat less deep, and it is this which yields the roseate transparence to the flower itself. From the shape as well as the scent of the flowers the new variety probably arises from seed of a R. ponticwm which has been fertilised by some species or variety of a Himalayan Rhododendron.—W. C. W. Ribes Grossularia? xR. nigrum¢. A. Schneideri, Maurer in litt. By E. Koehne (Gartenflora, p. 409; 1/8/02).—The hybrid appears to be a casual seedling from a Gooseberry pollinated by Black Currant. The stems and leaves have no prickles, and in the smoothness of the interior of the calyx tube and slight hairiness of the style the plant resembles the Black Currant. The fruits are seedless, dark red, covered with fine hairs, and of acid taste, similar in shape to those of the Gooseberry. Very few glands are met with in the leaves,—J. P. ABSTRACTS. 783 Richardia hybrida ‘ Solfatara.’ By G. Bornemann (Die Gart. p. 584; 6/9/1902; with coloured plate)—A new hybrid, the product between FR. Hlliottiana and Adlanu. The flowers are yellow, with a dark central spot. As in most hybrids, this new form is more floriferous, more robust in growth, and the flowers are of finer texture and very distinct. G. Rf. | Ricotia Lunaria. By S. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p. 820; with wood- cut; July 1, 1902).—Introduced by Vilmorin from Palestine. Bunches ‘of lilac-pink flowers; dwarf habit. Annual. Sow early spring, but can -be sown later for succession. The best plan is to sow where required, in April, 6 to 8 inches apart. Flowers then end of May. : Ca ey. Road Improvement (U.S.A. St. Bd. Agr. Missowrt, vol. i., No. 10 ; January 1902).—An abstract of papers read at the tenth annual meeting of the Missouri Road Improvement Association. Illustrations are given showing the appearance of dirt roads which are almost left to take care of themselves, and the greatly improved condition where dragging is carried out after rain, about once a month on an average. It is the object of this association to create public interest in the matter of roads, as at the time of the meeting only 1 per cent. of entire mileage of Missouri State roads was composed of free gravel or macadam. Roads Congress, Proceedings of the International Good, Buff., N.Y., September 1901 (U.S.A. Dep. Agr. Pub. Rd. Inquiries, - Bull. 21).—This congress was held for the purpose of stimulating the efforts already being made in improving the public highways. An endeavour was made to get Congress to vote a sum sufficiently large to assist every State in building good hard roads.—#. F’. H. Roads, Earth. By Maurice O. Eldridge (U.S.A. Dep. Agr., Farm. Bull. No. 186 ; 1902).—A very useful work dealing with the formation of earth roads, which predominate largely in some portions of the United States. The principal requirements in the formation of these roads are thorough drainage for the road base, and a rapid transit of water from its surface. For this purpose a good crown is necessary, which conducts the water quickly to the sides, and in a short time leaves the centre quite dry. Occasional rolling after rain directly the surface is sufficiently dry to prevent sticking, and working with the road machine, which acts like a large scraper and takes off any lumps, leaving a fair surface, are the principal part of attention given. The improved conditions of traffic well repay the amount expended in these operations.—H. F’. H. -_ Rock-garden Making. By F. W. Meyer (Garden, p. 218; _ 27/9/1902).—An introduction to a series of freely illustrated: articles upon this important. subject. As the writer here says: “Of all the numerous branches of horticulture there is perhaps none more abused than the making of rock-gardens. Many are the instances in which an otherwise pretty garden has been spoiled by so-called rockwork badly constructed and utterly out of character with its surroundings. It must 784 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. be borne in mind that no rocks of any kind can possibly be ornamental to a garden unless they are either natural or appear to be so, and are associated with suitable plants.”’-—H. 7. C. Rodgersia, The four Species of. By A. Henry (Gard. Chron. No. 817, p. 181, fig. 44; Aug. 23, 1902).—Descriptions are given of the four species, and a figure is given of &. pinata, which is now flowering at Kew for the first time in Europes. It is a native of Yunnan, where it grows on cliffs 8,000 feet above the level of the sea. It is perfectly hardy. This species is remarkable for its peculiar leaves, which are described as semi-digitate ; the flowers are reddish, and grow in a somewhat narrow cymose panicle ; it attains a height of rather more than three feet. This genus is nearly allied to Astelbe. The three other species, R. podophylla, f. esculifolia, and f. Henrici, are described, and their native localities given.—G. S. S. Root Sensitiveness (Beth. Bot. Cent. bd. xii. ht. 2, pp. 248-247).— As the result of several experiments similar to those carried out by Sachs as to the positive thigmotropism or sensitiveness to contact of the growing zone in roots, Professor Newcombe suggests that the effects are really due to traumatropism, 7.e. injury at the points of contact. He finds that no curvature is produced by glass, the wood of Pinus Strobus, or that of the Tulip-tree—G. Ff. S.-H. Roots of Herbaceous Plants, Studies on. By T. Friedenfelt (Flora, vol. xci. pp. 115-208 ; figs. 1-20; t. xvi—xix.). This is a very exhaustive treatise on a subject too little discussed, the relation of root habit to that of the plant as a whole and to external conditions. It well deserves translation im extenso into the pages of the JouRNAL, but is un- suitable for abstracting. —M. H. Rosa Wiehuraiana and its Hybrids. By Philomel (Garden, No. 1,598, p. 7; 5/7/1902).—Description of type and hybrids. ‘The type is a creeping Rose, and most useful it is for covering a large area with its fast-growing, trailing shoots, plentifully clothed with the brightest foliage imaginable, and in August with immense bunches of single white flowers. But if used simply as a ground trailer much of its beauty is lost. The best plan is to place a few good-sized logs in the centre of a bed and allow the growths to creep over them, producing a. lovely mound of snowy flowers when other Roses are fading.’’ The hybrids bloom earlier than the type, and none possess the Ivy-like flat growth in the same degree.—LH. T’. C. Roses, Attar of. Anon. (Jowrn. Hort. p. 298; September 25, 1902).—The production of this in Eastern Roumelia is yearly decreasing, and though Roses are more cultivated there than ever, the commercial value of the product diminishes rapidly.—C. W. D. Rose, The true York and Lancaster. By W. R. Raillem (Jowrn. Hort. p. 512; June 12, 1902).—It is said that the two-coloured varieties. of Rosa gallica, generally called York and Lancaster, are not the true — ABSTRACTS. 785 plant, which is a variety of R. damascena, the Damask Rose, bearing self-red and self-white and variegated flowers on the same _ bush. Another instance of three varieties of colour on the same branch is Daboécia polifolia var. bicolor).—C. W. D. Roses of British Origin and their Originators. By D. R. Williamson (Gard. Chron. No. 809, p. 428; June 28, 1902).—The writer mentions that at one time nearly all the best Roses were of French origin, but things have changed comparatively recently, as the list of names of our most prominent Rose-growers and the charming varieties for which they are responsible shows most conclusively.—G. S. S. Roses, British-raised (Garden, No. 1598, p. 5, 5/7/1902; No. 1,599, pp. 28, 24, 12/7/1902).—The first part of a list of British- raised Roses. The writer states that the list ‘will, perhaps, surprise those who imagined that we were largely indebted to other lands for new varieties.’—H. T. C. Roses, Hedges of. Anon. (Jowrn. Hort. p. 196; August 28, 1902). These are recommended for suitable positions, and the species recom- mended are Rosa moschata, used at Kew; R. setigera, R. multiflora, and especially FR. rugosa.—C. W. D. Roses on own Roots (Bull. Bot. Dep. Trin. No. 38, p. 426; April 1902).--Tea, Noisette, and Bourbon Roses have been proved more suit- able for tropical culture when on their own roots. Briar and Manetti stocks which withstand cold, and so are hardy in Europe, prove unsuitable and perish in the heat of the West Indies.—#, A. B. Roses for Pergolas, Fences, and Arches. By “An Old Rose- grower”’ (Garden, No. 1,603, p. 100, 9/8/1902; No. 1,604, p. 110, 16/8/1902).—A list of the most easily grown and beautiful Roses for pergolas, fences, and arches, with notes as to pruning, &c. Illustrated by a photograph of Rose Blarii No. 2 on a pergola.—E. T. C. Roses, Planting, too Deeply. By H. 8. (Jowrn. Hort. p. 52; July 17, 190%).—A note points out that this is a very common cause of failure amongst amateur gardeners.—C. W. D. Roses, Wild Chinese. By A. Henry (Gard. Chron. No. 809, p. 438, figs. 170 to 172; June 28, 1902).—The wild form of Rosa indica is not admitted by Hooker as a native of India, or by Matsumura as indigenous to Japan. The only wild specimens known were collected by Dr. Henry near Ichang in Central China, where, he says, he has no reason to doubt that they are really wild. This species, which is the one from which our Tea Roses originated, grows asa large shrub climbing over rocks. It has single flowers, as shown in the figure; they are generally of a deep red colour, but occasionally they are pink. The leaflets are either three or fivein number. R. gigantea is a native of the Burmese Shan States and Yunnan ; it is very like R. indica, but it may always be distinguished from it by its larger and white flowers, larger fruit, and the leaves, which are often seven-foliate. R. Banksie was introduced into England in 1807 EE 786 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. by Kerr. This was the double white variety; the double yellow was not seen in this country until seventeen years later. This species grows wild in the western mountainous half of China, over a wide range of country, and shows considerable variation. This Rose has long been cultivated in China, and thence introduced into Europe and Japan. &. micro- carpa very much resembles the last-mentioned species, but varies in certain particulars. &. Colletti, found in the Shan States of Burma, very much resembles &. microcarpa, and is apparently a tomentose geographical form of that species.—G. S. S. Sabal Uresana, W. Trelease. By Dr. A. Ragionieri (Bull. R, Soc. Tose. Ort. vi. p. 177; June 1902).—A new Palm discovered by Prof. W. Trelease in August 1900 on the plateau to the north of the city of Ures, the ancient capital of the Mexican State of Sonora. It forms open forests, and is a beautiful and elegant Palm Its glaucous foliage recalls two other beautiful species of the Sonora region, Washingtonia Sonore, Watson, and Hrithea armata, Watson. The stem is 5 to 10 metres high and more than 30 cm. thick; the leaf-blade is about a metre long, multifid, with large straw-coloured pale springing from the sinuses. Fruit with a single edible, green, globose carpel, which when dry is dark brown and somewhat polished, and the mesocarp cottony ; the endocarp is of a whitish straw-colour. The seed is shining, of a dark chestnut colour, and labyrinthically rugose, 12 x 7 millimetres.—W. C. W. Sandringham, The Gardens at. Anon. (Gard. Chron. No. 808, p. 408 ; figs. 141 to 151; June 21, 1902).—This is an interesting article on the Royal gardens at Sandringham, illustrated with eleven admirable photographs of the house and gardens, &¢.—G. S. S. Scabiosa cauecasica, A White-flowered. By 8. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p. 847; July 16, 1902).—This variety besides being pure white is absolutely hardy, while the normal is scarcely so. It comes true from seed, and is extremely floriferous, blooming freely from mid- June until the October frosts. Highly recommended.—C. 1’. D. Seale, Rose. By J. B. Smith (U.S.A. Hap. Stn., New Jersey, Bull. 159 ; 13/6/1902 ; 6 figs..) —The snowy-white scale (Diaspis rose, Bouché) which infests Rose trees in the shade is described and figured. The insect has proved a serious pest on Blackberries and Raspberries in New Jersey as well as on Roses. The remedial measures advised are the cutting out and burning of the badly infected shoots; reasonable thinning of shoots ; the application of whale-oil soap, 1 lb. per gallon of water, in the autumn or early winter; or a 10 p.c. mechanical mixture of kerosene and water; another application of a weaker solution of soap in March to kill off the young hatched from the eggs.—F’. J. C. Seale, San José. By W. E. Britton (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Sin, Conn., Bull. 185, December, 1901; 5 plates).—The spread of the insect (Aspidiotus perniciosus, Comst.) in Connecticut from August, 1898, onwards is shown, and the regulations enforced in order to check its spread are given. The insect and its life-history are both carefully ABSTRACTS. 787 described, and a list of forty-three plants upon which the scale is found, and most of which are commonly grown in this country, is given. The writer points out how the scale is carried from tree to tree by the nursery- man or on the feet of birds or of insects. He recommends the destruc- tion of all badly infested trees. Spraying with crude petroleum or a kerosene-and-water mixture (20 to 25 p.c. kerosene), applied just before leaves are put out, is recommended. The crude oil must have a specific gravity not below 43 degrees (Beaumé). Whale-oil soap (2 lbs. soap to 1 gall. of water) is also a useful remedy, but expensive in large orchards.—F’. J. C. Seale, San José, Experiments with Insecticides for the. By S. A. Forbes (U.S.A. Hap. Stn. Illinois, Bull. No. 71; April 1902).— The “California wash” of lime, sulphur, and salt, and the ‘“‘ Oregon wash’’ of lime, sulphur, and blue vitriol, are claimed as the best winter washes for this pest in the South Pacific Coast area. The respective washes were prepared as follows :— “For the California wash, fifteen pounds of stone-lime were slacked in a little very hot water, fifteen pounds of ground sulphur being slowly poured in during the slacking process, with constant stirring of the mixture. This was then boiled for an hour, after which fifteen pounds of salt were added and the boiling continued for fifteen minutes longer. _ The whole was then poured into a barrel through a strainer, and enough boiling water was added to make fifty gallons. “Tn the preparation of the Oregon wash, a pound and a quarter of £ blue vitriol was used instead of the salt, the crystals of the blue vitriol being dissolved in hot water and the solution added slowly to the slacking lime.”’ Since the publication of the above a second “ Bulletin’’ (No. 72) has been issued, in which it is ciaimed that the washes applied in the experiments were extremely efficient.—R. N. Seale, the San Jose, in Japan. By L. Reh (Zeit. 7. Pflanz. xii. $ 1902, pp. 101—107).—A discussion on the native country of this scale insect. Whether is it Japan, America, or (as the Japanese entomologists _ say) China? Kuwana’s recent paper convinces the author that Japan has the preference (see Abstracts, xxvii. p. 348).— W. G. S. Scale, San José, How to Control the. By C. L. Marlatt (U.S.A. Dept. Agr. (Div. Ent.) Circul. No. 42, pp. 1-6; May 1902). One of the main objects of the circular is to emphasise the importance and value of honest efforts to control this insect for the great majority of districts x _ where it has established itself, rather than efforts at extermination, which _ will prove successful rarely at best, and will always be accompanied with é 7 great immediate loss. The other principal object is to designate briefly Beene means of controlling this scale insect which experience has shown to be of practical value. The “ California wash ”’ of lime, salt, and sulphur ‘is given as effective, and its use is possible in all climates similar to ; of the Pacific coast. The methods of control in the east of the _ United States, where the climate is moister and with more frequent rain- fails, are, in order of their importance, as follows: (1) The soap treat- EE2 a 788 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ment; (2) treatment with pure kerosene; (8) treatment with crude petroleum ; (4) treatment with mechanical mixtures of either of the last two oils with water. In the main these are all winter treatments, and are applied at any time when the trees are in a dormant, leafless condition. RON: Scale, The San José, Treatment for, in Orchards. II. Spraying with kerosene and crude petroleum. By F. A. Sirrine (U.S.A. Hap. Stn. New York, Bull. No. 218, pp. 1-51; April 1902).—The results of these tests, considered in connection with others previously reported by this ; and other stations, appear to indicate that spraying with kerosene or : crude petroleum is safe and effective under the following conditions :— “Tn using kerosene, only the best grades shonld be employed, as the : lower grades are very liable to injure the trees. ‘‘ Mechanical mixtures ranging from 15 to 25 per cent. can be used on Apple and Pear while the trees are in full leaf with but slight injury to the trees ; while mixtures of even less strength are liable to cause some injury to stone-fruits under the same conditions. Such dilute mixtures appear to be of value only against young insects unprotected by scales. “A good grade of kerosene can apparently be applied to large, vigorous Pear and Apple trees while they are completely dormant and cause little injury ; but not to such trees after the sap begins to flow. With stone- fruits, on the contrary, especially with Peach, dormant trees suffer even from dilute mixtures, but even pure kerosene may be applied to such trees while the buds are swelling but are still unopened. ‘Peach and Plum can be sprayed quite safely with 25 per cent. mechanical mixtures of crude petroleum (483° to 44° Baumé, 0°77 sp. gr.) after buds commence to swell. If treated while dormant the trees are generally injured, often killed.”’ It is unsafe to treat Pear and probably Apple with crude petroleum of the strength given after buds have commenced to swell; but even 50 per cent. mechanical mixtures may be used on dormant Apple and Pear trees. Scale insects, even when fully exposed, were not all killed by the 15 per cent. strength of crude petroleum ; though two applications of this strength were effective, or one of the 25 per cent. strength.—R. N. ; Schizoglossum strictissimum. By Spencer Le M. Moore (Jowrn. Bot. 475, pp. 254-5 ; 7/1902)—Description of a new species of Ascle- — piad, collected by Dr. Rand, at Bulawayo, from specimens in the National — Herbarium.—G. S. B. School Gardens. By F. M. Powell (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Iowa, 1901, p. 93; plates).—The writer of this article strongly advocates and explains the idea of gardens attached to lower schools. Froebel is quoted as follows: ‘‘ Let your child plant his own garden, gather his own harvest of frait and flowers, learn through his own small experience something of tke influence of the sun, dew, and rain, and gain thereby a remote pre- sentiment of the reciprocal energies of nature, and a reverent feeling for the divine life and law expressed in nature.’’ Mention is made of many school gardens in the United States of America, and especially those established by the National Cash Registers Company at Dayton, Ohio. Two good — al i ¥ illustrations of gardens, showing the school children at work, add greatly to the interest of the article.—V. J. WM. ABSTRACTS. 789 School Gardens in Germany (Garden, p. 209 ; 27/9/1902).—An article outlining the training of children in the agricultural districts in the intelligent cultivation of the land, as in Germany. A significant fact is worth noting, that those districts are most advanced and pro- sperous where some influential landowner, not necessarily connected in any way with school management, has been found to take a personal interest in the matter, a case in point being the mayor of a town in the neighbourhood of Geistingen, who began the work of reformation in _ fruit-growing in his own vicinity by himself planting, as a beginning, some 4,000 fruit-trees of good sorts after approved methods.—H. 7’. C. Senecio (Ligularia) clivorum. By A. Henry (Gard. Chron. No. 821, p. 217, supp. plate ; Sept. 20, 1902).—This fine plant is a native of Central and Western China and Japan; it has recently been introduced by Messrs. | Veitch. It grows in open, moist, grassy spots on the mountains, and occasionally in woods ; it is a tall, vigorous, succulent, perennial plant, growing to height of about 3 feet. The flowers are in loose corymbs of about ten or twelve blossoms, which are of an orange-yellow colour and 4 inches in diameter. Descriptions and notes are also given of five other nearly allied species.—G. S. S. . j j ‘ ; - Senecio, Monograph of North and Central American Species of. By Jesse More Greenman (Hngl. Bot. Jahrb. vol. xxxil. 1902, pp. 1-33 ; 13/5/1902).—The first part of the monograph only is here published. It comprises a general account of the morphology of the genus, a review of the systematic grouping of the species in sections and sub-genera, a nominal enumeration of the species in their respective sections, and an account of their geographical distribution. The second part, which is to follow, will contain the special systematic portion. fT or, Shortia uniflora. By W. T. Hindmarsh (Gard. Chron. No. 804, p. 387; fig. 116; May 24, 1902).—This charming little plant is said to be one of the most beautiful of rock plants, and to be very superior to S.galacifolia. It has very pale bluish-white or bright rose-coloured blossoms, about 14 inch in diameter. It appears at present to be a very rare plant in this country.—-G. S. S. Shrubs of Wyoming, The. By Elias E. Neison (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Wyoming, Bull. 54; illustrated).—An interesting account of the principal shrubs and small trees of Wyoming, some of which might be improved _ by cultivation and brought into gardens, either for ornament or for their fruits. Amongst the illustrations are those of ‘ Winter-fat on the Plains ’ (Eurotia lanata), which is good for forage, and greedily eaten by stock ; _ ‘Ninebark’ (Neiilia Torreyi, syn. Opulaster monogynus), belonging to the Rose family, as does also Spirea discolor (syn. S. dumosa, Holodiscus ___dumosus), very pretty when in flower. The ‘ Riverbank Grape’ (Vitis ES vulpina) has given rise to several cultivated varieties. The ‘ Buffalo , ~ er rr a a ‘ie : RAMEN ee ‘rr aes 790 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Berry’ (Shepherdia argentea, syn. Lepargyrea argentea) is useful both for its fruits (which make excellent jelly) and for ornament, but un- fortunately the branches are too thorny to allow of the fruit being readily picked. It is hoped that cultivation may obviate this difficulty. : OA a By & Shrubs, Pruning Hardy. By J. Clark (Garden, No. 1,595, p- 389, 14/6/1902; No. 1,596, p. 405, 21/6/1902; No. 1,597, p. 428, 28 /6/1902).—The correct time to do this most important garden work is not widely known; it of course depends upon whether the shrub flowers upon the current year’s growth or that of the past year. In this article instructions are given how to proceed with all the most important shrubs. Wp AP & s Skimmias. By J. Clark (Garden, No. 1,589, p. 287; 3/5/1902).— Describing several varieties of this shrub. As a plant for town districts the Skimmua is not to be surpassed, as it withstands both smoke and dust well, and will flower and fruit freely under conditions which are very trying to many plants.—#. T’. C. Slugs, Detergent for (Rev. Hort. p. 249; June 1, 1902).—Wash walls with a solution of lime and sulphate of copper, and dust infested spots with lime in powder, or a mixture of sulphate of iron and sand or dry soil.—C. J. D. Slugs that ‘‘Spin” Threads. By W. M. Webb (Gard. Chron. No. 821, p. 219, fig. 74; Sept. 20, 1902).—Many, if not all, of our British slugs have the power of letting themselves down from a height by means of a thread of the mucus which they so freely secrete, and they are also able to ascend by the same. The figure shows two slugs, one ascending and the other descending by means of a thread of mucus. | GG. as ae Sophro-Cattleya x Nydia (Cogniaux in Dict. Icon. Orch., S.-C. x pl. 1; 6/1902). A hybrid raised by Messrs. Charlesworth & Co., of Brad- ford, out of S. grandiflora by C. x calummata, and first flowered in 1901 Flowers deep rosy-carmine, faintly dotted with purple; habit of growth and form of flowers similar to the Cattleya parent.—C. C. H. Spraying Orchards for the Codlin Moth. By Fabian Garcia (U.S.A. Eup. Stn. New Mexico, Bull. 41; March 1902).—In this region it is found that the worms enter the Apple from the side—unlke in the Eastern States, where they mostly enter at the calyx end. During good crop years it is found necessary to spray more than three times ; it is found best to begin by spraying the topmost limbs, working down through the centre of the tree to the outer and lower limbs, especially in heavily foliaged trees. The tree should be wet all over, though not necessarily dripping. Of the nozzles the “ Bordeaux’ was found to give best satisfaction. White arsenic, in the form of arsenite of lime and soda, is found to be a purer and cheaper poison than Paris green. Lime is used to keep it from burning the foliage. PEF PROCEED Zé Rs a ABSTRACTS. 791 Arsenite of soda = white arsenic 1 lb., sal soda (washing soda) 4 1b., water 2 gallons, are boiled together for fifteen or twenty minutes, when the arsenic will have dissolved ; replace the water lost in boiling. With every fifty gallons of water use two quarts of the stock solution and two pounds of freshly slaked lime. Keep the stock solution covered to prevent evaporation. To become acquainted with the moth, catch a few worms and put them into a bottle; put a few pieces of paper in with them and cover the bottle with some wire gauze. In about twelve or fifteen days some of the worms will have developed into small brownish moths, with very noticeable dark brown spots, streaked with bronze near the hind angle of the front wings. The cost of the different spraying mixtures is given below per fifty gallons wash :— White arsenic bought in 10 lb. lots . 4d. per lb. Paris green i 28 lb. lots . 8d. per lb. Sal soda » 125 1b. kegs . Ts. per keg. Lime . re . 2s. per 100 lb. , Paris Green Mixtwre— ' Paris green, 4 oz. ‘ ; ; * 4 gees Lime, 1 lb. F . Old. Cost per barrel . 4d. Arsenite of Lime— White arsenic, 4 oz. . : : : ml ie Lime in stock solution, id. per lb... . Od. Freshly slaked lime, 1 lb. . : « Ofd. Cost per barrel . Lda. Arsenite of Soda— White arsenic, 4 oz. . f : : a) Ale Sal soda, 1 lb. . : ; . O8d. Freshly slaked hme . . Obd. Cost per barrel . 21d. Cost of spraying a 30-acre orchard, first seine: oe abs eb Four men, 5 days @ 3s. 2d. per day . a a 5 White arsenic, at 5d. per lb., 4 oz. per eee. 90 barrels. oo) -6 Sal soda @ 134d. per lb., 1 Ib. per paral 90 eye OL -s Lime at 4d. per 1b., 4 oe per barrel, 90 barrels. O 7 6* Total. .£4.10 ,9 The figures are not exact on account of rates of exchange, «ec. The second spraying was done with Gould’s “ Monarch Two-cylinder “ Spray pump, mounted on a 500-gallon tank, with two lines of hose. It took three men seven days, and cost 3s. 3d. more than the first Spraying, the same amount of materials being used. * Used 2 lbs. per barrel more than ordinarily. 792 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Practically 50 per cent. of the fruit picked from unsprayed trees with a good crop is injured by the codlin moth. As a rule spraying tends to reduce the number of windfalls. Over 90 per cent. of the | windfalls from unsprayed trees are wormy. From the experiments one would be led to believe that during years of small crops one may expect poor results’ from spraying, except, perhaps, in the case where the spraying is done every week. When there is a good crop, the trees sprayed oftenest in each series show the largest percentage of sound fruit, while the trees receiving the least number of sprayings show the smallest percentage of sound fruit. Karly Apples appear to be less attacked by codlin moth caterpillars than late varieties.—C. H. H. Squash Bug. By C. M. Weed and A. F. Conradi (U.S.A. Agr. Exp. Stn., New Hampshire, Bull. 89; 2/1902; 2 figs.).—This bug (Anasa tristis, De G.) attacks Squash, Cucumber, Pumpkin, Marrow, and Melon. The best account of the insect is that given in the U.S. Div. of Entomology, Bull. 19, by Mr. F. H. Chittenden, but the present paper gives an account of the life-hiscory. The eggs are laid in clusters on the leaves in June and July, and hatch out within a fortnight. The bugs injure the leaves by sucking the sap, causing the leaves to dry up in patches. The bug is one-brooded, and hibernates in the adult stage among fallen leaves, &c. Its natural enemies in New Hampshire are a two-winged fly, Trichopoda pennipes, perhaps toads (which, however, are killed by the odour given off by the insects in a confined space), and a fungus which could not be determined. The chief remedies recom- mended are handpicking, clean, good culture, and spraying the ground with kerosene as soon as the first frost kills the vines.—/”. J. C. Sterilisation of Soil in Greenhouses for Fungous Diseases. By G. E. Stone (U.S.A. Hap. Sin. Mass.; Pub. Doc. 388; 1/1902; pp. 74-85).—Sterilisation of the soil has been recommended for the extermination of such fungous pests in the soil as cause drop in Lettuce, &e., “ timber-rot’’ in Cucumbers, Fhizoctoma, and Pythiwm De Bary- anum, and in part for stem-rot in Carnations ; nematode worms which cause disease in Cucumbers, &e., aphis, red spider, and seeds of weeds are also killed. Market growers are practising sterilisation of the soil in whole ranges of greenhouses, and find that not only does it rid the soil of certain disease germs, but also increases the crops. An experiment is detailed showing that Lettuce gained 88 per cent. in weight when grown in sterilised as compared with unsterilised soil, and 2°2 per cent. of this increase was water. The sterilisation was effected either by hot water or by steam. The hot water method requires the treatment of the soil previous to the putting in of each crop, and only a few inches of surface soil are sufficiently heated by this method to kill the mycelium of the drop fungus. The application of steam seems to be the most effective method of sterilisation. ‘The best means of applying the steam to the soil seems to be through a system of perforated iron or galvanised-iron pipes. The ~ ABSTRACTS. 793 tubes are made up into a framework so that a complete circulation of steam may be effected, or the appliance may be in sections easily put together or taken apart, and so constructed that they may be readily extended in length or width. Two-inch pipes with perforations }-inch in diameter, placed about one inch apart each way, or closer, are best. If a bed twenty feet in diameter has to be sterilised, the framework of pipes, ten feet wide, is laid on the surface of the soil, and the soil from the sides of the bed to the depth of a foot placed on the framework; the steam is then passed through the pipes at high pressure (about thirty pounds to the inch) for about 1 hour to 1} hour. The soil is then re- placed and the apparatus removed to the next part of the house, and SO on. The cost of sterilising 1,000 cubic feet of soil varied from £2 to $8.33 according to circumstances when iron pipes were used, and $16 when porous tiles-two inches in diameter were used ; while the cost of removing the soil to the depth of one foot and replacing it with fresh soil was at the rate of $87.50 per 1,000 cubic feet.* Sterilising the soil for Onion growing outdoors is to be tried next year, as well as for other crops. It is hoped that such methods will have the effect of appreciably reducing the number of weeds, and thus lessening the cost of growing Onions.—F’. J. C. | Stock (Six-week) ‘Excelsior.’ By 8%. Mottet (Rev. Hort. p- 346; one woodcut; July 16, 190%).—Very fine strain, raised by Vilmorin ; compact, very double, with long inflorescence, in four colours : white, brown, pink, and violet.—C. 7’. D. Strawberry Books. By C. Harman Payne (Gard. Chron. No. 816 _ p. 109, Aug. 16, 1902).—The writer in this article enumerates, with a short description of each, all the various books which deal primarily with the cultivation of this favourite fruit. The earliest was published in _ 1812 and was written by Thos. Haynes. American and Continental works on the same subject are also referred to. The article concludes as follows : _ “ At any rate as a first contribution to the bibliography of a favourite and _ deservedly popular fruit, I think the present article may be of service, hence my desire to place what I know of it on permanent record in the columns of the Gardeners’ Chronicle.’—G. S. S. ar __- Strawberry Culture in Mississippi. By A. B. McKay (U.S.A. _ Hap. Sin. Mississippi, Bull. 75, illustrated)—Amongst fruits the Strawberry is particularly adapted for culture in Mississippi, for (1) it is _ the first fruit of the season; (2) results are obtained in less time than _ any other ; (3) total failure seldom occurs. The Strawberry will adapt itself to any soil if well treated, but prefers clay. _ Amongst varieties, ‘Excelsior, ‘Hoffman,’ ‘Lady Thompson,’ a Cloud,’ ‘Klondyke’ and ‘Gandy’ (given in the order of ripening) _ have proved reliable. There being sufficient potash in the clay soils of _ Mississippi to satisfy the demands of this fruit, it need only be applied to ae the Sandy sections. If any fertiliser is required it would seem to be _ Phosphoric acid. * These results were furnished by market growers. 794 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Mulching with cotton hulls, or other material failing this, is recom- mended to keep the berries clean, and to prevent caking of the soil by the treading incidental to picking. The bulletin ends with a detailed description of some seven or eight kinds.—C. H. C. : Strawberry Mildew. By P. Hennings (Zeit. f. Pflanz. xii, 1902. pp. 16, 17)—Reports Spherotheca mors-wve@ in Russia—near Moscow | f (see EH. S. Salmon, Journ. R.H.S. xxv. p. 182).— W. G. S. Streptocarpus Mahoni. By Sir J. D. Hooker (Bot. Mag. tab. 7857).—Nat. ord. Gesneracee, tribe Cyrtandree. Native of British Central Africa. A stemless plant with a solitary leaf, and many scapes on the base of the costa of the leaf, with violet-blue flowers.—G. H. ; Strophanthus, Nomenclature of. By James Britten (Jowrn. Bot. 474, p. 233; 6/1902).—A note showing that S. sarmentosus, var. verrucosus Pax., has priority as a varietal name over S. Petersianus, var. grandiflorus N. EK. Brown, which Dr. E. Gilg has since raised to specific rank as S. grandiflorus (N. K. Brown), Gilg.—G. S. B. Styraceze, Notes on. By Janet Perkins (Hngl. Bot. Jahrb. vol. xxxi. 1902, pp. 478-488; 2/9/1902).—Contains descriptions of some new species of Styrax from Tropical America and a list of all known Tropical Asiatic species of the genus arranged in clavis form. A few new species are described from China and Sumatra.—A. B. R. Sugar Cultivation, Cost of. By Messrs. J. W. Mitchell and Muirhead (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam. ix., Pt. 4, p. 56).—This deals with the experiences of every detail of cultivation on an estate in Vere, Jamaica, of 400 acres.—G. H. Tapioca or Cassava. By A.J. Boyd (Qu. Agr. Jowrn. x., p. 384; May 1902).—After description of the two species of Sweet and Bitter Cassava, the mode of cultivation is described, the preparation of the farina, and the advantages of the crop.—M. C. C. Tapioca or Cassava. Notes on the Cassava plant. By James Pink (Qu. Agr. Journ. x., p. 888; May 1902).—These notes embrace — description of the varieties of Jatropha and the manufacture of the — Cassava, concluding with the assertion that, ‘(as a matter of fact, an acre — of Cassava is worth more than an acre of Sugar-cane.’’—M. C. C. Tobacco. How to secure and retain a good market for Queensland Tobacco. By R. S. Nevill (Qu. Agr. Journ. x. p. 278; April 1902).— This communication suggests “building better sheds and taking more care in curing the crop ; and properly handling it after it is cured.”’ Then follow the details for securing each desideratum as applied to the locality. — MO, Tobacco Cultivation and Curing. By T. J. Harris, Sup. of Exp, Stn. Hope (Bull. Bot. Dep. Jam., vol. ix. Pt. 4, p. 49, and Pt. 5, p. 65; ABSTRACTS. 795 1902).—This article deals with the nursery site, beds, burrning soil, - sowing, &c.; the planting and details ; the whole being “a brief outline of a plan that may be modified to suit varying conditions.” —G. H. Tobacco-growing under Shade in Connecticut. By EK. H. Jenkins (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Connecticut, Bull. 187; February 1902).— Experiments have been carried out with a view to ascertaining whether it is possible to grow the Sumatra type of Tobacco for leaf wrappers under artificial shade at a profit. The cost of shade used at present is rather high. The means employed consists of a light wooden framework, covered with cheesecloth. The experimental plots in 1901 varied in area from one-twentieth of an acre to eighteen acres. Providing the cost of shading can be reduced, it is almost certain to turn out a financial success.—LH. FP’. Hi. Tobacco Soils, Willis and Huntsville. By H. H. Harrington and P. §. Tilson (U.S.A. Exp. Stn. Texas, Bull. 61, 1902).—The chemical composition and mechanical analysis of soils taken at various districts where Tobacco is grown, with an endeavour to show what type of soil is most suitable to produce the finest wrappers and seed.—H. Lf’. H. Tomato Culture. By Prof. E. HE. Little (U.S.A. Hort. Soc. Lowa, 1901, p. 89).—This is a very interesting paper, and treats the subject more or less from a commercial standpoint. After commenting that the Tomato is the product of the century just closed, and that not until 1836 ‘was the fruit sold in a general way for food, the author estimates that in the United States the canneries alone fill annually 5,500,000 cases of twenty-four cans each. The grower should not depend entirely upon the seedsmen for his varieties, but should select the fruit from the plant that comes nearest his ideal, and then save the seed of this variety. One should keep in mind the points most essential to a good variety, such as vigour of plant, habit of growth, size of fruit, form, colour, and solidity. | The plants need considerable moisture, and the houses in which they are grown (if not grown outdoors) should be light and tight, and suffi- ciently high to allow of the training of the plants to a height of at least five feet above the surface of the soil. Where the benches are, say, three feet wide, the plants should be eighteen inches apart in one row. Tem- perature should be about 60° for night and 75° for day. Good venti- lation and rich soil are necessary. From the sowing of the seed to the beginning of the fruit is generally about five months. Pollination of the house crop requires some work on bright days.—V. J. M. Trees and Shrubs for English Gardens. By W. J. Bean (Garden, No. 1,591, p. 828, 17/5/1902; No. 1,594, p. 880, 7/6/1902; No. 1,603, p. 100; 9/8/1902).—This series of articles deals at length with the various classes of trees and shrubs (many comparatively un- _ known and little used) which are available for the beautifying of our i gardens. The best of the Conifers, deciduous and evergreen shrubs, _ ornamental flowering shrubs, &c., are each described, with cultural notes. _ Mauch valuable advice is given with respect to grouping.—E. T. C. 796 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. S Trees and Shrubs in Poor Soils (Garden, No. 1,589, p. 281; 3/5/1902).—An interesting leading article in which the writer calls attention to the fact that some classes of trees and shrubs are especially successful on poor land. A list of suitable subjects is given.—E. T. C. Trees, Young, and Sunstroke (Garden, p. 157; 13/9/1902).—A very interesting article upon a matter little noticed in gardens. The first marks of sunstroke are seen in the shape of longitudinal cracks in the bark, which is slightly browned and flattened, as if there were a hollow underneath. The part affected is from about one foot to three feet in length and from one inch to three inches in width. If the bark is cut away the wood beneath will be found perfectly firm, but hard and dry, more a piece of seasoned wood than part of a growing tree. Sunstroke must not be confounded with the ravages of the caterpillars of the goat moth and wood leopard moth, the external signs of which are much the same.—H. T’. C. Tulipa ingens. By J. Hoog (Gard. Chron. No. 811, p. 14; fig. 7; July 12, 1902).—This new Tulip is a native of the mountains of Bokhara. It has very large bright scarlet-vermilion blossoms, with petals nearly four inches in length, each marked with a black blotch at the base; the outer ones are marked externally witha broad, soft, yellowish band. The bulb is large ; the outer coats are very thin and of a pale brown colour, covered on the inside with long silky hairs. It is nearest in botanical position to 7. altaica of Pallas and TJ. Hichleri, Regel. = Abe 4 pale ne . = : = é a Ps a ® _ ib 4 © > , - 3 ‘ - e e ‘ ; . * .. 7 . : » . - ? ~“ 2 _ . - . . . . ~ * . > oy a small bits of earth, but by placing the Potatos in water these bodies become black and quite conspicuous. Many of them adhere very firmly. The hyphex spread through the soil in various directions; hence a single diseased Potato may be the means of infecting an area of considerable size. Plants which are attacked when young, if not killed outright, are often dwarfed and frequently die long before the close of the season The parts below ground are thoroughly infected with the Rhizoctonia. In some cases the disease attacks the plant just below the surface of the ground, and under favourable conditions a stem rot called “ Collar Rot” or “ Black Ring ”’ is produced. When the attacks on the stem are not so severe as to cause death the injuries may prevent the assimilated food from being stored in the subterranean portion of the plant, large tops are produced, and green tubers often form in the axils of the leaves (see also “‘ Abstracts ’’ in current JouRNAL R.H.S.) PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 817 Potato BACTERIOSIS. This has been described as occurring in Germany under the name of Bacillus phytophihorus, App. Deut. Botan. Gesel. 1902, p. 128. We do not apprehend any danger to Potatos from the fungus described under the name of Phycomyces splendens, for surely it can only be a veritable saprophyte (see Gard. Chron. June 26, 1886, p. 824). Potato Spot Moutp. There has been some consternation in Europe upon the appear- ance of a black mould (Cercospora concors) on living potato leaves, but it has not been heard of in Britain. Potato MAcCROSPORIUM. Two species of Macrosporiwm have been described as affecting the leaves of plants of the Potato Family, but one of these is decidedly a saprophyte and only occurs on dead leaves. The other (Macrosporiwm Cooket) attacks the living leaves of Lycopersicum esculentum (Solanum Lycopersicum), in America, and has large conidia (60-70 + 10 ») with _ from four to six transverse septa. The latter is not yet recorded as _ occurring in Europe. Tomato Lear Movutp. Cladosporium fulvum (Cooke), Pl. VIII. fig. 120. This mould first made its appearance on leaves of the Tomato in the United States, and was described in 1883 from specimens received from ~ South Carolina, since which time it has not only spread in America but -... its appearance in England, where it was first recorded in 1887. = Brown felted spots of irregular size appear on the under surface of _ the leaves, as the first indication of this disease. The spots gradually _ Spread, and the corresponding upper surface acquires a yellow colour. c 818 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. It sometimes extends also to the fruit. On the leaves the spots soon darken, and the leaves shrivel and dry. The mycelium consists of delicate colourless septate threads, which penetrate the tissue in all directions, and sometimes overrun the entire surface. From this mycelium arise erect fertile threads, which form dense tufts, simple or shortly branched, pointed and flexuous, with the joints swollen, and of a tawny colour. The conidia are produced at the tips of the threads, mostly elliptical, with one division in the centre, and pale brown (10-18 x 4-7»). Conidia may also be produced from the nodules or short branches and are sometimes met with in short chains of two to four attached end to end. They germinate readily in water by sending out germ tubes, which become interlaced in a mycelium Spores placed on wounded fruit will produce rot. Two or three large cultivators have assured us that they have no difficulty with this mould so long as they control temperature and ventilation. Solution of sulphuret ef potassium has been recommended for spraying. Sacc. Syll. iv. 1781; Mass. Pl. Dis. 811, 485, fig. 88; Gard. Chron. Oct. 29, 1887; U.S.A. Rep. 1888, p. 347, pl. iv.; Journ. R.A.S. xxvi. 1902, p. 733, fig. 307. Tomato Brack Ror. Macrosporium Tomato (Cooke), Pl. VIIL., fig. 121. This rot was also first observed in the United States before it be- came known in this country. It makes its appearance at the apex, or flower end of the fruit, when the latter is from half to two thirds grown. At first a small blackish spot is seen, either around the remains of the style, or on one side of it. This rapidly increases in size, but retains a more or less circular outline. As the disease progresses the tissues collapse quite regularly on all sides, and the berry becomes much flattened. There is usually a slightly raised narrow border surrounding the diseased parts, while just outside this the cuticle retains its normal healthy colour, but appears slightly wrinkled owing to the collapsed con- dition of the tissues beneath. Sections show that the black discolorations extend deeply into the tissues. The principal cause of this disease is the black mould Macrosporiwm, the mycelium of which consists of rather large septate, thick-walled, and contorted threads, at first colourless, but eventually tinged with brown, permeating all the diseased and decaying parts, and easily traced into the sound tissue. Arising from the mycelium are the olive-brown fertile threads, of variable length, which bear the large compound spores or conidia. The latter are obclavate, attenuated above, and shortly stalked below, divided transversely and longitudinally into as many as fifteen almost cubical cells, after the manner of bricks in a wall, at first olive- brown, becoming almost black (100-120 x 20-22 yp). All diseased fruit and old bines should be burnt. Suggestions have been made for spraying with sulphuret of potassium. Sacc. Syll. iv. 2552; Grevillea, xii. 82; U.S.A. Rep. Agri. 1888, p. 339, pl. iii., iv.; Mass. Pl. Dis. 324, fig. 89. re x — q PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 819 Tomato BACTERIOSIS. A bacterial disease of Tomatos has been destructive on the Continent, and since appeared in England. The fruit blackens and is at length wholly destroyed. Another similar disease, if not the same one, has made its appearance in the United States, where it attacks the Tomato, Egg Plant, Potato, and species of Petunia. The disease causes the foliage to wilt, and, later on, the stem and branches become discoloured and die. In Potatos the disease passes down to the tubers, causing a brown or black rot. Possibly this may be the same as Bacillus phytophthorus. Mass. Pl. Dis. 338, 342. SLEEPING DISEASE OF T'OMATOS. Fusarium Lycopersici (Sace.). This disease has been prevalent in Guernsey, and in other places in Britain. The leaves become dull and droop, and the stem collapses. The root is attacked first, gradually extending to the lower part of the stem. Shortly after the sleeping stage, the portion of the stem above ground is covered with a delicate white mould, of erect branched threads, which produce small two-celled conidia (Dziplocladiwm). Afterwards, from the same mycelium, the spindle-shaped spores (fusariwm) are produced in immense numbers. Spraying appears to do no good. Gard. Chron. June 8, 1895; Journ. R.H.S. xix., 1895, p. 20, figs. 1, 2,3; Mass. Pl. Dts. 328. OTHER Tomato FUNGI. After the attacks of Macrosporiwm, and sometimes meanwhile, the spindle mould (f'usariwm Solanc) will attack Tomatos as freely as Potatos, and complete the round of destruction. The potato rot mould (Phytophthora vnfestans) will sometimes attack the tomato, but must be well guarded against, as it would be a fatal foe if once it came to be established. Cultivators have been terrified by a long list of supposed tomato diseases, which has been thrust forward without any justification, except to alarm them. The majority of these are saprophytes, and only flourish at the expense of otherwise decaying vegetable matter. Such, for instance, are Sporocybe Lycopersicit and Dactyliwm Lycopersici, which has a strong family likeness to T'ricotheciwm rosewm, and probably Phoma destructiva and Spheronema Lycopersici. Doubtless they will all prove harmless enough for any other purpose than to allow the writer a remote chance of becoming immortal by means of strings of useless names. No fungi- cides will be required. Mint Rust. Puccima Menthe (Pers.), Pl. VIII. fig. 122. All kinds of Mints are liable to infection from the common mint _tust which is plentiful on wild Mints: in gardens mostly when in damp Situations. 820 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. There is very little indication on the upper surface of the leaves, but the under surface is either sprinkled or closely beset with the roundish pustules, both of the uredospores and teleutospores, usually in company, the latter darker than the former, but both of them equally powdery. The cluster cups are rare. The uredospores are one-celled, roundish, and of a cinnamon brown, the surface studded with minute spores (17-28 x 14-19 n). The teleutospores are nearly black in the mass, oval, divided across the middle into two cells, with a slight constriction at the suture. The apex of the upper cell is furnished with a small papillary tubercle; the lower cell is attached to a deciduous stem. The whole surface of the spore is covered with small warts (26-85 x 19-23 ,). Possibly should a patch of Mint become diseased, it would be well to try cutting it down to the ground and burn it, since it may prove that the disease has not extended to the roots, and the new growths may be free, especially if cut down before the teleutospores have matured and fallen to the ground. Common nearly throughout Europe, and in South Africa and North America. } Sacc. Syll. vii. 2180; Mass. Pl. Dis. 240; Cooke, M. F. p. 204, figs. 69, 70; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1474; Plowr. Br. Ured. 157. RHUBARB CLUSTER CUPS. Acidium rubelium (DC.). Rhubarb leaves in gardens are sometimes disfigured by the large patches of this parasite, although by no means commonly so. The same fungus is common on the leaves of various species of Dock, from which it may extend to Rhubarb. It is very handsome, as far as appearance goes, and forms large crim- son spots, nearly an inch in circumference, while in the centre of these spots the cluster cups are crowded and densely packed together. The white edges of the cup are torn like a fringe, and the ecidiospores, which occupy the centre of the cup, are produced in chains in the interior, and are nearly globose and rough. No further development has been seen upon the rhubarb leaves, since it is affirmed that both the Uvedo and Puccinia are developed upon another and quite a different species of plant, which in reality is one of the Grasses. But our disease now concerns only the rhubarb leaves. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2204; Cooke, M. F. 194; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1682. Diseases of Beetroot will be better treated in connection with Field Crops. SprInAcH Buack Moutp. Heterosporwwm variabile (Cooke), Pl. VIII. fig. 124. The fading leaves of Spinach are liable to be invaded by a species of — black mould, similar to that which affects Carnations, which is by no means so harmless as black moulds often are. The threads of the a PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 821 mycelium take possession of the tissues, and the fertile threads finally burst through the cuticle of the leaves. Definite rounded or irregular spots of a paler yellowish colour first appear upon the still green leaves, caused by the mycelium of the fungus. Then the surface of the spots becomes dotted with blackish points indi- cating the threads of the fungus bursting through the cuticle. These threads are flexuous, slender, knotted at the points and growing in small tufts. Conidia are produced at the tips of the threads, simple at first, then with one, two, or three divisions or septa (20-50 x 7-10 pu). The surface of the conidia is minutely rough with small spines. Threads and spores are of a pale olive colour. When fully matured the conidia germinate freely at each joint, pro- ducing a slender thread. Spraying with Bordeaux Mixture should be resorted to in order to prevent dissemination of fertile conidia. Sacc. Syll. iv. 28310; Greviliea, v. 128. SPINACH Rot Mou.Lp. Peronospora effusa (Rabh.), Pl. IX. fig. 125. The mould which attacks Spinach is of the same kind as that which - attacks Potatos, parsnips, and other vegetables. The pest appears upon ress ‘4 the living leaves in greyish, rather dense velvety patches, sometimes an inch in diameter, and sometimes spreading widely over the leaf. The mycelium is present in the leaf before the mould makes its appearance on the surface. The threads are produced in abundance, issuing through the stomates. The stem is undivided below, but in the upper portion it is divided in a forked manner, from two to six or seven times, the final branchlets being somewhat awl-shaped and arched. The ellipsoid conidia occur singly at the tips of the branchlets (22-30 x 16-23 yu) with a dirty white or slightly violet membrane. When mature they fall off readily. Resting spores are produced upon the mycelium within the tissues of the plant, and are variable in size, of a bright brown colour, which is irregularly furrowed and ribbed (25-88 diam.). Known in France, Belgium, Germany, Scandinavia, Finland, Austria, Italy, and the United States. Sacc. Syll. vii. 854; Gard. Chron. Ap. 11, 1885, fig. 87; Cooke, M. F. f. 214; 215, Mass. Pl. Dis. 79; Mass. B. F. 124; Berlese, Icon. xlvii. ; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1781. GouRD ANTHRACNOSE, Gleosporiwm orbiculare (B.), Pl. VIII. fig. 126, conidia. This disease appears in orbicular spots on ripe gourds, melons, &e. The pustules are often run together and confluent, with a common pore _ or orifice. The conidia are small and oblong, tinged with pink (about i 4 mead x 3h »), and are expelled in thin tendrils. The genus to which this ‘Species es is almost universally destructive, and affects various plants. Be: 4 a ‘The disease which is caused by them is known throughout the United ‘States by the name of Anthracnose. 822 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. As to the specific differences between the two species recorded as Gleosporium orbiculare and Glewosporium leticolor it is not of much practical importance, and some at least of American mycologists believe them to belong to the same species. Recorded in Portugal as well as in Britain. Every effort should be made to prevent the dispersion of the conidia of all species of Gla@osporiwm, by spraying, and destruction of the affected parts. Sacc. Syll. iii. 8759; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1407; Berk. Ann. N. H. No. 106, t. vii. f. 6. CUCUMBER ANTHRACNOSE. Gleosporium lagenarvum (Pers.), Pl. VIII. fig. 127. To this fungus is attributed the fungus disease which attacked Cucumber plants in 1892 and 1893, but was previously known upon Gourds on the Continent. In this instance the leaves, some portions of the vines, and especially the ends of the young fruits, rotted and became pulpy. No distinct pustules could be detected, but the rotting parts contained fungus mycelium, and a great number of the sporules of the Gleosporiwm. The pustules are disposed to occur in rings, and are rather small upon the fruits, and somewhat roseate; the conidia are ovate-oblong, often unequal-sided (16-18 x 5-6 ,), colourless, and without division, growing on pedicels nearly as long as the conidia, oozing out when mature. The habit is certainly different from that of Glwosporiwm orbiculare, and attacks also the stems and foliage. Among the tissue of the surface of the fruits were found the fusi- form curved conidia of another pest, Fusariwm reticulatwm, which are triseptate (40 » long), and are constantly found in company with this Gleosporium upon gourds. It is reported in France and Italy as a noxious pest. Sacc. Syll. iii. 3757. ; Another species, if really distinct, has been found on Gourds in Australia. CucuMBER WuitE Mou.Lp. Oidium erysiphoides (Link), Pl. IX. fig. 128. This troublesome white mould is very apt to make its appearance on ~ Cucumber or Melon plants in frames, or on Gourds in the open. It spreads in white blotches over the foliage and often covers the plant. There is a profuse mycelium, and sometimes nothing more, from which arise short erect fertile branches, of a rather thick club-like shape, which are soon divided by transverse partitions into cells ; each of these cells becomes a conidium and acquires a roundish or elliptical shape, and then falls away from its fellows. When quite mature they are capable of germination (80-40 x 15-20 p). The healthy action of the leaves is obstructed, and they soon acquire a sickly appearance, and the stems are apt to rot off at the base. » PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 823 The only application which has proved effectual is that of “ flowers of sulphur,’’ as in this case the fungus is an epiphyte, and is open to similar treatment to that for the vine mildew. Said to be common throughout the world. Sacc. Syll. iv. 189. CucUMBER AND Merton Ror Mou tp. Plasmopara cubensis (B. & C.). This rot mould was first discovered in Cuba, from whence it after- wards spread, until it was found on leaves of Cucurbita and Cucumis in Japan. More recently it became known in the United States, and afterwards in England. It forms a delicate white mould on the under surface of the leaves. The erect branches are forked on the upper portion, with the ultimate branches straight, and not hooked as in some species. The conidia are oblong-obtuse at the ends (25 p long). It has been recommended to spray the under surface of the leaves with dilute Bordeaux Mixture, taking care that the under surface is reached and wetted. Berk. and Curt. Cuban Fungi, No. 646; Sacc. Syll. vii. 872; Mass. Pl. Dis. 80. Merton Spot Mou tp. Cercospora Melonis (Cooke), Pl. VIII. fig. 129. This disease made its first appearance on the leaves of Melons in 1896, and since that time it has been even more troublesome with Cucumbers, and may now be looked upon as a constant danger. The leaves are spotted sometimes with rather small orbicular spots with a definite margin, and of the usual bleached dirty-white colour. At other times the spots are larger, one inch in diameter, and of a smoky- grey colour. The mould appears on these spots, but hardly distinguish- able to the naked eye—save to slightly darken the centre of the spots. The erect threads are few and slender (200 » long) and of a decided olive colour. The conidia are robust for the genus to which they belong, either cylindrical, or slightly attenuated upwards, and divided by seven or more transverse septa (80-120 x 7 y) and a little curved, but scarcely at all coloured. Spraying with dilute Bordeaux Mixture will probably assist, but infected leaves should be picked off and burnt. Gard. Chron. Sept. 5, 1896, p. 271. A Musk Melon disease is attributed to a black mould (Alternaria) in N. America ; see Jowrn. R.H.S. 1901, xxvi. p. 568. We know nothing whatever of the smut on Cucumber roots described under the name of Ustilago Cucumis in Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed. xv. 1887, p- 408. 824 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. CUCUMBER SCLEROTE. Sclerotinia Libertiana, see Pl. VII. fig. 119. Recently the stems of Cucumber plants have been submitted to us which called to mind very strongly a similar disease of Potato haulms. The stems contained a quantity of hard black sclerotia enclosed in a fluffy white mycelium, which caused the vines to bleed and rot. These hard substances were at first whitish, then turned brownish, and ulti-. mately black. In all other particulars it closely resembles the Potato Sclerotium, except perhaps as to the consequences of a period of rest. We did not attempt to cultivate the sclerotia, but probably there also the results would have been the same. This was the first time we were made acquainted with this disease on Cucumbers, but our correspondent stated that it had then been observed for three or four years, and it had been attributed in some measure to the solland culture. Fresh soil and manure were employed in the cultivation, but the disease reappeared. We were assured that the only thing which kept the disease in check was air, and to use no more moisture than was absolutely necessary. This disease is said to be known in the United States, where the Sclerotium has been called Sclerotinia Libertiana, and is closely allied to the Sclerotium of the Potato haulms, and indeed apparently the same, as it occurs also in other plants. . Sacc. Syll. vii. 798; Mass. Pl. Dis. p. 150. Merton BAcTERIOSIS. Recently some important investigations have been made into the causes of a peculiar form of Melon disease which is not uncommon in the United States. We have grave doubts whether the same disease was not present in this country in 1890, attacking Gourds and other Cucurbitaceous plants. The attacked vines are said to have varied somewhat in their appearance, but generally there was a decay of the stem, in proximity to the root, and then the whole plant wilted and failed to grow. It is reported that an examination showed that the decomposing tissues were teeming with bacteria. Incculation of healthy plants was _ made, and it was found that, with no other fungus present, the germs obtained were abundantly able to introduce a rapid decay into Cucumbers, Melons, and Squashes, Cucumbers being the favourite, and in them the decay was most rapid, running through a four-inch fruit in a single day. The next step was the application of these germs to healthy plants in the field. When the application was made near the end of a vine, the latter rotted away in from three to four days: Numerous other experiments were performed, and all nearly equally successful in demonstrating that the diseased virus may be communicated by inoculation to healthy vines. Journ. R.H.S. 1891, xxvi. p. 540 (‘Cucumber Wilt’). PL. IX. PESTS—GARDEN VEGETABLES. ail PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 825 Onrton Scab. Vermicularia circinans (B), Pl. VIII. fig. 181. During some seasons this disease is abundant, while in others it is scarcely known. It attacks the outer coating of the bulbs of Onions, and does them very little injury so long as they are in the ground. It usually appears when the bulbs are nearly full grown, under the form of scattered black patches formed of small black velvety tufts, and these are arranged in concentric circles or in irregular wavy lines. These tufts consist of quantities of erect threads, each bearing a long slender slightly curved and colourless conidium or spore at its tip. Besides which, the tuft is thickly studded with long black projecting spines which gives it the velvety appearance. Has occurred in Germany and Italy as well as in Britain. The bulbs should be dry before storing, and none of the tainted ones should be mixed. When the diseased bulbs are separated they may be tried with a fungicide. Sacc. Syll. iii. 1876; Mass. Pl. Dis. 278, fig. 71; Gard. Chron. 1851, p. 595, figs.; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1291. Onton SprnpDLE Movutp. Fusariella atro-virens (Berk.), Pl. VIII. fig. 182. Berkeley has declared his opinion that the fungus above named is at least one of the causes of the mildew which is so destructive to onions just before they arrive at perfection. The disease originates in little dot- like spots with radiating threads, crowned with a greyish gelatinous mass ; _ these at length unite, and the whole of the centre is occupied by the _ spores ; the border keeps on increasing, and often quite fleecy, especially if if meets with any impediment, but at length the whole mass is . greenish black,-and the border becomes obliterated. The threads of the mycelium are white, and the spores are fusiform and curved, so as to form about one third of a circle. There is one peculiarity in moulds of this _ kind: that the spores seem to be held together for some time in a gelatinous heap, and do not separate until they are quite mature, and _ ready for diffusion. This peculiarity is rather an advantage, as it serves _ to localise the attacks. Whatever fungicide is employed is of little import, so long as it will destroy the parasite without injury to the onion, and it is likely to prove beneficial. Very little has been known of this disease for many years. Sacc. Syll. iv. 1876 ; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1866. Onton Rust. Puccima Porri (Sow.), Pl. VIII. fig. 188. : Occasionally, for many years, this rust has attacked plants of the Onion ibe and caused great trouble. In 1883 a crop of Chives was attacked 826 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. at Shrewsbury and almost destroyed by its ravages. A public trial took place in Edinburgh where damage was sustained to a crop through this cause. At other times a limited number of plants have sustained injury in gardens. There are declared to be, as usual, three stages in the history of this pest. First, the cluster cups or AV’cidiwm form, which is by no means trouble- some; and then the Uredo form, which occurs in small reddish-brown pustules either scattered over the leaves or collected in clusters. The uredospores are either nearly globose or elliptically so, very delicately spinulose (20-33 x 18-27 1), of a pale orange colour. The teleutospores are contained in flattened pustules of a darker colour, and are commonly of two kinds: one form is obovate and without any septa or division (25-36 x 15-23 ,) and the others are club-shaped, and divided into two cells (28-45 x 20-26 1), of a chestnut-brown colour, and externally smooth, with a long slender pedicel. For this reason probably, this species has sometimes been called Puccinia mixta. Possibly other rust will sometimes attack cultivated Onions, of which we are said to possess three species. This is known, at any rate, in France, Germany, Finland, and Italy. Sacc. Syll. vii. 2155, ; Gard. Chron. Oct. 15, 1891 ; Plowr. Br. Ured. 148 ; Smith, Field Crops, p. 39. Onton Rot Mou tp. Peronospora Schleideni (Unger), Pl. VIII. fig. 134. Of all the destructive rot moulds scarce one is more destructive, or its attacks to be more deplored, than the present: which will fall upon a crop of young Onions and destroy them in an incredibly short space of time. The mould forms broadly effused patches of greyish-lilac tufts, which sometimes entirely cover the leaves, so that in its early history it was known as Botrytis destructor. The fertile threads arise from the mycelium in tufts, and are large and without septa or divisions. The upper portion is branched alter- nately, or in a forked manner, and is again and again divided until the final branchlets are strongly arched. The conidia are obovate or egg- shaped, with the apex obtuse, or a little acute, and of a pale dingy violet (45-55 x 22-25 Mt). The resting spores are produced on the mycelium as usual, and are broadly elliptical or globose, with a comparatively thin and smooth — coating. This is known in France, Belgium, Germany, Scandinavia, and North America. It is recommended as a good plan to sow the Onions in the autumn, so that they are able to make a good growth before the appearance of the mould in the spring. Berk. Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 436, t. 18, f. 283; Sace. Syll. vi. 857 ; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1787; Cooke, M. F. fig. 268; Mass. B. F. p. 125; Berlese, Icon. xxv.; Mass. Pl. Dis. 75; Smith, Field Crops, 45. PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 82:7 ONION SCLEROTE. Sclerotuna bulborum (Wakk.), Pl. IX. fig. 135. This pest is liable to infest the bulbs of Hyacinths, Onions, and perhaps other bulbs, and destroy a great number. Yellowish blotches appear on the foliage in spring or earlysummer. These spots are soon covered with an olive-brown mould. The mycelium passes down into the bulb, and there blackish sclerotia are formed, from the size of a mustard seed to that of a pea, within the scales of the bulb, and sometimes covering the surface. During the following spring the sclerotia germinate and produce the Peziza or Sclerotinia, the sporidia of which are binucleate (16 x 8 p). It is recommended that the diseased bulbs should be burnt to diminish the chances of dissemination from the germinating sclerotia. The further measures recommended are spraying with Bordeaux Mixture diluted on the first appearance of the disease, or else the potassium sulphide solu- tion. The brownish tufts of mould are compact, the tips of the fertile branches spinulose, each spine bearing its conidium (9-10 x 7 1). Known hitherto in Germany. See also “Garden Flowers ”’ under “ Black Smut of Hyacinths.”’ Gard. Chron. xvi. 1894, p. 160, fig. 25; Mass. Pl. Dis. p. 157, 380 ; Sace. Syll. viii. No. 802. Onton Mucor. Mucor subtilissimus (Berk.), Pl. IX. fig. 136. The fungus about to be described is one of the kind known as Mucor, of which a familiar example is known upon jams and decayed matter. It is very rarely that they become parasitic. Many years ago Berkeley found on onions a diseased condition about the neck of the bulb, which was traversed by threads of mycelium, and among them minute black bodies like grains of gunpowder. These little bodies are compact, and of the nature of consolidated mycelium, which we have already alluded to under the name of Sclerotia. These sclerotia he found easy to germinate in water, and by this means he discovered that they would produce fertile branches supporting little globose heads. These heads are formed of a delicate membrane within which are clustered a number of minute oval spores, which when they are mature replace the membrane and escape. These spores themselves will also germinate and produce a mycelium, which will combine and form knots and become a new generation of sclerotia. By this means the secrets of this disease were discovered and its cause - attributed to the little Mucor subtilissimus, and the Sclerotium was known as Sclerotiwm Cepevorum. Journ. Hort. Soc. iii. p. 98, figs. 1-5; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1898; Sace. Syll. vii. 625; Mass. B. F. p. 89; Smith, Field Crops, p. 51. Ae qe ~ 828 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Of other Onion diseases we may name a Smut which has evidently escaped from North America and reached as far as France (Urocystis Cepule). It is similar in character to the Urocystis on the leaves of Colchicum, or rather perhaps on the bulbs of Gladiolus. The glomerules of spores (18-20 » diam.) do not include many central fertile spores. It is recorded on Alliwm Porrum and A. Cepa. ASPARAGUS RusT. Puccima Asparagi (DE.), Pl. VIII. fig. 137. This rust has been increasing to an alarming extent in North America, and every effort is being made to cope with it. The cluster cups are so rare with us that no one seems to have seen them. The uredospores appear on the flowering stems in cinnamon-brown pustules, for a long time covered by the epidermis. They are either globose or elliptical (20-50 x 17-25 ,), delicately spinulose, pale brown. The teleutospores occur in oblong or elongated pustules of a very dark brown colour. They are elliptical or clavate, long club-shaped, rounded above and below, divided across the centre into two cells (85-52 x 17-26 »), smooth, chestnut-brown, with a rather long persistent pedicel. In America it is the Uredo stage which causes the most mischief. It has been most experienced in dry sandy soils, while the beds on moist soils do not appear to have been injured. The results from spraying were not encouraging. The best means suggested for controlling the rust is by thorough cultivation in order to secure vigorous plants, and in very dry seasons plants growing on very dry soil, with little water-retaining properties, should receive irrigation. __ Sacc. Syll. vii. 2147; Cooke, M. F. 196; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 1467; Journ. R.H.S. 1901, xxvi. p. 501; Plowr. Br. Ured. 144. ASPARAGUS COPPERWEB. Rhizoctonia Crocorum. We have already referred to this disease, in its manifestations towards Crocus Bulbs (see “ Pests of the Flower Garden ’’), hence repetition is un- necessary here. MUSHROOM PARASITES. This will, perhaps, be the most convenient place in which to refer to the diseases to which the cultivated Mushroom is liable. Gard. Chron. Sept. 9, 18938, p. 299. MvusHroom Turr Moutp. Gliocladium agaricinum (C. & M.). ‘The mysterious ailments of Mushrooms under cultivation are often the occasion of considerable annoyance, with little prospect of relief. PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 829 There is one not uncommon disease which causes the pileus or cap of mushrooms to crack into large frustular scales, which is now attributed to the parasitism of a mould. The tufts are hemispherical, or sometimes confluent, pallid, becoming white, at first gelatinous. The mycelium is branched and creeping, with erect fertile branches, the ultimate branches are produced in whorls of four, bearing clusters of conidia. The conidia themselves are nearly globose, produced in chains, and at first gelatinous (5-6 p» diam.). Of course the mushrooms are destroyed, with no chance of recovery. The house should thereafter be thoroughly cleansed before use for the - game purpose again. Grevillea, xvii. p. 80. INVADING AGARICS. Agarics, other than the Mushroom, sometimes invade mushroom beds as unwelcome usurpers. Of these are Clitocybe dealbata, Hebeloma fastibile, and others. Gard. Chron. Sept. 9, 1893, p. 299. MusHroom Mou.p. Mycogone alba (Letell.), Pl. IX. fig. 138. This mould overspreads all parts of cultivated Mushrooms, and may possibly be the same as that which thickens and distorts the gills, and spoils a whole bed of mushrooms just as it is arriving at maturity. It spreads thinly over the surface, which the mycelium penetrates and distorts like a whitish bloom. The very short branches bear at their _ apex rather large obovate conidia divided into two cells, of which the upper is much the larger, and almost globose, except where it is flattened by junction with the lower cell (80 x 20»). The surface of the upper cell appears to be somewhat rough, but not distinctly warted. Very probably this is the early, or conidiiferous, condition of some species of Hypomyces, a genus of parasitic Spheriacee. Grevillea, xvii. p. 80; Letell. Champ. t. 667, f. 2; Gard. Chron. Sept. 9, 1893, p. 299; Mass. Pl. Dis. 133. MusxHroom Bep ScuEROTIUM. Xylaria vaporaria (Curr.). The presence of sclerotia in mushroom beds was observed by Curry many years ago. In 1862 he planted some in damp sand and induced + germination. Since that time they have been found perfecting themselves _ naturally. The sclerotia are irregular, corky, rough, and black. They produce _ simple or branched stems, sometimes several inches in length, reaching _ to the surface of the soil. The tips of the stems are expanded into a _ Somewhat conical head, in the lower part of which the perithecia are _ immersed, while the upper portion is barren and of a light brown colour, f is sw 830 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. the lower half darker. The contents of the perithecia consist of long, cylindrical, transparent cells, or asci, each of which encloses eight dark- brown sporidia, of an almond shape (40-50 p long). It is not unusual to meet with these sclerotia in mushroom beds occasionally producing these stems, and sometimes only the thickened, club- Fig. 189.—XyuaRIa vAporaRIA. (Gardeners’ Chronicle.) A, complete plant; B, one of the fruit-bearing terminals; c, section of same showing perithecia ; p, ascus with sporidia; Er, young ascus; F, paraphyses. like sterile heads, they seldom being allowed to remain until the receptacles are fully developed. Of course such beds have to be destroyed at once and the house disinfected before any attempt is made to grow mushrooms on the spot. Sace. Syll. i. 1292; Curr. Linn. Trans. xxiv. t. 625, f. 17, 26; Cooke, Hdbk. No. 2878; Gard. Chron. Dec. 20, 1879, p. 801, fig. 182. PESTS OF GARDEN VEGETABLES. 831 EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII., VIII., IX. Fie. 95.—Phyllosticta Brassice, Curr.-—a, section ; c, sporules x 96.—Gleosporium concentricum, Grev.—a, sporules x 97.—Cercospora Bloxami, Berk. 98.—Cystopus candidus, Pers.; a, condia, b, resting spore x 99.—Pythium DeBaryanum, Hess.—a, formation of resting spore; ), resting spore x 100.— Spherella brassicecola, Duby.—a, asci; b, sporidia x 101.--Plasmodiophora Brassice, Wor.—Cell with sporules; a, zoospores x 102.—Oidiwm Balsami, Mont.—conidia x 103.—Phyllosticta Armoracie, Cke.—a, sporules x 104.—Ascochyta Armoracie, Fckl.—a, sporules x 105.—Ramularia Armoracie, Fckl.—a, hyphe and conidia x 106.— Uromyces Fiabe, Pers.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospores x 107.— Uromyces appendiculatus, or U. Phaseoli. --a, uredospores; 06, teleuto- spores x 108.—Colletotrichum Lindemuthianum, Sace.—a, section of pustule; 6b, conidia x 109.—Ascochyta Pisi, Lib.k—With sporules x 110.— Uromyces Pisi, Pers.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospores x 111.—Erysiphe Martu, Lev.—a, conceptacle with appendages, enlarged. 112.—Septoria Petroselini, Desm.—With sporules x 113.—Puccima Apu, Corda.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospores x 114.—Plasmopara niwea, Ung.—a, threads with conidia; b, tip of thread with conidia x 115.—Bremia Lactuce, Regel.—a, threads with conidia; b, tip of thread with conidia x 116.—Fusariwm Solani, Mart.—Threads with conidia x 118.—Phytophthora infestans, DBy.—Threads with conidium ; a, ripe conidium _ separating; b, zoospores x 119.—Sclerotinia Sclerotiorum, Mass.—a, sclerotia; b, cups n.s.; c, asci and sporidia x 120.— Cladosporium fulvum, Cooke.— a, threads with conidia x 121.—Macrosporiwm Tomaio, Cooke.—Fruit with blotch, n.s.; a,conidium x 122.—-Puccinia Menthe, Pers.—a, uredospores; c, teleutospores x 124.— Heterosporium variabile, Cooke.—a, hyphe and conidia x 125.—Peronospora effusa, Rab.—threads with conidia x 126.— Gleosporiwm orbiculare, Berk.—conidia x 127.—Gle@osporium lagenarium, Pers.—a, section of pustule ; 6, conidia x 128.—Oidiwm erysiphoides, Link.—conidia x 129.—Cercospora Melonis, Cooke.—a, thread with conidia x 131.—Vermicularia circinans, Berk.—a, tuft of hairs, magnified; 6, hair and conidia x 132.—Fusariella atrovirens, Berk.—curved conidia x 133.—Puccima Porri, Sow.—a, uredospores; c, teleutospores x 134.— Peronospora Schleideni, Ung.—thread with conidia x 135.-—Sclerotinia bulborum, Wakk.—asci and sporidia x 136.—Mucor subtilissimus, Berk.—portion of thread: a, sporules x 137.—Puccinia Asparagi, DC.—a, uredospores ; b, teleutospore x 138.— Mycogone alba, Letell.—hyphe and conidia x 832 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL. SOCIETY. NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. HeLpD AT THE CrysTaAL PALACE SEPTEMBER 18, 19, 20, 1902. THe Autumn Show of British-grown Fruit was in 1902 fixed for the earliest date the Show has ever been held on. This was done in order that the earliest varieties of Apples and Pears and the Stone fruits, which have generally been more or less over by the date of the Show, might have an opportunity of being shown to the public. Unfortunately for the success of the experiment, not only was the Show the earliest of the whole series, but the season of 1902 was perhaps the latest experienced within living memory. The crop of fruit—particularly of Apples and Pears—was throughout the whole country remarkably short. Thus the lateness of the season made the Show quite a fortnight too early, even for the mass of the earlier varieties of Apples and Pears, and nothing really benefited save the Stone fruits, which were very strongly in evidence ; indeed, but for them the Show would have been a very poor one indeed. It is as well to honestly record failures as well as successes for the sake of those that come after, and the season of 1902 has at least taught us this, that it is incurring an unwarrantable risk to have a Show of Hardy Fruit, in which Apples and Pears are mostly relied on, before quite the last week in September. In 1903 September 29, 30, and October 1 are the days fixed upon, and the Show is to be held at Chiswick in order that Vegetables (which are not allowed at the Crystal Palace) may be shown at the same time. Chiswick is nearer to the centre of London and far more accessible from all parts than the Crystal Palace is. Full information of how to reach it is given at page 17 of the Society's Book of Arrangements, 1903. With the addition of Vegetables this year it is calculated that the Show cannot cost less than £350 or £400, and it is earnestly hoped that all Fellows who are in any way interested in promoting the cultivation of Hardy British-grown Fruits and Vegetables, instead of our depending to so great an extent on foreign supplies, will at once come forward and subscribe towards the Prize Fund. Subscriptions may be sent to the Secretary, 117 Victoria Street, Westminster, who will most gladly ac- knowledge the same. LIST OF SUBSCRIBERS TO THE PRIZE FUND OF 1902. : Donations to the Fund for 1908 are earnestly requested. £ 8. Austin, J. E., St. James’s Works, Kingston-on-Thames ; ¢ . . O10 Balderson, H., Hemel Hempstead . ‘ ; é : . : , : 1h Basham, John, Bassaleg, Newport, Mon. ; : , ; : : . 010 6 Blaker, Dr. Shaw, The Cedars, East Grinstead. 4 : . : . One Blenkinsop, B., J.P., Kenley, Surrey. ' : > 5 . 010% soyd, Mrs., Woodvale Lodge, Norwood Hill . ; , ‘ : ; . 0 oe 3rocklehurst, Geo., Rock House, Sydenham Hill . ; P ‘ : . a : Bunyard, Geo. & Co., Royal Nurseries, Maidstone : ; P ; . 10 10 NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 833 o Bythway, W., Warborough, Llanelly Carpmael, Miss H., St. Julian’s Farm Road, ‘West Norw ood . Challis, Thos., Wilton House Gardens, Sa le Cheal, J. & Biotid. Crawley, Sussex : Clinch, T., Denaway, Key Street, Kent . Clout, Richard, West Malling, Kent Cole, F., Swallowfield Park Gardens Colman, Jeremiah, Gatton Park, Reigate Coode, R. C., Polapit Tamar, Launceston Crawford, Tyson, Sidcup, Kent : Cundey, Mrs., 2 Hyde Park Square, W.. Davies, Mrs., Whitford, Upper Deal Day, James, ‘Galloway House Gardens, Garliestown Edwards, R., Beechy Lees, Sevenoaks Fletcher, Chas. E. ., Kenward, Yalding, Kent . -Fowke, Miss, Wellington, Salop Fowler, J. Gurney, Glebe- sie S. Woodford Gabriel, J. T., Palace Road, Streatham Hill . Gardiner, J ohn, Rudgeway, R.SO., Glos. Greaves, Ben, Broome Hall Gardens, Dorking Harrowby, Countess of, Sandon Hall, Staffs Heilbut, S., Holyport, nr. Maidenhead . Hill, Daniel, Herga, Watford. : Hillier & Sons, Winchester Horne, W., & Sons, Cliffe, Rochester Hulse, Miss A., Boxgrove, Guildford Hurnard, H. H., Hingham, near Attleboro’ Hutchesson, F., Queens’ Road, Guernsey Ince, Surgeon- Major, Swanley : Kay, P. E., Claigmar, cont End, Finchley, N. Kemp, A.; Coolhurst Gardens, Horsham King, E. Powell, Wainsford, Lymington , ‘ Lawrence, Sir Trevor, Bart., K.C.V.O., V.M.H., 57 Princes Gate, § S. W. Leycester, E. G., Mobberley Old Hall, Knutsford . Lindley, Miss, Shooter’s Hill Road, Blackheath, S.E. Lloyd, F. G., J.P., Langley House, Bucks Markendale, R. S., Bradford, Yorks McIndoe, Jas., Hutton Hall Gardens, Guisboro’ McKenzie, J., Linton Park Gardens, Maidstone McLachlan, R., Clarendon Road, Lewisham, S.E.. McLaren, Mrs. E., 56 Ashley Gardens, S.W. . ; : : : , Merryweather, H., Southwell : : Prizes and Mitchell, C. M., Wedderburn Road, Hampstead, N ow. : : ; : _ Monro, Geo., Covent Garden, W.C. : _ Munro, Miss Evelyn, 27 Eaton Place, S.W. _ Nevill, Ralph, Banstead Place, Surrey . - Neville- Grenville, Mrs., Butleigh Court, Glastonbury _ Owen, Francis, Thorndon, Brentwood . = Paulin, oe Winchmore Hill . : ; : . : : : Pearson, J. R., & Sons, Chilwell, Notts . : : : Prizes and = = — OUNMNONDF HENAN NNNUOF — a I e BOR ORFCOOCTFHWOUOKR FAN ONWOMONUNOORFNOOUWNHF EOF OOH ORO ORS Oe eH bo - i — Peed, John, & Son, Norwood Road, West Norwood ‘’ Potter, R., Kemsing, Sevenoaks . a Poupart, W., ~ Sons, Marsh Farm, Twickenham ; Pye-Smith, A ., Willersley, Croydon ? Richards, A., 26 Duke’s Avenue, Chiswick Rivers, T., & Son, Sawbridgeworth — Ross, Chas., Welford Park, Newbury . : Rothschild, ‘Leopold de, St. Swithin’s Lane, E.C. __ Rotton, Sir J ohn, Frith Hill, Godalming Routh, Mrs., The Stone House, Wandsworth Common. _ Savory, Rey. E., Binfield, Bracknell “Sek éder, Baron, Staines. _ Sharpe, F. , Sileby, Loughborough . She: wood, N. N., Streatham Hill . i jms e: mith, James, Mentmore, Leighton Buzzard somes, Mrs., Annery House, Bideford be outhby, Be Bampton, Faringdon BOR RE OMHF OP WON OCH HONE NOOCON OHH NOH OWNHF HOCH OOREP ROCF OORRPNOOSOSOOOSONFRNONONOOF th SeoocooooSooSoOmOMOORMSSCSOSCOOOCO MOO C OOO OOO OSD SC OAS OOOO OOS OOOO SO SOO AS SOSOOOMORASOOSCO® o we — a 834 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Sutton & Sons, Reading : Sydenham, Robert, Tenby Street, Birmingham Thomas, W. F., Bishopshalt, Hillingdon Turton, T., Sherborne, Dorset : ‘ Veitch, Jas. & Sons, Ltd., Royal Exotic Nurseries, Chelsea ; Walker, J., Ham Common, Surrey : ; ; : Wallace, rT A., 6 Hyde Park Gardens, W. Wethered, H. ie Canynge Road, Clifton White, Mrs., Walton Hall, Kelso, N.B. . Whiting, R. M., Credenhill, Hereford Wigan, James, Cromwell House, Mortlake Willard, J., Holly Lodge Garden, Highgate . Willmott, Miss, Warley Place, Essex Woodward, G., "Barham Court, Teston, Kent. Wyatt, A., Hatton, Middlesex ; BPH nNOCOCOHF OME MNOWH Ul _ KS oO1orFcoococorFco coosmoooaeooosooc oe bt het (aa a om ff em fl = 1 =, The following table may be interesting as comparing the number of dishes of each fruit exhibited in each of the nine years during which the Show has been held. Only exhibits under the Schedule have been included, it having been found impossible to enumerate everything shown not for competition. Dishes of | 1894 = 1895 1896 1897 | 1898 1899 | 1900 . 1901 . 1902 — | * | } Apples ‘ .; 1,027 | 1,938 | 1,083 | 1,485 | 1,494 | 2,203 4. 2,069 | 2,217 | LOGE Apricots. : 2 1 1 1 i eure ee 1 Bananas. . — ic — — — | er) Sade Blackberries : — — — — | il — — eee a Bullaces : 5 3 1 34 1})5— —_— | 2 Cherries. ; a 19 6 1 | 1 2 5 | 2'| Crab Apples ; — — — — | — 6 27 | 154 Currants. : _— os = — 2 | 1 — 2 | Damsons é 6 18 4 5 15 13 10 | 5 Higa. : ; 4 9 7 26 10 9 9 | 6 Gooseberries ; 1; — — — 2 — 1 5 Grapes ‘ ; 105 97 135 120 115 83 113 68 Medlars . : — 2 3 5 4 | 5 2 | 9 Melons : ; — 10 7 8 5 | 4 12 | 6 Mulberries . : — —- oN Se Melanie 2 ae ree Nectarines . ; 15 18 4 13°) 29 19 52 | 2 Nuts . i ‘ —- 26 19 10 14 | 10 14 | ro Passiflora . ; —- — 1 1 — — — — — Peaches. : 51 80 24 77 96 | 67 128 | 29 © Pears . A F 829 779 795 677 694 | 842 | 1,099 | 1,230 | Pines . 4 : — ws 5 3 1 2 | 2 3 Plums. : : 90 101 38 115 214 | 79 284 50 | Quinces. ; 6 14 17 1 2 5 8 | 10 Raspberries ‘ — _ — — 2 1 2 4 Strawberries ‘ — -= — | 2{/ — 4 3 Tomatos . : — 67 2 3 6 5 6 | 9 | — Total . .| 2148 | 3,176 2,152 2,552 2,711 | 3,358 3,841 | 3,677 | 2,0) — cs ees SS | ES | | Entries for com- | ) . | petition . . | 1,801 | 1,783 1,234 | 1,329 1,832 | 1,297 | 1,505 | 1,306 | 6 Visitors ; . |23,680 36,293 26,499 27,242 29,281 | | 30, 150 40,787 | 26, 927 80,0 | | | ) | NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 835 THE JUDGES. The following ladies and gentlemen kindly acted as judges, and deserve the best thanks of the Society for their oftentimes very difficult work, viz. :— Basham, J., Bassaleg, Newport, Mon. Bates, W., Cross Deep Gardens, Twickenham. Beckett, E., Aldenham House Gardens, Elstree. Bunyard, G., V.M.H., Royal Nurseries, Maidstone. Cheal, Joseph, Crawley, Sussex. Coomber, T., The Hendre Gardens, Monmouth. Crisp, Mrs., Warley Place, Great Warley, Essex. Dawes, H., Ledbury Park Gardens, Ledbury. Dean, A., 62 Richmond Road, Kingston. Divers, W. H., Belvoir Castle Gardens, Grantham. Douglas, J., V.M.H., Great Bookham, Surrey. Earp, Wm., Shirley House Gardens, Croydon. Fielder, C. R., North Mymms Park Gardens, near Hatfield. Fyfe, W., Lockynge Park, Wantage. Gleeson, M., Warren House Gardens, Stanmore, Hudson, J., V.M.H., Gunnersbury House Gardens, Acton, W. Hudson, Mrs., Gunnersbury House Gardens, Acton, W. McIndoe, J., V.M.H., Hutton Hall Gardens, Guisboro’. Markham, H., Wrotham Park Gardens, Barnet. Mortimer, §., Farnham, Surrey. Norman, G., V.M.H., Hatfield House Gardens, Hatfield. Pearson, A. H., The Gables, Hucknall Road, Nottingham. Pope, W., Highclere Gardens, Newbury. Poupart, W., Marsh Farm, Twickenham. Reynolds, G., The Gardens, Gunnersbury Park, Acton, W. Rivers, H. Somers, Sawbridgeworth. Salter, C. J.. Woodhatch Gardens, Reigate. Smith, J., V.M.H., Mentmore Gardens, Leighton Buzzard. Walker, J, Ham eauiion: Surrey. Ward, A., Stoke Edith Park, Hereford. Willard, j .. Holly Lodge Gardens, Highgate. , Woodward, G., Barham Court, Teston, Maidstone. THE REFEREES. The following gentlemen very kindly held themselves at the disposal | _ of the Society to act as referees if required, viz. :— Monro, G., V.M.H., Covent Garden, W.C. Thomas, Owen, V.M.H., 25 Waldeck Road, West Ealing. Tillman, H. E., Covent Garden, W.C. Wright, J., V.M.H., Rose Hill Road, Wandsworth. Wythes, G., V.M.H., Syon House Gardens, Brentford. 836 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. OFFICIAL PRIZE LIST. (The address and the Gardener’s name are entered on the first occurrence, but afterwards only the Owner’s name is recorded.) Division I. Fruits, grown under Glass or otherwise. Open to Gardeners and Amateurs only. Nore.—Exhibitors can compete in one Class only of Classes 1, 2; and of Classes 3, 4. Class 1.—Collection of 9 dishes of Ripe Dessert Fruit :—6 kinds at least; only 1 Pine, 1 Melon, 1 Black and 1 White Grape allowed; not more than 2 varieties of any other kind, and no two dishes of the same variety. First Prize, Silver-gilt Knightian Medal and £4; Second, £4; Third, £2. 1. Earl of Harrington, Derby (gr. J. H. Goodacre). 2. The Hon. Sir C. Swinfen Eady, Weybridge (gr. J. Lock). 3. Earl of Sandwich, Huntingdon (gr. J. Barson). Class 2, Collection of 6 dishes of Ripe Dessert Fruit :—4 kinds at least ; only 1 Melon, 1 Black and 1 White Grape allowed; not more than 2 varieties of any other kind, and no two dishes of the same variety. Pines excluded. First Prize, Silver Knightian Medal and £3; Second, £2 10s. ; Third, £1 5s. 1. J. W. Fleming, Esq., Romsey (gr. W. Mitchell). 2. Col. Archer Houblon, Bishop’s Stortford (gr. W. Harrison). 3. Lady Tate, Streatham Common (gr. W. Howe). Class 3.—Grapes, 6 distinct varieties, 83 bunches of each ; both Black and White must be represented. First Prize, Silver Cup and £3; Second, £3. 1. Lord Hastings, Melton Constable (gr. W. Shingler). 2. Earl of Harrington. Class 4.—Grapes, 4 varieties, selected from the following: ‘ Madres- field Court,’ ‘Mrs. Pince,’ ‘Muscat Hamburgh,’ ‘Muscat of Alexandria’ or ‘Canon Hall’ (not both), ‘Mrs. Pearson,’ and ‘Dr. Hogg,’ 8 bunches - of each. | First Prize, £4; Second, £8; Third, £2. No entry. Class 5.—Grapes, Black Hamburgh, 3 bunches. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1; Third, 10s. 1. J. W. Fleming, Esq. 2. Earl of Harrington. 3. Miss Ridge, Englefield Green (gr. G. Lane). = ze NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 837 Class 6.—Grapes, ‘ Mrs. Pince,’ 3 bunches. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1. 1. C. Bayer, Esq., Forest Hill (gr. W. Taylor). 2. No award. Class 7.—Grapes, Alicante, 3 bunches. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1; Third, 10s. 1. G. C. Raphael, Esq., Englefield Green (gr. H. H. Brown). 2. Lord Hastings. 3. C. Bayer, Esq. Class 8.— Grapes, ‘ Madresfield Court,’ 8 bunches. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1; Third, 10s. 1. J. W. Fleming, Esq. 2. Earl of Harrington. 3. C. Bayer, Esq. Class 9.—Grapes, any other Black Grape, 3 bunches. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1; Third, 10s. 1. Lord Hastings. 2. Miss Ridge. 3. J. W. Fleming, Esq. Class 10.—Grapes, ‘ Muscat of Alexandria,’ 3 bunches. First Prize, £2. 10s.; Second, £1. 10s.; Third, £1. 1. Sir E. Durning Lawrence, Ascot (gr. W. Lane). 2. The Hon. Sir C. Swinfen Hady. 3. Earl of Stanhope, Sevenoaks (gr. C. Sutton). Class 11.—Grapes, any other White Grape, 3 bunches. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1; Third, 10s. 1. Miss Ridge. 2. C. Bayer, Esq. 3. Earl of Harrington. Class 12,—Grapes, 3 bunches of any Frontignan varieties. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, #1. No entry. Class 18.—Collection of Hardy Fruit, 30 dishes distinct, grown entirely in the open; not to include more than 12 varieties of Apples or 8 of Pears. First Prize, The Hogg Medal and £8; Second, £2; Third, £1. 1. R. H. B. Marsham, Esq., Maidstone (gr. W. Lewis). 2. T. L. Boyd, Esq., Tonbridge (gr. E. Coleman). 3. T. Barnett, Esq., Chichester (gr. Mr. Berryman). Class 14.— Collection of Hardy Fruit, 12 dishes distinct, grown partly or entirely under glass to illustrate Orchard-house Culture; grapes excluded. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1. 1. Earl of Harrington. 2. C. A. Morris-Field, Esq., Otford (gr. R. Edwards). years 838 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Division II. Open to Nurserymen only. Nurserymen must exhibit as individuals or as firms, and must have actually grown all they exhibit. Combinations of individuals or firms are not allowed, nor collections of produce from districts. ‘ Nurserymen desiring to exhibit at this Show must make application for space as under Class 15, 16, or 17; and also for 18 if they wish to show fruit grown under glass. No other spaces than the above can be allotted to Nurserymen wishing to. show fruit, whether for competition or not. Exhibitors can only enter in one of Classes 15, 16, and 17. Nurserymen may adopt any method of staging they desire, subject to the following reservations: (a) The number of fruits is not limited, but the baskets or dishes must not exceed 15 inches in diameter if circular, or 19 x 15 if rectangular; (0) Duplicate trees are permitted, but not duplicate baskets or dishes of fruit; (c) Trees are not admissible in 15, 16, 17; (d) A decorative central trophy not exceeding 4 feet square at the base is allowed as an extra, and the fruit thereon will not be subject to the rule (b) as to duplicates. No awards of any sort will be made to Nurserymen who do not conform to the above regulations. Important.—Nurserymen having entered and finding themselves unable to exhibit are particularly requested to give three days’ notice to the Superintendent, R.H.S. Gardens, Chiswick, London, W. Allotment of table-space will be made to Nurserymen on the three following scales :— For Fruit grown entirely out of doors. Class 15,—48 feet run of 6 feet tabling. First Prize, Gold Medal; Second, Hogg Medal; Third, Silver-gilt Knightian Medal. 1. Mr. H. Berwick, Sidmouth. 2. Messrs. H. Cannell & Sons, Swanley. 3. No award. Class 16.—382 feet run of 6 feet tabling. First Prize, Hogg Medal; Second, Silver-gilt Knightian ; Third, Silver-gilt Banksian. 1, Messrs. J. Cheal & Sons, Crawley. 2. Messrs. J. Peed & Son, West Norwood. 3. No award. Class 17.—16 feet run of 6 feet tabling. First Prize, Silver-gilt Knightian; Second, Silver-gilt Banksian ; Third, Silver Knightian. % 1. Mr. G. Mount, Canterbury. 2. Messrs. Spooner & Sons, Hounslow. 3. Messrs. J. Laing & Sons, Forest Hill. For Orchard-house Fruit and Trees. Class 18,—82 feet run of 6 feet tabling. First Prize, Gold Medal; Second, Hogg Medal; Third, Silver-gilt Knightian Medal. No entry. SS =< eee = es eS ee er ee i —. poe - NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 839 Driviston III. Open to Market Growers only. Exhibitors in Class 19 may not show in 21, nor may Exhibitors in 20 show in 22. -Gentlemen’s Gardeners or Amateurs who sell surplus fruit, and Nurserymen, are excluded from this Division. Market Growers must exhibit as individuals or as firms, and must have actually grown all they exhibit. Combinations of individuals or firms are not allowed, nor collections of produce from districts. With the exception of Class 26, all fruits must be shown “as packed for travelling to Market,’’ except that all lids, covering paper, and other surface packings are to be turned back (not removed), so as to display contents. Boxes or Baskets piled up -above the edge or rim will be considered “unsuitable for travelling,” and will be disqualified. Other things being equal, a sieve or bushel of Apples or Pears will be considered to weigh abowt 42 1b., and a half-sieve or half-bushel 20 1b., or of Plums 28 lb., more or less. The Judges will be men thoroughly conversant with the market, and in awarding the prizes they will be instructed to consider not only the quality of the fruit, but also the packing, the grading, and the suitability for travelling and for market purposes of the box, basket, or other receptacle in which the fruit is shown. Class 19. Apples, Cooking, 4 varieties, about 42 lb. net of each, in baskets or boxes. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1. 1. Mr. H. T. Mason, Hampton Hill. 2. Mr. W. Poupart, Twickenham. Class 20.—Apples, Dessert, 4 varieties, about 20 lb. net of each, in baskets or boxes. First Prize, £1. 10s.; Second, £1. 1. Mr. G. Chambers, Mereworth. 2. Mr. W. Poupart. Class 21.—Apples, Cooking, 2 varieties, about 20 lb. net of each, in baskets or boxes. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. Mr. G. Chambers. | 2. No award. Class 22.—Apples, Dessert, 2 varieties, about 20 lb. net of each, in baskets or boxes. ° First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. Mr. H. T. Mason. 2. Mr. A. Wyatt, Hatton. Class 23.—Apples, about 42 lb. net of any one variety, in any Improyed Form of Package for market. No prize will be awarded unless the Judges consider the box, basket, or other Teceptacle swperior to those in ordinary use. First Prize, £1 ; Second, 15s. No award. 840 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Class 24,—Pears, 2 varieties, in 2 packages of about 20 lb. capacity each. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. Mr. A. Wyatt. 2. Mr. G. Chambers. Class 25.—Pears, from 24 to 48 fruits, according to size, of any one choice dessert variety, suitably packed in one package for market. First Prize, 15s.; Second, 10s. 1. Mr. W. Poupart. 2. Mr. A. Wyatt. Class 26.—Collection of 12 varieties of Apples and 6 of Pears, distinet, 18 fruits of each, to be laid flat on the table without dishes or baskets. Only vine or similar leaves allowed for decoration, and the space occupied must not exceed 16 feet x3 feet. First Prize, £3; Second, £2. 1. Mr. W. Poupart. 2. Messrs. W. J. Lobjoit & Son, Hounslow. Class 27,—Plums, Cooking, a basket or box of about 28 lb. capacity of any one variety. First Prize, 15s.; Second, 10s. 1, Mr. W. Poupart. 2. Messrs. W. J. Lobjoit & Son. Class 28.—Plums, from 24 to 48 fruits, of any choice dessert variety, suitably packed in one package for market. First Prize, 15s.; Second, LOs. 1. Messrs. W. J. Lobjoit & Son. 2. No award. Class 29.—Peaches, 24 Fruits of one or two varieties, packed in a suitable box for market. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. Mr. John Gore, Polegate. 2. Mr. W. J. Noy, Brentford (gr. W. Buckingham). Drviston LY. Fruits grown m the Open Arr. Open to Gardeners and Amateurs only. Nurserymen and Market Growers excluded. Exhibitors of Apples or Pears in Division IV. are excluded from Division VI. Norr.—Exhibitors can compete in one Class only of the Classes 30, 31, 32; of 35, 36, 37, 38; of 39, 40, 41; of 42, 43; of 44, 45. Class 30.—Apples, 24 dishes distinct, 16 Cooking, 8 Dessert. The latter to be placed in the front row. First Prize, £8. 10s.; Second, £2; Third, £1. 10s. No entry. NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 841 Class 31.—Apples, 18 dishes distinct, 12 Cooking, 6 Dessert. The latter to be placed in the front row. First Prize, £2. 10s.; Second, £1. 10s.; Third, #1. No entry. Class 82.—Apples, 12 dishes distinct, 8 Cooking, 4 Dessert. The latter to be placed in the front row. First Prize, £2; Second, £1; Third, 15s. ; { J. R. Brougham, Esq., Carshalton (gr. W. Jones). .R. H. B. Marsham, Esq. 4 No award. } Equal. Class 33.—Cooking Apples, 6 dishes, distinct. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. Rey. O. L. Powell, Weybridge (gr. A. Basile). 2. No award. Class 84,—Dessert Apples, 6 dishes, distinct. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. No entry. - Class 35.—Dessert Pears, 18 dishes, distinct. First Prize, £3. 10s.; Second, £2; Third, #1. 1. Sir Marcus Samuel, Maidstone (gr. W. H. Bacon). 2. | 3. f No award. Class 86.—Dessert Pears, 12 dishes, distinct. First Prize, £2; Second, £1; Third, 15s. 1. Rev. O. L. Powell. a 3. \ No award. Class 37.,—Dessert Pears, 9 dishes, distinct. First Prize, £1.10s.; Second, 17s. 6d. 1. J. R. Brougham, Esq. 2. No award. Class 38.—Dessert Pears, 6 dishes, distinct. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. C. A. Morris-Field, Esq. 2. A. Benson, Esq., Merstham (gr. W. Mancey). Class 39,—Peaches, grown entirely out of doors, 6 dishes, distinct. First Prize, £2; Second, £1. 1. O. KH. Avigdor Goldsmid, Esq., Tonbridge (gr. C. Earl). 2. Karl of Harrington. ~ ye : | 842 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Class 40,—Peaches, grown entirely out of doors, 3 dishes distinct. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. J. B. Fortescue, Esq., Maidenhead (gr. C. Page). 2. R. Bedingfield, Esq., Roehampton (gr. J. Sparks). Class 41.—Peaches, grown entirely out of doors, 1 dish of one variety. First Prize, 10s. ; Second, 7s. 1. Earl of Chesterfield, Hereford (gr. W. Humphries). 9 The Hon. Sir C. Swinfen Eady. Raid ia. W. Fleming, Esq. \ Sid Class 42.—Nectarines, grown entirely out of doors, 3 dishes distinct. First Prize, £1; Second, 15s. 1. O. EK. Avigdor Goldsmid, Esq. 2. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P., Sherborne Castle (gr. T. Turton). Class 43.—Nectarines, grown entirely out of doors, 1 dish of one variety. First Prize, 10s.; Second, 7s. 1. The Hon. Sir C. Swinfen Eady. 2. Earl of Harrington. Class 44,—Plums, 9 dishes, 3 Dessert and 6 Cooking, distinct. First Prize, £2; Second, £1. 1. Earl of Ashburnham, Battle (gr. G. Grigg). 2. Earl of Carnarvon, Newbury (gr. W. Pope). Class 45..—Plums, 6 dishes, 2 Dessert and 4 Cooking, distinct. First Prize, £1 10s.; Second, 15s. 1. A. J. Barry, Esq., Battle (gr. H. Colegate). 2. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. Class 46.—Plums, 3 dishes of Gages, distinct. First Prize, 15s. ; Second, 10s. 1. Earl of Harrington. 2. No award. Class 47,—Plums, 1 dish of Dessert, of one variety. First Prize, 7s.; Second, 5s. 1. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. 2. Lord Braybrooke, Saffron Walden (gr. J. Vert). Class 48.—Plums, 1 dish of Cooking, of one variety. First Prize, 7s.; Second, 5s. 1. Karl of Ashburnham. 2. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 848 Division VY. Special District County Prizes. Open to Gardeners and Amateurs only. (In this Division all fruit must have been grown in the open.) N.B.—Exhibitors in Division V. must not compete in Divisions II. and III., or in Classes 1, 2, 3, 4, 30, 31, 32, 35, 36, 37. Class AA.—Apples, 6 dishes, distinct, 4 Cooking, 2 Dessert. 1st Prize, £1 and 3rd class Single Fare from Exhibitor’s nearest railway station to London ; 2nd Prize, 15s. and Railway Fare as above. Class BB.—Dessert Pears, 6 dishes, distinct. 1st Prize, £1. 10s. and Railway Fare as above; 2nd Prize, £1 and Rail- way Fare as above. The two above classes, AA and BB, are repeated eleven times as follows, and Exhibitors must enter for them thus: ‘Class AA 49” or “BB 50,’ and so on, to make it quite clear whether they mean Apples or Pears. Class 49.—Open only to Kent Growers. 1. T. L. Boyd, Esq. AA.—Apples. s CG. A. Morris-Field, Esq. cP a j Fs Boyd, Esq. BB.—Pears. ee C. A. Morris-Field, Esq. Class 50.—Open only to Growers in Surrey, Sussex, Hants, Dorset, Somerset, Devon, and Cornwall. 1. A. J. Barry, Esq. po apples. 12 J. K. D; Winefield-Dighy, Esq, MP. 1. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. BB.— Pears. ) 2. A. J. Barry, Esq. Class 51.—Open only to Growers in Wilts, Gloucester, Oxford, Bucks, Berks, Beds, Herts, and Middlesex. Col. Vivian, Trowbridge (gr. W. Strugnell). AA.—Apples. ‘ ge (8 Pe 2. J.B. Fortescue, Esq. 1. Mrs. St. Vincent Ames, Westbury-on-Trym BB.—Pears. , (gr. W. H. Bannister). 2. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. Class 52.—Open only to Growers in Essex, Suffolk, Norfolk, Cam- bridge, Hunts, and Rutland. AA.—Apples. No entry. 1. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. W. Harrison). BB.— Pears. i No award. Class 53.—Open to Growers in Lincoln, Northampton, Warwick, _ Leicester, Notts, Derby, Staffs, Shropshire, and Cheshire. AA. Apples. f 1. Duke of Rutland, Grantham (gr. W. H. Divers). 2. H. Knott, Ksq., J.P., Stamford. 844 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. 1. Duke of Rutland. BB.—Pears. os Hes H. Knott, Esq., J.P. Class 54.--Open only to Growers in Worcester, Hereford, Monmouth, Glamorgan, Carmarthen, and Pembroke. 1. G. H. Hadfield, Esq., Ross (gr. J. Rick). AA—Apples. | » Fea» PR ia) HE Lutwyche, Ksq., Ross (gr. J. E. Jones). 1. G. H. Hadfield, Esq. BB.— Pears. 2 Earl of Chesterfield. Class 55.—Open only to Growers in the other Counties of Wales. 1. Col. Cornwallis West, Ruthin (gr. H. Forder). AA.—A : . ss i Mrs. Davis-Evans, Llanybyther (gr. T. Fox). 1. Col. Cornwallis West. oe ri Mrs. Davis- Evans. Class 56.—Open only to Growers in the Six Northern Counties of England, and in the Isle of Man. . 1. J. R. Pease, Hsq., Hull (gr. G. Picker). AA.—Apples. { Rie tres | Ppl: 1.2. Sir J oseph Pease, Guisboro’ (gr. J. McIndoe). 1. Sir Joseph Pease. BB.— ; ee i J. R. Pease, Esq. Class 57.—Open only to Growers in Scotland. Per 1. Earl of Galloway, Garliestown (gr. J. Day). we Ps ie No award. . 1. Earl of Galloway. i ae ie No award. Class 58.—Open only to Growers in Ireland. 1. Viscount Duncannon, Piltown (gr. J. G. AA.—Apples. : Weston). 2. No award. BB.—Pears. No entry. Class 59.—Open only to Growers in the Channel Islands. No entry. Division VI. Single Dishes of Fruit grown in the Open Arr. Open to Gardeners and Amateurs only. Nurserymen and Market Growers excluded. Prizes in each Class (except 85, 89, 104, 105, 113 and 138), Ist, 7s.; 2nd, 5s. Cuoice Dessert APPLES. Class 60.—Adams’s Pearmain. 1. F. W. Thomas, Esq., Polegate. 2. Jeremiah Colman, Esq., Reigate (gr. W. P. Bound). NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 845 Class 61.—Allington Pippin. 1. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. W. Harrison). 2. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq., Maidstone (gr. J. McKenzie). Class 62.—American Mother. 1. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. Class 638.—Benoni. 1. F. W. Thomas, Esq. 2. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. Class 64.—Blenheim Orange. (See Class 88.) - Small highly coloured fruits which will pass through a 38-inch ring. No award. Class 65.—Cardinal, syn. Peter the Great. No entry. Class 66.—Claygate Pearmain. 1. F. H. Whitmore, Esq., Grays (gr. D. G. McIver). 2. A. J. Carter, Esq., Billingshurst. Class 67.—Cox’s Orange Pippin. 1. Jeremiah Colman, Esq. 2..J. T. Charlesworth, Esq., Redhill (gr. T. W. Herbert). Class 68.—Devonshire Quarrenden. 1. Jeremiah Colman, Esq. 2. T. Lloyd Davies, Esq., Addlestone (gr. G. Crabb). Class 69.—Duchess’ Favourite. 1. T. Lloyd Davies, Esq. 2. F. H. Whitmore, Esq. Class 70.—Egremont Russet. 1. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. O. E. Avigdor Goldsmid, Esq. Class '71.—Fearn’s Pippin. No award. Class 72.—Gascoyne’s Scarlet. (See Class 95.) Small highly coloured Fruits which will pass through a 3-inch ring. 1. O. E. Avigdor Goldsmid, Esq. 2. Mr. T. Clinch. Class 73.—Golden Reinette. No entry. Class 74.—Irish Peach. 1. No award. 2. J. T. Charlesworth, Esq. Class 75.—James Grieve. 1. F. W. Thomas, Esq. 2. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. W. Harrison). oi - & * -_ a as os Le | 846 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Class 76.—King of the Pippins. 1. The Hon. Sir C. Swinfen Eady. 2. O. E. Avigdor Goldsmid, Esq. Class 77.—King of Tomkins County. 1. Madame Stuart, Roehampton (gr. A. Smith). 2. Earl of Ashburnham. Class 78.—Lady Sudeley. 1. J. W. Fleming, Esq. 2. F. H. Whitmore, Esq. Class 79.—Lord Burghley. 1. Mr. A. J. Carter... 2. Col. Archer-Houblon, Newbury (gr. C. Ross). Class 80.—Mannington’s Pearmain. 1. T. L. Boyd, Esq. 2. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). Class 81.—Margil. 1. F. 8. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). Class 82.—Red Astrachan. No entry. Class 83.—Ribston Pippin. 1. Earl of Ashburnham. 2. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. Class 84.—Worcester Pearmain. 1. Mrs. St. Vincent Ames. 2. G. H. Hadfield, Esq. Class 85.—Any other variety not named above. Four Prizes, 7s, 6s., 6s., 4s: An Exhibitor may only enter in one variety in Class 85. - In this Class 8 Fruits must be shown to a dish for the Judges to be able to taste two of them. 1. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. Madame Stuart. 3. Lord Poltimore, Exeter (gr. T. H. Slade). 4, O,. E. Avigdor Goldsmid, Esq. CHoiIceE CookING APPLES. Class 86.—Beauty of Kent. No entry. Class 87.—Bismarck. 1. Madame Stuart. 2. F. S$. W. Cornwallis, Esq. Class 88.—Blenheim Orange. Large fruits. (See Class 64.) 1. T. L. Boyd, Esq. 2. H. L. Lutwyche, Esq. — Pa a ee tia ee a) Pee aie a ee eee ee een _ La ¥ P ' * * NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. Class 89.—Bramley’s Seedling. First Prize, 20s.; Second, 10s.; Third, 5s. Prizes given by Messrs. H. Merryweather, The Nurseries, Southwell. 1. Rey. O. L. Powell. 2. R. H. B. Marsham, Esq. 3. No award. Class 90.—Cox’s Pomona. 1. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. J. T. Charlesworth, Esq. Class 91.—Duchess of Oldenburgh. 1. Earl of Stanhope. 2. O. KE. Avigdor Goldsmid, Esq. Class 92.—Ecklinville. 1. F. W. Thomas, Esq. 2. Madame Stuart. Class 98.—Emperor Alexander. 1. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. No award. Class 94.—Frogmore Prolific. 1..C. P. Wykeham-Martin, Esq., Maidstone (gr. D. McAinsh). 2. F.S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. Class 95.—Gascoyne’s Scarlet. Large fruits. (See Class 72.) 1. F. H. Whitmore, Esq. 2. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. Class 96.—Golden Noble. 1. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. No award. Class 97.—Grenadier. 1. C. P. Wykeham-Martin, Esq. 2. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. Class 98.—Hawthornden, New. 1. T. L. Boyd, Esq. 2. J. T. Charlesworth, Esq. Class 99.—Lane’s Prince Albert. 1. Earl of Stanhope. 2. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). Class 100.—-Lord Derby. 1. Madame Stuart. 2. F. H. Whitmore, Esq. Class 101.—Lord Grosvenor. 1. A. J. Carter, Esq. 2. C. P. Wykeham- Martin, Esq. 847 4 848 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Class 102.—Lord Suffield. 1. Madame Stuart. 2. F. 5S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. ; Class 103.—Meére de Ménage. 1. F. 8. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. No award. Class 104.—Newton Wonder. First Prize, 20s.; Second, 10s.; Third, 5s. Prizes presented by Messrs. J. R. Pearson & Sons, Lowdham, Notts, Open only to Exhibitors living in Cardigan, Radnor, Shropshire, Stafford, Warwick, Northampton, Bedford, Cambridge, Essex, or Counties further north. 1. Duke of Rutland. \No award. Class 105.—Newton Wonder. First Prize, 20s.; Second, 10s.; Third, 5s. Prizes presented by Messrs. J. R. Pearson & Sons, Lowdham, Notts. Open only to Exhibitors living south of the before-named Counties. 1. F. W. Thomas, Esq. 2. W. Greenwell, Esq., Marden Park (gr. W. Lintott). 3. Rev. O. L. Powell. Class 106.—Peasgood’s Nonesuch. 1. F. 8. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2, R. H. B. Marsham, Esq. Class 107.—Pott’s Seedling. 1. C. P. Wykeham-Martin, Esq. 2. No award. Class 108.—-Royal Jubilee. 1. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). 2. Earl Stanhope. Class 109.—Sandringham. 1. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). 2. Madame Stuart. Class 110.—Stirling Castle. 1. Jeremjah Colman, Ksq. 2. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). Class 111.—The Queen. 1. Jeremiah Colman, Esq. 2. Madame Stuart. Class 112,—Warner’s King. 1. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 2. Madame Stuart. NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 849 Class 118.—Any other variety not named above. Four Prizes: 7s., 6s., 5s., 4s. An Exhibitor may only enter one variety in Class 113. In this Class 8 fruits must be shown to a dish for the Judges to be able to taste two of them. 1. Madame Stuart. 2. F. S. W. Cornwallis, Esq. 3. Earl of Stanhope. 4. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). CHoicE DEsserRT PEARS. Class 114.—Beurré d’ Amanlis. 1. Rey. O. L. Powell. 2. W. Greenwell, Esq. Class 115.—Beurré Diel. 1. A. J. Carter, Esq. 2. No award. Class 116.—Beurré Dumont. 1. T. L. Boyd, Esq. 2. No award. Class 117.—Beurré Fouqueray. 1. T. L. Boyd, Esq. 2. Rev. O. L. Powell. Class 118.—Beurré Hardy. 1. G. H. Hadfield, Esq. 2. Mrs. St. Vincent Ames. Class 119.—Beurré Superfin. Pee Be; Ld. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. 2. Mrs. St. Vincent Ames. Class 120.—Clapp’s Favourite. 1. W. Greenwell, Esq. 2. Earl of Ashburnham. Class 121.—Comte de Lamy. 1. J. T. Charlesworth, Esq. 2. No award. Class 122.— Conference. 1. H. Partridge, Esq., Bletchingley (gr. J. W. Barks). 2. W. Greenwell, Esq. Class 123.—Doctor Jules Guyot. No entry. Class 124,.—Doyenné du Comice. 1. H. Partridge, Esq. 2. No award. Class 125.—Doyenné Boussoch. 1. G. H. Hadfield, Esq. 2. Rev. O. L. Powell. / 850 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Class 126.—Durondeau. 1. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. 2. Mrs. St. Vincent Ames. Class 127.—Emile d’Heyst. 1. Lord Poltimore. 2. T. L. Boyd, Esq. Class 128.—Fondante d’Automne. 1. Lady Tate. 2. T. L. Boyd, Esq. Class 129.—Louise Bonne of Jersey. 1. F. W. Thomas, Esq. 2. C. P. Wykeham-Martin, Esq. Class 180.—Marguerite Marillat. 1. Lord Poltimore. 2. F’. W. Thomas, Esq. Class 131.—Marie Louise. 1. G. H. Hadfield, Esq. 2. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. Class 182.—Pitmaston Duchess. 1. Col. Best, Salisbury (gr. T. Horsey). 2. H. Partridge, Esq. Class 183.—Seckle. 1. Col. Archer-Houblon (gr. C. Ross). 2. T. L. Boyd, Esq. Class 184,—Souvenir du Congreés. 1. G. H. Hadfield, Esq. 2. Rev. O. L. Powell. Class 185.—Thompson’s. 1. J. B. Fortescue, Esq. 2. Mrs. St. Vincent Ames. Class 186.—Triomphe de Vienne. 1. J. K. D. Wingfield-Digby, Esq., M.P. 2. I’. W. Thomas, Ksq. Class 187. —Williams’s Bon Chrétien. 1. G. H. Hadfield, Esq. 2. J. T. Charlesworth, Esq. Class 188.—Any other variety not named above. Four Prizes: 7s., 6s., 5s., 4s. An Exhibitor may only enter one variety in Class 138. In this Class 8 fruits must be shown to a dish for the Judges to be able to taste two of them. . T. L. Boyd, Esq. . Jeremiah Colman, Esq. No award. mo De NINTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF BRITISH-GROWN FRUIT. 851 Division VII. Miscellaneous. Any fresh fruits of different kind from those included in the previous Divisions may be shown here, and special prizes will be awarded to any exhibits considered to deserve them. Different varieties of the same kind of fresh fruit as any mentioned in the previous Divisions (as of Apples, Pears, Plums, Peaches, &c.) may not be shown in Division VII., with the exception of owtdoor grown varieties of Grapes, which may also be shown in any convenient quantity. Dried or preserved fruits of any kind may be shown, subject to the condition of their being tested by the Judges. Class 189.—Home Preserved or Home Bottled British-grown Fruits. Open. This exhibit must not occupy a space greater than 8 feet by 6 feet, and must not be built up more than 2 feet high in the centre. Jams in clear glass jars or bottles; bottled fruits in clear glass bottles ; small quantities of fruits, preserved, dried, or evaporated in any other way, may be included, but all alike must be British grown and British prepared. First Prize, Gold Medal; other prizes at the discretion of the Council. 1. Messrs. Austin & Co., Kingston-on-Thames. 2. Britannia Fruit Works, Kelvedon. 3. Horticultural College, Swanley. 4, Lady Warwick Hostel, Reading. Class 140.—Home Preserved or Home Bottled British Fruits. Wholesale firms excluded. This exhibit must include both Jams and Bottled Fruits—from 12 to 18 1 lb. or 2 lb. clear glass pots or bottles of Jam, including at least four different kinds, and from 12 to 18 bottles of Fruit, including at least four different kinds. Small quantities from i lb. to 1 lb. of any British-grown fruit preserved at home in any other way may also be added. Any of the pots or bottles in each exhibit will be opened by the Judges at their own selection. Everything exhibited must have been preserved by the exhibitor. First Prize, a Silver Cup, presented by the Countess of Warwick ; Second, £3; Third, #1. 10s. 1. Horticultural College, Swanley. 2. Mrs. A. Bassnett, Shirley. 3. Lady Warwick Hostel. Class 144.—Exhibits of a dozen bottles of Bottled Fruits (including four different kinds at least), bottled and shown by exhibitors who do not sel] their produce or in any way work for the trade (wholesale or retail), but only and entirely for their own household consumption. First Prize, £3; Second, £2; Third, £1. 1. A. Bailey, Esq., Farningham (gr. W. Elliott). 2. J. Bushnell, Esq., Maidstone. 3. Mrs. Banks, Chesterfield. Class 14.2, Miscellaneous. Prizes according to merit. One Prize awarded, £1. Mrs. W. H. Plowman, Beddington Corner. E2 852 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. GERMINATION IN AMARYLLIDS. By A. Worstey, F.R.H.S. THE fig. 191, Bb, I have inserted to show that the apex of the original process issuing from the seed of Hymenocallids is not always simple. All drawings I have seen depict a single root in prolongation of the alleged cotyledon. Such is by no means always the case. . Often Crinum Moorei seeds will show no signs of any root whatever until the young bulbis formed and the tissue of the seed quite dead. Shortly after this time (perhaps three months __ LEVEL ~wW a7 CROUND ' < (ff y, as Fi / Surface level. 1777171 7Tif Original position of bulb (now dead). Level of new growing point, or top of new bulb. Root-stock (Disc). Sf { \ \ \ Fic. 190.—IsMENE HYBRIDA ‘‘ SULPHUREA,’’ SHOWING BULB-EXTENSION. after germination) a number of roots will issue simultaneously. Even if it is true that at the moment of emission from the seed the original process is always simple, yet it may evidently become branched at a very early stage in its career, or become abortive. Yet in many Liliace@, many annuals, Palms, &c., this first root becomes one of the vital organs of the mature plant. In fig. 191, C (Ismene calathina), the termination of this process has GERMINATION IN AMARYLLIDS. 853 five months after germination, become a true root, and shows no sign of decay. No leaves whatever have yet been emitted, but the seed is dead, _.< Young bulb beginning to form. Usual seed of J. calathina at dehiscence. Fie._ 191. A.—Hymenocallis concinna (Baker, sp. nov.], showing seed a month after sowing. Two processes have issued from one seed, and are both forming 2 bulbs, showing that two embryos may exist in one seed of this species. _ B.—Another seed of same fruit showing two roots issuing during weaning period. The tissue of seed was not visibly atrophied at this period. C.—Young bulb of [smene calathina five months after germination. The seed is dead. No leaf-growth has taken place yet. 854 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. and a true bulb left alive. Considerable loss of weight has resulted. Ten seeds weigh one ounce, whereas it would take eighteen bulbs of this size to do so. This loss of weight will continue until foliation begins, by which time the bulb will only weigh a quarter of the seed from which it sprang. The drawing, fig. 191, A, shows that it is possible for two embryos to exist in one seed of Hymenocallis concinna [Baker, sp. nov.} Among the Amaryllids I have never previously noticed such an occurrence, and I believe it to be unique in the literature of these plants. The arrangement of the ovules in Hymenocallis concinna is quite typical of the genus as described by Bentham and Hooker—a single pair of ovules lying at the base of each cell, or six ovules in all to each ovary. The minute threads by means of which the ovules adhere to the placenta, and which constitute the only direct communication with the stigma, would seem to be so arranged that the whole of the ovules would become impregnated contemporaneously, on the adhesion of a sufficient number of virile pollen grains to the stigma. Hernice there does not appear at first sight to be any reason why each ovule should not produce a seed. Yet it is a fact that such sequence does not occur in the Amaryllids with bulbiform seeds. Such plants have a fixed number of ovules and a fixed number of seeds (subject to very small fluctuation) ; yet there is often a great dissimilarity between the number of seeds and of ovules. In this Hymenocallis the difference is not great, four seeds being produced by the six ovules in the few fruits I have raised. Although I believe that every ovule is impregnated simultaneously, yet the possibility of seed production must be held to be limited, and I believe that we must seek in the structure of the tissues below the ovary the cause of such limitations. It would seem as though the carriage of nutriment to the embryo from the bulb of the parent was either limited by the structure of such tissues to a certain number of channels, or that all the nutriment became, after impregnation, quickly diverted to the strongest embryos, and that the rest suffered from strangulation or starvation. The appearance of the seeds in certain Crinums, Hippeastrums, &c. lends weight to this supposition, for we find in the same fruit seeds of varying sizes ; some of great vitality, others of less ; some in which the embryo is just alive, strong enough to germinate, but not to carry it through the weaning period; others in which the germ is already dead, but yet has evidently grown at one time out of the ovule stage. If anyone feels inclined to deny the contemporaneous impregnation of — all the ovules in,one ovary, he is met by this difficulty, that if it were possible to effect partial impregnation it would also appear possible to effect diverse impregnation in the same flower ; that is to say, that species “ A,” known to be virile under the pollen of species “B”’ and of species “©,” could have one lobe of a stigma impregnated with “B”’ pollen, and another lobe with “C’’ pollen, and produce, in the same fruit, seeds of diverse hybrids. My own experiments have satisfied me that in every case impregnation of all the ovules is contemporaneous. I have very often mixed the pollen GERMINATION IN AMARYLLIDS. 855°. from many Amaryllids and applied it to a stigma, but never with the result of effecting diverse impregnation. From this it would appear as though a single pollen grain were capable of impregnating over one hundred ovules, such as exist in the ovary of Hippeastrum. Yet I do not think we are justified in asserting this to be an ascertained fact. Certainly I have noticed that in making inter-generic and inter-specific pollenisations the number of seeds produced has always been much below the normal number ; that in the vast majority of cases no seeds were produced, the embryos having died, although evidence of their having lived and having passed beyond the ovule stage was in many cases incontestable ; in other cases there were no evidences of impregnation. These experiments tend to suggest that, beyond the one act of excitation, or impregnation, of the female germs, there remains some further function for the male germs to perform, which is improperly, or only partially, done by foreign pollen grains. To revert again to the seed of Hymenocallis concinna (fig. 191, A). In this instance the original process issuing from the seed is duplicated, and each process is terminated by a bulb in process of formation. I can only account for this by admitting the existence of two embryos within the one seed. ‘These again can only trace their existence to the incidence of two germs within the one ovule from whence the seed sprang. Yet if two germs can exist within the one ovule, why not more than two ? Is Nature bound never to exceed the assigned number, or may we contemplate the possibility of erraticism? And if we have this direct proof that in these Amaryllids more than one female germ may exist within one ovule, we must not exclude the possibility of the multiplication of male germs within the pollen grains. Nor can we altogether exclude the possibility that the male germ, in the process of absorptive growth which ensues when it is brought into contact with the saccharine matter of the stigma, and in the course of the somewhat obscure chemical changes which result, may not become increased by subdivision, or by gemmation, into numerous active units. Perhaps this may give an explanation of how one pollen grain may be able to impregnate many ovules. To take a simile from chemistry, may we seek in the molecule and the atom, or in their organic counterparts, the wherewithal to construct the most probable, or the least improbable, theory reconcilable with facts no longer subject to direct and tangible proofs ? I have noticed in the direction taken by the original process issuing from the bulbiform seeds of Crinum &e. a very adaptive sequence of events to ensure this process reaching the ground. The shape of the seeds is such that it is impossible to foresee what side will, upon dehiscence from the fruit, ultimately rest upon the ground, and, as was pointed out in the first instance, I believe, by Salisbury, there _ appears to be no law governing the point of emergence of the original process from the bulbiform seed. Hence the same might be upwards or sideways, and the process might end, and the bulb be formed, in some position whence the roots (when emitted) might be unable to reach the mother earth. _ Those persons who recline upon the theory of gravitation to get them 856 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. over every difficulty connected with the direction of root growth account for the curvature of this original process in their own way, oblivious of the fact that, whatever this original process may be, its principal function is not that of a root. Yet we need not go so far for an explanation when one is ready to hand in progressive adaptation. It must be evident that plants having such seeds and emitting a straight process would tend to become extinct, whereas the first one which emitted a curved process would, 7 whatever position the seed fell, shortly bury itself in the ground. Hence the doctrine of “the survival of the fittest’”’ is alone sufficient to account for the more perfectly adapted type of seed-producing plant outliving the imperfectly adapted type. And by the slow steps of progressive adaptation we may trace the path leading up to this perfect and beautiful sequence of growth to which I have on other occasions drawn your attention. Grarké Barparossa. The Garden.) SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 857 SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. By James H. Verrcn, F.L.S. (Delivered September 23, 1902.) ALTHOUGH now nearly forty years since the flora of Japan first received serious attention from the gardeners of Europe and America, there are still, practically unknown outside botanical establishments, many trees and shrubs worthy of the best positions in our gardens, from the dis- tinctive elegance of their foliage and habits, or from the profusion with which they produce their attractive flowers. It is but natural that planters should be anxious as to the chances of successfully establishing and growing in Europe trees and shrubs coming from a country embracing such an unusual latitude, with a climate in its extreme north almost arctic, and in its most southern islands sub-tropical ; with volcanic hills and mountains where rain falls pitilessly sometimes for days together, and plains but a few miles distant enduring in the summer months an almost torrid heat. That many of these trees and shrubs can be established and cultivated with success may be seen by the photographs and branches cut from specimens shown in the Hall. These trees were planted about 1880 on Kingston Hill in Surrey, where for the past twenty years they have with- stood winters of severity, and latterly summers of unusual drought. To the uncertainty of the suitability of some of the inhabitants of the forests of Japan to our climate must be added (as a reason for their hitherto not having been more extensively planted) the time required for a full knowledge of a flora so rich and concentrated as that under con- sideration, due to the comparatively few years it has been possible to travel freely in all parts of the country. So rich is this flora that Professor Sargent has been able to place on record that, in ascending a hill near Sapporo in the northern island only 500 feet above the sea-level, he noticed forty-six species and varieties of trees and shrubs, and, within a radius of five miles of this hill, several others, in all sixty-two species and varieties, probably a larger number than can be found in any other similar area outside the tropics. How many of these trees and shrubs are actually peculiar to Japan will probably never be definitely ascertained, so largely have species in- troduced from China and Corea acclimatised themselves. In a general way this is well known, but having during the past summer had the opportunity of looking through several hundreds of dried specimens from the upper part of the Yangtsze Valley sent by a representative of my firm, K. H. Wilson, I was much struck with the great number of trees and shrubs of which he had secured specimens, and which are also found in Japan. | The argument one sometimes hears, that planting is not a hobby of the _ young, and that when its attractions become evident one is too old to plant _ and hope to live to enjoy the results, does not apply to many of the trees ee 858 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. and shrubs of Japan, which flower in from ten to fifteen years after plant- ing in this country, and attain in twenty considerable dimensions, as may be seen by reference to the photographs. A warm corner or a gentle slope (preferably sheltered from the east), ample space, and reasonable care in planting are all that is required, and though severe frosts of May and June may in those seasons in which they | unhappily occur cripple the flower or check the growth of a few of the trees, the danger is not sufficient to deter planters. Amongst the Maples the forms of Acer palmatum and Acer japonicum are in general cultivation and hardly require mentioning ; but such distinct species as Acer carpinifolium, Acer distylum, Acer nikoense, Acer Miyabei (recently found, and only named by Maximowicz in 1888) are hardly ever met with, nor are either, as much as they should be, Acer diabolicum (pulchrum), Acer pictum, Acer crategifolium, Acer rufinerve, and Acer capillipes, common species in Japan, and long introduced to Europe. Acer carpinifoliwm is evidently extremely rare in Japan, as is Acer distylum ; of the first-named, during a stay of several months, I only saw three trees. i ‘. Acer nikoense is more common and is widely distributed, and though bearing the name of the beautiful district in which it was first found, is, I think, undoubtedly of Chinese origin. The peculiar thick ternate leaves— silvery beneath, and in autumn of a vinous red on the upper surface (unlike those of many trees, coloured on both sides)—coupled with its vigorous habit, render it a remarkable tree. Acer carpinifolium (the Hornbeam-leaved Maple), first discovered by Siebold, is a most striking and interesting species peculiar in the form and veining of its leaves, and, unless seen in fruit or flower, closely resembling a Hornbeam at first sight. Acer distylwm is in this country a noble and handsome tree, pro- ducing foliage of great size, in colour rich and glossy. Like the two last named, it was introduced to gardens by Maries, has proved hardy and vigorous and superior to some species and varieties in common cultivation. Acer Miyabei, resembling our Acer platanoides, has been known to science but a few years. It has successfully withstood the last five winters in this country, and promises well. Coming from the north island, it is accustomed to cold more severe than any experienced here, and at the same time to warmer and brighter summers. A rare tree in Japan, it may be in a few years’ time, by its vigour and health, more plentiful in Europe than in its native home (fig. 192). The only known Japanese Horse-Chestnut, A/sculus turbinata, though it has fruited in France and flowered in England, is hardly known as much as a tree so noble deserves to be. In general aspect it closely resembles our well-known species, but is remarkable for its fruits, which are about two inches in diameter, and lack the prickles distinguishing the true Horse-Chestnuts. It has been confused with AVsculus chinensis, but— the true A’sculus chinensis is probably not to be found in cultivation — in European countries. I have a vivid recollection of several isolated | specimens on Mount Hakkoda: stately trees with stems three to four feet in diameter, and 80 to 90 feet high; usually at an elevation of 1,500 SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 859 London: ErcwiNe Co Fic. 192.—Acrer Miyasert at CoomsBe Woop, Surrey. Height, 12 feet; diameter, 6 feet. 860 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. to 8,000 feet. In this country the tree is quite hardy, and makes a graceful symmetrical specimen. Japan, like America, has sent us the handsomest Dogwoods or Cornels, and there is reason to believe there is still something in this way to be obtained from China, where it is more than probable all those species first found in Japan are endemic. Cornus macrophylla, said to be synonymous with Cornus brachy- poda, is a handsome, graceful tree, and flowers well in England, though its cultivation in America has hitherto not met with success. Professor Sargent holds it to be one of the most beautiful of all Cornels, an opinion which can be endorsed from experience of the tree in this country. The pointed leaves are dark green on the upper surface, almost white beneath, borne thickly on branches at right angles to the main stem, forming flat tiers of foliage. It flowers with great freedom—as with many deciduous flowering Eastern trees in this country—every other year, unable apparently to annually sustain such an exhausting effort (fig. 193). Under the name of Cornus brachypoda, my firm has a handsome Dogwood, some 15 feet high, clearly distinct from the above in several ways, but botanical authorities have difficulty in, as yet, determining its exact position in the family. Of this undetermined species a variegated form is unusually attractive. Of the behaviour of Cornus Kousa under cultivation too much cannot be said. Though possibly its blossoms are individually not so large nor so handsome as those of the American Cornus florida, it succeeds on the whole better. It flowers freely, and has proved a striking and valuable addition to the deciduous trees worthy of a place in our gardens (fig. 194). Clethra barbinervis (C. canescens), a beautiful small tree found all through the Far Kast from Java to Corea, grows welland produces freely in the early autumn its white-panicled racemes, often a foot in length. The nearly allied Enkianthus campanulatus, much esteemed in Japan for its quaint beauty, flowers freely when left undisturbed in a sheltered corner. Most of the Viburnums are well known, but the handsome Viburnum dilatatum should not be overlooked, and Viburnum tomentosum Maries (fig. 195), allied to Viburnwm plicatum, from which it differs in its more eraceful habit, its more hairy leaves, and in its sterile flowers being con- fined to the outer part.of the inflorescence, is an unusually handsome shrub. Styrax japonicum and Styrax Obassia are becoming known and are amongst the most ornamental of any trees found in British gardens. Though in the tirst-named the large dark green foliage of Styrax Obassia is missing, ample compensation is afforded by the extraordinary profusion with which the myriads of white bell-shaped flowers are produced. In Japan Styrax Obassia is certainly seen to greater advantage than in this country, its leaves often attaining a size of ten inches in diameter and blooming with greater freedom than in our gardens. On the other hand, Styrax japonicum is as much at home and as beautiful here as in China or Japan. In Surrey it seeds freely, the seed germinating in one or two- years, though a large proportion lies three years before showing signs of life. 861 SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. oe Sg BS BSG Wiha NS o J Er. LOoNDOA LO TCHING C Fic. 193.—Cornus MAcRoPHYLLA AT CoomBE Woop, Surrey. ter, 12 feet, iame d . ? Height, 17 feet JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Fic. 194.—Cornus Kovusa at CoomBr Woop, SuRREY. Height, 13 feet; diameter, 8 feet. SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 863 Fic. 195.—Visurnum TOMENTOSUM, VAR. Martsesit, At CoomBE Woop, Surrey. Height, 6 feet; diameter, 7 feet. 864 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. The rich forest flora of Japan contains several Birches and Hornbeams, some of interest, notably Betula Maximowiczti and Carpinus cordata, both finer representatives of their genera than are usually cultivated. Betula Maximowiczui is at its best in Yezo, where it forms handsome trees eighty to ninety feet in height, noticeable for their smooth orange- coloured bark and large leaves, larger than those of any other species. I have had a tree under observation for several years in this country, and am inclined to think, if it does not actually attain the noble proportions characteristic of this fine Birch in its native home, it will prove better than anything we yet possess. Betula Ermani and our own Betula alba are amongst the best known of several other Birches found in Japan. What Betula Maximowiczu is to the Birches Carpinus cordata is to the Hornbeams, beyond question the most beautiful and boldest of the family. In its native forests and in this country its leaves are six to seven inches in length and three to four broad, the catkins five to six inches long and very beautiful in their autumn colouring. Though in England I know of no tree of a greater height at present than 14 feet, in Japan a height of 80 to 40 feet is not uncommon. Carpinus laxiflora and Carpinus Carpinus are Be trees, but will not compare from an ornamental standpoint with Carpinus cordata. The Japanese forests are rich in Oaks, which in this country have not received the attention they deserve. That they will flourish, whether evergreen or deciduous, may be seen from photographs of two species in the Hall, of trees 20 feet and 25 feet high. Quercus dentata, remarkable for its giant leaves on young vigorous growth ten to twelve inches in length and six to eight inches in width, has not been so successfully cultivated as one would wish, though the Dutch have obtained fair results. In the neighbourhood of Sapporo fine specimens 70 to 80 feet high are not uncommon, but unless our planters have greater good fortune than has hitherto attended their efforts, we shall never see in this country in anything like beauty one of the noblest of the Far Eastern forest trees. Quercus serrata is a good ie dpdaatari eas from the fact that the Japanese feed silkworms on its foliage. The leaves bear a strong resem- — blance to those of the Sweet Chestnut, and in England are semi-deciduous. Widely distributed in Japan, it grows here with vigour. It is, however, amongst the Evergreen Oaks we may look for the greatest additions to our gardens. Highly prized by the Japanese, they are largely planted in gardens and round temples, and in large centres are amongst the commonest trees. Quercus cuspidata and Quercus glauca are both under cultivation, a variegated form of the first-named having met with some attention. (Quercus acuta is, however, the species which seems most at home in this climate, and forms a stately column of lustrous dark green, twenty feet in — height. It is a noble tree for which we are indebted to Maries. The Japanese call it the Red Oak, from the redness of its wood, which deepens often to a reddish-brown. _ Though in actual size of flower China and Japan have sent us no Magnolia to compare with the American Magnolia macrophylla, no one SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 865 who has seen Magnolia hypoleuca on its weoded hill-slopes will easily forget the impression. It is one of the most striking of all trees ina country where the beauty of the inmates of the forests is not surpassed in any other part of the world. The long spreading branches on trunks often 80 to 100 feet high, the leaves twelve to fifteen inches in length and six to eight broad, of the palest green, the large creamy flowers six inches across when expanded, stamens with scarlet filaments, and in autumn the brilliant crimson cones of fruit, six to eight inches in height standing well above the leaves, surprise all who see them. This tree requires age to flower, but should do so in this country in from 15 to 20 years after planting. It will probably prove more adaptable _ than its near allies, the American Magnolia macrophylla and Magnolia tripetala. Magnolia Kobus is common in Japan, and makes a handsome symmetrical tree in England. Magnolia stellata, Magnolia stellata rosea (fig. 196), Magnolia Watsoni, and Magnolia parviflora are well known. Magnolia salicifolia, new to cultivation, has not yet flowered in Europe, nor are its blossoms known to botanists. My own seed, collected on Mount Hakkoda, failed to germinate; but, thanks to the kindness of Professor Sargent, my firm now has a promising young tree, which it is hoped will flower in a few years’ time. Though common in the district in which it is found, the position is not the most easily accessible, which, no doubt, accounts for the delay in introducing it to English gardens. The large and interesting Cercidiphyllum japonicum, a member of the Magnolia family, does not seem to thrive with us as well as it does in New England where flourishing specimens are to be seen. Its bright pink spring foliage is attractive, and in its native forests the massive divided _ trunks give the whole landscape a peculiar appearance. | Nearly allied to the Magnolias are Hwptelea polyandra, which has so far failed to establish itself, and that curious genus T'rochodendron, con- taining but one species, T'rochodendron aralioides (fig. 197). This is an evergreen tree with rich dark glossy leaves 4-5 inches in length, attaining in Japan a height of 20-25 feet; extremely rare in a wild state, though much cultivated. In this country it is a handsome evergreen tree which on more than one occasion has flowered and fruited freely. Amongst other trees and shrubs undoubtedly hardy in England which Japan has sent us and which repay the careful planter are Stwartia _ Pseudo-camellia, nearly allied to the Stuartia of America, but more suitable for our climate, and Cesalpinia japonica, which flowered outside in England for the first time in 1887, though the genus is, generally speaking, a tropical one. : Clerodendron trichotomum, found all through the Far East and long known to science, is also a striking tree, the large almost tropical foliage of established specimens being literally hidden every second summer by scores of large umbels of carmine and white flowers (fig. 198). Amongst the Witch-Hazels the distinct Hamamelis mollis is now recognised as the most beautiful of the genus, the flowers being larger and more richly coloured than those of the other species. The thorny Citrus trifoliata may yet prove to be an excellent hedge F = &- 866 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Lonoon Braxine'Go Fa. 196.—MAaGNoLiaA STELLATA, VAR. ROSEA, AT CoomBr Woop, Surrey. Height, 7 feet; diameter, 6 feet. SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 867 Fic. 197.—TRocHODENDRON ARALIOIDES AT CooMBE Woop, SURREY. Height, 7 feet; diameter, 6 feet. 868 . - * OP ae é © g heael, Lofipo AFroniNe Cé JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Fic 198.—CLERODENDRON TRICHOTOMUM AT CoomBE Woop, SURREY. Height, 12 feet; diameter, 12 feet. hg SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 869 plant. It certainly is impenetrable, and has the additional advantage of bearing in late spring a profusion of large white flowers, a month before ~ the leaves appear. As a striking Pillar plant Polygonum multiflorum (fig. 199), which makes 20-25 feet of growth in one season, is invaluable, and the long undistinguished Vitis Thunbergw has proved superior from a gardening standpoint to Vitis Coignetie, which in general aspect it resembles. It may be distinguished by its leaves being hairy beneath, of thicker texture, and assuming a richer hue in the autumn. Nearly allied to the Japanese Hollies, of which the most beautiful is Tlex latifolia, is Hovenia dulcis, introduced to European gardens some ninety years since. In Engl :nd it has attained a height of 20 feet, but in its native habitat, extending from the Himalayas to Japan, it attains nearly double these proportions, as it does under cultivation in Australia, where it forms a symmetrical if not ornamental specimen. The thickened flower- stalks, somewhat insipid, but not unlike a pear in flavour, are said to have medicinal properties. Among eyergreen shrubs there should not be overlooked Photinia serrulata, the Linderas, and Daphniphyllum glaucescens (fig. 200). Photinia serrulata (figured in the “ Botanical Magazine”’ as Crategus glabra) is one of the best of our seaside shrubs, individual specimens attaining a great diameter. Not less than twenty species of Lindera are found in the Far East, by far the handsomest being Lindera obtusiloba, attaining in Japan a height of 20-80 feet. In Surrey a promising specimen is already 12 feet in height, its foliage assuming annually the characteristic clear yellow autumn tint. Lindera sericea, found further north than is Lindera ob- tusiloba, is equally hardy. Daphniphyllum glaucescens is a singularly handsome shrub, far too little known. In this country the female plant grows luxuriantly and seeds profusely, the seed germinating freely, unlike consignments received from the native forests, probably due to their passage through the tropics. Professor Sargent states it is of Malayan origin, though apparently acclimatised in Japan. LIST OF DRIED SPECIMENS COLLECTED IN JAPAN BY JAMES H. VEITCH AND EXHIBITED IN CONNECTION WITH THE LECTURE. Name of Specimen. Locality. Abies Mariesit ; ; : . Hakkoda. » Vertchu F : ; . Lake Chujenji. Acer carpinifoliuwm : : . Nikko. » crategifoliwm : : * », capillipes . Mee . Hakkoda. », diabolicum . , ; : : . Nikko. » crssifolum . F : : . *. ., Chokaizan. .. Miyaber. : . Swamazu. 5 ntkoense E f ; : : . Nikko. 5 pictum . : : nate : 7, ‘Lamoto. » rufinerve , : : : . Chujenji. , tataricum : : 2 ; . Sapporo. Actinodaphne lancifolia? : : . Fukura (near temples). Alnus firma multinervis j : ; . Nikko. » veridis. F . ! : : . Hakkoda. 870 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. SS A ee Fic. 199.—PoLyGoNUM MULTIFLORUM AT CoomBE Woop, SURREY. Height, 30 feet. 871 q 2 J SHRUEI SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND ‘AMMTAG ‘yooJ Q SIoJOUBIpP £4ooF Y “YY STOFT ‘COOMA, AMNOOD LV “LHOFT ‘SNAOSAOAVID WATIXHAINHAVE—()0Z ‘DIT 87/2 Name of Specimen. Berberis Sieboldii . Berchemia racemosa Betula carpinifolia » Lrmani Carpinus cordata . he japonica . ” laxiflora. * yedoensis Celastrus articulatus Cercidiphyllum japonicum Cladrastis amurensis Clerodendron trichotomum Clethra barbinervis Cornus Kousa Corylus rostrata Daphniphyllum glaucescens . Dioscorea sp. . Diospyrus Lotus Elliottia paniculata Enkianthus nikoensis Euonymus alatus . = Mipponicus a oxyphyllus Euptelea polyandra Fraxinus mandshurica . Halesia corymbosa Hamamelis arborea r japonica Hydrangea involucrata . - scandens Ilex crenata . » macropoda Juniperus chinensis * litoralis Lindera obtusiloba » ° sericea Litsea glauca Magnolia hypoleuca - Kobus mn salicifolia Mallotus (Rottlera) japonicus Marlea begonifolia Meliosma myriantha Pertya scandens Photinia villosa Pinus pentaphylla Pueraria Thunbergiana Pyrus Aria » Aucuparia . ; » Steboldi (Toringo) (Quercus crispula XM dentata = glandulifera ” gilva ” grosseserrata “ phillyreoides Be pinnatifida ” varia bilis JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Locality. Fukura. Chujenji. Tumoto. Hakkoda. Sapporo Hill. Chujenji. Nikko. Yeddo. Fukura. Tumoto. Junsu-numa. Sapporo Hill. Sakunami. Nikko. Chujenji. Hakkoda. Chokaizan. Near Amomori. Nikko. ” Hakodate. Nikko. Swomori. Nikko. Hakkoda. Chokaizan. Nikko. Tumoto. Hakkoda. Chokaizan. Mori. Fukura. Nikko. Chokaizan. Botanical Garden, Tokio. Hakkoda. Fukura. Hakkoda. Fukura. » and near temples, Nikko. Chokaizan. Nikko. Kakkumu. Sendai. Nikko. Hakkoda. Chujenji. Hakodate. Fukura. Near Mowri. Nikko. Junsu-numa. Botanical Garden, Tokio. Tokio. ” SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 873 Name of Specimen. Locality. Rhamnus japonica ; : : ; . Chokaizan. Rubus phenicolasius . : 4 ; . Chujenji, Tumoto. Rhynchospermum tomentoswin : : . Tokio (nursery). ‘Salix Caprea . : ; ; 1 ‘ . Hakkoda. Smilax China é ; ; ; ; . Fukura. Styrax Obassia . : : : 3 . Nikko. Stuartia Pseudo-camellia Tilia cordata var. japonica Viburnum erosum . 2? 9 - furcatum : : p : . Chokaizan. Vitis Coignetie . : F : : . Tumoto. » heterophylla . : : : : . Sendai. LIST OF LIVING SPECIMENS OF JAPANESE TREES AND SHRUBS SHOWN. Acer carpunifoluwm Enkianthus campanulatus 5, distylum Hamamelis japonica var. Zuccarvuana » japonicum laciniatum a arborea 2 = microphyllum » mollis 4 s vitifoliwm Koelreuteria japonica » Miyaber Lindera obtusiloba » nikoense + sericea + palmatum Magnolia Kobus a - palmatifidum - stellata rosea = A septemlobum 4 Watsont 48 sculus turbinata Meliosma myriantha Betula Maximowiczii — Polygonum multiflorwn Cesalpinia japonica ‘Quercus acuta Carpinus cordata » serrata Cerasus sinensis fl. pendula rosea Stuartia Pseudo-camellia Chionanthus retusa Styrax japonicum Citrus trifoliata (gle sepiaria) » Obassia Clerodendron trichotomum Trochodendron aralioides Clethra canescens Viburnum dilatatum Cornus brachypoda _ tomentosum Mariesit os $3 variegata | Vitis Coignetia | on Kousa 5, flexuosa major ; on macrophylla ' 4, Thunbergu a iphniphylun glaucescens ae i ek 874 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS OF JAPANESE TREES AND SHRUBS EXHIBITED. The dimensions given below are those of specimens growing in the Coombe Wood nursery (1902), and from these the photographs were obtained. Circumference : ) Discus of st Heigh | 3 ft. frag pesca — | of head inches ft. | ft. Acer carpinifolium abs a 9 | 12 9 a distylum : - ; 12 16 12 55 japonicum laciniatum : 2 — / 9 5 Me P| vitifolium . : — ) 12 18 5, microphyllum é : : — 10 10 » Miyabei . : ‘ ; "| 5 | 12 6 ., nikoense. : : s =i ya E 20 20 @ palatem: = 5 -. 4 17 soe 20 25 - th atropurpureum .. | — 7 fi i re dissectum ; — . 8 7 = septemlobum . 2 — | 9 9 Aisculus turbinata : : a 12 ) 16 12 / Betula Maximowiczii . i a 5 | 14 6 Cesalpinia japonica. : | — ) 54 14 Carpinus cordata . , : — | 14 9 Cerasus sinensis fl. pendula rc rosea . 13 8 ) 10 Chionanthus retusa ’ ; — 14 16 . 12 Citrus trifoliata . : : | — / 7 7 Clerodendron trichotomum . ay 18 hee 12 12 Clethra canescens . : ; a 9 6 Cornus brachypoda : : m4 18 18 12 a os variegata a 14 18 12 » Kousa : : : = _ 13 8 - macrophylla 17 17 12 Daphniphyllum glaucescens . “a —_— 7 | 8 Enkianthus campanulatus . FS ae 6 ) 3 Hamamelis arborea | 6 | 43 vd japonica Zuccariniana | _— 7 5 a mollis . ; . — 4 2 Hovenia dulcis 16 20 . 12 ~ Koelreuteria paniculata ( japonica) | — 9 ) — Lindera obtusiloba. 5 ; : _ 12 | 8 ni sericea --- 9 ) 6 Magnolia Kobus é . 7 13 6 + stellata var. rosea . — 7 6 - Watsoni . —_ 7 6 Meliosma myriantha — 7 | 8 Photinia Benthamiana . — 7 ) 5 is serrulata . — i) | 6 Polygonum multiflorum — 30 — Quercus acuta blr an = 20 | 20 ns serrata . F : ‘aa 27 25 12 Rhus Toxicodendron : _ 7 | 6 Stuartia Pseudo-camellia — | 12 5 Styrax japonicum . | 11 ) 15 12 » Obassia ) 14 | y Ses 12 Trochodendron aralioides ae | — | 6 6 Viburnum tomentosum Mariesii . — 8 7 dilatatum . F a — ) 20 6 Vitis Coignetie . ; ; ; “= ) 20 | a » flexuosa. , : a _ | 12 _ ., flexuosa var. major : *, — | 20 = " Theor ; ‘ . : — | 20 | —- SOME LESSER-KNOWN JAPAN TREES AND SHRUBS. 875 LONDON Ercwine C6 Fic. 201.—KorELREUTERIA PANICULATA (K. gaponica, Hort.) at CoomBpe Woop, Surrey. , Height, 9 feet. 876 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. By Cuarues C. Hurst, F.L.S., F.R.H.S. Ix 1899 Prof. W. J. Spillman, of Washington, U.S.A., commenced a series of experiments in the hybridisation of two species of Wheat, Triticum vulgare and T. compactum, his primary object being to raise new varieties of good quality adapted to the climate of Eastern Washington. These experiments were continued in 1900 and 1901, and the results submitted to the Annual Convention of American Agri- cultural Colleges and Experiment Stations held at Washington, D.C., November 12 to 14, 1901. | The proceedings of this Convention were published in 1902, and have been kindly brought to my notice by our discerning and indefatigable Secretary, the Rev. W. Wilks, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of making the following notes. As will be seen hereafter, Prof. Spillman’s paper is of great biological and practical importance, and as the medium through which it has been presented to the world is not very accessible to the majority of the readers of this JouRNAL, | therefore venture to quote in full Prof. Spillman’s tables of facts, together with his description and interpretation of them, after which I shall add a few notes of my own, showing how faithfully Prof. Spillman’s facts seem to follow the Principles of Mendel. The experiments, on the whole, seem to have been admirably designed and carefully carried out, especially having regard to the large numbers used; the examination and classification of many thousands of individual characters must have entailed a vast amount of labour and care, for which we are duly grateful to Prof. Spillman and his associates. It seems fitting that this important paper should be published in the same JouRNAL that first published an English translation of Mendel’s original paper. “ QUANTITATIVE STUDIES ON THE T'RANSMISSION OF PARENTAL CHARACTERS TO HyBrRID OFFSPRING. By Pror. W. J. Spruuman, of Washington, U.S.A. Beginning in 1899, we made 14 crosses, securing, in most instances, several grains of each cross. From these grains 215 mature plants were harvested in 1900. With a few exceptions noted below, those plants of the same breeding were similar and intermediate in character between the parent forms. A head from each was preserved for future reference, the remainder of the seed being sown. The seed of each plant was kept separate, thus giving 215 plats. Of these, 149 proved to be true hybrids ; d j MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 877 the remainder were identical with the female parent, thus showing that the flowers had been self-fertilised. This is made evident by the results below. “Tn each case one of the parents was of the club type (Triticwm com- pactum), the other of the common type (7. vulgare). As above stated, no important variations cccurred in the first generation except as noted below; but when the heads appeared on the second generation, a remark- able state of affairs was seen to exist. At the first glance it appeared that each of the hybrids had split up into all sorts of types. But closer inspection showed that in every case but one, which is noticed later, the forms in each plat were simply combinations of the characters of the parent forms. Further inspection revealed the fact that in plats of similar breeding exactly the same types were present. This suggested the idea that perhaps a hybrid tended to produce certain definite types, and possibly in definite proportions. Accordingly, all the hybrid plats were assorted into types, and the proportion of each type determined. When these results were classified, they confirmed the above suggestion ; and if similar results are shown to follow the crossing of other groups of Wheats, it seems possible to predict, in the main, what types will result from crossing any two established varieties, and approximately the pro- portion of each type that will appear in the second generation. With the exceptions already referred to, the second generation consisted of the two parent types and of all the intermediate types possible between them. For instance, when one parent had long bearded heads, and the other short beardless heads, the plat could be divided into six types: two of these had long heads like one of the parents, two others short heads like the other parent, and two were intermediate ; and one each of these three groups had beards, while the others had none. In some of the crosses the parent of the common form had velvet chaff, but no beards. Here a similar set of six types appeared, the velvet replacing the beards. When one parent had velvet chaff of dark brown colour, twelve types were possible, and were actually found ; six of these were similar to the six above, and the six others were like them except that they had brown chaff. As might be expected, many plants occurred more or less intermediate between these types, and itrequired considerable care to assort the types satisfactorily. “‘ Appended hereto are tables showing the percentages for all the plats that were assorted with sufficient care to be included here. To show the close agreement frequently found in the proportions in which the same types occurred in different plats, let us examine the figures for three plats of the same breeding. Type I., which was like the female parent, con- stituted 6 per cent. of one plat, 6°6 per cent. of another, and 6°9 per cent. of another. The percentages for the other types were as follows: II., 17°7, 17-9, and 19-1; III., 12°7, 12°4, and 18:1; IV., 40°5, 38°8, and 37°2; YV., 5°7, 4:9, and 7°3; VI., which was like the other parent, 16-4, 19-5, and 199. The agreement is not usually so close as this, but it is fair to _ assume that the discrepancies are partly due to the small number of plants in each plat. They are also partly due to the fact that not a few plants were more or less intermediate between the types, and these were sometimes placed in one group and sometimes in another. 878 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, “Tt has been stated by nearly all investigators that there is a tendency, in the second and later generations, to revert to the parent forms. It seems possible that there is a more accurate way of stating this. The types that tend to occur in the second generation, as indicated by our results, include all possible combinations of the characters of the two parents. This, of course, includes the parent forms themselves, and we find the parent forms repeated in the second generation, constituting, apparently, certain definite portions of this generation. “Another important fact that is clearly revealed by the tables of percentages is that the type that is most abundant in the second genera- tion is the’ same as the first generation type, whether the latter is of the usual intermediate type or otherwise (see below). The exceptions to this were so rare as to render them doubtful. “Tt was stated above that the first generation tends to be the same in similarly bred hybrids, and is intermediate between the parents. Let us consider the exceptions that occurred. In eleven of the fourteen crosses there were no noticeable exceptions. In one case one of four hybrids (first generation) resembled the male parent closely, and 66 per cent. of the next generation was like it (Table III.) In another case, one out of nine in the first generation differed from its fellows only in having no velvet on the chaff. In the second generation there were, in general, twelve types in these hybrids (Table XI.), six with velvet and six without. The plant that was devoid of velvet in the first generation produced only the six types without velvet in the second generation. In another cross, which was the reciprocal of the last-mentioned (Table XII.), nine out of twenty-seven hybrids were more or less irregular in one or both genera- tions. Five of the first generation were more like the female parent, and one more like the male parent than usual. In each of these cases only a few of the possible types appeared in the second generation, and the type most like the previous generation was in great excess. In two other cases the only irregularity was the unusual preponderance of the first genera- tion type in the second generation (Plats G19 and G22), and the absence of several of the possible types. In five plats of this breeding bearded forms appeared, though neither parent had beards. In every case the beards appeared on heads having the form of the parent belonging to T. vulgare. This probably indicates the presence of bearded parents in the ancestry of the variety used [Farquahar]. “Three of the fourteen crosses were reciprocals of three of the others ; e.g. in one case Farquahar pollen was used on Little Club (Table XI.), and in another, Little Club pollen on Farquahar (Table XII.) Other cases are shown in Tables I. and IX., and Tables IV. and XIII. The same types appeared whichever parent furnished the pollen, and in approximately the same proportions. “While the results here reported are not sufficient to justify the positive assertion that certain quantitative laws govern the transmission of parental characters to hybrid offspring, yet they point so strongly in this direction — that we may state some of these laws provisionally, looking to future investigation for their confirmation, modification, or rejection. “That similarly bred hybrids tend to be alike in the first generation, and 7 MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 879 to be intermediate between the parent forms, and that rarely an individual resembles one parent more or less closely, has been stated by others. We may add to this, provisionally at least, the following : “ (1) In the second generation of hybrids of similar breeding (with close fertilisation) the same types tend to occur, and in definite proportions ; two of these types are like the parents, the others include all possible inter- mediate forms. “ (2) With few exceptions the most abundant type in the second genera- tion is the same as the type found in the first generation, whether the first generation was strictly intermediate between the parents or not. “The seed has already been sown that these studies may be continued in the third and later generations. Itis hoped by continuing them to later generations to learn a good deal of a quantitative character regarding the transmission of parent characters to hybrid offspring in Wheats. “ EXPLANATION OF TABLES. “The tables give the percentage of each type found in all plats in which this was determined. The first column gives the series and number of the plats. Type I, in each case (except Table XII.) is that of the parent: belonging to 7. vulgare. The last type is that of the club parent. The types are all based on certain obvious characters of the parents. In Table XII., Type LV. is that of the 7’. vulgare parent, the first four types in this cross being bearded and, in this respect, unlike either parent. The figures in heavy type represent the proportion of that type most closely resembling the first generation. ‘* ABBREVIATIONS. “Tn describing the types, the following abbreviations are used : 1=heads long (7. vulgare type) ; s=heads short (7. compactum type) ; sl=semi- long=intermediate between 7’. vulgare and 7’. compactum ; be==bearded ; ba=bald (not bearded); br=brown chaff; li=light-coloured chaff; v= velvet chaff; g=glabrous chaff; m=male parent; f=female parent.. TasiE I. M.—Emporium ; 1], br. F.— Little Club; s, li. Types 4 I | cere | tes) vi lame | vit |v | oe | Re et ee Te EEE SS | | . | = 1 1 1 Etihad sl sl sl ne s | s Plat No. be be ba ba | be be ba ba be | be ba ba br li br Bee ere i br li bro jf li br li AR. ./11-3| 0-9 |133| 68 | 43 | 21) 51).15 | 17-4 77 | 209 | 8-9 A4 £0) 10 | 162) 63 | 3:3 | 43 (15:2) 3:0 '| 9:91 3-7 880 Types. TABLE II. M.—Jones Winter Fife; 1, ba, v, li. F.—Little Club; s, ba, g, li. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. | I (ef bakt | It IV Vv =; ae ve 1 | sl sl eos rs | {et Plat No. | = | g y g es < BD. 20°3 6-9 7 tga! Sk ner aay 5-5 B6. 23-7 39 | 405 10°6 15°7 6-7 R7. 25°6 5-2 29-2 9°3 13-9 16-7 BS. 15-9 6-5 36-0 22-7 17-5 14 Bll 24-2 8-4 37-3 6-9 16-7 6-5 B12 | 97 59 33-0 10-0 17-2) ode C1. | 26-4 88 31:2 12-0 15-0 6-6 C4. | TS 79 36:6 14:6 16°3 7:3 ep =. ies) 4 ee 4:3 42-5 15-1 21:8 6-1 ae ae 7-0 35-0 9-0 17-0 10-0 oe | ey 6-2 340 | 103 24-6 6-8 Bip 2 we 6:3 298 | 14-4 21:2 106 ~ eee, eee 81 36:8 11-7 17-1 6-7 K2. 19-0 71 23) 899 13°6 16-2 4-1 K3. 239 1. Oa tw (sew adil. ee 16°7 4-7 K4. 19:8 9 BS OPS ae 26:3 53 K5. 21:3 6°8 29:0 15-0 21°8 6-0 K6. 18-9 83 Silat |: 61 18°6 3:8 K8. 22-4 5°7 292 | 125 245 eee Kl 19-1 8-0 37-4 9-8 199 | 658 K13 ; 18°8 7:4 39-4 13°8 148 | 58 Ll. = yatt 41 | 35:3 9°3 21:2. | aie TasueE III. M.—White Track ; 1, ba, g, li. F'.— Little Club; s, ba, g, li. ; Types | I | II | 11 IV Plat No. te a Is | sl-s 7 s C7. | 66-0 | 5°5 | 18-3 8-9 C8. 30-9 | 77 45:7 | 16-4 Cll | 22°6 | 59 52:8 18°7 C12 eye! | 47-5 | O54 “uF a ;, | Tasie LV. M.—Valley ; 1, be, g, li. F.—Little Club ; s, ba, g, li. Types I | Fis lin The toate pt le ae ak’ Bde ee be 2 C20 heey} 4 ee 1, ] 1 sl sl cS) s Plat No, be | ba | be ba be ba C16 | 34 | 390 | 24 | 876 82 8:8 C18 85 | 119 | 127 | 406 6-0 19:5 C21 143 | 238 | 166 | 380 -~MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. TaBLE V. M.—White Track ; 1, ba, g, li. F.—Red Chaff; s, ba, g, br. 881 et. wT. i P uteEhcar ah ¥ VI vu | VII Se | / ¥ er 1 | mv 1 1 Plat No. br br-li | er a | ii br bri ii s ; / ; tee = C10 | 44 | 20°6 | 95 | 3884 HA 50 32 | 7:0 Cis. 12-0 58 8's | 18:0 Sil 10-4 41 | 98 Taste VI. M.—McPherson ; 1, ba, g, li. F.—Red Chaff ; s, ba, g, br. F Colour of chaff disregarded in sorting. Types. ; | I II TIT Plat No. | 1 sl s 1. 23°6 21°6 55:0 E9. f 22-8 40:0 ale E10 25°1 35°9 / 39°0 Ell 33°0 29°7 / 37°3 E13 22°9 49-0 | 28°1 E14 25-0 34:0 | 41:0 Taste VII. M.—Jones Winter Fife ; 1, ba, vy, li. F.—Red Chaff; s, ba, g, br. Colour disregarded in sorting. a a | IL TIL IV Vv VI _ Plat No. l ; = a : v g v g v g E21 15°7 10°2 50°5 Ss a a 0-7 E22 20:0 $0. i )- 37-0 Uh em WY fer: 6°3 ~=#24 15°6 9°9 33:1 192. | 6°3 13°5 E25 : ; 16°5 9-7 37:0 145 — ~| 16°5 8°7 F2. 25:7 6°9 41-6 192. .| 8:4 43 F3. 206 |. 871 34:9 Boer a 16:2 6°5 F1l 17-3 6°8 41-4 11:7 18°4 4:5 Taste VIII. M.—Farquahar ; 1, ba, v, br. F.—Red Chaff; s, ba, g, br. | I | II | mee ae vo VI e 2 | RS | 1 | 1 sl / sl] | s s . * / g Vv | g v g Tapa ease a s _| 984 | | 81 G6) 493 | ee Pe Be 2 | 882 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. TABLE IX. M.—Little Club; s, ba, g, li. F.—Emporium ; ], be, g, br. Se ae | wlov | w}yvn VII | x) iva 4) Be ; 1 | t Lar ol sl sl sl sl | s s | s Plat No. | be | be ba | ba be: | ‘be ba ba be be | ba br | i te Tu | bee) oie) li br | ii b w26... 10| 35 | 85 | 5:7 | 3:4 | 0-0 | $41] 7-4 11-9 | 3°4 | 11:9 F30 . 48! 16 | 16:0! 3°2 | 9-2 | 241193] 28 | 9:2] 28 | 200 eat. 7} 00 | 116) 81 |-7-0) 10 | 10-6)|-6°8 | 00) 4140 |: 2rs a2. 27 49 |15:0| 55 | 7:0 | 1:0 | 13:1 | 7-2 10°4| 0:0 | 23-7 Gl 10-4 -8/10-4!) 6:4 | 80 00) 64) 56 00) 0:0 20-0 G3 83) 2:9 110-7) 78 | 3:3 | 16 | 190 | 46 10] 6:9 | 29-0 TABLE X. M.—Lehigh; 1, be, g, li. F.— Red Chaff; s, ba, g, br. Types I | I | 1 Vs eo vi | vo | vic| =} =e | ‘ aa be) Deo Ye l al of ssi | sl & sl s s | s Plat No. be. 4] #be ba ba be be | ba ba be be ba ix* 7) di br li br li | br li br li | br FIR. .| 17) 39 138! 0-0 121) 13/380 19:0) 35) 00) 5-2 B16. -.- «| 20) £59435 ets 77) 5:0 | 268 |.12°7 | 64) 477 70 F17 ~...; 50.) 10/135 52 1100 | 100) 3876) 381 00 | 00s TasieE XI. M.—Farquahar ; 1, ba, v, br. F.—Little Club ; s, ba, g, li. Types I II III IV V VI Vil -| VIR ee x] SE | <3 1 1 l sl sl a eee! s s Plat No. br | br li li br: *4| DE li li br br li aes ae Vv g Vv g Vv g Vv g V I6 . i a ho OM oe | 72 23 | 35:3 | 108 | 109; 00) 68) 00) 36 jy gee 18°2 113) 00 45 $1°3 | 113) 45) 00) 91) 91 oe Is , 164 | 48| 24) 12 /|408/ 84) 84) 12| 36) 48) 00 f12. 134 | 24) 00)| 37 |354) 61); 98); 00/110) G1) 73 116. 180 | 56! 70 00 |3847) 56) 97) 00/138 | 14) 42} 2275 11-7 | 26/104 /|°89 | 3825 | 5&2 156] 13/117) 23 |) 894 115. — | 159 s/h eS), ee — 73 | — 476 — | 195 MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 883 TaBLE XII. M.—Little Club; s, ba, g, li. F.—Farquahar ; 1, ba, v, br. Sones) © | |i | iv| Vi Vi| Vim|Vvol rm! xX | XI | xm |x XIV, xv XVI a ib ED ees (ee ae a as cea 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ] s] sl sl sl s s s s Plat be be | be be , ba ba_ ba | ba | ba ba | ba | ba | ba | ba | ba | ba No Bet br li li br br li li br bry eur | li Dre | (DE hi | li Eh a a Oe 0s es a Pe Tele evs (Le Kae G4 .| —/|— | — — 21-0 6-6, 5°6/ 1-0 25:1) 7-0| 9°6/1°3 15°7| 3-0 3:5 40°8 mo.) — | — | — | — 17-0| 3-0| 4-1| 2-4 |86-3| 1-0/13-0} — | 65) 1-0) 47| — ee) —— | — | — | — 115-6) 5-2|-4-7| — |80-2| 7°8| 83) 4-7 12:0; 3-1] 6-3|- — Gi4. | — | — | — | — (200) 67 /13-3| — |28-3, — |13-3).— 13:3 — {100 ee | — | — | — 115-8] 7-31.60] — |29-0| 8-7| 9:9) -8 |14-1}; — | 38/10 mis. |) — | — | — | — [13-9| 5-1| — | 4-2 (82-2! 8-3 /11-0 | 4-9 |13-4| 2-9] 3-9 mm . | — | — | — | — [19°8) 4-0|- 5-6] 24 |38-4/16-0| 9-6 | 4:8 | 3-2) 3-2) — | — me.) — | — | — | — /15°1| 4-0} 1-0| 3-0 (24-2 11-1 |10-1' 5-0 |10-1| 4-0| 9-0 | 3-0 Br.) — | — | — | — 1163] 4:6} 1-0] 1-8 [82:0 11-0| 7-1) 2°8 |10°3| 7-8] 1-4] 1-0 See | — | — | — 129-1} 7-0] 4:5| — [26-6 15-0} $1 / 2:3 (11-0) 3-4) — | — a | | >| — |90-3) — | 5-1) — 183-0! — | 9-4) 2-5 | 9-4/16-1| 2-1/ 1-0 ee) — | —.| — | — |11-3| 4-2) 3-4] 2-3 (28-2 111-7] 7:7 | 2-8 16-2).5-4] 4:8) 1-7 » Hil.) — | — | — | — 1127 5-9! 3-6} — |28-2 13:2 12-7 3:6 | 9:5, 3-2) 6-4/1-0 mae. | — | — | — | — /13°5| 5-4] 3-4] 1-3 (80-2) 7-4} 9-1| 1:7 |16°6) 6-8| 1:3) 1-7 oe. | — | — | — | — |15°1; 3-°2| 8-7) -8 |16-G6) 4-7 /11-1! 1:5 |28°8|10-3 | 2-3 1-5 Hid. | — | — | — | — \17-0! 6-5! 7-0| — |25-0' 7-5| 6:0/ 2:5 | 7-0) 4-0 13-0! 4-0 *#AWB. — — — — 129 2-0 6-1/ 2:0 23-0 16-9 101 2:0 162 47/41) °7 a) | — 147 35 56/13 18-8 — | 63 27-2 (11-2) 7-0) — G20 . | — | — | 1-410 | 1:0) 8:5 19-3 | 2-4 29-2 11-6 |13-2 | 4-8 | 7-2! 1-8] 2-4) — G7 1:0 30-2 — 536162 —|—|/—!—, —|; —| — —!— — GO . (14:0; 8:0| — | — |61:0:12:0' — Pe Nea te ie Gi5.|— — | — | — /56-7/11-2 /21°99|65 —|—)|—)|—/10 — | 27 — Hl a ——4en-7| — | —| — |18-7| 628) 62} — = Gil . 273 1:0/10/ — | 10166 534/10, —| —|—-j;~-.-—- —/— — G22. — == yee) } | — Pea aaah Aerie ocu ai oo. | — | — | — | —| 1-0} 1:0 /22-0| — |76-0 —|—' — —)|— — Gar. | — | — |17 | — 279; —/ 10} —| —| —| —!| — | — | 1:0 683; — TaBLe XIII. M.—Little Club; s, ba, g, li. F.—Valley ;-1, be, g, li. Types = | II | III IV V VI ‘ l l sl s s “gts be ba be ba bs ba 6°6 Li9 12°4 38°8 4:9 19°5 rs 22°7 13°4 37°4 3°0 He 54 | 209 | 101 500 | 21 |. 114 4:7 18:1 | 10°0 31:8 11°5 23°6 69 lta fe ST 40°5 a7 16°4 6:0 19-1 : is‘ 37°2 ts 19-9 4:2 14:5 8-4 36:0 10°8 25°3 Se 37 | 13-7 17°5 36:2 3:7 25:0 : | 12°5 | 8:3 20°8 37-4 8°3 ; 125 “| 5°4 21:9 ct 29-6 ve 28°5 - | a5 22°2 Fi-f ae : 77 | 22-2 884 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. TaBLE XIV. . M.---Turkey ; 1, be, g, li. ——— — . ae : : - | I II Ill IV V VI : : 1 l sl 1 Plat No. | be ba be et Se be = D2. 83 19°6 26°2 20-2 671 19°6 Ds 5°6 17°4 8-3 29-7 12:2 16°6 DI 5°2 18-4 17°5 43°3 4:4 11°4 D10 10°2 23°4 15°4 25-7 2°1 ist D11 a°1 21°6 21°8 39°3 3°8 10°5 D15 9:0 179 19:0 | 22:8 86 22°6 D16 2°6 12:2 17-7 }.. eae 8:8 26°7 MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO PROF. SPILLMAN’S TABLES. A glance at Prof. Spillman’s tables at once suggested to me a probable confirmation of the Mendelian Principles, and a detailed analysis proved this beyond doubt. It will be noted that in Tables III. and IV. Prof. Spillman takes — into consideration a single character only, while in the remaining tables two or three characters are taken together. From the Mendelian point of view this is rather complicated. In order to simplify matters, I will first take each single character separately through the whole of the ex- periments, making a separate table for each character, and at the same time showing the percentage results as given by Prof. Spillman in his tables, with cross references thereto in the margin. In this way complicated calculations will be avoided at the outset, and a simple regult will be attained which will clearly illustrate the Mendelian Principles. The way will then be cleared for an examination of Prof. Spillman’s original tables in which two and three characters are taken together. TaBLE A. (“ Velvet’? x “glabrous”’) x self. Spillman’s Table No. | Plat No. “Velvet” | “Glabrous” B5 75°2 24°8 B6 799 21°2 B7 68°7 31:2 BS | 69-4 | 30°6 Bll 78°2 21°'8 B12 72:9 27°1 Cl 72:6 ) 27°4 C4 | 70°4 29°8 C5 75 5 25°5 C2 74:0 ) 26°0 - | 16 173 | 23:3 : F : J17 . 68:0 31°3 K1 73°2 ) 26°5 K2 TH1 24°8 K3 716 | 28°1 k4 ) 77°2 22°6 | K5 721 27°8 / K6 72°6 | 28-2 K8 T61 23°9 K11 ) 76°4 23°6 K13 73°0 27°0 Ll 73°9 25°6 MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 885 TantE A—continued. Spillman’s Table No. Plat No. 7 “Velvet” | “ Glabrous ” E21 | 77:8 / 22:5 | E22 | 74-4 | 25-6 : | E24 55-0 42:6 B25 | 70-0 32°9 F2 75°7 | 24-4 F3 | 71:7. | 28°3 Fll | 17:1 | 23-0 F23 | 76:8 | 25°7 16 81:4 20-0 | | 17 63-1 | 36-2 | I8 716 | 27-6 th, 12 ) 77-9 | 23-2 | / 116 87:4 | 12°6 | 117 85:8 14:3 | G4 80-5 19:7 G5 81-6 71-4 / G13 17-1 20°8 G14 93-2 6-7 G16 786 17°8 G1s 74:4 254 H2 69-6 - 30-4 H6 69°5 3071 H7 | 68-1 29-0 Hs 72:3 27-7 | H9 79:3 19-6 H10 716 28-1 H1l 73-1 26-9 H12 74:1 24-3 H14 / 176 22-0 H15 75:0 9A+5 H16 71:7 28:3 H17 73°3 22-3 G20 73°7 30-1 G7 546 46°4 G9 76-0 23:8 G15 82-3 17-7 H1 93-6 | 6-2 G11 827 18°6 Total 60 4492+5 1490°8 Average cs 74:8 24°8 Actual ratio = 3°01:1 ~ | Mendelian ratio = 3:1 In the original cross, varieties of T. vulgare with “ velvet chaff’ were crossed with varieties of 7. compactwm with “ glabrous chaff,” the result being sixty-three plants with “velvet chaff’? and one plant only with “olabrous chaff.” In Mendelian terms the “velvet’’ character is Dominant, and the “glabrous” Recessive. In the next generation sixty of the “velvet” hybrids self-fertilised produced sixty plats of hybrids each containing two types, viz. Dominant and Recessive. Table A gives the approximate percentages of each type found in each plat, and it will e seen that the figures agree well with the Mendelian expectation of 886 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. approximation to the Mendelian ratio of 3:1. The three remaining “velvet’’ hybrids proved exceptional, inasmuch as, when self-fertilised, they produced practically all the same Dominant “velvet’’ type again (see Table XII., Plats G22, G19, G21), there being only 1% or less of the Recessive “ glabrous’’ form. It would be interesting to know whether these forms retained their characters in future generations. Taste B. (‘‘ Brown ” x ‘“Light-coloured’’) x self. Spillman’s Table No. | Plat No. ) “ Brown ” | “ Light” c | A3 72:3 27-9 Ces tet ey a | A4 814 | 25°8 r | C10 71-6 27-6 Se eae ee C13 50:3 49:7 | F26 | 70'8 | 29:1 ; se | 78-4 | 18-0 ¥ | F31 50-9 | 42-9 F32 71:9 | 28°3 | Gi | 55-2 | 33°6 G3 | 71:3 | 28-8 | F13 74:3 | 25-9 , ome F15 62-9 | 33-1 F17 } 71-0 | 23-0 | 16 17-5 | 23-9 17 90°3 | 9-0 | 18 78°8 20°4 S17 oe 112 74:4 25-7 | 116 | 79-1 209 | i117 65-0 35-1 115 68-4 31-7 G4 78:4 21°8 G5 64:8 24-2 ’ G13 | 74:5 24-0 G14 | 63°3 36-6 G16 | 74:9 215 G18 | 75°8 | 24-0 H2 | 77-6 | 22-4 H6 | 68°5 31-1 H7 82-0 15+1 H8 85:1 14:9 H9 788 - | 20-1 Bs fake te H10 | 77-0 22-7 Hil | 72°7 27-3 H12 79-9 185 H14 | 137 25-9 H15 67-0 32°5 H16 | 75-0 25-2 H17 | 75:4 | 20-2 G20 59:3 44:5 G9 | 96-0 | 38 G15 68-9 | 31-1 Hl 93°6 62 G19 78:0 | 22:0 Total 43 3176-0 1096-0 Average = 73°8 25°4 Mendelian ratio = 3:1 Actual ratio = 2.9: 1 MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 887 In the original cross, varieties with “ brown chaff’’ were crossed with varieties with “light-coloured chaff,’ the result being forty-five hybrids with “ brown chaff’’ and two with “light-coloured chaff.’’ In this case the “ brown ”’ character is Dominant and the “light’’ Recessive. In the next generation forty-three of the “brown’’ hybrids self-fertilised pro- duced forty-three plats of hybrids, each containing two types, viz. Dominant and Recessive. Table B gives the approximate percentages of each type found in each plat, and it will be seen that the figures, though not so regular as in Table A, fairly agree with the Mendelian expectation of three Dominants to one Recessive, 2.e. 75% “ brown” + 25% “light.” It seems probable that the individual plat figures are not so regular as in Table A because the character of “brown’”’ and “light’’ is not so distinctly differential as “ velvet’’ and “ glabrous,’’ and consequently more difficult to classify. However, this does not appear to have affected the average percentage of the forty-three plats, which works out approximately 73°8 Dominants to 25°4 Recessives, 7.e. a ratio of 2°9: 1, being a close approximation to the Mendelian ratio of 3 : 1. The two remaining “brown”’ hybrids proved exceptional when self- fertilised, inasmuch as they produced the same Dominant “brown”’ type again, with no trace of the Recessive “light ’’ form (see Table XII., Plats G7, G22). It will be noted that Plat G22 was also one of the exceptions under Table A. TABLE C. (““ Bald” x ‘bearded’ heads) x self. Spillman’s Table No. Plat No. “Bald” “Bearded” C16 85:4 14:0 C18 72:0 27:2 C21 64:2. 35:9 F26 76°7 24:2 F30 664 |. 30°0 F31 (eo 22°7 F32 74:2 26:0 Gl 69°6 19:2 G3 7671 24-0 F15 65°7 ! 30°3 F17 68-0 26:0 J6 76-2 23-9 J7 75°6 24-1 119 82:3 17-6 J3 73°5 26:2 J4 | 74:6 25:3 J8 76-2 26-4 J9 75°8 23-4 J10 74-9 24-9 J12 58-2 | 41:6 J13 80-0 | 19°6 J14 75:4 | 24:3 .- alee | F13 17-7 | 29:5 a. . , ‘ $88 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. TasLE C—continaed. Spillman’s Table No. / Plat No. “Bald” * Bearded ” D2 59-4 40°6 D8 63°7 26:1 D9 73:1 27:1 are". 2 D10 72:3 27°7 D1l 71:4 28-7 D15 63-3 36°6 D16 69-9 29:1 ‘Total 30 21629 7952 Average = 72°1 ; 26°5 Actual ratio = 2°7 : 1 | Mendelian ratio = 3 : 1 29 In the original cross, varieties with “ bald heads’’ were crossed with varieties with “ bearded heads,”’ the result being thirty hybrids with “ bald heads ”’ and none with “ bearded heads.’’ ‘In this case the “ bald’ character is Dominant and the “ bearded’”’ Recessive. In the next generation the thirty “bald ’’ hybrids self-fertilised produced thirty plats of hybrids, each containing two types, viz. Dominant and Recessive. Table C gives the approximate percentages of each type found in each plat, and it will be seen that, with a few exceptions, the figures fairly agree with the Mendelian expectation of three Dominants to one Recessive, 7.2. 75 % “bald”’ + 25% “ bearded.” The average percentage of the thirty plats works out approximately 72°1 Dominants to 26°5 Recessives, 7.e. a ratio of 2°7 to 1, which is ap- proximate to the Mendelian ratio of 8: 1. That the average result in this case is not so close to Mendel as in the two former tables is probably due to the smaller number of plats involved. There are apparently no exceptions in regard to the Dominance of “bald”? in the original cross, though it is interesting to note that in Table XTI., where two “bald ”’ varieties are crossed together, giving twenty- seven “bald’’ hybrids, these hybrids self-fertilised produced a small per- centage of “ bearded ’’ hybrids in five plats out of the twenty-seven, thus suggesting that one of the varieties used in this cross was not pure and constant. If this be so, it may possibly explain the few exceptions noted under Tables A, B, and D, as these all apparently occur in that particular cross (Table XII.) In the original cross, varieties of 7. vulgare with “long heads ’’ were crossed with varieties of 7’. compactwm with “short heads,’”’ the result being ninety-seven “intermediate’’ or “semi-long,”’ six “long,” and five “short.” This result, it is important to notice, differs from Mendel’s experiment with Peas, inasmuch as the first generation is “ intermediate ”’ between the parents, with no Dominance of either parent. But, as will be seen in the above table, in the second generation the Mendelian Principles work out admirably. In the second generation, ninety-five of the intermediate hybrids self-fertilised produced ninety-five plats of hybrids, each containing three _ MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 889 TABLE D. (‘‘ Long” x “short”? heads) x self. Logi Plat No. “Tong” * Intermediate ” “ Short ” Bd 272 5L5 21°3 B6 27°6 d1'1 22°4 B7 30°8 38°5 30°6 Bs 22°4 58:7 18°9 Bil 32-6 44:2 23°2 B12 28°6 43°0 28:4 Cl ; 35°2 43°2 21°6 C4 25:4 51°2 23°6 C5 15°5 576 27°9 C2 29-0 44°0 27:0 J16 24°9 44°35 31°4 r J17 23°3 44-2 31°8 Kl 27:4 48°5 23°8 K2 2671 53°5 203 K3 32-0 46°35 21°4 K4 2673 41°9 31:6 Kd 28-1 44:0 27°8 K6 27:2 51:2 22°4 K8 28-1 AL‘7 30°2 Kill 27-1 47°2 25°7 Kis 26°2 53°2 20°6 Ll 215 44-6 33°4 Cs 30°9 53-4 16:4 Cll 22°6 58°7 18:7 | C12 2771 47-5 25° 4 | C16 42:4 40-0 17:0 C18 20°4 53°3 25°5 | C21 381 54°6 74 { C10 34-5 49°5 15:2 ( C13 26-6 49-1 24-3 890 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. TasBLeE D—continued. 16 34-1 57°0 10:3 17 34:0 47-1 18-2 | I8 24'8 58'8 15°6 eo. ee 112 19°5 51:3 29°3 116 30°6 50-0 19-4 | 117 28-6 54-4 16-9 | 115 23-2 67-1 9:8 G4 34-2 43-0 ) 23-0 G5 2674 42-3 | 12-2 G13 25°5 51:0 21:4 G14 40:0 36°6 23°3 G16 29-1 48:4 18-9 G18 932 | 56:4 20-2 H2 24:8 | 68°8 6:4 H6 23:1 50-4 24-1 H7 | 23:7 52-9 20°5 a ee a Hs 33-6 52-0 14-4 H9 25-4 44-9 28°6 H10 21:4 50:4 28-1 Hil 22-9 57-7 20-1 H12 23-6 48-4 26°4 H14 27°8 33-9 37°9 H15 30-5 41-0 28 0 H16 22-3 52-0 34:7 H17 25-1 25:1 45-4 G20 33-6 58°8 11-4 J6 24-5 51:2 24-4 J7 30°4 50:8 18°5 119 26:3 60-1 13°5 J3 22-8 41:8 35°1 J4 24-6 53-2 22-1 1 a Js 25-1 50:3 27°2 J9 18-7 44-4 36-1 J10 17-4 53°7 287 J12 20°8 57-4 20°8 J13 27-3 36°7 35°6 J14 27-7 42-1 29-9 D2 27-9 46:4 | 25°7 D8 23-0 38-0 | 28-8 D9 23-6 60°8 15°8 XIV J D10 33-6 | 51-1 ) 15°3 D1l 24-7 | 61:1 ) 14:3 | D15 26-9 | 41:8 | 31-2 D16 14:8 48°7 | 35°5 Total; ., 95 2519-9 4585-4 2330°4 Avetaga “eT TS te | a / 48-2 24:5 Mendelian ratio . ‘ , » BB ~ 50 : 25 types, viz. “long,” “intermediate,’’ and “short,” 7.e. the two original forms and intermediate forms, the last being twice as numerous as either of the others. Table D gives the approximate percentages of each type found in each plat, and it will be seen that with a few exceptions the figures fairly agree with the Mendelian expectation of A+2Aa+a, 1.¢e. 25 % MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 891 “Jong” + 50% “ intermediate ”’ + 25 % “short.” The average percentage of the ninety-five plats works out approximately 26°5 “long ’’+ 48:2 intermediate +24°5 “short,” being a close approximation to the Mendelian ratio of 25 : 50: 25. This case is peculiarly interesting from the practical point of view, as it shows that normal intermediate hybrids of the blended type of inherit- ance also separate their characters in accordance with the Mendelian Principles, thus confirming what the writer has already shown in orchid hybrids (JouRNAL R.H.S. xxvii. pp. 614-624), viz. that Mendel’s Principles do not depend at all upon the question of Dominance in the first generation, which latter is merely a phase of inheritance, the actual causes of which are at present not quite clear, though it seems probable that there is some connection between inbred races and Dominance. Formerly it was thought that the Mendelian Principles were only applicable to Dominant hybrids and crosses, but now that intermediate hybrids are being brought into line, and as they appear to be generally more numerous than Dominant hybrids, it seems likely that the Mendelian Principles will ultimately be extended to cover all the phenomena of hybridisation and cross-breeding. At the same time it should be clearly recognised that there are undoubtedly many complications existing which were not fully known to Mendel, and which future experiments alone can unravel. The remaining” two intermediate hybrids, when self-fertilised, proved slightly exceptional inasmuch, as they produced no “short’’ forms at all, but simply 75 % intermediate and 25% “long”’ (see Table XII., Plats G22 and G19). It will be noted, again, that the exceptions only occur in one cross, Table XII., and that Plat G22 is exceptional in all three characters, while Plat G19 is exceptional in two characters out of three, all of which lends colour to the suggestion made under Table C, that one of the varieties of this cross is not truly pure and constant in its characters. Having dealt with the behaviour of all the “ Dominant’”’ hybrids, we now come to the consideration of those few forms which in the original cross showed the “ Recessive’’ form rather than the usual “ Dominant.”’ In other words, the “‘ Recessive’? becomes Dominant, and the “ Dominant’”’ Recessive. This may at first sight appear to be a small matter, and one which Mendel does not seem to have experienced, but it appears to me to be of great importance, as it touches the vital question of individuai versus ancestral inheritance. In Prof. Spillman’s experiments, there appear to have been fourteen cases in the four characters, out of a total of 249, and these when self- fertilised seem to have given two different results: viz. in six cases the “Recessive ’’ character was again reproduced almost pure, and in the remaining eight cases in the approximate proportion of 75 % “ Recessive ” to 25% “Dominant.” (For details see Table I., Plats A8, A4; III., C7; fetal Wahl XL, 1h; XI, G7, G9, G15; H1,.G11, G21.) It will again be noted that all the six cases in which the Recessive remained almost pure occurred in the same cross (Tables XI. and XII.) which gave the exceptions to the Mendelian cases. Disregarding these, therefore, and looking at the remainder of Prof. Spillman’s facts, it would appear that the Mendelian Principles are followed in every case, 892, JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. but that the second generation tends to repeat in Mendelian proportions whatever is shown by the first generation, whether ** Dominant,” Inter- mediate, or ‘‘ Recessive.” That is to say, if the individuals of the first generation are of the “ Dominant ”’ type, they will reproduce that type in the second generation in the ratio of 83 D: 1 R; but if they happen to be of the “ Recessive’ type they will reproduce that same type in the second generation in the ratio of 3 R:1D; while if the individuals of the first generation are of the Inter- mediate type, they will reproduce that type in the second generation in the ratio of 1 D:2 DR: 1R. If future experiments confirm this, it will be an important advance in our knowledge of heredity, and to the practical hybridist the information will be invaluable, as he will be able to select whatever he wants in the first generation, whether it happens to be “ Dominant,’’ Intermediate, or “ Recessive,’ and by the aid of the Mendelian Principles he will be able to calculate the result beforehand. Having dealt hitherto simply with single characters, and found them to be strictly Mendelian, we now proceed to the much more complicated question of two and three characters taken together. For this purpose Prof. Spillman’s tables are admirable and require no analysis; we can take them as they stand in his original paper. Firstly we will take those tables in which two characiers are considered together. In Tables II., VII., and VIIL., varieties with “ long heads”’ and “ velvet chaff’? were originally crossed with varieties with “short heads” and “ olabrous chaff,” the result being thirty hybrids with “ intermediate heads ”’ and “ velvet chaff.” These thirty hybrids, self-fertilised, produced thirty _ plats, each containing six types, on the average in the following proportions, viz.:—19°9 (l+v) +72 (1+ g) + 362 (sl+ v) +12°7 (sl +g) +4 17:2 (s + v) + 68 (s + g). ; Now, if we take the Mendelian formule for the two single characters, we get for the one 1 1 + 2 sl + 1s, and for the other 3 vy + 1g. Now the possible combinations between them would be six, in the following proportions, viz.:—3 (1 + v) + 1(1 + g) + 6 (sl + v) + 2(sl +g) +3(s+v)+1(s +), the approximate percentage of which would be respectively 18 + 6+ 864+ 124+ 18+ 6. This Mendelian expectation agrees well with the actual percentages respectively of Prof. Spillman’s experiments given above, viz. :—19°9 + 7:2 + 362 +12°7 + 17:2 + 6:8. In Tables 1V., XIII., and XIV., varieties with “long” and “ bearded heads ’’ are crossed with varieties of “short ’’ and “ bald heads,”’ the result being twenty-one hybrids with “intermediate bald heads.’’ These twenty- one hybrids, self-fertilised, produced 21 plats, each containing six types, on the average in the following proportions, viz. :—6°6 (1 + be) + 19:1 (1 + ba) + 14:0 (sl + be) + 85:4 (sl + ba) + 6°5 (s + be) + 17°7(s + ba). The Mendelian formule for the two single characters are respectively, 11+2sl+1s and 8 ba +1 be, and the possible combinations between them would be six, in the following proportions, viz.:—1 (1+ be) + 8 (1+ ba) + 2 (sl + be) + 6 (sl + ba) + 1 (s + be) + 8 (s + ba), the ap- MENDEL’S PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO WHEAT HYBRIDS. 893 proximate percentages of which would be respectively 6 + 18 + 12 + 86 + 6+ 18. This Mendelian expectation agrees well with actual percentages _ respectively of Prof. Spillman’s given above, viz. :—6°6 + 19'1 + 14:0 + 854+ 65+4+417'7. It is quite evident, therefore, that the Mendelian Principles apply to two characters taken together as well as to single characters taken separately, though the expression of them is naturally more complicated. p Secondly, we will consider the still more complicated case of three characters taken together. In Tables XI. and XII. a variety with “ long heads ’”’ and “ brown velvet chaff’’ is crossed with a variety with “short heads’ and “ light-coloured glabrous chaff.’’ The result is twenty hybrids with “intermediate heads’’ and ‘ brown velvet chaff.’ These twenty hybrids self-fertilised produced twenty plats containing twelve types, on the average in the following proportions, viz. :—16°1 (1 + br + v) + 5:1 (l+br+g¢)+44 (l+li¢v)+16 (1+li +g) +813 (sl + br +v) + 83 (sl + br + g) + 9°8 (sl + li+ v) + 1:9 (sl + li + g) + 10°8 (s + br +v) +41 (s+ br+g¢g) +38 (s+li+ vy) +16 (s+li+ g). The Men- delian formule for the three single characters are respectively 1 1 + 2 sl +1s,3 br + li, and 38 vy + 14, and the possible combinations between these would be 9 (1+ br+yv)+3 (L+br+g)+38 (l+li¢+v)+1 (1+ lii+ g) +18(sl + br + v(+ 6 (sl + br +g) + 6(sl+ li +v) 42 (isl+l+e¢e)+9 (s+br+v)+3 (s+br+g)+3 (s+lit+v)+1 (s + li+ g), the approximate percentages of which would be respectively 13°5 +454 45+ 15 + 27-0 + 9:0 + 9:0 + 3:0 + 13:5 + 4:5 4+ 4:5 + 155. This Mendelian expectation agrees fairly with the actual percentages respectively of Prof. Spillman’s given above, viz. :—16'1 + 5:1 + 44 +16 + 313483 4+985+4+19+108+41+4 38416. — It is quite evident, therefore, that the Mendelian Principles apply equally to three characters taken together as well as to two characters and to single charac- ters, though the expression is necessarily much more complicated. Prof. Spillman’s facts, on the whole, as he himself says, prove to the practical hybridist that in the self-fertilisation of first-crosses between constant varieties it is possible to know beforehand exactly what types will be obtained, and further to calculate the average percentage of each. It reflects the greatest possible credit on Prof. Spillman that he should have arrived at this result independently, not having apparently heard of Mendel’s work on similar lines, and the thanks of all hybridists are due to him for his independent confirmation of Mendel’s Principles. Since the above paper was sent to the press Mr. Bateson has kindly drawn my attention to a further paper by Prof. Spillman in “ Science,” 1902, xvi. p. 794, in which he himself clearly notes the Mendelian significance of his experiments.—C. C. H. 894 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. By P. Rupoup# Barr, F.R.H.S. [Delivered October 21, 1902.) I prRoposE in this paper to pass in review those bulbous plants which may be recommended chiefly for their decorative character in the flower garden and their easy culture, and also to give short practical notes on the treatment of each. I take the word bulb in its popular rather than botanical sense, as otherwise many beautiful flowers would have to be excluded which cannot be scientifically designated as bulbous, as some of them form corms, some tubers, some rhizomes, and so on. Thus, the Gladiolus makes a corm, while the Alstrceemeria forms tubers ; nevertheless, they all serve the same purpose to the flower as does a bulb to the Hyacinth, and they are generally all classed by amateurs under the term bulbous plants. Before the beauty and brilliancy of the May-flowering Tulips have quite faded from our memory, we find ourselves taking delight in the fresh bright shades of the Spanish Iris, the sumptuous flowers of the English Iris, and the brilliant colours of Ranunculus and Ixia come to gladden us. ' JUNE. Ranunculus.—Let us take the Ranunculus to start with. It is a pity that these charming flowers are not now seen more frequently in gardens, as they are easily grown and give a most brilliant effect when massed in the border or used for filling beds. They make a carpet of rich green foliage, above which rise the rose-shaped flowers of scarlet, rose, white, yellow, orange, and many other striking colours, making a brilliant show in the garden at the end of May and early part of June. A well-drained, light rich soil, and a sunny situation which is not wind-swept, are con- ditions which the Ranunculus enjoys. During April and May, when in full growth, they should be kept well watered if the weather be dry. Plant the roots in October or November, or in cold districts in February : they should be put in three or four inches apart, claws downwards, with the crown two inches below the surface and covered with sand. The finest class to grow is the French or Turco-Persian strain, but the Turban varieties should also be used, being very robust. Tris.—The Spanish and English Irises are the flowers attracting our attention next; these are now very popular, especially the Spanish Iris, which has taken a prominent place in England as a market flower, being grown by millions for cutting. During the last few years, considerable improvement has been made in this family, varieties being raised with larger flowers and longer stems than the older varieties possessed. tegarded as a border plant, the Spanish Iris is of great value, and fine breaks of rich colour can be obtained by its use. I would just mention a few really fine varieties which should be grown, both for garden effect and for cutting : Princess Ida (white and primrose), Cantab (azure-blue), tegen ol Pera ~) Sl ae eoGpe >, FY al ea a Dak cae HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. 895 Wouverman (yellow), Chrysolora (light yellow), Louisa (French grey and white), Snowball (white), Thunderbolt (chestnut-purple and brown). The English Irises bloom nearly a fortnight after the Spanish, and differ greatly from them in form and scheme of colouring, having a less wide range of shade and being larger and of very refined outline. They Fic. 202.—Grour or SpanisH IRISEs. produce a handsome effect in flower-beds, and should be freely used for grouping in herbaceous borders. A few of the best varieties are: ‘ Mont. Blane’ (white), ‘Rosa Bonheur’ (white flaked crimson and _ violet), ‘Simon ’ (pale lavender, slightly feathered purple), ‘ Lord Roberts’ (violet- blue slightly spotted purple), ‘Lord Palmerston’ (crimson-purple), 896 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. ‘Blanche Fleur ’ (white, tinged rose), ‘Graaf Bentinck’ (white, flaked dark carmine). Both the Spanish and the English Irises are among the easiest bulbs to grow. They like a light, rich, well-drained soil, and will thrive in either an open or partially shaded situation. September planting will give the best results, but the bulbs may also be put in as late as November. These Irises may also be grown in pots and forced gently, but artificial heat should not be given until the flower buds are formed. Fic. 203.—Ixtas. Ixia.—Among the gems of June bulbous flowers, the Ixia, Sparazis, and Calochortus claim our notice. For a wide range of gorgeous colours, there are few flowers which can vie with the Jzia (the ‘ African Corn Lily’). On graceful wiry stems, their loose racemes of flowers present a most brilliant effect, especially when the blossoms, expanding in the sun’s rays, display a dark centre, a contrast in colour which enhances considerably the beauty of the flower. A sunny situation protected from cold winds, and a gocd light, well-drained soil, are essential in growing Abihiag Vabviaacatte LN HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. 897 these plants. The bulbs should be put in from November to January, three inches deep and two inches apart, and be surrounded and covered with coarse sand. The earlier plantings should have a light covering of straw litter or heather to protect the early top-growth, but this should be removed in March. In stiff soils or where there is much wet in winter, the bulbs should be planted on raised beds, and in such cases it is better to plant late than early. A position due south against a wall or green- house will suit the Jzia well. During very dry weather in late spring and early summer, watering should not be neglected. There are a great many varieties of Ixias, but for a choice of selection I would recommend the following :—‘ Emperor of China,’ ‘Conqueror,’ ‘ Humbert,’ ‘ Excel- -sior,’ ‘Erubescens major,’ ‘Crateroides,) ‘Magnum bonum,’ ‘ White Queen,’ ‘ Prestans,’ ‘ Nitens,’ ‘La Favorite,’ ‘Lady Slade,’ ‘ Azurea,’ ‘Elvira,’ and ‘ Viridiflora’ (the green Iria). The Jaia makes a very charming pot-plant, five or six bulbs in a four or five inch pot. Use a compost of turf-loam, leafy soil, and sand, potting the bulb firmly, and plunging in ashes or cocoa-fibre in a cool pit or frame. This may be done any time from October to January. When top-growth has gome- what advanced, keep the lights off, except during wet or frosty weather. As soon as the flower-spikes are showing, the plants may be transferred to the greenhouse, where they should be given a position close to the glass and be regularly attended to with water. Sparaxis.—Belonging to the same natural order as the Jxia, and flowering about the same time, we have the delightful little Sparazis, erowing only 4 ft. high, but exhibiting such brilliant combinations of colour in the same flower as to at once arrest attention. A bed of these little gems when in flower produces an effect not readily forgotten. The cultural treatment is the same as for the Jxia. I can- strongly recommend it for planting in grass in warm, sunny nooks, or on grassy mounds, fully exposed to the sun. In such positions the gorgeously coloured flowers show up in charming contrast to their grassy bed. When planting them in such places it is advisable to surround the bulbs with sand. Perhaps the most striking varieties are ‘ Tricolor,’ ‘ Grandi- flora,’ ‘ Angélique,’ ‘ Garibaldi,’ and ‘Queen Victoria,’ but to obtain the finest effect I recommend a mixture of different sorts being used. Calochortus.—The Calochortus is one of the gems of June flowers, and this will be admitted by anyone who has gazed upon the delicate beauty of its flowers. A native of California, it is the sole representative in the western hemisphere of the Tulip family, although to the un- initiated it bears very little resemblance to our garden Tulips. There are three natural divisions into which the Calochorti fall: firstly, the ‘ Butter- fly’ or ‘ Mariposa’ Tulips, bearing on branching, wiry, zigzag stems several large erect open flowers, many of them being beautifully blotched and lined with silky hairs. In height these range from one foot to two feet. Secondly, we have the‘ Globe’ Tulipsor ‘Fairy Bells’; these differ from the ‘ Mariposa’ -Tulips in being of dwarfer stature and having smaller drooping flowers, which are globular and closed. The section isa small one. Thirdly, we have the ‘Star’ Tulips, also of dwarf growth, and bearing dainty little Open cups on slender dwarf stems. In this section, also, there are only a few species, and the flowers are mostly covered with silky hairs. All the H 898 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Calochorti are hardy, and can be strongly recommended for choice spots in the flower-border and rock-garden. The ‘ Mariposa’ and ‘ Star’ Tulips should be planted on raised beds to insure perfect drainage, a light gritty or sandy soil being used, and the situation selected being a warm sunny one. Plant the bulbs from September to the end of November at a depth of two to three inches, and three inches apart. Cover lightly with straw or re f i eer an Le oo ae ae. Fic. 204.--Grovurp or CALocHorRTt!. cut heather during winter to keep off heavy rains and as a protection to early growth, but remove the coverings in March. Occasional soakings of water should be given when the plants are in full growth. The ‘ Globe’ Tulips are by nature woodland plants and like partial shade and a good porous soil made up mostly of leaf-mould. The Calochorti make charm- ing pot-plants (several bulbs in a pot), and can be easily grown in a cold greenhouse, frame, or Cape pit. It is difficult to make a selection of the Z HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. 899 many species and varieties, as they are all so beautiful, but to those who think of introducing these beautiful flowers into their garden I would recommend as a beginning the varieties of C. venustus as being the most robust growers and of easiest culture. Allium.—In addition to the flowers already mentioned for the month of June, I must include the following as being of beauty and interest : A. acuminatum, azurewm, Moly, Ostrowskianum, Rosenbachianum, and triquetrum, all easily grown in any good light soil and suitable for borders, rockwork, or to naturalise in woodlands. Bloomeria aurea.—A fine showy Californian bulb, bearing umbels of golden-yellow flowers, height 15 inches, thriving in any good light soil. Brodiea.—Very decorative bulbous plants from California, flowering from June to July, and suitable for sunny nooks in the border or on rock- work in a light, well-drained soil. Unfortunately, one sees them too seldom in our gardens. Amongst the best are: B. californica, coccinea, grandiflora, Hendersoni, Howell lilacina, ixioides splendens, laxa, and Murrayana. Brodiea grandiflora is a lovely little dwarf blue flower for carpeting the ground in spring. Gladioli.—The early section commences with the species byzantinus, flowering at the end of May, followed by Colvillei, and the hybrids of ramosus, blandus, and trimaculatus, which carry on a display into July. For grouping in borders, forming beds, or as pot-plants they are equally useful, while all of them are of the greatest value for cutting. Byzantinus and Colville: are fine plants to naturalise in wild gardens &&. Colvillez, ‘The Bride,’ with its fine spikes of snowy white flowers, is, of course, well known ; but of the ramosus, blandus, and trimaculatus hybrids I would mention the following as being of special merit: ‘ Ackerman,’ Cardinalis elegans, ‘ Fire King,’ ‘ General Scott,’ ‘ Madame Cousin,’ ‘ Peach Blossom,’ ‘Pink Perfection, and ‘Queen Wilhelmina.’ As to culture, a genial situation protected from cutting winds should be given, and the soil should be light and friable. In preparing the ground, dig deeply and work plenty of old manure into the underspit. Plant the bulbs from October to January, four to five inches deep, and cover lightly with straw litter or other material until March. Iniolirion tataricum.—An elegant border plant, with umbels of rich dark blue tubular flowers; height 1} ft.; thriving in a sunny situation and light, well-drained soil. Hyacinthus amethystinus.—A pretty little alpine Hyacinth, with flowers of a beautiful amethystine blue; height nine inches. A charming plant for grouping in borders and on rockwork ; there is also a white variety of it. Lilium.—The principal Lilies flowering in June and of easy culture are L. elegans, umbellatum, Brownti, candidum (the ‘ Madonna’ Lily), the old _ cottage-garden Orange Lily (crocewm), and testacewm. For herbaceous borders these are all highly decorative ; they should be planted in groups or clumps and allowed to remain undisturbed, as when established they bloom much better than the first season after planting. For the successful culture of Lilies generally, it should be borne in mind that the bulbs like a cool rooting medium, and a soil which is thoroughly well drained. These conditions can be easily arranged for in hardy herbaceous and shrubbery H 2 900 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. borders, where the surrounding vegetation protects the young and tender Lily growths from cold winds, and afterwards keeps the soil cool and shaded, thus inducing, in the case of some varieties, a free production of stem-roots. These stem-roots, when they appear, should be given a covering of good rich soil into which they can freely root, as upon them the development of the flower-head and the preservation of the bulb Fic. 205.—Guaptotus Convinve! ‘THE Bripe.’ largely depend. In cases where the scil is heavy and damp, add an abundance of sand and leaf-soil. Watsonia Ardernei.—A remarkably beautiful Cape bulbous plant, producing, on stems 2-8 ft., numerous snowy white flowers of elegant form. A sunny warm situation and a good light soil, with plenty of moisture when in full growth, are its requirements. Watsoma Ardernet also makes a charming pot-plant. HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. 901 Vow ites JULY. I now come to July, which on the whole is rather barren in bulbous flowers. Some of the Liliwm elegans varieties and other species already mentioned are still in bloom in the early part of the month, also some of the early Gladioli. The following Lilies may also be noted: L. chalcedo- nicum, longiflorum, Martagon album and dalmaticum, canadense, and pardalinum. The last two delight in shady, damp situations, where the bulbs can find plenty of moisture below to root into. The margins of streams or brooks afford such conditions. Camassia.—I would mention the Camassias or Quamashes, remark- ably elegant hardy plants from California and North-West America. They readily establish themselves in the herbaceous border, requiring only a rich light soil and a fair amount of moisture when in full growth. The finest are Cusicku, Leichtlini, Leichtlini alba, and Frasert. Alstremeria.—Perhaps the most decorative and showy of border flowers for July are the Alstrcemerias or Peruvian Lilies. With the exception of A. Pelegrina and pulchra (syn. tricolor), they may be con- sidered as hardy, providing a suitable situation is accorded to them. A well-drained and fairly light soilis necessary, and a warm sunny situation, such as at the foot of a south wall or hedge. The fleshy roots should be planted from October to November, the tops being four inches below the surface, and for the first winter a light covering of leaves or litter should be given ; when established they will not require this. Should the garden soil be heavy it should be taken out two or three feet in selected spots and the necessary compost filled in after securing a good drainage. When in full growth the plants should be occasionally well watered, and a mulching of old manure may be advisable at the same time. By remov- ing the seed-heads when they appear, the plants will be greatly benefited. Established masses of Alstremeria awrantiaca, lutea, and chilensis hybrids present a gorgeous blaze of colour, maintaining a show in the garden into August, and even sometimes September. For cutting, the Alstremeria is most valuable, as it lasts long in water and mixes well with other flowers. AUGUST. Gladioli.mThe most important bulbous plants for the garden in August are Gladioli, Montbretias, Lilies, and Tigridias. Commencing with the old but still valued scarlet Gladiolus brenchleyensis, we have a succes- sional display of flowers from the different sections right up to the middle of October. We owe much to Mons. Lemoine of Nancy for what he has done in hybridising the Gladiolus, the result being the beautiful varieties of Lemoinei and nanceianus. By crossing some of the best varieties of gandavensis with the species purpureo-auratus, he obtained a very distinct class of hybrids, now known as ‘ Butterfly’ Gladioli (G. Lemoinei hybrids). By again crossing these with the species Sawndersii the : section called nanceianus resulted. Both classes are distinct and good, ___ and form valuable acquisitions to our gardens. The ‘ Butterfly’ Gladioli have all more or less the characteristic hooded flowers of the parent, purpureo-auratus, although of much larger size, and possess a wide range 902 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. of colours and markings, the lower petals being very conspicuously blotched. The plants are of erect, sturdy, and robust habit, and form a pleasing feature in the garden. The nanceianus Gladioli have very large open flowers. produced on erect branching stems. Their range of colour is not so great as in the Lemoine section, but the flowers are of r é Fie. 206.—Burrerrty Graproii (G. Lemornet Hysrips). elegant outline and are charmingly blotched and marked on the lower petals. Moreover, they are very floriferous. ‘There is another section of hybrids, raised by Herr Max Leichtlin, called Childsii, a cross between Gladiolus Saundersii and gandavensis. They somewhat resemble (. nanceianus, but have a more robust and taller habit with larger blooms. ‘The colours, however, are not so refined, and there is a certain HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. 903 coarseness about the flowers which renders them less desirable than the other hybrids I have named. The Gladiolus gandavensis varieties are so well known as to need little description ; suffice it to say that their stately spikes of bloom make a pleasing effect in the hardy-flower border, associated with other plants, while they carry on a succession of bloom right into October. A word as to the culture of the Gladiolus. A deep and well-drained soil with a sunny aspect is necessary. ‘The soil should be prepared some time previous to putting in the bulbs by deep digging, and a liberal addition of well-decayed manure. ‘he best time for planting is from the middle of March to the end of April, according to locality, although for securing a succession of bloom the bulbs may be put in up to the end Fia. 207.—LILIuM AURATUM. of May. ‘lhe tops should be four inches below the surface, and it is ad- visable to surround the bulbs with charcoal or wood ashes. As soon as the plants require support they should be staked and at the same. time mulched with well-decayed manure. During dry weather give the plants liberal waterings. If the above directions are carried out a successful growth should be the result. To obtain a fine effect Gladioli should be grown in clumps of five to twelve or even more, and be associated with Lilies, Hyacinthus candicans, Kniphofias, Dahlias, Cannas, Roses, Funkias, and other border plants. I would just mention that the Gladiolus makes a fine pot-plant and can easily be grown as such. Inliwm. —Of Lilies for this month LZ. awratwm naturally claims our first notice as being indeed a queen among flowers and having no rival in the hardy border for its stately beauty. Moreover, it is one of the most 904 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. reliable Lilies for blooming the first season. Grouped in shrubbery borders among Rhododendrons or between herbaceous plants, it produces a grand effect in August and September. Large clumps isolated on lawns show to great advantage. As this Lily makes an abundance of stem-roots, my previous remarks on this subject especially apply. The variety platyphyllum is very handsome with its large flowers and bold foliage. LRubro-vittatwm and Witter, although not such robust growers, have flowers of remarkable beauty. Besides L. awratwm, the Tiger Lily (L. tigrinwn) and its varieties open their blossoms in this month and are fine showy border plants of easy culture. Laliwm Batemanni is also very striking, with handsome apricot-red flowers. Montbretia.—Among decorative flowers for August, the Montbretia is conspicuous. Early in the month its graceful spikes of bloom attract attention on account of their brilliant colouring, which ranges from gold to orange and glowing vermilion. For cutting, the flower-spikes are of great value, as they last long in water, mix well with most kinds cf foliage, and have a graceful habit. The Montbretia may be grown in any ordinary soil, enriched with manure, but it prefers a sunny situation. Plant the bulbs any time from November to March, covering the early plantings lightly with litter. Grown in pots they form a very effective decoration in the greenhouse. I can recommend the following varieties as being among the best: Crocosmeflora, aurea, Bouquet, Parfait, Etoile de Feu, Pluie d’Or, Talisman, and Transcendant. A newly introduced hybrid between Montbretia crocosmeflora and Crocosmia imperialis, called ‘ Ger- mania,’ is of striking beauty and has a great future before it as a deco- rative garden plant and for cutting. It grows 34 feet high, and has remarkably large expanded flowers of a brilliant orange-red with a deep red centre. Tigridia.—The Tigridia Pavonia, or Tiger-spotted Flower, is one of the gems of this month, and it is a pity that this plant is not more fre- quently met with in gardens. Perhaps it is from the fact that an individual bloom lasts only one day. Nevertheless, it is succeeded daily by another bloom from the same stem and this succession of flowers goes on for nearly two months, rendering the Tigridia decorative from the latter part of July to September. The flowers are large, of quaint triangular form, with a gorgeously spotted central cup, and are of great beauty. The showiest variety is grandiflora rubra, an improved form of the old Tigridia Pavonia; the petals are rich scarlet, while the cup is conspicuously spotted crimson on a yellow ground, producing a most brilliant effect. Grandiflora alba has flowers of chaste beauty, white with ruby-spotted cup. Grandiflora ‘ Ruby Queen’ has soft ruby-rose- coloured flowers, while conchiflora forms a good contrast to the others, with flowers yellow spotted scarlet. The T%gridia is of easy culture ; the bulbs should be planted in March and April in a well-drained, moderately good soil, with sunny aspect. When the foliage turns yellow after flowering, and before frost sets in, lift the bulbs, dry in a cool airy place, and store them in dry earth or peat, away from frost, until the following spring. In mild localities the bulbs may be left in the ground a year or two, providing a light winter covering be given. Agapanthus.—Before leaving the month of August, I should like to HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. 905 mention two fine Amaryllids, namely, Agapanthus and Crinum. Al- though the family is not quite hardy, the old blue African Lily (Agapanthus wmbellatus) may be established out of doors in the warmer parts of England, and in all cases it is a valuable plant to establish in pots, vases, or tubs &c., for decoration in the garden during late summer and autumn. On verandahs, terrace walks, and lawns its grand umbels of blue form one of the most beautiful features of a garden. Crinum.—Crinum longifolium (syn. capense) and C. Powelli are hardy on warm sunny borders, planted with the top of the bulbs six to eight inches below the surface. Both are noble plants, decorative during August and September, longzfoliwm producing, on stout stems two to three feet high, long funnel-shaped, sweet-scented flowers, either white or pale rose, while Powellii has very heautiful large rose-coloured flowers and grows about the same height. Powellic album is a magnificent plant with pure white flowers. < SEPTEMBER. Lilium.—Coming to September, we have an addition to the Lily family in the form of L. speciosum (syn. lancifolium), one of the most beautiful of our garden Lilies. Having an elegant branching habit and bearing for a long period large handsome flowers, it makes a grand border plant and is of great value for filling large beds or intermingling with shrubs. Being a late bloomer, it is as well to give this Lily a fairly warm, sheltered spot in the garden, so that all its late-formed buds may develop and open. As in the case of L. auratwm, it makes stem-roots, so that these should have a little attention. Amaryllis.—A handsome bulbous plant flowering in this month is the Amaryllis Belladonna with its umbels of white and rose flowers. It requires, however, to be established at the foot of a south wall before flowering freely. The variety purpwrea maxima is a great improvement on the type, bearing more flowers of richer colour and blooming earlier. Nerine.—Belonging to the same natural order, we have Nerine, the best known and hardiest being the Guernsey Lily (Nerine sarniensis). To succeed with this, it must be given a warm sunny spot such as at the foot of a south wall, where in summer the bulbs can get a good roasting, and during winter a covering must be given to protect the foliage it throws up after flowering. When established, its umbels of brilliant crimson-scarlet flowers are wonderfully effective. Other species of Nerine are very beautiful, but are more suitable for indoor culture. Vallota.—Vallota purpurea, the Scarborough Lily, is another grand Amaryllid which, although generally seen only in pots, may nevertheless be established out of doors in mild districts at the foot of a south wall, if protected against frost during winter. Crocosmia.—One of the brightest touches of colour in the garden during September is contributed by Crocosmia aurea, with its graceful racemes of showy orange-coloured flowers borne on stems three feet high. It can be recommended for sunny spots in the flower border, where it can remain undisturbed for a year or two, a covering of litter being given during winter The bulbs, if lifted in autumn, should be stored in peat 906 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. away from frost until spring, when they may be planted in April or be potted up earlier and planted out in May. Colchicum.—Taking the smaller bulbous subjects flowering in autumn and all of interest and charm, I would mention the Colchicum or Meadow Saffron which carpets the ground with its large Crocus- like flowers from September to November, and ranges in colour from rosy-lilac to crimson and pure white. The foliage, which does not appear until spring, is very bold and characteristic. The Colchicum is specially adapted to naturalising in grass or on rockwork, and established colonies give a very pretty effect. They should always have a ground- work of grass or such carpeting plants as dwarf Sedums, Mossy Saxi- frages, Arenaria cespitosa, Hermaria glabra, or Thymus Serpyllum, &e., which will keep the flowers from becoming soiled and spoilt by autumn rains. Any ordinary good well-drained soil will suit them, and if the bulbs are planted in August they will produce a mass of bloom a few weeks afterwards. For a good selection of Meadow Saffrons I recommend C. autumnale album, and its rare and beautiful double form; also autumnale plenum, autumnale roseum, byzantinum, gigantewm, Sibthorpu, Parkinsoni, speciosum, and variegatum. Gigantewm and Sibtiorpii have immense flowers, Parkinsoni is beautifuly checkered, while specioswm is the most brilhantly coloured of all. Crocus.—The autumn-flowering species are all little gems, and I know of no more delightful picture than colonies of these dainty flowers nestling in grassy nooks or established on rockwork, especially when rising from a carpet of dwarf Sedums (Stonecrop), or such plants as I have recom- mended for Colchicums. The culture is simple, as they thrive in any ordinary garden soil, but the bulbs should be planted shallow, and positions given them where their little flowers are not likely to be spoilt by heavy autumn rains. There are a good many autumn-flowering Crocus species, but in starting a collection I would recommend amateurs to begin with the following: C. speciosus, zonatus, pulchellus, sativus, asturicus, medius, longiflorus, iridiflorus, and hadriaticus chrysobelonicus, all of delicate and refined beauty. I am quite sure that those who once intro- duce these gems into their garden will not be satisfied until they have made their collection more compiete and added those charming little species which bloom in winter and early spring. I would just add that the bulbs of autumn-flowering Crocus species should be planted in July and August to bloom the same season. Cyclamen.—Among the various hardy species, one of the most beautiful is the autumn-flowering Cyclamen neapolitanwm, the great feature of which is its large, handsome, silver-marked, ivy-shaped leaves, which remain decorative throughout winter and spring, and make a charming sroundwork for little early spring flowers like Scilla, Chionodoxa, Snowdrops, Miniature Daffodils, &c. This bulb likes perfect drainage, and a little mortar rubbish mixed in the soil, while the situation selected should be protected from cutting winds or hot summer sun. When established it produces, from the end of August to October, hundreds of rosy-pink flowers. Zephyranthes candida.—Popularly known as the Peruvian Swamp Lily, or Flower of the West Wind; this is a lovely little autumn flower ee eer oe ye ee Pe lh Fo ey ee hee a NTP Oe HARDY SUMMER- AND AUTUMN-FLOWERING BULBS. 907 which, however, is not often seen blooming in gardens, no doubt on account of a suitable spot not being selected for it. Its requirements are a rich light soil and a warm sunny situation, such as at the foot of a south wall, fully exposed to the sun, or a similar position on rock- work, where it should remain undisturbed. When established, its large white Crocus-like flowers, expanding in the sunshine, are very attractive. Sternbergia lutea—Commonly known as the Lily of the Field, Sternbergia is a valuable little bulbous plant on account of its brilliant yellow Crocus-like flowers being produced in October, when gardens are beginning to lose their colour. Complaints are often made of this bulb flowering shyly, but the reason no doubt is want of sufficient sun. It seems to like a deep and fairly rich soil, mixed with a little mortar Fic. 208.—CycLaMEN COUM ALBUM ESTABLISHED. rubbish, and a sheltered position where it can obtain all possible sun. The bulbs should be planted four to six inches deep. A carpeting of Stone- crop or other surface-rooting little plants will afford a protection to the bulbs in winter and show the flowers off to advantage. Leucojum avtumnale—The Autumn Snowflake, sometimes called Acis autwmnalis, is a graceful little subject to naturalise on rockwork in moist sandy soil. It bears small white flowers with delicate pink markings. Scilla autumnalis—This and its variety japonica bloom in August and September, and are pretty little objects when seen established on rockwork or massed in front of borders. The type has elegant little heads of purplish-blue flowers, while the blooms of japonica are of a : pretty bright rose. 908 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. A BroGrRaAPHicAL ABSTRACT COMPILED BY R. Irwin LYNCH FROM A LIFE-SKETCH SENT TO THE “ ANNALS OF BoTANY’”’ BY HIS SON, Sik JosEPH Dattron Hooker, F.R.S., V.M.H., G.C.S.L, C.B., &c. THERE is a strikingly interesting biographical sketch in vol. xvi. of the “Annals of Botany’”’ dealing with the life of a very eminent man of great individuality, whose history is one with that of the progress of botany in the most important period of the last century, to whose force of character, indeed, we owe an entirely new development which gave to this country a pre-eminence which it still enjoys—very largely increased and augmented by the author himself. The names of men who did good work can easily be recalled, but the modern developments of systematic and economic botany were to centre at Kew, and Sir William Hooker it was who laid the foundations and earlier courses of the present world- famed edifice. He founded the Herbarium, the Library, the Museums, and the Gardens, practically as they are to-day. The three chapters of this sketch cover three periods : Norwich and Halesworth, 1785-1820 ; Glasgow, 1820-1840 ; West Park and Kew, 1841-1865 ; and after them are extensive appendices, to be enumerated at the end of these abstracts. The following selection must be taken as omitting as much or more of equal interest. I. NorwicH AND HALEeswortH, 1785-1820. “ William Jackson Hooker was born in St. Saviour’s parish, Norwich, on July 6, 1785. He was the younger of two sons, the only children of Joseph and Lydia Hooker, of that city. His father was a native of Kixeter, the home of many generations of the Devonshire Hookers, where he had been a confidential clerk in the house of Baring Brothers, wool- staplers, with whose family his was distantly connected. From Exeter he went to Norwich, and into business there, where he had a collection of ‘Succulents,’ the cultivation of which class of plants was a favourite pursuit of many of his fellow-citizens. He was mainly a self-educated man, and a fair German scholar. My father’s mother was a daughter of James Vincent, Esq., of Norwich, a worsted manufacturer, grandfather of George Vincent, one of the best of the Norwich School of artists, and whose works are now much sought for. Thus my father presumably derived his love of plants from his father’s side, and his artistic powers from his mother’s. ... When only four years old he inherited the reversion to a fair competency in landed and personal property in Kent, through the death of his cousin and godfather, William Jackson, Esq., of Canterbury, a young man of great promise. After leaving school he was sent to reside with a Mr. Paul, of Starston (a village on the borders of Suffolk), a gentleman farmer, who instructed sons of the landed gentry in the management of estates. Early in life he devoted himself to ornitho- logy, visiting the Broads and sea-coasts of Norfolk, which abounded in SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER, 909 rare birds, shooting, stuffing, and drawing them, besides learning their habits and songs. Sixty years later he knew the birds in Kew Gardens by the eye and the ear, and in a manner which surprised me. Though a keen ornithologist and as keen an entomologist, he was almost morbidly averse from taking life; he never shot for sport or for the pot ; and many years afterwards, when instructing me in entomology, he was ever urging me to kill with the least suffering, and never to take more specimens than were necessary. His was one of those temperaments that later in life could not look on blood without a feeling of faintness, or on a wax model of the human face with equanimity.” ‘Sir William was born a student of natural history, and botany may - not have been his first love. Weread: “ That his entomological pursuits were, when still in his teens, appreciated by the veteran Kirby is evidenced by the latter having in 1805 dedicated to him and his brother a species of Apion with these words: ‘I am indebted to an excellent naturalist, Mr. W. J. Hooker, of Norwich, who first discovered it, for this species. Many other nondescripts have been taken by him and his brother, Mr. J. Hooker, and I name this insect after them, as a memorial of my sense of their ability and exertions in the service of my favourite department of natural history.’ “T do not know the age at which my father took up botany. The first evidence of his having done so is the fact that he was the discoverer in Britain in 1805 of a very curious moss, Buxbaunua aphylla; but it may be inferred from this and from his correspondence with Mr. Turner (which I possess) that he had at the age of twenty-one thoroughly studied not only the flowering plants but the mosses, Hepaticae, lichens, and freshwater Algae of Norfolk. The Buabawnuia he took to his friend, Dr. (afterwards Sir James) Smith, of Norwich, the possessor of the Linnean herbarium, who advised him to send specimens to Mr. Dawson Turner F.R.S., of Great Yarmouth, author of ‘Muscologiae Hibernicae Spici- legium,’ and, with L. W. Dillwyn, I'.L.8., of ‘The Botanist’s Guide through England and Wales.’ This he did, and it was immediately followed by an invitation from Mr. Turner to visit him, which led to the colouring of his future life. “In 1806, when only four months over his majority, my father was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society, probably the youngest individual so honoured. In the same year he visited London, and was introduced to Sir Joseph Banks, Konig, Brown, and other naturalists. The years 1806-9 were passed between Norwich, Yarmouth, and London, with intervals of travelling in Scotland and Iceland. ... In 1807, when botanising in the neighbourhood of Yarmouth, he was bitten by a viper. Fancying he had been pricked by a thorn he paid no heed to the pain, till giddiness came on, under which he succumbed. After lying for some time in a state of collapse he was accidentally found by some friends who carried him to Mr. Turner’s, where violent fever super- vened, followed by a tedious illness. On recovery he started with Mr. and Mrs, T'urner on a botanical tour in Scotland... . In 1808 my father undertook a much longer journey in Scotland, accompanied by his friend Mr. Borrer. On this occasion he reascended Ben Lawers, Ben - Lomond, Ben Cruachan, and Ben Nevis, and for the first time Schichallion, 910 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. Ben Hope, and Ben Loyal. After visiting Mr. Brodie of Brodie, they went to Caithness and the Orkneys, returning to Sutherland. In a letter to Mr. Turner he thus describes their reception in Sutherland : ‘We did not leave North Sutherland with the good wishes of the inhabitants, at least the lower classes of them, most of whom took us for French spies, or, what is worse in their estimation, sheep- farmers. Daniel Forbes, who so often acted as our guide, was advised by some to conduct us by the worst way possible ; by others he was told that he might be better employed. Our lad heard some saying that: we ought to be flogged and sent out of the country. They have not the least idea of persons travelling for mere curiosity, and could not be persuaded that we were not come todo them someill....’ The journey through the north of Scotland was performed mainly on horses or ponies, and the difficulties met with were such as can now be experienced only in the out-of-the-way parts of the globe... . In 1809 Sir Joseph Banks, hearing of an opportunity for a naturalist visiting Iceland, where he himself had been in 1772, suggested my father’s taking advantage of it. This he did, and all the more eagerly from having as a boy read Van Troil’s ‘Letters on Iceland,’ with a longing to visit the hot- springs and volcanoes therein described. The opportunity was the despatch of a vessel, the Margaret and Anne, with a letter of marque, chartered by a London firm, Messrs. Phelps & Co., for the purpose of obtaining a cargo of tallow. The venture was a risky one, for Denmark, to which country Iceland belonged, was at war with England; and the firm were enticed to undertake it by a Danish prisoner of war, Jorgen Jorgensen by name, who was now for the second time about to break his parole and accompany the ship in the interest of the firm. The Margaret and Anne sailed June 2, and on arriving June 21 at Reikevik, Jorgensen, finding that commerce with England was prohibited, effected a revolution in the island, proclaimed its independence of the Danish crown and himself its ‘Protector,’ imprisoned the Governor, Count Tramp, erected a fort armed with six guns, equipped troops, remodelled the laws, established representative government and trial by jury, reduced the taxes, and raised the salaries of the clergy; all without shedding a drop of blood or an attempt at resistance on the part of the people!’ We here omit an account of Sir William’s reception, and, with regret, the relation of exciting events connected with his return. His ship, the Margaret and Anne, was set on fire by Danish prisoners of war who were on board. ‘“ Unfortunately the fire broke out on a part of the ship where his collections were stored, and he lost everything but a few weeks of his journal, the clothes he stood in, and an Icelandic lady’s wedding dress which the ship’s steward flung into the boat as she shoved off from the burning wreck. “Scon after his return, and yielding to the wishes of his friends, he commenced writing his ‘Journal of a Tour in Iceland.’ On hearing of this Sir Joseph Banks most liberally offered him the use of his own manuscript journal and various other papers relating to the island, together with the magnificent drawings of the scenery, dresses of the inhabitants, &c., which were made by the artist who accompanied him in his voyage thither in 1772. With these materials, his own journal of SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. ° 911 four weeks out of the twelve which he passed in the island, and a retentive memory refreshed by a reference to all available works and all documents relating to the revolution, he compiled and printed, for private distribution only, in 1811, an octavo volume of upwards of 400 pages and four plates. Sir Joseph Banks was so pleased with it that he induced my father to reproduce it for publication. The second edition with additions in two volumes, with two maps and four plates, dedicated to Sir Joseph, appeared in 1813, and is to this day a standard work... . “The years immediately following my father’s return from Iceland (1809-12) were the most embarrassing of his life. His unquenchable longing to travel in the tropics was kept alive by Banks’s earnest endea- - yours to find him a fitting opportunity. On the other hand, his botanical friends were unanimous in urging him to remain at home, publish his Icelandic and Scottish journals, continue his aid to Mr. Turner on the ‘Historia Fucorum,’ and above all proceed with his ‘ British Junger- manniae,’ his drawings and analyses of which were of unrivalled beauty, and his contemplated ‘ Muscologia Britannica.’ ’’ We next read that Sir William became partner with Mr. Paget (father of the late Sir James Paget) and Mr. Turner in a brewery at Halesworth, but, omitting some detail, may pass on to say that this did not check either his botanical ardour or desire to visit the tropics. ‘In 1810 he sold his landed property and determined to accept an invitation which Sir Joseph had procured for him, of accompanying Sir Robert Brownrige, G.C.B., the newly appointed Governor of Ceylon, to that island... . To his bitter disappointment this opportunity had to be put aside, for disturbances, followed by a rebellion, had broken out in Ceylon that would have rendered travelling in the island impossible.” Disappointment still followed, a contemplated visit to Java having had to be put aside. “ My father was hence compelled to confine his wanderings to nearer home, adding gardening to his pursuits, and this with some success, for he was the first to flower Cattleya labiata in his little stove in 1818, and he also flowered Musa coccinea and other tropical plants. “Tn 1813, owing to the illness of his only brother, my father spent five months with him in Devonshire and Cornwall, which counties he diligently explored for Musci, Hepaticae, and lichens especially. The Trinity House yacht having been placed at his disposal, he visited the Scilly Islands, whence he writes to Mr. Turner: ‘ The first thing that caught my attention was the situation of the little town of St. Mary’s, which so much. resembled that of Reikevik that I could hardly help fancying for some time that I was in Iceland... .’ Early in 1814 my father accompanied Mr. and Mrs. Turner and family on a visit to Paris, then in the occupation of the Allies. There, at the Institute, he made the acquaintance of the principal botanists resident in or on visits to the city —Antoine-Laurent de Jussieu, Desfontaines, Lamarck, Mirbel, Bory de St. Vincent, Thouin, and others. Leaving the party in Paris, he spent the remainder of the year botanising and seeing botanists, sketching and sight-seeing in the south of France, spending some days with De Candolle at Montpellier and in Piedmont, Switzerland, and Lombardy. Returning to Paris early in 1815, he was introduced to Humboldt, who engaged him to publish a cryptogamic volume of his ‘Plantae Equinoctiales.’ This 912 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. intention had to be abandoned owing to the publisher’s refusal to con- tinue that work. After much subsequent correspondence with Humboldt, that led to nothing, my father commenced the publication on his own account and produced in 1816 the first part of a work entitled ‘ Plantae Cryptogamicae, quae in plaga orbis novi Aequinoctialis colligerunt Alex. von Humboldt et Aimat Bonpland.’ It is a very thin quarto, with four plates of species drawn by the author and exquisitely etched by Edwards. The expense was great and the return nil; the work was therefore aban- doned, and of the remaining Musci and Hepaticae many were included in the author’s less expensive ‘ Musci Exotici.’ “On June 12, 1815, my father married Maria Sarah, eldest daughter of Dawson Turner, and immediately started on a long wedding tour to the Lake District and to Ireland, which latter country the pair traversed in almost every direction, making sketches of scenery and ancient build- ings ; thence they went to Scotland on a visit to Mr. Lyell at Kinnordy in Forfarshire, with whom a close intimacy and correspondence on Hepaticae had long existed. Returning they passed through Manchester for the purpose of seeing Mr. Hobson, a packer in a warehouse, who with only the works of Withering, Hudson, and the ‘ Muscologia Hibernica,’ had acquired a critical knowledge of British Mosses that surprised his visitor, who says of him: ‘I never saw a man possessed of more enthu- siasm than this poor fellow.’ “As alluded to by M. De Candolle [in a letter here omitted], Lindley, then a youth of eighteen, was at the same time as himself a guest of my father. He was the son of a well-known nurseryman of Catton, near Norwich, and had shown such zeal and ability as a local botanist that with a view of encouraging him in its pursuit he was invited to Hales- worth, and to occupy himself there with translating Richard’s ‘ Analyse des Fruits.’ This he did, introducing the author’s latest corrections, and illustrating his translation with plates and original observations. In the following year my father took Lindley to Sir Joseph Banks, who offered him temporary employment in his herbarium, and introduced him to Mr. Cattley, a wealthy merchant devoted to horticulture, who was desirous of having his rare plants handsomely illustrated ; and this again led eventually to the assistant secretaryship of the Horticultural Society of London, which Lindley occupied till 1858... . “The ‘British Jungermanniae,’ the most beautiful of all my father’s works, in point of the drawing, analyses, and engraving of the plates, was concluded in 1816. It had occupied him for about ten years, and was the first work of any magnitude which he projected. It appeared in parts, in both a quarto and a folio form, with eighty-eight plates engraved by Edwards, illustrating 197 species. “1817 is one of the very few years of his life: in which he published scarcely anything. The exception was an account of the very remark- able European moss named after his friend, Tayloria splachnoides, in ‘Brand’s Journal of Science and Art,’ No. 111, p. 144, and ‘ Musei Exotici,’ tab. 173. Of a visit to London in August of this year he writes: ‘I met at Spring Grove (Sir Joseph Banks’s) Abel, Brown, Leach, and a Mr. Manning of Diss, who passed many years among the Chinese endeavouring to get access to the interior, though he failed ; eS eS eee es re Srrrrrrr——C™—~™—C— ks SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 913 though he tells me he saw much of Thibet.’ Mr. Manning is, to this day, the only Englishman who ever entered the sacred city of Lhassa. What is more remarkable is that his journal was lost to geographers till Sir Clements Markham happily found it in the possession of a cousin of his own in Norfolk. See ‘Narratives of the Mission of G. Bogle to Thibet and of the Journey of T. Manning to Lhassa,’ ed. 2, 1879, by Sir C. Markham, a book full of curious information. “My father’s Halesworth life was now drawing to a close. The brewery business, as might have been expected under the management of an enthusiastic naturalist and author, had proved unsatisfactory, and some of his investments were disappointing. Personally his ménage ‘was entirely inexpensive and simple; and this was so throughout his life; but his lavish expenditure on his own unremunerative publica- tions, and on the purchase and beautiful binding of expensive entomo- logical, ornithological, and especially botanical and even archeological and artistic works, had crippled his resources, and he had now a wife and family of four to provide for. Under these circumstances he wrote to his friend Sir Joseph Banks requesting that he might be informed should he hear of any opportunity of applying his botanical knowledge to the improvement of his income. Sir Joseph promptly answered that. the Professorship of Botany was vacant in the University of Glasgow, and that he was ready to use his influence to obtain it for him should he desire to become a candidate. My father answered favourably, and at once left for Spring Grove, where he was hospitably received by Sir Joseph, who told him that the emoluments of the chair, though small, would certainly increase; that it was freed from all medical duties; that a really noble botanical garden had been formed at Glasgow, to which the University had given £2,000 and the City £3,000, and towards the development of which he could assure him that Kew would place all its resources.”’ II. Guascow, 1820-1840. ‘‘ Rarly in February, 1820, my father was appointed by the Crown to the Chair of Botany in Glasgow, and having despatched his library, herbarium, and household effects to London, to be thence sent by smack to Leith, and on to Glasgow by canal, he severed his connection with Halesworth and the brewery. In May he presented himself before the Senate of the University, who gave him a flattering reception, read his inaugural thesis (the Latinity of which, thanks to his classical father-in- law, was highly praised), and was duly installed, with the welcome addition of having the honour of LL.D. conferred upon him. “ Before enlarging on my father’s success as a lecturer, I may premise _ that the teaching of botany in the first quarter of the last century was 1 sabe et ria - fe x ' aici 4 Pe aie leit ria very different from that which now prevails. It was regarded as ancillary to that of Materia Medica, and as a means of enabling the practitioner to recognise the plants used in medicine when. there might be no druggist to appeal to. Furthermore, it was required by the principal examining bodies for medical degrees or licences that the candidate should have attended a course of lectures delivered in a botanical garden registered I 914 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. for the purpose ; and in these gardens the plants were invariably arranged according to the Linnean system, which consequently had to be taught. . . . Throughout the course my father’s artistic powers were exercised with chalk and the blackboard; and he gradually accumulated a magnificent series of folio coloured drawings, especially of medicinal plants, which were suspended in the class-room as occasion required. I well remember the murmur, and even louder expressions of applause, with which he was greeted on taking the chair, when the number or interest of these pic- tures was conspicuous. Before his second year’s class had assembled he had published the ‘Flora Scotica’ for its use, and an oblong folio of lithographed illustrations of the organs of plants by his own pencil, with twenty-four plates and 327 figures, a copy of which was placed before every two students. During the course three botanising excursions were taken, two in the neighbourhood of Glasgow, and one towards the end of June, of five or six days’ duration, to the Western Highlands, usually to the Breadalbane range. This latter was eagerly anticipated by a con- tingent of ten to thirty students, amongst whom were frequent accessions of botanists from Edinburgh and England. Further to stimulate their zeal, he habitually invited the more industrious students to breakfast with him after the class (which was from 8 to 9 A.M.), when he would show them books, and give them, from his store of duplicates, specimens of rare British plants. To conclude this episode of his life, it must be recorded that his success as a lecturer was phenomenal ; his tall figure, commanding presence, flexible features, good voice, eloquent delivery, and urbane manners are vouched for in every obituary notice of him. His lectures were often attended by gentlemen of the city, and even by officers from the barracks three miles distant. The students of his first year’s course presented him with a handsome silver vasculum, chased with a design taken from the moss Hookeria lucens, and those of the second year with a richly bound copy in ten volumes of Scott’s Poetical Works. . . . Except for short visits to London, Yarmouth, or the High- lands, botanising with Greville or Arnott, and once to Paris, he rarely left home. He was at his desk with pen or pencil by 8 A.m., and never left it much before midnight. The late summer and autumn weeks were fre- quently passed with his family at watering-places on the Clyde, usually at Helensburgh, where he enjoyed the society of two neighbours of scientific tastes and culture, James Smith, Esq., F.R.S., of Jordan Hill, and Lord John Campbell, afterwards Duke of Argyll, father of the late Duke, who inherited his parent’s scientific tastes. In 1837 he purchased a cottage with an acre of ground, ‘ Invereck,’ near Kilmun, on the Holy Loch ; a lovely spot where he could indulge his fondness for gardening. In the touring season he received many English and foreign friends who took Glasgow on their route for the Highlands, both to visit him and to avail themselves of his experience of roads, conveyances, and accommodation. “My father’s reputation as one of the foremost botanists in this country was confirmed by his success in the Glasgow Chair, and rapidly rose as his successive publications appeared. Very soon he had but one compeer in Great Britain, Dr. Lindley, for Robert Brown towered above both as ‘Botanicorum facile princeps.’ It was a happy augury for the progress SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 915 of the science which ‘both worshipped with single-minded zeal, that Lindley and my father were regarded as meriting equal recognition as scientific botanists and indefatigable labourers throughout forty-five years of their active lives, and that they should have been fast friends till death, within three months of one another.” Referred to from the last sentence is the following interesting foot- note, drawing attention as it does to the contemporary career of Lindley, whose name must be of great interest to the Society. “The following admirable summary of the life-works of my father and Lindley respectively is extracted from the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, May 29, 1866: ‘The names of Hooker and Lindley, which ‘stood side by side in our botanical section, are naturally associated as those of the two most eminent botanists in Great Britain; also by the parallel course and near coincidence in the close of their lives. Born in the same neighbourhood, in youth receiving their education at the same school, and early drawn together by similar predilections, they both devoted themselves with singular energy and perseverance to their chosen pursuit; exerted for many years, although in somewhat different ways, a paramount influence upon the advancement of botanical science ; and died near together in place and time—the elder at Kew, on August 13 last, at the age of eighty years; the younger at Turnham Green, on the first of the ensuing November, at the age of sixty-seven years. Fora long time they were the two most distinguished teachers in Great - Britain, one at a northern, and the other at the Metropolitan University. They severally conducted two of the principal serial works by which botany contributes to floriculture; and they developed into highest usefulness the two great establishments, the Royal Gardens at Kew and the Horticultural Scciety of London. Both wrote and published largely—Hooker only upon descriptive botany, in which he greatly excelled, while Lindley traversed a wider field, and grappled with abstruser problems in every department of the science, always with confidence and facility, but not with unvarying success.’ ”’ While Lindley is before us it may not be uninteresting to take another footnote given in the first chapter. He, having shown great zeal and ability as a local botanist, was invited to Halesworth with the view of encouraging him, and that he might there occupy himself in the translation of Richard’s “ Analyse des Fruits.’’ He had been lcoking forward to employment as a botanical collector abroad, and this is the amusing incident > ‘“ The housekeeper at Halesworth finding that his bed was never occupied, after a vain search for a reason, reported the fact. His distressed host had to ask for an explanation, which was simply that his guest was inuring himself to the hardships of a collector’s calling by sleeping on hard boards! ”’ We now return to the narrative. “As his own reputation advanced, _ so did that of his herbarium and library, which, before he had been ten years in Glasgow, were reckoned as amongst the richest private ones in Europe. This was due to his active correspondence, judicious purchases, _ the contributions of his former pupils, especially from abroad, to his _ methodical habits, and to the welcome he gave to all botanists who _ desired to consult his collections. For the operation of mounting : 12 916 JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. specimens, &c., he employed aids, of whom I remember two; the first, in about 1827, I think, was a native of Dundee, a keen algologist, James Chalmers by name, who prepared fasciculi of named Algz, in quarto form, in the disposal of which my father aided him. The other was Dr. J. Klotzsch, who spent some years as the Curator of the Herbarium. Klotzsch was an excellent fellow, a devoted mycologist, and whilst at Glasgow would study no other branch of botany than fungi. . . . Return- ing to Berlin, he took up the study of flowering plants, acquired distinc- tion as a botanist, and became eventually Keeper of the Royal Herbarium, Berlin. The only other aids my father had in Glasgow were my mother, as amanuensis, and myself; for, having been attracted to botany from my childhood, much of my spare school and college time was devoted to the herbarium. “Very soon after the settlement of the herbarium and library in Glasgow botanists from all parts of EKurope flocked to it, amongst whom the following eight made the most frequent and longest sojourns, some of them becoming collaborators with the owner: R. K. Greville, G. Bentham, Sir J. Richardson, G. A. Walker-Arnott, W. Wilson, the Rey. M. J. Berkeley, H. C. Watson, and W. H. Harvey. Mr. Bentham’s first visit was in 1823, from which occasion he dated his permanent adhesion to botany as an occupation for life. The next (in 1823) was Dr. (afterwards Sir John) Richardson, R.N., the companion of Franklin in his Arctic expeditions, through whom my father was made known to the Lords of the Admiralty, the Directors of the Hudson’s Bay Company, and the chiefs of the Colonial Office, thus becoming the recipient of many herbaria made by the officers of these departments, and the author of works published under their authority. It further led to his being asked to recommend young medical men, fond of natural history, from amongst his pupils especially, to embark in their service abroad.”’ Numerous interesting associations and important acquaintances made in Scotland must be omitted, but let us take the following paragraph : ‘‘In 1828 my father first became acquainted with the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, of King’s Cliffe, Northamptonshire, the mycologist, who was then, I believe, on his way to visit Captain Carmichael in Appin. This led to a very intimate friendship and repeated visits to West Park and Kew. Mr. Berkeley took the same interest in the Fungi of the herbarium as Mr. Wilson did in the Musci, and but for him this order of plants would never have attained its present pre-eminence; for his zeal induced my father to urge his correspondents in all parts of the world to collect fungi; with what success is shown by the richness of his herbarium, and the numerous papers on exotic genera and species of the order published by Mr. Berkeley in the botanical journals, in the ‘Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ and many other works. Mr. Berkeley also contributed the volume on Fungi to the third edition of Hooker’s ‘ British Flora’ (vol. v., p. 11, of Smith’s ‘ English Flora’), and, dying in 1889, he be- queathed his herbarium to Kew, together with the choice of his botanical library. “In 1830 Mr. Hewett Cottrell Watson, the most accomplished of Se iy a‘y 5 SIR WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. 917 British botanists, then resident in Edinburgh, requested permission to accompany the students of the botanical courses on an excursion to the Breadalbane Mountains, for the purpose of ascertaining the altitudes affected by their plants. Thus commenced a very active and interesting correspondence between my father and this acute botanist, which led to the publication of many papers in the journals conducted by the former, to the botanical expedition of the latter to the Azores, and indirectly to his valuable account of the flora of that interesting archipelago in Godman’s ‘Natural History of the Azores’ (London, 1870). In 1831 Mr. W. H. Harvey, of Limerick (afterwards Professor of Botany in the Royal Dublin Society, and Keeper of the Herbarium, and eventually Professor of Botany in Trinity College, Dublin), introduced himself by letter, with specimens from two new localities of a West Indian moss (Hookeria laete-virens), found nowhere in the eastern hemisphere but the south and west of Ireland. It was answered by an invitation to Glasgow, which resulted in an intimacy that amounted to his being regarded as a member of the family. ‘ TW, +